header advert
Orthopaedic Proceedings Logo

Receive monthly Table of Contents alerts from Orthopaedic Proceedings

Comprehensive article alerts can be set up and managed through your account settings

View my account settings

Visit Orthopaedic Proceedings at:

Loading...

Loading...

Volume 87-B, Issue SUPP_III September 2005

P.A. Rust G.W. Blunn S.R. Cannon T.W. Briggs

Introduction: The treatment of bone defects that occurs following fractures, the excision of bone tumours and at revision arthroplasty surgery, often involves the use of either autologous or allogenous bone grafts. However, both grafts have limitations. The aim of tissue engineering is to produce cells within an extracellular matrix that resembles tissue, which can be implanted into a patient to heal a tissue defect. The potential to engineer bone tissue grafts from patients’ autologous cells would improve the treatment of bone defects.

Bone marrow contains cells, known as mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs), which have the ability to differentiate into osteoblasts. To create a 3-dimensional structure necessary for the reconstruction of tissue, cells need to be grown on a scaffold, for which hydroxyapatite (HA) was used, as it is osteoconductive. In living bone, increased extravascular perfusion increases new bone formation. Thus, these physiological conditions were reproduced in our novel bioreactor by perfusing MSCs seeded on porous HA scaffolds at a rate of 6ml/hr. Hypotheses: 1. Culture in this bioreactor improves cell penetration through a HA scaffold. 2. MSCs cultured on HA in this bioreactor differentiated into osteoblasts.

Method: MSCs were isolated from 8 bone marrow aspirates, which were taken from patients during orthopaedic procedures following informed consent. For each experiment, MSCs from each patient were seeded onto 2 x 1cm3 scaffolds. To test cell penetration, the HA scaffolds were cultured for 7 days, then sectioned longitudinally and the number of cells were counted at increasing depths. Observations of MSCs on HA were compared under scanning (SEM) and transmission (TEM) electron microscopy. The HA scaffolds were cultured with MSCs in the bioreactor for 5, 10 & 15 days, after which time alkaline phosphatase (ALP) and type I pro-collagen protein levels were measured.

Results: Penetration of cells through the porous HA scaffold was significantly greater when the cells had been cultured in the bioreactor (P< 0.05). Observing MSCs after 7 days in bioreactor culture under SEM, adherent fibroblastic cells formed a network over the HA. However, by 14 days the HA was covered with cuboidal cells, consistent with osteoblasts. TEM results showed that MSCs cultured on HA in the bioreactor produced organised collagen matrix after 28 days. Osteoblastic protein levels were significantly greater at each time point when MSCs were cultured in bioreactor conditions: ALP (P< 0.005) and type I pro-collagen (P< 0.05).

Discussion and Conclusions: These results show that when cultured in our novel bioreactor, MSCs penetrated uniformly through the porous HA scaffold, whereas few cells penetrated in static culture conditions. Thus, our bio-reactor significantly improves the 3-dimensional growth of cells, resembling tissue. Moreover, in this study MSCs grown on HA in the bioreactor produced significantly larger amounts of ALP and type I pro-collagen, indicating that the MSCs differentiated into osteoblasts. Observations under TEM showed extracellular collagen matrix production which, when mineralized, produces bone.

Therefore, this culture method could potentially be used to convert MSCs, isolated from patients’ bone marrow, into tissue-engineered bone.


B.J.C. Freeman R.M. Walters R.J. Moore R.D. Fraser

Objective: To investigate the effects of intra-discal electro-thermal therapy (IDET) on an experimentally induced posterolateral annular inter vertebral disclesion in sheep.

Summary of Background Data: IDET is being used increasingly as a minimally-invasive treatment for chronic discogenic low back pain, with success reported in up to 70% of cases. The mechanism of action however is poorly understood. Proposed mechanisms include the contraction of collagen and the coagulation of annular nociceptors. An ovine model was used to assess the innervation of peripheral posterolateral annular lesions and the potential for IDET to denervate this region.

Methods: Posterolateral annular incisions were made in 36 lumbar discs of 18 sheep. After twelve weeks the sheep underwent IDET at one level and a sham treatment at the other level. IDET was performed using a modified intradiscal catheter (SpineCATH™, Oratec Interventions Inc., Menlo Park, CA). Temperatures were recorded in the nucleus (TN) and the posterior annulus (TPa). The spines were harvested at intervals up to eighteen months. Histological sections of the discs were stained with haematoxylin and eosin and an antibody to the general neuronal marker PGP 9.5.

Results: The target temperature of 90°C at the catheter was tip was reached in all cases. The mean maximum TPa was 63.6°C and the mean maximum TN 67.8°C. Vascular granulation tissue consistent with a healing response was observed in the region of the posterior annulus tear of all incised discs from 12 weeks. PGP 9.5 positive nerve fibres were clearly identified in the adjacent periannular tissue, but were scarce within the outer few lamellae of the annulus. There were no fewer nerve fibres identified in those specimens that had undergone IDET. From six weeks after IDET there was evidence of thermal necrosis in the inner annulus, sparing the periphery of the disc.

Conclusions: IDET delivered at 90°C in the sheep consistently heats the posterior annulus and the nucleus to a temperature range associated with coagulation of nociceptors and collagen contraction. Thermal necrosis was observed within the inner annulus from six weeks after IDET. In this model IDET did not produce denervation of the experimentally induced posterior annular lesion.


C.J. Pendegrass M.J. Oddy S.R. Cannon A.E. Goodship G.W. Blunn

Introduction: Functional outcome following proximal tibial replacement can be impaired by extensor mechanism inefficiency. Current methods used to re-attach the patellar tendon result in varied levels of extensor function. Successful attachment of the patellar tendon requires initial mechanical stability and long-term biological fixation. We have employed a prosthesis, to model patellar tendon re-attachment, to test the hypothesis that biological augmentation of an implant which can provide sufficient mechanical integrity will allow a tendon-implant interface to develop that is similar in function and morphology to a normal tendon-bone interface.

Methods: The right patellar tendon in 24 Skeletally mature Friesland ewes was transfixed between the interlocking spikes of a hydroxyapatite-coated, customized tendon clamp to simulate patellar tendon re-attachment to a proximal tibial replacement. In 12 animals (Autograft group) the clamp attachment was augmented with autologous cancellous bone and marrow graft harvested from the ipsilateral iliac crest at the time of surgery, whilst the remaining animals (HA group) served as un-supplemented controls. Functional outcome was assessed using force plate measurements and two-dimensional optical kinematic gait analysis. Animals were euthanised at 6 and 12 weeks. The specimens were harvested, processed for histology and examined using light microscopy.

Results: The clamp device provided sufficient mechanical fixation of the patellar tendon to allow immediate weight bearing. Gait analysis showed that the range of movement of the stifle (knee) joint was not compromised by the surgical intervention at 6 or 12 weeks post-operation. An extensor lag observed at 6 weeks in both the Autograft and HA group was seen to fully recover by 12 weeks post-operation. There was a significant increase in functional weight bearing through the operated limb of the Autograft group animals between 6 and 12 weeks, which was not observed in the HA group. The tendon-implant interface in the HA group animals showed a fibrous tissue encapsulation of the HA coated surface, with collagen fibrils running parallel to the implant surface. In the Autograft group at 6 weeks post-operation a soft tissue – bone – HA interface had developed, similar in morphology to that of an indirect-type enthesis. Perpendicular orientated Sharpey’s-like fibres were observed spanning the region between the tendon and the HA coated implant and the bone graft material was seen to be undergoing active remodelling. By 12 weeks post-operation the interface was layered with regions of fibrocartilage clearly visible, more closely resembling the morphology of a direct-type enthesis.

Discussion: The clamp device provided sufficient mechanical fixation of the patellar tendon to allow immediate use the operated limb. The incorporation of a bio-active implant coating and biological augmentation encouraged a neo-enthesis to develop with near normal functional properties, and morphology similar to that of a normal patellar tendon-bone direct-type enthesis.


S.C. Fang M.J. Coathup G.W. Blunn A.E. Goodship

Introduction: The aim of this study is to develop a novel approach to tissue engineering in vivo, in which the adaptive response of skeletal tissues to the imposed mechanical environment will be utilised to induce a cartilaginous resurfacing of the acetabular articulation in a hemi-arthroplasty model of hip replacement. Our hypothesis was that a cartilaginous resurfacing of subchondral bone can be induced by applying stresses of 0 to 3 MPa to the articular surface of the acetabulum. We used an ovine hemiarthroplasty model where the stresses on the acetabulum were engineered by using different femoral head sizes.

Methods: Three groups of six sheep received unilateral hip hemi-arthroplasties and were sacrificed 24 weeks post-operatively to harvest the acetabula. At operation, acetabular cartilage was removed completely and the subchondral bone was reamed down and left bleeding. Three femoral head sizes, 25, 28, and 32-mm, were used to induce different contact stress levels. Vertical ground reaction force (GRF) data were measured and normalised by body weight for both limbs pre-operatively and every 4 weeks post-operatively. Five specimens from each group and eight unoperated controls were processed and stained with Safranin O and Sirius Red. Cartilage proteoglycans in the regenerated tissues from four specimens in the 25-mm group were detected by immunoblotting using specific monoclonal antibodies.

Results: The operated limbs were subjected to an average of 80 to 90% pre-operative GRF after the eighth post-operative week and maintained till the end of the study. No significant difference was noted during the period between the three groups. A layer of regenerated tissue was noted on all specimens processed and was Sirius positive. Four operated specimens processed in the 25-mm group and three in the 28-mm group were Safranin O positive. The presence of cartilage aggrecan, cartilage link proteins, biglycan, and decorin was confirmed by immunoblotting.

Discussion and Conclusion: We conclude that a cartilaginous resurfacing of acetabulum can be induced in vivo under the mechanical environment imposed by our hemi-arthroplasty model. This approach may be advantageous in clinical practice as a regenerated acetabular cartilaginous surface would avoid the problems associated with wear of the plastic acetabular cup and replacement of the acetabulum.


P.A. Rust P. Kalsi G.W. Blunn S.R. Cannon T.W. Briggs

Introduction: Bone grafts are frequently used in orthopaedic operations to augment bone healing. Autologous bone graft is the gold standard for osteogenesis, but the amount available from the patient’s iliac crest is often insufficient to fill the defect and donor site morbidity is a significant complication. Alternatively, allograft can be implanted into patients, however, processing is necessary to reduce the immunicity of the graft and the risk of transmission of infection, but this destroys osteoprogenitor cells and hence reduces the osteogenic properties of the graft. Mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs) are present in bone marrow and have the ability to differentiate into osteoblasts. Therefore our study examined the use of MCSs, from bone marrow, to enhance the osteogenic properties of allograft.

Hypothesis: MSCs cultured on freeze-dried ethylene oxide treated bone allograft differentiate into osteoblasts, thereby increasing the osteogenic nature of the graft material.

Method: After informed consent, bone marrow aspirates were taken from 10 patients during elective orthopaedic operations. MSCs were characterized using Stro-1 antibody and grown on freeze-dried ethylene oxide treated bone allograft in vitro.

The hypothesis was tested on three groups of graft, with eight samples in each group. Firstly, freeze-dried ethylene oxide treated bone graft was tested (group 2). For a negative control, allograft was heated to 70°C to denature the osteogenic proteins (group 1). The final group tested the effect of additional osteogenic supplements (100nM dexamethasone, 0.05mM ascorbic acid and 10mM (-glycerol phosphate) on MSCs on allograft (group 3).

Osteoblastic differentiation of MSCs was observed under scanning (SEM) and transmission (TEM) electron microscopy, and by measuring protein levels: alkaline phosphatase (ALP), osteopontin and type I pro-collagen over 14 days.

Results: SEM confirmed that MSCs could be successfully cultured on bone allograft. Cells grown in groups 2 and 3 were characteristic of metabolically active osteoblasts and collagen extracellular matrix was observed under TEM. The amount of ALP protein produced by MSCs cultured in groups 2 and 3 increased significantly over 14 days (P< 0.05), but there was no increase in group 1. ALP, osteopontin and type I pro-collagen production was significantly greater for group 2 than for group 1 and for group 3 than for group 2 (P< 0.05).

Discussion and Conclusions: ALP, type I pro-collagen and osteopontin proteins are known to be produced by osteoblasts during increasing cell maturation and the levels of each of these proteins increased significantly when MSCs were cultured on allograft for 14 days compared with the negative control. The addition of osteogenic supplements significantly increased production of these proteins. Furthermore, MSCs cultured in groups 2 and 3 produced extracellular collagen matrix. These results are consistent with allograft causing MSCs to differentiate into osteoblasts and that this differentiation increases with additional osteogenic supplements.

This study confirms that MSCs, derived from autologous bone marrow, could be used to increase the osteogenic potential of allograft, thereby increasing bony healing in patients.


P.T.H. Lee M.T. Clarke S.A. Clarke N. Rushton

Introduction: In the 1970’s, ‘viscosupplementation’ with hyaluronan was proposed as a potential treatment for OA with the idea that it would improve joint lubrication. However, despite studies showing its ability to reduce pain, the fact that the resident time within a joint (48 hours) is much less than its clinical effect (several months) along with pharmacological effects on chondroctyes and synoviocytes has confirmed that injected hyaluronan acts as a pharmaceutical rather than as a lubricant as originally thought. In this regard, the effects of inert synthetic lubricants on arthritic joints have not previously been adequately investigated.

This study examines the effect of injecting an inert synthetic lubricant, perfluoroalkylether (PFAE16350), as a mechanical joint lubricant to prevent the development of osteoarthritis in a surgically induced model of osteoarthritis in the adult guinea pig.

Materials & Methods: Osteoarthritic changes were initiated in the hind knee joint of 12 adult male Dunkin-Hartley guinea-pigs by excision of the medial meniscus and anterior cruciate ligament.

After wound closure, the animals were randomly assigned to 1 of 2 groups: (1) Single intra-articular injection of 1ml synthetic, sterile lubricant (PFAE16350) or (2) Control group with single intra-articular injection of 1ml 0.9% sterile saline.

At 9 weeks after surgery, after sacrifice, knee arthrotomy was performed, the presence of synthetic lubricant noted and the articular cartilages examined for macroscopic evidence of osteoarthritis. These cartilages were then fixed, embedded, sectioned, stained and graded histologically for osteoarthritis according to a modified Mankin scoring system.

Immunohistochemical studies were performed to assess for any inflammatory or cytotoxic effect by the lubricant.

Results: All guinea-pigs remained healthy and mobile throughout the study.

Subjective macroscopic assessment of the medial tibial plateau osteophyte was noted to be larger and the articular surface more roughened in the control cases compared to the lubricated cases. Synthetic lubricant was noted at arthrotomy in all cases where it was injected.

Guinea-pig joints treated with the synthetic lubricant showed a mean modified Mankin score of 3.0 points compared with the guinea-pig joints treated with saline where the median modified Mankin score was 8.5 points (p< 0.001). There was no evidence of an inflammatory or cytotoxic response by immunohistochemical studies.

Discussion: This study has confirmed that inert synthetic perfluoroalkylether lubricants can remain in the articular space for prolonged periods and inhibit the development of osteoarthritis without initiating an inflammatory response. Synthetic lubricants such as PFAE16350 warrant further investigation for potential use in osteoarthritis.


P.V. Fearon T. Lind A.W. McCaskie M.A. Birch

Background: The next generation of biomaterial surfaces for use in orthopaedic surgery will be functionalised to promote osteogenesis. This will be achieved in part by the stable addition of functional bioactive molecules onto the biomaterial surface. Heparan sulphate is a complex glycosaminoglycan (GAG) that displays cell and tissue specific differences in size and levels of sulphation. It is this heterogeneity that underlies the numerous biological roles of heparan sulphate, including binding of growth factors and proteases. Findings by others have shown that the addition of heparan sulphate proteoglycans stimulate osteoblast differentiation in vitro.

Aims: To characterise heparan sulphate structures that support and enhance osteogenesis and have the potential for tissue engineering.

Experiment 1. In order to further investigate the role of heparan-sulphate proteoglycans (HSPGs) in osteogenesis we supplemented cultures of differentiating rat osteo-blasts with sodium chlorate (an inhibitor of the enzyme that sulphates GAG chains) or 4-methylumbelliferyl-b-D-xyloside, BDX (an artificial acceptor of GAG chain synthesis). Interestingly the addition of chlorate to our culture system significantly stimulated alkaline phosphatase levels and increased the area of Von Kossa stained bone-like nodules. Whereas, when BDX was added to differentiating rat osteoblasts there was no increase in alkaline phosphatase activity or nodule area.

Experiment 2. Further characterisation of the HSPGs in chlorate treated osteoblasts showed that whilst they were less sulphated than untreated cells (as shown by low salt elution from an anion exchange chromatography column) they were much more abundant. These observations led us to hypothesise that less sulphated forms of heparan sulphate may well stimulate osteo-blast differentiation.

Experiment 3. To test this hypothesis we took the fully sulphated form of heparan sulphate, heparin and selectively desulphated it using DMSO/methanol (9:1) at 97°C and specifically N-resulphated or N-acetylated. These partially desulphated heparins were then added to osteoblasts cultured under osteogenic conditions. Quantification of bone nodule formation showed that specifically desulphated heparin significantly increased mineralised areas compared to controls whilst the addition of heparin inhibited osteogenesis. How these modified heparan sulphates exert their effect on bone cells is unknown, but a well characterised role of heparan sulphate is the support of FGF signalling. In preliminary studies we have shown through the activation of p42/44 MAPK and proliferation assays that the modified heparan sulphates are able to support FGF signalling in bone cells.

Experiment 4. Currently were are attaching our desulphated heparin to biomaterial scaffolds and examining osteoblast attachment and migration/ingrowth in cell culture.

Conclusion: We have isolated heparan sulphate chains that demonstrate osteogenic properties and have the potential for enhancing biological interactions of orthopaedic implant materials.


D.S.L. Shirley G. Li G.R. Jordan D.R. Marsh

Introduction: Osteoblasts precursors reside in the marrow and small numbers circulate in the blood. Our previous work demonstrated an increase in circulating cells following fracture in humans. Skeletal injury is recognised to stimulate a distant osteogenic response.

We hypothesised that in response to fracture, some integral osteoblasts are recruited via the circulation from remote bone marrow sites.

Method: We established a fracture union model in 3-month-old, male, New Zealand White rabbits and reimplanted labelled autologous osteoblast precursors. At date of submission we have 20 rabbits allocated into 4 groups. Three groups had labelled cells re-implanted, whilst the fourth control group did not receive cells. In groups I, II and III the cells were re-implanted into the fracture gap, into the circulation and into a remote bone marrow cavity respectively. There were six animals in groups I and IV, and four in both II and III.

All animals had bone marrow harvested from their right tibia by saline flush. The mononuclear cells were isolated and culture-expanded in osteogenic medium for 3 weeks. Fluorescent reporter molecules were incorporated into the cell membranes, 24 hours prior to re-implantation of the cells into the fracture model. A 3 mm ulnar defect was preformed in all the animals. In groups I–III this was established 48 hours prior to cell re-implantation.

The animals were sacrificed at least 3 weeks after fracture surgery. Representative samples of the fracture callous, lung, liver, spleen and kidney were harvested from all animals and cryo-sectioned. Using confocal microscopy, the labelled cells were expressed as the average in 5 high power fields for each solid tissue. In addition, cyto-spins were made from blood and marrow and the cell number expressed as a percentage of the total cells.

Results: In group I, labelled cells were identified in the fracture callous, establishing their viability in vivo. Following intravenous re-implantation a smaller number of labelled cells were identified in the callous. When the cells were re-implanted into a remote marrow site, the number of cells in the callous was greater than after venous reimplantation, but less numerous than those in group I.

In all sections, these labelled cells appeared on trabecular surfaces in an osteoblastic fashion, but occasionally they were surrounded by osteoid, corresponding to osteocytes.

A small number of labelled cells were found in the blood, bone marrow, lung, liver and spleen of all animals in groups I–III. No labelled cells were identified in the kidney tissue.

Discussion and Conclusions: We have demonstrated that cells from remote sites are integral in fracture healing. Their presence in callous following venous administration supports recruitment via the circulation. This preliminary data is a proof of concept. This is an exciting new phenomenon, which could provide alternatives for harvesting skeletal progenitor cells and for their delivery in the treatment of bony pathology.


G. Li L. McILmurray J.T. Ryaby D. H. Carney H. Wang

The thrombin-related peptide, TP508, is a synthetic 23 amino acid peptide, which represents the receptor binding domain of thrombin. TP508 mimics thrombin by interacting with receptors on cells involved in tissue repair. TP508 has been shown to enhance revascularization of injured tissue, and promote soft tissue wound healing, cartilage repair, and fracture repair. The aim of this study is to (1) test the effect of TP508 on bone regeneration during distraction osteogenesis; (2) study the chemotactic effect of TP508 on human osteoblasts.

Unilateral tibial osteoectomies were performed and stabilized with MX100 Orthofix lengthener in 5 male adult NZW rabbits. After 7 days, distraction was initiated at rates of 1.4 mm / day for 6 days. TP508 (100 μg/ml, n=2; 10 μg/ml, n=1) or saline (300 μl, n=2) was injected into the osteotomy / lengthening gap at days 1, 7 and 14 post surgery. Animals were sacrificed at 2 weeks after leg lengthening. Bone formation in the regenerate was assessed by radiography, quantitative computed tomography (pQCT) and histology. For chemotaxis studies, MG63 cells were cultured on glass cover slips for three days, and then inverted onto a Dunn chamber slide and sealed with dental wax. Gradients of TP508 (1, 10, 100 μg/ml) were added to the outer well and plain medium to the inner well. A sequence of images of the cells between the wells was taken via a CCD camera for 9 hours at interval of 10 minutes. Movements of individual cells were tracked and statistically analysed by a specially written Macro program. The Rayleigh test for unimodal clustering was used to determine the directional chemotactic movements.

The radiographic evaluation indicated a significant increase in new bone in the distraction regenerate in the TP508 treated groups at 1 and 2 weeks. pQCT images at 2 weeks demonstrated more advanced bone formation in the TP508 treated animals compared to the control. The mean total bone mineral density (BMD) of the regenerate, obtained from 3 slices was significantly greater (p = 0.019, t-test) in the TP508 treated group (BMD = 479.20 +/− 35.57 mg/ccm) than that in the saline control group (BMD = 355 +/− 2.83 mg/ccm). The histological evaluation supported the radiographic and the pQCT results. For chemotaxis study, no directional movements of the cells were found in the controls, whereas the MG63 cells were strongly chemotactic to TP508 at 1, 10 and 100 μg/ml concentrations.

This preliminary study shows that administration of TP508 enhances bone formation during distraction osteogenesis in the rabbit. The findings also show that TP508 has a chemotactic effect on osteoblasts, consistent with the effect of TP508 on fracture repair. A large animal study is in the process to confirm these findings and explore the underlying mechanisms.


M.L. Costa L. Shepstone S.T. Donell T.L. Thomas

Acute Achilles tendon pain is a common clinical entity, particularly in sportsmen and women. Fortunately, the majority of such pain is self limiting. However, there are a significant number of people for whom the pain becomes chronic and debilitating. A recent Cochrane review found that there was no randomised controlled evidence of an effective treatment for chronic Achilles pain. The aim of this study was to test the efficacy of shockwave therapy in a double-blind randomised controlled trial. The study has the approval of Local Research Ethics Committees.

Forty nine patients with Achilles tendon pain for a minimum of 4 months were included in the study. Patients were randomised to either shockwave therapy (n=27) or sham dose control therapy (n=22). Ultrasound was used to focus the shocks onto the affected area of tendon. The treatment group were given 2000 shocks at upto 1500mJ per shock, titrated to the patients pain tolerance. The control (sham) treatment was applied using the same parametres but with bubble-wrap interposition between the shockwave generator and the Achilles, to disperse the shockwaves. Each patient was treated once a month over 3 months. Primary outcome measure was pain on walking indicated on a 100mm visual analogue score (VAS) at 3 months. Secondary outcome measures included clinical and patient centred questionnaire scores. . An intention-to-treat approach was used for the analysis. Where patients had missing pain scores at 3 month follow-up, the last available pain score was carried forward.

The walking pain scores were very similar at baseline between the two groups. In the treatment group the mean (standard deviation) was 55.5mm (30.6) and in the control group 55.6mm (26.5). By 3 months, the pain scores had reduced in both groups to a mean (standard deviation) of 34.5 mm (34.2) and 50.3 mm (36.3). Although lower in the treatment group this difference was not statistically significant at the 5% level (t-test, p = 0.127, 95% C.I. : −4.7 to 36.2). No statistically significant differences were found with respect to any of the other clinical variables.

Two elderly patients in the treatment group sustained spontaneous rupture of the tendon after falls, during the course of the trial.

The results of this trial provided no evidence for the use of shockwave therapy in the treatment of patients with chronic Achilles tendinopathy. However, a treatment effect cannot be ruled out since the 95% confidence interval was wide and included a potential clinically relevant difference. The 2 cases of rupture suggest extreme caution in treating the elderly.


S.M. Ong G.J.S. Taylor

Introduction: Activated matrix metalloproteinases (MMPs) are responsible for the osteolytic process in aseptic loosening. Fluvastatin has been shown in previous studies to inhibit MMPs. The purpose of this study was to investigate the potential pharmacological effect of fluvastatin on aseptic loosening.

Materials and methods: A radiolabelled mouse calvaria and human interface membrane cells culture system was used to study the effect of fluvastatin on bone resorption induced by interface membrane cells. The experimental conditions were: 1) test culture consisted of culturing a dead radiolabelled bone disc with cells from human interface membrane in culture medium containing fluvastatin for 14 days 2) control culture consisted of similar culture system without fluvastatin and 3) baseline control culture consisted of bone disc only. The bone discs from each test and control groups comparison were from the same parietal bone to ensure equal amount of radioactive calcium in the bone discs at the start of the experiment. Supernatant were sampled on day 7, 10 & 14 for scintillation counting. The total Ca45 remained in the bone discs at the completion of the culture were measured by scintillation counting. Eight sets of experiments were performed in this study. The results were expressed as the ratio of Ca45 in the fluvastatin exposed culture over culture containing bone disc only. In the control, the results were expressed as ratio of bone disc exposed to cells over culture containing bone disc only.

Results: In the supernatant Ca45, both the fluvastatin and control ratios increased with time confirming bone resorption in both culture. The fluvastatin culture consistently showed a lower ratio compared with control indicating an inhibitory effect. In the fluvastatin culture the mean ratios on day 7, 10 & 14 were 0.79, 1.53 and 2.55. The mean ratios in the control culture were 1.03, 1.81 and 3.20 (n = 8, p = 0.0001 ANOVA, General Linear Model). The mean ratio of total Ca45 remaining in the bone disc in the fluvastatin culture was 0.87 and the control was 0.70 (p = 0.01, t test). This implies 55% less bone resorption in the presence of fluvastatin.

Conclusions: In this in vitro study we found fluvastatin has the ability to inhibit osteolysis by cells from interface membrane of aseptically loosened hips. We believe fluvastatin inhibit bone resorption by MMPs inhibition. This may have therapeutic implication in the treatment of patients with aseptic loosening of total joint replacements.


S. Glyn-Jones H.S. Gill P. McLardy-Smith D.W. Murray

Introduction: The Birmingham Hip Resurfacing (BHR) is a metal on metal prosthesis with no published independent clinical studies. It is increasingly used as an alternative to stemmed prostheses in younger patients.

This study presents the 2 year migration results of the BHR femoral component using Roentgen Stereophoto-grammteric Analysis (RSA).

Methods: 26 hips in 24 subjects underwent a BHR, through the postero-lateral approach using CMW3G cement. RSA marker balls were placed in the cortical bone of the femur intra-operatively. The femoral component migration was measured at intervals of 3, 6, 12 and 24 months postoperatively using the Oxford RSA system. The implants were un-modified, geometric algorithms were used to identify the femoral component.

Results: The BHR femoral component showed no significant displacement from its immediate post-operative position. All components of migration showed no significant displacement in any direction, at 1 or 2 years.

Conclusion: The BHR femoral component does not migrate significantly within the first two post-operative years. Its’ migration compares favourably to other designs of femoral component. The BHR is therefore likely to remain stable in the future, as the majority of implant migration occurs within the first two years.


A.P. Davies P.A. Campbell C.P. Case I.D. Learmonth

Metal-on-metal joint replacements have been reintroduced despite some concerns regarding the potential risks posed by soluble metallic by-products. We have investigated whether there are metal selective differences between the levels of genetic damage caused to a human cell line when cultured with synovial fluids retrieved from orthopaedic joint replacement prostheses at the time of revision arthroplasty.

Methods: Synovial fluids were retrieved from revision hip and knee arthroplasty patients with bearings made from Cobalt chrome-on-Cobalt chrome, Cobalt chrome-on-polyethylene and Stainless Steel-on-polyethylene. Control synovial fluids were retrieved from primary arthroplasty cases with osteoarthritis and no implant in situ. Synovial fluid was cultured with human primary fibroblasts for 48 hours in a cell culture system under standardised conditions. The ‘Comet’ assay was used with an image analysis system to measure levels of DNA damage caused by the various synovial fluid samples. Metal levels were measured in the synovial fluid samples using atomic absorption spectroscopy.

Results: Synovial fluids from Cobalt Chrome-on-Cobalt Chrome and Cobalt Chrome-on-polyethylene joint replacements both caused substantial levels of genetic damage as detected by the Comet assay. Synovial fluids retrieved from Stainless Steel-on-polyethylene joints caused low levels of damage. The difference between these groups was highly statistically significant (p< 0.001). Control synovial fluids from osteoarthritic joints caused minimal changes. Atomic absorption spectroscopy demonstrated that the metal-on-metal synovial fluids contained substantially more cobalt and chromium than the fluids retrieved from cobalt chrome-on-polyethylene joints. Stainless steel-on-polyethylene synovial fluids contained the least metal.

Conclusions: Different alloys used in Orthopaedic implants are associated with different levels of DNA damage to cultured human cells in vitro. We are able to demonstrate that this damage is attributable at least in part to the metal content of the synovial fluid samples. We have no evidence for any long-term health risk to patients with such implants. Further research is needed in this field.


A.M. Ali L. Yang M. Saleh R. Eastell

Background: The stability of fracture fixation is influenced by the type of fixation, densitometric and geometric structure of the bone. DXA measures the integral mass of trabecular and cortical bone mineral but cannot discriminate between the structurally and mechanically separate constitutes. Distribution and organisation of bone mass (the geometric structure) has the final determination of the mechanical properties of bone. Pq CT scan is able to measure densitometric and geometric parameters of bone structure. However, there are no reports in the literature on the relationship between these measurements and the strength of fracture fixation. Our aim is to study the correlation between geometric and densitometric measurements of Pq CT scan, with the strength of fixation of bicondylar tibial plateau fractures and to assess the role of both trabecular and cancellous bone in that strength.

Method: Eight Fresh frozen human cadaveric tibias were collected from subjects without a medical history of skeletal pathology. The proximal 10% of the tibia was scanned in a peripheral quantitative computer tomography scanner 1mm thick transverse slides, the cancellous and cortical bone mineral density of the proximal tibia were measured. The geometrical parameters: cortical area, trabecular area, bone strength index (BSI) and the Stress strain index (SSI) as non invasive indicators of the mechanical strength of the bone, were also calculated. A bicondylar tibial plateau fracture was simulated, stabilised, and then tested. All tibias were fixed with Dual buttress plating using a standard AO technique. Cyclic axial compression tests were performed. Inter-fragmentary shear displacements were measured using four extensometers. Failure was defined as over 3mm displacement.

Results: Except for the cortical density, there was a strong correlation between failure load and geometric and densitometric parameters. The trabecular density was the best predictor of fixation strength of tibial plateau fracture.

Discussion: Trabecular density is a more reliable parameter to measure than the cortical density. Therefore, the fixation strength of tibial plateau fracture is dominantly influenced by the mechanical properties of cancelous bone. Cortical bone has a secondary role.

These results highlight the importance of fixation techniques that rely on cancellous bone anchoring such as tensioned fine wire fixation in tibial plateau fractures.


D.F.M. Lawrie M.R. Downing G.P. Ashcroft P.H. Gibson

The use of roentgen stereophotogrammetric analysis (RSA) in the assessment of total hip arthroplasty is well recognised as an accurate technique in the measurement of small movements of implants. The technique requires the insertion of tantalum beads into a stable location in the bone at the time of surgery. Failure of bead insertion leads to unstable extra-osseous beads that require to be excluded from the analysis. Previous studies have reported an incidence of extra-osseous beads in the proximal femur of between 2% and 13%. In order to further improve the accuracy of the RSA technique, we have developed a test criterion for exclusion of unstable osseous beads in RSA of total joint replacements.

Using specifically developed software each bead’s movement was determined relative to the rest of the beads in the bone segment. The bead movement was determined for radiologically identified extra-osseous beads, which were assumed loose, and for the remaining intra-osseous beads which were suitable for analysis. Analyses with a condition number greater than 100 were rejected. The rate of motion was calculated from consecutive examinations. Unstable beads were identified as those having a median rate greater than a given threshold. The sensitivity and specificity for detecting extra-osseous beads was calculated for different thresholds of median bead motion.

In 149 RSA hip study patients, 43 extra-osseous beads that could be analysed were identified and a group of 36 osseous beads were selected as a control group. This resulted in an optimum threshold of 0.36mm that gave a sensitivity of 89% and a specificity of 86% for detecting unstable (extra-osseous) beads. The remaining 1428 beads, which were assumed to be osseous, were then tested with this threshold, which gave a sensitivity of 84% and a specificity of 79%.

The median extra-osseous bead rate of movement at 6, 12, 18 and 24 months were 2.24, 0.78, 1.03 and 1.31mm respectively and for osseous beads were 0.27, 0.19, 0.18 and 0.19mm. As both groups of beads appear to show a “bedding in” period, with a higher median bead movement in the first 6 months, the test was repeated with the first 6 month period excluded from the criteria. An optimal threshold of 0.37mm was found to have a sensitivity of 73% and a specificity of 87% for identifying an extra-osseous bead.

While most radiographically classified osseous beads identified as unstable may be false-positives, it is probable that some are extra-osseous but not visibly so on radiographs. The specificity of this technique is likely to be further improved with the increased precision from digital scanning techniques. Tantalum beads in general appear to be relatively unstable in the first 6 months, consistent with the expected osteo-intergration of the bead. This new criterion for bead instability allows automatic exclusion of unstable beads increasing the reliability of the RSA technique both in future studies and retrospectively to existing data.


D.W. Green I. Leveque D. Walsh K. Partridge D. Howard S. Mann R.O.C. Oreffo

Introduction: The clinical need for a biodegradable material with broad application is evidenced by the fact that tissue loss as a result of injury or disease provides reduced quality of life for many at significant socio-economic cost. The development of simple biodegradable materials, with broad applicability and tissue/ cell specificity has to date proved elusive. Natural biopolymers such as alginate and chitosan are structural biomaterials of increasing significance to tissue repair and regeneration due to their potential for fabrication, design and efficient, environmentally benign synthesis. We describe the development of innovative microcapsule scaffolds based on chitosan and alginate that can be tailored to a range of cell types for a variety of tissues.

Methods: Semi-permeable polysaccharide microcapsules were produced by a one-step method, in which the deposition of a semi-permeable alginate/chitosan membrane around droplets of sodium alginate was coupled with in-situ precipitation of amorphous calcium phosphate as described by Leveque et al (2002)*. A variety of human cell types including mesenchymal stem cells, osteoprogenitors selected using the STRO-1 antibody by magnetically activated cell separation (MACS), osteoprogenitors transfected with adenovirus expressing Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP) and chondrocytes were mixed with sodium alginate and encapsulated within alginate/chitosan and calcium phosphate.

Results: Hybrid spheres (750–10,000um) were generated encapsulating primary human osteoprogenitor cells, STRO-1 selected osteoprogenitors and AdGFP transfected osteoprogenitors. Encapsulated cells remain viable inside the polysaccharide microcapsules for 2 weeks as shown by positive alkaline phosphatase staining of encapsulated cells. Cells expressing GFP were observed within microspheres indicating the e ability to deliver cells/factors as well as the potential for gene therapy. Encapsulation and delivery of active BMP-2 was confirmed using the promyoblast cell line C2C12 known to be exquisitely sensitive to BMP-2. Nucleation of calcium phosphate occurred within the polysaccharide membrane and could be controlled by the phosphate concentration in the alginate droplets to produce hybrid microcapsules with enhanced mechanical strength. Thin walled capsules were shown to split and degrade in culture within 2–4 days releasing viable osteoprogenitor cells indicating the ability to manipulate the mechanical integrity and to programme degradation of the microspheres. Finally we have shown that aggregation of the microspheres into extended frameworks can be achieved using a designed droplet/vapour aerosol system resulting in foams of aggregated beads.

Discussion and Conclusion: A variety of human skeletal cells have been encapsulated within polysaccharide/ calcium phosphate microspheres and extended frameworks with specifiable dimensions. These composite scaffolds offer stable mechanical and chemical biomimetic environments conducive to normal cell function. Natural polysaccharides are also highly amenable to complexation with a range of bioactive molecules and consequently offer tremendous potential in tissue engineering and regeneration of hard and soft tissues.


S. Sun H. Xu L. Danks A. Sabokbar

Purpose: Osteolysis associated with periprosthetic loosening is generally associated with the presence of wear particle-associated macrophages which (i) release inflammatory cytokines (e.g. TNFα and IL-1α) and (ii) are capable of osteoclast differentiation and bone resorption. The recently identified molecule, RANKL (expressed on osteoblastic cells) has been shown to play a central role in the macrophage-osteoclast differentiation observed in aseptic loosening. However, as TNFα and IL-1α are abundant in periprosthetic tissues and have been shown to mediate wear particle (bone cement)-associated osteolysis in animal models, and as we have recently shown that TNFa can induce osteoclastogenesis in a manner independent of RANKL mechanism, the aim of the present study was to determine whether wear particles, in particular bone cement particles, can affect RANKL- and TNFα-induced osteoclast formation and bone resorption in vitro.

Methods: Murine monocytes were cultured on glass coverslips and dentine slices with or without PMMA particles in presence of:- (i) macrophage colony stimulating factor (M-CSF) alone, (ii) M-CSF + soluble RANKL (iii) M-CSF + TNFα or (iv) M-CSF + TNFα + IL-1a. All cultures were maintained for 7–10 days after which the extent of osteoclast differentiation was determined by the expression of specific osteoclast markers including tartrate-resistant acid phosphatase (TRAP) on coverslips and evidence of lacunar resorption on dentine slices.

Results: Extensive osteoclast formation and lacunar resorption was evident in monocyte cultures in the presence of soluble RANKL and M-CSF. Addition of PMMA in these cultures increased the extent of RANKL-induced lacunar resorption by about 2 fold. In the absence of soluble RANKL, but in the presence of TNFα (± IL-1α), murine monocytes were also capable of differentiating into active bone resorbing osteoclasts. Addition of PMMA particles to these cultures resulted in a marked increase in the TNFα-induced osteoclas-togenesis. It is worth noting that monocyte cultures containing M-CSF and PMMA particles only did not differentiate into bone resorbing osteoclasts.

Conclusion: These results indicate that PMMA particles can activate both RANKL- and cytokine-induced osteoclast formation and osteolysis. Although, we had previously shown the existence of these two distinct cellular mechanisms in periprosthetic loosening, this is the first report in which wear particles have directly been shown to stimulate these cellular mechanisms independently. Our findings could provide possible therapeutic approaches to control the wear particle-associated early failure of joint replacements.


X.B. Yang N.M.P. Clarke W. Sebald S.M. Howdle K.M. Shakesheff R.O.C. Oreffo

The use of designer scaffolds to deliver biologically active osteogenic growth factors such as recombinant human bone morphogenetic protein-2 (rhBMP-2) to the sites of tissue regeneration in for example orthopaedics, has tremendous therapeutic implications. The aims of this study were to generate biomimetic biodegradable porous osteogenic scaffolds using a supercritical fluid process to encapsulate rhBMP-2, and to examine the ability of the scaffolds to promote human osteoprogenitor differentiation and bone formation in vitro and in vivo.

The rhBMP-2 encapsulated in Poly(-lactic acid) (PLA) scaffolds (100ng/mg PLA) were generated using an innovative supercritical fluid mixing method. The bioactivity of rhBMP-2 encapsulated PLA scaffolds were confirmed by induction of the C2C12 promyoblast cell line into the osteogenic lineage as detected by alkaline phosphatase expression. No induction of alkaline phosphatase-positive cells was observed using blank scaffolds. BMP-2 released from encapsulated constructs promoted adhesion, migration, expansion and differentiation of human osteoprogenitor cells on 3-D scaffolds. Enhanced matrix synthesis and cell differentiation on growth factor encapsulated scaffolds was observed following culture of human osteoprogenitors on explants of chick femoral bone wedge defects in an ex vivo model of bone formation developed using the chick chorioallantoic membrane model. In vivo studies using diffusion chamber implantation and subcutaneous implantation of human osteoprogenitors on rhBMP-2 encapsulated scaffolds showed morphologic evidence of new bone matrix and cartilage formation in athymic mice as assessed by x-ray analysis, immunocytochemistry and birefringence. These studies provide evidence of controlled release of BMP-2 from biodegradable polymer scaffolds initiating new bone formation in vivo.

The generation of 3-D biomimetic structures incorporating osteoinductive factors such as BMP-2 indicates their potential for de novo bone formation that exploits cell-matrix interactions and, significantly, realistic delivery protocols for growth factors in musculo-skeletal tissue engineering.


R. Hopcroft D. Hynd C. Willis P. Manning A. Roberts R. Lowne W.A. Wallace

Introduction: Legislation driven & technology aided reductions in mortality have been documented over the past 10 years for road traffic accidents (RTAs). However many authors have noted an increasing morbidity as a result of serious lower limb injuries. In collaboration with the Transport Research Laboratory (TRL) a 2 stage research programme has been carried out on fresh frozen PHMS lower limbs. This programme, has culminated in a specific series of PMHS tests to reproduce the most disabling lower limb injuries seen in real world accident data. The authors aimed to establish force thresholds for failure (fracture) of the calcaneus, talus and tibial plafond in frontal and frontal offset RTAs. This data is considered essential to support new pan-European legislation for better lower limb protection structures in new motor vehicles which is currently under discussion.

Methods: A 5m bungee driven sled test facility capable of creating a validated and repeatable dynamic crash pulse was used to subject 15 PMHS lower limb specimens to, axial impact loading. The pulse was modelled on the accelerometer toe-pan recordings from a full-scale automotive crash test in frontal impact. To represent brake pedal intrusion at an impact velocity of up to 14ms−1, a staggered double impact, delaying application of axial loading was used. Impact loading was achieved via a modelled brake pedal to the mid-foot. All specimens were preloaded through the Achilles tendon and by knee extension to simulate the plantar flexing response seen in the foot & ankle in driving simulator studies. Delaying the application of axial loading after the initial impact and sled deceleration effectively imparts momentum into the specimen, further preloading the foot and ankle and thus increasing pre-impact bracing. Transducer data were recorded using high frequency (20 & 100 KHz) capture systems (K-Trader and Prosig). High-speed cinematography enabled additional kinematic analysis. Each specimen was tested once only. Specimens were selected at random for five impact severity groups. All specimens underwent pre impact BMD evaluation using protocols previously designed for this type of work. Post impact analysis included X-rays and necropsy.

Results: The specimens used varied in BMD and age similar to specimens used in other centres for similar testing. In the 15 final test specimens 8 calcaneal fractures were generated, one with an additional talar neck fracture. Seven specimens did not sustain injury. Measured BMD did not appear to be a useful predictor of load to failure. Peak axial forces ranged from 5KN up to 14kN. Toe pan and foot accelerations up to 200g were generated.

Discussion: This test method appears to predispose the calcaneus to injury. It failed to create either a Pilon fracture or an isolated talus fracture. Previous research investigating axial impact loading have applied a direct impact with varing levels of pre-load. They resulted in a range of injuries and suggested pre-loading reduced injury thresholds for talar and tibial injuries. This has not been our experience.

Conclusions: This data is invaluable, enabling thresholds for legislative car crash testing to be authoritatively stated and incorporated into national and international standards.


D.W. Green D. Walsh K. Partridge S. Mann R.O.C. Oreffo

Introduction: The ability to generate bone for skeletal repair, replacement or restoration is a major clinical need. Indeed the paucity of techniques in reconstructive surgery and trauma emphasise the need for alternative bone formation strategies. Natural biological ceramic structures possess arrangements of structural elements that govern and optimise tissue function, nutrition and organisation. The aim of this study was to fabricate biomineral microporous shells with highly complex forms and to examine their ability to interact with human osteoprogenitor cells as cell and growth factor delivery vehicles.

Methods: Microporous vaterite shells were generated using a synthetic in-solution mineralisation technique in which mineral is spontaneously deposited around vesicular templates (Walsh and Mann 1999)* Porous and textured self-organising hollow microspheres (5–20 _m) were generated expressing controlled and uniform shapes. These micropores puncture the surface at high densities and are interconnected throughout the sphere. Primary human bone marrow cells labelled with Cell Tracker Green and ethidium homodimer-1 fluorescent labels and osteoprogenitors transfected with an adenoviral vector expressing Green Fluorescent Protein (AdGFP) were cultured with vaterite shells over three weeks.

Results: Cell biocompatibility of these biomimetic spheres was confirmed by confocal fluorescence and light microscopy in primary human bone marrow cultures labelled with CTG and bone marrow cultures transfected with AdGFP. At three weeks microspheres were encapsulated and integrated with osteoprogenitor cells. Histological analysis confirmed expression of alkaline phosphatase, extracellular matrix synthesis and the capacity for extensive mineralisation. Examination by SEM, fluorescent and light microscopy showed that the growth of osteoprogenitors transfected with AdGFP and microspheres in pellet culture showed vaterite spheres were encapsulated and integrated within the osteoprogenitor cell matrix indicating the potential of growth factor delivery. To determine the potential of the spheres to encapsulate selected proteins, microporous spheres were incubated with bovine haemoglobin. FITC microscopic evidence showed haemoglobin could be entrapped inside the spheres and between the biomineral crystal plates during self-assembly.

Discussion and Conclusion: These studies demonstrate the development of facile techniques for the generation of porous microsphere sponges that are biocompatible, possess the ability to aid mineralisation and for the delivery of cell and growth factors. These calcium carbonate structures provide a material with widespread application in a range of tissue engineering applications including skeletal tissue regeneration.


J. Ingram E. Ingham J.L. Tipper J. Fisher

Ultra high molecular weight polyethylene (UHMWPE) wear debris induced osteolysis is a major cause of long term failure of total hip replacements. Particles in the 0.1–1.0_m size range are believed to have greater osteolytic potential than larger wear debris. Crosslinked polyethylenes have been shown to have improved wear resistance compared to non-crosslinked materials on smooth counterfaces, however wear debris from cross-linked UHMWPE has been shown to be smaller than that produced from non-crosslinked materials. The aim of this study was to compare the wear, wear debris and biological activity of non-crosslinked and crosslinked polyethylenes when worn against smooth and scratched counterfaces.

Materials and Methods: Test pins were machined from non-crosslinked GUR1050 and GUR1050 crosslinked with either 5 or 10Mrad of gamma irradiation. Sterile endotoxin free clinically relevant wear debris was generated using a bi-directional pin-on-plate test rig. Tests were performed on scratched (Rp=1.0mm) or smooth (Ra=0.02mm) counterfaces. Particles were cultured with murine macrophages at particle volume (mm3): cell number ratios of 50:1,10:1,1:1 and 0.1:1. The levels of TNF-a produced were determined by ELISA following 0,2,4,6,8,24 and 48 hours of culture.

Results: On both smooth and scratched counterfaces crosslinked polyethylene had lower wear than non-crosslinked polyethylene. Determination of the volume distribution of the wear debris demonstrated a greater percentage of wear debris in the submicrometre size range from crosslinked material when worn on scratched counterfaces. Analysis of the debris when worn on smooth counterfaces showed a further reduction in size of debris with particles observed below 100nm in size which reduced the percentage of debris in the sub-micrometre size range for both materials. Crosslinked material worn against scratched counterfaces generated wear debris that was able to stimulate macrophages to produce significant levels of TNF-a after just six hours of co-culture at the highest volumetric concentration and after 24 hours at lower volumetric concentrations. The non-crosslinked material was able to stimulate macrophages only after 24 hours at the highest volumetric concentration. There were no differences between the biological activity of the particles from the 3 materials articulating on the smooth counterfaces they were only able to stimulate significant TNF-a release following 24 hour with the highest volumetric concentration.

Discussion: Although wear resistance is increased by cross-linking on both smooth and scratched counterfaces, when worn against a scratched counterface crosslinked polyethylene generated a greater percentage of debris in the 0.1–1.0mm size range than non-crosslinked polyethylene and this led to an increase in biological activity. However when worn against smooth counterfaces the production of nanometre size wear particles by both materials reduced the volume of debris in the 0.1–1.0mm size range which in turn lead to a lower biological activity.


H. Pandit D. Hollinghurst T. Ward H.S. Gill D. Beard D. Murray N.P. Thomas

Introduction: Total knee replacement (TKR) is a common treatment for end stage osteoarthritis of knee. The best knee replacement is one in which the kinematics of the normal knee are reproduced. Amongst several factors affecting kinematics, variation in surface geometry and the retention/ sacrifice of the PCL are considered especially important. It is not known which of these two factors is most influential for establishing optimum joint kinematics after TKR.

Method: Four groups of patients who had undergone TKR at least one year previously were recruited. Two groups of patients had undergone replacement with a single axis design (Scorpio, Stryker Howmedica) in both PCL retaining (Scorpio CR, n=15) and PCL sacrificing (Scorpio CS, n=15) variants. The other two groups had undergone replacement with the traditional polyradial design prosthesis (Sigma, Depuy, Johnson & Johnson), again with both PCL retaining (Sigma CR, n=14) and PCL sacrificing (Sigma CS, n=13) variants. An in-vivo fluoroscopic analysis was carried out on all patients. Patients were asked to perform closed chain step up and open chain extension and flexion against gravity. The kinematic profile of each knee was obtained by measuring patella tendon angle (PTA) at specific angles of knee flexion (KFA) using an established fluoroscopic method. The data was also compared with the kinematic profile of normal knees. American Knee Society, Oxford and Patella Scores were recorded for all patients.

Results: All groups were comparable in terms of age and gender. In addition, no significant difference was found between groups in clinical outcome. PTA results for a step-up exercise are shown in the figure. A one way ANOVA between groups revealed that knee kinematics after total knee replacement is different to that for normal knees. No differences were found between groups when the data was analysed using CR/CS as the independent variable. The only differences between groups were found when surface geometry was used as the independent variable. It was shown that the kinematic profile of the single axis Scorpio design (in both CR & CS ) was closer to normal, especially near extension, than the traditional polyradial design (Sigma CR & CS).

Conclusions: Kinematics after a total knee replacement differ from that for a normal knee. Differences in surface design between knee replacements appear to have greater influence on kinematics than the presence or absence of the PCL.


H.M.J. McEwen A. Kamali R. Farrar M.H. Stone J. Fisher

Introduction: Reduction of ultra high molecular weight polyethylene (UHMWPE) surface wear in total knee replacement (TKR) bearings may delay the onset of osteolysis and subsequent loosening of components. The aim of this study was to compare the effect of bearing material on UHMWPE wear using a physiological knee simulator.

Methods: LCS Rotating Platform (RP) mobile bearing TKRs (DePuy) were investigated with standard and custom insert materials (Table 1). Testing was completed on a six-station force/displacement controlled knee simulator (frequency 1 Hz). Kinematic inputs consisted of 0 – 58° extension-flexion [1], maximum 2600 N axial force [1], -262 to 110 N anterior-posterior force [1] and ± 5° internal-external rotation [2]. The test lubricant was 25% (v/v) bovine serum with 0.1% (m/v) sodium azide solution in sterile water. Six components of each material were tested for up to five million cycles. The mean wear rates of the inserts were determined gravimetrically after every million cycles.

Results and Discussion: The higher molecular weight 1050 GP exhibited a higher wear rate than 1020 NI but the difference was not statistically significant (p > 0.05) (Fig. 1). The medium level of crosslinking in the Marathon GP inserts significantly reduced wear in comparison to the uncrosslinked 1050 GP material (p < 0.05) and moderate crosslinking in the 1020 GVF also decreased wear compared with the 1020 NI base material although this was not statistically significant. However, these differences would not be considered to be clinically significant. In addition, further work should be completed to assess the biological activity of the crosslinked materials as increased biological response may negate the benefit of decreased volumetric wear. All RP materials exhibited significantly reduced wear rates (p < 0.05) in comparison to fixed bearing TKR tested under equivalent high kinematic conditions [3]. The RP translates complex motions into more unidirectional motions, benefiting from reduced wear due to decreased cross-shear on the UHMWPE compared with more multidirectional fixed bearing TKR. Therefore, TKR design is an important factor for reduction of UHMWPE wear.


M.H.A. Malik F. Jury E. Zeggini F. Salway H Platt A. Bayat W.E.R. Ollier P.R. Kay

Aims: Tumour necrosis factor-alpha is a proinflammatory cytokine that has been implicated in the inflammatory response to bacterial infection and wear debris particles around loosened total hip replacements (THR). Individual TNF responses to such stimuli may be dictated by genetic variation and we have studied the effect of single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) within the TNF gene.

Methods: We performed a case control study of 9 SNPs (−1031, −863, −857, −376, −308, −238, +489, +851 and +1304) for possible association with deep sepsis or aseptic loosening. All patients included in the study were Caucasian and had had a cemented Charnley THR. Cases consisted of 44 patients with early aseptic loosening and 30 patients with microbiological evidence at surgery of deep infection. Controls consisted of 85 THRs that were clinically asymptomatic for over 10 years and demonstrated no radiographic features of aseptic loosening. DNA was extracted from venous blood and genotyped by Snapshot assay.

Results: Genotype and allele frequencies for all SNPs were in Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium between THR controls and a random sample of UK Caucasians. A significant association was found for the -863 SNP and aseptic loosening (p< 0.05; OR=2.36; 95% CI: 0.976 – 5.71). A trend towards association was found between the -863A SNP and deep infection (p=0.80; OR=2.42; CI: 0.800 – 7.34).

Conclusions: Genetic polymorphism of TNF-alpha may play a significant role in THR aseptic loosening and possibly in deep infection. SNP markers may serve as predictors of implant survival and response to therapy such as anti-TNF treatment.


I-H. Jeon N. Rosenberg I.J. Mersich L. Neumann W.A. Wallace

Introduction: This study investigates the survival (and radiological loosening) rates of prostheses following uncemented Total Shoulder Arthroplasties (TSAs) focusing on the glenoid baseplate fixation.

Methods: ALL uncemented TSAs inserted in one shoulder unit from 1989 to 2001 were entered onto a database prospectively and the patients monitored to death or failure of the implant, resulting in revision surgery. Over 80% of the surviving implants were monitored on sequential radiographs and the radiological loosening rate was observed. 273 TSAs have been monitored – 193 with a porous coated glenoid baseplate and 80 with a hydroxyapatite coating on top of the porous coating.

Results: The Survival rates (%) of the non-HA coated baseplates at 1 to 12 years using the Life Table Method were:− 97, 93, 89, 83, 83, 81, 79, 79, 77, 75, 75 & 75% respectively. The Survival rates for the HA coated glenoid base-plates at 1 to 4 years were 100, 97, 93, & 93% respectively. Failures were predominantly due to mechanical loosening and glenoid disassembly with only 3 cases of infection documented. Thus by 4 years there was a statistically significant improvement in survival of the glenoids. Survival rates were further reduced when radiological loosening was taken into account. The earlier series was analysed to assess the survival of prostheses inserted for RA and OA. The survival rates at 5 and 10 years were 78% & 70% for OA and 96% and 88% for RA.

Discussion & Conclusions: This Life Table analysis confirms the early benefit from the use of hydroxy-apatite coating of the glenoid implant of a TSA. Further improvements, particularly in relation to reducing further the small risk of disassembly are underway.


M.T. Clarke P.T.H. Lee C.P. Roberts J. Gray G.S. Keene N. Rushton

Introduction: Although there is evidence that laminar flow operating theatres (LFOTs) can reduce the incidence of wound infection over standard operating theatres (STOTs) when no routine peri-operative antibiotics were used, the evidence for the use with concurrent parenteral antibiotics is less compelling. A number of prior studies have compared the bacterial load observed in LFOTs and STOTs by wound culture and air sampling during surgery. However many organisms responsible for low grade infection after THR are not readily identified on routine culture and may be detectable only by more sensitive techniques such as the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), a molecular biology test for the presence of bacterial DNA. The purpose of this study was to compare the wound contamination rate during THRs performed in STOT with that in LFOTs using PCR.

Method: Patients undergoing primary THR for osteoarthritis without a history of joint infection were recruited for the study. Surgery was performed in either STOTs or LFOTs, using identical skin preparation solutions, surgical drapes and operating attire. Specimens of the deep tissue, taken at the beginning and end of surgery, were each immediately separated into two sterile containers, one sent for culture (aerobic, anaerobic and enriched meat broth) and the other frozen at minus 80 degrees Celsius for PCR at a later date.

Results: In each theatre type, 40 specimens from 20 THRs were analysed by both PCR and culture (80 specimens and 40 THRs in total).

Using PCR, bacterial DNA was identified on 12 of 40 specimens (30%) from STOTs. Of these 12, three were taken at the start of surgery and nine at the end of the surgery, equivalent to a 45% wound contamination rate (9 of 20). Only two specimens (5%), both taken at the end of surgery, were positive on enriched culture.

In LFOTs, bacterial DNA was identified by PCR on eight of 40 specimens (20%). Of these eight, two were taken at the start of surgery and six at the end of surgery, equivalent to a 30% wound contamination rate (6 of 20). None of the specimens were positive on enriched culture.

Discussions: We concluded that wound contamination of primary THR occurs frequently in both STOTs and LFOTs. Although STOTs showed evidence of more frequent wound contamination than LFOTs, with the numbers available, no significant difference was detected. These data are important in that they confirm that continued vigilance to technique continue to be important as significant wound contamination can occur despite the use of ultra clean air operating theatres.


A.M. Hill I.T. Jones A. Suri J. Moss A.L. Wallace

Aims: Surgical joint stabilisation can be achieved by capsular plication or thermal shrinkage. We hypothesised that there was no difference in mechanical and morphological properties after reduction of laxity in ligaments treated by either technique.

Methods: 30 skeletally mature female rabbits underwent either ‘thermal’ treatment, or ‘plication’ of their left medial collateral ligament (MCL). After 12 weeks convalescence, MCL complexes were procured from left and contralateral knees to undergo viscoelastic (creep) testing, quantitative transmission electron microscopy (TEM) and immunohistochemistry.

Results: Mean creep strain in both thermal (1.85 +/− 0.32%) and plicated ligaments (1.92 +/− 0.36%) was almost twice that of the control group (1.04 +/− 0.15%), although there was no difference between treatment modalities. However, collagen morphological parameters of all three groups were significantly different (p< 0.001). The thermal ligaments demonstrated predominantly small fibrils, whilst the plicated group displayed an intermediate distribution of heterogeneous fibrils (Fig. I). Immunohistochemistry followed by TEM revealed a random distribution of alpha-smooth muscle actin staining fibroblasts in both thermal and plicated groups.

Conclusion: Susceptibility to creep, and residual deformation after recovery, is similar after thermal shrinkage or plication, although inferior to intact ligaments. However, a different pattern of remodelling was revealed in the treatment groups. The plicated results suggest remodelling on a pre-existing fibrillar scaffold, yet the thermal group demonstrated histomorphometry similar to scar tissue, suggesting de novo synthesis. The absence of contractile myofibroblasts suggests that these cells may play an insignificant role in regulation of matrix tension during healing.


S.G. Rees C.L. Curtis C.M. Dent J.L. Harwood B. Caterson

Introduction: Previous studies have demonstrated that exposure of normal bovine and human osteoarthritic cartilage to n-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFAs) such as those present in fish oils can modulate the expression and activity of the degradative and inflammatory factors that are responsible for cartilage destruction [1,2]. In these studies, supplementation of cartilage explant cultures with n-3 PUFAs resulted in an abrogation of aggrecanase activity as well as mRNA expression of mediators of inflammation. To date, few studies have examined the effect of PUFAs on the metabolism of other tissues within the musculoskeletal system, therefore the present work examines the effect of n-3 PUFA supplementation on tendon metabolism.

Methods: Bovine deep digital flexor tendon explants were obtained from the compressed region of young metacarpophalangeal joints (2-week-old) and supplemented with eicosapentaenoic acid (EPA), as previously described [2]. Release of proteoglycan metabolites was analysed using Western blotting whilst RT-PCR analysis was used to examine the mRNA expression patterns of matrix proteases and inflammatory agents.

Results: Exposure to the n-3 fatty acid, EPA, markedly changed the overall lipid composition profile of the tendon with major changes occurring in the supplemented fatty acid (i.e., EPA), with a concomitant percentage reduction in other polyunsaturated fatty acids. Aggrecanase activity was present in the media from control cultures, as expected [3]. However, supplementation with EPA had no effect on this activity, in contrast to articular cartilage where aggrecanase catabolites were absent from the conditioned media following treatment with n-3 PUFAs [1,2]. mRNA expression for the inflammatory mediators (COX-2, IL-1β, TNF), ADAMTS-5, MMPs and TIMPs was also unchanged following supplementation with EPA, again contrasting with articular cartilage where mRNA expression was abolished.

Discussion: This study demonstrates that exposure of bovine tendon explant cultures to an n-3 PUFA, EPA, had no effect on the mRNA expression or activity of aggrecanases; similarly, expression of the inflammatory mediators was also unaffected. Importantly, within this musculoskeletal tissue, aggrecanases are constitutively active and appear to be involved in normal, everyday turnover of aggrecan, in contrast to non-pathological articular cartilage where aggrecanase-generated metabolites are only detected following treatment with catabolic agents. Similarly, COX-2 mRNA expression is present constitutively within tendons whereas in cartilage it is absent under basal (unstimulated) conditions. These data demonstrate that the incorporation of n-3 PUFAs have a differential effect on the regulatory mechanisms which control gene expression within articular cartilage versus tendon.


P. Durani I-H. Jeon T.A. McCulloch A. McLeod W.A. Wallace

Introduction: The Nottingham Hood is a polyester soft tissue reinforcement device for the treatment of weakened or torn rotator cuff tendons (RCTs). The device was introduced in 1987 and has undergone a number of modifications from a close weave polyester modified aortic vascular graft (Mark 1) to an embroidered trefoil shape (Mark 4 – Pearsall’s Ltd) which has now been available since 2000. While this device has been under development it has been used on a named patient basis for 10 years on humanitarian grounds as an alternative treatment option for patients with massive RCTs. Approximately 30 Nottingham Hoods have been inserted over the past 10 years. This study investigates the histological changes and ingrowth associated with this device.

Methods: Four patients who have had the Nottingham Hood inserted for massive RCTs have had re-operations for various reasons on five occasions. Excised material from the rotator cuff has been subjected to histological investigation. Excised biopsy material has been obtained 6 weeks, 6, 9 & 12 months and 14 years following implantation.

Transmitted and polarised light microscopy has been used in all cases.

Results: At 6 weeks birefringent clear material similar to suture material was identified, invested by fibrin and occasional red cells i.e. old thrombus. The fibrin was partly calcified and insinuated between bundles of the meshwork material. No true ingrowth of material was seen at this stage. At 6 months the material was seen macroscopically to be covered with collagenous material, rather like fascia which interdigitated closely with the embedded polyester material. At 14 years the mesh appeared to be invested, sandwich-like into a collagenous fascia-like structure with dense hyaline bands of collagen. Some fibrin was also present between the fibrils and a low grade foreign body giant cell response with light chronic inflammation. The local synovium showed detritic synovitis.

Discussion: The histological features show that there is an early organisational response to the insertion of the new tissue, which is then accompanied by long-term incorporation into host tissues by fibrosis and scarring. A small fibrin and foreign body response lingers on.

Conclusion: This long-term follow-up assessment provides evidence that long-term implantation of polyester as reinforcement for the rotator cuff tendons is not associated with serious biological problems. However the problem of stretching of the repaired rotator cuff muscles does occur and needs to be considered in more depth.


S. Williams T.D. Stewart E. Ingham M.H. Stone J. Fisher

Introduction: Following hip replacement surgery the tension of the soft tissues and the laxity of the joint may vary. Variations in surgical approach, technique and fixation method may influence the effective joint laxity and the level of force applied across the prostheses during the swing phase of gait. The aim of this study was to investigate the effect of different swing phase load conditions on the wear metal-on-metal hip prostheses using a hip simulator.

Methods: Cobalt chrome metal-on-metal bearings, 28mm in diameter were tested for five million cycles in a Prosim hip simulator with flexion-extension and internal-external rotation kinematic inputs. A Paul-type twin peak loading curve was applied, which was modified to provide three different swing phase load conditions;

Low positive swing phase load (< 100N)

Positive swing phase load (300N, as per standard ISO 14242–1)

Negative swing phase load, leading to microseparation and joint laxity.

All tests were carried out in 25% (v/v) new-born bovine serum, with gravimetric wear measurements completed every million cycles.

Results: The wear rates for the different swing phase conditions are shown in Figure I. Elevating the swing phase load from 100N to 300N (ISO load) increased the overall wear rate by 10-fold. Introducing microseparation into the gait cycle increased wear by a further 3-fold. These results indicate the sensitivity of metal-on-metal bearing wear to swing phase load conditions and joint laxity.

Discussion: Little attention to date has been paid to the importance of joint laxity and swing phase load on the wear rate of hip replacements. Elevation of wear rates with increased swing phase load was probably due to the depletion of fluid film lubrication. This was consistent with the findings under stop-start motion [Medley et al., 2002] and demonstrates the dependency of metal-on-metal hip replacements on fluid film lubrication conditions. Testing with a negative swing phase load elevated wear due to microseparation of the components, the head contacted the insert rim at heel strike which caused a stress concentration and damage to the insert rim. The results demonstrate that the wear performance of metal-on-metal hip replacements is highly dependent on swing phase load conditions. It is postulated that the fixation method and surgical technique can effect the swing phase load; over tensioning of the soft tissue may increase the swing phase load, whereas joint laxity will cause a negative swing phase load and possibly microseparation.


J.L. Ford B.E. Scammell

Introduction: Our previous work has shown that angiogenesis occurs within the cartilaginous callus during long bone fracture healing1. Our aim in this study was to investigate the mechanisms involved in endochondral ossification within callus tissue during the secondary stages of fracture healing.

Methods: In this study, immunohistochemical techniques were used to localise the following proteins within the fracture callus at different times following injury. The angiogenic factors vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) and basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF) were localised; bFGF is also involved in matrix remodelling and cell proliferation. In addition, urokinase plasminogen activator and its receptor (uPA and uPAr respectively), a proteolytic enzyme involved in matrix remodelling, was immunolocalised. The model used for the study was a standardised midtibial osteotomy performed on New Zealand white rabbits.

Results: Results showed that from early time points, VEGF and bFGF were detected in pericellular locations around the chondrocytes. However, VEGF was only detected around the chondrocytes in close proximity to infiltrating vessels whereas homogenous localisation of bFGF was seen throughout the cartilage. Urokinase was localised throughout the cartilage callus as well as within vascular cavities and its receptor was detected on the chondrocyte cell surface from early time points.

Discussion: The immunolocalisation of VEGF around large hypertrophic chondrocytes in close proximity to infiltrating vessels suggests that this growth factor plays a role in chondrocyte hypertrophy and death, similar to its role in the growth plate. In contrast, bFGF was strongly detected throughout cartilage from early time points, suggesting that it may also be involved with cartilage proliferation during callus formation and subsequent matrix remodelling. The localisation of urokinase around chondrocytes and within vascular cavities suggests that this enzyme plays an important role in matrix remodelling and the vascularisation of the cartilage. In conclusion, our work suggests that the following sequence of events takes place within the cartilaginous callus. Firstly, bFGF is involved in the rapid proliferation of chondrocytes in the early stages of cartilage formation following fracture. Chondrocytes then express high levels of urokinase and its receptor which is actively involved in the degradation of cartilage matrix and formation of vascular spaces which leads to angiogenesis, VEGF expression, chondrocyte hypertrophy and eventual death.


V. Prasad E. Mughal T. Worthington D.J. Dunlop R.B.C. Treacy P.A. Lambert

Introduction: We have investigated the accuracy of a serological marker to distinguish between septic and aseptic loosening of Total Hip Replacements (THR). We present the preliminary results of our on-going prospective study.

Methods: After obtaining Ethical Committee approval, 46 patients were collected in 3 groups; “control” primary THR, revision THR for aseptic loosening, and revision THR for infection. Serum IgG responses to an exocellular bacterial antigen (Lipid S) were determined by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA).

Results: Our results show that the test can accurately differentiate between the patients with infected joint replacements and the control group. The test, to date, has a specificity of 93% and a sensitivity of 100%.

Discussion and Conclusion: This simple and cheap test can reliably assist in the accurate evaluation of a painful hip arthroplasty, and planning for revision surgery. It will also be useful in the management of patients in whom the microbiology results are either negative or based on a single isolate of an organism, which may be either a contaminant or a possible pathogen. This, in turn, would have implications on financial costs and the optimum use of available resources.


D.J. Cloke J.R. Williams

Aims: The use of the Oxford Shoulder Score (OSS) and the Shoulder Pain and Disability Index (SPADI), both patient-administered functional scoring systems, have been validated in groups of patients presenting with a variety of shoulder conditions. The aim of the present study is to determine the test-retest reliability for these scoring systems in patients with a clinical diagnosis of subacromial impingement.

Methods: All patients attending a specialist shoulder clinic with a likely diagnosis of subacromial impingement over a ten-week period were sent the OSS and SPADI questionaires in the week prior to their appointment. Those who, after history and physical examination, had a confirmed diagnosis of impingement were asked to complete the scores again prior to treatment. The pre-attendance and attendance scores were then analysed by the Kappa statistic and correlation coefficent for individual items, and by reliability coefficient for the total score.

Results: Thirty-eight patients completed the scoring questionnaires pre-attendance and in the clinic. For the OSS, the Kappa statistic gave poor agreement (0.127) for one question about pain, but moderate to good for the remainder (0.440 to 0.794). Similarly, the correlation coefficient for individual items on the SPADI scale showed one functional item with a result of 0.584, but the other twelve items ranging from 0.668 to 0.947. Taken as scores out of 100, the mean difference in total OSS was 0 (95% CI −2.3 to +2.3), with a coefficient of repeatability of 14.7. The mean difference in SPADI was 1.0 (95% CI −2.23 to + 4.23), the coefficient of repeatability being 20.69.

Conclusions: The OSS and SPADI show good test-retest reliability for individual question items and as overall scores in patients with subacromial impingement.


H. M. J. McEwen L. A. Knight R. Farrar M. H. Stone M. Taylor J. Fisher

Introduction: Reduction of ultra high molecular weight polyethylene (UHMWPE) wear in total knee replacement (TKR) bearings may delay the onset of osteolysis and subsequent loosening of components. This study used finite element (FE) modelling and in vitro simulator testing to investigate the effect of wear path geometry on UHMWPE surface wear.

Methods: The wear of PFC Sigma fixed bearing TKRs (DePuy) was investigated using a six-station force/ displacement controlled knee simulator (frequency 1 Hz) using previously developed methods [1]. High, intermediate and low kinematic inputs were simulated for up to five million cycles (Table 1) with identical flexion-extension and axial loading for all components. This kinematic data was also applied to a FE model of the PFC Sigma TKR and run using PAM-CRASH-SAFE software. The anterior-posterior (AP), medial-lateral (ML) and inferior-superior data were recorded and the resulting wear paths generated by selecting nodes from the contacting surface of the polyethylene relative to the femoral.

Results and Discussion: The mean wear rates with 95% confidence limits on the simulator when subjected to high, intermediate and low kinematics were 22.75 ± 5.95, 9.85 ± 3.7 and 5.2 ± 3.77 mm3 per million cycles, respectively. All FE models exhibited looped wear paths. An example wear path for the first 60% of the gait cycle for a lateral node is displayed in Figure I. The high kinematics model generated the greatest ML displacement and similar AP displacement to the intermediate kinematics model. The low kinematics model showed least ML and AP displacements. The AP displacements for medial wear paths differed little when subjected to the different kinematics. A looped wear path on the surface of UHMWPE results in greater cross shear transverse to the principal direction of motion, which is parallel to AP displacement in TKR and is the axis along which strain hardening occurs. This study revealed that increased AP displacement and tibial rotation kinematics generate more looped wear paths, increase ML and AP displacements on the surface of fixed bearing TKR and result in greater cross shear which ultimately increases UHMWPE surface wear.


A.M. Cutler S. Whitten C. Wigderowitz

Introduction: Osteoporosis is diagnosed by measurement of bone mineral density (BMD), with techniques that include single and dual energy x-ray absorptiometry (SXA, DXA) and quantitative computed tomography (QCT), which have relatively high cost and limited availability. Radiographic absorptiometry (RA), the corresponding technique based on plain radiographs, has not been favoured clinically because it required complex devices to calibrate and difficult techniques to measure the optic densitometry of films. In this paper a newly developed computerised radiographic technique is described that gives results in actual BMD units and includes a correction for soft-tissues. The technique has been developed in conjunction with a new solid phantom to facilitate the use in fracture clinics, without the need for further patient exposure. It also has the advantage of measuring the ultradistal radius, a clinically useful cancellous rich site. The design of the phantom and initial calibration testing are described.

M& M: The new phantom is constructed from a solid water equivalent material, removing the need for a soft-tissue equalising water bath. The necessary hydroxyapatite (HA) calibration wedge is built into the phantom to give results in actual BMD units. A high-density grid has been used to minimise the effects of scatter caused by soft tissues. The phantom was initially calibrated by comparing its results with those obtained from specially manufactured hydroxyapatite disks. The European Forearm Phantom (EFP) was used in studies of further calibration and testing of anatomical specimens, obtained with permission from the department of Anatomy at the University of St. Andrews.

Results: The test comparing the BMD determined by the new phantom to the known density of specially manufactured HA discs yielded a very high correlation (R> 0.999) with an error < 2%. Further studies with the EFP as a reference standard confirmed a very high correlation (R> 0.999) with an error of < 5%.

Finally a study was performed on 25 cadaver forearms that were available for imaging using DXA and the modified RA technique. BMD results showed good correlation (R=0.93, P< 0.001) with an error of less than 10%. The error is partly explained because during this part of the study a high-resolution anti-scatter grid was unavailable and a standard grid had to be used. Also some cadavers had previous fractures and dissection marks. Without these problems, it is expected that the error percentage would be significantly reduced.

Discussion: The phantom is light, small and the patient can comfortably fit even if the limb is fractured. The results compare favourably with published data for existing techniques that also used the EFP as a reference standard. The described technique carries the promise of a simple, inexpensive system, which yields superior results and can be used seamlessly in a fracture clinic. A pilot clinical study is being planned, comparing the results of the modified RA technique with peripheral DXA. This system can be quickly made available at minimum cost utilizing existing equipment. All the other advantages of computerised x-rays including more precise measurements of deformity and central analysis from a distance for isolated practices apply.


P.T.H. Lee M.T. Clarke A. Arora R.N. Villar

Introduction: Metal-on-metal (MOM) bearings after total hip arthroplasty are known to elevate the serum concentrations of metal ions, raising concerns about the long term effects. One potential modifier of ion release is the bearing diameter used. Resurfacing MOM bearings have a large surface area available for corrosion compared to the typical bearing size of 28 mm in total hip replacement (THR) but may benefit from improved lubrication and reduced production of corrodible wear debris. The net effect of these two variables on metal ion release is unknown. In this study, we compared the level of ion release in patients after large bearing MOM hip resurfacing arthroplasty with patient after small bearing MOM THR.

Methods: We measured the serum cobalt and chromium levels from 22 patients with large bearing diameter MOM hip resurfacing arthroplasty (Cormet 2000 and Birmingham Hip Resurfacing) and compared them to the serum cobalt and chromium levels of 22 patients with small bearing diameter (28 mm) MOM THR (Ultima). Patients were prospectively matched for activity level, body mass and date after surgery at blood sampling. All were at least 6 months after surgery.

Results: We found the median cobalt and chromium levels after hip resurfacing arthroplasty to be 7.6 times normal (median 38 nmol/L, range 14 to 144 nmol/L) and 10.5 times normal (median 53 nmol/L, range 25 to 165 nmol/L) respectively. This is compared to 4.4 times normal (median 22 nmol/L, range 15 to 87 nmol/L) for cobalt and 3.8 times normal (median 19 nmol/L, range 2 to 58 nmol/L) for chromium after 28 mm MOM THR (p=0.0021 and p< 0.0001).

Discussion: We concluded that large diameter MOM bearings result in greater release of cobalt and chromium ions than do small diameter MOM bearings. This may be of relevance when the potential side-effects of long-term exposure to elevated these metal ions is considered. It is not known to what extent this difference is due to corrosion of the component surfaces or of the wear particles produced.


E. Tucker R. Bayston B.E. Scammell

Objective: To determine whether Propionibacterium acnes is able to adhere to implant materials, and to develop biofilms.

Background: Most orthopaedic implant infections are caused by staphylococci, which express adhesins and can adhere to biomaterials and to plasma glycoprotein conditioning films. They then produce exopolymers and develop biofioms. P acnes, being anaerobic, is often missed as a cause of implant infection and might be more common than is realised, yet little is known about its virulence factors (ability to adhere to biomaterials or conditioning film and biofilm development).

Materials & Methods: Surgical steel or silicone coupons, with and without plasma conditioning film, were exposed to three clinical isolates of P acnes and examined by cultural methods and chemiluminescence for adherence. In further experiments, the coupons were incubated anaerobically with the P acnes strains for several days. They were then rinsed, fixed and processed for scanning electron microscopy (SEM). In a third set of experiments, coupons were again incubated anaerobically with P acnes and examined by laser confocal microscopy (LCM) for biofilm development.

Results: All three isolates of P acnes were able to adhere to the biomaterials, to a degree similar to that of a clinical isolate of Staphylococcus aureus, though not as strongly as Staphylococcus epidermidis. Unlike with the staphylococci, the presence of a conditioning film did not make a significant difference. SEM and LCM revealed biofilm development morphologically similar to that seen with S epidermidis. Exopolymer production was also demonstrated.

Conclusions: P acnes is able to adhere to biomaterials but not so avidly as S epidermidis. The adherence is not enhanced by plasma conditioning film. However, once adhered, P acnes is capable of developing a biofilm morphologically indistinguishable from that of S epidermidis. This probably explains the role of P acnes in implant infection, and the therapeutic difficulty it often poses.


F. Adie R. Bayston B.E. Scammell

Objective: To compare the in-vitro antimicrobial action of surgical irrigation fluids: 0.9% saline, 2g/L cephradine, 80mg/L gentamicin, 10% povidone-iodine (PVP-I) and 40ppm aqueous iodine (laq) for activity against Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis and Escherichia coli in the presence of blood, plasma and saline.

Materials and Methods: 5mL of antimicrobial agent was added to 5ml of blood, plasma or saline containing 105–106 CFU/mL of the test bacterium. At 15 seconds, 1 minute, 5 minutes, 1 hour and 2 hours, a 1mL sample was inactivated in 9mL of 0.5% sodium thiosulphate. The bacterial numbers were determined using a biochemical assay (Chemiluminescence) with a calibration curve and by spread plate counts. The data were transformed by a logarithmic function and analysed by linear regression to give 95% confidence intervals for their gradient of change over 2 hours. Significant differences were defined at the 5% level.

Results: In saline. All bacteria were killed within 15 seconds with PVP-I and Iaq, but showed no significant reduction with saline, cephradine or gentamicin. In plasma. E. coli was killed within 15 seconds with all irrigation fluids. S. aureus and S. epidermidis showed no significant reduction with saline, Iaq or cephradine, but did show a significant reduction in the presence of gentamicin. With PVP-I, all S. epidermidis were killed within 15 seconds and all S. aureus within 5 minutes. In blood. E.coli with PVP-I, Iaq and cephradine showed no significant reduction. E. coli with gentamicin did show a significant reduction. Both staphylococci showed a significant reduction over 2 hours with PVP-I and gentamicin, but no significant reduction with saline, cephradine and Iaq.

Conclusions: As blood has a strong chemical inactivating effect on iodine – based formulations, Iaq and PVP-I cannot be recommended for surgical irrigation. Gentamicin should be used in preference to cephradine in surgical irrigation fluids if an antimicrobial agent is required. The residual immunological components (particularly complement) in blood and plasma may enhance the susceptibility of bacteria to antimicrobial agents.


P. Mayhew N. Loveridge J. Power H.P.J. Kroger M. Parker J. Reeve

Areal BMD (aBMD) is relatively poor at discriminating those patients at risk of hip fracture. This study tested the hypothesis that a measure of bending resistance, cross section moment of inertia (CSMI) and section modulus, derived from 3D peripheral quantitative computed tomography (pQCT) images made ex-vivo, would discriminate cases of hip fracture from controls better than areal bone mineral density.

The biopsies were from (n = 20, F) subjects that had suffered an intracapsular hip fracture. The control material (n = 23, F) was from post-mortem subjects. Serial pQCT 1mm thick cross-sectional images using the Densiscan 1000 pQCT clinical forearm densitometer were obtained, and matched for location along the neck. The image voxels were converted to units of bone mass, which were then used to derive the mass weighted CSMI (MWCSMI), section modulus and areal bone mineral density, (see Table).

The aBMD results showed that the difference between the means of the fracture cases compared to the controls was 9.9% (−0.061g/cm2; +0.0055g/cm2, −0.127g/cm2; 95% confidence interval). However, the MWCSMI was 29.5% (−5966mm4; −8868mm4,−3066mm4; 95% confidence interval) lower in the fracture cases compared to the controls, while section modulus was 32.5% (−242mm3; −133mm3, −352mm3 95% confidence interval) lower. When presented as Z scores the fracture cases had considerably lower section modulus Z scores (mean −1.27 SD, p=0.0001) than aBMD – Z scores (mean −0.5 SD, p=0.07). To simulate the forces experienced during a sideways fall, the model’s neutral axis was rotated by 210°. The results were similar for section modulus to those at 0°.

This study suggests that biomechanical analysis of the distribution of bone within the femoral neck may offer a marked improvement in the ability to discriminate patients with an increased risk of intracapsular fracture. Progress towards implementing this form of analysis in clinical densitometry should improve its diagnostic value.


R.J. Pacheco L. Yang M. Saleh

Aims: To identify the distraction forces and contact pressures of the ankle joint at two different joint positions during articulated ankle distraction.

Material and Methods: Four amputated lower limbs were collected from patients undergoing amputation for vascular disease and frozen at -70° C. The ankle joint of the specimens were normal. Before use the limbs were thawed at room temperature for 24 hours. The skin and subcutaneous tissues were removed. A Sheffield ring fixator consisting of a proximal tibial ring and a foot plate connected through three threaded bars and hinges aligned with ankle axis was mounted on the limb. Force transducers were placed in the threaded bars between the tibial ring and the foot plate on the lateral, medial and posterior aspect of the ankle joint to measure the ankle distraction forces. Once the ankle distraction forces have been measured an anterior ankle arthrotomy was performed to permit the insertion of Fuji pressure sensitive film within the ankle joint. The limb-fixator construct was mounted in a loading machine and axially loaded on the tibia. The ankle joint was distracted at 2 mm intervals to a maximum of 20 mm. Pressure sensitive film was introduced in the ankle joint at each distraction interval and the tibia was axially loaded at 350, 700, 1050 and 1400N (half to two times body weight).

Results: The forces necessary to distract the ankle joint are almost double in the medial side than the lateral side. With 10° of plantarflexion the forces necessary to distract the lateral side increase by about 10%.

We found the center of pressure of the ankle joint to be situated in the antero-medial quadrant, close to the center of the ankle joint. Distraction of the ankle joint by 5 mm eliminated any contact pressures at the ankle joint when the tibia was loaded up to 700N (one time body weight). When the joint was distracted by 10 mm no contact pressures were found in the ankle when loaded up to 1400N (two times body weight)

Conclusions: With the ankle in the plantigrade position the forces necessary to distract the ankle joint are double in the medial side when compared to the lateral side. Plantarflexion increases the forces necessary to distract the lateral aspect of the ankle. This finding may have clinical implications when distracting ankle joints with equinus deformities as this can increase the risk of damaging the lateral ankle ligaments leading to ankle instability. In our opinion equinus deformities should be corrected before the start of ankle joint distraction.

The center of pressure of the ankle joint is situated in the antero-medial quadrant. Distraction of 5 mm will eliminate ankle contact pressure up to one times body weight whereas distraction of 10 mm will eliminate contact pressures up to two times body weight.


C.L. Curtis S.M. Eisenstein S. Roberts B. Caterson

Introduction: Proteoglycans are found both in the annulus fibrosus and nucleus pulposus of the intervertebral disc and contribute to the hydration of the tissue (aggrecan) and the regulation of matrix assembly (small proteoglycans) [1]. Whilst loss of proteoglycan is the main chemical change in disc degeneration seen in back pain patients, little is known of the events leading to and controlling this loss. In this study the metabolism of the most common proteoglycan, aggrecan, and others including decorin, biglycan, lumican, fibromodulin and versican, together with collagen types I and II were studied in diseased and normal discs.

Methods: Ten discs from patients aged 11–57 years (mean:39±15) with scoliosis (n=1), spondylolisthesis (n=1) and low back pain (n=8), were graded for macroscopic degeneration (Grades 1–4). Three ‘normal’ cadaveric discs from 3 individuals aged 25–27 years (mean 26±1) were also investigated. Disc was either snap-frozen (for RNA isolation) or the proteoglycans extracted with 4M GuHCl. Total RNA was isolated and RT-PCR performed using various oligonucleotide primers. GuHCl-extracted proteoglycan fragments were analysed using Western blotting with a number of antibodies to aggrecan metabolites, collagen metabolites and small leucine-rich proteoglycans.

Results: Intervertebral discs contain a very heterogenous population of proteoglycans demonstrating extensive enzymic degradation, particularly with increasing age and macroscopic degeneration such as is seen in back pain patients. Younger, less degenerate discs contained more biglycan than the older, more degenerate discs. However, the mRNA gene expression analyses demonstrated little cellular activity and potential synthetic response, there was very little expression of particularly in comparison to osteoarthritic cartilage cells which show considerable synthetic capability for all the major matrix components.

Discussion: Our analyses indicate that several biochemical, catabolic and biosynthetic changes occur in disc matrix molecules which are likely to contribute to loss of disc function with ageing and degeneration. The loss of biosynthetic capability of cells is very important in considering the potential of newer therapeutic modalities such as cellular repair and genetic engineering for the treatment of degenerative disc disease.


D. Yin L. Yang M. Saleh

Objectives: To develop a non-invasive method to assess the wire tension quantitatively which can be used in clinic.

Background: Fine-wire external fixators are widely used in the fixation of fractures and limb reconstruction. A requirement of stable fixation is that the wires maintain their tension. Recent lab tests have shown that substantial reduction in wire tension occurred during the simulated operative procedures. Clinical experience also indicated that wire site discomfort might be related to loss in wire tension. It would be very helpful if the wire tension could be assessed quantitatively by a non-invasive method.

Methods: An apparatus based on a LVDT (Linear Variable Differential Transformer) was developed to apply a constant transverse force to a wire and measure its deflection with respect to another parallel wire. An unstable oblique fracture was created in a Sawbones tibia and stabilized by a Sheffield Ring Fixator. The deflection of the testing wire was measured in four tests: (1) Two parallel wires fixation, tensioned reference wire, variable clamp to bone distance; (2) Two parallel wires fixation, loose reference wire, 80mm clamp-bone distance. (3) Two groups of parallel wires fixation with 70° crossing angle, tensioned reference wire, 80mm clamp-bone distance; (4) Two groups of parallel wires fixation with 70° crossing angle, tensioned reference wire, 80mm clamp-bone distance, osteotomy site fixed with a lag screw to simulate a stable fracture or a healing fracture. Fracture stiffness in the above conditions was derived from previous work. Stepwise multiple variable regression analyses were performed to determine the relationship between wire deflection and wire tension, clamp-bone distance, number of wires, reference wire tension, and fracture stiffness.

Results: The reference wire tension and fracture stiffness was excluded from the regression equation, indicating that they did not affect the wire deflection. The regression equation containing only the testing wire tension had an adjusted R-square value of 0.521, while the equation containing the testing wire tension and clamp-bone distance had the R-square values of 0.854. The addition of the number of wires to the regression equation resulted in a slight increase of the R-square value (0.862).

Conclusion: The wire deflection and the clamp-bone distance are the two most important factors that affect wire deflection. The measurement of wire deflection has the potential to predict wire tension and the effect of clamp-bone distance must be considered. Further work is required to refine the apparatus for clinical use.


M. Ganapathi S.L. Evans P. Roberts

Introduction: Surface replacement of the hip has been proposed as an alternative to total hip replacement, particularly in young active patients. The suggested benefits include preservation of bone stock for future revision surgery and avoidance of proximal femoral stress protection, which can cause bone resorption. However, following femoral head resurfacing, femoral neck fracture can occur.

The aim of this study was to compare the strain pattern in intact and resurfaced femurs using validated third generation composite femurs and rosette strain gauges.

Methods: Rosette strain gauges were applied to an intact and a resurfaced third generation composite femur at three sites; narrowest part of the lateral surface of the neck, narrowest part of the medial surface of the neck and medial surface at the level of lesser trochanter. The femurs were loaded with axial loads of 600N, 800N and 1000N sequentially. The tests were repeated thrice for each femur. Maximum and minimum principal strains were calculated.

Further tests were carried out in which an abductor load was included in the model. Testing was done at 600N and repeated thrice for each femur. The principal strains were calculated and compared with the the principal strains without the abductor load.

Results: The maximum principal strains in the resurfaced femur were approximately 50% higher in the lateral surface of the neck and about 30% higher in the lesser trochanteric region when loaded without including an abductor force. Inclusion of the abductor force decreased the strain particularly at the lateral surface of the neck by approximately 45% in the intact femur and approximately 25% in the implanted femur. Even with the inclusion of the abductor load the strain in the resurfaced femur remained more than 50% higher at the lateral surface of the neck and 20% higher in the lesser trochanteric region.

Conclusion: Our study suggests that proximal femoral stress protection will not occur following surface replacement of the hip. The increased strain at the lateral surface of the neck could result in fracture, particularly if there is notching of the neck or if abductor function has been compromised, which can happen particularly with the direct lateral approach.


D.S. McNally M. Clemence C.M. Naish

Introduction: Whilst conventional Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) is universally used as the method of choice for examining the boundaries of the intervertebral disc clinically it gives little information about the internal structure of the disc. This is largely due to the fact that the normal resolution of such devices (typically 1mm in plane and 3mm out of plane) is just too large to resolve structures and pathologies of interest.

Aim: This work aims to describe the appearance of normal and pathological discs when imaged using a high resolution system. It then tests the hypothesis that a degeneration grading scale based upon such observations corresponds well with the graded appearance of the sectioned disc.

Method: 13 lumbar discs from 7 non-chondrodystrophoid dogs (age 2–10 yr, mean 5.7 yr) were employed in this study. They were imaged using a small bore 0.5T research imaging system using a T2* weighted pulse sequence (TR=500ms, TE=17ms), a 60mm field of view, 1 mm slice thickness, in plane resolution was 230 μm. A grading scale based on the standard visual scale was developed for grading these images.

Results: The outer and middle annulus had a strongly banded appearance with adjacent lamellae having high and low intensities (in spite of there similar chemical composition). The inner annulus (and frequently all the posterior annulus) had a uniform high intensity appearance as did the nucleus. Frequently, there has a well defined dark boundary between the annulus and nucleus. Increasing degeneration lead to disorder of the annulus structure and non-uniformity in the nucleus. Statistical comparison of the visual and MRI grading scales were extremely good (α=0.90–0.95) except for the posterior annulus (α=0.26).

Conclusion: Many features of the MRI appearance of discs at high resolution, such as the banded structure of the annulus, were not expected and must be due to some subtle physical processes. Care must therefore be taken with the interpretation of such images, in particular to assessment of hydration. Grading of high resolution images corresponded well to the ‘gold standard’ of visual appearance on sectioning. However, this scale is totally different to that used to grade discs using conventional clinical MRI.


Full Access
A.M. Hill A.M.J. Bull M. Urwin P. Aichroth

The motion of the shoulder complex, the scapulo-humero-thoracic rhythm, is an equilibrium between transmission of loads and positioning of the upper limb. This rhythm, which can be described by 12 spatial variables, is either responsible for, or affected by the genesis of shoulder pathology and trauma. Thus, imaging the articulations of the shoulder through a global range of motion is essential in aiding diagnosis, management decisions and interpreting operative outcome. As such, the objective of this study was to dynamically image the scapulo-humero-thoracic rhythm.

The subjects were seated between the toroid of the scanner and maximally slewn table on a customised tripod which both protects the target rings and provides a degree of comfort. Each subject was asked to carryout 4 movements; adduction to abduction in the scapular plane, internal rotation to external rotation at 0° and 90° abduction and flexion to extension. Each movement was carried out over a period of 5 seconds, enabling the acquisition of 20 volumes per movement.

Electron Beam Computed Tomography (EBCT) enables the scanning of a number of contiguous slices, each taking 50 msec. Previously this has facilitated real-time imaging and rendering of both cardiopulmonary function and colonography. A GE Imatron EBCT C300 scanner was used with a multislice sequence imaging protocol to collect 8 transaxial slices per volume by sweeping an x-ray beam sequentially over 4 tungsten target rings and recording x-ray intensity via two fixed detector rings after the reflected beam passes through the body.

Each slice was post-processed by semi-automatic segmention using Amira software, and reconstructed to produce three-dimensional volumes of the humerus, scapula, clavicle and selected ribs. Anatomical landmarks were then identified and the normal rhythm of the shoulder was described.

In conclusion, EBCT provides a quick and efficient method for direct realtime dynamic imaging of the shoulder girdle under normal conditions, the first time this has been achieved to the best of our knowledge. Not only do these reconstructions provide further input matter for preexisting and future computational shoulder models, but estabilishes an initial baseline for further clinical experience. As such, we hypothesise the ability of this modalitiy to image pathological and traumatic disruption to shoulder rhythm. The potential clinical application of this tool would include imaging of traumatic instability and impingement, facilitated by some minor ergonomic alterations to the apparatus.


D.P.S. Baghla J.C. Angel M. Siddique A. McPherson P. Johal W. Gedroyc G. Blunn

Background: Interventional MRI provides a novel non-invasive method of in-vivo weight-bearing analysis of the subtalar joint. Preceding in-vivo experimentation with stereophotogammetry of volunteers embedded with tantalum beads has produced valuable data on relative talo-calcaneal motion (Lundberg et al. 1989). However the independent motion of each bone remains unanswered.

Materials and Methods: Six healthy males (mean 28.8 years), with no previous foot pathology, underwent static right foot weight bearing MRI imaging at 0°, 15° inversion, and 15° eversion. Using identifiable radiological markers the absolute and relative rotational and translational motion of the talus and calcaneum were analysed.

Results and Discussion: Inversion: The calcaneum externally rotates, plantar-flexes and angulates into varus. The talus shows greater plantar-flexion with similar varus angulation, with variable axial rotation. Relative talo-calcaneal motion thus involves, 6° relative talar internal rotation, 3.2° flexion and no motion in the frontal plane. Concurrently the talus moves laterally on the calcaneum, by 6.5mm, with variable translations in other planes. This results in posterior facet gapping and riding up of the talus at its posterolateral prominence. Eversion: The calcaneum plantar-flexes, undergoes valgus angulation, and shows variable rotation in the axial plane. The talus plantar-flexes less, externally rotates, and shifts into varus. Relative motion in the axial plane reverses rotations seen during inversion (2.5° talar external rotation). The 8° of relative valgus talo-calcaneal angulation is achieved consistently through considerable varus angulation of the talus, in a direction opposite to the input motion. This phenomenon has not been previously reported. From coronal MRI data, comparative talo-calcaneal motion in inversion is prevented by high bony congruity, whereas during eversion, the taut posterior tibio-talar ligament prevents talar valgus angulation.

Conclusion: We have demonstrated that Interventional MRI scanning is a valuable tool to analysing the weight bearing motion of the talo-calcaneal joint, whilst approaching the diagnostic accuracy of stereophoto-gammetry. We have also demonstrated consistent unexpected talar motion in the frontal plane. Talo-calcaneal motion is highly complex involving simultaneous rotation and translation, and hence calculations of instantaneous axes of rotation cannot effectively describe talo-calcaneal motion. We would suggest that relating individual and relative motion of the talus / calcaneum better describes subtalar kinematics.


V.F. Harding L.A.M. Honorez I-H. Jeon K.J. Fairbairn K. Lateif J.L. Ford W.A. Wallace

Introduction: The Constant Score Functional Assessment (CS) is now the standard method of assessing shoulder disability in Europe. Previous studies have indicated that the CS values associated with a full-thickness rotator cuff tear (RCT) are lower than for normal shoulders. This study was designed to investigate which parameters of the CS were most influenced by the presence of a RCT. As ultrasonograpy has now been shown to have a high accuracy for diagnosing full-thickness RCTs it was used to establish the diagnosis.

Methods: 28 patients attending the Shoulder Clinic were invited to take part in this study for which Local Ethics Committee approval had been obtained. The majority of patients had a painful shoulder on at least one side. All patients had a CS carried out with the “Strength” measurement made in 3 ways – 1) maximum force using a fixed spring balance – FSB(max); 2) maximum force using a commercial myometer – M(max); 3) mean force from 2 to 4 seconds using a commcercial Myometer – M(mean). The CS was measured with no knowledge of the patient’s history or diagnosis and blinded to the state of the rotator cuff. The patients were then assessed using ultrasonograpy of the shoulder (Diasus with an 8–16MHz head) to establish the presence of a full-thickness RCT.

Results: The CS Values for the left and right shoulders have been analysed separately.

The results have also been analysed for each part of the Constant Score – Pain, Activities of Daily Living, Range of Movement and Strength and these will be presented.

Discussion: It was anticipated that subjects with a RCT would be found to be weaker and have a reduced CS in an affected shoulder. This was found to be the case for the left shoulder but not for the right. The reasons for this will be discussed. The abnormally low CS for the normal right shoulders (Group 1) will also be explored.

Conclusion: The CS may be a valuable method of identifying those patients with a RCT. This study indicates that a more careful evaluation of “Strength” measurements still needs to be undertaken.


A M. Ali L. Yang M. Saleh

Objective: To compare the mechanical stability of fixation of bicondylar tibial plateau fractures using available internal and external fixation techniques.

Method: A bicondylar tibial plateau fracture was simulated on a uniform synthetic bone and tested with loading to failure. Following power calculations, seven tibias were used for each fixation method; five types of fixation were tested: 1) Dual plating. 2) Ring Fixator with inter-fragmentary screws. 3) Hybrid fixator (Ring-Bar) with interfragmentary screws. 4) Lateral plate and medial monolateral external fixator. 5) Lateral plate and medial interfragmentary screws. The specimens were tested in compression to failure. The vertical subsidence in either medial or lateral plateau was measured using an electrical transducer.

Results: In all cases the mode of failure was consistent with collapse occurring in the medial plateau. There was no significant difference in the ultimate strength between dual plating and the ring fixator [4218N, 4184N respectively; P=0.28, t test]. Failure was seen at lower loads with the other fixation systems (Table).

Conclusion: The Ring Fixator and dual plating demonstrated a greater strength and the most stable fixation, choice may depend on tissue viability and surgeon preference. Furthermore mobilisation of the patient may be undertaken earlier with more confidence using these two methods rather than less stable techniques.


J. Love L. Yang M. Saleh

Introduction: Distraction osteogenesis has been used as a method of generating new bone in limb lengthening and deformity realignment; and is achieved in our unit though the use of the Sheffield Ring Fixator. The development of soft tissue tension creates an entirely different mechanical environment, and can often result in severe complications during treatment. Fixators must therefore be able to resist these forces. Furthermore, biomechanical modelling is very different from fracture and bone gap simulation.

The model developed in this study intended to look at linear distraction, i.e. lengthening.

Aims: To create a mechanical model that simulates the soft tissue effects during lengthening with an external fixator

To obtain a synthetic material with similar passive tensile properties to that measured in lengthened soft tissue

To measure the effect of tensioned synthetic soft tissue on osteotomy motion and multi-planar stiffness during cyclic loading.

Materials and Methods: A standard two 150mm ring frame was mounted on an acrylic rod, with a centrally placed osteotomy gap of 75mm. One ring was fixed with wires and the other with screws. An inter-fragmentary motion device was attached across the osteotomy, to measure axial, angular and shear deformation with both axial and off-axis loading.

Soft tissue tension was simulated with the use of neoprene rubber sheeting, attached to the nylon rod by Jubilee clips, with a gap anteriorly or medially. Extensive tensile testing was performed to determine the visco-elastic behaviour of the rubber, which showed it to be consistent and reliable. Tension of a similar magnitude to lengthened muscle (35–125N) was achieved, and could be accurately predicted for certain distraction lengths.

The stiffness of the frame was calculated from osteotomy motion with various distraction lengths both with the rubber attached and without.

Results: Tension in the soft tissues summates with the force applied in loading, with the effect of increasing the axial stiffness of the fixator by up to 70N, with a directly proportional relationship. It also acts as a restraint for shear and angulatory motion. In anterior and lateral loading positions however, the angulation stiffness remains low; this is thought to be due to the unequal distribution of soft tissues around the bony column, as seen in vivo. The stiffness of the frame is lowered by increasing the distance between rings; this effect can be counteracted by soft tissue tension in axial stiffness, but less so for angular and shear.

Conclusions: We conclude that osteotomy stability is dependent on soft tissue tension, and the magnitude of tension greatly alters the stiffness characteristics of the external fixator. This study highlights the important role of soft tissue tension in biomechanical modelling and clinical limb lengthening, and has exciting ramifications for future orthopaedic models.


I. Ahmed L. Cochrane C.A. Wigderowitz

Introduction: Substantial evidence is now available that complex multi-variate models such as Artificial Neural Networks and Finite Element Analysis can predict bone strength better than DXA. In order to build such models effectively, it is essential to determine which basic individual parameters will be used. The current study attempts to improve a number of existing parameters that reflect bone structure, originating from spectral analysis of cancellous bone in radiographic images, to assess whether their correlation with mechanical strength of bone can be improved.

M& M: Sixty standard AP x-rays of cadaveric human radii, for which mechanical data was available, have been examined. The bones had been mechanically tested to destruction and the details of the test have been published previously. The x-rays were digitized at 160 mm/ pixel, using a dedicated scanner. ROI of 64x64 pixels corresponding to 1x1 cm in the original x-rays were used for the analysis. Low pass and High pass filters were moved stepwise to determine the most effective bandwidth for the identification and measurements of the magnitude peaks in the fast Fourier transform (FFT).

Results: The spectral trabecular index had a correlation with load at fracture (LF) of −0.002 and with the work at fracture (WF) of −0.07. The filtered parameter, termed spectral index of bone structure (SIBS), increased these correlations to 0.41 and 0.46 respectively. The Longitudinal trabecular index had a correlation of 0.09 with LF and 0.04 with WF. The corresponding filtered parameter, termed longitudinal trabecular index of bone structure (LIBS), increased these correlation coefficients to 0.39 with LF and 0.41 with WF. Finally the Transverse trabecular index had a correlation of −0.19 with LF and −0.04 with WF. The Transverse index of bone structure (TIBS) altered the correlations to 0.17 with LF and 0.36 with WF. For this sample size, the 5% significance threshold for correlations is 0.25 and for the 1% level is 0.325.

Discussion: This refinement of the individual spectral parameters is an essential step towards the improvement of multivariate models, leading to a potentially improved assessment of fracture risk. The general assessment of trabeculae and particularly the longitudinal ones was substantially improved by the new method of measurement. These parameters can now be incorporated into more complex models that take into account other characteristics such as age of the patients, cortical thickness and size of the bones and which are knowingly related to bone fragility.


P.T.H. Lee M.T. Clarke A. Arora R.N. Villar

Aims: Elevated serum cobalt and chromium ion levels associated with carcinogenesis and chromosomal damage in animals has raised concerns that metal-on-metal (MOM) total hip replacement (THR) in humans may produce the same effects over time. Considering that the risks may be related to the level of these ions in the body, this study compared the serum cobalt and chromium ion levels in patients with unilateral versus bilateral 28 mm diameter MOM THR.

Methods: All patients having THR at our institution were prospectively registered on a computerised database. From our database, we identified 108 patients with Ultima (Johnson and Johnson, Leeds) MOM THR with 28 mm bearing made of cobalt-chromium alloy. After patient review in clinic and before blood results were known, patient matching was performed by date after surgery at blood sampling, activity level and body mass. Using these stringent criteria, 11 unilateral THR could be adequately matched with 11 bilateral THR. Blood serum was taken with full anti-contamination protocols and serum analysed via inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry.

Statistical analysis used the Mann-Whitney U test.

Results: The serum cobalt ion level after unilateral MOM THR was 4.4 times normal (median 22 nmol/L, range 15 to 37 nmol/L) compared to 8.4 times normal (median 42 nmol/L, range 19 to 221 nmol/L) for bilateral MOM THR (p=0.001). The serum chromium ion level after unilateral MOM THR was 3.8 times normal (median 19 nmol/L, range 2 to 35 nmol/L) compared to 10.4 times normal (median 52 nmol/L, range 19 to 287 nmol/L) for bilateral MOM THR (p=0.04).

Conclusions: This study has shown that the serum cobalt and chromium ion levels in patients with bilateral MOM THR are significantly higher than those in patients with unilateral MOM THR. With levels of up to 50 times the upper limit of normal, this finding may be of relevance for the potential development of long-term side effects.


L.A.M. Honorez V.F. Harding I-H. Jeon J.L. Ford W.A. Wallace

Introduction: The Constant Score Functional Assessment (CS) is now the standard method of assessing shoulder disability in Europe. It has been observed that the CS values decrease with age and attempts have been made in Canada (Constant, 1986), Germany (Tempelhof, 1999), Switzerland (Gerber, 1992) and US (Romeo, 2002) to produce national norms against which the subject’s Constant Score might be compared. Unfortunately the methods used for measuring the “Strength” category of the CS have varied and thus the results are not uniformly comparable. This study has used three methods of evaluating “Strength” for the CS in a randomised group of subjects aged over 50 in order to establish the UK norms.

Methods: 200 patients stratified for age over 50 were invited to take part in this study for which Local Ethics Committee approval had been obtained. Of these 200, 46 patients (21 males) attended and all attenders had a CS carried out with the “Strength” measurement made in 3 ways – 1) maximum force using a fixed spring balance – FSB(max); 2) maximum force using a commercial myometer – M(max); 3) mean force from 2 to 4 seconds using a commercial Myometer – M(mean). The CS values have been plotted for age and sex.

Results: The results for the 25 females and 21 males using M(mean) are shown below. The middle line represents the linear regression with the 95% Confidence Intervals above and below.

Discussion: The results confirm that there is a deterioration in the CS with age in both men and women. The outliers in three of the four graphs will be discussed and the analysis represented after removal of outliers for which there is a justification for exclusion. The differences between the left and right shoulders will be discussed.

Significant differences were identified between the 3 methods of “Strength” measurement, highlighing the need for a uniform method of carrying out the CS.

Conclusion: The UK pattern of deteriorating CS with age mirrors that seen in other countries but the values are different. These differences are significant and make it necessary to reconsider the use of the corrected CS. It is probably wiser to use the uncorrected CS but refer to normal values as a guide for the expected CS at different ages.


A. Jones A. Clarke B.J.C. Freeman K. Lam M.P. Grevitt

Study Design. A reliability study of the Modic classification.

Objective. To determine the reliability and reproducibility of the Modic classification for lumbar vertebral marrow changes.

Summary of Background data. In 1988, Modic with colleagues described two degenerative stages of vertebral marrow and endplate morphology. These were Type I (inflammatory phase) and Type II (fatty phase). Later in 1988, he added a third variety; Type III where there was marked sclerosis adjacent to the endplates. No formal reliability or reproducibility studies had been performed on the Modic classification.

Methods. This study involved five independent observers of differing spinal experience using the Modic classification to grade fifty sagittal T1 and T2 weighted MRI scans. The observers repeated the assessment at three weeks. Intra- and inter-observer reliabilities were assessed using kappa statistics.

Results. There were 7 type I, 40 type II, 1 type III and 2 normal levels. The individual intra-observer agreement was substantial or excellent with kappa values ranging from 0.71 to 1.00. The overall inter-observer agreement was excellent with a kappa value of 0.85. There was complete agreement in 78% of the levels, a difference of one type in 14% and a difference of two or more in 8% of levels. The level of experience of the observer did not correlate with a better score.

Conclusions. We have shown that the Modic classification is both reliable and reproducible. It is simple and easy to apply for observers of varying clinical experience. We therefore recommend its use in clinical research and practice.


R. Mayahi A. Khot D.J. Sharp J. Powell

Study Design: A retrospective study of the clinical outcome of patients with lumbar discogenic pain with Modic changes on MRI prior to intradiscal steroid injection.

Objectives: To determine whether the clinical outcome of patients with discogenic back pain who underwent intradiscal steroid injection could be predicted from MRI Modic changes.

Methods: The pre-operative scans were studied by two senior spinal surgeons. The lumbar vertebral end-plate changes were then classified according to the method described by Modic. The intra- and inter-observer ratings were satisfactory.

Subjects: 40 patients with discogenic back pain were recruited in this study. The mean age was 43.6 years (23 to 72 years). The male to female ratio was 1 to 1.

Outcome Measures: The clinical outcomes at six months post-intradiscal steroid injection were correlated with the Modic changes. The clinical outcomes were assessed using visual analogue scores for back pain as well as Oswestry disability index (ODI). At least a 2-point improvement in visual analogue score and a 20-point improvement in ODI were required to indicate significant symptomatic relief.

Results: We found that in those patients without Modic changes there was improvement of the low back pain in 9% (1/11). In those with Modic I changes there were significant relief in 64% (9/14), moderate relief in 29% (4/14) and no relief in 7% (1/14). In those with Modic II changes there were significant relief in 27% (4/15), moderate relief in 27% (4/15) and no relief in 47% (7/15). There were no cases with Modic III changes.

Conclusions: Previous studies on intradiscal steroid injections have shown variable results. Two prospective double-blind clinical trials, using intradiscal steroids, identified no significant benefit or improvement in the clinical outcome. Our results however suggest that patients with Modic I changes on MRI are most likely to benefit from intradiscal steroid injection in the short term.


M.J. Hutton J. Bayer M. Sawant D.J. Sharp

Study Design: Retrospective review of 55 subjects who for various clinical indications had sequential MRI scans

Summary of Background data: Changes in the vertebral end plate are frequently associated with degenerative disc disease. These are called Modic changes. The changes were first classified into two types. Type I changes include decreased signal intensity on T1-weighted and increased signal intensity on T2-weighted images. In type II, signal intensity is increased in both T1- and T2-weighted sequences. Type I changes are assumed to be a result of fibrovascular replacement of subchondral bone and type II changes are the manifestation of fatty replacement of subchondral bone and are considered to be chronic. These changes can be separated only on magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). If bone sclerosis is extensive, signal intensities are decreased in both T1- and T2- weighted images, and this change in the end plate is called type III change. It is again assumed that these endplate changes represent a process that is progressive (Type I converts to Type II converts to Type III). To our knowledge there is little evidence to support such assumptions.

Objective: To investigate the hypothesis that Modic changes are a progressive degenerative process.

Subjects: The average time interval between MRI scans was two years. No subjects had had surgical intervention. The lumbar vertebral endplates were classified using the Modic system and the results compiled to provide further data on the natural history of these endplate changes.

Results: Of the endplates that had Modic type I changes on the first MRI scan, 6% had reverted to a normal MRI endplate appearance on subsequent scan. Of those with Modic type II appearance 18% were normal or type I on subsequent scan.

Conclusions: This data would not support the hypothesis that Modic changes observed on MRI are a progressive degenerative process.


A. Clarke K.S. Lam B.J.C. Freeman

Study Design: Prospective cohort study

Summary of Background data: A definite link between Modic end plate changes and discogenic low back pain has yet to be established. However, current prospective data indicates that Modic changes strongly correlate with the pain provocation of lumbar discography and improved clinical outcome following instrumented posterolateral fusion. Consequently, there is recent heightened awareness using this radiological entity in the selection of patients for interbody fusion or total disc replacement.

Objective: To prospectively evaluate whether Modic changes can predict improved clinical outcome following antero-posterior lumbar interbody fusion using femoral ring allograft.

Methods: A cohort of chronic low back pain patients were investigated with MRI and lumbar discography. Twenty-six patients with disco-graphically-proven concordant pain reproduction were prospectively entered into the study. Clinical results were collected using the Oswestry Disability Index (ODI), Visual Analogue Scale (VAS) and Short Form 36 Health Questionnaire (SF-36) at the pre-operative and two-year follow up. The minimal clinically important difference (MCID) was taken as 10 points for ODI, 2 points for VPAS, and 7 points for the physical function and bodily pain subset of the SF-36 questionnaire.

Results: MRI scans evaluated for the level fused revealed 13 patients with no end-plate changes (Type 0), whilst 2 patients had Modic Type I and 11 had Modic Type II changes. MCID in ODI were achieved in Type 0, Type 1 and Type 2, but improvement in VAS only was achieved in the Type 0 and Type 1. For SF-36, the MCID of 7 points was reached in most domains for all types of Modic change. There was no statistical difference in clinical outcome between those patients with Modic Type 0 and those with Modic type I or II.

Conclusion: This prospective study shows that Modic changes do not predict improved clinical outcome following antero-posterior interbody fusion using the femoral ring allograft.


A Golash K. Embleton A Jackson

Study Design: Non-randomised case controlled study.

Objectives: To study the relationship of CSF flow abnormality and severity of cervical spondylotic myelopathy.

Subjects: 45 consecutive patients undergoing MRI examination of the cervical spine. CSF flow measurement in the cervical spinal canal were done with phase contrast MRI in 3 subject groups consisting of 7 patients with clinical myelopathy, 8 patients with subjective myelopathy and 30 control subjects with no myelopathy. Modified JOAS scores and clinical examination findings were used to assess the severity of myelopathy. All subjects were imaged on 1.5 T Philips Magnetic Resonance scanner. A retrospective gated, phase contrast sequence was used to measure flow velocity for 15 time points in the cardiac cycle. Measurements were taken at the level of C2, above and below the levels of spinal stenosis.

Outcome Measures: Mean and Peak CSF flow velocity and caudal CSF flow was recorded at all the three levels. Differences in means were tested with one way ANOVA.

Results: Inter-group comparison showed both mean and peak CSF flow to be significantly lower in the clinical myelopathy group at above and below the stenosis but there was no difference at the level of C2. Patients with subjective myelopathy had lower range of mean and peak flow compared to the control group, but this was only significant for mean flow above the block (p< 0.05). There was significant difference between the caudal CSF flow per cardiac cycle between the groups at all the 3 levels.

Conclusions: The results suggest that a disturbance of pulsatile CSF flow in the cervical canal has high correlation with clinical myelopathy. Further study in a larger patient group would be needed to see the effect in a subjective myelopathy group.


D. Noyes M. Shaw N. Birch

Study Design: Prospective randomised controlled trial.

Objective: To determine whether topical application of autologous growth factors (AGF) and thrombin as a spray to large spinal wounds can reduce blood loss after lumbar spinal fusion.

Subjects: Seventy patients undergoing single or multi-level lumbar spinal fusion were randomised to receive a spray of AGF and thrombin to the raw surfaces of the wound as a haemostat or to receive no spray, immediately prior to wound closure.

Outcome Measures: Intra-operative swab and suction blood loss and post-operative loss into suction drains.

Results: The median intra-operative blood loss in the two groups was similar (665 ml in the AGF/Thrombin spray group and 500 ml in the non-spray group), but the post-operative loss in the AGF/Thrombin spray group was 34% less than in the controls when expressed as the ratio of intra- to post-operative blood loss (median postoperative loss in AGF / Thrombin spray group 315 ml; median loss in the non-spray group 360 ml). There was an even greater difference (44%) when intra-operative blood loss was more than 500ml (median loss in AGF/Thrombin spray group 340 ml; median loss in the non-spray group 520 ml).

Conclusions: AGF/Thrombin spray applied to lumbar spine wounds reduces blood loss generally, but more particularly when the intra-operative loss has been considerable. This effect is probably due to local replacement of haemostatic agents when these have been systemically depleted by the surgical procedure. This study provides evidence to support the use of AGF/Thrombin spray as an effective haemostatic agent in major spinal surgery.


C.E.W. Aylott K.J. McKinlay B.J.C. Freeman J. Shepperd D.S. McNally

Study Design: Cadaveric study on the effects of Dynesys.

Summary of Background Data: Dynesys is a novel form of soft stabilization that utilises pedicle screws and modular spacers mounted on a stabilising cord to control movement of the instrumented segment in all planes. In this way it provides a biomechanical alternative with greater physiological function than spinal fusion and may prevent the penalties of “overworking” adjacent levels.

Objective: The biomechanical response of both the instrumented and adjacent intervertebral discs (IVD) is investigated under compressive loading in flexion and extension. The effects of varying spacer heights on intradiscal pressure distribution are also reported.

Methods: Twelve L3-5 cadaveric lumbar segments were compressed to 1 kN in 6° flexion, neutral and 4° extension. The stress distribution in the mid-sagittal and posterolateral diameters of both the bridged and adjacent discs was measured by withdrawing a miniature pressure transducer across the IVD. Dynesys was applied across a single level and +2mm, neutral and −2mm spacer configurations tested in each position of loading. Over 2500 stress profiles were collected and the data obtained from measurements with and without application of Dynesys was analysed.

Results: In the absence of instrumentation stress peaks in the anterior annulus increased with a greater degree of specimen flexion. In 0° to 6° flexion, Dynesys eliminated the anterior stress peaks observed in the instrumented disc in 80% of specimens tested. In the +2mm to −2mm spacer range tested, posterior stress peaks were generally seen to increase with decreasing spacer height. Little effect is seen with the application of Dynesys to a non-degenerate disc. Preliminary analysis of the data suggests that stress distribution through the adjacent disc appears largely unchanged with instrumentation of the inferior segment.

Conclusions: Dynesys has the potential to relieve peak stresses in the anterior annulus seen particularly in positions of flexion. Spacer size influences the generation of peak stresses seen within the posterior annulus. Initial observations indicate that the IVD of the adjacent motion segment is not biomechanically prejudiced following the application of Dynesys.


G.W. Omlor H. Lorenz C. Carstens M.W. Kroeber T. Guehring

Study Design: Experimental in vivo study on New Zealand White Rabbits.

Summary of Background Data: We have developed an in-vivo rabbit model of lumbar disc degeneration. This model provides a defined loading of one single disc. However, the molecular mechanism that leads to mechanically-induced disc degeneration remains unclear.

Objective: To investigate the process of mechanically induced disc degeneration in New Zealand White Rabbits with respect to remodeling on the gene and the level of protein expression.

Subjects: Seven animals were treated with an external compression-device applying 200N on segment L3/4. Eight animals underwent sham surgery.

Outcome Measures: After 28 days discs were harvested and cut into two pieces in a sagittal plain. One piece was used for protein analysis utilizing immunohistochemical protocols for collagen I, II and aggrecan. The other half of the disc was used for quantitative real-time RT-PCR to determine gene expression of selected matrix genes.

Results: In the compression group matrix genes were upregulated: collagen I (6.46x; p=0,018), collagen II (2.14x), biglycan (2.97x; p=0,049), decorin (4.64x; p=0,043), aggrecan (1.2x), osteonectin (2.03x), fibronectin (3.48x), fibromodulin (2.6x; p=0,037). The MMP-13 gene could only be detected in compressed discs. Gene transcripts of the metalloproteinase-inhibitor TIMP-1 were 4.5 times upregulated (p=0,007). Immunohistochemical analysis revealed a decrease of aggrecan and collagen I.

Conclusions: In our animal model mechanical loading caused degradation of the matrix proteins collagen I and aggrecan. Metalloproteinases like MMP-13 trigger this degenerative process. The elevated expression of matrix genes and TIMP-1 transcripts may characterize a mechanism of compensation.


J. Libera V. Moos H. J. Meisel W. Hutton O. Josimovic-Alasevic

Study Design: Experimental study in dogs:

Objective: To assess the efficiency of disc chondrocyte transplantation in a canine model.

Summary of Background Data: Conventional clinical treatments of intervertebral disc herniation and degeneration are focused on excision of damaged tissue, stabilization, and spinal fusion. The development and refinement of cell-based therapeutics for tissue regeneration and repair have spawned a multitude of applications including autologous disc chondrocyte transplantation. For clinical application the efficiency of disc chondrocyte transplantation was assessed using a pre-clinical canine model to show the technical feasibility and biological relevance for disc repair and retardation of disc degeneration. This report examined the protein expression of transplanted disc chondrocytes and their role in the clinically observed disc repair following autologous disc chondrocyte transplantation.

Methods: The nucleus and inner annulus were sampled from four skeletally-mature dogs by micro-discectomy. Disc chondrocytes were isolated and propagated under GMP validated conditions including completely autologous serum conditions. Two months later, the cultured cells were transplanted through the contralateral side of experimental discs after testing complete healing of the annulus by measuring intradiscal pressure stability. After seven months the animals were humanely killed. One half of the vertically halved lumbar spines were embedded in paraffin and sections were analysed histologically and immunohistochemically.

Results: Histological examinations revealed large clusters of cells within the nucleus area of the treated discs. Cells within these cell clones were found to be viable and surrounded by de novo synthesized matrix as evidenced by a distinct histological staining and immunohistochemical expression pattern. A disc-specific expression of collagen type I and II and hyaline-specific proteoglycans was observed indicating the regenerative and reconstructive capacity of the transplanted disc chondrocytes.

Conclusions: These results indicate the contribution of transplanted disc chondrocytes to the observed clinical success of this cell-based therapy.


T. Guehring G.W. Omlor H. Lorenz C. Carstens M.W. Kroeber

Study Design: Experimental in vivo study on New Zealand white rabbits.

Summary of Background Data: Bone Morphogenetic Protein 2 (BMP-2) is of increasing orthopaedic interest due to its osteo-inductive potency. Currently it is used in human and animal studies for posterolateral spinal fusions. However, little data is available concerning the pathophysiologic role of BMP-2 in normal and degenerated discs.

Methods: A recently established animal model was used to create mechanically induced disc degeneration of one single segment. In 6 animals, an external disc compression device was attached for 28 days. For comparison 8 animals underwent a sham operation.

Outcome Measures: The discs were analysed by a) immunohistology to determine protein content of BMP-2 and b) real time RT-PCR to quantify RNA content of BMP-2.

Results: Sham controls showed a homogeneous distribution of BMP-2 throughout the annulus fibrosus and cluster-like accumulation within the nucleus pulposus. Mechanically degenerated discs determined a reduction of positive cells with areas lacking BMP-2. Real time RT-PCR results demonstrated a statistically significant (7.92 times) upregulation of BMP-2 as compared with shams (p=0.033).

Conclusions: Mechanically induced disc degeneration is associated with a loss of BMP-2 protein. Disc cells respond with a stimulation of BMP-2 gene expression. This data confirms the role of BMP-2 in the pathophysiology of disc remodeling. It remains unclear if this mechanism of BMP-2 stimulation contributes to the disc reorganization alone or if it may also play a role in osteo-inductive processes like osteophyte formation or endplate sclerosis.


H.K Wong M.M. Moe R Vaithinathan

Study Design: Prospective cohort study

Objective: To determine the rate of curve progression and factors related to curve progression in untreated adolescent idiopathic scoliosis in a prospective cohort study within a national school screening program.

Methods: Over 140,000 school children are screened annually in Singapore for common health conditions, including scoliosis. In 1996–97, a randomized sample in four age groups consisting of 72,699 children was enrolled in a scoliosis prevalence study, 263 were found to have spinal curvatures of 10 degrees or more. After exclusions, 250 children were followed up over a five year period up to 2001–02. Basic demographic data, age at menarche or break of voice, scoliometer reading, curve type, Cobb angle, curve rotation, and Risser grade were recorded. Curve progression was correlated to individual factors such as age, sex, puberty, curve type and magnitude as well as combinations of factors.

Results: Overall, 28% of the 250 curves progressed. Age at diagnosis, sex, pre-menarche status, and curve magnitude were statistically correlated to curve progression. Taking curve magnitude and age together, 53% of 11–12 year-olds with curves 20 degrees or more progressed compared to 10% of 13–14 year-olds with curves less than 20 degrees. 56% of children with curves 20 degrees or more and Risser grades 0–2 progressed, compared to 17% with curves less than 20 degrees and Risser grades 3–5. Combining curve magnitude, age, sex, and puberty together, a pre-pubertal female under 13 years old with a curve of 25 degrees or more has a 70% chance of curve progression. In comparison, a post-pubertal female older than 13 years of age and a curve of less than 25 degrees has only a 10% chance of progression. Curve progression in adolescent idiopathic scoliosis has been reported to vary from 5.2% to 56%, with the lower rates being found in school screening studies. Nachemson et al (1982) reported that 10–12 year old girls with untreated scoliosis of 20–29 degrees had a 60% risk of curve progression. Lonstein and Carlson (1984) reported progression in 23.2% of untreated children and that curve magnitude, skeletal immaturity, and curve pattern were associated with progression.

Conclusions: Our findings are similar, with pre-pubertal females under the age of 13 years old and with large curves at diagnosis having the greatest risk of progression.


P. Dolan R. Taylor J. Porteous

Study design: To investigate the effects of muscle atrophy on back muscle fatigue:

Objective: To assess fibre type atrophy in patients undergoing surgery for pro-lapsed lumbar intervertebral disc, and to determine its effect upon EMG measures of fatigue.

Methods: Intra-operative biopsies were obtained from the erector spinae muscles of patients undergoing microdiscectomy. Mean fibre area of type I and II fibres were determined after myosin ATPase staining. Prior to surgery, EMG activity of the erector spinae muscles was recorded bilaterally at T10 and L3 whilst subjects performed the Biering-Sorensen fatigue test. Power spectral analysis indicated the initial median frequency and its rate of decline (median frequency gradient) at each recording site. Fibre type area was compared with the median frequency measures.

Subjects: 34 subjects (20 male) with intervertebral disc prolapse.

Results: Mean fibre area of type I and II fibres was 5890 ± 1947μm2 and 3461 ± 1946μm2 in men, and 5144 ± 1692μm2 and 1945 ± 1039μm2 in women, indicating marked type II fibre atrophy. Type II MFA was positively correlated with initial median frequency at L3 on the operated side (R=0.445) and negatively correlated with the maximum median frequency gradient of the four recording sites (R= −0.430).

Conclusion: Type II fibre atrophy influences EMG measures of fatigue. The decrease in initial median frequency with type II fibre atrophy probably reflects a reduced conduction velocity in these small fibres. The less negative median frequency gradient with decreased type II fibre size indicates a lower rate of fatigue which may be explained by an increased contribution to force generation from type I fibres which occupy a greater proportion of the muscle.


A. Walsh R. W. Watson P Moroney D. McCormack M Fitzpatrick

Study Design: The effects of heat on porcine intertvertebral disc were studied experimentally.

Objective: To assess the effects of in-vitro heating of porcine nucleus pulposus on expression of inducible heat shock protein 70 and subsequent modification of biochemical responses to an inflammatory insult in the heated intervertebral disc tissue.

Subjects: Lumbar spines were harvested from six pigs. The nucleus pulposus was dissected from each intervertebral disc, divided into control (37°C) and heat shocked (42°C) groups then cultured in medium for one hour. All samples were then cultured at 37 C for a further two hours. After three hours tissue and supernatant were harvested from one third of the samples and the expression of inducible heat shock protein 70 (HSP70) was quantified via Western immunoblotting and enzyme linked immuno-sorbent assay (ELISA). The remaining samples were cultured either in normal medium or altered (pro-inflammatory) medium containing 5ug/ml bacterial lipopolysaccharide (LPS). At 24 hours the supernatant from these samples was analysed for both interleukin-8 (IL-8) and prostaglandin E2 (PGE2) secretion using ELISA.

Outcome Measures: Western immunoblotting and enzyme linked immuno-sorbent assay (ELISA) for heat shock protein 70. ELISA for interleukin-8 (IL-8) and prostaglandin E2 (PGE2).

Results: HSP70 expression was significantly increased in the heat shocked specimens. IL-8 and PGE2 secretion were significantly increased in nucleus pulposus exposed to LPS at both temperatures. The concentrations of IL-8 and PGE2 secreted in the heat shocked samples were significantly less than controls, particularly after exposure to LPS (p< 0.05, paired students t test).

Conclusions: In vitro heating of porcine nucleus pulposus causes overexpression of HSP70. This heat shock effect can alter aspects of the biochemical response of the intervertebral disc tissue to an inflammatory insult. Intradiscal electrothermal therapy (IDET) may, in theory, reduce discogenic pain at temperatures as low as 42°C by generating similar heat-induced changes in the nuclear biochemistry of degenerate intervertebral discs.


A. Ranganathan S. Rajasekaran J Naresh Babu A Prasad Shetty

Study Design: An in-vivo serial magnetic resonance imaging study of diffusion characteristics in human lumbar discs over 24 hours in healthy volunteers and patients with low back pain. Objective: Nutrition to the disc is solely by diffusion but no firm data is available on diffusion pattern in humans. This study reports diffusion patterns in a human population studied and documents the 24-hour diffusion pattern.

Methods: T1-weighted images were obtained pre and post-contrast with Gadodiamide-0.3mmol/kg at 5, 10 minutes, 2, 4, 6, 12 and 24hours. Diffusion was calculated by measuring signal intensity values in seven regions of interest (anterior and posterior annulus, anterior, posterior, peripheral (PNP) and central (CNP) parts of nucleus pulposus (NP). Enhancement percentage (EP), Peak enhancement percentage (PEP) and time to achieve PEP (Tmax) were calculated.

Subjects: Of the 215 discs in 43 persons (10 volunteers and 33 patients) 96 discs were normal and considered for study.

Results: Diffusion occurred mainly from the endplate (rather than annulus). The mean EP of PNP and CNP at 5 minutes was 6.7, 3.9; 10minutes was 7.5, 4.0; 2 hours was 36.6, 17.9; 4hrs was 42.8, 29.8; 6hrs was 51.7, 40.5; 12hrs was 35.9, 27.8 and 24 hours was 33.3, 27.9. Though PEP was achieved at 6 hours in NP, the CNP lagged behind throughout. Univariate ANOVA showed that there was significant difference (p< 0.0001) in PEP of NP between the age groups of less than ten (72.4) and higher (37.9). The mean PEP at the NP of lower two discs (26.8) was less compared to upper two discs 41.0(p=0.059). Stepwise linear regression analysis showed that diffusion to the CNP was significantly influenced by age (R2 =0.324), followed by level of disc (R2=0.5).

Conclusion: This is the first study to document the normal 24-hour diffusion pattern across lumbar discs. The data can form the basis for comparison of diffusion changes in degeneration, Modic’s endplate changes and smoking.


A. Anand M. Akmal M. Wiseman A. Goodship

Study Design: Experimental study to assess tissue engineered solutions to disc degeneration.

Objectives: To investigate the use of a novel biodegradable hydrogel which is capable of minimally invasive introduction into an intervertebral disc (IVD) and support of cultured nucleus pulposus (NP) cells for the purpose of developing a tissue-engineered solution to retard progression of IVD degeneration. There were 3 objectives: (1) To introduce a slowly polymerising alginate hydrogel into the NP cavity of a bovine vertebral disc model. (2) To demonstrate the viability and metabolic activity of cultured NP cells in the hydrogel in vitro. (3) To determine the effect of Synvisc (hylan G-F 20) on NP cell proliferation and extracellular matrix (ECM) production.

Summary of Background Data: The cause of intervertebral disc degeneration (IVDD) is multifactorial. One proposed mechanism is that IVDD originates in the NP and progresses radially to the annulus fibrosis (AF). There is a growing interest in tissue-engineered solutions where a biological repair is induced. By preventing the abnormality at the NP it may be possible to halt progression of IVDD. Injection of NP cells into an early degenerative IVD, where the AF is still intact, may retard the degenerative process.

Subjects/Methods: CaSO4 and CaCO3 alginates were injected into the NP cavity of a bovine tail. After 90 minutes the tail was dissected to reveal the gel. NP cells released from pooled bovine NP tissue were dispersed into the CaSO4 and CaCO3 alginate gels (10x106 cells.mL−1) with and without Synvisc and cultured for 21 days.

Results: Injectable alginate suspensions formed solid viscoelastic gels, filling the exact shape of the NP cavity. NP DNA and ECM synthesis was significantly greater in the CaCO3 alginate gel than in the CaSO4 alginate gel (p< 0.05). Synvisc significantly increased sulphated GAG (p< 0.01) and collagen (p< 0.05) production. These effects were supported histologically and immunohistologically where cells in the CaCO3 and Synvisc gels stained more intensely for proteoglycan and collagen type II.

Conclusions: Both CaCO3 alginate gel and CaSO4 alginate gel are injectable and are capable of sustaining NP cells in-vitro. Cells remain viable, maintain their phenotype, proliferate and produce ECM during the culture period. The CaCO3 alginate gel provides a three-dimensional matrix more favourable to NP cellular activity than the CaSO4 alginate gel. Synvisc behaves as a chondro-stimulant significantly enhancing NP cell metabolic activity.


V. Spiteri F.Z. Maempel M. Spiteri N. Calleja

Study Design: Retrospective cohort study.

Objectives: The aim of the study was to determine the incidence, sex distribution, age at diagnosis and any relationship this may have to handedness in 10–16 year olds with idiopathic scoliosis.

Design: A total of 611 patients with scoliosis were reviewed.

Subjects: 344 patients were diagnosed as having idiopathic idiopathic scoliosis. Those between the ages of 10–16, with a Bunnell angle greater than 5 degrees were included in the study.

Outcome Measures: Incidence in females was 0.69 % and 0.15 % in males. The female:male ratio was 5:1.

Results: Age at diagnosis was earlier in females, and typically occurred eighteen months following menarche. The incidence of left-handedness in 10–16 year olds in the general population was found to be 10%. This was the same in the scoliotic group.

Conclusions: The data showed that there was no significant relationship between handedness and the typical idiopathic pattern. However, there was a significant relationship between left handed individuals and the atypical curves (p= 0.0003, CI 1.56–6.63)


B.J.C. Freeman K.B. Mukerjee A. Clarke J.K. Webb

Study Design: Retrospective chart review.

Objective: To assess the clinical and radiological outcome of surgery for both dystrophic and non-dystrophic curves resulting from neurofibromatosis Type I.:

Subjects: 10 patients (7 females, 3 males) underwent surgical correction for neurofibromatous kypho-scoliosis between 1997–2003. The mean age at surgery was 16 years (range 8–37 years). Average follow-up 20 months (range 9 months – 4.5 years). Seven patients had MRI proven dystrophic curves (group I). These underwent 2–3 level apical vertebrectomy, followed by 2–3 weeks in Halo traction, followed by instrumented posterior spinal fusion and anterior rib strut grafting. Three patients had non-dystrophic curves (group II). Two underwent posterior instrumented fusion and one (aged 8 years) underwent convex epiphyseodesis with posterior Luque trolley.

Outcome Measures: Cobb angle, thoracic kyphosis, lumbar lordosis, global apical vertebral translation (AVT), regional AVT, coronal and sagittal balance, complications and Modified SRS Outcomes Instrument completed at final follow.

Results: For the dystrophic curves the Cobb angle improved from a mean of 81.5 degrees (mean bending film to 76 degrees) to 26.6 degrees post-operatively (68% correction) and 35.8 degrees at final follow-up (56% correction) and the global AVT improved from 61.5 mm to 29 mm at final follow-up. The average score for the modified SRS outcome instrument was 91.6 (Good). For the non-dystrophic curves the Cobb angle improved from a mean of 57.5 degrees (mean bending film to 47 degrees) to 23.5 degrees post-operatively ( 60% correction) and 24.6 degrees at final follow-up (57% correction) and the global AVT improved from 56.8 mm to 27.8 mm at final follow-up. The average score for the modified SRS outcome instrument was 98.5 (Good). All complications occurred in the dystrophic group including superficial infection in 2, dural leaks in 3, temporary brachial plexus injury in 1, worsening of lower limb neurological deficit in 1 and one death (upper GI haemorrhage). There was no failure of metalwork or evidence of pseudarthrosis identified. Seven of eight patients stated that they would have the surgery done again.

Conclusions: Non-dystrophic curves maybe treated by posterior fusion alone achieving 60% Cobb correction and 55% AVT correction. Close observation should be maintained for the appearance of dystrophic features and deterioration of correction. Dystrophic curves should be treated early and aggressively by two/three stage apical vertebrectomy, grafting and posterior spinal fusion. In this series 68% coronal Cobb and 63% AVT correction was achieved post-operatively. Complications can be expected with scoliosis associated with more than 50 degrees of kyphosis.


D.P. Tokala K.B. Mukerjee M.P. Grevitt B.J.C. Freeman J.K. Webb

Study Design: Retrospective chart review.

Summary of Background Data: Spinal osteotomy in ankylosing spondylitis is performed to restore forward gaze and sagittal balance. Closing wedge lumbar osteotomy and polysegmental thoracic osteotomy in the same patient has not been reported.

Objective: To study the factors affecting correction of sagittal balance.

Subjects: 27 patients (23 male, 4 female) operated between 1989–2002: average age 46 years: minimum follow-up: 18 months. 19 patients had lumbar osteotomy alone, 6 had both lumbar and thoracic osteotomies and 2 had thoracic osteotomy alone. Three groups were identified: A) patients with decreased lumbar-lordosis and normal thoracic-kyphosis B) Normal / increased lumbar-lordosis and increased thoracic-kyphosis C) Decreased lumbar-lordosis and increased thoracic-kyphosis.

Results: Preoperatively, mean sagittal balance was +103 mm, thoracic-kyphosis 61 degrees, and lumbar-lordosis 25 degrees. Three months postoperatively, sagittal balance was +36 mm, thoracic-kyphosis 55 degrees, and lumbar-lordosis 49 degrees. At final follow-up sagittal balance was +44 mm, thoracic-kyphosis 57 degrees and lumbar-lordosis 46 degrees. In patients who had thoracic osteotomies, thoracic-kyphosis of 78 degrees was corrected to 48 degrees. There were no spinal cord injuries or permanent nerve root palsies. Six patients had deterioration of sagittal balance (SB) (> 45 mm), 5 of them required cervical osteotomy. There was significant association between post-operative thoracic-kyphosis of > 60 degrees and SB deterioration (p-value < .001, sensitivity 100%, specificity 75%). Statistically there was no significant association between SB deterioration and post-operative sagittal balance, lumbar-lordosis, osteotomy-angle and extent of fixation.

Conclusions: Correction of thoracic-kyphosis affected final sagittal balance significantly. Consideration should be given to the simultaneous performance of lumbar osteotomy and polysegmental thoracic osteotomies in selected patients to obtain greater correction and restoration of near normal sagittal balance.


D.P. Tokala K. S. Lam B.J.C. Freeman J.K. Webb

Study Design: Retrospective case series.

Objective: To evaluate the clinical outcome, radiographic results and complications associated with single rod anterior instrumentation in neuromuscular thoracolumbar scoliosis.

Methods: Retrospective study with mean follow up of 35 months.

Subjects: Nine patients (6F, 3M), mean age 15 years, were operated on between 1994–2000. This heterogeneous patient group consisted of five cases of spinal dysraphism, one prune belly syndrome, one arthrogryposis, one myotonic dystrophy and one congenital myopathic dystrophy (muscle-eye-brain-syndrome). All patients were ambulatory and had minimal pelvic obliquity (< 15degrees).

Outcome measures: Pre-operative, post-operative and final follow-up measurements of Cobb angles, apical vertebral translation (AVT), thoracic kyphosis, lumbar lordosis, sagittal and coronal balance were recorded along with operative complications, pseudarthrosis, metalwork failure and loss of correction.

Results: There was one rod breakage and one case of proximal thoracic curve progression requiring supplementary posterior surgery. For the remaining 7 patients, the average corrections for Cobb angle was 62% (52 to 20 degrees), AVT was 53% (5.7 to 2.7cms), and both thoracic kyphosis and lumbar lordosis remained unchanged. No pseudarthrosis, vascular or neurological complications were encountered. Subjectively results were excellent in six and good in one.

Conclusions: Selective anterior instrumentation for neuromuscular scoliosis using a single rod resulted in acceptable clinical and radiographic outcomes in this highly selected series. Advantages include preservation of distal lumbar motion segments whilst maintaining sagittal and coronal alignment. We believe that this method of scoliosis correction has a definite yet select role in patients who are ambulatory, have minimal pelvic obliquity (< 15degrees), non-progressive pathology and near normal mental function.


D.P. Tokala K.S. Lam B.J.C. Freeman J.K. Webb

Study Design: Retrospective study.

Objective: To describe a modified cervico-thoracic extension osteotomy and evaluate clinical & radiographic outcomes.

Subjects: 10 patients with fixed cervico-thoracic kyphosis, average age 56 years, minimum 12 months follow-up. Three patients had psoriatic spondyloarthropathy, Three patients had previous lumbar osteotomies.

Technique: General anaesthesia and SSEP spinal cord monitoring was used. Complete laminectomy of C7, hemilaminectomy of C6 and T1, plus pedicle subtraction osteotomy and decancellisation of C7 was performed. Upon completion of the osteotomy, controlled halo manipulation allowed closure of the osteotomy: the pivot point being the anterior longitudinal ligament. Segmental fixation with lateral mass and pedicle screws plus bone graft was then added. All patients were immobilised for three months in halo-jacket.

Results: Restoration of normal forward gaze was achieved in all patients. Mean preoperative kyphosis of 17 degrees was corrected to lordosis of 36 degrees (mean total correction 53 degrees). No spinal cord injuries or permanent nerve root palsies occurred. Three patients had mild sensory radiculopathies lasting a few weeks. No loss of correction, no pseudarthrosis, one patient had 50% anterior subluxation that later united. Two deep infections were successfully treated with wound washout and antibiotics.

Conclusions: Cervico-thoracic osteotomy in ankylosing spondylitis continues to be challenging and hazardous. C7 decancellisation and extension osteotomy supplemented with segmental internal fixation provides immediate spinal stability, reduces sagittal spinal translation and associated high risk of neurological injury, whilst maintaining correction until bony union.


K. El-Abed S. Ali S. Dixon M. J. Hutchinson I.W. Nelson

Study Design: Prospective Cohort Study.

Summary of Background Data: It has previously been suggested that fulcrum bending radiographs (Cheung et al Luk 1997) and traction radiography under anaesthetic (Davis et al 2003) predict the flexibility and correction obtained following surgery better than conventional supine bending radiographs.

Objective: To compare fulcrum bending radiographs and traction radiographs for the prediction of surgical correction of idiopathic scoliosis.

Subjects: The study was based on 16 patients with a diagnosis of idiopathic scoliosis who underwent corrective surgery.

Outcome measures: The Cobb angle of the major curve was compared on the standing AP and fulcrum bending radiograph taken in the pre-op assessment clinic, the traction film undertaken under anaesthetic immediately prior to surgery and the first post operative standing radiograph taken. The post operative correction of the major curve was analysed using regression techniques and adjusted for the base line curve angle of the major curve.

Results: The results were presented as an estimate of the parameter coefficient in the model associated with 95% confidence intervals. The median pre-operative Cobb angle of the major curve was 69 degrees, on the fulcrum bending film was 47 degrees, on the traction film was 30 degrees, and on the first post operative film was 30 degrees. There was no evidence to suggest that the fulcrum Cobb had an effect on the post operative correction of the major curve. There was however evidence to suggest that the traction Cobb angle had an effect on the post operative correction of the major curve (parameter estimate 0.87) 95% CI (0.174, 1.399), T value = 2.83, P = 0.016.

Conclusion: Traction radiographs under anaesthetic better predict the surgical correction obtained in adolescent idiopathic scoliosis compared to fulcrum bending radiographs. These two techniques have not been directly compared before.


H.K. Wong H.T. Hee Z.R. Yu D.H.C. Wong

Study Design: Compartative cohort study.

Objective: To compare the safety and efficacy of conventional posterior instrumented fusion versus thoracoscopic instrumented fusion for the surgical treatment of King Type III adolescent idiopathic scoliosis.

Methods: The results of 34 consecutive patients with King type 3 scoliosis treated with one of the above techniques were analyzed independantly. Twenty-two patients underwent posterior spinal fusion (PSF) and instrumentation (Moss-Miami). Twelve patients had thoracoscopic fusion (TF) and instrumentation (Eclipse).

Results: Baseline demographics (age at menarche and surgery, pre-operative Cobb angles in coronal and sagittal planes), estimated blood loss at surgery and duration of parenteral analgesia did not differ between the two groups. PSF patients had significantly higher transfusion requirements (p=0.032). Operative time (p = 0.0001), ICU stay (p = 0.005), and hospital stay (p = 0.037) were longer in TF cases. There were no complications in PSF patients. Complications in TF patients included lobar collapse (1 patient) and scapula winging (1 patient). Improvement in scoliosis among PSF patients averaged 75% (1 week), 70% (6 months), and 65% (1 year). In TF patients, mean improvement in scoliosis was 66% (1 week), 62% (6 months), and 62% (1 year). The differences between the two groups in terms of scoliosis improvement were not significant. Curves with apex at T8 or higher had better correction of scoliosis (p = 0.05). The sagittal alignment (thoracic kyphosis and lumbar lordosis) after surgery was similar between the two groups at 1 week, 6 months, and 1 year post-operatively.

Conclusion: The efficacy of thoracoscopic anterior fusion and instrumentation is similar to standard posterior instrumented fusion. The advantages of the thoracoscopic technique are the avoidance of a long posterior midline scar, and lower transfusion requirement. A longer operative time, ICU and hospital stay was attributed to the steep learning curve of this endoscopic technique.


Full Access
R.S. Bhangoo S. Sgouros

Study Design: Prospective cohort study.

Objective: To study the relationship between scoliosis and Chiari I malformation, with reference to the possible role of cranio-vertebral decompression in preventing the need for scoliosis correction.

Methods: Prospective data collection on all Chiari I patients referred to a single paediatric neurosurgeon with an interest in Chiari malformation.

Subjects: From a total of 35 patients with symptomatic Chiari I who underwent primary cranio-vertebral decompression, 13 had clinically detected scoliosis. Of these 13, 10 (7 males) had no other structural spine abnormality, which could influence the natural history of scoliosis and were included in this study. Mean age at diagnosis was 11.5 years (range 8.8– 15.9 years).

Results: Of the 10 patients, 8 had left-sided curves and two had right sided curves. Six patients did not require corrective scoliosis surgery following cranio-vertebral decompression. The mean Cobb angle for those not requiring scoliosis correction was 29 degrees compared to 76 degrees for those requiring correction (p=0.001, one way ANOVA). The mean age of patients requiring corrective surgery was 12.75 years versus 10.33 years for those not requiring correction (p=0.084, one way ANOVA). These findings were confirmed by multivariate analysis, which also confirmed that symptom duration, syrinx length and site were not significant in predicting the need for corrective surgery following cranio-vertebral decompression.

Conclusion: Cranio-vertebral decompression for Chiari I may prevent the need for corrective scoliosis surgery when performed before the age of ten and below a Cobb angle of 30 degrees.


I. Harding D Carrizo S Charossky D Chopin

Study Design: Retrospective chart review.

Objective: To assess the pulmonary function and rib deformity of patients following Schollner and modified Schollner costoplasty. Little is described in the literature concerning the long term effects of costoplasty.

Methods: Retrospective analysis of patients undergoing costoplasty at our institution with a minimum of three year and a maximum of 22 years follow-up.

Subjects: 23 (20 female) patients with a primary diagnosis of late-onset idiopathic scoliosis with a rib hump deformity underwent costoplasty at age 25 (16–36). 10 had surgery on the convexity alone and 13 had additional ‘concave surgery’ (6 of these had silastic implants). 3 patients had simultaneous correction of spinal deformity and costoplasty. The remainder underwent delayed procedures (0.6–19 years) following the index operation. Harrington instrumentation was used in all patients for primary curve correction.

Outcome measures: Forced Vital Capacity (FVC) – including % normal expected for age and rib hump (clinically and from radiographs) were measured pre and post-operatively at each attendance to assess the outcome of the procedure.

Results: The mean follow up was 10.7 years (3–22). Average reduction in rib hump was 33 mm at 6 months and 25 mm at the latest follow-up. There was no significant difference in the pre-operative and long-term FVC (p=0.4, paired t-test), although 6 months post-operatively there was a significant reduction in FVC (p=0.03, paired t-test). Subgroup analysis (convex only, convex/concave without silastic implant, convex/concave with silastic implant) revealed a similar pattern for rib hump correction and maintenance of FVC in all 3 groups at latest follow-up. However for patients undergoing convex surgery alone, the difference between FVC at 6 months and at latest follow-up was significant (p=0.01, paired t-test).

Conclusions: Rib hump correction and lung function (even accounting for age) are preserved in the long term following costoplasty. This study does not show any benefit of additional surgery on the concavity of the curve in reducing the rib hump on the convexity or on the FVC.


I. Gill M.J. Gibson

Study Design: A prospective observational study of 12 Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis patients undergoing corrective surgery.

Objective: To assess the recovery of respiratory function (specifically diaphragmatic function) after thoracotomy or thoraco-abdominal surgery for Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis (AIS) using spirometry and Sniff Nasal Inspiratory Pressure (SNIP).

Summary of Background Data: SNIP is one of the best measures of global inspiratory muscle strength and specifically of diaphragmatic muscle strength. FVC and FEV1 are a better measure of restrictive and obstructive lung function than muscle strength. To the best of our knowledge no study has specifically looked at the recovery of diaphragmatic function following scoliosis surgery.

Subjects: 6 patients (2M, 4F) with thoracic scoliosis underwent a thoracotomy followed by a second stage posterior instrumentation 5–7 days later. The other 6 patients (1M, 5F) with thoraco-lumbar curves had a single stage correction and instrumentation using thoraco-abdominal approach. All patients were operated by the same surgeon.

Outcome Measures: All patients underwent conventional lung function tests (spirometry) and SNIPs during their pre-operative assessment. Spirometry and SNIPs were repeated postoperatively before discharge, at 6 weeks, 3 months and 6 months follow up. The values were compared between the thoracic and thoraco-abdominal groups.

Results: Overall mean preoperative SNIP was 56.75 cm H2O and overall FVC was 2.79L. The mean SNIP in the thoracotomy group was 57.8 and 55.67 in the thoraco-abdominal group. The mean FVC in the thoracotomy group was 2.9 and in thoraco-abdominal group was 2.66. The difference between the 2 groups was not statistically significant. SNIP values returned to normal within 3 months in the thoraco-abdominal as well as in the thoracotomy groups. The FVC returned to within 95% of pre-operative values in 6 months in the two groups.

Conclusion: This study shows that SNIP return to pre-operative values within 3 months of scoliosis surgery after both thoracotomy and thoraco-abdominal approaches. The thoraco-abdominal approach appears not to have a more detrimental effect on global inspiratory muscle function and diaphragmatic function when compared to thoracotomy.


E.R.S. Ross K.J. Daly H. Norris C.N. McCollum

Study Design: Case report of four consecutive case reports of revision surgery for anterior dislocation of the Acroflex disc (DePuy Acromed, MA, USA) all of whom required vascular surgery are described.

Objective: To describe vascular complications of explanting an artificial inter-vertebral disc replacement following spontaneous anterior displacement.

Subjects: Four consecutive patients required explantation of the Acroflex disc. Two patients were male and two female with median age 44 years (range 33–51). All patients gave informed consent to enter a clinical trial, which had ethical approval.

Outcome measures: Symptom relief, vascular injury and deep vein thrombosis.

Results: All patients gained good symptomatic relief following disc replacement. Four patients suffered anterior displacement of the disc with a deterioration in symptoms during the 1st year. Three suffered vascular damage to the iliac vessels. In two cases division and re-anastomosis of the iliac vein was required to allow disc removal. Ilio-femoral deep vein thrombosis occurred pre-operatively in one patient and post-operatively in a second, no deaths occurred.

Conclusions: Anterior intervertebral disc displacement is associated with vascular injury. Preventing anterior disc displacement must form an essential part of disc design with (i) rapid fixation to bone and (ii) a failsafe design to prevent local damage in case of failure. In the case of displacement, disc removal should be planned and performed with a vascular surgeon.


G. Heilpern G. Marsh A. Knibb

Study Design: Prospective randomized double blind trial.

Objective: To assess the effectiveness of intrathecal fentanyl in the relief of post operative pain in patients undergoing lumbar decompression or fusion.

Summary of Background Data: Morphine has been shown to be effective intrathecally in spinal surgery but there is an increased incidence of respiratory complications. Fentanyl has not been formally evaluated in this setting.

Methods: All patients received our standard analgesic regime with PCA via a syringe driver. They were also randomised to receive either 15 micrograms of fentanyl intrathecally, or nothing. The fentanyl was administered by the operating surgeon under direct vision one or two levels above the site of operation at the end of the procedure.

Subjects: 30 patients undergoing lumbar spinal surgery were prospectively recruited.

Outcome measures: VAS pain scores were taken at 2, 4, 24 and 48 hours post operatively. Time to first bolus delivery of morphine from the PCA was also recorded as was the total dose of morphine required.

Results: The patients randomized to receive fentanyl showed a significant increase in the time to first bolus delivery of morphine as well as a 40% reduction in the total morphine dose delivered. There was also a decrease in their mean VAS scores. There was no increased incidence of side effects in the group receiving fentanyl. No patients suffered respiratory compromise requiring treatment and only two patients required HDU observation overnight. The remainder of the cohort left recovery after 2 hours to be nursed on an open ward.

Conclusion: Intrathecal fentanyl is effective at reducing morphine use via a PCA and mean pain VAS scores after lumbar spinal surgery. We would support its use over intrathecal morphine because of the reduced incidence of respiratory complications and the ability to nurse patients on the open ward.


D. Wardlaw S. Choudhary T. Muthukumar S. Gibson

Study Design: A prospective randomised controlled trial with blind radiological assessment.

Objective: To assess the radiological outcome of instrumented posterolateral lumbar fusion in a prospective randomised study comparing the use of allograft (fresh frozen human femoral head) to autologous bone (from the posterior iliac crest) using a validated method.

Methods: Sixty-nine patients having instrumented postero-lateral fusion using the Steffee plate were randomised to one of two groups, to receive either allograft bone or autologous bone. The same surgeon using the same surgical technique performed or supervised all cases. The radiological results of the two groups were assessed as well as the quality of fusion.

Outcome measures: The radiographs were assessed for fusion or non-fusion by three independent observers using the same criteria, and a second time by one of the observers. The Kappa scores for the inter-observer and intra-observer agreement were calculated. Some of these patients had fusion status verified by the gold standard of surgical exploration and the sensitivity and specificity calculated. The clinical outcome is the subject of a different paper.

Results: Both the inter-observer and intra-observer kappa scores (k) were 100%. The sensitivity of the method was 87.9% and the specificity was 100%. Thirty-seven patients received allograft and 32 patients received autograft. There was no significant difference in the fusion rate, or the quality and quantity of the graft between the groups.

Conclusions: There is no difference in the fusion rates comparing the use of autograft and allograft for postero-lateral instrumented lumbar fusion.


Y. Barzilay J.C. Le Huec G.R. Reddy T. Friesem

Study Design: Prospective Cohort study.

Objective: To prospectively evaluate the Maverick Lumbar Disc Prosthesis (Medtronic, USA) at one year follow-up.

Methods: Prospective analysis of the Maverick Lumbar Disc Prosthesis implanted in the first 30 consecutive patients for the treatment of single-level degenerative disc disease of the lumbar spine resistant to conservative treatment for more than one year.

Subjects: Sixteen females and 14 males with an average age of 44 years and minimum follow-up of 1 year. The prosthesis was implanted at L4-L5 in 18 patients and at L5-S1 in 12.

Outcome Measures: Oswestry Disability Index (ODI) and Visual Analogue Scale (VAS) preoperatively and at routine scheduled follow-ups. Radiographic analysis included sagittal balance parameters on standing full length lateral radiographs of the spine and range of motion on flexion/extension dynamic radiographs.

Results: Clinical success (ODI improvement > 15), was 82% and 86%, at 6 months and one year follow-up respectively. The VAS showed an improvement in back pain from 7.1 (+/− 2) pre-operatively to 3.0 (+/− 1.8) post-operatively. At one year there were no device related complications. The measured range of motion in flexion-extension ranged from 3 to 12 degrees (mean range of motion, 6 +/− 4 degrees). There was no significant change in sacral tilt, pelvic tilt, or overall lordosis after disc replacement. In one case the ureter was injured during the approach.

Conclusions: The results of total disc arthroplasty presented here compare favourably with results reported in the literature following ALIF. It appears that the disc prosthesis has enough freedom of motion to allow the patient to maintain normal sagittal and spino-pelvic balance with radiographic evidence of normal range of motion. These early favourable clinical results and the influence on adjacent motion segments can be assessed only after long term follow-up.


I. Gill M. Eagle J. Mehta M.J. Gibson K. Bushby R. Bullock

Study Design: A prospective observational study of scoliosis patients who were on non-invasive night ventilation for respiratory failure.

Objective: To report the results of spinal deformity correction in a group of patients with progressive scoliosis and rare forms of muscular dystrophy/myopathy with respiratory failure who were on nocturnal ventilatory support at the time of surgery.

Subjects: 9 patients (6 males, 3 females) with scoliosis and respiratory failure. The mean age at surgery was 12.4years (range 8–16yrs). There were 4 patients with multicore myopathy, 2 with merocin negative congenital muscular dystrophy, 1 with Ullrichs muscular dystrophy, 1 patient with congenital AcylCOA dehyrogenase deficiency and 1 with congenital scoliosis and dextrocardia. All the patients had overnight pulse oximetry, which showed episodes of desaturation at night. This was reversed with the onset of nocturnal ventilation. All the patients underwent posterior fusion performed by the same surgeon. Mean follow-up was 40 months (range 10 to 75)

Outcome Measures: Lung function, Cobb angle, Length of ICU stay, complications

Results: Mean vital capacity at time of surgery was 20% (range 13–28%). All patients recovered well following surgery with no cardiac or pulmonary complications. The mean stay in the ICU was 2.7 days (range 2–5). The mean hospital stay was 14.2 days (range 10–21). The mean preoperative Cobb angle was 70.2 degrees (range 55–85). The average change in the Cobb angle post-operatively was 32 degrees (range 16–65 degrees). The mean vital capacity of patients at latest follow up was 18% (range 10–32%). There was no loss of correction at latest follow-up. None of these patients lost their ambulatory capacity following surgery.

Conclusion: This is the first study reporting results of deformity correction in patients on ventilatory support. Spinal deformity correction in patients on non-invasive nocturnal ventilation presented no increased risk of complications.


DP Tokala KB Mukerjee MP Grevitt

Study design: Retrospective study.

Objectives: To determine whether apical vertebrectomy for correction of severe spinal deformity in patients with cerebral palsy or mental retardation significantly improves curve correction and to study complications of such a procedure.

Summary of Background data: Although a combined anterior-posterior procedure for correction of severe deformity in cerebral palsy patients is well established, apical vertebrectomy to improve correction has not been described.

Subjects: 5 patients (2M, 3F) operated on between 2000–2003 (anterior apical vertebrectomy followed by posterior instrumented fusion), mean age 14 years, average follow-up 1.5 years. All had group II (Lonstein & Akbarnia) rigid (mean 96degrees bending to 83degrees) thoracolumbar/lumbar curves with marked pelvic obliquity.

Results: Preoperative mean Cobb angle of 96 degrees corrected to 36 degrees, (63% correction, and 57% correction over and above the bending Cobb angle), 42 degrees at final follow-up. Mean apical vertebral translation (AVT) correction was 57 % (86mm to 37mm) and regional AVT correction 53%. Pelvic tilt correction was 72% (29degrees to 9degrees). Thoracic kyphosis remained unchanged but lumbar lordosis of 4.2 degrees (range−66 to +68) was corrected to 63 degrees. Mean blood loss was 1100mls (range 300–3000) for anterior surgery and 3400mls for posterior surgery. Operative time was 3 hours for anterior surgery. There were no intra-operative or post-operative complications (infection, pseudarthrosis, metalwork failure). Subjective outcome was excellent in all patients.

Conclusion: In patients with rigid, rotated curves with wide apical translation, apical vertebrectomy and posterior instrumented fusion can achieve significant correction of Cobb angle over and above the bending cobb angle and also the AVT and pelvic tilt leading to high parent / caregiver satisfaction and improvement in functional status of the patient.


I. Harding E. Davies E. Buchanan J. Fairbank

Study Design: Prospective cohort study

Objective: To assess the ‘red flag’ symptom of night pain as an indicator for serious disease in patients attending a back pain triage clinic (BPTC).

Summary of Background Data: Although common in patients with known serious pathology, the prevalence of night pain in this population is not known.

Methods: 482 consecutive patients attending BPTC were assessed (including history of frequency and duration of night pain). Clinical examination was performed and demographic data obtained. MRI was performed if indicated according to local guidelines.

Outcome measures: Oswestry (ODI), Visual Analogue Scales (for pain, distress and coping) and Hospital Anxiety Depression (HAD) patient based outcome scores were obtained. Serious pathology was defined as infection or tumour as per AHCPR Guidelines (1994) which state that these symptoms are associated with severe night time pain.

Results: 213 patients had night pain with 90 having pain every night. No serious pathology was identified. Patients with night pain had 4.95 hours continuous sleep (2–7) and were woken 2.5 times/night (0–6). Patients with pain every night exhibited higher ODI and HAD scores than those that did not.

Conclusions: Although it is a significant and disruptive symptom for patients, these results challenge the sensitivity of the presence of night pain per se as a useful diagnostic indicator for serious spinal pathology in a back pain triage clinic.


C. Armitstead A. Khot D. Sharp J. Powell

Study Design: A retrospective cross sectional cohort study of degeneration of the lumbar spine, using pre- and post-discography MRI scans of 28 patients, as compared to two consecutive MRI scans of an age and sex matched control group of 32 patients.

Objective: To determine whether injection of steroid into a lumbar intervertebral disc causes degeneration, as assessed by magnetic resonance imaging (MRI).

Methods: Twenty-eight patients with chronic discogenic low back pain were selected. Each had been investigated with an MRI, discography (with intradiscal injection of methylprednisolone), and a post-discography MRI scan. A randomly selected control group of thirty-two age and sex matched patients, having been examined on two occasions with MRI, was established. Two interpreters blinded to the patient groups assessed the degree of lumbar disc degeneration on the MRI scans on two separate occasions, using the Pfirrmann grading system.

Results: Kappa values proved interpretation consistency as compared with the published Pfirrmann paper. Variables of age and sex in the two groups showed no true variation in whether the discs improved, stayed the same or degenerated. The difference in the proportions for those with and without the injection gave a test statistic of 11.92 (p-value=0.002), indicating a discrepancy in the degeneration between those discs with and without an injection.

Conclusion: Previous studies on intradiscal steroid injections have shown variable results. Animal studies have shown that steroid administered intradiscally causes degeneration and primary calcification in discs. Two prospective double blind clinical trials using intradiscal steroids identified no significant benefit or improvement in the clinical outcome. This study indicates that intradiscal steroid injections cause MRI visible disc degeneration. In association with the results of the clinical trials, this study questions the indications for the use of intradiscal steroids in the management of discogenic low back pain.


P. Saxena D.S. O’Donoghue R. Pillay J. Walls

Study Design: Prospective case series of patients with tumour involvement of the spinal column consecutively admitted to a spinal unit for consideration of surgical treatment.

Objectives: To assess the impact of surgery on the quality of the life of patients suffering from metastatic or primary tumours of spine. Pre-operative assessment included the SF-36 and Oswestry Disability Index (ODI). Other scores (eg Tokuhashi) were prospectively calculated but were not used to determine suitability for surgery.

Subjects: A total of 38 patients were assessed. Of these 25 were considered suitable for surgery. Of these 25 patients, 3 died within 3 months and one had incomplete follow-up. The remaining 21 patients underwent further assessment at 3 and 6 months. A total of 8 patients are now dead in this group. Of 13 non-operated patients, one was unable to do an initial self-assessment. Of the other 12 patients, 4 were dead before second assessment. The remaining 8 patients provided us with another self-assessment. A total of 5 patients are now dead in this group.

Outcome measures: The SF-36 and ODI were repeated at 3 and 6 months. Those patients who were not considered suitable for surgery were also reassessed at 3 and 6 months, although the groups were not strictly comparable.

Results: At the time of presentation, most of the patients were severely or completely disabled. As expected, their Physical and Mental Health Component Scores of SF-36 were lower than reference values for patients with chronic ill health. The mean Bodily Pain scores were 12.84 in the operated group and 31.19 in the group managed conservatively. The initial ODI were 57 in the operated group and 59 in the conservative group. Of 25 patients who underwent surgery, 15 had posterior stabilisation and 7 had anterior reconstruction. 1 patient had a combined approach. 1 patient was stabilized with a halo vest and another had his procedures abandoned. Pre-operative and postoperative scores were compared using a paired two tail students t test. Mean Oswestry scores showed significant improvement at the 3rd month (from 57 to 48, p=0.02) and this was maintained at the 6th month. Among the various components of the SF-36 score, the most significant improvement was seen in Bodily Pain (from 12.8 to 46.8, p=0.00006). This was also maintained at 6 months. The mean Mental component scores improved significantly at the 3rd month (from 39.5 to 48, p=0.0009) and remained improved at the 6th month (44). In the non-operated group, the situation deteriorated in all respects. Mean Bodily pain scores (from 31.16 to 14.63, p=0.001), Physical component scores (from 28.48 to 19.72, p= 0.007) & Mental component scores (from 46.41 to 38.83, p= 0.05) were all significantly worse than at the initial assessment. The mean Oswestry disability score, also showed increasing disability (from 57 to 73.5) but did not reach statistical significance (p=0.16).

Conclusions: Surgery in these patients leads to a less painful and less disabled life. The quality of life improved in terms of mental health and physical health.


D. Noyes G. Walker N. Birch

Study Design: Prospective observational study.

Objective: To establish the sensitivity, specificity and cost-effectiveness of motor evoked potential (MEP) monitoring of lower lumbar nerve roots during instrumented spinal fusion.

Subjects: 161 patients undergoing elective lumbar spinal fusion monitored with the Neurosign 800 machine.

Outcome Measures: MEP evidence of pedicle breaches and nerve root over-distraction. Symptoms and signs of new neurological deficits postoperatively. EMG confirmation of neurological deficits in symptomatic post-operative patients.

Results: True positive results consisted of pedicle breaches detected in 15 patients (9.3%). Nerve root irritation on distraction was found in 9 patients (5.6%). These results allowed modification of the surgical technique to prevent subsequent neural injury. True negative results on active pedicle probing occurred in 134 patients (83.2%) and in 146 patients (90.7%) on passive monitoring. False positive results were detected in 7 patients (4.3%). Four patients had electrical connection problems and in three patients pedicle probing was positive but direct screw testing was negative. True negative results consisted of a failure of monitoring to detect clinically significant neurological events in five patients (3.1%). In four the symptoms and signs were transient, resolving within six weeks of surgery. In one, revision decompression of the L5 nerve roots was required.

Conclusions: MEP monitoring in our hands has a specificity of 95.4% and a sensitivity of 75%. The cost per case is around £75.


M.F. Grainger A. J. Stirling D.S. Marks A. Jackowski J.B. Spillsbury

Study Design: A retrospective review of case notes and histology reports.

Summary of Background Data: Up to 8% of cancer patients develop second malignancies. The vertebral column is frequently involved in metastatic disease and may represent the first manifestation of malignancy in up to 40% of patients. The rate of vertebral metastasis from a second tumour in patients with a known primary is not well known.

Objective: We sought to identify the incidence of a second primary in patients referred to our unit with spinal malignancy and a previously diagnosed primary tumour.

Subjects: 222 patients underwent definitive surgery for spinal metastatic disease of whom 135 had a prior history of malignancy.

Outcome measures: Histological tissue of origin of spinal metastasis in light of previous known malignancy.

Results: In 16 patients (11.9%) the vertebral histology differed from the initial primary. The period between first and second malignancies varied widely (19 months – 22 years). Thirteen patients (9.6%) had identifiable tissue origins for the metastasis that was not in keeping with the previous malignancy. Three further patients showed sufficient histological and imunohistochemical differences such that a further tumour of unknown origin and not de-differentiation of the previous tumour was suspected. Three previously unrecognised tumours were diagnosed on biopsy and eight on tissue obtained at definitive surgery.

Conclusion: The incidence of second primaries, in particular myeloma, presenting with vertebral metastases is significant and should always be borne in mind when assessing patients and planning treatment. Biopsy should be performed when possible. Comparison needs to be made between the histological features of the previous primary and metastasis.


Full Access
M.D. Jenkinson C. Simpson R.S. Nicholas G.F.G. Findlay T.J.D. Pigott

Study Design: Retrospective case review.

Objective: To assess factors influencing functional outcome, recurrence and survival following surgery for intradural spinal tumours

Subjects: Between January 1994 and December 2001, 115 patients had surgery for intradural spinal tumours: 76 extramedullary (48 male, mean age 54 years): 39 intramedullary (22 male, mean age 44 years).

Outcome measures and analysis: Functional outcome: Frankel scale. Recurrence: new symptoms with tumour growth. Death: post-operative or disease progression. Univariate and multivariate analysis was performed to identify features predicting post-operative functionally useful Frankel scale (4–5), recurrence and survival.

Results: 64 extramedullary tumours were excised, 12 debulked. 21 intramedullary tumours were excised, 13 debulked, 5 biopsied. Commonest tumours: meningioma, schwannoma, ependymoma, astrocytoma. 14 intramedullary tumours received radiotherapy. Mean follow-up was 45 months (range 4–117 months). There were 12 recurrent tumours. There were 8 deaths (2 post-operative, 6 disease-progression). 23% had complications (CSF leak, meningitis, wound infection/dehiscence). Functionally 96% of extramedullary tumours were unchanged/improved, 82% of intramedullary tumours were unchanged/improved. Multivariate analysis demonstrated that recurrence (Odds Ratio 28.2; 95% Confidence Interval 2.3–342.4) was the only significant factor influencing survival for intramedullary tumours. No factors investigated predicted functional outcome or recurrence in intramedullary tumours. No factors predicted any outcome in extramedullary tumours.

Conclusions: Our results were comparable to other studies. The two cases of MRSA meningitis (one death, one paralysis) reflect the growing problem of MRSA in neurosurgical units. Recurrence predicted poor survival in intramedullary tumours.


I. Collins W. Burgoyne G. Chami C. Pasapula J. Wilson-Macdonald A. Berendt J. Fairbank G. Bowden

Study Design: A six-year retrospective analysis of all instrumented spinal fusions performed in the Nuffield Orthopaedic Centre and the John Radcliffe Hospital.

Objective: To assess the incidence of infection following instrumented spinal fusion, the nature of the infecting organisms and their subsequent management.

Subjects: All patients who had undergone removal of spinal metalwork were analysed for evidence of infection. The indications for removal of metalwork included proven deep infection, refractory postoperative pain or planned removal after thoraco-lumbar fracture.

Outcome Measures: Successful treatment of infection was documented when the patient was asymptomatic and inflammatory markers remained within normal limits following cessation of antibiotic therapy. Failure was documented when the patient had recurrent sepsis, refractory pain following removal of metalwork or died.

Results: 80 spinal infections following instrumented fusions were found between 1997 and 2003. 34 of the infecting organisms were propionibacteria, 19 were coagulase negative staphylococcus, 10 were staphylococcus aureus, 8 were methicillin resistant staphylococcus aureus, 3 were coliforms, 2 were proteus, 2 were diphtheroids, 1 was alpha haemolytic streptococcus and 1 was anaerobic streptococcus. 29 of these infections were polymicrobial. Of 55 patients who had metalwork removed secondary to pain, 20 patients had proven infection postoperatively (36.3%). Preoperative inflammatory markers failed to accurately predict the presence of infection for trauma patients. Our management of infection is removal of metalwork with six intraoperative samples sent for culture and histology specimens, followed by administration of at least six weeks of intravenous or oral antibiotic, depending on the organism and its antibiotic sensitivity. Prolonged treatment is used where inflammatory markers remain raised.

Conclusions: Infection of spinal implants presents different management problems to those which follow infected total joint replacement. The lack of specific clinical, laboratory and radiological findings in patients who are subsequently diagnosed as having infections associated with spinal instrumentation presents a challenging clinical problem. We found the most predictive sign of infection following instrumented fusion of scoliotic spines was postoperative pain. CRP and ESR were unreliable as predictors of infection.


E.F. Shenouda E. Al-Delami T.J. Germon

Study Design: Retrospective outcome measurement study.

Objective: To study the functional outcome of surgery for patients presenting with severe extradural spinal cord compression.

Subjects: All patients who: 1) were surgically treated for spinal cord compression between January 2001 and December 2003, 2) presented with Frankel grade A, B or C, 3) had extradural spinal cord compression secondary to tumour or infection, and 4) were operated on by a single surgeon.

Outcome: Pre- and post-operative functional assessment was made by medical staff, a physiotherapist or both, using the Frankel grading. Frankel grade at 3 months was taken as the end point, unless death had occurred before this time, in which case the best postoperative Frankel’s grade was used.

Results: The records of 41 patients with spinal extradural tumour or infection were reviewed. Fourteen patients had Frankel grade A, B, or C. Four were female and 10 male. The median age of the group was 63.5 (range 36 to 73 years). Two had infection and 12 had tumour. The surgical objective was to decompress the neural elements and to restore and maintain the alignment of the vertebral column. One patient had multiple laminotomies alone. Ten had posterior decompression and fusion. Three had anterior and posterior decompression and fusion. Twelve immobile patients became mobile (Frankel grade D and E) and two remained unchanged. Complications were; two superficial wound infection treated with antibiotics, one deep-seated infection requiring open drainage and one extradural haematoma requiring evacuation.

Conclusions: Appropriate spinal cord decompression and reconstruction of the spinal column has a very good chance of restoring spinal cord function despite the severity of the presenting neurological deficit.


A.T. Helm P.J. Sell K.S. Lam

Study Design: A retrospective case note review.

Objective: To report on the accuracy of the Harlow-Wood bone biopsy trephine used via a percutaneous approach to obtain tissue from vertebral lesions.

Methods: 82 patients undergoing this procedure in either the University Hospital Nottingham or Leicester Royal Infirmary between 1995 and 2003 were included in the study. Data was collected regarding the provisional diagnosis, MRI diagnosis and final diagnosis based on micro-biological and histological reports.

Outcome Measures: Microbiological and histological reports were reviewed to determine the pathological nature of each biopsy. If the biopsy returned a positive diagnosis, or if the biopsy confirmed normal vertebral microbiology and histology in a patient who was subsequently disease-free, then the biopsy was deemed to have provided a diagnosis.

Results: The technique provided a diagnosis in 88% of cases, with a sensitivity of 87% and specificity of 100%. Where the provisional diagnosis was of a neoplastic lesion (n = 48), the diagnosis rate was 88%. Where the provisional diagnosis was of an infective lesion (n = 26), the diagnosis rate was 89%. Where the provisional diagnosis was uncertain (n = 8), the diagnosis rate was 88%.

Conclusions: Percutaneous biopsy of vertebral lesions using the Harlow-Wood bone trephine under fluoroscopic guidance can be performed safely and efficaciously. The high accuracy and sensitivity of this closed percutaneous technique, particularly in infective lesions, allows a timely diagnosis and subsequent early commencement of appropriate treatment.


A. Amin J Bernard F Gow N Davies S Tucker

Study Design: A retrospective case-note study.

Objective: To evaluate causes of delayed admission for patients with spinal injuries.

Subjects: 432 patients admitted between March 1998 and March 2003.

Outcome Measures: Patients were analysed with respect to Injury Severity Score (ISS); date of injury, referral and admission independently and length of hospitalisation. The delays between injury and referral (> 3 days) and between referral and admission (> 7days) were correlated to the length of hospitalisation.

Results: There were 322 males (average age, 38.6 years) and 110 females (average age, 41.8 years), with 108 complete injuries, 115 incomplete and 209 intact. The average time between injury and referral was 5.5 days (range 0–94), and between referral and admission was 10.7 days (range 0–130). 161 patients (37%) experienced a delay between injury and referral, of whom 59 (37%) were subsequently also delayed to admission. The principal reason for delay was the treatment of concurrent injuries. Even patients with complete injuries (15/43) experienced delayed referral. 112 patients (26%) experienced a delay between referral and admission. Principal reasons included the provision of beds and stabilisation of concurrent injuries. We found the delay between referral and admission (p< 0.001), the ISS (p< 0.001) and increasing neurological severity of injury (p< 0.001) to be highly significant factors predisposing to longer hospitalisation.

Conclusions: Delayed admission for patients with spinal injuries is common. Provision of beds being the most common preventable reason for delay following referral. Early liason with a designated spinal injuries unit, especially for patients with cord injury remains vitally important.


K.S. Lam R.W. Kerslake J.K. Webb

Study Design: Retrospective review.

Objective: A prospective study to evaluate for the presence of occult spinal injuries using MRI following aircraft ejection.

Summary of Background Data: The use of an ejection seat in order to escape from a stricken aircraft is associated with the exposure of significant forces. These vertical accelerative forces on the body are in the order of 15 – 25G with rates of onset of up to 250G per second. Therefore, it is common to see vertical compression fractures, mainly in the thoraco-lumbar region. Although most vertebral fractures are evident on plain radiographs, other subtle spinal injuries elsewhere may not be immediately apparent.

Methods: Between 1996 and 2003, 22 ejectees from 18 aircrafts, mean age 32 years (range 24 to 48), were admitted to a regional spinal unit for comprehensive evaluation of their injuries that included whole spine radiographs and Magnetic Resonance Imaging (T1, T2 weighted and STIR sagittal sequences). All ejections occurred within the ejection envelope and were flying below 2000 ft (mean 460 feet) and below 500 knots airspeed (mean 275 knots).

Results: All 5 ejectees (23%) with vertebral compression fractures (one at T6 and 4 in thoraco-lumbar region) had pain and tenderness in the appropriate area of the spine that was evidently detected on plain radiographs. 3 of these patients with a thoraco-lumbar fracture (AO A3.3) had more than 50% canal compromise and more than 30 degrees angular kyphosis underwent surgery. Neurological compromise consisting of acute cauda equine syndrome occurred in one patient with a L2 AO A3.3 fracture. More importantly 10 ejectees (45%) had MRI evidence totalling 21 occult thoracic and lumbar vertebral fractures. 4 ejectees had a single occult fracture, 4 had double, 1 had 3 and 1 had 6 occult fractures.

Conclusion: This study confirms the high incidence of occult vertebral injuries following vertical acceleration insult to the spine consequent to emergency aircraft ejection. Once life-saving priority measures have taken place, MRI of the entire spine remains mandatory as part the comprehensive evaluation of the patient. Early use of MRI scanning in the management will significantly increase an ejectee’s safe return to flying duties.


R.V. Kalyan A. Hamilton P. Nolan E. Cooke N. Eames M. Crone D. Marsh

Study Design: Prospective observational study.

Objectives: To score the severity of injury to (a) vertebrae and (b) intervertebral discs following thoraco-lumbar fracture, and compare the two in their ability to predict clinical outcome at 1–2 years.

Methods: 44 patients with fractures between T11 and L5 without neurological deficit were treated conservatively. All had plain X-rays and MRI scans immediately and at one year post-injury. Bony injury severity was scored on a seven-point ordinal scale based on a) comminution, b) apposition and c) kyphosis. Disc injury severity was scored on a six-point ordinal scale based on a) change in signal, b) change in height, c) indentation /herniation. Outcome was assessed at one to two years from injury (av. 18.1 + 5.6 months) Non-parametric correlation coefficients were calculated between injury severity variables and outcome variables.

Outcome measures: Modified Oswestry disability questionnaires, SF-36 questionnaires (physical and mental component summary scores – PCS and MCS), verbal and numeric rating scale of ability to perform pre-morbid activities/work. Detailed analysis of a.) pain (intensity, duration, character, distribution, etc.), b.) early morning stiffness (severity, frequency, and duration).

Results: According to the AO classification, 25% of the fractures were A1 (wedge), 9% were A2 (split), 45% were A3 (burst) and 20% were B1 (flexion-distraction with posterior ligament injury). Disc injuries scored as: grade 3 (mild) in 14%, grade 4 in 36%, grade 5 in 36% and grade 6 (very severe) in 14%. The spearman correlation coefficients between injury severity and outcome were consistently higher with disc injury severity than bony. For the Oswestry disability score the correlation coefficients for disc and bone injury severity respectively were 0.50 (p< .0001) and 0.40 (p< .05), for SF36-PCS: 0.43 (p< .005) and 0.32 (p< .05), for SF36-MCS: 0.43 (p< .005) and 0.06 (NS), for return to pre-morbid activities and work: 0.32 (p< .05) and 0.25 (p< .5), for pain intensity by numeric rating scale: 0.69 (p< .0001) and 0.41 (p< .01), and for pain intensity by verbal rating scale: 0.65 (p< .0001) and 0.28 (p< 0.1).

Conclusion: In all clinical outcomes assessed, there was consistently better prediction by measures of injury severity to the disc than the bone. This study offers possible explanation for previously low or conflicting evidence of correlation between clinical outcome and bony injury in thoraco-lumbar spine fractures uncomplicated by neurological injury. It implies that in selected patients with severe disc injury, treatment focused on eliminating the effects of the disc injury may result in better clinical outcome.


J R Crawford R J K Khan GW Varley

Study Design: A prospective randomised controlled trial.

Objective: The early management of acute soft tissue injuries of the neck remains controversial. The aim of this study was to compare an early mobilisation regime versus with treatment with a soft collar for recovery of function and activity levels after soft tissue injuries of the neck.

Subjects: Over a one year period, 108 patients presenting with a soft tissue neck injury were enrolled in a prospective trial. Each patient was randomised to either early mobilisation using an exercise regime (55 patients) or 3 weeks treatment in a soft collar followed by the same exercise regime (53 patients). Patients were followed up at 3, 12 and 52 week intervals from injury.

Outcome Measures: Visual Analogue Scores for pain, range of neck movements, activities of daily living and time taken to return to work.

Results: No differences were found between the two groups for pain, range of neck movements or for activities of daily living at any of the follow up intervals. The collar treatment group took significantly longer to return to work after injury (21 days) compared to the early mobilisation group (9 days), p< 0.05.

Conclusions: Treatment in a soft collar had no clinical benefit compared to early mobilisation in terms of recovery of function, pain or range of neck movements, but was associated with an increased time to return to work.


P Lakshmanan A Jones J Mehta S Ahuja P R Davies J Howes

Study Design: Retrospective Series.

Objectives: To analyse loss of correction of the anterior wedge angle and the components responsible for the recurrence of kyphosis after surgical stabilisation of dorsolumbar fractures, and to assess the return of functional capacity in these patients.

Materials and Methods: Between January 1998 and March 2003, 34 patients had posterior stabilisation performed with the Universal Spine System (Synthes) for dorsolumbar fracture at a single level with no neurological deficit. There were 26 AO Type A fractures, 5 Type B fractures, and 3 Type C fractures. Serial standing lateral radiographs were taken from the immediate postoperative period to the most recent follow-up. The anterior wedge angle, the heights of the discs above and below the fractured vertebra, and the heights of the vertebral bodies above, at, and below the fractured level were measured. The height at each level was measured in three segments (anterior, middle and posterior). The values were normalised to avoid discrepancies while comparing radiographs. The difference in the height of each segment measured between the immediate postoperative period and the most recent follow-up were computed. Short Form 36 (SF-36) was used to assess the functional outcome in each.

Results: The mean follow-up period was 23.6 months (9 to 48 months). The mean anterior wedge angle was 10.1 ± 7.2 degrees in the immediate postoperative period and 17.1 ± 10.9 degrees at latest follow-up (p< 0.001). The mean loss of correction was 7.0 ± 8.5 degrees (−11 to 24) and this showed a linear relationship to the preoperative anterior wedge angle. Furthermore there was a linear increase in the loss of correction of the angle as the follow-up period increased. The correlation between the corresponding difference in the height of each segment and the degree of loss of correction of the anterior wedge angle showed significant correlation to the decrease in the anterior segment height at the fractured vertebral body level (Pearson’s coefficient r=0.53 significant at 0.01 level, p=0.001). The mean physical function score from SF-36 was 56.3 and the mean bodily pain score was 49.7. There was no relationship to the angle of kyphosis at follow-up to the physical function score (r=0.12, p=0.50) and the bodily pain score (r=0.14, p=0.44).

Conclusions: There is a progressive loss of correction (increasing kyphosis) after posterior stabilisation with instrumentation that roughly approximates the initial decrease in anterior height of the fractured vertebral body. The degree of loss of correction does not depend on the type of fracture. The loss of correction is related to the preoperative angle of kyphosis.


H. Zaki T. Pigott G. Findlay

Study Design: Retrospective case review

Summary of Background Data: The Chiari malformation is a condition characterised by herniation of the posterior fossa contents below the level of the foramen magnum.

Objectives: To present the long term outcome and complication rate following hindbrain decompression for this condition.

Methods: We retrospectively analysed the results of patients who underwent hind brain decompression between 1994 and 2003. There were 70 cases with a mean age of 32 years. Follow up was carried out with clinical examination and repeat MRI scans. The mean follow up was 4.7 years. Thirty-six patients had associated syringomyelia. Patients underwent hind brain decompression through a small posterior fossa craniectomy, opening of the foramen magnum with or without removal of arch of C1.

Results: One patient died and one had a stroke which resolved except for mild facial weakness. Long term follow up revealed that 50% of the patients were asymptomatic following surgery and another 26% had marked improvement in their symptoms. One patient deteriorated post-operatively and the remainder (23%) had unchanged condition. Of the patients presenting with scoliosis 67% had no further progression in their curve.

Conclusion: This is the largest series presented from a single centre with pre- and postoperative MRI fol1ow up. Our results compare favourably with previously published literature.


N. Farooq C.E.J. Docker N. Rukin M.F. Brown E.B. Ahmed V. Jasani

Study Design: An analysis of patients admitted with cervical trauma, comparing: those managed with rigid collars until definitive management; rigid collar usage overnight; and no rigid collar usage from outset.

Objectives: To determine the safety of omitting a rigid collar following cervical trauma, whilst awaiting definitive management.

Summary of Background Data: The use of a rigid collar can result in pain, occipital sores, as well as raised intracranial pressure in head injured patients.

Subjects: Fifty one patients with proven cervical fractures were analysed. Three groups of patients were identified with respect to their initial management after admission to the ward until definitive management: 1) Hard collar, sandbags and bed rest 2) Hard collar in situ overnight and then sandbags and bed rest. 3) Sandbags and bed rest. All patients had full spinal care and precautions, with rigid collars used for any transfers. The spectrum of injury severity was similar throughout all 3 groups.

Outcome measures: Loss of alignment, neurological compromise and complications related to the rigid collar.

Results: There was no loss of reduction or progression of neurological deficit in any group. There were compliance issues in the rigid collar group. Two patients developed occipital skin problems following rigid collar use. All groups proceeded to definitive management successfully.

Conclusion: No significant adverse events were noted in any group. Management without a rigid collar depends on good nursing care. It is more comfortable for the patient and avoids the potential problems encountered with rigid collar use. In compliant patients not requiring immediate definitive management the omission of the rigid collar did not result in loss of reduction or neurological compromise. We feel such collars should be for transport and extrication only.


S Fafaxal P Sell

Study design: Prospective longitudinal cohort study with two-year follow up.

Objective: To define the standard outcome measures that describe a patient’s subjective outcome following elective spinal surgery. What constitutes a clinically important change in outcome is not well understood and few studies have addressed this issue.

Subjects: 193 patients undergoing elective spinal surgery (110 discectomy, 72 spinal decompressions and 11 other procedures) Average age 48 years.

Outcome measures: Oswestry disability index (ODI), Low back outcome score (LBO), Visual analogue score (VAS) and patient subjective assessment of outcome as Excellent, Good, Fair and Poor.

Results: There were 100 Excellent results, ODI 54 pre and 19 post. 62 Good results ODI 53 pre and 29 post. The 18 Fair results started with an ODI of 63 and improved to 51. The 13 Poor results started with an ODI of 66 and ended with 61. Similar changes occurred in VAS and Low back outcome score. An excellent outcome for discetomy, ODI reducing from 57 to 13 was different to an excellent outcome for a decompression, where the ODI changed from 54 to 26.

Conclusion: Generic spinal outcome scores are the current measurement tool of clinical change. Clinically significant change as perceived by the patient may be different for different conditions. Only a Poor outcome was associated with an ODI change of less than 10 points.


S. Morris W. Dar I. Kelly

Study Design: Prospective Cohort Study.

Objective: To describe the natural history of a cohort of patients with osteoporotic vertebral fractures treated conservatively with bedrest and a Taylor brace.

Summary of Background Data: Interest is growing in minimally invasive techniques to treat vertebral fractures in the elderly population. Amongst the benefits mooted are relief of pain and prevention of deformity. However limited background data is available concerning the long-term outcome of such patients treated conservatively.

Patients and Methods: All patients admitted to our institution over a five-year period following a vertebral fracture were identified (n=223) Of these, 61 were suitable for inclusion in the study. Following departmental approval all patients were contacted by phone and invited to participate in the study. Patients were examined in the clinic, plain radiographs were performed and the Oswestry pain score, a visual analogue pain score (VAS), and SF-36 questionnaire were completed. Patients over 65 years, involved in minor trauma without neurological deficit were included. Patients over 65 years who were involved in major trauma or non-Irish residents were excluded from the study.

Results: Mean patient age at the time of injury was 72.1 years. Mean duration of follow up was 8.2 years with a minimum follow up of 5 years. Seven patients were lost to follow up. Of the remaining fifty-four patients, five had died since their admission. According to family members none had any pain or neurological symptoms related to their spinal injuries. Forty patients attended the clinic for review while nine completed telephone questionnaires. Two patients had a clinically evident kyphosis. The mean range of anterior flexion was 78.9° ± 15°. The mean VAS pain score was 2.2 ± 2.0. No significant correlation existed between the magnitude of the initial vertebral collapse and the Oswestry or SF-36 scores. Physical Function and Bodily Pain subsets of SF-36 were no different to an age matched Irish population. No significant further vertebral collapse was noted on radiographic follow up. A small cohort of patients did develop chronic back pain. These patients’ outcome could not be predicted on the basis of initial radiographs.

Conclusion: This study supports conservative management: most patients recovered normal function and suffered little long-term pain. It was not possible to predict which patients would develop chronic back pain on the basis of initial radiographs. This calls into question the indications for undertaking vertebroplasty or kyphoplasty in the treatment of such patients.


T Pincus S Vogel A de C de Williams A Field

Study Design: To design and test a new questionnaire to assess depression and other mood states.

Summary of Background Data: Measurement of depression and of other mood states in pain patients has been criticised in recent years on the grounds that most questionnaires were not developed in pain populations and suffer from criterion contamination by somatic items. In addition, there is no accepted measurement for positive emotions which are more than the absence of depression.

Objective: To develop a reliable and brief tool to assess mood in pain patients.

Method: Non-somatic items concerning depression, anxiety and positive outlook were extracted using exploratory factor analysis from commonly used instruments (Beck Depression Inventory and Hospital Anxiety and Depression Scale) completed by over 900 chronic pain patients. Confirmatory factor analysis was used to test the internal structure of the final item set. Items were then reworded and presented as a new questionnaire (the Depression, Anxiety and Positive Outlook Scale: DAPOS) to two new samples: patients attending pain management and patients attending osteopathy. The new questionnaire was compared with several well-known questionnaires (SF-36, BDI, PCS). The structure was calibrated and tested using confirmatory factor analysis on both samples. Finally, a sub-set of patients carried out a sorting task to test for face validity.

Results and conclusion: The DAPOS performed well, indicating that it is a reliable measure of the three mood states with good initial evidence of validity in these samples.


J. Webber A. Khot D. Sharp J. Powell

Study Design: Prospective cohort study.

Objectives: To evaluate outcomes for back pain following primary single level spinal decompression for nerve root pain.

Subjects: All patients were managed in a single spinal unit with two spinal surgeons following the same management protocol. Any patient undergoing spinal fusion was excluded. Over a five-year period there were 217 patients, with a mean age of 39 years (15 to 78 years). The male to female ratio was 1:1. All had specific single level nerve root pain and definite nerve root compromise confirmed on MRI.

Outcome Measures: All patients were assessed preoperatively and followed at 3, 6, 12 and 24 months using a standard back pain questionnaire including visual analogue scores for leg and back pain, a pain diagram, Oswestry disability index (ODI), Zung depression index and somatisation scores.

Results: We report a statistically significant improvement in back pain post-operatively with 68.6% of patients improving their score (p < 0.001 sign test) with 19.5% reporting complete relief. This improvement was sustained over the follow-up period. Post-operative improvements in back pain correlated well with post surgical reduction in leg pain score, and ODI. Patients with increased back pain scores (> 5) at presentation, were more likely to report an improvement. In this group 80.5% reported a significant reduction in their back pain following surgery. No correlation could be identified between back pain scores and somatisation and Zung depression indices, age, gender or employment status.

Conclusions: These results are contrary to other reported series and suggest the prognosis for back pain following primary single level spinal decompression may be better than anticipated.


J. Andrews A. Jones S. Ahuja J. Howes P. R. Davies

Study Design: Retrospective review.

Objectives: Rugby union has recently become a highly-paid professional sport. Players requiring anterior cervical discectomy wish to know the effect this will have on their career. To answer this question, the result of the above procedure in professional rugby players was studied.

Methods: A retrospective notes review and telephone interview were conducted on 19 professional rugby players who had a cervical discectomy between 1998 and 2003. Pre and post operative symptoms and numbers returning to rugby after surgery were assessed.

Results: Neck pain was eradicated in eight (42%) of the players, nine (47%) achieved partial relief and two were not helped. Brachalgia was eradicated in fifteen (79%) individuals, improved in two (10.5%) and two (10.5%) had no relief. Fourteen (74%) returned to rugby union, the majority at six months post operatively (range – five to 17 months). Thirteen (68.5%) returned to their pre-operative level of rugby; one dropped to a lesser division and five have never played rugby again (three due to physical inability, one due to club reluctance to insure and one because of a separate injury). Two of the players that returned to rugby have subsequently retired because of neck symptoms. They played three and two years post-operatively at first-class level.

Conclusion: Return to rugby union after anterior cervical discectomy is both likely and safe and therefore need not be a career ending procedure.


J. Fairbank H. Frost J.Wilson MacDonald L. Yu O. Rivero-Arias H. Campbell A. Gray

Study Design: Prospective randomized study.

Objectives: To compare the strategy of spinal fusion with that of rehabilitation for patients with chronic low back pain.

Methods: A multicentre trial of 349 candidates for spinal fusion (where both patient and surgeon were uncertain of the outcome) were randomised to either an operation that the surgeon considered was most appropriate for that patient or to an intensive rehabilitation programme. Rehabilitation was based on a 3 week (15 day) model of exercise therapy, spine stabilisation techniques and education using cognitive behavioural principles. Follow-up was at least 2 years from randomisation. The trial was 90% powered to show a 4 point difference between groups at α= 0.05. A full economic analysis is available.

Outcomes Measures: Oswestry Disability Index (ODI); the Shuttle Walking Test (SWT); SF-36 and EuroQol EQ-5D.

Results: 176 patients were randomized to surgery and 173 to rehabilitation. Demographic features including sex, age, diagnosis (spondylolisthesis, post-laminectomy syndrome, others) duration of back pain, smoking history, litigation, employment status, planned numbers of fused levels and baseline ODI were similar for both groups.

Results: For the surgery group the mean ODI improved from 46.6 (SD 14.5) to 34.9 (SD 21) at two years. For the rehabilitation group mean ODI improved from 44.8 (SD 14.8) to 36.2 (SD 20.6) at two years. For the surgery group the mean SWT improved from 254 (SD 209) to 350 (SD 244.8) at two years. For the rehabilitation group mean SWT improved from 247 (SD 185) to 310 (SD 203) at two years. For the surgery group the mean SF-36 Physical component score improved from 22.2 (SD 18) to 43.6 (SD 32.1) at two years. For the rehabilitation group the mean SF-36 Physical component score improved from 24.0 (SD 20.6) to 40.5 (SD 31.1) at two years.

Conclusions: This is a comparison of treatment strategies: There was no clinical or statistical difference in outcome between the strategy of spinal fusion and that of rehabilitation. Patients randomised to surgery (spinal stabilisation) and patients randomised to rehabilitation have indicated a treatment effect, but this may be due to natural history. The surgery results parallel those reported in other trials. At two years the treatment costs of the surgery arm were approximately twice those of the rehabilitation arm. The costs of rehabilitation depend on how many patients opt for surgery (22% in this trial). “Failed” non-operative treatment is commonly listed as an indication for surgery. “Failed” non-operative treatment should include intensive rehabilitation appropriately supported by the treating surgeon.


P Sell

Study design: Prospective longitudinal cohort study with three month and one year follow up.

Objective: To determine what factors influence standard spine and urinary outcome measures at 3 months in cauda equine syndrome with particular attention being given to timing of onset of symptoms and timing of surgery.

Subjects: There were 31 cases submitted from the membership of BASS who underwent urgent surgery for cauda equina syndrome. Three month follow up was achieved in 25 (80%).

Outcome measures: Oswestry disability index (ODI), Visual analogue score for leg pain, Visual analogue score for back pain and incontinence questionnaire using a short form MRC outcome tool.

Results: The average age was 43 years. Ten patients had surgery within 48 hours of onset of symptoms, the remainder had more than 48 hours to surgery. Most patients received prompt attention after reaching secondary care with only four waiting more than 24 hours for surgery after scanning. There was no difference in ODI. VAS leg and back were better in the less than 48 hours group. Urinary symptoms and satisfaction did not appear to be influenced by surgery within 48 hours.

Conclusion: The duration of symptoms prior to surgery does not appear to influence the short-term outcome as measured by the Oswestry Disability Index and specific questions related to satisfaction with urinary outcome measures.


C.I. Adams B.J.C. Freeman A. J. Clark S. Pickering

Study Design: A consecutive retrospective cohort including all patients treated by a single consultant spinal surgeon (BJCF) with targeted foraminal epidural steroid injection (FESI) for radicular pain.

Objective: To assess the efficacy of targeted foraminal epidural steroid injection (FESI) for radicular pain in preventing surgical intervention.

Summary of Background Data: 90% of sciatica resolves within 90 days. Beyond this period, decompresssive surgery for pain relief maybe considered. Open surgery however carries attendant risk including nerve root injury, dural laceration, cauda equina syndrome, deep infection, recurrent disc prolapse, epidural fibrosis and post-discectomy lumbar instability. Peri-radicular infiltration of local anaesthetic and steroid has been shown to reduce pain, at least in the short term. We were interested in whether FESI could obviate the need for surgery in refractory cases of nerve root pain.

Methods: 83 consecutive patients (45 female, 38 male) with a mean age of 51 years (range 24 to 87) presenting between November 2000 and February 2003 with radicular pain were treated with targeted FESI. 55 patients had a principal diagnosis of disc prolapse, 20 had lateral canal stenosis and 8 had degenerative spondylolisthesis. Fourteen had previous surgery and 38 had previous caudal or lumbar epidural injections.

Outcome Measures: Pain was assessed using the Visual Analogue Score and disability by the Oswestry Disability Index. The product-limit method of Kaplan Meier was used to assess the time to further procedure or the date of last review.

Results: 21 of 83 patients (25.3%) underwent an open procedure (discectomy/decompression) within the designated time period (median 20 months). Median time to open procedure was 6.5 months (mean 8.2 months). Repeat FESI was required in 16 patients (19.2%). The remaining 46 (55.4%) patients avoided any further procedure at a median of 20 months (range 13 to 36). No complications resulted from these procedures.

Conclusions: Targeted foraminal epidural steroid injection can resolve radicular pain caused by varying pathologies. Surgical procedures (decompression/discectomy) can be avoided in 74.7% of cases up to a median of 20 months thereby avoiding unnecessary surgical risk.


G.L. Cribb D.C. Jaffray

Study Design: Review of patients with massive disc prolapse, with a minimum of 50% canal occlusion, treated non-operatively.

Objectives: To demonstrate the behaviour of massive disc prolapse treated non-operatively.

Subjects: Patients with massive disc prolapse whose symptoms had started to resolve or who had refused surgery.

Outcome Measures: Spontaneous reduction of disc herniation on MRI scans.

Results: There were 10 patients who have had massive lumbar disc prolapse treated non-operatively. All had MRI scans which showed a lumbar disc prolapse occluding greater than 50% of the canal diameter on the axial cuts. The average occlusion of the canal was 62%. Repeat MRI scans showed reduction of the disc prolapse in all cases, with an average of 83% (range 68–100) reduction in the canal occlusion. The scans were performed between 6 and 68 months apart. 9/10 patients had resolution of leg pain. One patient had persistent leg pain despite complete resolution of the disc prolapse. He went on to have an exploration of the right S1 nerve root. No disc prolapse was identified and the S1 root was free and healthy. This however resolved the majority of his leg pain.

Conclusion: We have demonstrated that the natural history, in these cases of massive prolapse was to resolve both clinically and radiologically in the majority of cases.


S. Aspinall S. Mohammed J Burke P.L. Sanderson

Study Design: A prospective evaluation of 40 consecutive patients with sciatica who had ‘Normal’ MRI scans, were further investigated with Nerve Root Injections (NRI), and subsequent surgery in those who had relief of symptoms.

Objectives: To evaluate the diagnostic value of NRI’s in the presence of normal MRI scans and to assess the aetiology of the sciatica.

Summary of Background Data: Since the advent of MRI scans the use of NRI’s has been in decline as a diagnostic tool. There has been no study in their usefulness when the MRI has been reported as showing no evidence of nerve root compression, and furthermore what the surgical findings were in the patients who went on to exploration.

Methods: 40 Patients with sciatica, of minimal duration of one year, in whom the MRI scan had been reported as showing no evidence of nerve root compression by an independent observer, had diagnostic NRI’s performed. Those patients that had reproduction of and subsequent temporary relief of their sciatica had surgery.

Outcome Measures: Walking distance, Analgesic Requirements, Sleep disturbance and VAS.

Results: Of the 40 patients, 25 had no benefit, 4 patients had permanent relief and 11 had temporary relief. These 11 patients underwent surgery. All patients undergoing surgery were L5 nerve root explorations. In 9 cases the compression was by the ligamentum flavum and in 2 at the foramen. Of the eleven cases operated on 9 had complete relief of symptoms and 2 were unchanged.

Conclusions: MRI scans do not show a cause for sciatica in all patients as it is not a dynamic test. In the presence of a normal MRI scan, NRI’s should be performed.


L Ng N Chaudhary P Sell

Study Design: A randomized, double blind controlled trial.

Objectives: Various studies have examined the therapeutic value of peri-radicular infiltration using treatment agents consisting of local anaesthetic and corticosteroids for radicular pain. The main objective is to determine the treatment effect of corticosteroids in peri-radicular infiltration for radicular pain. We also examined prognostic factors in relation to the outcome of the procedure.

Subjects: Eligible patients with radicular pain who had unilateral symptoms who failed conservative management were randomised for a single injection with bupivicaine and methylprednisolone (b+s) or bupivicaine (b) only.

Outcome measures: Oswestry Disability Index (ODI), Visual Analogue Score (VAS) for back pain and leg pain, claudication walking distance and patient’s subjective level of satisfaction of the outcome.

Results: We recruited 43 patients in the b+s group and 43 patients in the b only group. The follow up rate is 100%. There is no statistically significant difference in the outcome measures between the groups at 3 months (change of the ODI [p=0.7], change in VAS [back pain, p=0.68; leg pain, p=0.94], change in walking distance [p=0.7]). No statistical difference in the change in VAS score between stenotic group and disc herniation group at 3 months. Further subgroup analysis also showed no difference in the outcome between contained and non-contained herniation group.

Conclusion: Clinical improvement occurs in both groups of patients. Corticosteroid did not provide additional benefit.


L Ng S Tafazal P Sell

Study design: Prospective cohort study.

Objective: Despite wide acceptance of decompression surgery for spinal stenosis, the reported success rates remain variable. Our aim is to investigate the value of various predictors of functional outcome in patients undergoing primary lumbar decompression surgery secondary to degenerative spinal stenosis.

Subjects: Eligible patients who had primary posterior lumbar decompression surgery for degenerative spinal stenosis with follow up for 2 years.

Outcome measures: Oswestry Disability index (ODI), Low Back Outcome Score (LBOS), Visual Analogue Score (VAS), claudication walking distance and patient’s subjective assessment of the outcome of the surgery.

Results: Ninety-nine patients who had primary lumbar decompression surgery were recruited between July 1994 and December 2001. The follow up rate was 100% at one year and 76% at two years. There is a statistical significant association between duration of symptoms and the change in ODI, change in LBOS, change in VAS and change in walking distance both at one year and two years follow up. One-way analysis of variance also showed that the groups of patients with symptoms less than 33 months have a much better functional outcome at two years follow up. We have not found modified somatic perception score, modified zung depression score and gender to influence the outcome of the surgery.

Conclusion: This study indicates that patients with a prolonged duration of symptoms have a less favourable functional outcome. Patient’s satisfaction is greatest if surgery occurs within 33 months.


Full Access
G C Mclorinan M G Mcmullan A Mcdowell JV Glenn E A Cooke N Eames A H Hamilton P Nolan S Patrick

Study Design: In a prospective study, intervertebral disc material from 64 patients undergoing discectomy for sciatica and 23 control patients was analysed for the presence of bacteria.

Objective: There have been many theories postulated as to the pathogenesis of back pain and sciatica. Possible inflammatory or auto-immune aetiologies have been suggested. Stirling et al (2001) suggested a possible link between sciatica and bacterial infection by demonstrating the presence of bacteria in disc material from 19 of 36 patients with severe sciatica. Previously, we developed methods for improved detection of bacterial infection associated with failed hip implants (Tunney et al 1999).These techniques have now been applied to the detection of bacteria in intervertebral discs from patients with sciatica.

Outcome Measures: Bacterial culture and non-culture immunofluorescence microscopy, using specific monoclonal antibodies, were applied to intervertebral disc material for the detection of bacterial infection. The results were also compared with functional scores before and after surgery.

Results: This study found that 20% (n=13) of patients suffering from sciatica had culture-positive disc material compared to 9% (n=2) of controls. The anaerobe Propionibacterium acnes was the predominant bacterium isolated in both case and control groups. Bacteria were also identified in skin, wound tissue and wound washings in some patients.

Conclusions: We are unable to demonstrate an association between sciatica and infection (p=0.335). This study suggests that bacteria detected in retrieved disc material may result from skin contamination during surgery.


F.A. Carroll S.M. Cockshott S. Mulay P. Carter I. Agorastides B.H. Pennie

Study Design: A prospective cohort study of patients undergoing surgery for prolapsed intervertebral disc.

Objective: To assess a patient’s ability to recall information discussed pre-operatively at the time of informed consent six weeks following surgery.

Subjects: Sixty-one consecutive patients undergoing discectomy for prolapsed intervertebral disc with follow up six weeks after surgery.

Outcome measures: Patients were assessed, using a pre-prepared questionnaire, to establish their understanding of disc surgery prior to signing a consent form. All information on the questionnaire had previously been given to the patient at the time of being put on the waiting list via a copy of the clinic letter to the general practitioner. If patients were unable to complete the questionnaire, they were then tutored using visual aids such as posters and models until they were able to answer the questions correctly. The consent form was then signed. Six weeks following surgery, patients were then asked the same questionnaire to establish their ability to recall the information discussed pre-operatively about disc surgery.

Results: Prior to tutoring, 20 % of patients were unable to recall that their symptoms were due to disc pathology and that surgery to remove the disc would relieve their symptoms. They were also unable to recall the success rate of surgery. Following surgery, only half of this group of patients could recall these facts. Only 32% of patients were able to recall two or more risk factors of surgery prior to tutoring. This improved to 45% following surgery. Pre- and post-operative questionnaire scores were analysed using a paired t-test. There was no statistical improvement in questionnaire scores long term following tutoring.

Conclusion: In this group of patients, extensive tutoring with the use of visual aids as an adjunct, does not statistically improve their ability to recall important information about surgery for prolapsed intervertebral disc and the risks associated with it.


Z.H. Dailiana S.E. Varitimidis N. Rigopoulos M. Hantes T. Karachalios K.N. Malizos

Introduction: Suppurative conditions in closed cavities/tunnels require surgical drainage and irrigation for elimination of infection. The purpose of this study is to evaluate the pattern of extension of infections in hand compartments and the necessity for intraoperative and continuous postoperative catheter irrigation.

Material and Methods: Compartmental infections of the hand and wrist (CIHW) were diagnosed in 42 consecutive patients involving the flexor tendon sheaths (pyogenic flexor tenosynovitis) (28); the tip (3); the carpal tunnel (2); or extended to multiple compartments including the above mentioned and the thenar, midpalmar, web and Parona’s (9). Three patients had diabetes mellitus, 2 suffered from bites, 15 had penetrating injuries and 7 were working with animals or meat products. Fifteen were previously treated in other centers. After meticulous clinical evaluation to define all the involved compartments, all patients were treated with drainage of the respective compartments, sheath irrigation and appropriate antibiotics, whereas continuous postoperative catheter irrigation was used in 24. Hand therapy started the third postoperative day.

Results: Mean follow-up time was 20 months. The most common pathogen was S. aureus (14 patients) whereas cultures were negative in 15. Three patients received additional fungal treatment. Results were excellent or very good in 25 hands and good in 12 regaining full or near full ROM. Recurrence of infection in 4 (that were initially treated inadequately in other centers or had intraoperative sheath irrigation without postoperative continuous irrigation) necessitated a revision of the procedure with extensive debridement and continuous postoperative irrigation. Finally, 1 patient developed complex regional pain syndrome.

Conclusions: A high index of suspicion and profound knowledge of the anatomy is essential for early diagnosis and prompt surgical treatment of CIHW. Initially «benign» infections often extend in multiple compartments of the hand as a result of inadequate initial treatment. Intraoperative irrigation is not always adequate for the resolution of infection, especially in neglected cases or cases with underlying conditions. Early surgical debridement of all the involved compartments in combination to continuous postoperative irrigation, administration of appropriate antibiotics and precocious onset of hand therapy is the treatment of choice for these potentially debilitating, infectious conditions of the hand.


T. Kälicke J. Schierholz U. Schlegel G. Printzen D. Seybold M. Köller G. Muhr S. Arens

Introduction: Since the establishment of osteosynthesis as the treatment of choice for bone fractures, the issues relating to complications and their prophylaxis have become a major topic of scientific discussion and research in the field of traumatology. Infection of the bone and soft tissue represents one major complication that arises after the implantation of osteosynthetic material at the fracture site. The treatment of these infections is often time-consuming and involves repeated, extensive surgical interventions. The aim of this study was to acquire information about the effect of an antibacterial and biodegradable poly-L-lactide (PLLA) coated titanium plate osteosynthesis on local infection resistance.

Material and Methods: We compared infection rates in white New Zealand rabbits after titanium plate osteosynthesis of the tibia with or without antibacterial coating after local percutaneous bacterial inoculations at different concentrations (2x105–2xlO8):

group I (n=12):uncoated titanium plate,

group II (n=12): PLLA coated titanium plate,

group III (n=12): titanium plate coated with PLLA + 3% Rifampicin and 7% Fusidic acid, group IV (n= 12): titanium plate coated with PLLA + 2% Octenidin und 8% Irgasan.

The plate, the contaminated soft tissues and the underlying bone were removed under sterile conditions after 28 days and quantitatively evaluated for bacterial growth. A stepwise experimental design with an “up-and-down” dosage technique was used to adjust the bacterial challenge in the area of the ID50 (50% infection dose). Statistical evaluation of the differences between the infection rates of both groups was performed using the two-sided Fisher exact test (p< 0.05).

Results: The overall infection rate was 50%. For group I and II the infection rate was both 83% (10 of 12 animals). In group III and IV with antibacterial coating the infection rate was both 17% (2 of 12 animals). The ID50 in the antibacterial coated groups III and IV was recorded as lxl108 CFU, whereas the ID50 values in the groups I and II without antibacterial coating were a hundred times lower at lxl106 CFU, respectively. The difference between the groups with and without antibacterial coating was statistically significant (p=0.033).

Conclusions: Using an antibacterial biodegradable PLLA coating on titanium plates, a significant reduction of infection rate in a canine infection model could be demonstrated. For the first time we were able to show, under standardized and reproducable conditions, that an antiseptic coating leads to the same reduction in infection rate as an antibiotic coating. Taking the problem of antibiotic-induced bacterial resistance into consideration, we thus regard the antiseptic coating, which shows the same level of effectiveness, as advantageous.


C. Wagner T. Bernschneider A. Wentzensen V. Heppert G.M. Hänsch

Introduction: Posttraumatic osteitis is a localised inflammatory process leading to tissue destruction and eventually osteolysis. The molecular mechanisms underlying the disease progress are not yet fully understood. In a previous study we demonstrated infiltration of polymorphonuclear neutrophils (PMN) into the site of infection; the PMN were highly activated as seen by upregulation of the activation-associated surface receptors CD14 and CD64. In this study we analysed the superoxide generation by the infiltrated PMN as possible pathomechanism of the local tissue destruction.

Material and Methods: Ten patients with device-associated osteomyelitis requiring surgery were recruited into the study. When removing the infected implant the site was rinsed intraoperatively. The leukocytes were recovered, then activation-associated surface receptors were determined by cytofluorometry as was superoxide generation by reduction of cytochrome C.

Results: 1–2 x 107 leukocytes were recovered from the «lavage» fluid; 80 to 90% were identified as PMN. The PMN were highly activated as seen by an upregulation of CD14 and CD64, and a concomitant downregulation of the selectin CD62L. In response to phorbol ester (PMA) the superoxide production of the infiltrated PMN was enhanced when compared to peripheral PMN of the same patient. The infiltrated PMN, but not the PMN of the peripheral blood, responded to the bacterial peptide f-Met-Leu-Phe (f-MLP) with superoxide production, indicating an enhanced responsiveness of the cells. The underlying molecular mechanisms were analysed in vitro using PMN of healthy donors: only the induction of superoxide production by f-MLP, but not by PMA, required a «priming» of the cells, for example by low doses of lipoploysaccharide (LPS) or cytokines (e.g. TNFa, IL-8).

Conclusions: In posttraumatic osteomyelitis PMN infiltrate the infected site; they are locally activated as seen by an upregulation of the appropriate receptors and by “priming” for superoxide generation. Priming of local PMN could on one hand potentiate the bactericidal activity, on the other hand contribute to tissue destruction. The occurrence of viable bacteria and activated «armed» PMN at the same site points to an esacpe mechanism, possibly due to biofilm formation. Due to their cytotoxic and proteolytic potential PMN might participate in local tissue destruction and osteolysis.


F.M. Jaberi1 M.A. Erfani1 M. Nicfar1 N. Tanideh2 B. Gramizadeh3

Introduction: Despite the present routine treatment of septic arthritis with antibacterial agents, articular damage is persistent and frequently leads to loss of joint function. The aim of this study was to assess the effect of intra-articular corticosteroid added to systemic antibiotics in the treatment of experimental staphylococcal knee joint infection in rabbits.

Material and Methods: Thirty rabbits were injected in their knees by staphylococcus aureus. The rabbits were divided into 3 equal groups. In group A, rabbits received no treatment. In group B, rabbits were treated with systemic antibiotics alone. Group C, received systemic antibiotics and intra-articular corticosteroid. After 16 days animals were killed and the knee joint X-Ray as well as histopathological-histochemical parameters were assessed.

Results: All rabbits survived the experiment; the treated groups (B, C) had better histopathological-histochemical scores in comparison with the untreated group (A). Group C had significantly better scores in joint sections in comparison with group B (mean SD=6.7 ± 2.3 v 4.0 ± 2.4, P= 0.019). Lower damage in the former group was expressed in lesser clustering of chondrocytes, proteoglycan depletion, and severity of synovitis. Radiological soft tissue scoring was significantly better in group C in comparison with group B. Three peri-articular abcesses were observed in group C but none in group B.

Conclusion: Addition of intra-articularly administered corticosteroid to antibiotic treatment of septic arthritis improved histopathological-histochemical parameters in this experimental setting, although on account of the clinical observation of three cases with peri-articular abcesses in this group, caution is warranted in the interpretation of these results.


V. Alt T. Bechert P. Steinrücke P. Seidel E. Dingeldein E. Domann R. Schnettler

Infections in total joint arthroplasty, particularly with multiresistant bacteria, are a serious problem. A new nanoparticulate silver cement had previously shown good biocompatibility combined with good in vitro antimicrobial activity against multiresistant bacteria.

The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the antibacterial activity of nanoparticulate silver cement against biofilm-building methicillin-resistant S. aureus (MRSA) in a rabbit model and to compare it to that of gentamicin-loaded cement.

Gentamicin cement or nanoparticulate silver bone cement was injected into the proximal half of one femur in 10 animals, respectively. Before hardening of the cement 107 or 108 colony forming units of MRSA with high gentamicin resistance were inoculated at the cement bone interface in 5 rabbits of each group. The animals were euthanized after 14 days and both the cement adjacent bone and the cement itself were studied using microbiological and histological methods. Infection was defined as positive culture growth from the bone and/or cement samples.

Infections rates were 100% for the gentamicin group (10 of 10 animals had infection) and 30% for the NanoSilver group (3 of 10 animals). Thus, nanoparticulate silver bone cement significantly reduced infection rates by 70%.

Nanoparticulate silver cement exhibited good antimicrobial activity in the prophylaxis of cement-related infections with MRSA and is therefore a promising alternative in total joint arthroplasty.


J.C. Messina C.L. Romanò R. Chiapparino M. Gallazzi M. Castellani G.P. Garbagna E. Meani

Introduction: Reports about the usefulness of FDG-PET in detecting infections were few in the last years but are greatly increasing in number in the recent years. The interest for this method is related to the demonstration that FDG uptake is increased in cells with elevated glycolitic activity as neoplastic cells, neutrophils, activated macrophages, probably bacteria. As far as a neoplasm is excluded, FDG uptake is increased in inflammatory sites. This study was done to test the possible use of this method in painful total hip-replacement diagnosis.

Materials and methods: A prospective study on 24 patients (33 hip arthroplasties) affected by painful total hip replacement was conducted. All patient has blood test, X-ray examinations of hips and chest, Ultrasound scan, cultures from sinus tract or hip aspiration, Tc99m MDC bone scan (SPECT), FDG-PET. Areas of uptake were evaluated and compared. Fifteen patients were operated on (9 two-stage revisions, debridements), during operation cultures were repeated and bone biopsy were done at the sites of icreased PET uptake. Bone and soft tissue debridement was specifically performed on site of PET uptake with maximal preservation of bone stock.

Results: Infected hips were 20. Infection was demonstrated by positive culture and positive biopsy in all cases. Sensibility and specificity of PET were respectively 100% and 92%. The study of tracers uptake showed that these are complementary and give different information. All patients who were operated on were reviewed with a mean follow up of 7 months (range 3 months-15 months ). The nine patients who had revision were free of infection at follow-up.

Discussion: from our experience PET is easy to perform, has an excellent sensibility and good specificity and can be placed at the end point of the flow-chart for diagnosis of total hip replacement infection (preceeded in any case by standard X-Rays and bone scan). Moreover PET scan could be useful in pre-operative planning of revision surgery as it has better anatomical definition than traditional scans and may allows surgeon to localize on three planes infected bone and soft tissues. Therefore at the moment this tool has high costs so should be used in selected cases. Its real usefulness in revision surgery has to be confirmed by a longer follow-up of treated cases.


H. Kohler F. Heppert A. Wentzensen (D)

Introduction: The osteitis of the tibia still is a common problem in orthopaedic surgery. Long lasting treatment time and possible recurrent infections bring a lot of medical and social problems to the patient. We compared in this study a group being treated in the conventional way by bone grafting the defect with another group, which had an Ilizarov procedure to find out, which method brings better results for the patient.

Material and Methods: Each group consisted of 65 patients about the same age. The follow up time was averaged 7.5 years. The size of the defect was in the conventional group 2.5 cm in the Ilizarov group 6.4 cm. Patients were classified to the Cierny Mader Classifications in both groups. Each patient was examined at the time of follow up clinically and radiologically. Special topics were: Pain, job, social activity etc. Scores were evaluated using SF 36. More than this, a questionnaire was handed out to each patient which was filled out after the investigation and was mailed back from home, not to influence the patient during the investigation. These dates were scored by Nottingham Health Profile.

Results: Healing time with the Ilisarov group was longer on the total way, but related to 1 cm defect shorter. Time of hospitalization, number of operations were very similar in both groups. There were more leg length discrepancies and axis deviations in the Ilizarov group. Refering to the job 67% of the Ilizarov group, but only 48% of the conventional group returned to their original profession. Life quality (SF 36 and Nottingham Health Profile) testing was better in the Ilizarov group too. Recurrent infection was seen in the conventional group in 13.8%, in the Ilizarov group only in 9% including the pin track Osteitis. A recurrent infection in the callus distraction group was seen only in 1 case.

Conclusions: Ilizarov treated patients show better long tenn results, even if they are classified B-type hosts, according to the Cierny Mader Classification. They return earlier to work and demonstrate better life quality results. In future these results might even be better, if axis deviations and leg length discrepancies could be minimized. With host B patients the conventional treatment should not be favoured, Ilizarov procedure brings better results too.


V. Alt P. Steinrücke T. Bechert P. Seidel E. Domann R. Schnettler

Introduction: Deep periprosthetic infections are infrequent but devastating situations in total joint arthroplasty. During the last years the total number and the percentage of total joint infections with multiresistant bacteria has increased. The aim of this study was to investigate the antimicrobial activity of a new bone cement loaded with nanoparticulate silver against bacteria with different antibiotic resistance.

Material and Methods: An in vitro proliferation test was used to test antimicrobial properties of 1% nanoparticulate silver bone cement, gentamicin-loaded, tobramycin-loaded and plain bone cement. This in vitro testing method consisted of two incubation steps. During the first step the tested bacteria could adhere to the bone cement surface. In the second step bacteria either seeded out of vital daughter cells in case of no antimicrobial effect of the cement or were killed by the antibacterial properties of the cement. Seeding out of daughter cells was detected by a microplate reading system resulting in specific time proliferation curves. Several staphylococci and gram-negative strains with different resistance profiles against methicillin, tobramycin, and gentamicin were tested including MRSA and MRSE.

Results: 1% nanoparticulate silver bone cement showed bactericidal effect against all tested strains, including MRSA and MRSE. Gentamicin and tobramycin cement was not effective against bacteria with high resistance level against the respective antibiotic. Plain bone cement was not effective against any strain.

Conclusion: 1% nanoparticulate silver bone cement exhibited excellent antibacterial properties that could not be reached by gentamicin or tobramycin-loaded cement. Good activity against MRSA could also already be shown in a first animal trial. If further in vivo investigations confirm these promising results nanoparticulate silver bone cement is a new alternative for prophylaxis in total joint arthroplasty.


F.M. Jaberi G.H. Shahcheraghi M.A. Erfani M. Ahadzadeh

Background/objective: Although several prospective trials have shown the efficacy of sequential intravenous followed by oral antimicrobial regimen in treatment of bone and joint infections, considerable uncertainty exists about ideal antibiotic regimen and optimal duration of antibiotic therapy.

The aim of this study was to demonstrate that short course antibiotic therapy combined with surgical drainage and followed by oral antibiotic therapy is quite adequate and suggested a scoring system as a comfortable and reliable tool to adjust the route of drug administration.

Methods: Thirty-three cases of acute hematogenous bone or joint infection were randomly treated with short term (7 days for joint infection, l0 days for bone infection) or a long-term (14 days and 21 days, respectively) intravenous antibiotics after surgical drainage. The treatment outcome was measured through a detailed scoring system that included the ability to eradicate infection, the functional status of the limb, and the radiological appearance of the bone and joint.

Criteria for discontinuation of parenteral antibiotic Scoring criteriapoints

Clinical evaluation

A: improved active motion of the joint: l

B: Painless active motion of the joint: 2

C: improvement in A & B:3

Radiological findings

A: progressive osteolysis ormultifocal involvement: 0

B: absence of the above findings*: 1

Laboratory evaluation

A: drop of 50.00/mm3 in WBC count or return to normal range (5.000–10.000 /mni3): 0.5

B: drop in ESR of 30 mm/hr or return to level of 30 mm/hr or less: 0.5

Total score: 5

*Pure periosteal elevation received a score of 1.

Patients with a score > or equal to 4 would be switched to oral antibiotic.

Results: The average follow up was 19 months. The scoring system had the following results: Infection was eradicated in both groups. Radiological scoring for septic arthritis was full for both groups and had a non-significant difference P> 0.05 between the 2 groups for osteomyelitis.

The mean functional scoring between the short-term group and long-term group were similar P> 0.05.

Overall, excellent or good results were achieved in both groups. No fair or poor results were observed. The average hospital cost for a patient in long-term group was twice that of a patient in short-term group.

Conclusion: It is concluded that for bone or joint infection in children who have received appropriate and early surgical treatment, intravenous antibiotics given for 7 days in joint infections and 10 days in bone infections, followed by 4 weeks of oral antibiotics, is an adequate treatment.

A decision on prolonging the duration of parenteral antibiotics should be based on a combination of clear clinical, laboratory, and radiographic criteria, such us the scoring system presented in this article.


Salfl Cosimo F. Da Rin M. Ciotti F. Centofanti A. Prantera M.A. Rosa

Introduction: SCC is a rare but well-known complication of chronic osteomyelitis since 1835, with an incidence from 0.5 to 2.3%. Amputation has generally been the treatment of choice; in selected Patients, Limb-salvage procedures have been employed 28 cases are presented here.

Materials and Methods: From 1975 to 2000, 4089 Patients with ostemyelitis were admitted to our service. SCC was present or arising in 28 cases: they were all middle aged males, except one woman. Mean age was 56.6 yrs, range 40–72. Clinical data were pointed out, and in all of them single or multiple biopsy was performed.

Results: All the cases were affected by SCC in the lower limb: tibia was the main site 20, followed by hip (2), foot (2), femur (4). Bone infection was born over 40 yrs. before (range 21–57). Patients were painfree up to 51 years. From worsening symptoms to admission, time was about 9 months (1–24). 19/28 cases came with wide leg ulcers, the rest with one discharging sinus or more (up to 8). In 6 cases pathological fracture was observed. Microbiological yields were not significant.

13 cases were transferred to Bone Tumors Centers: 10 of them were lost at F.U. Among those who underwent amputation: in two of them, local recurrence was observed, and one deceased after two years. Another Patient deceased for non-related heart problems.

Conclusions: In chronic osteomyelitis relapses are frequent, malignancy rare. If clinical changes in lower limb are observed, (pain, increased discharge, fethor, enlarging ulcer), SCC must be suspected. Early diagnosis is vital: biopsy should be wide, deep, multifocal, including the marrow space. Amputation is the treatment of choice. Metastases occur in 18 months; prognosis after 3 yrs from surgery is good.

Aetiology is still unknown: there is no evidence for an initiating factor. About favouring conditions ( inflammation, lower limb,) data are not clear enough.

In limb preserving surgery, our experience suggests one-stage procedures, avoiding to re-create chronic inflammation near the site of cancer.


A. Moroni C. Faldini F. Pegreffi A. Hoang-Kim S. Giannini

Introduction: Deterioration of bone-pin interface, causing pin loosening and infection, is a major cause of postoperative complications following external fixation. This paper presents the results obtained using hydroxyapatite (HA)-coated pins in various bone types, such as osteoporotic bone.

Materials And Methods; In an animal study comparing HA-coated and standard pins, pin insertion and extraction torque were measured. Subsequently, a clinical study compared insertion, extraction torque and pin-tract infection rate of standard and HA-coated pins implanted in healthy and osteoporotic bone.

Results: hi the animal study, mean final insertion torque was 4360±1050Nmm in the standard group and 3420 ± 676 Nmm in the HA-coated group. Mean extraction torque was 253 ± 175 Nmm in the standard group and 3360 ± 1260 Nmm in the HA-coated group (p = 0.002). In the clinical study on healthy bone, the mean insertion torque was 4130 ± 2160 Nmm in the standard group and 3440 ± 1930 Nmm in the HA-coated group (p = 0.03). The mean extraction torque was 1470 ± 1700 Nmm in the standard group and 5130 ± 2300 Nmm in the HA-coated group (p < 0.001). There were 33 pin-tract infections in the standard group and 20 pin-tract infections in the HA-coated group (p < 0.05, power 0.9). The standard pin group had a mean extraction torque of 730 (0–5500) Nmm in the infected pin-tracks and 2110 (0–7000) Nmm in the uninfected pin-tracts (p < 0.0001). The HA-coated group had a mean extraction torque of 5310 (1000–8000) Nmm in the infected pin-tracts and 5080 (0–8000) Nmm in the uninfected pin tracts (NS). In the clinical study on osteoporotic bone, mean final insertion torque was 461 ± 254 Nmm in the standard group and 331 ± 175Nmm in the HA-coated group (p = 0.01). Mean extraction torque was 191 ± 154 Nmm in the standard group and 600 ± 214 Nmm in the HA-coated group (p < 0.0005). Pin infection rate was greater in the standard group (p < 0.05).

Conclusion: There was no deterioration of the bone-pin interface strength (measured by torque resistance at the time of pin extraction) with HA-coated pins. The improved strength of fixation of the HA-coated pins was associated with a lower incidence of pin-tract infection.


A.J. Van Der Borden H.C. Van Der Mei H.J. Busscher

Introduction: Biomaterial implants in the human body constitute passive surfaces that are prone to bacterial adhesion as the on-set of biomaterials-associated infection. Antibiotic treatment of infected biomaterial implants is little successful clinically, because the biofilm-mode of growth protects the adhering organisms. Percutaneous implants, such as bone screws used in orthopedics or dental implants, constitute a special class of implants with infection rates exceeding the infection rate of deep body implants by far. Especially fixation frames, used in orthopedic surgery for the treatment of complicated fractures, inevitably become infected during the course of a treatment.

The aim of this study is to determine whether it is possible to stimulate bacterial detachment from surgical stainless steel and decrease the viability of the remaining adhering bacteria using block currents. Method: Bacteria were allowed to adhere from a flowing suspension of high ionic strength in a parallel plate flow chamber, after which the suspension was replaced by a bacterium free solution with 10 mM potassium phosphate buffer. Block currents of 15, 60 and 100 ìA with different frequencies (0.1 to 2 Hz) and duty cycles (5 to 50%) were applied to induce bacterial detachment.

Results: Initial detachment rate increased with increasing frequency and duty cycle, namely from 0 to 3700 cm−2s−1. The total detachment percentage for block currents of 100 ìA with 25% to 50% duty cycle and frequencies as of 0.5 Hz are similar for all conditions. The detachment percentage in this range amounts on average 76%, whereas DC currents around 100 ìA have an average of 60%, which was found to be significant lower (p=0.03).

The killing capacity of these current series can be up to two log scales depending on the current.

Conclusion: Current induced detachment of Staphylococcus epidermidis from surgical stainless steel seems very effective, especially for a 100 ìA, 50% duty cycle and 2 Hz block current. The viability of the remaining adhering bacteria decreased with 2 log scales. Clinically this could mean another way of preventing and curing pin tract infection.


U. Randel F. Kutscha-Lissberg M. Wick

Introduction: Septic glenohumeral destruction is one of the most feared complications after operative fracture care. Unlike for other joints resection arthroplasty is not a possible alternative form of treatment. Our aim in this study was to assess the long-term results of shoulder arthrodesis in 15 patients after septic joint destruction.

Patients and Methods: Between 1978 and 1998 septic arthrodesis of the shoulder was performed in 15 patients. There were four women and 11 men with a mean age of 51.9 years. All patients were asked to return for clinical evaluation in June 2002. Three had died from unrelated causes and one from abroad had been lost for follow up. The outcome was evaluated according to the modified functional score of Hawkins and Neer and David, Makowski and Muhr. We recorded the complications, further operations, alterations in working habits, pain and patient satisfaction.

Results: The mean follow up was 8.3 years (3 to 14y). 3.8 (1 to 14) previous procedures had been performed. The entire 11 pat. were limited using their arm behind their backs. None was able to perform toilet hygiene and only one patient was able to reach his back pocket. Function at the level of the head in order to shave or to comb hair was difficult for the most, whereas nine patients were able to work at waist level. Eight were able to put on shoes and socks. Four were able to climb a ladder. All had had pain before surgery. On visual analogue scale, the mean preoperative level of pain was 7.9 and 3.3 after fusion. Complications occurred in 5 patients. 3 had persistent infection and failure of bony fusion requiring further surgery, one patient with persisting infection denied surgical interventions, one sinus tract healed after hardware removal.

Conclusion: The outcome depends on the individual patient and the indication for arthrodesis. To our knowledge, this is the first study which has investigated the long term results after arthrodesis indicated by septic joint destruction. Heavy tobacco misuse and a high number of previous procedures could be identified as risk factors for persisting of infection, persisting pain and failure of bony fusion with statistical significance.


A. Fontana

Hip septic arthritis requires prompt surgical decompression. The aim of this study is to evaluate the advantages and effectiveness of hip arthroscopy in alternative to arthrotomy.

Since 1996, 6 children affected by hip septic arthritis were treated by arthroscopy. The mean follow up was 7.5 years (8–7 years), 2 patients were female and 4 male, the mean age was 6.5 years (from 4 to 8).

Time from onset of symptoms to operative treatment ranged from 24 h to 4 days. The surgical procedure was performed with the patient in the supine position and the leg in slight traction, by means of a sopratrocanteri c portal. A standard 4.5 mm arthroscope with a 70° optics was used. A sample or articular fluid was harvested for bacteriological and gram stain examination. The joint was then washed out with 8–10 litres of saline solution. No drain was left inside and all the patients were treated by a guided antibiotic therapy post-op.

In all cases a grossly purulent fluid was aspirated. In 3 cases the gram stain showed a S. Aureus as responsible of the infection. No complications were attributable to the arthroscopy in the intra and post-op period. ESR, PCR and WBC count normalized after 3 days post-op in all cases. The mean period of hospitalisation was 8 days (from 5 to 13), the mean time of full recovery was 17 days (from 15 to 20). At 7 years of follow-up no recurrence was reported and the clinical evaluation showed no pain and no functional restriction of the operated hip.

Early surgical drainage is the main treatment for septic arthritis of the hip. Hip arthroscopy allows to completely remove the purulent fluid from the inside of the hip joint, by means of a large volume lavage and direct suction. Hip arthroscopy demonstrated to be an excellent alternative to arthrotomy for treatment of septic arthritis in children old enough to be safely arthroscoped, with a significantly less morbidity.


C.L. Romanò E. Meani D. Romanò E. Usellini

Introduction: In 1995 we started using, at the G. Pini Orthopaedic Istitute of Milano, a system for bone healing stimulation based on low intensity pulsed ultrasound. Advantages of the method are: home therapy (20 minutes per day); no side effects, even in the presence of metallic devices or infection; ease of use. Indications of low intensità pulsed ultrasound are bone healing after fresh frarctures, in which a significant bone healing accelation can be observed, delayed and non-unions. We share our experience in a challenging field of application: septic non-unions.

Materials and methods: We retrospectively evaluated 30 patients, treated from 1996 to 2003, affected by septic non-unions (a fracture that, in the presence of infection, did not show any significant increase in callus formation at 8 months from the time of fracture). The patients had a mean 1.7 ± 2 previous failed intervention. Patients were treated, in the absence of other medical or surgical treatment (excluding antibiotic therapy), with low intensity pulsed ultrasound (EXOGEN S.A.F.H.S. or, since year 2002, IGEA F.A.S.T.). The treatment was applied, after the necessary instructions, directly from the patient, at home, 20 minutes per day. Failures of the treatment were considered need for further surgery to stimulate bone healing, persistence of non-union at follow-up. Exclusion criteria included: evident instability of the synthesis, soft tissue loss and bone exposure, wide bone loss (> 2 cm).

Results: 24 bone healing (86 %), 4 failures (need for surgery), 2 treatment discontinuation. Mean treatment duration: 123 ± 43 days (minimum 90, maximum 240 days). No side effects local or general were observed. In 18 cases a bone debridment and/or hardware removal intervention had been performed after bone healing. At follow-up, 28 patients are free from infection, while two showed infection recurrence.

Conclusions: Low intensity pulsed ultrasound is an effective options in the treatment of septic non-unions, without side effects. An accurate indication and patient selection provide an advantageous cost/benefit ratio.


L.B Stolle M. Arpi P. Holmberg-Jørgensen P. Riegels-Nielsen J. Keller

Objectives: Antimicrobial agents exert their effect inside the interstitial space, which is the site of many infections. Recently, microdialysis was applied to cortical and cancellous bone for the evaluation of gentamicin. The principle of microdialysis is to introduce a semipermeable membrane into bone and perfuse it with liquid, thus enabling dynamic measurements to be made.

The aim of this investigation was to measure pharmacokinetics of a Gentacoll sponge in bone tissue by microdialysis.

Materials and Methods: Nine pigs were randomized to either wet or dry application of a Gentacoll sponge (10cm* 10cm) into the bone marrow of tibia. Two catheters were inserted into cancellous bone tissue, one 1 cm (MD1cm) and one 2 cm (MD2cm) apart from the aimed location of the sponge. Then, the Gentacoll sponge was implanted. Wet application was defined as; the sponge was wetted in 2 mL. blood. Dry application was defined as usual surgical procedure. Concentrations of gentamicin were measured in serum and microdialysates on an Abbott Drug Analyser. Data presented are median (range). A rank sum test was performed for statistical analysis. A p-value below 0,05 was considered significant..AUC describes the total amount of gentamicin that passed though the tissue.

Results: The AUC6h, serum wet was 92 (72–129) and AUC6h, serum dry was 196 (142–626) mg*minute/L (P=0.02). The Cpeak, wet-group was 120 mg/L (33–585) and Cpeak, dry-group 178 mg/L(59–1294), (P=0.31). The overall (n=9) AUCMD1cm was 24431 mg*minute/L (5.155–152.855) and similar the AUCMD2cm 13759 mg*minute/L (6.351–74.573) (P=0,25). The Cpeak, MD 1cm was 106 (41–354) (P=0.21). was 209 (33–1294) and Cpeak, MD 2cm

Conclusions: This first study applied microdialysis for pharmacokinetic measurements of a local implant. The distribution of local applied antibiotics into bone tissue is difficult to measure. The small sample size precludes a detailed analysis, but previous found variation on the distribution of gentamicin from a Gentacoll sponge is reproduced in this work. It seems that neither application nor distance had impact on the initial pharmacokinetic of Gentacoll in bone tissue.


V. Heppert

Introduction: If you loose the talus, especially in infection cases, you have a problem. Literature says, that in a lot of cases you should amputate. We analysed 17 cases, being transferred to our hospital with a non-union an 12 own cases. The question was: What ca you do, to get an acceptable result. An analysis of the mistakes was tried to achieve.

Material and Method: 29 cases were analysed in this retrospective study. In 27 cases an infection situation was found. In 2 cases a vascular disturbance of the talus, avascular necrosis, was found. We analysed the stabilization method, the length of non weight bearing and the personal compliance of the patient. We found patients being stabilized with a nail, an external fixator of AO or Ilisarov Fixator.

Results: In about 68% of the non-union cases too early weight bearing therapy according to mobilization of the joints occurred. In 32% a cancellous bone graft didn’t take place. Shortening of the leg > 4 cm happened in 69%.

Discussion: The problem of stabilization of this anatomical area is well known. The anatomy itself brings problems. But the surgeons opinion, to make a very early functional treatment possible, is contraproductive in these cases. Leave the implant much longer than you would think, start weight bearing only after 6 weeks and you can get reasonable results. Callus distraction solves the problem of leg length discrepany. During that time, lasting longer than the arthrodesis, the bone heals. Leave the fixator for the whole time in situ and you will get an acceptable result for the patient. More than that, make an additional arthrodesis between the tibia and the Naviculare bone. Our own results demonstrate a success rate of 80% in these desperate cases.


G.T. Ensing J.G.E. Hendriks J.E. Jongsma J.R. Van Horn H.C. Van der Mei H.J. Busscher

Introduction: Local drug delivery yields higher gentamicin concentrations than can be safely achieved with systemic application. Unfortunately, both for beads as well as for bone cements, a sharp drop in release follows high initial gentamicin release. Aim of this study is to compare the effects of pulsed ultrasound on the release of gentamicin from antibiotic-loaded beads and bone cements. Mercury intrusion porosimetry is carried out to compare the pore size distribution in both materials before and after antibiotic release.

Materials and Methods: Ultrasound: Gentamicin release from three brands of gentamicin-loaded bone cement (CMW 1, Palamed G and Palacos R-G) and Septopal gentamicin-loaded beads was measured after 18 h of exposure in PBS to an ultrasonic field of 46.5 kHz in a 1:3 duty cycle with a peak intensity of 500 mW/cm2 at the sample position. Ultrasound experiments were performed for 18h in 9-fold on bone cement and in 6-fold on beads. Samples not exposed to ultrasound were used as controls. The gentamicin release was measured with fluorescence polarisation immunoassay. Gentamicin release from insonated and control groups was compared using a two-tailed Student’s t test for independent samples.

Mercury intrusion porosimetry: In order to mimic bone cement and beads after prolonged stay in the human body (i.e. after initial release of the loaded gentamicin) samples were immersed for four and two weeks, in PBS. Immersed and not-immersed samples were compared.

Results: Pulsed ultrasound significantly enhanced gentamicin release from gentamicin-loaded beads, whereas gentamicin release from the gentamicin-loaded bone cements was not significantly enhanced. Mercury intrusion porosimetry revealed a rise in pores between 0.1 and 0.01 um in beads after gentamicin release, while in bone cements no increase in the number of pores before and after antibiotic release was found.

Conclusions: Ultrasound increases gentamicin release from antibiotic-loaded acrylic beads by 15%. Development of pores coincides with increased gentamicin release by ultrasound for beads. Application of ultrasound could optimise usage of an (antibiotic) reservoir in local drug delivery systems to treat bone and soft tissue infections more effectively.


M.A. Catagni R. Cattaneo L. Lovisetti

Introduction: The bone defects in the long bones are traumatic as a consequence of open fractures or resections due to infection or necrotic nonunion. A devitalised bone with no nutrition or vascularity is liable to an infection, with extension proportional to the size of the necrotic bone. To be sure to eliminate the infection and the nonunion it is necessary to perform open surgery and remove the necrotic and infected segments thoroughly, and then proceed to osteosynthesis and internal transport after osteotomy.

Material and Methods: From 1981 to 2002 203 cases were treated with the Ilizarov Method. The previous treatment given before the patients came to our center was as follows: 1) in tibial nonunion intramedullary nail 17%; 2) in femoral nonunion plates 46%, monoaxial external fixator 42%, intramedullary nail 10%, circular external fixator 4%; 3) humerus nonunion Ender 3%, plates 81%, intramedullary nail 16%; 4) forearm nonunion plates 80%, wires and cast 20%. Our treatment was resection of the infected bone segment and then bifocal internal transport in 162 patients, threefocal convergent transport in 41, or threefocal tandem transport. If the resection does not exceed 4–5 cm. it is possible to perform immediate shortening, first by placing the resection stumps in contact and compression, and then by performing bifocal transport. The bifocal method consists of resection and proximal or distal metaphyseal osteotomy and then internal transport of the free bone segment bringing it into contact with the stump where the resection was performed. In the threefocal convergent method, after resection, two osteotomies are performed, one proximal and the other one distal, and the two bone segments are made to converge on the resection site. In the threefocal tandem method, after resection on a clear-cut proximal or distal infection, the osteotomies are performed on the same bone segment with double level transport. The good result is conditioned by satisfying regeneration in the site of the osteotomies. The rhythm of transport is purely individual and proportional to the patient’s age, and ranges from 1 to ¼ mm a day. In case of hypotrophy of the regenerated bone, concertina manoeuvring becomes necessary, that is shortening and subsequent distraction of the transport segments.

Results: According to these techniques we attained both consolidation and elimination of the infection in 181 cases, that is 89%.

Conclusions: In infectious nonunion healing cannot be possibly achieved through antibiotic therapy, so the only resolving action is the eradication of the necrotic-septic site and then its resection. The consequent limb shortening is compensated, in the Ilizarov Method, by internal transport of the healthy bone segment. Our results are good for cases, and the infection is eliminated in any case.


J.K. Koort T.J Mäkinen E. Suokas M. Veiranto J. Jalava J. Knuuti P. Törmälä H.T. Aro

Introduction: Drug delivery systems (DDSs) using resorbable materials have been developed for local therapy of adult osteomyelitis. An ideal DDS would provide controlled release of antibiotic for an extended period and have an osteoconductive component for spontaneous restoration of bone stock.

Materials and Methods: The developed DDS consisted of three components: poly(DL)-lactide (PDLLA), ciprofloxacin (AB) and bioactive glass (BG) as the osteoconductive component. Based on in vitro studies, the composite provides a long-lasting release (> 3 months) of the ciprofloxacin at therapeutic levels. The localized osteomyelitis model (Stage IIIA) was applied in adult male New Zealand white rabbits (n=30). A cortical bone window was drilled in the proximal tibial metaphysis and filled with bone cement. 0.1 ml of Staphylococcus aureus lxl05 1/ml was injected into the defect. Infection was allowed to develop for two weeks, when the bone cement was surgically removed (debridement) and osteomyelitis was confirmed by positive bacteriology. In treated experimental animals, antibiotic containing composite (AB-PDLLA-BG) was impacted into the infected medullary space. In untreated infection control group, the infected the medullary space was subjected only to surgical debridement. In sham-treated control group, the infected medullary space was filled with a composite without antibiotic (PDLLA-BG). In the negative control group, the injection of bacterial suspension was replaced by saline injection. The treatment response was evaluated by FDG-PET and pQCT at 3 and 6 weeks. Concentration of ciprofloxacin was also measured from bone tissue. The statistical significance of the differences was calculated using paired t-test and one-way ANOVA with Tukey t-test.

Results: Before infection treatment, 96% of the animals had positive bacterial cultures, while none of the negative control group had positive cultures. At sacrifice, all animals in untreated and sham-treated control groups had culture positive infection, while all bone cultures were negative in treated animals. However, three treated animals had culture positive soft-tissue infection. In untreated infection control group, the FDG uptake was increased many-fold compared with the negative control group both at 3 and 6 weeks. The treatment with AB-PDLLA-BG significantly decreased the FDG uptake and the difference was highly significant (p=0.013) compared the untreated animals. Based on pQCT imaging, the cortical defect healing was faster in treated and negative control animals than in untreated and sham-treated groups. In treated animals, the local therapy resulted in high bone concentration of ciprofloxacin.

Conclusions: The current experiment confirmed by collaborative results of both bacteriologic, FDG-PET and pQCT studies that the local infection therapy by the selected antibiotic composite was successful in bone eradication of Staphylococcus aureus pathogen.


J. Wodtke S. Luck J.F. Loehr

Introduction: Periprosthetic infection is still the most severe complication in THA. In spite of vigorous efforts over the last decades the problem has not been Solved nor minimized. Standardised procedures for prophylaxis and treatment have long been established. Reported results reach into the mid 80% but did not improve remarkably in the last ten years. Our latest follow-up reveals a success rate of 88.6%. A close analysis of the involved unsatisfying cases will help to improve future results.

Material and Methods: 105 consecutive one stage exchanges of THA for periprosthetic infection in 1996 were investigated after 7 years through questionnaire, telephone interview and clinical examination. An overall success rate of 88.6% was found and the failures were analysed. Criteria like age, co morbidities, ASA, duration of infection anamnesis, number of infection related interventions, lab-findings, local findings like fistulas, x-ray rating, operation time, surgeon, complication postoperative and the bacteria involved were compared.

Results: In general it shows that the most desolate cases in all categories line up for a primary failure. The ASA rating is remarkably higher and local findings like fistulas are present in nearly all patients. The bacteria involved are staphylococci in 70%. Over 50% had a combination of two or more pathogens and two patients showed an additional pathogen in the samples taken during the operation. The pattern of the involved bacteria is remarkably severe. But there are also three cases where no sign of higher risk or lower chances could be detected.

Conclusions: Knowing about causes of failure in the specific one stage exchange situation does lead to adaptation in the concept of treatment for those specific cases. With successful application, better results through individual therapy-concepts will be possible.


C. Faber H. Stallmann D. Lyaruu U. Joosten C. von Eiff A. van Nieuw Amerongen P. Wuisman

Introduction: Antimicrobial peptides (AMP) are a novel class of antimicrobial agents effective against among others MRSA in vitro. Previously, we reported the release of AMP Dhvar-5 and hLF1-11 from different bone cements(1,4). In this study we investigated the efficacy of calcium phosphate cement (Calcibon®) loaded with hLF1-11 for the treatment of MRSA osteomyelitis in vivo.

Materials and Methods: Osteomyelitis was induced in 14 rabbits by MRSA, as described by Norden et al.(2) After 3 weeks all animals were treated by a thorough local debridement and subsequent filling of the tibial cavity with Calcibon® bone cement. Six control animals received Calcibon® without additives and 8 animals received Calcibon® loaded with 50 mg hLFl-11 per g cement powder. Treatment outcome was analyzed by microbiology, radiology and histology after 3 weeks follow-up.

Results: The results are shown in table 1. The number of CFU per gram of bone were significantly lower in the 50 mg hLFl-11 group (median 3.0x103 CFU/g bone) compared to the control group (median 3.5xl06 CFU/g bone).

Conclusion: This study demonstrates that hLFl-11 has the ability to cure an existing MRSA osteomyelitis in 5 out of 8 animals. The data suggest that the antimicrobial peptide, hLFl-11 in Calcibon® is able to treat osteomyelitis in vivo.


A. Bruno F. Carola F. Carnelli P. Orlando G. Santoro A. Spini

Introduction: Discomfort and pain are common but unspecific symptoms in orthopaedic prosthetics. The majority of these symptoms are secondary to mechanical failure or loosening, while only a small proportion is related to infection. The differentiation between synovitis, loosening or infection is important for a correct therapeutical management, but it is often difficult using noninvasive techniques.

Positron emission tomography (PET) with 2-deoxy-2-[18F]fluoro-D-glucose (FDG) has evolved from a research imaging modality to a clinical practice for the assessment of malignancies. FDG, a nonspecific tracer of increased intracellular glucose metabolism, has been found to accumulate not only in malignant cells but also in infection and inflammation foci.

Aim of the study was to evaluate the usefulness of FDG PET scan in patients with joint replacement.

Materials and Methods: In this study we describe PET findings in 33 patients (age 42–88 yrs.) with hips (n. 16) and knees (n. 17) prostheses who had a complete operative and/or clinical follow-up; 42.5% had a pattern of mobilization. All patients underwent PET scan 60 minutes after i.v. injection of 185 MBq of 18F-FDG (transmission-emission, 3D acquisition). PET tomograms were evaluated by nuclear physicians without knowledge of the clinical diagnosis by visual interpretation, which was graded on a four-point scale according with common clinical classification (0 = normal pattern: not significant locoregional uptake; 1 = synovitis: synovial localized uptake; 2 = prosthesis loosening: synovial and soft tissues uptake; 3 = prosthesis infection: synovial, soft and bone tissues diffuse uptake).

Results: The results will be discussed in detail and correlated with clinical findings. The diagnostic value of PET, in terms of sensitivity, specificity and accuracy was compared with traditional radionuclear techniques (dynamic bone scan, 99mTc-labelled granulocytes).

Conclusion: We underline a good correlation between PET and clinical pattern (88% of cases). Particularly PET was able to correctly differentiate the prostheses loosening in the 100% of cases without infection and in the 77% of patients with infectious disease suggesting its usefulness in clinical practice also for detecting only inflammatory tissue such as synovitis. Moreover, the capability of PET to quantificate the inflammatory activity could be useful in the monitoring of the therapy. Further evaluation in a large group of patients is indicated.


Z. Dailiana N. Rigopoulos S. Varitimidis A. Damdounis T. Karachalios K.N. Malizos

Introduction: Osteomyelitis and septic arthritis (SA) below the elbow are severe conditions affecting the function and viability of the hand. Factors predisposing to these conditions and parameters affecting prognosis are emphasized.

Material and Methods: In a 4 years period, 16 patients with SA (4) or osteomyelitis (12) were treated in a University Orthopaedic Department providing care to a rural population of 1.000.000, Nine had history of trauma in unhygienic environment, 3 had immunodeficiency and in 4 osteomyelitis was iatrogenic [previous fixation of fractures (3) and vein catheterization (1)]. SA was located in the wrist (2) and thumb joints (2) and osteomyelitis involved the radius (3), ulna (1), metacarpals (3) and phalanges (5). Ten patients received oral antibiotics in other centers. The mean delay from onset of symptoms to referral to our center was 22 days. Apart of antibiotics administration, surgical treatment included debridement and irrigation for SA and excision of necrotic bone, stabilization (external fixators), use of antibiotic beads and secondary bridging with bone graft for osteomyelitis. Additional procedures (amputations, arthrodesis) were also required in some cases.

Results: Cultures were positive in 9 of 16 cases [Staph. aureus (5) and enterobacter cloacae (3)]. Patients underwent multiple procedures (mean: 3.8) and 4 underwent amputation of a digit (2) and hand (2) due to the rapid extension of infection threatening and finally taking the lives of 2 elderly and immunosuppressed patients. Mean follow-up period of the 12 surviving and non-amputated patients was 18 months. Union was accomplished in all cases. Functional results were excellent or very good in 10 of 12 patients and good in 2 patients. All patients were satisfied and returned to their previous occupations.

Conclusions: Osteomyelitis and SA below the elbow was frequent in population living in unhygienic environment or working with soil. All cases received medical treatment with delay. Immunosuppressing conditions favored the extension of infection and threatened patients lives. Delay in treatment in combination to immunosuppression resulted to significant morbidity. Early treatment including surgical drainage, thorough debridement and antibiotic administration is necessary for elimination of skeletal infection and salvage of the hand and patients life.


A. Gasbarrini G. Barbanti Bròdano E. Bertoldi M. Commessatti F. De Iure F. Gonella L. Mirabile M. Russo S. Terzi S. Boriani

Introduction: Purpose of this study is to evaluate retrospectively 61 cases of spinal infections, unrelated to previous spinal surgical treatment. We included patients with drug addiction. Objective of this study is to analyze the results of treatment using a diagnostic and therapeutic algorithm. This procedure may allow a systematic and comprehensive approach to the diagnosis and management of vertebral osteomyelitis. For instance, despite advances in imaging, this pathology is easily missed and treatment is often delayed.

Materials and Methods: We reviewed 61 patients aged 15–83 (average 52y) treated between January 1997 and March 2001. All patients received plain radiographs, gadolinium enhanced magnetic resonance imaging, Ga-67 and Tc-99 scintigraphy. A total of 36 patients underwent CT- guided fine-needle aspiration biopsy: the coltures of spinal specimen were positive in 47% (17/36) of cases. Blood coltures were positive in 65% (13/20).

Results: Staphylococcus Aureus was the main organism followed by Mycobacterium Tubercolosis and Staphylococcus Epidermidis. All patients received intravenous antibiotics. Neurologic impairment was present in 13 (26%) patients who underwent surgery. All patients with paresis recovered completely after surgical decompression (100%). Patients with nonsurgical spondylodiscitis were treated with bed rest and bracing. They reported residual back pain not frequently 22% (8/36) than patients treated surgically 38% (5/13).

Conclusions: the outcome of patients with vertebral osteomyelitis in general is favourable when appropriate treatment is picked even if vertebral osteomyelitis is a rare condition and because of this often overlooked initially. Delay in diagnosis may results in spine impairment, more hospitalisation time and more cost. We suggest diagnostic and therapeutic criteria in order to simplify the treatment.


G. Gualdrini G. Dolci A. Bassi A. Hamad A. Giunti

Introduction: morcelized defatted bone-Bank graft (MOD-B) has been employed in 249 patients for different diseases in Rizzoli Institute from 1998 to 2002. 82 hip revisions, 51 spine fusions, 50 osteolitic bone cavities, 47 non-unions). Good results obtained with MOD-B have been the reason for different researches of his properties like an antibiotic carrier and, in the same time, a particular new bone graft.

Material and Methods:

MOD-B with antibiotic powder and PMMA Cylinders (A-MB-C) have been placed in saline solution and plasma for 4 weeks, compared with cylinders made with PMMA and antibiotic.

The mechanical resistance of A-MB-C to compressive test has been performed subsequently.

About biocompatibility, A-MB-C were implanted in sheep’s Ilium. After 3 moths an histologic evaluation has been performed.

Results:

The MOD-B + antibiotic + PMMA have released the higher quantity of antibiotic for all the 4 weeks.

The A-MB-C resistance has been of 13.6 MPa, the same resistance of cancellous bone in the man’s femur.

The histological result with a fluoroscopic microscope has been an osteogenesis in the full section of the cylinders.

Conclusions: morcelized defatted bone-Bank graft is an important opportunity to restore bone loss lesions but, with a septic situation, it is not so easy obtain good results. A very important goal would be to have a graft with good antibiotic deliver system, good mechanical compressive strength and the potential capacity to become new living bone.


A. Hernandez X. Flores N. Joshi L. Metta J. Nardi

Introduction: Fusion of the knee joint should be the last option for salvage of infected total knee arthroplasty (TKA). Although knee arthrodesis implies lost of function, it is a successful treatment in eradicating the infection and in decreasing pain.

External fixation compression devices have been an excellent method for gaining fusion but, there is no documentation about its ability for obtaining adequate limb alignment with a stable fusion of the knee joint.

Material and Methods: We have retrospectively reviewed the results of knee arthrodesis after infection of TKA using an anteriorly placed unilateral external fixator. In addition, we have assessed patient self-satisfaction.

Postoperative radiographs have been evaluated to digitally measure loss of femoral and tibial bone stock using Engh radiological classification. Moreover, we have quantified tibiofemoral alignment and the section of bony fusion. Fusion of the knee joint was assessed with CT. Patients were interviewed and pain was graded using a Visual Analog Scale (VAS) and self-satisfaction as well as current health status using the 12-item social function survey form (SF12).

Results: From 1992 to 2003, 52 arthrodeses were done for treatment of infected TKA. The average age was 71 years (range, 37–83 years). Type III bone defect according with Engh classification, in femur and/or in tibia, was present in 50% of the patients. The average postoperative tibiofemoral alignment was 1.2° (SD 3.79). The mean time to fusion was 11.26 months (range, 3–30 months). Time to fusion was statistical related with severe bone loss and with the tibiofemoral contact section. The average score according VAS was 1.6 (SD 2.60).

Conclusions: Knee arthrodesis using a monolateral external fixator for infected TKA is an effective method to control infection as well as to obtain knee fusion and pain relief. Severe bone loss, frequently present in infected TKA, was found to be the most relevant factor in achieving tibiofemoral union. The individual clinical result according to SF12 shows a lower quality of life both for physical and mental components compare with general population.


R. Orani C. Salfi G. Caterino F. Centofanti D. D’Antona E. Campatila

Introduction: Treatment of infected non union of the lower limb has many possibilities. A new one, the Expandable Nailing System (ENS), already employed in traumatology, is presented here.

Materials and Methods: Between June 2001 and Dec.2003, 119 Patients with an infected non union of the long bones of the lower limbs (98 tibias, 21 femurs) were treated in our osteomyelitis centre. Most of the cases were men (87%), mean age was 38.4 years. Follow-up was min 5 months, max 23 (8.7 ave.)

ENS was used for 28 cases (25.4%). Other surgical techniques, were the Ilizarov apparatus (41 cases, 34.4%), the Grosse-Kempf locked nail (18.4%), fibular osteotomy (11%) the retrograde nail (5%), others (6%). ENS is indicated in:

3 – non unions with focuses at least 5cm. From epiphysis.

2)- serious soft tissue and bone cortical damage.

3)- failure of previous treatment.

3 – hypertrophie non unions where infection is reduced /absent and ESR is negative.

ENS is not indicated in the following conditions:

focus near the epiphysis;

severe bone loss;

atrophic non-unions ;

3 – active stage of the infection.

In spite of point 4, the Authors used it in 5 cases with active osteomyelitis that could not be treated otherwise.

Results: Many cases are still undergoing treatment. Recovery times are generally shorter compared to traditional Grosse-Kempff Nails and Ilizarov. Bone healing is physiological and refractures after removal have not occurred in the few nails removed. Two Patients underwent re-operation, one for a nail failure, the second for a wrong choice in the first operation. Nail breakages occurred in 4 cases (3 tibias, 1 femur). There were 3 re-infections, all among the 6 patients operated with an active form.

Conclusions: ENS is a more sophisticated nailing system, less aggressive, that reduces X-ray exposure, blood loss, surgical time. This nail offers the advantage of a dynamic GKN, controlling torsion with longitudinal bars, but with a relative weakness especially for femurs. The learning curve is brief, but without a guide-wire more care is needed. The cost is high.


F. Termaat P. Raijmakers P. Patka F. Bakker H. Haarman

Introduction: A variety of diagnostic imaging techniques is available for excluding or confirming chronic osteomyelitis(COM).

Aim of the study was to determine the accuracy of current imaging modalities, radiography, MRT, CT, leukocyte (LS), bone (BS), and Galium (Ga) scintigraphy, and FDG-PET, for diagnosing COM.

Materials and methods: Systematic review and meta-analysis of the literature for clinical studies on COM evaluating diagnostic imaging modalities by a comprehensive search of the Mediine, Embase, and Current Contents databases. The value of each imaging technique was studied through its sensitivity and specificity compared to histology / culture / clinical follow-up.

Results: In total 23 clinical studies were included, describing the diagnostic accuracy of 39 imaging modalities: Radiography (2), MRI (4), CT (1), BS (5), LS (13), Ga (1), combined BS-LS (5), combined BS-Ga (3), combined LS-Ga (1), and FDG-PET (4). A high diagnostic accuracy of FDG-PET was found for detecting COM in the central and peripheral skeleton. Subgroup analyses revealed that LS is more accurate for detecting peripheral localizations of COM than for central localizations of COM.

Conclusions: The available diagnostic studies for COM are characterized by a low methodological quality. Despite, FDG-PET demonstrated to be an important new imaging technique with a high diagnostic accuracy and has the potential advantage for quantitative assessment on surgical treatment of COM.


P.G. Scotton L. Cesaris M. Collodel U. De Nicola A. Vaglia

Introduction: The purpose of this study is the evaluation of the role of combination chemotherapy with rifampin in the treatment of Staphylococcus-infected arthroplasties, without removal of the implants. The study started on July 1997 and is still open today. The enrolled patients refused surgical operation or were not eligible for it.

Material and Methods: we examined patients with hip or knee infected arthroplasties. The hip prostheses infections were treated with an oral therapy for 6 months, while the knee prostheses infections were treated for 9 months. Follow up was extended to two years. Cure should be defined as the absence of clinical, radiological and biological evidence of infection after two years, but we also considered the clinical success at one year as the study is still open, so that not all the patients finished the two-years follow-up, and more, no relapses had been observed after one year of follow-up.

Results: 42 patients with an arthroplatsy infection (16 knee prostheses and 26 hip prostheses due to Staphilococcus spp (23 S aureus and 19 SCN) were enrolled in our study; the middle age was 69.4. 27 of 42 patients treated with rifampin were examined at one year follow up; no relapses had been observed after one year of follow-up. Rifampin was used in combination with: ciprofloxacin (n° 16), TMP/SMX (n° 10) or fusidic acid (n° l).

The success rate after 1 year was of 81.5% (22 of 27 patients): 90% success rate for methicillin-resistant Staphilococci (9/10) and 76.5% for methicillin-susceptible Staphilococci (13/17). The patients with infection due to S. aureus had a success rate of 83.3% (10/12). whereas for infections due to SCN was 80% (12/15). The success rate for hip prostheses infection was of 83.3% (15/18) and 77.8% (7/9) for knee prostheses infection. The overall success rate after two years of follow up today is 77% (17/22), two patients dead because of cancer.

Conclusions: the long-term treatment with rifampin combination appears to be a satisfactory choice for patients that can’t be eligible for surgical revision or that refuse it.


B.A.S. Knobben Y. Engelsma D. Neur H.C. van der Mei H.J. Busscher J.R. van Horn

Introduction: One of the primary complications in total hip and knee arthroplasty is infection. One of the major risk factors for deep periprosthetic infection is wound infection. This alone is associated with a substantial morbidity-increase which, in turn, increases hospital admittance time and therefore adds significant costs to the healthcare system. The aim of this study is to determine whether contamination of instruments used during primary insertion of a prosthesis, can be considered an early indicator for the occurrence of prolonged wound discharge. Early antibiotic treatment could then prevent this and decrease hospital admittance time and costs to the health care system.

Material and Methods: During 121 procedures, swabs were taken from the first unused broach at the beginning and at the end of the procedure. Removed material from the bone (acetabulum and femur in the hip joint; femur and tibia in case of the knee joint) was tested for contamination as well. During 50 procedures a control swab was taken. The patients on the ward were also monitored to find out whether prolonged wound discharge occurred and to see after how many days the patients were discharged.

Results: In 46 cases (38%) at least one culture showed microbial growth. In the other 75, there was no growth at all. If one of the cultures is positive, there is a 52% risk of prolonged wound discharge. Ifall cultures are negative, this risk is reduced to 13% (Chi-square: PO.001). Patients with a positive peroperative culture have to remain in the hospital for an additional 2.4 days (T-test: P-0.001).

Conclusion: Peroperative culturing during primary insertion of a knee or hip prosthesis, provides a reliable tool to predict postoperative duration of wound discharge and hospital-admittance time.


T.M. Frangen S. Aren F. Kutscha-Lissberg U. Hebler C. Wingenfeld T. Kälicke G. Muhr

Introduction: Infection following arthroplasty is a rare but significant and threatening complication. The incidence is about 2%. Treatment of an infected joint replacement may be demanding, time consuming and expensive. The aim was to evaluate the average cost of an infected arthroplastic in our own department under the given reimbursement system in Germany.

Material and Methods: During 3 month 20 consecutive cases of infected joint refered to our institution were monitored for treatment costs and final reimbursement by the health insurances.

Results: In 65% of the included cases the amount of reimbursement by the health insurance organisations did not cover the costs of the treatment in our department. The amount of financial loss in total was 48.142 € with more than 9.000 € in some cases.

Conclusions: For the treating institution there is a risk of substantial financial losses due to inadequate reimbursement. Calculated on the basis of ~ 150.000 implanted joint protheses / a, an infection rate of 2% and treatment costs of ~50.000 € / infected case the economic burden is an estimated 150 million € / a in Germany. This amount should justifie a sound evaluation of costs related to infection in arthroplasty, which should be the effort of the health insurance organisations. Additionally specific research in the field of infection prevention must be sponsored. The system of reimbursement should be adeaquately adopted and corrected.


G.N. Jukema C.Y. Wong P. Steenvoorde J.T. v Dissel

Background: The experimental use of maggots (sterile larvae of Lucilia sericata) can prevent the amputation of an extremity in case of severe infection after trauma injury. Maggots destroy bacteria by secreting enzymes such as tryptase, peptidase and lipase. An alkaline environment is created by the secretion of allantoin, ammonia and calcium carbonate, which reduces bacterial growth and stimulates new formation of granulation tissue.

Material and Methods: In the period 4.1999–12.2003 42 patients (mean age 54 yrs (25–83), were included in cur prospective study for maggot treatment of severe infections after trauma (Osteomyelitis n=26, lower leg 13x, femur 6x, pelvis 4x, upper extremity 3x), necrotizing fasciitis n=7, soft tissue infection n=3, gangrene n-3, ulcus cruris n=3). Maggots were applied to the wound in a polyvinyl alcohol bag (Biobag) and were replaced every 3–4 days.

Results: The mean duration of treatment was 32,1 days (n~37) for the patients who had received one continuous treatment and 62,2 days if more treatments were applied (n=5). The average number of biobag changes per patient was 11.5 (range 4–30); the average number of maggots applied per patient was 863 (range 80–6840). In only 1 patient with osteomyelitis a lower leg amputation was necessary (1/26=3.8%) although in almost patients there was severe (multiple) co morbidity.

Conclusion: In our study the experimental use of maggots could reduce the amputation rate of limbs in case of severe infections after trauma. Our laboratory research investigations with analysis of the secreting enzymes of maggots will be presented to support that this «ancient» method has a place in modern traumatology to diminish invalidating amputations.


J. Correl

Introduction: Even most severe foot deformities can be treated with the Ilizarov method (IM). In the last 17 years the IM was used in more than 200 feet. 11 of these feet had a severe chronic Osteomyelitis of the foot. In one case the osteomyelitis lasted more than 21 years. With traditional methods these feet cannot be healed, but often must be amputated.

Material and method: AH 11 feet had a type 4 classification according to Dimeglio. All feet have been treated unsuccessfully up to ten times and more before. In one foot necrotic bone was sequestrated regularly. Our operation consisted in all cases in one step only: the Ilizarov ring fixator was put to the foot and the lower leg according to the deformity. No necrectomy was done. An open wedge osteotomy was done if necessary. Postoperatively the feet were gradually distracted and kept in orthograde position. Antibiotics were given as a single shot intraoperatively only.

Results: During the time of correction in all cases secernation stopped without any further treatment. In all cases the osteomyelitis became clinically inapparent. Even serology became normal. The feet could be kept in normal position. The patients were able to walk even longer distances. All became pain free. Mean follow-up is 3 years and 7 months (6 months-15 years).

Complications: In 4 feet a 2nd procedure with resection of subcutaneous bone spurs was necessary. Not a single case became worse or developed a sepsis.

Discussion: We could show that even long lasting cases of severe osteomyelitis of the foot can be treated successfully with the IM. It is most important to correct the deformity. No skin flap or muscle transfer is necessary to improve the condition. The IM should be the treatment of choice in severely involved cases with osteomyelitis and chronic ulceration, especially in patients with neuropathic osteomyelitis, e.g. spina bifida.


P.C. Jutte S.R. Rutgers R. van Altena J.R. van Horn

Introduction: Data on intralesional concentrations of modern anti-tuberculosis drugs isoniazid (H), rifampin (R) and pyrazinamid (Z) in tuberculous pleural effusions and psoas abscesses are scarce. Insight into drug penetration is important since subtherapeutic drug concentrations may result in the selection of a resistant bacterial population and lead to treatment failure.

Material and Methods: Intralesional concentrations were measured 2 hours after drug administration in 6 patients with pleural effusions, and 10 with psoas abscesses.

Results: Concentrations were variable. The same range was found for pleural effusions and psoas abscesses. Concentrations were below MIC values in none of 15 patients for H, in 2 of 13 for R, and in 8 of 9 for Z. Cmax:MIC ratio was always > 4 for H, in 4 of 13 for R, and in none of 9 for Z. In 5:8 patients receiving all 3 drugs both R and Z had Cmax:MIC ratios < 4, indicating subtherapeutic drug levels.

Conclusion: Intralesional drug concentrations of isoniazid (H), rifampin (R), and pyrazinamid (Z) were variable. The same range was found for pleural effusions and psoas abscesses. Cmax:MIC ratio for H was always sufficient, for R in most cases below the desired ratio, and for Z on average 10 times too low. In 5 of 8 patients receiving all 3 drugs, both R and Z had Cmax:MIC ratios below 4, indicating intralesional subtherapeutic drug levels for R and Z. This local monotherapy with H may result in the selection of a resistant bacterial population and lead to failure of treatment. Drainage as additional therapy seems indicated.


M. Rottman J.-N. Martin P. Gaudin A. Lortat-Jacob J.L. Gaillard P. Piriou

Introduction: The emergence of multidrug resistant Gram negative bacilli susceptible to hardly any beta lactam compound has led to infections close to a therapeutic dead end. In such circumstances, Imipenem-cilastatin (I-C) is often the only remaining therapeutic option. We report our experience with the prolonged administration of high-doses of I-C in the treatment of osteoarticular infections with bacteria resistant to other beta-lactam agents (or 4l generation cephalosporins in 14 cases).

Materials and methods: Our retrospective study over 7 years included 29 patients with septic arthritis (n=3) continuous osteitis (n=6), septic non-union(n=12) and prosthetic joint infections (n=8). Treatment included an extensive surgical debridement and post-operative combination antibiotherapy with intravenous I-C and aminoside (54%) and/or fluoroquinolones (46%) and/or fosfomycin (29%). Associated microorganisms requiring yet additional antimicrobial agents were associated in 17 (59%) cases. I-C was maintained for an average of 46 days (extremes 21–90), at an average dose of 3,8g/day (extremes 2–6). The bacteria warranting I-C were cephalosporinase hyperproducing Enterobacter cloacae (38%), extended spectrum beta-lactamases producing enterobacteria (31%), Pseudomonas aeruginosa (21%) and/or Acinetobacter baumanii (21%).

Results: Early outcome was favorable in 24 patients (82%). Two patients relapsed with the bacteria requiring I-C. Three failed to negate succion fluid cultures : one was discharged with no change in his condition, one agreed to a leg amputation and the third died of candidemic septic shock in SICU with drainage fluid still bactériologie ally positive. Repeated secondary colonization and systemic infection with yeasts led to a monitoring of yeast load. Per os amphotencin B and immediate treatment of urinary colonization prevented further systemic dissemination of candical infections. No other tolerance incidents were noted. Acquired resistance occurred only once in a P. aeruginosa isolate while Imipenem-cilastatin was chosen to cover an ESBL producing Escherichia coli. Secondary treatment with ceftazidime was then successful in eradicating P. aeruginosa.

Conclusion: I-C has been widely used for the treatment of mixed flora infections as a wide spectrum antibiotic.

We report good tolerance of high posology long term administration in documented osteoarticular indications if yeast colonization is properly monitored, and eradication rates are comparable to those reported in infections with susceptible bacteria.


L. Pizzoli L. Renzi Brivio F.M. Lavini

Introduction: Septic non unions are rare and often occurs after an open fracture but they might arise after an inappropriate surgical or medical treatment. Different techniques can be used for the treatment. External fixation has many advantages over other techniques particularly when bone reconstruction and/or plastic surgery are indicated although sometimes more than one surgery is necessary to restore ideal biological and mechanical conditions for healing.

Material and Methods: The authors present their experience in the treatment of 38 septic non unions using a protocol which differentiates the diagnostic and therapeutic approach. External fixation can be used as a single procedure or associated to other surgical procedures in relation to the type and diffusion of the infection.

Results: Bone healing and infection eradication have been obtained in 92% of the cases (35 pts). We had 3 secondary amputations (8%). In the first series of patients screw removal and replacement, for pin track infections, occurred in 40% of the cases while this percentage decreased to 4.3% when HA- coated screws were used.

Conclusions: The treatment of septic non-unions needs a multidisciplinary approach to treat properly both non union and infection of bone and soft tissues. Internal fixation remains a procedure at risk because of the high rate of infection recurrence. External fixation is instead still the safer and more versatile surgical option to treat these pathologies. It nevertheless requests strict diagnostic and therapeutic protocols and a good postoperative organisation in order to shorten the healing time and to minimise the complications.


X. Flores N. Joshi A. Hernández L. Mella J. Nardi

Introduction: From 1972–2003, 205 arthroplasties of infected hips were performed in the Musculoskeletal Infectious Disease Unit of our hospital. Using as a basis the outcome for conventional one-and two-stage hip replacement with cemented implants and antibiotics performed in these patients, we designed a new two-stage hip replacement protocol using «personalized» solid spacers and non-cemented components.

Material and Methods: A total of 44 patients were treated with our protocol. Patient characteristics are described, as well as an elevated incidence of associated disease, the causative microorganisms, and therapy provided. Most of the cases had failed other treatment methods. Strict application of the protocol implied:

Previous identification of the infective microorganism

First-stage surgery including radical debridement and placement of «personalized» spacers.

Specific antibiotic treatment during three months.

Second-stage surgery including second debridement, withdrawal of the spacers, collection of samples for microbiologic and histologic study (including intraoperative PMN study). Implantation of prosthesis without use of cement.

Results: Reactivation of infection occurred in only one case. The patient was cured with antibiotic administration. The remaining patients remained free of infection for a mean follow up period of 64.54 months (19.77–86.63 months). The septic process was erradicated in 96% of cases. Five-year implant survival was 100%.

Conclusions:

Cement with antibiotics is not essential for prosthesis reimplantation when replacement is performed in two-stage.

Outcome in patients treated according to this protocol is equal or superior to that of other technique options (eradication of the septic process for a mean of more than 5 years).

Prosthesis survival results justify the exclusion of cement for reimplantation.


F. Kutscha-Lissberg U. Hebler G. Muhr S. Arens

Introduction: Knee arthrodesis is a well-recognized salvage procedure in patients with septic destruction of the knee joint. If fusion can be achieved, it offers the opportunity for a stable lower limb and eradication of infection, but at the expense of knee motion. However, knee arthrodesis in this setting may be difficult to achieve because of poor bone stock, persistent infection and soft tissue compromise. In this study we present clinical and radiological results after knee fusion as well as an algorithm according to different surgical techniques (hybrid external fixator (HEF), antegrad compression nail (ACN) and modular cement less titanium rod (MCR)) and types of soft tissue damages and bone loss caused by infection

Patients and Methods: Between 10/2000 and 10/2002 in 37 patients knee arthrodesis was indicated after septic joint destruction. In 23 Pat. (67.0 y, 19.4–88,8 y) septic failure of total knee arthroplasty (TKA)caused severe bone loss and soft tissue damage. Because solid bony fusion was not to be expected weight bearing capability was restored by the use of MCR in a second stage procedure, using a PMMA Gentamycin spacer for eradication. In 14 Pat. (54.3 y, 23.l–87.7 y) remaining bone stock indicated direct fusion. In 10 of these cases HEF was used (6x primary joint infection, 3x septic failure of TKA, lx infected osteosynthesis). 2 pat. denied written consent for HEF, another 2 pat. had infected ipsilaterale midshaft femor-and/or tibia non unions. Because of these we used the ACN.

Results: In 5 pat. (21.7%) treated with MCR 1,4 revision procedures were indicated to eradicate infection before the implantation of MCR. Recurrence of infection after implantation occurred in 13% (n=3): 2 pat. were treated non surgically, lx amputation had to be done. No radiological signs for implant loosening were seen. HEF was removed after 15 weeks (12–18w) on average. 5 revision procedures were necessary in HEF cases (lx Pin-, lx ring exchange, lx sequestrectomy after pintractinfection,)- hi 2 cases the procedure was changed to MCR because of a non-union. Using the ACN we saw a 100% fusion rate, in one case the sinus tract persisted. The check up examinations were done 8,7 month (2,4–22,4mo) after arthrodesis procedure. 82,6% of pat. after MCR, 100% after HEF- and ACN-had full weight bearing capability. Eradication of infection was achieved in 86,9% (n=20) after MCR, in 70% (n=7) after HEF and in 75% (n=3) after ACN. In all 3 groups soft tissue reconstruction by flap surgery was indicated in 20%.

Conclusion: HEF is indicated when bone loss allows bony fusion. Failure occurred when bone defects were underestimated ort he fixator was removed before the 14th week. MCR can be used when eradication of infection is success and because of bone defects direct fusion is not possible. When eradication is not possible and bone stock makes the fusion reliable the ACN can be used under ongoing infection. ACN is also used when HEF is not recommended by the patient or because of mechanical reasons (floating knee).


C. Gigante A. Borgo G. Perrone S. Bonaga S. Turra

Introduction: In temperate places pyomyositis is very uncommon in children and adolescents. West European and North American Literature about is relatively poor (104 articles from 1998 to nowadays and most of these papers are case-rep orts). S. Aureus is the etiologic agent in 90% of cases. Muscle of the thighs and hips are the most frequent localisation and severe complications are observed in 10% of cases.

Material and Methods: We reviewed all patients affected by primary pyomyositis and admitted in our Department from 1995 to nowadays. Age, sex, history and clinical findings, general and local risk factors were reported. X-rays, Ultrasonography, MRI, Scintigraphy, Haematological investigation and culture were considered in order to state the imaging and laboratory findings of the disease.

Result: Pyomyositis was diagnosed in three males, aged 11, 13 and 16. There was no evidence of medical or familiar risk factors. Soleus, Otturatorius and Psoas muscles were respectively involved. In all cases fever, local signs of inflammation and pain, neutrophylic leukocytosis, increased ESR and CRP levels were present. Blood culture was positive in one case. Standard X-Rays were normal in all cases. Ultrasound scan, RMI and Scintigraphy were positive but non-specific in all cases. 2 cases underwent to surgical drainage and a 3 weeks antibiotic therapy; 1 case resolved performing only medical treatment (5 weeks of antibiotic). All patients showed complete clinical, haematological, and RMI recovered without reliquates.

Conclusions: Pyomyositis is uncommon in temperate climate and it may be easy misdiagnosed at the onset. In our patients the mean time from onset of symptoms to diagnosis was 10 days. History and clinical examination might be evocative, but there are no pathognomonic haematological or radiological findings so that diagnosis is often the result of extensive and wide considerations. Pyomyositis should be suspected in any unclear septic condition of the musculoskeletal apparatus. High index of suspicion, prompt diagnosis, and early treatment can prevent complications and allow the recovery of this potentially life-threatening disease.


F. Lazzaro S. Mapelli S. Bastoni

Introduction: Infection following major orthopaedic oncological surgery is a serious complication and every precaution should be taken to avoid it.

One potential source of infection is the biopsy procedure, particularly when is carried out of a referring centre. In fact up to 30 per cent of patients with soft tissues problems following a biopsy is reported. As an infected biopsy may make subsequent limb preservation surgery impractical, the greatest care should be taken in carrying out the biopsy.

The implantation of foreign materials (prostheses, grafts, acrilic cement, metallic devices, etc) as the duration of the surgical procedure, intraoperative bleeding, possible deep haematomas, presence of drains, increase the risk of infection. Also the importance of haematogenous spread from other sites of infection to joint pros-thesis is well estabilished.

Materials and methods: In this paper the Authors present their experience regarding septic complications after orthopaedic oncologie surgery. From 1988 to 2002, 143 patients underwent a major surgery for the treatment of skeletal neoplasms (wide resection and reconstruction employing modular or composite prostheses, osteoarticular or intercalary allografts, acrylic cement and osteosynthesis devices, major spinal surgery, internal hemipelvectomy, etc).

Results: The patients were followed-up to detect the presence of a septic complication. Also patient’s files were revised to evaluate paramethers related to infection as bleeding, duration of surgery, postoperative fever, neutropenia, ESR and CRP, antibiotic prophylaxis, etc. The overall infection rate was approximately to 15 per cent.

Conclusions: Immunosuppression from previous chemotherapy may predispose the patient to infection which may be occult, but which must be diligently sought.

It has to be also emphasized that if at any stage the patient has had local radiotherapy, the tissues may be fibrosed and avascular and unable to combat local infection effectively.

The Authors retain that the infection after major orthopaedic oncologie surgery could represent a serious threat to the implant and to the limb. The importance of meticolous asepsis practised at every stage has to be emphasized, together with prolonged use of prophylactic antibiotic, specially in immunosuppressed patients or chemotherapy.


P. Costigliola A. Andollina A. Maso G. Bertoni A. Borrelli D. Tigani F. Chiodo

Introduction: The aim of study was to evaluate the prevalence of microbiological isolates obtained from patients admitted to a 308-bed university-affiliated adult and children orthopaedic hospital of northern Italy (with more than 16.000 admissions per year), during a three year period (2000–2002), and, to analyze modifications during this period with regard to the prevalence of methicillin-resistant staphylococci strains.

Material and Methods: A retrospective study was conducted using laboratory records from 2000 to 2002 (2003 in progress) concerning bacterial and yeast isolates from all specimens sent to microbiological laboratory for culture. The specimens came from 8 surgical, 1 intensive care, 1 oncologie and 1 physiotherapy wards and included samples taken at surgical intervention, as like as at patient bed. Antimicrobial susceptibility testing results were also collected. All data were stored in an electronic database for statistical analysis.

Results: Between 2000 and 2002 a total of 8302 clinical specimens have been cultured and they yielded to 2978 isolates from 2653 positive samples. The prevalence of positive cultures form 24.8% in 2000 to 36.7% in 2002 and the isolated organisms are shown in table 1. Gram positive bacteria represent more than 70% of isolates and staphylococci are the most common organism (almost 50%). Staphylococcus epidermidis and other coagulase-negative staphylococci prevalence raised during the period 2000–2002 (respectively 25.4% to 33.4%, and 3.3% to 6.5%). Methicillin resistance rate resulted, 27.1% to 34.9% for Staphylococcus aureus, 37.6% to 28% for Staphylococcus epidermidis, and 33.3% to 42.1% for other coagulase-negative staphylococci. No difference in methicillin sensitivity was found between staphylococci isolated from surgical sites and other samples (urine, blood, sputum, throat swab).

Conclusions: Knowledge of the local epidemiology of pathogens in a surgical/orthopaedic hospital is critical in formulating policies on infection control. Amongst these rules the choice of antibiotic prophylaxis should be taken after analysis of bacteria prevalence and their antibiotic sensitivity.


S. Mapelli E. Usellini L. Odoni E. Meani

Introduction: The problems of the differential diagnosis (d.d.) between musculoskeletal infections and tumours are generally uncommon because both pathologies are quite rare. This is not the experience at the G. Pini Orthopaedic Institute where there are two Units specialized on bone infections and bone tumours and their clinicians often consult each other for difficult cases.

Material and Methods: On the basis of this experience, the A.A. revised clinical and radiological criteria of d.d. between acute or chronic osteomyelitis and different histotypes of musculoskeletal tumours. In particular they examined the type and the course of the symptoms, the laboratory data, the site of the lesions and the characteristics of the imaging, both for bone damages and for soft tissues invasion. Afterwards they compared this revision whit the experience of the cases consulted each other.

Results: D.d. of acute osteomyelitis include Ewing sarcoma, Osteosarcoma and Eosinofilìe granuloma, especially in children; d.d. of chronic and deep lesions (axial skeleton) in adults include lymphoma and metastasis; in the epiphysis d.d. can involve also benign lesions. This work allowed the A.A. to identify some guidelines that they consider suitable. Time, possibilities and limits of the imaging techniques like bone scans, CT and MRI are outlined, likewise time and types of direct examination of the lesions by puncture or biopsy, that was necessary in many cases, are proposed.

Conclusions: The A.A. think that these personal guidelines can help them to face easier, in the future, the difficult cases, minimizing both diagnostics and therapeutics delays and mistakes.


Luca Lazzarini Fausto de Lalla

Introduction: Antibiotic prophylaxis is a standard practice in prosthetic orthopaedic surgery. In total knee arthroplasty (TKA), several surgeons routinarily use a tourniquet to interrupt the blood circulation of the leg to be operated. The penetration of systemically given antibiotics is reduced by the tourniquet. To avoid this problem, some authors administered the antibiotic in a leg vein, after tourniquet inflation, to enhance antibiotic penetration in the operative field. We reviewed the available literature about the use of regional prophylaxis in TKA.

Materials and methods: The medical literature was seeked by means of the PubMed (National Library of Medicine, Washington, USA) research engine. The keywords «prophylaxis», «knee» «arthroplasty», «regional» were used in various combinations.

Results: In 1990, Hoddinott et Al. compared the bone and fat penetration of two cephalosporins (cefaman-dole and cefuroxime) given either by the systemic and the regional route, and found the concentrations after regional administration significantly higher.

A similar result was confirmed by Field et Al. in 1992.

In 1993, de Lalla et Al. compared the systemic administration of 800 mg teicoplanin with the regional administration of 400 mg teicoplanin, and found higher levels of drug in the tissues of the operative field after regional administration.

In 2000, the same authors enrolled 205 prostheses in a clinical trial to assess the efficacy of the regional prophylaxis with 400 mg teicoplanin, and did not record any prosthetic infection.

In 2001, Lazzarini et Al. reviewed 217 patients who received regional prophylaxis with 400 mg teicoplanin for TKA, and found 8 (2.9%) surgical site infections, mostly occurring in patients with previous TKA.

In 2003, Lazzarini et Al. compared the tissue levels of teicoplanin after systemic administration of 800 mg and after the regional administration of 200 mg. The tissue levels after regional administration were still higher than those after systemic administration.

Conclusion: There is a good evidence for the use of regional prophylaxis when a tourniquet is used for TKA.


M. Graf L. Özokyay S. Ahrens F. Kutscha-Lissberg

Introduction: Although more than 30 different surgical procedures to achieve solid ankle fusion were described, after septic joint destruction or ongoing infection external fixation is preferred. In 1999 the referring institution reported on 45 cases with internal (screw) fixation and additional external fixation [1]. Later on we used hybrid external fixation including transfixation of the midfoot [2]. Since range of motion of the middle and forefoot is of great importance for limb function we designed a prospective study to compare fusion rate and limb function after ankle fusion without foot or midfoot transfixation.

Patients and Methods: Between 9/2000 and 2/2002 18 patients with septic ankle destruction were admitted for ankle fusion. 10 patients were treated with a fine wire ring fixator using 2 full rings in the tibia and one 5/8 shaped ring in the calcaneus and talus. Compression was applicated only between the distal tibia and the talus. Every 14 days the wires were retensioned. 8 patients were treated with a titanium compression nail in an antegrad technique. All operations were done by one surgeon. 14 patients had a posttraumatic osteitis complicated in 6 cases by polyneurophathy and in two cases previous fusion failed. 4 patients suffered from diabetic polyneuropathy, 2 of them with ongoing infection. In both techniques weight bearing was allowed after 3 weeks.

Results: External fixator was removed 16 weeks after operation on average (14w–18w). Solid fusion was achieved in 16 cases (88%). In 3 patients the fistula persisted in one of them fusion failed. Dynamic pedobarography showed better results in patients without fixation of the subtalar joint. (Compression nail)

Conclusion: The study showed similar fusion rates compared with surgical procedures including transfixation of the whole foot. Range of motion of the not fused joints of the foot was better because early physioptherapy was performed. The fixation of the fore and mid foot is not necessary to achieve solid fusion by increased stability.


P.G. Scotton L. Cesaris M. Collodel U. De Nicola A. Vaglia A

Introduction: We studied from July 1997 infected hip and knee arthroplasties treated with only antimicrobial therapy without removal of the implants. The patients enrolled were not eligible for surgical operation or refused it. We tried to understand the role of this kind of therapy for the infections at stage I, II and III.

Material and Methods: We evaluated patients with hip or knee infected arthroplasties at stage I, II and III, respectively: an early infection (2–4 weeks after the prosthesis implantation), a chronic infection that appears more than one month after the operation and an hematogenous infection. The prosthetic hip infections were treated with an oral therapy for 6 months, while the prosthetic knee infections were treated for 9 months. Follow up examinations were conducted regularly for two years

Results: We observed 35 patients from July 1997: 15 with an infection at stage I, 17 at stage II: and 3 at stage III. In 23 patients the prosthesis affected was the hip, while in 12 patients it was the knee. The infections were due in most cases to Staphylococci (85.7%), while in 4 patients (3 cases of hematogenous infection) the pathogens isolated were Gram negative bacteria and 1 infection was due to Clostridium perfrigens. Only in 9 (25.6%) patients was performed a debridement before the beginning of the medical therapy. The overall success rate at one year of follow up was 72.7% (24/33), the success for the patients in stage I was 86.6%(13/15), in stage II 60% (9/15) and for stage III was 66.6% (2/3).

Conclusions: In patients with arthroplasty infection at stage I and III a long-term antimicrobial treatment, without the implant removal, could be a good chance, especially when the pathogen isolated is a S. aureus or a S. coagulase negative. As we expected the success rate for infection at stage II was the lower that we observed between all the prosthetic joint infection, treated with the only antimicrobial therapy. The gold standard for the treatment of stage II should be prosthesis revision (1 or 2 stages); but in our study we enrolled patients not eligible for surgical operation, because of severe clinical conditions, or patients that refused it. With these results we cannot recommend the medical therapy alone, but we can use it as a salvage therapy. As for the infections at stage I and III, no relapse had been observed after one year of follow up; we think that, especially for infections at stage II, a one-year follow up could be sufficient for the identification of the relapses.


S. Navarro J.M. Madrigal F. Najarro F. Santos R. Pérez F. Huesa S. Rodriguez F. Romero-Candau

Introduction: To introduce a unit of bone and joint infections and to show the first result after a-two-year clinic experience.

Material and Methods: The bone and joint infections represent the most fearsome difficulty for surgeons. In order to deal with this kind of patient a multidiciplinary team work is required. In our Health Centre, in the year 2001, it has been made up a unit, directed by an Orthopedic surgeon, Head doctor of the Centre, and which is formed by two more Orthopedic surgeons; belonging the first one to the unit of plastic surgery and the second to the infection commission; furthermore, there is a specialist in internal medicine, a specialist in family and community medicine, a specialist in rehabilitation, a specialist in laboratory and clinic analysis and a nurse. Five beds of restricted entry and a monographic consult are also available. The way of work consists of two-day-a-week combined visists to floors and a weekly clinic session. Outpatients are seen by Orhtopedic surgeons of the unit, the internist doctor, the rehabilitators in their everyday consults and the monographic consult of the enfermary. Patients who are admitted in the unit are affected with bone and joint infection: Only exceptionally, patients in need of hospital isolation and with tissue infections caused by germs, are admitted; namely, Acinetobacter baumannii, Staphylococcus methicillm-resistant.

Results: Results of the unit after two-year clinic experience are presented:

We have treated a total of 82 patients, 78 of them where men and 4 women, between 18 and 58 years old. Most of the patients were included in, first in the 40–50 (21 patients) and second in the 30-40 (26 patients) years-old range. Out of the 82 patients, 64 had ostheomyelitis, 10 arthritis and 8 soft tissue infection. The first localization for the ostheomyelitis has been in tibia (30 cases) and in femur (8 cases). The etiology is distributed in: 32 infections after osteosynthesis and 27 after an open fracture. The germs mostly isolated were Gram positives: Staphylococcus coagula negatives (21), staphylococcus methicillin-sensitive(14) y enterococcus (5); Gram negatives: Pseudomona aeruginosa (14), Serratia (3), Enterobacter (2).

Conclusions: In our opinion a unit of bone and joint infections as a multidiciplinary medical team work improves the clinic quality.


M. Buttaro R. Valentini F. Piccaluga

Introduction: Maximum effort should be taken during surgical debridement of an infected hip arthroplasty to remove all implants and cement, as also granulation, devitalized and necrotic tissue. Nevertheless, this process is sometimes technically demanding, risky for bone stock and prolongs the procedure. Residual unremoved polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) after the resection of infected prosthetic components constitutes a controversial issue.

Material and Methods: We analyzed 10 patients with infected total hip prosthesis that had been previously treated with resection arthroplasty and antibiotics who presented persistent infection with residual cement. In 9 patients, surgical debridement with resection of all the PMMA was performed, and adequate intravenous antibiotics were administered. One patient refused surgical treatment, but accepted antibiotics.

Results: At an average 4 (1–18) years follow-up, 8 patients evolved with no signs or symptoms of recurrent infection. One severely immunodeficient patient died 2 years after the removal of residual cement for reasons other than his hip with an intermitent fistula. The patient who refused surgical treatment continues to have an active sinus 4 years after first consultation.

Conclusions: Residual cement could be responsible for chronic infection. Resection arthroplasty as part of the treatment of an infected hip arthroplasty must be precise and thorough, and all devitalized or foreign material must be removed.


Giuliana Carrega Giovanni Riccio Clemente Sandrone

Background: In recent years there has been an increase in the insertion of prosthetic devices in orthopaedics. In spite of improvements in surgical techniques and antibiotic prophylaxis, the absolute number of infectious complications is high. Infections have a negative impact in patient’s quality of life and have high costs of management.

Patients and Methods: Retrospective analysis of diagnosis, aetiology, and therapy of prosthetic devices infections observed from 1985 to 1999 in the operative unit for diagnosis and treatment of Infections in orthopaedics of Ospedale S. Corona- Pietra Ligure (SV).

Results: During the study period, 251 patients with infected hip prosthesis and 133 with infected knee prosthesis had been treated. Diagnosis of infection was made by means of clinical features supported by x-ray, MRI, CT scan, ultrasonography and radio-nuclide scan. Aetiology was established by microbiological culture and histology. The majority of cases were single agent infections due to Gram-positives, especially S. aureus and S epidermidis, isolated in 41% of hip and 53% of knee prosthesis infection, while P. aeruginosa represented the most frequently isolated Gram-negative (3% in hip prosthesis and 10.6 % in kne prosthesis).

Polymicrobial infections (with constant presence of S. aureus and/or S. epidermidis) accounted for 8% of hip and 7% of knee prosthesis infections. Treatment was represented by prolonged antibiotic administration (at least 8 weeks) associated with surgical debridment inacute infections, and two-stage exchange in chronic infections. In 23 hip infections in patients in poor clinical conditions or in suspected persistence of latent infection a new prosthesis was not replaced and Girdlestone’s hip arthroplasty was performed.

Conclusions: Gram-positives are the main cause of orthopaedic infections but Gram-negatives, especially P aeruginosa, are often isolated. The treatment must necessarily be combined: antibiotic therapy and surgical treatment. Only in presence of optimal conditions a new prosthesis can be replaced.


A.J. Swieringa N.J.A. Tulp M.J.H.M. Wolfhagen

Introduction: The results of total hip arthroplasty are in general very good. One of the factors with a negative influence on the outcome is an infection of the prosthesis. The prevalence of an acute post-operative infection is in the Netherlands in the range of 0.5 up to 2.0%. Different types of treatment are advised in the literature.

Methods and Material: In 1997 we started to treat all the acute infected THA according a protocol of open surgical debridement, pulsative irrigation, application of several gentamicin loaded sponges and starting directly post-operative an antibiotic combination therapy of flucloxacillin and rifampin. The antibiotic therapy was adjusted to the cultures taken during the operation and continued till 3 months after the debridement.

From Mars 1997 till July 2003 we subsequent included 32 patients, 26 with a minimal follow-up of 2 years are presented in this study. We evaluated the results of the treatment prospectively. The inflammatory parameters; C-reactive protein, erythrocyte sedimentation rate and white blood cell count (before and after debridement) The Harris Hip Score and radiograms were monitored multiple times.

Results: The mean onset of infection symptoms till surgical debridement was ldays (range 0–15). All had high-elevated infection parameters and in all cases we found positive tissue cultures. 15 Times a Staphylococcus aureus was found, 5 times a Enterobacter cloacae, twice a Streptococcus, once a Pseudomonas, once a Klebsiella and once a peptostreptococcus. The average follow-up was 46 months (range 24–74).

In 23 patients the infection did not re-appear. The C-reactive protein normalised from a mean of 103 (2–320) to lower than 5 at 2 years, the erythrocyte sedimentation rate from 72 (14–120) to lower than 10. The white blood cell count was not elevated.

In none of the cases radiological signs of loosening was found and the mean HHS was 88 (75–96) points.

However in 3 patients the infection did re-occur: once after 2.5 months with the same bacterium as the first infection, a Streptococcus, again treated with a surgical debridement. At present she is clinical free of infection at a follow up of 2 years. The 2 other re-infections occurred respectively after 9 and 10 months, once after a surgical treatment of a jaw abscess and once after an episode of diverticulitis. The cultures derived other bacteria, a streptococcus and an E. coli, than the first infection, both a Staphylococcus aureus. In both cases a two-stage revision was the choice of treatment.

Conclusion: Finally 24 of the 26 acute infected hip arthroplasties were free of infection at 2 years follow-up. Surgical debridement and three months of antibiotics gave a good clinical result and a very low recurrent rate of the infection.


M.V. Loraas I. Skr̊mm G. Bukholm

Introduction: Besides having various health consequences for the patients, post-operative wound infections following orthopaedic surgery increase health costs, often markedly. Optimal estimates of such costs require accurate incidence data over a prolonged period.

The test group: Five hundreds and eighty consecutive patients undergoing orthopaedic surgery during the period May 1st 1998 to December 31st 1999 were studied. They underwent either of the following procedures: total primary hip replacement; total primary knee replacement; operations for trochanter-major fracture (using Hip Compression Screw); ankle fractures.

Methods: The basic cost of the 580 operations was estimated from the aggregated costs of diagnosed related groups (DRG)-costs, applying only major codes. Patients who had to be re-admitted later because of wound infections during 1999 were studied and their secondary, wound-infection related costs was estimated from the aggregated DRG-costs during these hospitalisations.

Results: A total of 47 of the 580 patients had a diagnosis of a post-operative wound infection, 14 were deep and 33 were superficial infections; 15 were readmitted for their infections. The additional days of hospitalisation for these re-admissions totaled 270 hospital days with an aggregated cost of 230.000.- Euro, compared to 3.000.000.- Euro for all 580 operations (fig. l shows graphically expenses caused by post operative wound infections as a fraction of the total cost).

Discussion: Additional hospital costs related to postoperative wound infections amounted to 7% of the total hospital costs over a period of 20 months. Additional expenses not counted are those related to insurance compensations, sick leave compensations, expenses related to doctor visits and visits to out patient departments besides expenses related to additional nursing at home. Added to strict economic calculations are less easily calculable, short or prolonged reductions in quality of life. It is emphasized that post-operative wound infections after orthopaedic surgery represent a major cause for additional health expenses and reductions in quality of life.


T. Stock A. Wulke D. Frank B. Jansen

Introduction: Survivorship of total joint replacement is limited by infection or mechanical failure. While acute infection is obvious low grade infection is sometimes difficult to prove.

Regarding to the literature the management in revision surgery I terms of differentiate between septic and aseptic loosening is still a matter of debate.

Material and Methods: From 1997 to 2004 we investigated 228 revision total knee replacements prospectively as far as bacterial colonisation is concerned. If there was pre- or intraoperative evidence of infection the loosening was quoted as septic. So 40 two stage revision in cases of suspicion and 188 one stage revision had been performed.

Specimen of joint fluid, of membranes from the metal-cement and cement-bone interfaces were collected an together with all retrieved components they were investigated through a specific microbiological protocol. All isolated bacterias have been specified and categorised with biochemical methods.

Results: As a result of this specific protocol 65 of the primarily assessed as aseptic cases proved to be infected. As far as spectrum is concerned coagulase-negative Staphylococcus was found in the majority of the cases.

These bacteria are known to produce a film of exo-polysaccharide around implants which leads to resistance against immune competent cells as well as to antibiotics, hi all these cases pre and intraoperative screening tests were negative in regards to infection.

Conclusion: Conclusively only the characteristic medical history with a short term pain free period followed by persisting pain or discomfort is suspicious for low grade infection. Our investigation raises the question if coagulase-negative Staphylococcus is a reason for aseptic loosening in clinically bland cases and if low grade infection is more frequent than expected.


F. Grassi F. D’Angelo M. De Pietri P. Cherubino

Introduction: In the two-stage revision procedure for infected total hip arthroplasty (THA), healing of the infection can be enhanced by using an antibiotic-loaded acrylic cement (ALAC) spacer. The spacer also acts as a temporary implant, preserving the gap between bone segments and a certain degree of joint motion.

Materials and methods: Between 1995 and 2003, 19 infected THAs were surgically treated by two-stage revision procedures, using gentamicin-loaded spacers. The infections were sustained by Staph. aureus in 7 cases, Staph. aureus + Enterococcus faecalis in 1 case, Staph. epidermidis in 4 cases, Strept, agalactiae in 1 case and Strept, β-haemoliticus in 1 case. In 5 hips presenting with secreting fistulae, no causative microrganisms were isolated.

Average interval between the two surgical stages was 5.5 months (range, 2 weeks to 13 months). Systemic antibiotics were administered to all patients for a minimum period of 6 weeks after removal of the infected implant. The revision stem was cemented in 5 patients and not cemented in 13 patients. All the acetabular components were uncemented. In one patient, the second stage procedure consisted exclusively in removal of the spacer and debridement, owing to persisting infection sustained by Staph. aureus + Staph. epidermidis.

Results: Seventeen patients were evaluated at an average follow up of 42.3 months (range, 6 to 92 months).

Recurrence of infection (Staph. aureus) occurred in 1 patient and was treated by resection-arthroplasty. Aseptic loosening of the stem was observed in 1 patient, who was subsequently treated by stem revision. Average Harris Hip Score was 78 points (range, 65 to 90 points).

Conclusions: The low incidence and the pathophysiologic heterogeneity of THA infections do not allow to identify standardised protocols for their treatment. Two-stage revision is one available option and several authors demonstrated higher rates of success when compared to one-stage revision. The use of ALAC spacers increases the efficacy of the procedure and in our experience positively influenced the clinical-functional outcome.


Am. Varvaroussis Apostolopoulou M. Plakogiannis F. Zahos N. Zagoreos M. Kotrotsou

Objective: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the type and the dosage regimer the antibiotics administered prophylactically or curatively in six orthopaedic departments of «KAT» hospital.

Material-Method: Our study group consisted of 1231 patients who were hospitalized between September and November 2003. 1002 patients were treated surgically whilst 229 patients were managed conservatively. Among the patients who were operated 270 underwent THR or TKR, 306 patients were operated for NOF fracture, 195 patients were admitted because of long-bone fractures, 30 patients were operated for fracture or chronic deformity of the hand or the foot, 26 patients for open fractures, 52 patients underwent spine surgery and finally 53 patients were admitted for metal work removal.

Results: All patients were given antibiotics as prophylaxis for a period of 1–7 days 8 patients received antibiotics based on the cultures whilst 113 patients received empiric chemotherapy for some kind of infection. The microbiology lab recorded the microflora in every department and the percentage of resistance of the most important pathogens. Those were: 47% Gram(+) (45% staphylococcus) and 53% Gram(−). Of the identified staphylococci 44% were MR. MRSA-CNS was detected to be completely resistant to b-lactams and at a percentage up to 80% to amynoglycosides. The percentage of resistance of Pseudomonas was 55% to quinolones, 48% to aminoglycosides and 90% to b-lactams. We did notice that the use of the antibiotics was not based on a specific antibiotic policy and in a high percentage; the empirical use of chemotherapy was not documented on the laboratory data.

Conclusion: Taking into consideration the modern scientific data regarding the antibiotic treatment; the rational use of antibiotics in clinical practice requires the implementation of policies, the continuous education of the doctors as well as the intervention for proper prescriptions.


L. Pisano A. Basile M. Stopponi

Application of locked intramedullary nailing in diaphy-seal tibia open fracture after removal of external fixation has a risk of infection.

We have treated 13 patients in 2 years, 2001–2002 (affected by Gustilo 3B open fractures) with this method: 9 before 4 weeks after emergency stabilization and 4 before 5 weeks. Patients were followed for at least 1 year after the second osteosynthesis.

The bone healing was obtained 5 months after 2 osteo-synthesis: we have observed 3 superficial infections(l in the first group and 2 in the second) and 2 deep infections(in the second group). We haven’t observed cronic osteomyelitis.

We recommend to convert external fixation in intra-medullary nail before 4 weeks by trauma to avoid infectious risk.


A. Maiello G. Leo T. De Blasi G. Cariti G. Di Ferri

Methods: Records of 130 cases of bone or joint infection treated with teicoplanin, 10 mg/kg/day without loading dose alone or in combination therapy, at day hospital ward of Amedeo di Savoia Hospital, Turin, between 1995 and 2002 were reviewed.

Pathogens, whenever possible, were identified from blood, bone, tissue or exudate samples and antibiotic susceptibility was tested using the disk method.

Demographic details, type of infection, presence of prosthetic material, duration of treatment, concomitant and subsequent antimicrobial agents, serum creatinine, adverse events, outcome at the end of treatment, and length of follow-up were noted from patient records. Results: Eighty-eight patients (67.7%) were male and 42 (32.3%) female. Their ages ranged from 15 to 89 years, with a median of 50 years.

The most common infections were chronic osteomyelitis with or without foreign material [96 cases (73.9%)], with a median duration of 15 months (range 1–180 months): 30 with osteosynthetic material and 22 with prosthetic implants (15 patients who had received total hip replacements and 7 patients with total knee replacements). There were 44 diagnoses of chronic osteitis not associated with foreign material or prosthetic implants. Twenty-three were septic arthritis (17.6%), 11 (8.5%) spondylitis.

In 81 cases the pathogens identified from samples of blood, bone or exudate were staphylococci (61 of Staphylococcus aureus, 20 of Staphylococcus epidermidis). In 11 cases were isolated Gram-negative bacteria, such as Pseudomonas aeruginosa (6), Proteus mirabilis (3), Enterobacter cloacae (2). Where more than one species was isolated (1 case) a combination of a Enterococcus faecalis and Pseudomonas aeruginosa (a case of spondylitis) was identified.

The causative pathogen was not identified in 37 cases (28.5%). Teicoplanin was administered i.v. at a dosage of 10 mg/kg/day once a day, alone or in combination therapy with other antibiotics. Patients received teicoplanin i.v. alone in 5 cases and with 1–3 concurrent antibiotics (ceftriaxon in most cases) for a mean time of 4.5 months (R 2–12). The final assessment was that cure or improvement (clinical success) was achieved in 102 patients (78.5%); in 3 cases (2.3%) was recorded a clinical failure for persistence of infection signs but bacteriological eradication was achieved in all cases. During the follow-up, which varied from 1 to 48 months (median 8 months) twenty-one patients (16.1%) relapsed. Nine were patients with prosthetic implants. The other recurrences were recorded in cases of chronic osteomyelitis with foreign material. Four patients (3.1%) with prosthetic joint infection were given chronic suppression therapy. Eight patients showed adverse reactions, but discontinuation of teicoplanin treatment was not necessary. Conclusions: Teicoplanin has been shown to be effective as monotherapy or combination therapy for bone and joint infections.


I. Babiak A. Gòrski W. Glinkowski M. Wiszniowski M. Kowalewski A. Gòrecki

Bacteriophage state currently an attractive alternative for antibiotics, especially due to the strong in vitro activity and lack of side effects.

Eight patients with chronic infection in musculoskeletal system.are presented

This group includes: 3 cases of deep periprosthetic infection, posttraumatic osteomyelitis of tibia in 2 cases, infected pseudoarthrosis of femur in 1 case, chronic hematogenous osteomyelitis of tibia in 1 case, chronic infection in diabetic foot in 1 case.

Adequate tissue specimen for bacteriology was taken during operation and selection of bacteria strains was subsequently done and appropriate phage were cultured. Phage were taken orally by patients 4–6 weeks after operation. Despite of paralel phage and systemic antibiotic administration all patients underwent operative debridement of infected bone.

Simultaneously, every 7 days parameters of immunological response was measured in peripheral blood. They were: lymphocyte B activity (PFC and SAC test), lymphocyte T (NK) activity and phagocytose stimulation (PMA 30 test).

There was a two-fold increase of lymphocyte B activity in PFC test with peak on day 7 after phage administration. Additionally slightly increase of NK cells and phagocytic activity and both increase and decrease of lymphocyte B and T activity in SAC test was observed. Eventually remission of infection was achieved in 6 from 8 patients.

It is difficult to state a correlation between in vitro bactericidal effect of bacteriophage, immunological stimulation in peripheral blood and clinical results achieved after both operative and antimicrobial therapy.


Lt Col P Parker Major S A Adams Major D Williams Col A Shepherd

Two Air Assault Surgical Groups (AASGs) from 16 Close Support Medical Regiment deployed to Kuwait on Operation Telic in February 2003. Each AASG was comprised of a four-table resuscitation facility, a two table FST and a twin-bedded ITU facility. An A+E Consultant and nurse, an experienced radiographer and laboratory technician with two further RGNs and CMTs provided resuscitation support. Each FST had an orthopaedic and a general surgeon, two anaesthetists and eight operating department practitioners. Further equipment consisted of a Polymobil 111 x-ray unit, a Sonosite 180 ultrasound scanner and an ISTAT gas, haematocrit and electrolyte analyser. 100 units of mixed blood were carried by each AASG.

Fifty-one surgical procedures were performed on thirty-one patients. Twenty-one of these patients were Iraqi prisoners of war or civilians. Seventeen wound debridements, five amputations, five laparotomies, four insertions of Denham pins with Thomas splintage for femoral fracture, three external fiations and one axillary artery repair formed the basis of the major cases undertaken. The first field use of activated factor 7 by the British Army was successful in the resuscitation of a patient with exsanguinating haemorrhage after an open-book (APC-III) pelvic fracture and a ruptured intrapelvic haematoma. The other cases included eleven manipulations under anaesthetic/application of plaster and four finger terminalisations.

Forward military surgery has a continued role to play on the modern fast moving battlefield. 16 Close Support Medical Regiment normally supports 16 Air Assault Brigade with its remit for out-of-area operations and SF support. Its experience on Op Telic should influence planning for future deployments.


Capt D Luke Maj J Bird Maj N Ward Maj PA Templeton Lt Col M Stewart

Introduction Cervical spine fractures and dislocations are uncommon injuries that can have serious neurological consequences. These injuries require adequate stabilisation to prevent further spinal cord injury during transfer between hospitals. Evacuation is often requires a combination of road ambulance, helicopter and fixed wing aircraft from military hospitals. This paper outlines the neck injuries sustained during Op Telic and discusses the need for Halo vests to be available at Role 3.

Methodology The MND(SE) Hospital databases were used to identify all casualties admitted with either a “cervical” or “Neck” injury. The databases covered the period from March 2003 until February 2004. The diagnoses were categorised into minor and serious cervical spine injuries. We defined a serious cervical spine injury as either a fracture or dislocation. We looked at the discharge letters of all casualties evacuated to a Role 4 hospital to confirm whether the casualties had serious cervical spine injuries.

Results 46 casualties were admitted and all were British except 2, who were Iraqi. 33 casualties were returned to their unit for duty or discharged at the airhead on return to the UK. Twelve casualties required hospital treatment. There were 3 serious cervical spine injuries over the study period which included one Hangman’s fracture of C2, one flexion compression injury of C5 and one unifacetal dislocation. All casualties were neurologically intact.

Conclusions 3 casualties were treated at MND(SE) Hospital for serious injuries to the cervical spine. Two patients were transferred without Halo stabilisation after failing to obtain halos in Iraq. One casualty was kept until a halo was flown out from the UK

Recommendations All unstable cervical spine fractures should be stabilised with a halo vest prior to transfer from Role 3. Halo rings and vests should be available at Role 3 facilities.


Maj S A Adams Lt Col P Parker

Introduction The geographical & temporal position of surgical assets in the evacuation chain during war fighting is controversial. Manning, equipment and command issues can conflict with clinical experience and evidence as to the ideal location and configuration for Field Surgical Teams.

Method Details of casualties presenting to 2 Air Attack Surgical Groups were collected prospectively during the ground war phase of Operation Telic. Mechanism and time of injury, wound type and classification, patient demographics, times and details of treatments carried out, evacuation details and outcomes were noted for both coalition and Iraqi patients.

Results The mean time to life and limb saving surgery for coalition casualties was 4 hours, significantly shorter than during previous conflicts in the region. Air case-vac requests generated within the area of responsibility failed in all cases to move patients from point of wounding to fixed hospital assets within agreed clinical timelines.

Discussion We argue that in order to keep life and limb saving surgical resuscitation within agreed clinical guidelines Field Surgery Teams must be capable of deploying to a forward environment within the Medical Regiment organization. Manning and equipment templates used by this unit provide a template for this capability.


Major N J Ward

Objective To analyse RTA admissions to BMH Shaibah with respect to seatbelt usage, position in vehicle, age, type of injury and mechanism of injury.

Design Retrospective analysis of discharge summaries and hospital notes.

Subjects All service personnel admitted to BMH Shaibah due to RTA.

Results During the study there were 315 reported RTAs, 3 fatalities and 47 inpatient admissions. 87% of admissions were male; in 32% of cases the vehicle had rolled and 28% of individuals admitted had been ejected from the vehicle. 85% of individuals had not been wearing seatbelts, and none of the ejected individuals had been restrained. 92% of those ejected were travelling in the rear of the Landrover. Of those ejected, 38% suffered more than one type of injury and 62% suffered a fracture, (accounting for 50% of all fractures admitted). 34% of admissions had sustained a fracture and would be evacuated to the UK

Conclusions These figures correlate well with previous evidence showing the likelihood of serious injury is increased by more than 300% if the patient is ejected. Those travelling in the rear of a Landrover would appear to be in the most dangerous position. Seatbelts are the single most effective means of reducing fatal and non-fatal injuries in motor vehicle accidents. Standing Orders states that seatbelt use is mandatory, but compliance is poor. This may be due to misconceptions on the relative dangers faced by soldiers in Iraq. Education and enforcement needs to be more effective if the Army is to reduce the number, and seriousness, of injuries attributable to RTAs.


NJ Talbot S Annapureddy ND Rossiter R Briard

Purpose We describe a simple method of dressing pin sites, based on the principles developed in the Ilizarov Institute, that can be easily used in British operating theatres.

Method There are a wide variety of protocols for pin site care but infection rates of up to 80% are reported. The Russian Ilizarov Institute claim low infection rates which may be influenced by their dressing technique. Pin sites are dressed with gauze sponges held against the skin with specifically manufactured rubber stoppers passed over the wires. These provide pressure at the pin site. Plastic syringes consist of a barrel and a plunger with a rubber bung. The rubber bung from a 5ml syringe plunger can be easily removed and slid over the end of a half-pin or both ends of a fine wire. This must be done before the frame is attached and we recommend applying the bungs each time a pin is inserted. At the end of the procedure a cut piece of gauze is applied around the pin site and held in place by the rubber bung, providing a secure non-bulky dressing. A dressing protocol developed by the senior author, based on “The Russian Protocol”, was audited and found to have made a significant impact on the incidence on pin track infection. The bungs can be slid back up the pin when the dressings are changed and left up if the pin site is to remain uncovered. Should the pin site begin to discharge the bung can again be used to hold the dressings securely.

Conclusion We have found this to be a simple, quick, inexpensive and reliable method of pin site dressing that can be readily used in everyday practice, and, reduces the pin track infection incidence.


Major C Meyer Lt Col I McMurtry

Introduction The introduction of an air ambulance is known to have an impact on the workload at the receiving hospital. This study analysed all patients transported by an air ambulance to a new level 1 trauma centre, in particular examining their geographical location of injury, diagnoses and subsequent management.

Method Data was collected prospectively for a three month period from the commencement of the air ambulance service. Data was retrieved from the Casualty and inpatient notes. It included demographic data, trauma scores and theatre and admission details.

Results Of the 36 patients transferred by air 2 died in casualty shortly after arrival (1 drowning, 1 fatal brain injury). 24 patients were admitted under orthopaedic care. 4 of these had immediate emergency orthopaedic surgery. A further 10 had subsequent delayed surgery. 6 patients were admitted under other specialties (only one required operative intervention). 4 patients were discharged home directly from Casualty.

21 patients were transported from outside the hospital catchment area. 3 had suffered significant multisystem trauma as a result of road traffic accidents. 2 were in geographically isolated areas. In the remainder there was no specific requirement for air transportation.

Conclusions There were a significant number of minor orthopaedic cases whose clinical condition could have been met by road transport. Many patients were also from outside the catchment area of the hospital. This study highlights the potential for mistasking of an air ambulance service and the requirement for increased resources at the receiving hospital. Joint protocols need to be agreed on.


Surgeon Lieutenant Commander Jon J Matthews

During the second Gulf War in 2003, the Primary Casualty Receiving facility onboard R.F.A. Argus treated thirty six patients with injuries sustained in the conflict, including thirty Iraqi enemy prisoners of war and displaced persons. Their injuries and operative management are reported. Eighteen casualties sustained fragmentation injuries, six casualties sustained gunshot wounds and seven casualties suffered a combination of both. In addition to penetrating missile injuries five casualties from road traffic accidents were treated. All wounds were managed following the established principles of war surgery. The extremities were involved in twenty eight patients (78%) including nine open, multifragmented long bone fractures which were managed with external skeletal fixators. Two laparotomies and one thoracotomy were performed. The average duration of surgery was one hundred and thirty two minutes with the longest procedure lasting for six hours and ten minutes. This was the first time that the Primary Casualty Receiving Facility had been used to surgically manage war casualties and it fulfilled this role to good effect.


David Luke Jonathan Bird Chris Grainge

The Clinical Medical Group in Southern Iraq was opened on 24 March 2003.

Since then the hospital has received 4583 inpatients of which 1762 have been surgical admissions.

The aim of this paper is to discuss the number, severity, mechanism of injury and overall outcome of all the orthopaedic admissions seen within the hospital complex, including all serving personnel, foreign employed nationals and foreign civilians treated. Particular reference will be made to the percentage of admissions returned to front line activities and a comparison of this percentage made with general surgical and medical admissions.

Data for this retrospective review has been obtained from the hospital, operating theatre and patient records currently held in theatre.


D E Hinsley P A E Rosell T K Rowlands J C Clasper

Background War wounds produce a significant burden on medical facilities in war. Workload from the recent conflict was documented in order to guide medical needs in future conflicts.

Method Data on war injuries was collected prospectively. In addition, all patients sustaining penetrating injuries that received their treatment at our hospital had their wounds scored using the Red Cross wound classification. This information was supplemented with a review of all patients admitted during the study period.

Results During the first two weeks of the conflict, the sole British field hospital in the region received 482 casualties. One hundred and four were battle injuries of which nine were burns. Seventy-nine casualties had their initial surgery performed by British military surgeons and form the study group. Twenty-nine casualties (37%) sustained gunshot wounds, 49 casualties (62%) suffered wounds due to fragmentation weapons and one casualty detonated an anti personnel mine. Sixty-four casualties (81%) sustained limb injuries. These 79 patients had a total of 123 wounds that were scored using the Red Cross wound classification. Twenty-seven of the wounded (34%) were non-combatants; of these, eight were children. Median delay from point of wounding to definitive care for coalition forces was 6 hours (range 1 to 11.5 hours) compared to 12 hours (range 1 hour to 7 days) for Iraqi casualties. Four patients (5%) died; all had sustained gunshot wounds.

Conclusion War continues to demand that a full spectrum of hospital specialists be available to treat our own personnel and the Defence Medical Services are increasingly likely to be called to provide humanitarian assistance to wounded non-combatants. Military medical skills, training and available resources must reflect these fundamental changes in order to properly prepare for future conflicts.


S A Stapley R S Page E Powell M Clements J Haines I A Trail

Aim of Study To assess the efficacy of commonly used sutures materials with commonly described arthroscopic knotting techniques in as close a physiological pattern as possible.

Methods The investigation was carried out in three phases. Initially the ultimate strength of the suture material was tested. Materials compared were 1PDS, 2 Ethibond, 1 Panacryl The suture was then tested to failure by two surgeons comparing five different knotting techniques. Knots tested were Tennessee slider, Duncan loop, SMC, Tautline hitch, and Surgeons knot. Finally the test was repeated after soaking the suture with normal saline.

Results As expected, 2 ethibond has a higher ultimate strength than either 1 PDS or 1 Panacryl. The Tautline hitch and Surgeon’s knot had a significantly lower slippage rate when compared to the other knotting techniques. (P value < 0.002). The Tennessee slider, Duncan Loop and SMC knots slipped in > 50% of experiments. No difference was observed when the suture material had been soaked in normal saline. The number of half hitches required to provide maximum knot holding capacity was 3, confirming previous experimental findings by other investigators.

Conclusions Tautline hitch is recommended for use with all suture materials due to low slippage rates, ease of tying, ease of sliding and overall high knot strength.


Major Michael Butler Mr John Pereira Mr Daniel Matthews Miss Alex Turner

The authors felt that it would be an interesting and worthwhile exercise to examine the process and management of open long-bone fractures referred to East Grinstead as we felt that we were not achieving the timeframe, as advised by the BOA/BAPS guidelines.

Methods The notes of patients who were referred East Grinstead for soft tissue management of long-bone fractures were examined over a 1 year period and analysed. After the results were seen to be poor in terms of management, practices were changed and the following year’s patients’ management underwent the same analysis prospectively.

Results The first years audit revealed average day of referral of 6.1, day of transfer was 13.2 days and time to soft tissue coverage was 18.3 days. 8% of patients achieved the BOA/BAPS guidelines of coverage by day 5. The second cohort of patients showed little improvement in their process of care.


J J Matthews A Pimpalnerkar N Mohtadi

Pectoralis major tendon rupture is a relatively rare injury, resulting from violent, eccentric contraction of the muscle. Over fifty percent of these injuries occur in athletes classically in weight-lifters during bench press. In this study, thirteen cases of distal rupture of the pectoralis major muscle in athletes are presented. All patients underwent surgical repair.

Physical findings and surgical technique are described. Magnetic resonance imaging was used in the diagnosis of all patients and intra-operative findings correlated with the reported scans in eleven patients with minor differences in two patients. During follow up examination, six patients had excellent results, six had good results and one had a fair result. Eleven patients could return to sports activity at their preoperative level.

Among our patients we emphasize that of an orthopaedic resident who suffered a rupture of his pectoralis major tendon as an unusual complication of closed manipulation of an anterior shoulder dislocation.

According to the literature and our experience, we suggest that only surgical repair of the pectoralis major rupture will result in complete recovery and restoration of the full strength of the muscle which is essential for the active athlete.


MA Townend PJ Parker

Aim To review the evidence supporting the British military policy that potential army recruits should have upper or lower limb metalwork removed before training.

Background British military policy requires that potential recruits with either upper or lower limb internal fixation metalwork fall below acceptable entry criteria. Military training introduces considerable new stresses upon individuals and this is not without risk. 25% of applicants fall below basic medical entry standards whilst many areas remain undermanned. The MoD has a duty of care as an employer towards recruits and established personnel.

Method A Medline literature search was conducted together with multinational correspondence from interested agencies to review the evidence for this policy.

Results Studies suggest that in the asymptomatic patient, metalwork should not be routinely removed. Recent literature suggests a 4–40% complication rate following removal of metalwork. Infection and refracture are among the common complications. Evidence in top-level athletes suggests only minimal problems relating to retained metalwork when returning to pre-injury performance levels.

Summary No evidence has been demonstrated to support current MoD policy, which appears to be historically based. Other nations often adopt a more lenient approach. Translating the evidence specifically to the “military” scenario would require further prospective study.


M D Brinsden A S Lee M W Regan

Introduction We performed an audit of tunnel position in primary anterior cruciate ligament reconstructions performed by two surgeons at a single centre. The audit cycle was opened with a retrospective review of a cohort of patients in order to establish existing surgical practice. Following this review our practice changed with the use of intra-operative image intensifier to confirm tunnel positions. The audit loop was closed with a prospective study of a second cohort of patients undergoing surgery using the new technique.

Results Twenty five patients were reviewed in each group. The case-mix for the two groups were similar with regard to age, sex, side, graft selection and surgical technique. The first cohort of patients had optimal tibial tunnel placement in 56% (sagittal) and 88% (coronal) of cases. The femoral tunnel was correctly positioned in the sagittal plane in 52% of patients. The second cohort, in which an intra-operative image-intensifier was used, had optimal tunnel position for the femur in 100% of cases and for the tibia (sagittal) in 48% of patients.

Conclusion In this study we have shown that the use of an image intensifier, intra-operatively, greatly improved femoral tunnel position but had no significant effect on tibial tunnel placement. We have also demonstrated that audit is effective in improving clinical practice.


Major C Meyer Lt Col I McMurtry

Introduction Femoral offset is the perpendicular distance from the centre line of the femur to the centre of rotation of the femoral head. In total hip replacement this is important for maintaining the correct leg length and creating a stable hip with well balanced soft tissues.

We studied the effect of hip rotation on the measurement of femoral offset and its subsequent effect on choice of femoral stem.

Method A series of saw-bone models labelled with radio-opaque markers was prepared. Serial x-rays were taken as each model was rotated though +15° internal rotation, 0°, −15° and −30° external rotation. At 0° the model was in the anatomical position. The resultant offset was measured from each x-ray.

Results Offset was significantly different when measured at different angles of rotation (p< 0.0001 Fried-man 2-way analysis of variances). Offset was greatest when measured at +15°. The greatest difference was encountered at −30° (up to 14mm). For the Exeter hip system this could lead to the selection of a stem 2 sizes too small. Even between 0° and −15°, where rotation is not readily identified on x-ray, differences of up to 7mm were found, which could still lead to the selection of an incorrect stem.


M Butler K Trimble N Rossiter

Many techniques exist for reduction of anterior dislocation of the shoulder. The two commonest methods are the Hippocratic and Kocher. Iatrogenic complications have been linked to both techniques; though reports of brachial plexus traction-injury from the Hippocratic method are rare compared to the more common complication of surgical neck of humerus fracture secondary to the Kocher technique.

Method Questionnaires were sent to 125 Orthopaedic and 125 A& E departments in the UK, asking staff to independently comment on their preferential reduction technique in anterior dislocation of the shoulder.

Results Overall 62% performed the Kocher method and 29% performed a Hippocratic reduction. However, 64% of Orthopaedic consultants performed a Hippocratic reduction (34% performing Kocher) compared to only 14% of A& E consultants, (70% of whom performed a Kocher reduction).

Conclusion The significant risk of humeral neck fracture in performing a Kocher reduction, especially in an inadequately anaesthetised patient in the A& E setting, and the overwhelming preference of Orthopaedic consultants to perform a Hippocratic reduction, indicate that the Kocher method should not be employed.


Peter F Hill Vivianne J Russell Lucy J Salmon Leo A Pinczewski

Background Female patients undergoing arthroscopic anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction with hamstring tendon graft developed increased post-operative laxity compared to male and female patients who had been reconstructed using patellar tendon graft.

Hypothesis Supplementary tibial fixation in female patients will reduce laxity.

Study Design Prospective, randomized, double-blinded clinical trial.

Methods Fifty-six female patients divided into two groups (standard tibial fixation versus supplementary staple fixation) were followed for 2 years.

Results After 2 years the mean side-to-side difference utilizing KT-1000 arthrometer manual maximum measurements was 1.8 mm (standard group) and 1.1 mm (staple group) (p=0.05). A Grade 0 Lachman test was present in 63% of the standard group and 86% of the staple group (p=0.04). Kneeling pain was experienced by 7% of the standard group and 29% of the staple group (p=0.05).

Conclusions Supplementary tibial fixation in female patients undergoing ACL reconstruction with hamstring tendon graft and interference screw fixation with a single screw size significantly improves laxity measurements and clinical stability assessment 2 years postoperatively. However, this is at the cost of increased kneeling pain.


Major AJC Mountain Mrs CME Lennox

Abstract Arm wrestling as both a formalised sport and recreational pastime has increased in popularity in recent years. It is not without risks.

We report 3 cases that have recently presented at our hospital having sustained injuries to the distal humerus within the last year. We discuss their history, injuries sustained and subsequent treatment.

We discuss the supposed mechanism of injuries and review the literature

When assessing patients in A/E, the history of arm wrestling should be taken seriously as it is important to realise that severe bone injury can occur. However this is a low velocity mechanism and responds well with non-operative management.


Surgeon Lieutenant Commander T Coltman

The 1995 Audit Commission report, “Setting the Record Straight- A study of hospital medical records,” criticised the poor standard of NHS record keeping. A retrospective audit of documentation of patients undergoing a closed manipulation of distal radius fractures (Colles type) in the Accident and Emergency department of the Queen Alexandra Hospital revealed that note keeping still needs to be improved. Only 15% of patients had adequate documentation.


J C Clasper S L Phillips

Objective The aim of this study was to prospectively study the effectiveness of external fixation for war injuries during the recent Gulf conflict.

Patients and Methods We studied all patients seen at 202 Field Hospital, which received the majority of patients who had external fixators applied by the British Armed Forces.

Results Fifteen patients had external fixators applied with follow-up available for 14 (15 external fixators). Of the 15, 13 (87%) required early revision or removal due to complications of the injury or the fixator. Seven required early removal at a mean of 9.1 days (range 1–19). Six required early revision at a mean of 5.9 days (range 1–22).

Instability was a problem with 10 fixators (67%). Seven fixators were revised and 3 were removed. Pin loosening was noted with 5 fixators (33%) involving twelve pins. The cause was multifactorial, but was related to injury severity and frame design.

A significant pin track infection developed at 14 pin sites (3 fixators – 20%). All 3 fixators were removed after a mean of 15.5 days (range 14–19).

Only 2 fixators did not require early removal or revision.

Conclusion We have demonstrated a high early failure rate with the use of external fixation and would caution against its universal acceptance. For many fractures plaster or skeletal traction provide an alternative option. When external fixation is required, stability must be achieved. Even with this there is likely to be a high complication rate due to pin track infection and loosening, and amputation must still be considered as a possible outcome for military injuries.


Wg Cdr Satish Venkatachalam

Introduction An analysis was carried out of the operating theatre activity at the Role Three Multinational Integrated Medical Unit, located at Sipovo in Bosnia. The overall number of operative procedures, over a two-year period from January 2001 - December 2002, were studied. A total of 409 patients were treated and 443 operations were carried out. The patients ranged in age from 2 – 83 years.

Results 202 operations were performed in 2001 and 241 operations in 2002. Of the total operations, 349 (79%) were performed by the General Surgeon and 91 (21%) performed by the Orthopaedic Surgeon. The majority of patients treated were local civilians, who outnumbered military personnel, by a ratio of 3:1.

347 operations (78%) were of a non-emergency nature and 96 carried out as emergencies (22%). Of the 111 military patients operated on, 63 were from the UK, 25 were Dutch, 16 Canadian and the rest from other countries. The vast majority of orthopaedic procedures performed were of a minor nature, such as incision and drainage, wound debridement and tendon repair. The general surgical procedures consisted largely of elective surgery in the local civilian population.

During my deployment of three months, from November 2002 - January 2003, I carried out 11 operative procedures on 9 patients, 6 of these patients were civilian and 3 military. During the same period, 23 general surgical procedures were performed.

Conclusion My personal experience over 3 months and, a wider analysis over 2 years highlights, the gross under-utilisation of scarce and valuable resource. I feel that the deployment of a General Surgeon with trauma experience could very adequately provide combined surgical cover for the two specialities.


J F Quinlan R W G Watson P M Kelly J M O’Byrne J M Fitzpatrick

Patients with spinal cord injuries have been seen to have increased healing of attendant fractures. This for the main has been a clinical observation with laboratory work confined to rats. While the benefits in relation to quicker fracture healing are obvious, this excessive bone growth (heterotopic ossification) also causes unwanted side effects, such as decreased movement around joints, joint fusion and renal tract calculi. However, the cause for this phenomenon remains unclear.

This paper evaluates two groups with spinal column fractures – those with neurological compromise (n=10) and those without (n=11), and compares them with a control group with isolated long bone fractures (n=10). Serum was taken from these patients at five specific time intervals post injury (1 day, 5 days, 10 days, 42 days (6 weeks) and 84 days (12 weeks)). These samples were then analysed for levels of Transforming Growth Factor-Beta (TGF-ß) using the ELISA technique. This cytokine has been shown to stimulate bone formation after both topical and systemic administration.

Results show TGF-ß levels of 142.79+/−29.51 ng/ml in the neurology group at 84 days post injury. This is higher than any of the other time points within this group (p< 0.001 vs day 1, day 5 and day 10 and p=0.005 vs 42 days, ANOVA univariate analysis). Furthermore, this level is also higher than the levels recorded in the non neurology (103.51+/−36.81 ng/ml) and long bone (102.28=/−47.58 ng/ml) groups at 84 days post injury (p=0.011 and p=0.021 respectively, ANOVA univariate analysis). There was statistically significant difference in TGF-ß levels seen between the clinically more severely injured patients, ie complete neurological deficit and the less severely injured patients, ie incomplete neurological deficit.

In conclusion, the results of this work, carried out for the first time in humans, offers strong evidence of the causative role of TGF-ß in the increased bone turnover and attendant complications seen in patients with acute spinal cord injuries.


A Zubovic C Egan M O’Sullivan

Aims: To confirm that the augmented (MGH) Becker extensor tendon repair is a strong four-strand technique that allows earlier mobilisation of repaired tendons after only 3/52 of postoperative static splinting and to assess functional outcome using revised disabilities of arm, shoulder and hand (DASH) score.

Methods: In this prospective study we used the augmented Becker (MGH) suturing technique with Ethilon. Postoperatively patients were immobilised 3 weeks in volar splint and then fully mobilised with physiotherapy. 3/12 postoperatively all patients had final assessment in hand clinic for: pulp to palm distance, power grip, pinch grip, pain, Dragan criteria of progress, total active motions (TAM) of the fingers and revised DASH score.

Results: Eighteen patients had extensor tendon lacerations repaired with augmented Becker (MGH) technique. Results were compared with the uninjured hand and statistically evaluated. At the final assessment the average pulp to palm distance was 0cm. All patients had good pinch and power grip (> 80% of uninjured hand for dominant hand and > 60% for non-dominant hand) and were free of pain with excellent progress using Dragan criteria. Average TAM was 268° without statistically significant difference between this and the uninjured side. Average scaled DASH score was 7.6 and within normal values. We had no wound complications or ruptures of repaired tendons.

Conclusion: Augmented (MGH) Becker technique is a strong four-strand extensor tendon repair technique that allows early mobilization of patients after only 3/52 of static splinting postoperatively. Injured fingers can then be safely mobilized with expected full return of movements at 3/12 postoperatively.


A M Byrne S R Kearns S Morris E P Kelly

Introduction: Good outcome following traumatic injuries of the thumb ray depends upon obtaining and maintaining anatomical reduction. Traditional methods using percutaneous Kirschner wires often yield poor results in complex injuries. The Stockport Serpentine Spring System, or “S” Quattro, was developed to achieve and maintain fracture reduction by ligamentotaxis. Distraction reduces fracture fragments due to the tension of ligamentous and structures surrounding the injured joint.

Methods: Ten patients with thumb fractures were treated with the “S” Quattro external-fixation device over a seven-year period from 1996–2003. The operative technique as described by Fahmy was employed. The fixation device was applied for 3 to 7 weeks.

Results: Of the 10 patients, 8 were male and 2 female, and their mean age was 28.9 (range 18–46). Injuries were sustained through sports injuries (6), falls (2) and road traffic accidents (2). Half of the patients were referrals from other orthopaedic units, three of these having failed conservative management. Injuries included 2 Rolando fractures, 5 closed, comminuted metacarpal fractures, 1 open, comminuted fracture and 1 fracture subluxation of the carpometacarpophalangeal joint. Mean interval to treatment was 8.1 days (range 2–15 days). Patients were followed for an average of 8.3 months (range 3–25 months). The mean total range of motion at discharge for the affected joint was 130 degrees. Two patients described subsequent joint pain and stiffness, one developed complex regional pain syndrome. Of note, this patient had a synchronous fracture of the distal humerus. Overall, most patients expressed high outcome satisfaction with mean DASH (Disability of the Arm, Shoulder and Hand) scores of 31.4.

Conclusion: The “S” Quattro dynamic external –fixation device proved to be effective in the management of intra-articular fractures of the first ray. The fixator achieved good functional results with an acceptably low complication rate. We propose that this device is superior in maintaining anatomical reduction of these comminuted fractures than traditional methods such as Kirschner wiring.


S A Malik M Murphy B Lenehan J O’Byrne

Between 1994 and 2002, 42 patients aged over 65 years were admitted to the spinal injuries unit with odontoid fractures. Data was retrospectively collected by analysis of the national spinal unit database, hospital inpatient enquiry (HIPE) system, chart and x-ray review. Mean age of patients was 79 years (66–88). Mean following-up with 4.4 years (1–9 yrs). Male to female ratio was 1:1.2 (M=19, F=23). Among the mechanism of injury, simple fall (low-energy) was the commonest underlying cause in 76% of the odontoid fracture, whereas 23% fractures were sustained as a result of motor vehicle accident.

Fractures were classified according to Anderson and D’Alonzo method. There were 29 (69%) type 11 fractures, 13 (30%) were type 111 fractures and there was no type 1 fracture. Anterior and posterior displacements were recorded with almost equal frequency. Seven fractures displaced anteriorly and six fractures posteriorly. Primary union occurred in 59% of fractures. Forty (95.3%) fractures were treated non-operatively. Two fractures were stabilized primarily with C1/C2 posterior interspinous fusion. These fractures were odontoid type 11, anteriorly displaced. Three fractures (7.1%) failed to unite and another three fractures (7.1%) united with prolonged interval (9–11 months). Neurological compromise was mainly related to displacement of the fracture. The overall complication rate was significant (48%) with an associated in-hospital mortality of 11.1%. Loss of reduction, non-union after non operative treatment, pin site problems and complication due to associated injuries accounted primarily for this significant complication rate. Most fractures can be managed in orthosis but unstable fractures require rigid external immobilization or surgical fixation.

Outcome was assessed using a cervical spine outcome questionnaire from Johns Hopkins School of Medicine. Questionnaires were sent by post to all patients identified. Non responders were subsequently contacted by phone, if possible, to complete the questionnaire.

In the follow-up, additional 6(14.2%) patients were found deceased, 4 patients were unavailable for review and the remaining 69% had significant recovery. Functional outcome scores approached pre-morbid level in all patients. Outcome of these patients are related to increasing age, co-morbidity and the severity of neurological deficit.


K O’Shea J G Quinlan K Waheed O Brady

Background: CT scanning is an essential part of the preoperative planning process prior to surgical fixation of acetabular fractures. Considerable disparity exists between the clinical and radiological outcome following open reduction and internal fixation of these fractures. It is suggested that this disparity is due to poor assessment of the quality of reduction using plain radiographs alone.

Aim: To investigate the role of post-operative CT scanning following ORIF of acetabular fractures.

Methods: Prospective study commenced in January 2000 of all patients in our institution undergoing internal fixation of acetabular fractures. Post operative axial CT scans were compared with plain radiographs (AP pelvis and 45 degree oblique Judet views) with regard to the sensitivity to detect articular fracture reduction in terms of gap displacement and step deformity or offset. A simplified binary measurement of radiological outcome was used stratifying radiological result into anatomical and non-anatomical. Three observers independently reviewed the plain radiographs and CT scans at two separate time points and categorized the radiographic outcome as described. The interobserver reproducibility and intraobserver reliability of these measurements was expressed as a kappa statistic. In addition in those patients greater than 18 months following surgery we attempted to correlate the radiographic with the clinical outcome using the Harris hip score and the SF-36 score.

Results: 20 patients were recruited. Plain films were equieffective in detecting post-operative articular fragment displacement (p=0.24). The interobserver and intraobserver agreement between the radiological outcome measurements were good with respective kappa values of 0.61 and 0.65. There was a weak association between clinical and radiographic outcome as ascribed by post operative CT scans.

Conclusion: While there may be an argument for the use of post operative CT scanning acetabular fractures in selective cases, we did not find any significant benefit of CT scans over plain radiographs in the assessment of reduction or radiological outcome following these injuries. Hence we do not routinely advocate their use in the post operative setting.


J A Harty K Butt K Bryan G B Mullan

Polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) Acrylic Bone Cement is a polymer used to anchor the prosthesis during Joint Replacement Surgery. Arthroplasty with Bone Cement is associated with late loosening, compromising prosthetic stability leading to Revision arthroplasty. Different irrigating solutions such as Hydrogen Peroxide or Saline are used during arthroplasty. The aim of the study was to analyse the effects of Hydrogen Peroxide on the mechanical properties of Bone Cement.

Materials and Methods: Cement was mixed as per standard methods used in theatre, in a vacuum and at a temp of 18 degrees centigrade. Once the cement was mixed it was then placed in conical moulds and the exposed surface was either exposed to saline or Hydrogen Peroxide solution (6% from a standard theatre preparation). We studied the effect of Hydrogen Peroxide on Dough time, Curing time, Surface Analysis and Hardness of PMMA. Dough time was performed with latex examination gloves. Curing time was measured at 15 seconds intervals using a Vickers hardness transistor. Cement hardness was assessed using the same machine. Surface analysis was performed by preparing the samples using a grit rotaforce machine. Palacos Bone Cement was used and tests were conducted according to ASTM F-451 and ISO 5833 standards.

Results: The samples exposed to hydrogen peroxide showed an increase in the dough time in comparison to the controls from 3.5 minutes to 5 minutes. Curing time showed a difference of 13.5 minutes for the controls as opposed to 17 minutes for the HP contaminated samples. Surface hardness reduced from a mean of 17.5hv to 14.3hv after exposure to hydrogen peroxide (p< 0.05). There was increased staining of the Hydrogen Peroxide sample, with surface irregularities, and an associated increase in surface porosity. Surface porosity increased from 120um (SD 11.2) to 180um (SD 8.7) (p< 0.05).

Conclusion: We have shown that the use of hydrogen peroxide contamination of bone cement interferes with the biomechanical properties of the cement, leading to an overall reduction in strength and hardness of the cement. This may lead to an associated reduction in the strength of the bone cement interface and precipitate early micro-motion and loosening of the prosthesis.


K O’Shea J G Quinlan S Kutty D Mulcahy O Brady

Background: Periprosthetic fractures are now recognised as the second most frequent reason for revision following total hip replacement, less so than aseptic loosening but more so than dislocation and infection. The post-operative incidence of peri-prosthetic fracture is approximately 1% after primary arthroplasty and 4% after revision surgery. 75% of postoperative femoral fractures are associated with prosthetic loosening. The Vancouver system, a reliable and valid classification scheme, sub-classifies fractures around the stem of the prosthesis into three types. B2 is where there is a loose implant but adequate bone stock and B3 is where the implant is loose and bone stock is deficient.

Aim: To assess the outcome of patients with Vancouver type B2 and B3 fractures treated with femoral revision using an uncemented extensively porous coated implant (Solution ® stem).

Methods: A retrospective chart review was performed. Patients in addition attended for a clinical and radiographic assessment. Engh’s criteria for osseointegration of cementless components and the length of time to fracture union were the radiographic endpoints. The Harris hip score was used for clinical assessment with a score of above 80 indicating a satisfactory result.

Results: From July 1999 to present, we identified 22 such patients treated with this method. The mean duration of follow-up was 33.7 months with a minimum of 12 months. The mean age of patients was 78.7 years (range 67–88). The mean time from the index procedure to fracture was 10.8 years (range 7–20 years). The index procedure was a primary total hip replacement in all but 2 cases (revisions). 18 patients had a good result. Four patients had a poor result. The mean Harris Hip Score in the 18 patients was with good results was 82.7 and 69 in those with poor results. The mean duration to fracture union was 5.2 months (range 4–8 months). 17 patients needed concomitant acetabular cup revision. No patient showed any evidence of loosening or subsidence. 2 patients presented with deep seated infection (1 early, 1 late).

Conclusion: Periprosthetic fractures in the setting of a loose prosthesis present a difficult reconstructive challenge. Uncemented extensively porous coated femoral implants incorporate distal with intramedullary fixation of most fractures, permitting fracture healing as well as achieving osseointegration. We report good early survival rates, stable fixation and a low incidence of non union using this implant.


N Dunne C Daly D Beverland J Nixon R Wilson G Carey J Orr

Introduction: It has been shown that acrylic bone cement is weakened by its porosity, which enhances the formation of micro-cracks that contribute to major crack propagation. It has also been observed, that mixing procedures play a significant role in determining the quality of bone cement produced. A high degree of porosity is found to exist in cement that is inadequately mixed.

Currently mixing system allow for the preparation of the bone cement under the application of a vacuum in a closed, sealed chamber by means of a repeatable mixing action. These systems are perceived to be repeatable, reliable, and operator independent. The objective of this study is to evaluate the quality and consistency of acrylic bone cement prepared by scrub staff in an orthopaedic theatre using a commercially available third generation vacuum mixing syringe, in terms of the level of voids within the cement microsturcture.

Materials and Methods: The mixing devices were stored at 23°C ± 1°C for a minimum of 24 hours prior to mixing. The acrylic bone cement (Palacos R® with gentamicin, Biomet Merck, UK) was stored at 4°C ± 1°C for a minimum of 24 hours prior to mixing.

Bone cement was mixed using a commercially available third generation mixing device (vacuum = −550mmHg) at Musgrave Park Hospital, Belfast, Northern Ireland. The cement was mixed according to the device manufacturers’ instructions for use. Mixing was carried out during a joint replacement surgery by a number of experienced theatre scrub staff (n = 35). The cement remaining at the end of the procedure was allowed to cure within the delivery nozzle, made from linear low-density polyethylene (LLDPE) and having an internal diameter of 10mm. 205 nozzles were collected post-operatively and stored at 23°C ± 1°C prior to testing. The percentage porosities were determined by measuring the apparent densities based on Archimedes principle and, as a direct result; it was possible to calculate the mean percentage porosities.

Discussion: It can be observed that the majority of the theatre nurses, ie 46.8% prepared bone cement using the vacuum mixing system containing a porosity of between 2% to 4%. A cement porosity of this range would be the accepted optimum content for acrylic bone cement. However, 6.4% of the theatre nurses prepared cement demonstrating a porosity content ranging from 8–16%, which is highly unsatisfactory when you consider that the cement mixing system is perceived to be a consistent and reliable mixing device that is operator independent.

Figure 2 illustrates a bar chart representing the bone cement porosity as a function of which orthopaedic theatre the cement was prepared. There was no significance difference when comparing the quality of the cement mixed in terms of porosity with the different theatres. The mean porosity values of the cement mixed ranged between 2.5% and 5.2% depending on which theatre was used.

Conclusions: Bone cement mixed using the commercially available third generation device in theatre by 35 scrub staff was found to have a high degree of variability. Thus demonstrating that even an alleged reproducible mixing system is independent on mixing technique when used in a clinical situation by a number of users. Thus illustrating the system is not wholly user independent.

As a consequence of this investigation it is recommended that the key to ensuring high quality bone cement, with a good mechanical strength, that can be consistently prepared in theatre by scrub staff are two fold.

The orthopaedic staff must be aware of the significance of cement mixing and how it is affected by a number of factors including the type of mixing system, vacuum level applied, and mixing technique.

Education in the use of vacuum mixing systems should be ongoing and frequent. Practice mixing in non-clinical situations and feedback through quality measurements is particularly important.


B Lenehan B Murphy P McHugh W Curtin

Over the past four decades, internal fixation has continued to gain popularity as a method for treating fractures because of significant improvements in both implant design and materials. This biomechanical study compares the compressive forces generated by a conventional 4.5 AO/ASIF cortical screw lag screw with a differential pitch cortical compression screw in a simulated fracture model using whole bone composite femur. The differential pitch screw investigated in this study generates 82% of the compression generated by a conventional 4.5mm AO/ASIF cortical screw. Proving compression in diaphyseal fractures is achievable using a differential pitch screw. Sufficient compression is generated to allow osteosynthesis using a plate to be preformed independent of the lag screw positioning. It is thus advantageous over the traditional compromise that arises when exposure to the fracture site is limited, of either incorporating the lag screw into the plate of choosing a non-optimal plate or screw position. It is proposed as an adjunct to the internal fixation of long bone fractures and not a single fixation device.


Full Access
P M O’Grady A Moore N Currams E L Masterson

Waste disposal is an issue that affects us all. Medical waste disposal has posed even more difficulties with the appearance of needles, syringes, and other similar items on our beaches. The amount and toxicity of medical waste has increased in line with increasing medical facilities and diagnostic and therapeutic procedures. Demand for landfill sites and increasing household and hospital waste loads, have made the current situation untenable. New thinking and new strategies must be employed.

There is significant waste production in the operating department during a primary total hip arthroplasty. A prospective observational study of the waste from packaging and non-clinical materials in consecutive total hip replacements was undertaken. The total weight and volume of waste, the cost of disposal and percentage of recycled items were recorded for each case. Inappropriate segregation of waste was recorded and the hazards involved are discussed.

Reduce, Reuse and Recycle are the cornerstones of waste management. Medical staff need to understand how best to segregate waste and take advantage of opportunities for reuse and recycling. We must revisit the packaging of implants, the use of recycled paper.

We did not inherit our environment from our parents; we are only minding it for our children.


J Street B Lenehan J Buckley T Higgins D Mulcahy

Background: By the end of the current Bone and Joint Decade (2000–2010) the World Health Organisation predicts that 55% of post-menopausal women will have osteoporosis, as defined by fragility fracture and / or BMD. Volume aside, fragility fractures also represent a significant technical challenge in operative care. Current aggressive medical management is aimed to minimize the resource impact of this pandemic.

Study Design: This prospective study of 3000 consecutive fractures treated in a Level 1 trauma unit identified 977 fragility fractures requiring operative management, 803 of which were in patients over the age of 65 years. In every case the GP was informed of the diagnosis of osteoporosis and appropriate recommendations were made regarding medical management. We present the demographic features of this population and the resource impact of their management. We also examine the outcome of our efforts to improve care of the elderly with osteoporotic fractures, as all GP’s were contacted 6 months following discharge to determine the uptake of medical treatment as recommended.

Materials and Methods: Our computerized operative database was utilized to prospectively collect demographic and operative data on all 977 patients. All medical charts were examined to identify medications on admission, GP contact details and other relevant information. GP’s were contacted by telephone and post to determine patient 6-month mortality and the uptake in the use of recommended medication. Data represents the mean ± SD.

Results: Of the 803 patients over the age of 65 years, the average age was 80.5 ± 7.5 years, with a 75% female preponderance. 14% of these had had a previous wrist or vertebral insufficiency fracture, while 2.2% had a previous contralateral hip fracture. Hip fractures accounted for 70% (566 patients) of fragility fractures with 25% AMP, 24% Bipolar, 51% DHS. There were 121 wrist fractures. On admission 23% of hip fracture patients were resident in a Nursing Home. Despite the relatively large number with previous fracture (16.2%) only 3.4% were taking calcium / vitamin D supplementation while only 2.1% were on anti-resorptive therapy, eg a bisphosphonate. The median interval between admission and operation was 1 calendar day with a range of 1–10 days. 57% of all cases were performed outside of routine trauma lists. The average length of stay for this hip fracture population was 11.5 days with a further 16.5 days spent at a step down facility. Only 14.8% went directly home. Of 240 GP’s contacted, 74% replied resulting in complete follow-up data on 730 patients. The inpatient mortality rate was 5.8% while that at 6 months follow up was 19%. By this time 54% of hip fracture patients were living in Nursing Homes. The number of patients taking only calcium / vitamin D was 4%, a bisphosphonate alone 6%, while the use of both had risen dramatically to 16%.

Conclusions: To our knowledge this is the largest reported study documenting the epidemiology, demography and short-term follow-up of hip fractures in an elderly Irish population. Such data is essential to appropriately plan for the impending national health crisis consequent to the predicted dramatic rise in the elderly population with bone fragility. In a short time, we have achieved significant success in improving awareness and treatment of osteoporosis in the elderly following hip fracture.


M B Finch C McNally D Marsh P Byrne T Berringer

The burden of non vertebral fractures on the National Health Service is enormous. Osteoporotic fractures have an associated morbidity and mortality and as a consequent incur heavy financial burden with a current cost to the National Health Service of some £1.7 billion per year, hip fractures accounting for the greater part.

We know from our own local experience in the North of Ireland that this previous service had failed to target these fracture patients for secondary prevention of osteoporosis (Northern Ireland Colles Fracture Study). Although hip fractures account for only 7% of all fractures they result in the utilisation of 25% of acute orthopaedic beds. The silent nature of osteoporosis makes a diagnosis prior to fracture difficult and attendance at a fracture clinic may be the first opportunity to diagnose this condition and to intervene with anti-resportive treatment.

An osteoporosis service commenced in Greenpark Health Care Trust in 1996. In 2001, guidelines (Crest guidelines) for the prevention and treatment of osteoporosis were established and in April 2003 a pilot study for the fracture liaison service commenced with the appointment of a Fracture Liaison Nursing Sister. The responsibility of this Nurse included:

Liaison and attendance at Out-Patient Fracture Clinic to ensure that all patients presenting with a low trauma fragility fracture were assessed and referred appropriately for bone densitometry.

An education and awareness role for patients regarding osteoporosis and fall prevention.

To conduct additional nurse led osteoporosis clinic at Green Park Healthcare Trust for patients referred from the Out-Patient Fracture Service at the Royal Victoria Hospital.

Current activity levels include 18 fracture clinics per week at the Royal Victoria Hospital site with approximately 35 patients per clinic. To date, the Fracture Liaison Nurse has been able to attend 54% of these clinics. The patients were identified by Fracture Clinic chart reviews to identify those greater than fifty years of age with a low trauma fracture and approximately 115 charts were reviewed weekly.

At risk patients were interviewed with approximately 35 interviews carried out weekly. Patients were then recruited first for assessment and dexa scanning, measurements were made at both lumbar spine L1-L4 and at the femoral neck with approximately 22 patients weekly recruited. An assessment of osteoporosis risk was made, a plain bed dexa scanner (lunar prodigy scanner) and treatment options were decided depending on the patients T score and according to the CREST Guidelines. The patients were given bone health advice at their scanning visit. Clinic activity was recorded on a database (Gismo) and a computer generated letter to the GP was produced.

Provisional outcomes included arrangements to rescan after 24 months, referral to falls assessment and referral to a Consultant Specialist Osteoporosis Clinic.

Results: To date, 198 patients have been scanned. 28 were male and 170 were female. BMD results were as follows (T score at hip or spine):

- Normal (0 to −1 SD) 16.6%

- Osteopenic (−1 to −2.5 SD) 46.7%

- Osteoporotic (> −2.5 SD) 36.7%

The mean age for those scanned was 66 years and 3 months.

Osteoporotic risk factors identified include a previous fracture (18%).

Early menopause (19%), fall history (12%), Back pain and height loss (18%), smokers (11%), family history of osteoporosis (13%), alcohol excess (5%).

Outcome – no treatment recommended 26%, 13% were already on treatment, 17% were prescribed treatment, 43% were prescribed Calcium and Vitamin D, 27% a Bisphosphonate, 20% a Bisphosphonate and Calcium and Vitamin D and 12% Evista (serm).

Patient follow-up outcome included a follow-up of dexa scan at 24 months 20%, no hospital review planned 74%, 7% referred to a Specialist Osteoporosis Clinic and 6% were referred for a FALLS assessment.

Conclusion: This service has highlighted the high prevalence of osteoporosis in patients attending a Fracture Clinic. An osteoporosis fracture increases significantly the risk of future fracture. Our current programme for evaluation and managing a patient with osteoporosis fractures is currently being audited to measure quality of service, treatment outcome and trends.


S A Wright M McNally R Wray M B Finch

Background: Osteoporosis is a significant cause of morbidity and disability through an increase in bone fragility and susceptibility to fracture. In March 2001 guidelines were produced by The Clinical Resource Efficiency Support Team (CREST) on the Prevention and Treatment of Osteoporosis, which were distributed throughout the primary and secondary care groups.

Aim: The aim of this audit was to analyse the use of the CREST guidelines within the secondary care sector.

Methods: The audit was conducted from January 2002 until March 2003. The sample group was identified retrospectively from September 2001 to February 2002 from patients over 45 years of age with diagnosis of osteoporosis / osteopenia and an osteoporotic fracture. All patients sampled were admitted to the secondary care sector, and data was collected using the CREST audit tool data collection form, utilising the information on the central fracture database located at the Royal Victoria Hospital Belfast.

Results: 213 patients studied (165 female). Mean age 73 yrs (Range 41 to 100yrs). 5% had a risk factor for osteoporosis. 30 patients had previous fragility fracture, 9 male and 21 female, 21 of which were either wrist, hip or spine. Of these 30 patients, 4 (13%) had a diagnosis of osteoporosis considered. Regarding most recent fracture; in males (n=46); 24 (52% hip, 15 (33%) vertebra and 7 (15%) colles, in females (n=156); 66 (42%) hip, 62 (40%) colles, 18 (12%) and 10 (6%) hip and colles. 28 patients (13%) received lifestyle advice concerning osteoporosis. Pharmacological intervention; in males 1 (2%) calcium and vitamin D and 47 (98%) no treatment, in females 10 (6%) calcium, 18 (11%) calcium and vitamin D, 5 (3%) bisphosphonate, 4 (2%) SERM, 3 (2%) HRT and 125 (76%) no treatment. 91 patients underwent operation for hip fracture, 33% of operations were completed within 24 hour period, and 74% completed with 72 hour period. Grade of anaesthetist supervising operations: 80% Consultant, 12% Specialist Registrar, 7% Senior House Officer and 1% Staff Grade. 93% of patients received both prophylactic antibiotics and anti-coagulation prior to surgery. 83% of patients were identified at risk of falling, but only 17% had documented evidence that fall prevention advice had been given.

Summary: Only 5% of patients were identified as having a risk factor for osteoporosis; 14% of patients had a previous low trauma fracture – a strong independent risk factor – however in only 13% of these 30 patients had osteoporosis been considered at time of fracture; only 13% of patients received any form of lifestyle advice; only 17% had advice given regarding fall prevention. These low figures could be due to improper recording, or simply that advice was not given. The vast majority of patients received no form of pharmacological intervention. In regards to surgery; time to operation, grade of anaesthetist and prophylactic treatments were appropriate in the vast majority of cases.

Conclusion: The current cost of hip fractures in Northern Ireland is £21 million per year and with 90% of these fractures related to osteoporosis it is important that steps are taken to ensure early diagnosis, and that appropriate action is taken in the prevention and treatment. As can be seen, the CREST Guidelines are being adhered to in parts, however patients at risk are not being identified and appropriate pharmacological treatment and lifestyle advice is not being given.


R K Wilson B Mockford D Molloy D E Beverland

Purpose: The objective of this study was to observe the change in transfusion rate by decreasing the transfusion trigger for patients undergoing primary total knee arthroplasty.

There are no transfusion guidelines defined for Total knee arthroplasty (TKA), and each orthopaedic unit usually has its own protocol when it comes to transfusion. With the present climate of concern about non-autologous blood transfusions and transmission of infection, orthopaedic units are trying to keep their transfusion rates to a minimum and only transfuse when absolutely necessary.

Method: The transfusion trigger prior to protocol change was a haematocrit (Hct) < 0.31, which was then changed to a lesser trigger of Hct < 0.25. We collected data on 331 patients; 181 patients prior to the change and 150 patients after the change. Each patient had undergone a primary TKA by a single surgeon using the same operative technique.

Results: In the group prior to change in transfusion trigger (Hct < 0.31), 76% of patients were transfused 88% of females and 54% of males. In this pre-trigger change group, 100% of patients with a pre-operative Hb of 12g/dl or less were transfused.

Of the 150 patients reviewed after the change in transfusion trigger (Hct < 0.25), only 29% were transfused – 35% of females and 18% of males. 50% of patients with a pre-operative Hb of 12 g/dl or less were transfused.

Conclusion: A change in the transfusion trigger greatly reduced the transfusion rate (reduction of 45%) with no adverse patient events. Obviously, this has both clinical and financial benefits. Pre-operative Hb is the best indicator as to whether a patient will require a transfusion following TKA. In order to decrease transfusion rates further, patients with a pre-operative Hb < 12 g/dl may benefit from pre-operative boosting of their Hb.


S Walker G Li D Marsh S M Coward M B Finch

Introduction: Bone mineral density (BMD) is currently the gold standard in predicting osteoporotic fracture, but evidence suggests that over one third of such fractures occur in those with osteopenia or even normal BMD. The level of bone turnover may affect bone quality in these patients independently of BMD. Bone markers have evolved as tools in monitoring anti-resorptive treatment in osteoporosis.

Aims: The aim of this study was to investigate if levels of bone markers in postmenopausal women could be used as an adjunct to BMD measurements in the assessment of fragility fracture risk.

Patients and Methods: 60 postmenopausal women (30 osteoporotic, 30 with normal BDM) were studied. A single BMD measurement by dual energy x-ray absorptiometry (DEXA) enabled categorisation. Serum bone formation markers (bone specific alkaline phosphatase (BSAP) and osteocalcin (OC)), and resorption marker (C-telopetide of type 1 collagen (CTX)), were measured. History of low trauma fracture was documented for each woman.

Results: 36% of the osteoporotic group had experienced at least one fragility fracture. However, the femoral neck and combined spinal BMD in these women was not significantly different from the 64% of osteoporotic women who had no prior fracture. There was also no significant difference in the age of women in both subgroups. Serum bone markers were significantly increased in the osteoporotic fracture subgroup when compared to the non-fracture subgroup and also to the non-osteoporotic controls. The largest increases were seen in the levels of CTX. Smaller increases in all markers were seen when the non-fracture subgroup was compared to the non-osteoporotic control group but these increases did not reach statistical significance.

Conclusions: Bone turnover is significantly increased in postmenopausal osteoporotic women with previous fracture compared to both osteoporotic non-fracture counterparts and non-osteoporotic controls. This suggests higher bone turnover will increase fracture risk in osteoporotic women. It is possible that combining 2 or 3 markers to produce an “index of bone turnover” would be a useful tool when used in addition to BMD to identify those at greatest fracture risk.


N T O’Malley J A Sproule F Khan J J Rice P Nicholson J P McElwain

Magnetic resonance imaging has emerged as an important modality in the non-invasive evaluation of osseous and soft-tissue structures in the post-traumatic knee. However, it is sometimes radiologically impossible to determine with confidence if a focus of high signal intensity in the meniscus is confined to the substance of the meniscus or if it extends to involve the joint surface. This is a critical differentiation because the latter represents menisci tears that can be found and treated arthroscopically, whereas the former represents degradation, intrasubstance tears or perhaps normal variants that are not amenable to arthroscopic intervention.

The aim of this study was to investigate the occurrence of altered signal intensity in the posterior horn of the medial meniscus in correlation with arthroscopic findings.

Sixty-four patients with suspected post-traumatic internal derangement of the knee who underwent magnetic resonance imaging prior to arthroscopy were evaluated retrospectively. There were 48 males and 16 females. Mean age was 28.2 years. Tears of the posterior horn of the medial meniscus were diagnosed unequivocally (Grade 3 signal) in 18 patients and equivocally (Grade 2/3 signal) in 10 patients. Arthroscopic correlation revealed 16 tears (89%) in the unequivocal group and only one tear (10%) in the equivocal group).

A meniscal tear is unlikely when magnetic resonance imaging shows a focus of high signal intensity in the posterior horn of the medial meniscus that does not unequivocally extend to involve the inferior or superior joint surface. An appropriate trial of non-operative treatment is recommended in such questionable cases. Magnetic resonance imaging is a useful diagnostic tool, however, it should be used selectively, and in conjunction with history and clinical examination in evaluating internal derangement of the knee.


C Ridge S Kearns K Cahill P Moroney E Kelly K O’Rourke S Dudeney B Hurson W Quinlan

As our population ages, the incidence of hip fractures per annum is increasing rapidly. Within this patient group are an increasing number of very elderly (over 90 years old). These patients present many challenges to the clinician, both in terms of medical co-morbidities and orthopaedic complications. While the mortality and morbidity of hip fractures in general are well recognised, this study looked exclusively at the outcome in these very elderly patients following admission.

We reviewed 100 patients admitted between May 2000 and June 2002. The average age of our patient group was 92.5 years, 18% were male and 82% female. 60% were resident in nursing homes prior to admission, 26% lived with their families and 14% lived alone in the community. 56% of the fractures suffered were intertrochanteric, 40% were intra-capsular and 4% sub-trochanteric.

Following admission, these patients waited on average 1.5 days before undergoing surgery, the predominant cause for pre-operative delay being maximisation of pre-operative medical condition. Median pre-operative ASA score was three. The method of anaesthesia used was spinal in 78% and general in 22%. 64% of the group underwent internal fixation and 34% had a hemiarthroplasty. Two patients were deemed unfit to ever undergo surgery. Following surgery, mean in-hospital stay was 9.3 days.

There were 8 in-patient post-operative mortalities. Major post-operative morbidities occurred in 8% and included: 3 myocardial infarctions, 2 acute onset cardiac failure and 1 prosthetic dislocation. 11% of patients required a blood transfusion. 25% of the patients died within forty days of surgery, however, 50% of the patients were still alive 126 days post-op. Overall, the mean survival was 195 days. Post-discharge morbidity included two patients who had failure of internal fixation and 8 patients with severe immobility.

We conclude that hip fracture surgery in the nonagenarian population is as well tolerated as surgery in younger patients. Careful pre-operative assessment and medical maximisation combined with prompt surgical intervention yielded a good outcome and return to pre-injury status for most patients.


J Cronin F Shannon P Murray R Moran

Introduction: Anterior knee pain is a commonly encountered orthopaedic symptom. Textbooks list a number of clinical symptoms and physical signs that are specific for the PF joint in the assessment of the patient with knee pain. Radiological evaluation of the PF joint is rarely helpful. The authors have investigated the value of these symptoms and signs in predicting the presence of PF pathology.

Patients and Methods: All patients presenting for diagnostic knee arthroscopy were enrolled prospectively. A detailed proforma was completed with each patient pre-operatively recording the presence or absence of specific PF symptoms and clinical signs. A blinded independent observer recorded the operative findings of the PF joint, the presence / absence of a plica and / or anterior synovitis. Chondromalacia (CM) was graded using the Outerbridge classification and grade 2 or greater was considered a positive finding.

Pre-operative symptoms and signs were correlated with arthroscopic findings and their positive predictive value (PPV) was determined.

Results: Thirty patients were enrolled over a 2-month period. Pure anterior knee pain was present in 10 patients. The remainder had medial (15), lateral (2) or generalised pain (3). 20 of the thirty patients had degenerative changes in the PF joint. One patient had a plica and no patients had significant anterior synovitis. 20 of the 30 patients had pathological findings elsewhere in their joint.

In the prediction of PF degenerative changes, the PPV of symptoms exacerbated by squatting was 0.53; stairs – 0.55; kneeling – 0.57; rising from low chair – 0.6 and night pain – 0.5.

Analysis of specific signs in predicting PF changes showed that the PPV of PF crepitus was 0.5; pain exacerbated by patellar compression 0.6; and patellar facet compression was 0.62.

Conclusion: Degenerative changes of the PF joint are common in our patient population. The value of knee arthroscopy in patients with isolated PF symptoms is questionable. Our assessment of these patients with specific questions and physical signs has been shown to have a low PPV in predicting ultimate arthroscopic findings in the PF joint.


G C O’Toole N Hogan I P Kelly

Introduction: The advent of digital radiological technology affords orthopaedic surgeons with the opportunity to better assess prosthetic alignment. The purpose of this study was to determine whether a post-operative digitalised 3-foot standing film better helps the surgeon than the standard weight-bearing short analogue antero-posterior film.

Materials and Methods: A single surgeon’s series of 68 consecutive patients were included in this prospective study. The axial alignment, mechanical, anatomical axes and distance of the post-operative mechanical axis from the centre of the knee, of 71 total knee replacements were determined using computer software on digital 3 feet standing films (Agfa ADC-2S system). These results were compared to similar measures determined using a goniometer and standard short standing analogue antero-posterior films. Both sets of results were compared to the intra-operative distal femoral valgus cut used by the surgeon.

Results: Sixty-eight patients, 71 knees, average 68.1 (range 42–85) years were included in this study. The average length of time from surgery to complete radiological evaluation was 18.9 (range 2–40 months). A mean difference of 1.20 degrees was found between the valgus angles measured on digital long and standard short radiographs. This difference was statistically significant p< 0.05. Comparing both sets of films revealed a Pearson correlation co-efficient of 0.65. Comparing the valgus angle determined on the digital 3 foot standing film to the intra-operative valgus cut revealed a Pearson correlation co-efficient of 0.388, this figure compares to a correlation co-efficient of 0.240 when the standard short films are used. The postoperative mechanical axis was found to be on average 7.34 (range 0.0 – 30.6) mm from the centre of the knee and the implants were positioned on average 89.8° to the mechanical axis on digitalised films, both these measures were indeterminable on the short standard films.

Conclusion: Three-foot digital standing antero-posterior films are more accurate and better correlate with the surgeon’s pre-operative aims than standard short antero-posterior standing radiographs. Only digital films allow for accurate determination of the post-operative mechanical axis. Despite not using expensive computer aided navigation systems intra-operatively, implant positioning was very satisfactory. Short films are adequate for routine assessment of total knee replacements postoperatively but digital 3-foot standing films afford better accuracy and are preferable for research purposes.


J P Dillon A J Laing J T Street J H Wang A J McGuinness H P Redmond

Aims: Pharmocological modulation of skeletal muscle reperfusion injury after an ischaemic insult may improve limb salvage rates and prevent the associated systemic sequelae. Activated Protein c (APC) is an endogenous anti-coagulant with anti-inflammatory properties. The purpose of our study was to evaluate the effects of APC on skeletal muscle ischaemia reperfusion injury and to examine the direct effects of APC on neutrophil activation.

Methods: Adult male Sprague Dawley rats (n=30) were randomised into three groups: control group, I/R group treated with normal saline and I/R treated with APC. Bilateral hind-limb ischaemia was induced by rubber ban application proximal to the level of the greater trochanters for two hours. Treatment groups received either normal saline or APC prior to tourniquet release. Following twelve hours reperfusion, the tibialis anterior was dissected and muscle function assessed electrophysiologically by electrical field stimulation. The animals were then sacrificed and skeletal muscle harvested for evaluation. Skeletal muscle injury was assessed based on myeloperoxidase content, wet-to-dry ratio and histological analysis. The effect of APC on TNF-α stimulated human peripheral blood neutrophils was also examined by measuring CD 18 expression and reactive oxygen species (ROS) generation.

Results: APC significantly attenuated skeletal muscle reperfusion injury as shown by reduced myeloperoxidase content, wet-to-dry ratio and electrical properties of skeletal muscle. These findings were supported by our histological findings. Our in-vitro work demonstrated a reduction in CD 18 expression and ROS generation.

Conclusion: Activated Protein C may have a protective role in the setting of skeletal muscle ischaemia reperfusion injury and this is in part mediated by a direct inhibitory effect on neutrophil activation.


R J Bunn G Burke C Connelly G Li D Marsh

Background and Hypothesis: High-energy fractures associated with severe soft tissue injury have a significant incidence of delayed or non-union. The soft tissue envelope may adversely contribute to the healing of a fracture, not only in stripping of the periosteal blood supply, development of compartment syndrome or tissue interposition between the bone ends but also in its ability to generate an intense acute inflammatory response. Inflammation is the initiator of healing; in clinical scenarios of impaired inflammation (immune deficiency, NSAIDs, corticosteroids) healing is delayed; interestingly, in injury with excess inflammation (CVA, MI) healing is also delayed. Would the inflammatory response following high-energy fractures contribute beneficially or adversely to the healing of the underlying fracture? Using an in-house murine femoral fracture model which reliably demonstrated features of delayed fracture healing when associated with a severe overlying muscle crush injury we proposed these hypotheses:

That fracture callus with overlying muscle crush would contain raised expression of acute inflammatory cytokines (IL-1β, IL-6 and TNF-α).

That application of locally applied blocking antibodies to these inflammatory cytokines might negate excessive cytokine release and modulate fracture healing in this model.

Methods: Total RNA was extracted from normal fracture callus (FO) and muscle crush fracture callus (MC) at day 2, day 4 and day 8. Semi-quantitative RT-PCR was used to compare IL-1β, IL-6 and TNF-α mRNA expression. Histomorpometric analysis of ICC stained sections of the FO and the MC groups was used to estimate IL-1β, IL-6 and TNF-α protein expression within the callus. Positively staining areas for the cytokine within the callus were a semi-quantified and compared between groups. Finally, blocking antibodies to IL-1β and TNF-α were injected into MC fracture callus at day 0, 4 and 8. Control MC group had vehicle only injected. Fracture healing was measured using radiological, histomorphological and biomechanical outcome measures. Following a pilot dosing experiment, the effect of blocking antibodies on fracture healing was compared between MC and MC with antibody groups.

Results: The MC group IL-1β mRNA expression was significantly higher than FO at day 4 and day 8 (p=0.05). ICC for IL-1β protein expression was higher on day 4 and on day 8 in the MC group, significant at day 8 (p=0.03). TNF-α mRNA expression in the MC group at day 8 was significantly higher than the FO group (p=0.05). ICC for TNF-α protein in the MC group peaked at day 8 and was significantly higher than the FO group (p< 0.03). IL-6 mRNA expression was significantly raised in the MC group at day 4 and 8 compared with the FO group (p=0.05). ICC for IL-6 protein showed significantly increased expression at day 8 in the MC group (p=0.05). The patterns of expression of the mRNA and proteins were similar.

Injection of anti-TNF-α antibodies into MC mice caused more new bone formation on day 16 (p=0.03) and day 24 (p=0.06), stiffer calluses at day 24 (p=0.01) and faster fracture gap obliteration at day 16 (p=0.05) and day 24 (p=0.001). IL-1β blockade had slightly less effect, more new bone formationd ay 16 (p=0.01) and day 24 (p=0.03), slightly stiffer (p=0.08), but no significant difference in fracture gap obliteration from controls.

Conclusion: The effect of muscle crush around the fracture callus was to increase and prolong the expression of inflammatory cytokines with the callus. The effect of blocking these excessive inflammatory cytokines in our model was to improve fracture healing. Excessive inflammatory cytokines (IL-1β, IL-6, TNF-α) in bone impair new bone production by osteoblasts, inhibit the recruitment and differentiation of mesenchymal precursors and promote osteoclastogenesis. The mechanism of action of blocking antibodies may be due to inhibition of the antiosteogenic effects of these cytokines.


M Murnaghan G Li D Marsh

Introduction: 5–10% of all fractures end in delayed or non-union. It has been reported for 3 decades that NSAIDs have an inhibitory action on fracture repair, yet GPs still prescribe these drugs in up to 50% of fracture patients. Not all fracture patients who are treated with this class of medication go on to develop non-union, yet a strong correlation has been shown in clinical studies between long bone fractures and development of delayed and non-union. The mechanism behind this effect has yet to be elucidated. In cancer research it has been shown that NSAIDs, primarily by a COX-2 pathway, can exert an inhibitory action on cell proliferation by inhibiting angiogenesis. It is proposed that a similar mechanism occurs in the induction of NSAID induced delayed fracture repair. We have investigated this hypothesis using an externally fixated murine model of femoral fracture.

Methods: 158 animals were randomised into either treatment (Rofecoxib 5mg/kg/day in a 0.5% methylcellulose carrier) or control (carrier alone). All had a standard surgical regimen involving creating of an open femoral fracture with treatment using a 4-pin external fixator under the isoflurane inhalational anaesthesia. Outcome measures included standardised x-rays (Faxitron MX-20) and Laser Doppler Flow (Oxford Optronics) measurements taken at days 0, 4, 8, 16, 24 and 32, along with biomechanical testing (Lloyd Instruments Ltd) at days 24 and 32. Data was entered into a spreadsheet and analysed using Mann-Whitney U and Wilcoxon Tests for statistical differences (SPSS, Version 9), with statistical significance being attained when p< 0.05.

Results: A greater number of animals in the NSAID group had a failure of treatment with loss fixation due to pin pullout from poor osseointegration (53% NSAID compared to 26% controls). Of those animals that completed the studies, x-ray analysis showed a change in pixel density at the fracture gap suggesting poorer healing of the NSAID animals that was statistically different at days 16, 24 and 32. Biomechanical testing suggested treatment animals had attained statistically less peak loads and stiffness at day 32. Laser Doppler Flow measurements across the fracture gap showed generally less flow at all time points in the NSAID group. This was statistically significant at days 4 and 24.

Conclusions: The new selective and specific COX-2 inhibitors are marketed as having a cleaner side effect profile and are being widely used by primary care practitioners in trauma patients. Not all animals that are treated with NSAIDs go on to develop a delayed union and some are able to heal with similar mechanical properties to animals in a control group. However, we have illustrated that the highly specific COX-2 inhibitor rofexcoxib has a significant negative effect on maintenance of fracture fixation and fracture repair in this model, both in terms of x-ray and biomechanical analysis. We have also shown that the inhibition of fracture healing is associated with a decrease in blood flow at the fracture site leading to the hypothesis that the mechanism behind the effect is via an inhibition of angiogenesis.


P Carton C McGivern D Marsh

Introduction: Bone mineral density (BMD) has been shown to correlate well with strength and bending stiffness of bone. Following tibial diaphyseal fracture, reduction in the optical density of cancellous bony regions is apparent throughout the postoperative period. As much as 70% loss in BMD in the distal tibia and 45% in the proximal tibia has been reported. The process influencing the extent of such posttraumatic osteoporosis is multifactorial: the severity of injury, age of the patient, the effects of the regional acceleratory phenomenon (RAP), fixation type and onset of weight-bearing have all been implicated. Such loss in BMD in most cases is not fully recoverable and has been shown to increase subsequent fracture risk in the ipsilateral tibia and femur. It has been estimated that a 50% reduction in bone mineral content is required before changes are radiologically observed. Such changes in BDM however can be calculated post operatively from standardised orthogonal tibial digital images, following image density calibration and the utilisation of soft tissue subtraction techniques. Using these image density quantification techniques, a study was performed to examine and compare the effects of fixation of tibial fractures, with either Ilizarov or Intramedullary nail, on BMD in cancellous bone.

Method: Twenty-nine patients were recruited in the context of a randomised controlled trial assessing the radiological outcome following the treatment of closed tibial diaphyseal fractures with either an Ilizarov fixator (n=15) or an intramedullary nail (n=14). Informed consent was obtained for AP and Lat radiograph examination at selected postoperative time intervals (1, 3, 6, 12, 26 and 52 weeks). At each visit the rotation of the patients’ limb was standardised using a position control device (jig). The exposure and image acquisition parameters were standardised and digital images analysed. Serial BMD values were calculated and changes throughout the postoperative period compared between treatment groups.

Results: This study demonstrated considerable differences in the extent of disuse osteoporosis in the cancellous regions of the tibia following either Ilizarov fixation or intramedullary nailing. In the proximal metaphysic patients treated with a tibial nail displayed a reduction in BMD by 18.8% at 26 weeks and 25.7% at 42 weeks. In contrast, patients managed with Ilizarov fixation actually increased the BMD at this region at 26 weeks by 11.7% but with a final overall loss of 5.2% at 52 weeks. Each group demonstrated decreases in BMD at both the distal metaphysic and medial malleolar regions over 26 and 52 weeks. The BMD of the distal metaphysic decreased by 15.9% at 26 weeks and 35.3% at 52 weeks for patient treated with a nail, and reduced by 11.1% at 26 weeks and 0.76% at 52 weeks in patients treated with Ilizarov fixation. The medial malleolar region demonstrated the greatest decreases of all with a reduction in BDM of 43.1% and 66.4% in the nail group, and 34.9% and 61.6% in the Ilizarov group, at 26 and 52 weeks, respectively.

Conclusion: The magnitude of disuse osteoporosis following tibial diaphyseal fractures treated with intramedullary nailing, calculated using digital image analysis, and demonstrates changes similar to those reported previously in the literature. The use of Ilizarov fixation however maintains proximal metaphyseal BMD throughout the review period and promotes remineralisation in the distal metaphysic. No difference is observed in the medial malleolus between the two groups. The benefits of axial loading, stability and preservation of intraosseus vascularity with the use of the Ilizarov fixator are clearly demonstrated in the results; preservation of BMD was also shown to correlate well with improved clinical outcome and will reduce future ipsilateral tibial and femoral fracture risk.


S Morris D Fitzpatrick D Cottell C Buckley D McCormack J M Fitzpatrick

Introduction: The magnitude of the initial chondral injury and the residual articular step-off are amongst prognostic factors implicated in outcome following intra-articular fractures. The alignment of an intra-articular fracture line may be an as yet unrecognised prognostic variable.

Hypothesis: That fractures in the coronal plane of the medial femoral condyle result in worse outcomes than those in the sagittal plane.

Aim: To compare the effect of displaced intra-articular osteotomies (ie simulating fractures fixed in an incongruent position) of the medial femoral condyle – in one group performed in the sagittal plane, in the other in the coronal plane.

Materials and Methods: The study was conducted in two arms: in vitro and in vivo.

In vitro study: A pneumo-electric rig was designed and built. Ten freshly harvested porcine knee joints underwent osteotomy (test specimens: 5 sagittal, 5 coronal). 5 control specimens underwent no osteotomy. Specimens were mounted on the rig and subjected to cyclical flexion and extension under load (40,000 cycles over 11 hours). Transarticular pressure measurements were performed before and after testing. Surface roughness was measured following testing using laser interferometry.

In vivo study: Three groups (A to C), each comprising 15 New Zealand white rabbits were utilised. Rabbits from each group were consigned to a control (5), coronal osteotomy (5) or sagittal osteotomy (5) group. Rabbits in group A were sacrificed at 3 weeks (early outcome), group B at 10 weeks (immediate) and group C at 20 weeks (long term). The knee was then harvested en bloc and prepared for light microscopy. A further 10 specimens underwent electron microscopy of the medial meniscus.

Results:

In vitro study: A significant difference in loading patterns was noted between the sagittal, coronal and control groups. Specimens from the sagittal group sustained significantly more wear on the apposing medial tibial articular surface (p=0.04), with the meniscus having a protective effect on the underlying articular surface.

In vivo study: Light microscopy confirmed degenerative changes in the apposing tibial articular cartilage, being more marked in sagittal specimens. On the femoral side of the knee, the healing response of the femoral osteotomy was significantly better in sagittal test specimens than coronal (p< 0.05).

Conclusion: In contrast to the hypothesis, sagittal femoral step-offs gave rise to more tibial wear. This can be explained by the short duration of exposure of the coronal incongruity to the apposing joint during the flexion extension cycle. The sagittal step-off was constantly exposed, giving rise to persistently elevated tibial joint loading pressures opposite the high side of the step-off.

In contrast, the coronal femoral osteotomies had a worse healing response. The alignment of the fracture line perpendicular to the plane of motion of the joint exposes the repair tissue within it to increased shear and tensile stresses. This may play a negative role in the repair of these coronal defects when compared to sagittal osteotomies, which are relatively protected from the high transarticular pressures and showed a greater tendency to remodel their articular surface.


J S Butler A Walsh J O’Byrne

Study Design: A retrospective review of the functional outcome of neurologically intact patients with burst fractures of the first lumbar vertebra.

Objective: To assess the functional outcome of patients treated either surgically or conservatively following burst fractures of L1.

Methods: A retrospective review of 38 neurologically intact patients with burst fractures of L1 was performed. Follow-up clinical evaluation was obtained from 26 patients, eleven of whom were treated surgically and fifteen of whom were managed conservatively. Patients were assessed with regard to pain, employment status, ability to partake in recreational activities and their overall satisfaction with treatment. Radiographic evaluation of anterior body compression and vertebral kyphosis was performed at the time of injury. Computed tomography scanning of spinal canal compromise was also recorded at the time of injury. Subsequent recordings of vertebral kyphosis were assessed at the time of remobilisation and at 3-month follow-up evaluation.

Results: Mean follow-up time for the 26 patients was 43.02 months. At final clinical follow-up of the fifteen patients managed conservatively, 6 patients (40%) had little or no pain; 12 patients (80%) had returned to work with 6 (40%) stating that they had little or no restrictions in their ability to work; 8 patients (53%) had returned to the same level of recreational activity as prior to their injury with 7 (47%) stating they had little or no restrictions in their ability to participate in recreational activities. One patient (9%) reported being very dissatisfied with the operative treatment of their spine fracture.

No correlation was found between kyphotic deformity, extent of canal compromise and clinical outcome.

Conclusions: Non-operative management of burst fractures of the first lumbar vertebra is a very safe and effective method of treatment. It reduces hospitalisation time and avoids the costs and risk of surgery. Patients return to the functional activities of daily living quickly and have a better clinical outcome when compared with operative management.


R A Flavin C Cantwell P Dervan S Eustace D Fitzpatrick J O’Byrne

Percutaneous Radiofrequency Ablation (RFA) has become the method of choice in the treatment of a wide spectrum of disorders. It was introduced for the treatment of Trigeminal Neuralgia and has since been used both extensively and successfully in the treatment of this disorder. Over the past two decades it has been advocated in the treatment of hepatic metastases, lung tumours and cerebral tumours. In 1992 Rosenthal et al reported using this procedure for the treatment of Osteoid Osteomas with good outcome. Further case series have supported this modality of treatment. However, the biomechanical effects of RFA on cortical bone have not been reported to date.

The study comprised of 16 large white land-raised male pigs. All were between 70–80kg in weight at the time of treatment. RFA was performed on the femur, tibia and humerus of each animal 24 hours, 1 week and 4 weeks before euthanisation. RFA was carried out via a percutaneous technique under fluoroscopic guidance. The fibula was not treated in each case and used as an intrinsic control to account for inter-group variability. The Modulus of Rigidity, Maximum Torsional Strength of all bones were determined and compared.

There were three pathological fractures, all occurring in the hemerii and all occurring at 4 weeks post treatment. The Modulus of Rigidity and Maximum Torsional strength were significantly reduced at 24 hours and 1 week when compared with the control. However in the 4 weeks group the biomechanical strength of cortical bone was not significantly different and had almost returned to normal which is contradictory to the clinical setting. There was no significant difference at 24 hours and 1 week.

RFA has become well established as the method of choice for the treatment of Osteoid Osteomas, however the biomechanical consequences of this procedure have not been reported to date. The torsional strength of RF ablated cortical bone is severely attenuated after 1 week, 40% reduction in torsional strength when compared with the control group. This study demonstrated that RFA of cortical bone is an effective treatment for cortical lesions however the biomechanical weakness promotes the need for weight-bearing restrictions when managing these patients postoperatively.


M Murnaghan L McIlmurray M Mushipe G Li

Introduction: The potential of Bone Morphogenic Protein (BMP) to improve fracture healing is of great interest to orthopaedic surgeons. Although the complex mechanisms leading from the presence of local BMP to the fracture scenario has yet to be elucidated. The purpose of this study was to investigate whether introducing rhBMP-2 to the fracture arena, some days after fixation could be more beneficial to fracture repair.

Methods: 40 animals were randomised into 4 groups; namely control treatment at day 0 or rhBMP-2 treatment at days 0, 4 or 8 post-surgery. All animals underwent a previously validated surgical procedure involving creation of an open femoral fracture fixed using a 4-pin external fixator. 30 μl of bovine serum albumin (BSA) alone (control) or mixed with 2.5 μg of rhBMP-2 (treatments) was injected via a lateral approach directly into the fracture gap, either following closure of the wounds (day 0) or at 4 or 8 days postoperatively. Animals were assessed as to the outcome of surgery by digital sequential x-ray at days 0, 8, 16 and 22 using a Faxitron MX-20 camera; and y either biomechanical testing under a 3-point bending technique (Lloyd Instruments Ltd, UK) or histological examination following sacrifice at day 22. Data were analysed using Mann-Whitney U and Wilcoxon Tests for statistical differences (SPSS, Version 9). Differences were considered significant when p< 0.05.

Results: X-ray analysis indicated that healing of fractures treated with rhBMP-2 at day 0 or day 4 was significantly greater than the two other groups at days 16 and 22. BMP given at day 4 tended to a greater effect than when given at day 0, though the range was too great to show a statistical difference. There were no differences between the BMP-8 and the BSA control groups. Mechanical testing showed that only animals that had received rhBMP-2 at day 4 had attained similar peak loads to failure to those of their contralateral unoperated leg. Bones from animals receiving rhBMP-2 at day 0 had attained the next greatest strength, which was followed by rhBMP-2 administration at day 8 animals, whereas the animals receiving BSA attaining the least strength. There was a statistical difference (p< 0.05) between both rhBMP-2 day 4 and day 0 groups compared to the BSA control group. Qualitative histology suggested that the rhBMP-2 day 0 and day 4 groups had almost fully healed with new bone whereas the BSA and rhBMP-2 day 8 groups still had considerable mounts of fibrous tissue and cartilage at the fracture gap 22 days following surgery.

Conclusions: The study demonstrates that a single percutaneous injection of rhBMP-2 has a positive effect on fracture healing, when prescribed at the time of injury or during the early period of fracture repair. Data suggests that the most effective timing of delivery of BMP may not be at the time of surgery but in the early healing phase. The day 4 time point in the mouse model is likely to equate to that of 7–10 days in larger animals or humans. Further investigation as to the most appropriate time for intervention using these proteins is warranted and may negate the current requirement for carried products and large doses of these expensive drugs.


M Donnelly C Condron D Bourchier-Hayes P Murray

The beneficial effects of insulin in the maintenance of normoglycaemia in non-diabetic myocardial infarct and intensive care patients have recently been reported. Hyperglycaemia and neutrophilia have been shown to be independent prognostic indicators of poor outcome in the traumatised patient. The role of insulin and the maintenance of normoglycaemia in the trauma patient have as yet not been explored. We hypothesised that through the already described anti-inflammatory effects of insulin and the maintenance of normoglycaemia, that neutrophil activation and endothelial dysfunction would be attenuated, in the injured patient. This might result in less adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS) and multi-organ dysfunction and therefore less morbidity and mortality for the trauma patient.

Materials and Methods: To study this we used a previously validated rodent trauma model. There were 2 groups, both groups underwent bilateral femur fracture and 15% blood loss via cannulation and aspiration of the external jugular vein. The treatment group immediately receive subcutaneous insulin according to a recently identified sliding scale, and thereafter subcutaneous boluses, dependent on half hourly blood sugar estimations. The control group received the same volume of normal saline half hourly, subcutaneously. The animals were maintained under anaesthetic for 4 hours from injury via inhaled halothane and oxygen. Core temperature and 02 saturations were recorded throughout. At 4 hours, each animal underwent midline laparotomy and cannulation of the IVC for blood sampling for full blood counts, lactate levels and for flow cytometry to estimate neutrophil activation via respiratory burst and CD11b upregulation. Bronchoalveolar lavage (BAL) was performed for neutrophil content and total protein estimation. The left lower lobe was harvested for wet-dry lung weight ratios.

Results: While 02 saturations were equal throughout in both groups, respiratory rates were persistently elevated in the controls. Wet:Dry lung ratios and lactate levels were reduced in the insulin treated animals compared to controls. There were similarly fewer neutrophils in the BAL specimens of the insulin treated animals (p< 0.05).

Conclusions: Insulin reduces leukocyte lung sequestration in the injured animal model. This work confirms that insulin may have a role in reducing ARDS in the trauma patient, be that as an anti-inflammatory agent or anti-hyperglycaemic agent, or both, indicating that outcomes might be improved by treating hyperglycaemic trauma patients with insulin. Further work needs to be done to elucidate its exact mechanism of action and role in the injured patient.


B Thornes P Murray D Bouchier-Hayes

Introduction: Histamine is an integral mediator following traumatic injury. Histamine-2 receptors have previously been identified on lymphocytes and monocytes.

Materials and methods: Two rodent models (1) Bilateral femoral fracture and intramedullary nailing, with resulting indirect lung injury (n=30). (2) In vivo model of orthopaedic implant contaminated by Staphylococcus epidermidis (n=36). Animals were randomised to receive ranitidine or placebo (saline).

Results: Markers of lung injury (MPO activity, BAL proteins and wet:dry ratios) increased 24 hours following bilateral femoral fracture, but were reduced if ranitidine was administered systemically after the injury. Production of Th-1 cytokines was blocked by ranitidine, whilst Th-2 cytokine production remained unaffected by ranitidine. These suggest an anti-inflammatory effect of ranitidine, blocking the early (Th-1) pro-inflammatory response following major injury.

Ranitidine’s effect on implant infection rates showed higher rates (44% versus 17%, relative risk 1.8 (95% CI 1.0 to 3.3)) when systemic ranitidine was delivered peri-operatively, suggesting an immunosuppressive effect.

Conclusions: The findings highlight the complex balance in vivo, a double-edged sword: the risk of increasing implant infection versus reducing indirect lung injury following major injury. The administration of ranitidine in major trauma patients with severe pro-inflammatory responses may block and reduce early multi-organ dysfunction and improve survival. However, owing to infection, the peri-operative administration of ranitidine should be avoided in elective cases.


P Curtin R Fluckiger P Goldhaber E Salih

Introduction: Bone sialoprotein (BSP) is an RGD (Arginine-Glycine-Aspartate) containing non-collagenous extracellular matrix (ECM) protein that is extensively post-translationally modified, predominantly with glycosylated and phosphorylated residues. BSP plays a major role in bone mineralisation and this is thought to exert RGD and non-RGD effects on bone cells. In vivo studies have shown that BSP induces new bone formation in rat critical calvarial defects and that the state of phosphorylation of BSP and OPN changes during the healing of bone defects. We hypothesised that variable BSP phosphorylation was a determinant of bone turnover.

Methods: We adopted an ex vivo approach utilising neonatal mouse calvarial organ culture systems to test this hypothesis and utilised PTH (parathormone) treated mouse calvarial organ cultures to assess the effect of native BSP (phosphorylated) and dephosphorylated BSP on osteoclastogenesis. Seven day old outbred CD1 mice calvarial bone explants were incubated in culture media with 10nM PTH containing native or dephosphorylated BSP. Arsenazo III microplate calcium assays on the media and alkaline phosphatase and tartrate resistant acid phosphatase (TRAP) microplate assays were performed on calvarial lysates. At the end of culture, calvaria were fixed in 10% neutral buffered formalin and stained with H& E, von Kossa or Neutral Red.

Results: The cumulative release of calcium in response to PTH did not change significantly, in the presence of native BSP whereas in the presence of dephosphorylated BSP the calcium release was significantly (p< 0.001) inhibited, 3.1 μmol/ml +/− 0.2 and 1.5 μmol +/− 0.1. TRAP enzyme activity measurements on calvarial lysates were consistent with the above results. Histology showed readily apparent differences in osteoclastic activity on H& E, von Kossa and Neutral Red staining.

Discussion: BSP can inhibit osteoclast formation and activity, and this appears to be dependent on its state of phosphorylation. The dephosphorylation of ECM proteins by bone phosphatases is proposed as an auto-regulatory mechanism during bone turnover. Loss of organic phosphate with aging or disease may disturb auto-regulatory mechanisms of bone turnover leading to pathologic bone disease.


R K Wilson B Mohan D E Beverland

Purpose: The objective of this study was to observe the change in dislocation rate by introducing a capsular enhanced short external rotator repair during primary total hip arthroplasty.

Dislocation after primary total hip arthroplasty is a relatively common complication. The incidence is usually between 1% and 4%, although 0% to 10% has been reported in the literature. The posterior approach is by far the most popular by surgeons, but it reportedly has an increase risk of post-operative dislocation. The posterior approach causes disruption of the posterior capsule and the short external rotators. Studies have shown that repair of the posterior capsule and the short external rotators greatly reduce the dislocation rate.

Method: Review of the dislocation rate of THR’s by a single surgeon before and after the introduction of a capsular enhanced short external rotator repair (August 2002). It was a sequential cohort of 2213 Total Hip Replacements (THR), inserted over a period from January 1999 to June 2004. All cases were done by the senior author through a posterior approach using a Belfast custom stem, a 28mm head, and a cementless socket. We collected data on all dislocations which occurred on the hips inserted during this time period. We were therefore able to compare dislocation rates for THR’s done before and after the introduction of the soft tissue repair. The posterior capsule and short external rotators were reattached to the greater trochanter through drill holes using a number 5 Ethibond.

Results: This dislocation rate before the introduction of the new posterior soft tissue repair was 3.9% (58 out of 1501 THR’s). After the introduction of the repair the dislocation rate was 0.9% (6 out of 712 THR’s). 81% (47 of58) of dislocations before the change of practice were classed as early dislocations (with 3 months of surgery). 83% (5 of 6) were clearly dislocators after the new soft tissue repair. Considering only the early dislocations, the dislocation rate reduced from 3.1 to 0.7%.

Conclusion: Considering our reduction from 3.9% to0.9%, and results of previous studies, it is clear that the capsular enhanced and short external rotator repair is associated closely with a decreased dislocation rate. We feel other factors such as restoration of joint centre ensuring correct orientation of components are important in conjunction with the posterior soft tissue repair to keep dislocations to a minimum.


E J Verzin M Lawlor O McKeever S A Henderson

Introduction: The Orthopaedic Leg Trolley (OLT) is an alternative to crutches in the management of patients treated non-weight bearing. Advantages of the OLT include ease of use and the avoidance of problems such as painful hands and axillae, thus promoting greater mobility and facilitating early discharge. It also leaves the hands free for other purposes. The aim of this study was to investigate the benefit of the OLT following major elective foot and ankle surgery, using a questionnaire.

Methods: A prospective clinical audit was conducted on thirty patients undergoing elective foot and ankle surgery. Post-operatively, each patient was provided with an OLT. A questionnaire, measuring patient experience and satisfaction, was administered after the period of non-weight bearing.

Results: There were 13 males and 17 females, mean age 56 years, range 22 to 81 years. All patients had undergone major hindfoot reconstruction, and many had significant co-morbidities which rendered routine crutch use difficult. The mean duration of use was 4 weeks. After one week’s use, 80 of patients reported having no difficulty; 13.3% had slight difficulty; 6.7% had great difficulty; and no patients found the OLT impossible. All patients had used crutches pre-operatively: 76.7% rated the OLT as being easier to use than crutches; 13.3% felt that it was the same; and 10% reported that crutches were easier to use. Overall 53.3% rated the OLT as “invaluable”; 36.6% as being “very helpful”; 6.7% as being “quite helpful”; and 3.3% as being “not at all helpful”.

Conclusion: This study shows that the OLT is a useful alternative to crutches. It is particularly helpful in the rehabilitation of patients who are treated non-weight bearing following major foot and ankle surgery and have significant co-morbidities making crutch use difficult.


D Jones N Hogan M Dolan

Accurate and relevant patient chart notes are a key component in successful patient care. Hospital charts also constitute an important medicolegal record. The key to defensibility of at least 40% of medical claims rests with the quality of the medical records. With this in mind, we decided to assess the quality of chart note keeping in our unit. A retrospective review of fifty randomly chosen charts was performed. A scoring system was devised to audit ten key criteria comprising patient details, admission note, daily progress notes, signature clarity, consent form, operation note, post-operative plan, post-operative x-ray review, specification of right or left side and discharge letter. Members of the orthopaedic surgical staff were then informed of the chart review and the nature and purpose of the study was explained in detail. They were also told that there would be another chart audit at some random time over the following three months. Subsequently, a further fifty charts were assessed using the same criteria and scoring system. Overall, charts scored poorly in the areas of patient details, clarity of signatures, post-operative x-ray review and left-right specification. Criteria that scored satisfactorily included admission note, consent form, operation note, post-operative plan an discharge letter. Meticulous hospital notes are vitally important in the day-to-day management of patients for successful continuity of care and also for protection of the medical staff should any adverse outcomes arise. In this litigious society consultants and junior medical staff need to be reminded of the importance of optimal note keeping.


M Murnaghan A Watson J Dennison G Colleary D Beverland

Introduction: Historically, it has been accepted that the pain associated with arthritis of the hip is usually located in the groin, anterior and lateral thigh with occasional radiation to the anterior knee. Patients complaining of thigh pain that extends below the knee are often considered to have a degenerative lumbar spine as the cause for their lower limb symptoms and total hip replacement (THR) may not be offered.

Following review of data regarding the preoperative distribution of pain in 2000 patients attending for hip replacement, it was noted that 40% of these patients had complained of pain at or below the knee.

We proposed to prospectively investigate the severity and location of pain in patients attending for THR and assessed how this distribution of pain altered following surgery. We also proposed to examine the distribution of radiological wear preoperatively and assess if there is any relationship between localisation of pain, and the severity or distribution of the radiological wear pattern.

Methods: 200 consecutive patients undergoing primary THR completed a questionnaire regarding the location and severity of their pain. Pain was localised to one or more of nine areas extending from low back to the foot. The localisation of pain was quantified as to severity using a visual analogue score. Questionnaires were completed both 4 weeks preoperatively and subsequently at a 3-month review clinic.

All patients underwent a standardised preoperative AP and Lateral x-ray. The AP film was divided into three areas, and the lateral film was divided into 5 areas. Each zone was assessed as to the severity of wear pattern and graded from 1–3 (no change in joint space, decreased joint space, femoral or acetabular destruction).

Results: The 200 patients complained of pain in a total of 980 areas preoperatively and 105 areas postoperative. 70% of the patients had complete relief of all pain at 3 months. The most common area of pain identified by patients was to the anterior aspect of the knee (82%), followed by pain at the greater trochanter and groin. 55% patients complained of pain extending to below the knee, mostly over the anterolateral aspect of the leg. Only 7% of these patients continued to complain of any below knee pain postoperatively, and all of these patients still had some relief of their below knee pain at review.

With regard to the frequencies and severity of x-ray changes, zone-1 (34%) was most commonly severely damaged with femoral and/or acetabular destruction in the AP film, with the anterior and anterolateral areas being most commonly affected areas in the lateral film (20% and 19% respectively).

When the distributions and severities of x-ray changes were correlated with the distribution of pain localised pre and postoperatively we were unable to show any association between the degree of radiological wear in any one zone and the locatin of pain identified by the patient. In fact, there was a normal distribution to the severity of radiological damage between each of the zones and localisation of pain in any of the 9 areas.

Conclusions: A significant number of patients who require hip arthroplasty have pain extending below the knee. This pain is frequently relieved following THR. The commonest area of sever hip joint wear with loss of femoral or acetabular bone is antero-superiorly. It is important to recognise this during surgery, such that action can be taken to ensure appropriate reaming such that subsequent correct tissue tension and leg lengths are achieved. We are unable to show any relationship between area of pain and area of radiological degeneration. We believe that patients who complain of pain in their back, buttock or thigh, which extends below the knee, can still benefit from total hip replacement. Patients who attend complaining of low back pain with radiation of pain down their leg should have their hips as well as their lumbar spine examined and imaged. Careful consideration should be taken before labelling the paid as being referred from degenerative back disease.


K S Khan R MacNiocaill F Clarke T Higgins C O’Kane P Murray

Introduction: The National Bone Bank of Ireland was established in June 1996 at Cappagh National Orthopaedic Hospital, Dublin in response to the increased demand of allogenic bone grafts in Ireland. We reviewed the Bone Bank performance since it started with special emphasis on Microbiological monitoring of bone allograft as infection is the main complication of bone allograft (Chapman and Villar 1992).

Material and Methods: The femoral head allograft is harvested from living volunteer donors who are undergoing primary total hip replacement at Cappagh Hospital and have been assessed by the Bone Bank Co-Ordinator.

Harvesting: The bone is retrieved and harvested at the time of total hip replacement according to a strict protocol.

Storage: The bone is stored in the “Quarantine” freezer at −80 degrees C for a minimum period of 180 days. Each specimen is subjected to a full technical review by the Bone Bank Co-Ordinator and Medical Director and only when results of screening confirmed negative, the bone designated suitable for “Issue Stock” freezer.

Issue of Allografts: Bone is supplied for use, only after receiving full details of recipient to allow tracking. The results of the culture swab taken at the time of implantation and details of any post operative infection in recipients are forwarded to the bone bank.

Results: From June 1996 to December 2003, 5089 Primary Total Hip Replacements done at Cappagh Hospital and 1921 (38%) femoral heads were harvested. 109 (5.7%) of grafts had initial positive swabs/chips and 22 of these were discarded because of second positive chips. 1457 femoral head grafts supplied to 876 recipients and were used in Revision Total Hip Replacement (60%), Spine Surgeries (15%), Revision Total Knee (12%), Fractures, Tumours, Foot and Ankle (12%). 6 swabs at the time of grafting in recipients grew Staphylococcus Epidermidis but no clinical infection reported in our follow-up system. To double check, we posted a questioner to all consultants with list and details of their recipient patients and only 2 cases of suspected grafts related infection reported.

Discussion and Conclusion: Microbiological surveillance of bone grafts protect recipients from infection and is useful as a quality control of the process of bone banking (Farrington et al 1998). Our study showed contamination rate of 5.7%. Minimum infection rate post Revision Hip Replacement has been reported by Tomford in 1990, but after massive femoral allograft, infection has been reported 4% – 5% (Tomford 1990) and over 11% by Lord et al in 1988. Our experience showed only 2 cases in spite of strict follow-up protocol. We follow the policy of discarding the heavily contaminated grafts (Chapman 1992).

The quality performance of a Bone Bank depend on a full time bone bank co-ordinator, identification of donors, retrieval and harvesting of grafts, blood and microbiological assessment, medical supervision for decisions about contaminated grafts, a strict follow-up protocol and a regular audit of bone bank (Ivory and Thomas 1993). We also suggest that regular correspondence to the consultant using the bone grafts will improve the accuracy of follow-up.


P Curtin J Harty E Sheehan P Nicholson J Rice J McElwain

Currently, data on the complication rates of primary total hip arthroplasty (THA) in Ireland is not available. We surveyed all consultant members of the Irish Orthopaedic Association (IOA) to determine the self reported complication rates of primary THA and analysed national audit data from the Economic and Social Research Institute (ESRI) for 2002. We received an 83% response rate to our survey. 58 surgeons reported data on 5,424 primary THAs for the year 2003. The mean dislocation rate was 1.02% and those using a posterior approach reported a significantly higher dislocation rate (p< 0.05). Deep infection rates were 0.44% and 29% of these were MRSA infections. There was no significant benefit reported from the use of body exhaust operative attire. The mean rate of venous thrombo-embolism (VTE) was 3.5%. There was no statistical difference reported in VTE rates when prophylaxis was commenced pre or post operatively, neither was there any significant benefit reported from using VTE prophylaxis for an extended period beyond the length of inpatient stay, nor from patients wearing graduated compression elastic stockings. ESRI national audit rates for dislocation were 25.7%, and rates of deep infection and VTE were 0.87% and < 0.1% respectively in 2002. Deficiencies in available ESRI data and questionable reliability of self reported rates, underline the necessity for a national Hip Register database in Ireland. The accurate recording of objective data on primary THA could provide an evidence base to improve surgical THA practices and patient outcomes and provide significant healthcare savings.


Full Access
B J Dower N Hogan E Walker T O’Sullivan

We undertook this study to determine whether the concerns regarding early complications following hip resurfacing were justified. One hundred and twenty-nine consecutive resurfacing procedures (118 patients, mean age 52.3 years) utilising the Birmingham hip prosthesis were reviewed at a mean of 36.1 (range 24–62) months. Pre-operative diagnosis included osteoarthritis (94), Dysplasia (19), AVN (8), Inflammatory arthropathy (8). Immediate post-operative x-rays were analysed for prosthesis placement and interface gaps. Follow up films were assessed for lucent lines, osteolysis, bone resorption and component migration. Harris hip and UCLA activity scores were recorded pre and post operatively on all patients. Three patients were lost to follow up. Five cases were revised. Three cases due to femoral neck fracture. One patient developed late infection and subsequently fractured. All four patients underwent successful revision to an uncemented stem. One patient required revision of the acetabular component due to migration following a fall three years postop. Five cases of osteolysis were seen (Acetabulum (3), Femur (2)). Four cases of bone resorption at the femoral neck were noted. Two patients developed significant heterotopic ossification (Brooker II & III). All patients with radiological abnormalities were asymptomatic. The mean Harris hip score pre-operatively was 56.4 increasing to 97.5 post-operatively. The mean UCLA activity score pre-operatively was 3.3 increasing to 7.4 post-operatively. Kaplan-Meier survivorship was 94.7% at 5 years. Surface replacement gives excellent clinical results and offers significant advantages over conventional hip replacement. Long-term results are awaited to fully evaluate the effects of resurfacing arthroplasty.


J Noel S Kutty C J Goldberg D Groves D P Moore E E Fogarty F E Dowling

Background Data: Radiography has been the mainstay of patient monitoring in scoliosis, but there is an increasing demand for its reduction to specific situations where treatment is to be decided or modified. There is concern that substitution of traditional methods with clinical impression and surface topography might not be feasible or safe.

Study Design: An outcome study of a year’s intake of new patients with adolescent idiopathic scoliosis using a protocol derived from experience with surface topography.

Method: Tolerance limits for observer and subject variation and observed changes over time were established and correlated with recorded Cobb angle changes. A “derived Cobb angle” was calculated from topographic spinal angles and radiographs of 75 patients with non-congenital scoliosis and tested against 141 similar patients. Cobb angle = 15.3 + 1.22* topographic spinal angle. A protocol was adopted with topography at every clinic visit, radiography reserved for cases with severe deformity, additional symptoms or where surgical intervention was considered. This protocol was tested on new adolescent idiopathic scoliosis (AIS) presentations to the general clinic in a single year (2001) with regard to status at presentation and outcome (n=49).

Results: Measurement error, on the average of four repositioned scans on 105 consecutive patients rounded up to 10 units on all parameters. In 75 patients with non-congenital scoliosis, change ≥10° in Cobb angle was always accompanied by a similar change on at least one topographic parameter. The mean difference was −3.9°, SD 14.7, and was greater in very small, larger or double curves and in obese patients. There was significant correlation (p< 0.01) between changes in the Cobb angle over time and that derived from the spinal angle. 49 girls presenting with a presumptive diagnosis of AIS were diagnosed thus: Normal, n=8, 4 after radiograph, all now discharged; Asymmetry, n=24, no radiographs, 11 discharged immediately, 10 after 0.5 – 1.5 years, 3 lost; AIS, n=17, Cobb angle 10–93°, 5 surgery, 6 discharged, 4 currently followed, 2 non-attendees.

Discussion: The incomplete correlation is acceptable, since within-subject variation of the Cobb angle is unknown but the observer variation was shown by Carman et al (JBJS 72(A):328–333) to be over 8°. The discrepancy between actual and derived Cobb angles at the extremes is understandable as small curves are inflated by the obligatory constant, while increased subcutaneous tissue smoothes the surface, and both double and large curves show more rotation of vertebral bodies than of spinous processes. This can be tolerated because in small curves, prediction is made on maturity indicators rather than Cobb angle, while at higher values, cosmesis is the issue, small changes in Cobb angle are less relevant, and pubertal status determines progression potential more effectively than radiographic measures.

Conclusion: Topography and reduced use of radiography allows safe monitoring of adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. It provides a validated cosmetic score which documents deformity progression, is an adjunct to clinical decision making and is mathematically related to the Cobb angle. Basic clinical modalities and careful consideration of every patient on an individual basis are still essential.


A J Butt G Weeks W Curtin K Kaar

Introduction: Uncemented total hip arthroplasty has evolved significantly over the past two decades. During this period many implants with different shapes, designs and coatings have developed and are being used with variable results. We present a series of 100 uncemented hip arthroplasties using the Duraloc 100 series cup and Corail stems which have been in use at Merlin Park for the past 5 years and 1 year respectively. The CORAIL stem first introduced in 1986 has a triplanar wedge design for optimal metaphyseal fixation. The prosthesis is pointed in its distal part to allow centering in the medullary canal without cortical locking. The titanium stem is fully coated with a 150 micron thick layer of hydroyapatite. According to the Norwegian arthroplasty register the stem has 99.5% survival at 4.5 years (Havelin L1, Espheaug B, Vollset SE, Engesaeter LB).

The Duraloc 100 series acetabular cups are hemispherical, porous-coated implants that are press fitted to a cavity reamed 2mm smaller than the cup diameter.

Material and methods: Between January 2002 and September 2003 we carried out 100 uncemented THRs in 65 males and 35 female patients. Patients were deemed fit for uncemented hip replacement if they had good bone stock and had no co-morbid condition which might compromise bone quality. Preoperative work up was carried out to exclude any generalised diseases that might compromise bone quality, including bone density measurements where appropriate. Baseline WOMAC scores and Harris hip scores were performed pre-operatively and at latest follow up. Operative details were recorded along with post-operative complications. Patients were followed up clinically and radiologically for a period of 6 to 26 months.

Results: There were 65 male patients and 35 female patients. Average age in men was 62.5 years (range 40 to 85 years) and in women was 65 years (range 48 to 86 years). Four patients had rheumatoid arthritis, the rest had osteoarthritis. The average post-op hospital stay was 12 days. The mean WOMAC score increased from 45 pre-op to 87 at the latest follow up. The average Harris hip score also increased from 52 pre-op to 92 at latest follow up.

All procedures were either performed or directly supervised by the senior authors. Operations were performed through an antero-lateral approach, the femur was prepared first and a trial reamer was left in the femoral canal to minimise blood loss while the acetabulum was reamed. The average duration of surgery was 65 minutes (range 45 to 100 mins) and average intra-operative blood loss was 300mls (range 125 to 750mls). Intra-operative complications included 2 proximal femur stable split fractures, they were identified on table and fixed with circlage cables. Patients were allowed to mobilise partial weight bearing as tolerated. Complications included 4 deep venous thromboses, three superficial wound infections, one respiratory tract infection and one myocardial infarction. At the latest follow up there are no dislocations, no deep infections and no loosening of the cup or the stem.

Discussion: When considering new implants and techniques in arthroplasty long term outcome of studies are necessary before any firm conclusions can be drawn regarding ultimate efficacy. This study however confirms that uncemented THRs using Duraloc cups and Corail stems is safe, involves minimal blood loss and gives good short term results. As there is no cement used, the duration of surgery is at least 15 to 20 mins less than an average cemented THR, which may be important when access to theatre is limited. The procedure is easy to learn and has well designed instrumentation. While there is no substitute for long term studies we feel that these early results are encouraging and justify continued work with the procedure in the context of a well designed prospective randomised trial comparing cemented and uncemented femoral components.


R Khan G M Khan D Cogley M Glynn F Thompson

58 patients underwent treatment for Slipped Upper Femoral Epiphysis (SUFE) at our unit from 1984 to 2001. 4 (7%) patients had bilateral SUFE at the time of primary admission, 17 (29%) patients were diagnosed with a slip of the contralateral hip at review during adolescence. The remaining 37 patients whose contralateral hips were not operated upon at completion of growth were reviewed at an average follow-up of 8 years (range 2–17) after the primary admission. 13 patients were not available for review, so 24 patients were examined and their hips radiographed.

Iowa hip score was used to assess the function of the hips, Antero-posterior and lateral radiographic views were taken to look for evidence of epiphyseal slip and degenerative joint disease. The Calcar Femorale was used as a radiographic landmark to check for a slip. Ahlback’s score was used to grade osteoarthritis.

4 out of 24 patients at the follow-up examination showed displacement of the contralateral femoral head that was greater than 3 standard deviation and was consistent with previously unrecognised physiolysis. 4 contralateral hips showed evidence of butteressing at the site of physeal reminence but the displacement was less than 3 standard deviations and so they were not considered to have slipped. 3 of these hips with buttressing had evidence of Grade I osteoarthritis. Overall incidence of bilateral SUFE in our study, excluding the 13 patients who were not available for follow-up was 25 out of 45 (55%).

This real existence of unrecognised contralateral slip, the increased risk of OA in these hips and significant rate of bilaterality, stresses the need to readdress the current mode of management of the contralateral hips in patients treated for unilateral SUFE.


A Zubovic M Cavanagh B Hurson

Aims: To assess the value of measuring subpopulations of T and B lymphocytes in children with bone tumours as an immunodiagnostic procedure in primary diagnosis of tumours.

Methods: In this prospective study blood samples were obtained from 36 patients aged 04–16 presenting with bone tumours in Cappagh Orthopaedic Hospital. Measurements in Immunology laboratory were based upon the principle of Ortho Cytoron Absolute flowcytometry. Levels of CD3 (Total T cells), CD4 (Helper cells), CD8 (Suppressor cells), Helper/Suppressor ratio and CD19 (B cells) were measured. Histological diagnosis of tumours was obtained by histopathological investigation of biobsy samples and flow cytometry results allocated accordingly.

Results: Of 36 patients, 12 (33.12%) had osteosarcoma, 10 (27.7%) Ewing’s sarcoma, 4 (11.1%) giant cell tumour and 10 (27.7%) osteomyelitis. Median values of lymphocytes were within normal values in patients with tumours other than oseomyelitis. In children with osteomyelitis median values were: CD3 2456, CD4 1479, CD8 929, Help/Sup ratio 1.8 and CD19 560 and all significantly raised. Confidence intervals were: CD3 467, CD4 292, CD8 470, and CD19 148. IN order to confidently outrule or confirm the diagnosis of osteomyelitis we measured the cut off point values of lymphocytes (the highest value in other patients groups). The cut off point values were found to be: CD3 2420, CD4 1400, CD8 873 and CD19 550.

Conclusions: The main use of measuring T and B lymphocytes response is in establishing the correct diagnosis between suspected osteomyelitis and other bone tumours. The CD3, CD4, CD8 and CD19 were significantly raised in children with osteomyelitis in contrast to other causes. Levels of CD3, CD4, CD8 and CD19 above the presented cut off values are an important and accurate confirming factor for the diagnosis of suspected osteomyelitis.


Full Access
C C Taylor D P Moore F E Dowling E F Fogarty

Introduction: Hurler syndrome (mucopolysaccharidosis type I) is an autosomal recessive disorder with characteristic progressive musculoskeletal manifestations termed dysostosis multiplex. These include dorsolumbar kyphosis with gibbus deformity, deficient femoral head ossification and acetabular dysplasia, valgus deformity of the knee, broad hands prone to carpal tunnel syndrome, pes planus and generalised joint contracture. Untreated, death occurs early in childhood. Therapeutic bone marrow transplantation (BMT) has improved life expectancy and now patients attain skeletal maturity. BMT, however, appears to have little influence on skeletal outcome, and optimum orthopaedic management is as yet uncertain.

Methods: Nineteen patients treated by BMT at a mean of 10 months (range 3–19 months), have been followed over a mean of 93 months (range 3–196 months). Five patients are now adolescent. We describe the clinical and radiological features of these patients and detail orthopaedic procedures and their outcome. Descriptive statistical analysis is used, displaying mean values and standard deviation where appropriate.

Results: All patients demonstrate characteristic acetabular dysplasia and failure of ossification of the superolateral femoral head. Nine have undergone bilateral pelvic and femoral derotation osteotomies at a mean of 48 months (range 24–105 months); mean acetabular angle preoperatively was 33 ± 3.8°. Five patients had pelvic osteotomy only. IN the remaining five patients, mean acetabular angle is 25 ± 3.3°. Genu Valgum of variable severity due to failure of ossification of the lateral aspect of the proximal tibial metaphysis is observed early. Four patients underwent medial epiphyseal stapling at a mean of 105 months. While most patients demonstrate thoracolumbar vertebral anomalies peculiar to Hurler syndrome, only five had had progressive scoliosis, two having had anterior spinal fusion at 37 and 72 months. Most patients experience symptoms of carpal tunnel syndrome from about 48 months. Only one patient has significant difficulty mobilising independently.

Conclusions: Our findings reflect the variability of musculoskeletal problems seen in Hurler syndrome. This cohort represents one of the largest available for study, and ongoing review will clarify the natural outcome of the disease and help determine if and when orthopaedic intervention is appropriate.


C Hurson O Shaw A Tansey B O’Donnchadha D Jones

Surgical treatment of complex deformities necessitates a detailed appreciation of the complex three dimensional abnormal anatomies involved. Preoperative planning for these complex cases traditionally involves x-ray and computerised tomography (CT). These modalities offer only two-dimensional images to represent three-dimensional anatomy. Advances in digital imaging have allowed three-dimensional reconstructions to be derived from CT images. These greatly improve understanding of complex deformities, but will never be able to replace the intuitive understanding that is gained by handling a physical model.

The Rapid Prototyping technique Selective Laser Sintering (SLS) is used in the industrial setting to manufacture prototype models from Computer Aided Designs (CAD). This technology can be utilised to convert CT images into accurate three-dimensional physical models of the human bony anatomy.

We present the use of SLS modelling to aid in the preoperative planning of complex reconstructive surgery in children. Cases include bladder exstrophy, developmental dysplasia of the hip and reconstruction of a complex elbow malunion.

The models provide invaluable visual and tactile information to the operating surgeon, accurately demonstrating the abnormal anatomy in an easily comprehensible manner. They allow estimation of the magnitude and degree of corrections necessary and evaluation of bony deficiencies.


S Morris P Kiely B Thornes D Collins D McCormack M Stephens F McManus

Introduction: Recent data from the UK suggests that the incidence of osteomyelitis in the paediatric population is declining. However, the incidence in the Scandic countries has risen in the late eighties and nineties. We undertook to examine the epidemiology of osteomyelitis presenting to a paediatric teaching hospital in an Irish urban setting.

Patients and Methods: We undertook a retrospective review to identify patients admitted over a twenty-five year period with a diagnosis of osteomyelitis. Patients were identified from hospital records, theatre log-books and a departmental database. Demographic data was collected, as were details of the infected bony structure, treatment required and organism cultured.

Results: A total of 291 patients were admitted over a twenty-four year period, from 1977 to 2000.

A marked reduction in osteomyelitis was noted over the twenty-four year incidence of the study. In addition, a shift in the causative organism was noted from an incidence of H Influenzae in the 70’s of up to 30%, to less than 5% in the 90’s. The treatment regime changed markedly over the course of the study period, with a significantly reduced duration of hospital stay reflecting the move away from protracted periods of hospitalisation.

Conclusion: A marked fall in osteomyelitis has occurred in the paediatric population. This may be due to improved living conditions and the introduction of H Influenzae vaccinations. The duration of hospital stay has declined markedly and the introduction of newer imaging modalities has aided diagnosis, allowing early aggressive intervention. However, as osteomyelitis is becoming increasingly rare, a higher index of suspicion is required, particularly from non-specialists who are more likely to be the first to encounter these patients.


J Cronin S Kutty J Limbers M M Stephens

Background: First Metatarsophalangeal joint (MTP) arthrodesis is commonly performed for hallux valgus with an arthritic joint, however previous studies have recommended that this should be combined with another procedure to correct the hallux valgus when the intermetatarsal angle is enlarged. We propose that an arthrodesis of the first MTP joint with a soft tissue release produces a significant correction of the intermetatarsal angle in such a group of patients avoiding the need for a concomitant procedure to change the intermetatatarsal angle.

Patients and Methods: The charts and radiographs of 20 patients who had an arthrodesis of the first MTP joint were retrospectively reviewed. All 20 patients were female with a mean age of 54.2 years (range 42–78 years). The intermetatarsal (IMT) angles were measured by two individuals independently. These were measured on a weight-bearing pre-operative film and a weight-bearing 6-week post-operative film. Fusions were performed using either the Hallu-S® plate or two crossed screws. A Student “t” test was performed on the change of the IMT angle and also on the inter-observer variations for the same.

Results: The mean pre-operative IMT angle was 16.85° (range 12–30°). The mean post-operative IMT angle was 10.6° (range 6–20°). The mean change in the IMT angle was 6.25° (range 2–12°). This change of the IMT angle was statistically significant – p< 0.0001 – Student “t” test. There was no significance in the inter-observer difference (p> 0.5) note in 6 radiographs with a mean of 1.3° (range 1–2°).

Conclusion: This is the first study to show that performing an arthrodesis of the first MTP joint with soft tissue release in patients with hallux valgus and degenerate first MTP joint will significantly correct the IM angle. Therefore, this alleviates the need for performing another procedure on these patients.


R J Hamilton I G Kelly A D MacLean

Atraumatic compartment syndrome results from prolonged compression of a limb by an obtunded subject. It is most commonly seen in drug abusers and presentation is frequently late. The key factor in the pathogenesis is the fact that muscle necrosis precedes the development of a compartment syndrome.

We set out to establish if surgical decompression of these compartment syndromes, as recommended in the literature, was justified. We reviewed 16 patients who underwent decompression of 19 limbs within our unit. Patients presented between 5 and 100 hours following their overdose (mean 30.5 hours) and surgery was performed at a mean time of 64.5 hours after admission. Surgical decompression resulted in the requirement for multiple operations, mean 3.7, and an extremely high complication rate. Infection was particularly prevalent, occurring in 10 of the 19 limbs decompressed. Only one of the 16 patients had normal limb function at follow up.

Based on these results and an understanding of the pathogenesis of the condition, we conclude that surgical decompression of atraumatic compartment syndromes is illogical, leads to an increased complication rate and is therefore unjustified.


M Cleary S R Kearns W R Quinlan

Introduction: Synchronous severe arthrosis of the ankle and subtalar joints is a debilitating problem that can be difficult to treat. Tibiotalocalcaneal arthrodesis remains the treatment of choice for this disabling condition. There are many techniques described for ankle arthrodesis, some of which are not applicable to patients with severe rheumatoid arthritis due to osteopenia and/or deformity. Minimally invasive procedures are preferable in this population, whose wound-healing ability is often compromised. This study aims to show the reliability and success of intra-medullary nailing for ankle arthrodesis. We also wished to assess postoperative pain relief and quality of life.

Methods: We reviewed 15 patients who had undergone tibiotalocalcaneal fusion with a retrograde intramedullary nail. Patients were assessed clinically and radiologically. Outcome measures included radiological union, ankle and foot function and quality of life, pre and postoperatively. The “ankle and foot function score” was used to assess function. Quality of life scores were obtained using the Short Form 36 (v2) pre and postoperatively. Statistical analysis was performed using the paired Student t-test.

Results: Indications for ankle arthrodesis were rheumatoid arthritis (n=11) and posttraumatic arthritis (n=4). Mean follow up was 11.2 months. Mean time to fusion was 2.9 months +/− 0.85. Solid fusion was achieved in 14 out of 15 patients (93%), one patient having a failed fusion due to persistent wound complications. There was an improvement in both the ankle and foot function scores and in the physical parameters of the SF-36 postoperatively. The mean preoperative ankle and foot function score was 26.7 +/− 13.5 versus 37 +/− 16 postoperatively (p=0.25). In assessing quality of life, the mean physical functioning score was 20.9 +/− 4 versus 29.1 +/− 10.4 postoperatively (p=0.08). Role limitations due to physical problems scored 26.3 +/− 5.3 preoperatively versus 32.7 +/− 10.9 postoperatively (p=0.09). Overall, there was a significant difference in pre and post-op mean summary physical component score: 27.5 +/− 4.9 versus 35 +/− 8.9, p=0.049.

Conclusion: This well tolerated, minimally invasive technique provides a surgical solution for a challenging clinical problem. Overall, this procedure improved both physical function and quality of life in our series and achieved a fusion rate equivalent to published series. We would advocate this procedure as a highly effective technique in the treatment of advanced rheumatoid hindfoot arthritis.


S Brophy S Kearns W Quinlan K O’Rourke

It is now well established that operative repair of Tendo Achilles (TA) ruptures reduces re-rupture rate compared with conservative treatment. Operative repair has been reported to be associated with significant morbidity in 11–29% of cases, in particular wound related complications. In 1977 Ma and Griffith described a percutaneous repair of the TA, however initial results showed a disappointingly high re-ruputre rate of approximately 10%. The senior author has modified the technique initially described in attempt to reduce the re-rupture rate.

After marking out the course of the sural nerve, a 2 Ethibond suture is passed into the ruptured tendon end via a stab incision, and passed proximally as in a modified Kessler suture. The suture is then passed first proximally and then back distally in a criss-cross pattern via further stab incisions and brought out at the tendon stump. A second suture is passed into the distal stump in a similar fashion and the sutures tied with the foot in equinus.

We recruited a cohort of patients who had undergone percutaneous repair in the last 5 years, and a cohort of age and sex matched controls who had undergone open repair. Both groups of patients were managed postoperatively in equinus cast for 8 weeks. Subjective outcome was measured using the Foot and Ankle Outcome Score (FAOS). Statistical analysis was performed using the Mann-Whitney U-test for non-parametric data.

Fifteen patients, mean age of 41.3, underwent percutaneous repair. There were 9 men and 6 women. The median time from injury to repair was 2 days in the percutaneous group and 1 day in the open group. Post-operatively there was no statistically significant difference between the two groups in relation to time taken to return to work (12 (percutaneous) versus 10 (open) weeks). However the percutaneous group returned to sport sooner 6 (percutaneous) versus 12 (open) months; p=0.6). There were no re-ruptures in either group. There were two sural nerve injuries in the percutaneous group and none in the open group. There was no significant difference in mean FAOS between the two groups (466 percutaneous versus 468 open).

Percutaneous repair of TA ruptures results in a similar functional outcome as the traditional open repair. The increased incidence of sural nerve injury may be associated with the learning curve of the procedure as both of these cases were early in the series. We propose that percutaneous repair is safe and effective. The avoidance of a large skin incision may reduce wound related complications.


N Dastgir A Haleem C Healy D Mordan T E Burke L D Souza

The aim of this study is to explore the effect of extracorporeal shock wave therapy (ESWT) in patients with chronic planter faciitis. In this prospective study 70 heels in 62 patients with chronic planter faciitis in whom conventional conservative treatment consisting of nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, heel cup, orthoses and/or shoe modifications, local steroid injections have failed, were treated with low energy ESWT. Patients were reviewed at 6, 12 and 24 weeks post treatment. At follow-up there was significant decrease in pain on the visual analog scale (VAS) (p=0.27), with significant improvement in pain score (p=0.009) and in functional score (p< 0.001). The comfortable walking distance has increased significantly. There were no reported side effects. This study indicates that in patients with chronic plantar fasciitis, the ESWT provide a good pain relief and a satisfactory clinical outcome.


Full Access
P M O’Grady P O’Connell C O’Driscoll D O’Farrell

Complete rupture of the Achilles tendon is a well described injury. Assessment of outcome and rehabilitation post surgery is difficult to qualify objectively.

We undertook a prospective evaluation of patients who had surgical repair of their ruptured Achilles tendon at our institution over a five year period. All patients underwent clinical and functional assessment. Objective function was evaluated using isokinetic testing on a Biodex dynamometer. Measurements included peak torque/body weight, average power, deficits, total work and range of movement. Studies were repeated at 60, 120 and 240 degrees/second. This was correlated with average time off work and time of return and level of sporting activities.

Although 53 patients were entered into the study, only 24 returned for full isokinetic testing. Males (16) were more commonly affected than females (9). Peak incidence was in the fourth and fifth decades of life. Mean hospital stay was 1.8 days. There were no problems with wound healing, and there were no infections.

22 of 25 patients returned to their pre-injury level of activity after an average of 6 months. Time off work averaged 14 weeks. 16 of 25 patients were the same or better when comparing peak torque/body weight, average power, maximum average peak torque and total work/body weight when compared with the unaffected limb.

Rehabilitation following Achilles tendon repair can be monitored clinically, however isokinetic testing can provide a more objective assessment of progress.


D. Younge

The proximal radio-ulnar joint (PRUJ) is expendable, as radial head excision for fracture is known to leave an acceptable deficit. This paper discusses a technique for turning the PRUJ en bloc and using it to replace the elbow joint after destruction of the ulnohumeral joint or resection of the distal humerus. PRUJ-plasty can also be used to restore function after arthrodesis of the elbow.

The prerequisite for the procedure is an intact PRUJ. After olecranon osteotomy (or after osteotomy at the same level if there is ankylosis between humerus and ulna), another more distal osteotomy of both the radius and ulna is done, just proximal to the biceps insertion into the radius, using a posterior approach. This creates a segment of proximal radius and ulna, including the PRUJ. This segment is then rotated 90° and fixed to the distal end of the humeral shaft and proximal end of the ulnar shaft. Interposed between humerus and ulna, the PRUJ functions as a vascularised, innervated synovial elbow joint. The range of motion of this new ‘elbow’ is potentially the same as pronation-supination, i.e., 160°.

Three young adults have had the procedure. One young woman had undergone resection of the distal humerus for chondrosarcoma. Later a vascularised fibular graft was used to replace the shaft, but she had no elbow joint and had to use a sling because of instability. The second patient had nonunion of the distal humerus and an ankylosed elbow, with motion only through the nonunion. The third patient had a 10-year old arthrodesis of the elbow following a childhood infection. The PRUJ was intact in all three. Postoperative elbow movement ranged from 70° to 120°. There was some mild lateral instability. The lost function was that of a radial head resection, so adequate pronation and supination were retained.

Because it uses a vascularised, innervated synovial joint, PRUJ-plasty is potentially good for life, making it superior to any synthetic prosthesis.


R.G. Molteno H.J.S. Colyn

Between 1980 and 2003, 600 patients with idiopathic clubfoot attended our clinic.

Until 1989, we manipulated the feet according to the Robert Jones method. After that we changed to the Ponseti method. Depending on the residual deformity at age 3 months, patients underwent either percutaneous Achilles tenotomy or full posteromedial release, as described by McKay, and were supplied with a thermoplastic splint until walking age. Minor changes to the surgical technique were made over the years. At follow-up, a minimum of 2 years postoperatively, the feet were evaluated both according to the McKay scoring method and by a simpler method that correlated well with it.

Although our results compare unfavourably with those of Ponseti (80% non-surgical correction), we had excellent overall outcomes, with low revision and complication rates.


Full Access
S. Matshidza S.S. Golele U. Mennen

Firecracker injuries to the hands can cause permanent functional loss and disfigurement. We assessed the injuries and treatment of 16 men, three women, five boys and two girls injured around New Year’s Eve between 1999 and 2004.

In 16 of the adult patients, who included a typist and a teacher, it was necessary to amputate one or more digits. Four patients lost both the thumb and the index finger, four lost the thumb and the rest lost other digits. Only soft tissue injuries were sustained by 10 of the 26 patients. Twenty patients (77%) benefited from initial debridement and primary closure alone, but the other six needed more than one procedure, and half of this group developed sepsis. The psychological impact was important in adults. Associated injuries included the loss of an eye in one patient, facial lacerations in 10 and a perforated eardrum. The mean hospital stay was 5 days.

Public education and legislative reform may help prevent these unnecessary injuries.


A.D. Barrow G. O’Brien J.M. Eltringham

This study of 10 consecutive patients analysed the benefit of percutaneous scaphoid fixation in minimally or non-displaced scaphoid fractures, looking at time to union, range of movement and strength. In all but one patient, who had an associated distal radius fracture, early mobilisation was the goal. Fixation was by canulated compression screw in all cases.

Clinical and radiological union took place in a mean time of 7 weeks. Mobilisation was possible from 2 weeks postoperatively in nine of the 10 patients. By the time of union, there was minimal loss of mobility. Patient satisfaction was high. There was no need for prolonged immobilisation in a cast.


Full Access
N.G.J. Maritz C.A. O’Brien

This retrospective study examines the outcomes of 17 semi-constraint elbow replacement procedures done over 7 years.

There were 14 primary and three revision procedures. The mean age of patients was 61 years. The indication for surgery was RA in 11 patients, trauma in six and tuberculosis in one. All but two patients, who died of unrelated causes, were available for follow-up. In 13 patients the mean follow-up time was 4 years, and in the other two there was an 8-month follow-up. The results were assessed according to the Mayo Elbow Performance (MEP) score.

There were seven excellent MEP scores, seven good and one fair. Mean flexion was 132°, extension −23°, with the range of motion 107°. Except in two patients, pronation and supination were full. Radiographs showed two patients had radiolucent lines of more than 2 mm, which covered less than 50% of the interface. To date no revisions have been necessary.

Medium-term results of semi-constraint elbow replacements are gratifying.


Full Access
C. Ackermann

This is a retrospective audit of 25 wrist arthroscopies performed between January 2002 and March 2004.

A 2.7-mm 30° small joint arthroscope was used. The procedure was done as a diagnostic tool, to aid decision-making in chronic wrist pathology and as definitive treatment. Trauma had played a role in most of the joints. There were interesting findings about the sequelae of distal radius fractures, despite apparently good radiological appearances.

Visualisation and assessment of wrist cartilage is of cardinal importance in making long-term treatment decisions. Some wrist pathology is amenable to arthroscopic treatment.


Full Access
R. Barrow A.D. Barrow S. Biddulph

Following up seven consecutive patients for a minimum of 3 years, we assessed the clinical outcome and level of patient satisfaction after distal ulnar head replacement.

In one patient the procedure was done because of a tumour. In the rest the pathology was predominantly OA and RA.

At follow-up, all patients had almost full pronation and supination. Grip strength was better than it was preoperatively, but generally not as good as in the non-pathological hand. In one patient instability was a problem, but overall patient satisfaction was high.

Although our study was of a small group and follow-up has been relatively short, early indications are that distal ulnar head replacement is a reliable and effective way of managing selected patients with problems that are otherwise difficult to treat.


F.M. Bischof A. Gani

This study was to determine the outcome of 5 years of vitamin D supplementation in children and adults with spastic quadriplegia living in a long-term care facility where a high incidence of pathological fractures had been noted.

Twenty of 88 patients with spastic quadriplegia had sustained 56 atraumatic fractures in the 4 years before this study. The median age was 17.5 years (6 to 29). An earlier study showed that rickets and osteomalacia were more severe in the patients with fractures. There was a significant relationship (p =0.002) between the number of fractures and the use of anticonvulsant therapy (ACT). The fractures were treated conservatively. ACT was continued. The patients were initially given 5000 IU of calciferol a day for 3 months, followed by a maintenance dose of 50 000 IU (one capsule) a month. Vitamin D supplementation was extended to all non-ambulatory patients, who spent most of their time indoors and had little exposure to sunlight.

Two of the 20 patients with fractures died of respiratory complications in the first year of the study and one was discharged. At 5-year follow-up, when 17 were assessed, none had pain on movement of the previously fractured limbs. In 14 patients, the fractures had healed in acceptable alignment. Three patients who had sustained multiple fractures had severe bowing deformities of the affected limbs. Since the implementation of the intervention, no non-ambulatory patient in the facility has sustained a fracture.

We recommend vitamin D supplementation for children and adults with cerebral palsy if exposure to sunlight cannot be guaranteed.


C.P. Roberts P.E. Huijsmans T. Cresswell C.J.F. Muller K. van Rooyen D.F. du Toit J.F. de Beer

The management of bony lesions associated with glenohumeral instability is the subject of debate. Invariably some time elapses between injury and surgery, during which atrophy may reduce both size and quality of the bone.

The main purpose of our study was to assess the viability of the bone. Histomorphometric bone analyses were prospectively performed on glenoid fragments harvested from 21 male patients during modified Latarjet operations. Their median age was 21 years (16 to 50). Rugby was the main sport of 64% and water sports (surfing, water polo, water skiing) of 21%.

The mean glenoid bone loss on CT scan was 17% (10% to 50%). In 33% of patients, bone loss exceeded 20%. Gross morphology of glenolabral fragments identified a single large fragment in 11 patients, a dominant large fragment with smaller fragments in seven, and multiple fragments in the remaining patients. The mean volume of bony fragments was 2.18 ml (1 to 3) and the mean mass was 1.64 gm (0.43 to 2.8). Histological examination revealed that there was no bone in three of the 21 specimens. Bony necrosis was present in eight of the 18 specimens that contained bone (44%).

Given the histopathological findings, attempts to reattach these devitalised bone fragments by screws or anchors may fail and lead to recurrent instability.


S.A. Khan

Traditionally clubfoot in South Africa is treated by manipulation, serial casting and, at the age of 3 to 4 months, posteromedial release. Revision surgery, with its attendant problems, is often necessary.

In November 2003 we started using the Ponseti technique. To date we have treated 61 feet, most of which are type-III according to the Harold and Walker classification. Serial castings are done according to Ponseti technique. Initially the forefoot is manipulated into supination to align it with the hindfoot. The talonavicular joint is gradually reduced until 75° of abduction is achieved. Then percutaneous tenotomy is done to correct hindfoot equinus. Manipulation is done weekly and an above-knee cast is applied. Following tenotomy, the cast remains in place for 3 weeks, after which a Denis Brown splint is worn continually (except at bath time) for 3 months and then at night for 3 years. Parent compliance has been good.

We have had six failures to date. One foot was found to have tarsal coalition and another was an arthrogrypotic foot, which was successfully corrected.

Our results suggest that most operations for clubfoot are avoidable. The Ponseti manipulation technique is simple and can easily be taught to the staff of peripheral hospitals, making it ideal for treatment of clubfoot in Africa.


J.P. Metaizeau

Since 1987, we have treated 37 clubfeet with a continuous passive movement (CPM) machine rather than by surgical release.

After 6 months of physiotherapy and splintage, all feet still exhibited equinus and varus deformities. CPM treatment improved equinus and varus in all cases and in 33 feet there was no need for surgery.

However, there was progressive impairment: at 15-year follow-up, the results in six feet remained good, with some dorsiflexion possible, but recurrence of the equinus deformity in the other feet had necessitated surgical release, performed when patients were 2 to 10 years old.

CPM treatment can eliminate the need for surgery in mild clubfeet, and delay surgery in more severe cases. Performing a surgical release after 3 years will perhaps reduce the rate of recurrence of the deformity.


S. Matshidza R. Golele

Congenital pseudarthrosis of the tibia remains difficult to treat. With variable success, children are subjected to many surgical procedures. We review our experience using titanium elastic nails in this condition.

We have treated 10 patients, six boys and four girls. Five had associated neurofibromatosis and pseudarthrosis of the fibula. In seven children, a mean of four previous operations had been done. The mean follow-up time was 4 years.

In our patients, union occurred at a mean of 18 weeks, with a mean limb length discrepancy of 3 cm. The range of movement in the knee and ankle was good.

Our early results are encouraging.


M.N. Maree S. Dix-Peek E.B. Hoffman

Over the five years 1997 and 2001 we evaluated five children (age range 10 to 14 years) with pathological femoral fractures due to rickets. All had quadriplegic cerebral palsy, and all were at home rather than in institutions. Four had been on long-term anticonvulsant therapy (ACT).

Radiographs showed typical features of rickets, with osteopoenia, cupping of metaphyses and widened growth plates. Biochemical analysis showed mean serum calcium of 1.87 mmol/l (1.71 to 2.2 – the normal range is 2.05 to 2.64), mean serum phosphate of 0.6 mmol/l (0.3 to 0.98 – the normal range is 1.0 to 1.85), and mean alkaline phosphatase of 1272 IU/l (414 to 2135 – normally less than 360).

The fractures were treated with Thomas splint traction or spica immobilisation. The rickets was treated with daily vitamin D (4000 IU) and calcium (1000 mg) for 3 months. The rickets healed radiologically at 2 months and the fractures united at 3 months.

For long-term prophylaxis a multifactorial therapeutic approach was adopted, entailing increasing exposure to sunlight, increasing dairy product intake, and changing the ACT to sodium valproate, which is less enzyme-inducing. No vitamin D supplementation was given.

At a mean follow-up of 3 years (2 to 8) no further fractures had occurred, and radiology and biochemistry were normal.


D.A.C. McCready H.J.S. Colyn

Between 1997 and 2003, five patients with acquired knee flexion contractures were treated by gradual soft tissue distraction using the Ilizarov external fixator.

Two patients presented following burns, two following septic arthritis of the knee and one after poliomyelitis. The mean age was 8.2 years (5 to 12). All patients had a fixed flexion contracture of the knee of 90°. The mean duration of fixator application was 4 months. No soft tissue releases or bony surgical procedures were performed. When the external fixator was removed, the mean residual knee flexion deformity was 2°. Follow-up after removal of the fixator averaged 5 months. The mean loss of correction was 15° (0° to 30°). Two patients developed mild pin-tract sepsis, which was successfully treated with oral antibiotics. Compared to preoperative status, energy-efficient mobility was markedly improved in all patients.


J.A. George D. Basu J.M. Pettifor

Osteogenesis imperfecta (OI) is characterised by decreased bone density and increased bone fragility.

We studied the effect of bisphosphonates on clinical features and bone mass, enrolling to the study 22 children with OI treated with these drugs. Sixteen of them received continuous oral alendronate and six received cyclical IV pamidronate. Evaluation included mobility score, fracture rate, chemistry of skeletal remodelling, iliac crest biopsy and DEXA assessment of bone mass.

After 18 months of bisphosphonate therapy, 10 patients were fully assessed. There was a definite clinical improvement, with significantly improved mobility (p =0.04), a reduction in the annualised fracture rate from 1.27 to 0.44, and significant improvement in bone mass density (p =0.01).


Full Access
J.C. Esch

This study was designed to evaluate the results of arthroscopic rotator cuff repair at a minimum follow-up of 2 years.

Only isolated full-thickness rotator cuff tears were included in the study. Of 63 cases that met the criteria, 51 were followed up. Results were measured with pre-operative and postoperative UCLA shoulder scores, Western Ontario Rotator Cuff (WORC)© scores, range of motion, strength and radiographs. The time to recovery and return to work, complications and patient satisfaction were also recorded. Data from various tear sizes were analysed to determine significant differences.

At the most recent follow-up, all patients had less pain and better function. Patients rated 48 shoulders (94%) satisfactory. Mean forward flexion was 170.4° and mean manual strength was 4.8/5. Significant strength differences in flexion and external rotation were found between various sizes of tear (p < 0.01). Mean UCLA scores for all tear sizes significantly improved from a preoperative 10.3 (±2.4) to a postoperative 32.1 (±4.3). The mean for small tears was 35, for medium tears 33.3 and for large tears 30. This difference was statistically significant (p < 0.05). Excellent postoperative UCLA scores were achieved in 26 shoulders (51%) and good results in 17 (33%), with seven shoulders (14%) fair and one (2%) poor. The mean overall WORC© score was 86.8% (±17.1) of normal. The mean time to recovery was 5.1 months.

Arthroscopic rotator cuff repair has good results and can be done on an outpatient basis with few complications. The results appear to depend on the tear size.


C.P. Roberts T. Cresswell H. Bosch K. van Rooyen D.F. du Toit J.F. de Beer

Little has been written about the results of isolated acromioclavicular joint (ACJ) resection using the superior approach. We report the results of our large series.

Between June 1994 and October 2003, a single surgeon performed 155 isolated ACJ resections, using the direct superior approach. Exclusion criteria were previous ipsilateral shoulder surgery, simultaneous arthroscopic procedures and OA. We asked 90 of the patients (94 shoulders) to complete the Simple Shoulder Test questionnaire by telephone. The median age of the 72 males and 18 females was 38 years (16 to 62). The dominant shoulder was involved in 54 patients. There was a history of trauma in 44 patients, with 11 rugby injuries. The median follow-up period was 29 months (6 to 118).

One portal infection resolved with debridement and antibiotics. Five revision procedures were done, four open revision Mumfords and one subacromial decompression. The mean postoperative Simple Shoulder score was 11.5 (6 to 12). Patients rated outcome as excellent in 63 shoulders, good in 22, moderate in five and poor in four.

The technique provides consistently good or excellent results (90%) and allows rapid return to normal function. There was complete resolution of pain in 73 of the 94 shoulders. All rugby players returned to the same level of play.


A.J. Troskie

Neonatal and adult cadaveric studies, as well as radiological, MRI and other studies, have been undertaken to try to establish whether different acromial shapes are acquired with age or congenital. The diverse results have led to continued debate about age-related changes in acromial morphology.

In this study to test the hypothesis that the acromial arch changes with age, 571 dry bone scapulae were examined. The specimens were divided into 10 groups according to age and gender. At least 50 specimens of each group were examined and classified according to the acromial types described by Bigliani. Height (h), length (l), thickness, acromial arch distance and coracoid height were measured. Because of interobserver differences in the interpretation of different acromial types, a statistical tool was devised to classify the types according to fixed parameters. This was done by calculating the acromial index (AI) with the formula AI =h/l.

Type-I and type-II acromions were found in all age groups. Type-III acromions were found only in age groups above 41 years, with the incidence peaking in the over 51-year group. Type-III acromions were more common in men than woman by 8:1. Type-II acromions were the most common in both genders and all age groups, followed by type-I and then by type-III. An os acromiale was found in 12.26% of specimens.

Looking at the results of this study, one has to agree with Edelson (JBJS (Br) 1995; 77-B) that type-I and type-II acromions seem to be inherited, while type-III hooked acromions are acquired.


J.F. de Beer D.F. du Toit C.P. Roberts P.E. Huijsmans C.F. Muller K.M. Geldenhuys R. Lyners K. van Rooyen H. de Jongh

The research question was: can ex-vivo chondrocyte cultures be established in shoulder cartilage biopsies?

Arthroscopic or open biopsies were obtained, with informed consent and institution-approved review protocol, from patients undergoing total shoulder replacement or orthopaedic interventions for end-stage rotator cuff deficiency or arthropathy. Chondrocytes were isolated from eight biopsies and cells cultured over 4-weeks.

In the first week post-digestion, validation studies showed cell counts varying from 30 000 to 400 000 (mean 126 666) and viability ranging from 30% to 100% (mean 75.2%). No primary culture failures were observed. One of the eight had an unexplained lower cell count and viability. Viability exceeded 80% in six of the eight cultures (75%). Alcian Blue stains and flow cytometry (Facscan) confirmed stable cultures with matrix formation. Aggrecan studies are in progress.

The fact that ex-vivo chondrocyte cultures can be established in biopsied shoulder cartilage may prove encouraging for autologous chondrocyte transplant in selected patients meeting stringent inclusion criteria.


J .C. Esch C.K. Bynum

In diagnosis and repair of partial subscapularis tendon tears, we used a simplified arthroscopic direct technique.

We used the anterosuperior arthroscopic portal to visualise the subscapularis tendon insertion, while probing and repairing from the adjacent anterior portal. Three anatomical dissections were done to define the insertion of the subscapularis tendon at the lesser tuberosity. While viewing from the anterosuperior portal, we repaired the subscapularis tendon with one or two suture anchors, inserted into the lesser tuberosity from the anterior portal. Suture management was via the standard posterior portal. From the anterior portal, a tendon-penetrating grasping device passed the sutures through the displaced subscapularis tendon. The arthroscopic knots were tied from the anterior portal.

Associated with the first 10 subscapularis repairs were six complete and four partial thickness supraspinatus/infraspinatus tears. There were no isolated subscapularis tears. Three patients had associated biceps lesions.

Subscapularis tears are often associated with supraspinatus and infraspinatus tendon tears. Direct anterosuperior viewing and anterior probing enables the surgeon to see and repair ‘hidden’ tears.


J.C. Esch W.M. Butcher

This is a retrospective study of 33 of 48 arthroscopic repairs of partial rotator cuff tears performed more than 2 years ago.

Repairs were done by one of four techniques: transtendon, side-to-side, completion of tear and side-to-side, or completion of tear and anchor repair. All patients completed UCLA shoulder score and Western Ontario Rotator Cuff (WORC)© score questionnaires.

We had 91% excellent or good UCLA shoulder scores and 85% excellent or good WORC© scores. Repair technique, tear classification, comorbidity or postoperative stiffness (experienced by 36% of patients) did not significantly affect outcome scores.


C.P. Roberts M.G. Pritchard C. Muller K. van Rooyen D.F. du Toit J.F. de Beer

External rotation of the shoulder is commonly measured in two ways, with the arm adducted or with the arm abducted to 90°. The measurement forms an important part of the assessment of shoulder function, but has been shown to be unreliable. Following the observation that, with the arm adducted, the range of external rotation alters according to the exact position of the arm in the sagittal plane, we conducted a study to quantify the effect on the range of external rotation of a small increment in forward flexion (15°).

With the arm first in a vertical position and then in 15° of forward flexion, external rotation was measured in 40 asymptomatic and 20 ‘frozen’ shoulders. With forward flexion, the range of external rotation decreased by a mean of 16.9° in the asymptomatic and 13.5° in the ‘frozen’ shoulders.

We postulate that some of the variation is a function of scapular positioning. With arm flexion, the scapula protracts, resulting in alteration in glenoid version. However, some difference is due also to alteration in soft tissue tension in the two arm positions.

The sagittal position of the arm affects the range of external rotation of the adducted shoulder. This variation in measurement may affect the scores of certain outcome measures.


P.E. Huijsmans K. van Rooyen C Muller D.F. du Toit J.F. de Beer

The shape of the glenoid can vary between pear and oval, depending on the presence of a glenoid notch. We measured the glenoid notch angle (the angle between the superior and inferior part of the anterior glenoid rim) in 53 embalmed cadavers and investigated its relationship with the labral attachment to the glenoid at that point.

The attachment of the anterosuperior labrum at the site of the glenoid notch was classified as tight or loose or, in some cases, there was a sublabral foramen. The anterior labrum was then removed and digital images perpendicular to the glenoid notch were taken. Using a digital image analysis program, the angle of the glenoid notch was measured.

In 37 shoulders (70%) the attachment of the labrum at the site of the glenoid notch was assessed as tight and in eight (15%) as loose. In eight shoulders (15%) a sublabral foramen was found. The mean glenoid notch angle was 153° in the loosely attached group, 159° in the sublabral foramen group and 168° in the group with a tight attachment. The presence of a glenoid notch was noted only when the glenoid notch angle was less than 170°.

The glenoid notch angle is related to the attachment of the labrum. In the presence of a glenoid notch, there is more likely to be a loosely attached labrum or sublabral foramen. The loose attachment of the anterosuperior labrum may be a predisposing factor in traumatic anterior instability.


S.A. Osman L. Perumal A. Januskiewicz

Over 3 years a single surgeon performed 226 rotator cuff repairs, 82 of them arthroscopically.

Available for this study were 64 patients (67 shoulders). The mean age was 61 years (34 to 79). The mean follow-up was 16.7 months. The UCLA scoring system was used and ultrasonographic assessment carried out. Outcomes were good to excellent in 86.6% of cases and satisfactory in 13.4%. Poorer results were seen mainly with larger tears.

In selected cases, arthroscopic repair by experienced surgeons can give results equal to those of open repair procedures.


N.G.J. Maritz Z. Oschman

Our study aimed to determine the presence of rotator cuff tears in asymptomatic shoulders of patients with symptomatic tears in the contralateral shoulder.

We asked 50 patients between the ages 40 and 83 years to complete a questionnaire. A single radiologist carried out ultrasonographic evaluation of both shoulders. Impingement signs were graded according to Neer’s classification and tears were graded according to Wiener and Seitz’s classification.

In 53% of asymptomatic shoulders there were tears that did not greatly differ from those on the symptomatic side. The only difference between asymptomatic and symptomatic tears was subacromial bursitis and biceps tendinopathy.

The high incidence of asymptomatic rotator cuff tears suggests that initial treatment of rotator cuff tears should be conservative and based on clinical judgment rather than on imaging modalities.


P.E. Huijsmans C.P. Roberts K. van Rooyen D.F. du Toit J.F. de Beer

Calcific tendinitis of the shoulder is a common cause of shoulder pain and is usually treated conservatively initially. We evaluated the ultrasound-guided needling procedure for calcium deposits in the rotator cuff.

Between 2002 and 2003 eight men and 18 women (mean age 49 years) with calcific tendinitis of the shoulder were treated this way. The mean duration of symptoms was 29 months. Before the procedure, the skin and subacromial bursa were infiltrated with local anaesthetic. The calcium deposit was perforated and aspirated when possible. With saline, a lavage was done to wash out the calcium.

Eleven patients (42.3%) had marked improvement in pain and needed no further treatment. Four patients required a reneedling procedure, and four patients needed repeated subacromial injections during the absorption phase of the calcium. In six patients arthroscopic calcium removal was needed. The mean visual analogue pain score during the procedure was 2.63. There were no complications.

The ultrasound-guided needling procedure is an effective and well-tolerated method of treatment of calcific tendinitis of the shoulder and in 77% of our cases there was no need for surgical removal. Where there is incomplete dissolution, the procedure can be repeated.


M.A. de Beer N.D.L. Burger J.C. van Rensburg

The objective of this study was to determine the tensile strength of the different components of rotator cuff tendons.

A test bench that performs tests at consistent rupture speed was used to do separate tensile tests on 10-mm strips of capsular and tendinous layers in four fresh frozen cadaveric shoulders. The layers were left attached only on the humeral side.

The maximum force was comparable but the elongation of the outer part of the tendon was greater, indicating that the capsular part would tear first. On average, a 10-mm strip of capsular layer failed at 170N with elongation of 7 mm, while a 10-mm strip of tendinous layer failed at 230N with elongation of 10 mm.

Using six fresh frozen cadaveric shoulders, we went on to determine the strength of the rotator hood, a thin layer of tendon extending beyond the tuberosity major and connecting the supraspinatus to the subscapularis via the bicipital tunnel. The rotator hood ruptured at a mean force of 70 N.

We concluded that the two layers of the cuff contribute equally to the strength. It is therefore important to repair both layers. The difference in elongation of the tendinous and capsular layers makes the capsular layer more vulnerable to elongation stress. The rotator hood is a strong and important structure, and it is important to repair it.


C.P. Roberts P.E. Huijsmans K. van Rooyen D.F. du Toit J.F. de Beer

With widely reported co-existence of impingement syndrome and acromioclavicular joint (ACJ) disease, some surgeons recommend that ACJ resection be combined with subacromial decompression.

From 1998 to 2003, 201 patients with symptomatic ACJs were taken to theatre. Bursoscopy was performed on 129 males and 54 females, those patients who had previously undergone ipsilateral shoulder surgery or had sonographically-proven rotator cuff tears being excluded. The mean age was 41 years (16 to 72). The preoperative diagnosis was isolated ACJ disease in 136 patients and combined ACJ disease and impingement in 47. Bursoscopy revealed no abnormalities in 124 of the 136 patients in whom isolated ACJ disease was diagnosed. In two patients, minimal bursal fraying was noted but no decompression was performed. Significant ‘impingement lesions’ were seen in 10 patients, all of whom were over age 35 years.

Symptomatic ACJ disease coexisted with impingement (lesion or signs) in only 57 of 183 patients (31%) patients. With careful preoperative evaluation, unnecessary surgery is avoidable.


P.E. Huijsmans C.P. Roberts K. van Rooyen D.F. du Toit J.F. de Beer

Treatment of OA of the shoulder in young and active patients remains a problem. Present treatment options are debridement, microfracturing, arthrodesis or shoulder replacement. We report the preliminary results of soft-tissue interposition arthroplasty with an acellular allograft skin-derived collagen matrix (Graft Jacket®, Wright Medical).

Between July and December 2003 five men and one woman with severe glenohumeral OA had a soft-tissue interposition arthroplasty of the shoulder. The mean age of the patients was 47 years (34 to 58). In four patients the procedure was done arthroscopically. The Graft Jacket® was sutured to the labrum with a minimum of five sutures. The mean postoperative follow-up was 6.2 months.

Four patients experienced notable pain relief after the operation. Preoperatively the mean visual analogue pain score was 7.2 and postoperatively it was 2.6. One patient had no improvement and elected to wait before having further treatment. One patient needed a hemi-arthroplasty. The range of motion improved in only one patient. The mean Constant score improved 14 points, from 45 to 59. There were no complications peroperatively or postoperatively.

While the long-term results are still unknown, soft-tissue interposition arthroplasty with the Graft Jacket® shows promising results.


N.G.J. Maritz T. de Beer I. Zondagh

The purpose of the study was to determine the prevalence of rotator cuff tears at long-term follow-up after arthroscopic subacromial decompression.

Between 1991 and 1994, arthroscopic subacromial decompression was done on 42 shoulders for impingement syndrome. None exhibited signs of a rotator cuff tear. The patients were re-evaluated at a mean postoperative follow-up time of 10 years. At follow-up, the mean age of the patients was 54 years (33 to 69). The evaluation consisted of a clinical examination (including the Constant shoulder score) and an ultrasonographic examination. Only seven patients were found to have developed rotator cuff tears and only one needed a repair procedure. Their mean Constant score was 95. The mean Constant score of 34 patients was 97. One patient refused follow-up owing to a subjective poor result. There were no complications.

We conclude that this is an effective intervention for impingement syndrome, protecting the rotator cuff.


Full Access
C.T. Frey J. Preddy V. Sinevici

In a prospective study from October 2002 to December 2003, we evaluated 102 femoral fractures treated with the new Synthes antegrade femoral nail. It is a titanium femoral nail with a recon locking option, distal dynamisation slot and trochanteric entry point.

There were 99 patients (76 males and 23 females), three of whom had bilateral fractures and 42 polytrauma. The mean age was 36 years (13 to 87). The mean Injury Severity Score was 42 (23 to 65). Motor vehicle accidents were the cause of 44 fractures and gunshot injuries the cause of 37. There were 25 transverse fractures (AO 32-A), 37 wedge type fractures (AO 32-B) and 40 complex (AO 32-B) fractures. There were 38 Gustilo type-II and type-III open fractures. Surgery was performed within 24 hours in 80% of the fractures. Nine required open reduction. Unreamed nails were inserted in 38 patients.

All fractures united. However, 11 showed angulations greater than 5°. Two patients had shortening of more than 1 cm, one of them requiring reoperation. One patient sustained a iatrogenic fracture, four developed fat embolism syndrome and three had DVT. Three patients had early superficial wound infection and two had late infections with a draining sinus. One locking screw broke.

We found this to be a reliable femoral nail with a safe entry point.


M.A. de Beer N.A. Niksch

After many patients, some of whom were unexpectedly young, had presented with medial migration of the hemi-prosthetic head and erosion of the glenoid, we decided 2 years ago to do preoperative DEXA on all shoulder replacement patients. The aim was first to determine normal bone mineral density (BMD) of the glenoid and secondly to predict which patients would be at risk.

We used the same DEXA method as for the hip. The glenoid was divided into three areas, numbered R1, R2 and R3, and we determined BMD in each of them.

Preliminary studies showed that patients fell into two groups. In one, BMD in the R2 and R3 areas was in the range 0.3 to 0.5. Most often the patients in this group were younger or had acute trauma and the contralateral shoulder was not pathological. BMD in the other group was in the range 0.9 to 1.3. Nearly all patients with OA of the shoulder fell into this group.

In this ongoing study, patients are followed up annually with clinical examination and standard radiographs. Follow-up to date has only been 2 years. So far no medial migration of the hemi-prosthetic head has been noted in patients in the group with BMD between 0.9 to 1.3.


N.G.J. Maritz I. Kreuser M. Majake N. Masinga

The identification of certain character traits in orthopaedic surgeons (OS), as compared with their general surgery counterparts, has potential implications in terms of the selection of registrars in orthopaedics.

A self-developed questionnaire about schooling, sports, hobbies, etc., was distributed to some 400 OS, 120 general surgeons, and 60 physicians across South Africa. There was a 29.2% response rate (117 replies) from OS, and 14 surgeons and 20 physicians replied.

The findings were inconclusive but nonetheless interesting. Profiles of the ‘average’ OS showed similarities with regard to race, gender, sports participation at school, and job satisfaction, especially when compared to the control group. There were notable individual differences in terms of age, marital status, number of children and use of free time. Most OS had attended urban public high schools. Golf was by far the most popular sport. More OS than members of the control group took part in sport, but they did not reach higher levels than their counterparts did.

The profile of the average OS does not seem to differ significantly from the control group, and more in-depth research seems necessary.


F.F. Birkholtz M.C.E. McDonald N.G.J. Maritz

To determine whether HIV seropositivity is a significant risk factor for infection following open fractures of long bones, we undertook a prospective cohort-type analytical study.

We obtained Ethics Committee approval and invited suitable patients (adults with open fractures of long bones) presenting to our institution to participate in the study. Written informed consent was obtained and the patient registered. Baseline blood tests were done (Hb, HIV, Albumin, CD4 count), after which treatment proceeded in the standard manner. At set intervals, patient records were accessed and information captured in a database. Patients were followed up until bony union had occurred.

To date, 50 patients have been recruited to the study. Of these, 19 were followed up until bony union. All but one of these patients was male and the mean age was 34.5 years. Fractures included three femora, two humeri, two radii and 15 tibiae. There were five Gustilo-Anderson grade-I, seven grade-II, six grade-IIIa and three grade-IIIb open fractures. Three of the 19 patients tested positive for HIV (15.8%). Infection occurred in five patients (26.3%), none of whom was HIV-positive. The strongest predictor for infection was the time delay to wound inspection, with mean delays of 56.9 hours and 100.2 hours respectively in patients who did and did not develop infection.

Although our study is small, it suggests that asymptomatic HIV seropositivity is not a significant risk factor for infection following open fractures of long bones. Delayed wound inspection puts patients at increased risk.


D.A.C. McCready F. Kleuver N.G.J. Maritz

This study was undertaken to identify certain high-risk patient groups admitted following trauma, in an attempt to improve their management.

We retrospective reviewed 207 patients admitted to the ICU with orthopaedic injuries between 1997 and 2003, excluding from the study spinal patients, paediatric orthopaedic patients, and patients having elective surgery. The mean age of the patients was 36.7 years.

The mean duration of stay in the ICU was 8.4 days. In 32% of patients, the only injuries were orthopaedic, with 51% of this group having multiple fractures. Of the patients with associated injuries, 34% had chest injuries. Acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS) developed in 46 patients (22%), of whom 33 (71%) had more than one long bone fracture. The incidence of ARDS in patients with no associated injuries was 11%. The overall mortality rate was 13.5% (28 patients), and the mortality rate of patients with only orthopaedic injuries was 5% (10 patients). Death occurred on the day of admission in 28.5% and 70% of the deaths occurred after 8 days in the ICU. Overall, there was a 10% mortality rate in patients admitted to the ICU for more than a day.

We advise close observation of all orthopaedic patients with associated chest injuries and recommend appropriate fracture management within 8 days of admission.


M.A. de Beer J.M. Boon A. van der Merwe M.E. Scholtz P.J. Becker

Loosening of the glenoid component after total shoulder arthroplasty is the most common indication for revision surgery and the reason for 40% of postoperative complications. Presupposing that implants would survive better in areas with higher bone mineral density (BMD), we aimed to determine BMD of the cancellous part of the glenoid and the dimensions of its cortical bone.

Using spiral CT scans of the left and right shoulders of 45 men and 25 women with no shoulder pathology, we assessed the BMD of the anterior, middle and posterior subcortical planes of the cancellous part of the glenoid at the superior, middle and inferior levels. The cortical thickness was measured at corresponding sites.

In both sexes, at all three levels we found the posterior plane had the highest BMD and cortical thickness.

These findings indicate that BMD varies between planes and areas of cancellous bone in the glenoid. This may influence the engineering of future implants.


Full Access
P. Rossouw

The pathogenesis of rotator cuff degeneration is important in determining the management and prognosis.

During surgery, the pathological area was excised and sent for histological examination. This paper describes the histological features of 229 biopsies taken from patients with various stages of rotator cuff pathology.

Clarification of the pathology can assist in determining the nature of any additional procedure to be performed.


Full Access
A. Pace S. Copeland

With respect to glenoid neck malunion and rotator cuff injury, conservative treatment is often considered best for extra-articular glenoid neck fractures. More recent studies reveal that outcomes are not uniformly good, but the cause of poor outcomes has not been investigated. We reviewed nine patients who had sustained a glenoid neck fracture of the scapula within the last 10 years and who had been treated conservatively with immobilisation and then early active motion.

Their functional and anatomical outcomes were analysed by clinical examination and validated scoring systems, including the Oxford questionnaire and Constant shoulder score. Plain radiographs and MRI studies were correlated with outcome.

None of the nine patients was free of pain and some had poor Oxford and Constant scores. Pain was associated with glenoid malunion and evidence of subacromial bursitis and/or rotator cuff tendinopathy.


P. Rossouw

Acquired pes planus is a common problem that develops spontaneously over time in the elderly. Initial diagnosis is difficult. Treatment is also difficult, as minor procedures are ineffective and major procedures not necessarily indicated.

This paper presents a new approach in which a simple sinutarsi arthrorexis with flat foot prosthesis is combined with various medial procedures, depending on the pathology of the tibialis posterior. No osteotomies or fusions are required. The paper considers indications for surgery and additional medial procedures.

This approach differs from present techniques. Because the surgery is of a minor nature, it can be performed earlier to retard progression of the disease.


C.J. Grobbelaar

There is no consensus on the management of the most lethal complication of total joint replacement. One school follows the traditional ‘prophylaxis without compromise’ policy, while the other, realising the dangers of prophylactic drugs, especially in total joint replacement, goes to the other extreme of ‘no prophylaxis and no anti-thrombotic drugs even for pulmonary embolism’.

We follow a middle of the road principle, believing that ‘surveillance determines anticoagulation therapy’. Our treatment protocol divides patients into high and low-risk cases. Regular surveillance (Doppler and blood examination) determines the method and extent of prophylaxis for high-risk cases and the therapeutic handling of positive clot formation in low-risk patients. Treating over 1055 patients over 8 years, we selectively administered anticoagulants only when clinically indicated and after positive Duplex diagnosis. Mortality due to pulmonary embolism was reduced by this regime from 1.0% to less than 0.05% (two cases in 6 years).

Guidelines have been laid down regarding the value of blood tests in combination with Duplex in an effective and affordable way, not only to detect thrombo-embolism but also to manage treatment, even after discharge.


G.M. Siboto R.P.B. von Bormann G. Alexander

The purpose of the study was to assess the accuracy of prereduction and postreduction obturator oblique radiographic views in the diagnosis of simple posterior hip dislocation, and to ascertain whether, in differentiating simple posterior hip dislocations from fracture dislocation, obturator oblique views are a safe diagnostic tool in the hands of junior registrars, trauma officers and community service doctors.

A sample group of prereduction and postreduction radiographs of patients who had sustained posterior hip dislocations (Thompson and Epstein type I to III) was collected. All patients then had CT scans of the hip to confirm the plain radiographic findings.

Shown only the radiographs, all junior doctors involved in the study correctly differentiated between simple posterior hip dislocations and fracture dislocations.

This has implications for savings in both time and money. If CT scans are unnecessary in simple posterior hip dislocation, the need for transfer and tertiary level hospitalisation is obviated.


P. Rossouw M. de Villiers

This paper introduces a new biological material for the treatment and augmentation of ligament and tendon deficiencies, and presents a variety of uses in orthopaedic conditions. The membrane was originally tested and used in cardiac valve replacement, where it is still in use.

Manufactured from bovine pericardial tissue, the collagen biolink membrane is treated chemically by cross-linking with gluteraldehyde. Aldehydes are chemically capped to prevent inflammatory response. The result is a strong collagenous material that provides a non-stretch bio-integrate for ligament replacement/augmentation. The membrane is fashioned to meet the particular ligament/tendon requirement.

This material is well suited for use in foot and ankle surgery, as well as in other situations, especially rotator cuff surgery. It may revolutionise ligament and tendon surgery.


I. Brenkel R. Cook

Venous thrombo-embolism is a common complication following hip replacement. The recently-published pulmonary embolism prevention study reported that aspirin decreased the fatal pulmonary embolism rate in patients with femoral neck fractures. In addition, new products (synthetic factor X-inhibitor Fondaparinux and direct thrombin-inhibiter Desirudin) have been reported to be more effective than low-molecular-weight heparin in preventing asymptomatic DVT. We thought it important to update the 1997 survey on thrombo-embolism prophylaxis by British Orthopaedic Surgeons.

A single page questionnaire was sent to 1308 members of the British Orthopaedic Association who are consultant orthopaedic surgeons. Those who did not respond received a reminder. We had a 72% response rate.

All surgeons use some form of prophylaxis, with 85% using pharmacological agents. Low-molecular-weight heparin is used by 55% of surgeons, while 20% use only aspirin. Fewer than 1% (five consultants) use early mobilisation and nearly 2% (13 consultants) use graded stockings and early mobilisation as their only prophylactic measures. Unit policies govern 74% of surgeons. In the last 3 years, 30% have changed their regime.

Most British orthopaedic surgeons still use pharmacological thromboprophylaxis. The use of aspirin has increased from 5% to 30%. Aspirin is often combined with a mechanical prophylactic. The use of intermittent calf compression has increased from 3% to 22% and of foot pumps from 12% to 19%. The use of low-molecular-weight heparin has fallen by 10%.


Full Access
A.A. van Zyl F. Marais

One of the problems of keeping an orthopaedic register is that radiographs, which are an integral part of records (particularly with total joint arthroplasties) are cumbersome and costly to store.

We have developed a cheap and simple digital storage system, photographing radiographs with a digital camera and storing pictures in a specially designed database. Retrieval is rapid and hard copies can be printed.

Over 10 000 arthroplasty radiographs have been digitalised by this inexpensive method, which could prove useful for most orthopaedic surgeons.


Full Access
P. Rossouw

Total ankle replacement (TAR) is a relatively new addition to the arthroplasty family. The uniform belief that the learning curve for this procedure is steep seems to have retarded the advancement of TAR as a substitute for arthrodesis. This presentation highlights the problems of TAR, exploring the reasons for the high initial complication rate and discussing ways of overcoming the difficulties.

The most common problems are correcting the deformities and creating a ligamentous balance. Because of the unique ankle and subtalar configuration, a paradigm shift is required to realign and balance the joint properly.

It is hoped this talk will make TAR user-friendlier and help it take its rightful place in arthroplasty surgery.


O.O. Sulaiman

Management of femoral shaft fractures in the transitional age group (8 to 14 years) remains controversial. The aim of this retrospective review of 50 consecutive patients was to evaluate the outcomes of various treatment methods.

Fifty patients (39 boys and 11 girls) with femoral shaft fractures treated between January 1998 and March 2003 were followed-up for a mean period of 30 months (9 to 54), using clinical and radiological parameters as well as patient questionnaires. Motor vehicle accidents had caused the femoral fractures in 56%. The fractures were closed in 88% of the patients and there were associated injuries in 16%.

Depending on the degree of comminution and fracture pattern, patients were treated in one of five ways: initial traction, manipulation under anaesthesia and spica immobilisation (16 patients), non-locking nail (18 patients), locking nail (10 patients), plate and screws (four patients) and external fixation (two patients). The mean time to union was 11 weeks (9 to 28). There was an 8% reoperation rate. Complications included limb length discrepancy in eight patients, malrotation in eight, angulation in 12, entry site pain in five, ectopic calcification in six, delayed union in three, knee stiffness in six and scar problems in four. The mean time away from school was 6.5 weeks (2 to 20). At the last follow-up 86% of patients were satisfied with the outcome.

The use of non-locking nails is cost effective, and healing time with non-locking nails is no longer than with locking nails.


J. Aderinto I. Brenkel

The identification of preoperative risk factors for blood transfusion following total joint arthroplasty facilitates the selection of patients for blood-conservation strategies such as preoperative autologous blood donation. We reviewed prospective data on 1016 unilateral THRs to establish the preoperative risk factors associated with peri-operative blood transfusion.

On average, transfused patients were older, with lower preoperative haemoglobin, weight, height and body mass indices than patients who were not transfused. When the relationship between variables and transfusion was examined by multivariate analysis with multiple logistic regressions, only preoperative haemoglobin and weight were identified as significant independent factors increasing the risk of transfusion (p < 0.001). A threefold increase in transfusion risk was associated with haemoglobin below 12.

Patients of low weight or with haemoglobin below 12 should be considered for blood-conserving interventions.


N.J. Mouton F. Kleuver G.J.E. de Beer C.J. Grobbelaar

In February and March 2004, 35 hip and 15 knee arthroplasties were performed. Indications for surgery included primary OA, avascular necrosis and fractures. Revision surgery was performed for aseptic loosening and recurrent dislocations. There were three revision hip arthroplasties and three arthroplasties were done for subcapital femoral fractures. The mean age of the patients was 64.2 years (33 to 84). The male to female ratio was 1:1.5. Both cemented and uncemented implants were used.

In the hip arthroplasties, the mean intraoperative blood loss was 515 ml (300 to 1520 ml). Intraoperative blood loss was minimal in the knee arthroplasties. Postoperative suction drainage averaged 477 ml for the hips and 925 ml for the knees. Postoperative blood transfusions were administered in seven patients. The mean time to mobilisation was 3 days postoperatively, and discharge was on day seven.

Early complications included superficial cellulitis in four patients, who were treated with intravenous antibiotics. After a knee replacement one patient developed a haematoma, which drained spontaneously. One patient had an early dislocation. Three patients developed upper respiratory tract infections. One 32-year-old man developed intraoperative pulmonary fat embolism and required ventilation for 24 hours. Following a knee replacement, one patient developed a transient drop foot, which improved after 24 hours. No incidence of clinical DVT was encountered.

Hip and knee arthroplasties are major procedures. Adequate preoperative evaluation to identify potential risks could limit major complications.


J.L. Briard

Soft tissue balancing in fixed genu valgum can be challenging and may lead to instability in flexion. Current techniques involve release of the tight secondary structures initially, with the fascia lata and the lateral capsule usually addressed first, and then the posterior capsule if necessary. If ligament testing does not permit neutral alignment in extension, release of the lateral collateral ligament becomes necessary.

The most common way of achieving neutral alignment is by lengthening the lateral structures through elevation of the proximal insertion of the lateral collateral ligament (LCL). This technique has two drawbacks: the lengthening affects both extension and flexion gaps and may give rise to excessive external rotation of the femoral implant, with too much offset of the rotational centre. Particularly when non-constrained prostheses are used, the resulting lateral instability in flexion can be a problem.

An alternative is to perform a release at the level of the distal insertion of the LCL, as advocated by Keblish and Buechel. However, this still induces undue external rotation of the femoral implant.

We think that if the situation in flexion before any release is satisfactory in terms of the patella, it should not be changed. This means that in order to maintain optimal patellofemoral function, the flexion gap should be addressed before any release. The task is then to achieve a good extension gap with a well-aligned knee. In fixed valgus deformities, this means distal translocation of the femoral insertion of the LCL by distal sliding lateral condylar osteotomy. This procedure aims to preserve the flexion condition and to allow distal slide of the lateral condylar osteotomised fragment. In doing the osteotomy, it is important to make the lateral fragment sufficiently large to allow relocation of the osteotomised fragment inside the prosthesis. This provides the immediate stability necessary for good healing. We have been using two simple cortical screws to ensure stability of the fragment.

This paper reports our experience in 100 cases.


S. Brijlal

There is increasing awareness of and concern about the treatment of HIV-infected patients with painful joint arthropathy. Orthopaedic surgeons and hospitals face the challenge of providing optimal treatment in the most cost effective way. The purpose of this study was to determine the most effective way of treating arthropathy in HIV-infected patients and to document the complications.

Twelve HIV-positive patients with a mean age of 45 years underwent THA. Assessment of nutritional status showed a mean serum albumen of 300 g/l. The mean haemoglobin was 11. The ESR was elevated in all cases, with a mean of 92 mm/hour Westergren and mean CD4 count of 455.

At follow-up (mean 36 months) all patients were fully ambulant, with no signs of infection. Nevertheless, the decision to perform total joint replacement in HIV-positive patients should be taken with utmost care. The outcome depends on a number of factors, including nutritional status, coexisting medical problems and the stage of the disease.


J.N. Cakic

The cause of unremitting hip joint pain often remains undiagnosed. In the knee, MRI often accurately detects soft tissue pathology, but there is a less than 5% chance that MRI will show an abnormality such as a labral tear. Because conventional surgery can lead to such complications as avascular necrosis, muscle weakness, trochanteric nonunion, heterotopic bone formation, neurovascular injuries and DVT, diagnostic open arthrotomy is seldom performed. Further, prolonged hospitalisation is costly and commits the patient to an extended rehabilitation program.

Arthroscopic hip surgery, a relatively new but well-established procedure, permits the identification of previously unrecognised disorders and in some pathologies offers definitive treatment. In young selected patients with OA it serves as a temporary palliative procedure.

This presentation is based on the first 50 hip arthroscopies performed by the author. Indications for operation were chronic hip pain without radiologically-discernible cause, the presence of loose bodies following trauma, chondrocalcinosis, labral lesions, chondral injuries, ruptured ligamentum teres, avascular necrosis, early OA, biopsy for suspected RA, and non-specific synovial disease. All patients were in hospital for only a day. Mobilisation was encouraged from day one. Dramatic improvement in previous symptoms was noted postoperatively. In three patients with degenerative changes, pain returned after a mean of 6 months and THR was subsequently performed.

Hip arthroscopy is a minimally invasive diagnostic and treatment technique, especially in young patients presenting with hip pain.


T. Barrett S.J.H Colyn

We conducted a retrospective audit of the short-term results of 14 patients with adolescent hip dysplasia treated with triple pelvic osteotomy. We compared our results with those in current international literature. The mean age of our patients at the time of surgery was 19 years (11 to 34).

The mean follow-up period was 8 months. Preoperatively and postoperatively the patients were graded clinically by the modified Merle d’Aubigne and Postel systems. Radiological evaluation included the centre-edge (CE) angle of Wiberg, the acetabular index (AI) of Sharp and the percentage of femoral head cover. Patient satisfaction was graded out of five points.

Clinically 86% of the patients exhibited improvement. The mean preoperative score was 12.3 (fair) and the mean postoperative score was 15.1 (good). Patient satisfaction was high, with a mean 4.75 out of 5 points. Radiologically there were notable improvements: the mean CE angle improved from 2° to 24°, the AI from 52° to 39°, and the percentage femoral head cover from 55% to 80%.

Our results in this short-term study compare well with international results. The operation carries known long-term benefits in terms of biomechanics and delayed onset of OA.


A.A. van Zyl J.F. van der Merwe R. Steyn

The number of worldwide THRs is growing but because we have no national register, the number done in South Africa is unknown. This is the third survey attempting to track the number of THRs done in this country. A survey 6 years ago indicated that 8986 THRs were done annually.

We sent out 521 questionnaires to members of the South African Orthopaedic Association. To date we have received 166 (31.86%) responses from members, 94 of whom perform THR. The data to date show that 4031 THRs are done annually, a mean of 42.88 operations per member.

Fully cemented THR is still the most popular form (58.3%), followed by hybrid (25.37%) and uncemented (15.85%). The most popular cements are Palacos (65%) and CMW (28%). Four prostheses lead the field at this stage: Elite Plus (27%), C-stem (9%), osteal (7%) and metal-on-metal resurfacing (6%).

We expect to have at least a 95% response by September 2004.


A. Ballantyne I. Brenkel

In consecutive patients undergoing unilateral TKA in a single institution, we undertook an audit of blood transfusion practices before and after introduction of a blood transfusion protocol.

Before and after the introduction of the protocol, 393 patients (group I) and 295 patients (group II) respectively were audited. The protocol stated that only patients with preoperative haemoglobin of less than 11 were cross-matched before surgery. The criterion for postoperative transfusion was a postoperative haemoglobin of less than 8.5 or a symptomatic patient with a haemoglobin greater than 8.5. The introduction of the protocol reduced the transfusion rates from 31% in group I to 11.9% in group II (CI 13.1% to 24.9%). The length of stay was reduced from 11.4 to 9.3 days (CI 1.4 to 2.9).

There were no adverse outcomes related to the introduction of the protocol.


M.N. Rasool

Acute bilateral symmetrical pyogenic osteomyelitis in children is rare. The purpose of this paper is to increase awareness of the existence and severity of this condition.

The clinical records and radiographs of eight children with acute bilateral symmetrical osteomyelitis seen between 1990 and 2003 were reviewed. All had typical clinical and laboratory features of acute osteomyelitis. The duration of symptoms ranged from 7 to 14 days. The age range was 5 to 12 years.

The sites involved were the proximal femora in two patients, the distal femora in two, the proximal tibiae in two, the calcanei in one and the clavicle in one. All patients had fluctuant abscesses and underwent incision and drainage. Staphylococcus aureus was cultured in all cases and treated with cloxacillin for 6 weeks.

Follow-up ranged from 18 months to 4 years. All except the patient with the clavicular lesion had poor outcomes. Patients with femoral neck involvement had avascular necrosis, pathological fractures and ankylosis. The children with distal femoral and upper tibial involvement developed chronic osteomyelitis, with sequestra, sinuses and knee joint ankylosis. The child with calcaneal involvement developed bilateral ankle, subtalar, calcaneocuboid and talonavicular fusion.

Bilateral symmetrical haematogenous osteomyelitis is a severe disease caused by a virulent organism. Symmetrical and simultaneous infection of the same bones is reported mainly in congenital syphilis and chronic recurrent multifocal osteomyelitis, which is associated with skin lesions. All children presenting with acute osteomyelitis should be thoroughly examined to exclude symmetrical and multifocal sites of involvement. A bone scan may be useful in the early detection of involved sites.


N. Martin H. Ahmed S. Dix-Peek E.B. Hoffman

We reviewed 600 children with 640 sites of acute haematogenous osteomyelitis treated between 1983 and 2002. Neonates and patients with septicaemia were excluded.

The mean age of the children was 7 years (3 months to 13 years). The male to female ratio was 2.3:1.

The diagnosis was made clinically and with the help of special investigations. The while cell count was elevated in 75% and the ESR in 98%. Blood cultures were positive in 79%. Radiographs showed metaphyseal rarefaction and/or periosteal reaction in 19% and isotope scan was positive in 43%. No aspiration was done to establish the diagnosis. In nine sites (1.5% of operated sites) the diagnosis was regarded as incorrect (no growth or subsequent bony changes on radiographs).

The distal femur was the most common site (25%), followed by the distal tibia (20%), proximal tibia (19%), proximal femur (7%), proximal humerus (5%), forearm (5%), distal fibula (4%), pelvis (4%), calcaneum (3%) and other (8%). Staphylococcus aureus was cultured in 89% of sites.

Treatment was with intravenous cloxacillin, followed by oral flucloxacillin for 6 weeks. Surgery was performed at 94.5% of sites. The 5.5% sites that were not operated upon were in the pelvis or were early limb sites with no swelling. At surgery, 21% of sites were found to have intra-osseous pus. In the remaining 79%, there was subperiosteal pus at 41% of sites and extraperiosteal pus at 38%. Patients were followed up until adequate bone stock was present on radiographs and no sinus or sequestrum was present. Poor results (sequestrum and/ or pathological fracture) occurred in 8.3% (53 sites). Poor results were not site-specific, but 99% occurred in patients with subperiosteal or extraperiosteal pus.


Full Access
H. Ahmed S. Dix-Peek N. Martin E.B. Hoffman

We reviewed 821 children with 869 sites of septic arthritis treated from 1983 to 2002. Neonates and patients with septicaemia and penetrating injuries were excluded.

There were two age groups: 46% of the children were two years or younger (mean 1.1 years) and 54% were between 3 and 12 years (mean 6.8 years). The male to female ratio was 1.7:1.

The diagnosis was made clinically and with the help of special investigations. The white cell count was elevated in 67% and the ESR in 96%. Blood culture was positive in 28%. Radiographs demonstrated widening of joint spaces in 19% and isotope bone scan was positive in 11% of sites, mainly in the hip. No diagnostic joint aspiration was done. In 42 sites (4.6%) the diagnosis was regarded as incorrect because there was no growth or white cells.

The most common site of septic arthritis was the knee (37%), followed by the hip (30%), ankle (14%), elbow (10%), shoulder (5%), wrist (3%) and subtalar joint (1%).

Treatment was with open arthrotomy and antibiotics (cloxacillin and/or ampicillin). Bacteriologically the most common finding was no growth (50% in each age group). In the younger group the most common finding was Haemophilus influenzae (24.5%). Staphylococcus aureus was found in 37% of the older group. From 2000 the incidence of H. influenzae declined, probably owing to the introduction of vaccine in 1998.

Results at 30 sites (3.5%) were poor. There was avascular necrosis in 18 hips, chondrolysis in five hips and three ankles, and stiffness in two knees, an ankle and a subtalar joint.

Further analysis showed that poor results were more likely to occur in older patients with S. aureus and where there was a delay in treatment. Where good results were achieved, the mean delay was 3.5 days. It was 9.3 days where results were poor.


Full Access
M.N. Rasool

Isolated femoral neck lesions in children are rare and the differential diagnosis is wide. This study examines the spectrum of chronic non-traumatic bone lesions seen in the femoral neck region in children and emphasises the importance of tissue diagnosis.

From 1990 to 2003, 23 children aged 1 to 3 years with chronic bone lesions of the femoral neck region were seen. Their case records and radiographs were reviewed retrospectively. Pain and a limp for 4 to 12 weeks were the main symptoms. Most children (18) had right-sided lesions. All had routine blood investigations, radiographs and bone scans. Histological and microbiological studies were done when pus and granulation tissue were found.

We found infections, benign tumours and haematopoetic lesions. There were seven cases of tuberculosis and three of subacute pyogenic osteomyelitis. Six children had simple bone cysts, one a chondroblastoma, one a fibrous dysplasia and three osteoid osteoma. Two had eosinophilic granulomata. All 23 lesions were treated by curettage and biopsied. Bone graft was used in all the simple bone cysts, fibrous dysplasia and chondroblastoma. Internal fixation was used in one displaced fracture and the rest were immobilised in a spica. Follow-up ranged from 9 months to 8 years. All lesions showed healing. Coxa vara occurred in four patients and growth disturbances in five.

Tuberculous lesions caused the greatest diagnostic dilemma as they resembled several benign bony conditions. Thorough examination is essential and biopsy is mandatory.


Full Access
R. Ramlakan M.N. Rasool

Septic arthritis of the hip remains a serious problem in our environment. The diagnosis is difficult and treatment is challenging. Particularly in patients presenting late, the outcome may be poor.

From January 1998 to December 2002, 27 children were admitted to the paediatric unit with the diagnosis of septic arthritis. Their ages ranged from 2 to 12 years and the duration of symptoms ranged from 3 days to 3 months. Pain, fever and a limp were the main clinical features. Only one child had bilateral involvement. Laboratory investigations revealed Staphylococcus in 20 children, Serratia in one, Pseudomonas in one and Haemophilus influenza in one. In four patients no growth was identified. Initial radiological findings ranged from no abnormalities in 18 children, to capsular distention in six and hip dislocation in three. Ultrasonography, CT scan and bone scan were also performed. All patients underwent surgical exploration. Twelve had septic arthritis, six pelvic osteomyelitis and five proximal femoral osteitis. There were two psoas abscesses, a buttock abscess and a case of inguinal lymphadenitis. Follow-up ranged from 3 months to 5 years.

Only eight children had a good outcome and full range of movement. There were six cases of ankylosis, 10 of avascular necrosis and three of dislocation.

Thorough clinical and radiographic examination is advocated in patients with apparent septic arthritis, as misdiagnosis is common. The infection may be in the pelvis, femoral neck or related soft tissues.


T.L.B. le Roux H.A. McLoughlin B.G.P. Lindeque

The purpose of this study is to compare functional results of hemipelvectomy and internal hemipelvectomy following resection of pelvic tumours. The emotional acceptance of such surgery is also examined.

From 1998 to 2003, 19 male and 13 female patients, aged from 6 to 76 years, underwent hemipelvectomy, and 12 male and seven female patients, aged from 13 to 65 years, underwent internal hemipelvectomy. In the series as a whole, follow-up ranged from 1 to 156 months. Five patients with external hemipelvectomy, six with internal hemipelvectomy and one who underwent internal hemipelvectomy followed by external hemipelvectomy were evaluated functionally, clinically and psychologically.

Patients expressed emotional concern about body image and mobility. Psychosocial adjustment was difficult for all patients, but some were able to overcome their difficulties more easily than others. Patients with internal hemipelvectomy rather than external hemipelvectomy had more difficulty adjusting emotionally.

The site of the tumour and morbidity rates, which remain high when limb-sparing surgery is performed for pelvic tumours, are important considerations when deciding upon the type of surgery. Patients and their families need extensive preoperative psychological preparation and postoperative psychotherapy is imperative.


N. Duneas G. Zheng

We present data showing predictable bone-inducing capacity of two types of tissue-bank manipulated bone allograft, which is used increasingly as biological allograft.

The first type is an in-vitro tested demineralised bone matrix (DBM) composition of human long bone, which contains lyophilised cross-linked collagenous biomaterial as a delivery system. The composition is in the form of an allograft powder that is stable at room temperature and readily rehydratable into a putty-like consistency. Its superior co-adhesive properties enable it to remain at the implant site, resisting irrigation and displacement due to bleeding. We discuss a number of cases in which successful fusion of recalcitrant long bone fractures in humans followed implantation of the DBM-collagenous biomaterial composite.

We also present data on a second type of manipulated human allograft, a reconstituted DBM with increased levels of osteogenic fractions derived from human cortical bone. The osteogenic fraction is rich in bone morphogenetic protein (BMP) and capable of inducing alkaline phosphatase activity in in vitro cultures of rat myoblast cells. Alkaline phosphatase is a well-known specific marker for bone forming activity. Thirty-four patients with persistent non-union (including partial or complete segmental defects) were treated with the BMP-collagen composite. All patients had previously been treated by internal or external fixation, cast immobilisation, and/or allogenic or autogenic bone grafting. Preoperative symptoms averaged 26 months (1 to 228). At surgery the hydrated implant was injected at the site of the defect, which was then stabilised by internal or external fixation. Early radiographs showed moderate bridging in all patients, indicating that h-BMP composite implants may be effective treatment of difficult nonunions.


R. Ramlakan S. Govender

Tuberculous sacro-iliitis occurs in fewer than 10% of cases of skeletal tuberculosis. The diagnosis is usually delayed as more common causes of low back pain are sought. Treatment is mainly conservative, with very few patients requiring surgery.

In a retrospective analysis from 1994 to 2004, we reviewed 15 patients, ranging in age from 15 to 60 years, 13 of whom presented with lower back pain and difficulty with walking. Two patients had an abscess over the affected sacro-iliac joint. All patients had tenderness over the sacro-iliac joint. The Gaenslen and FABER stress tests were positive in all patients. Radiographs showed joint space widening, marginal sclerosis of the joints and peri-articular osteopoenia. Technetium 99 bone scan revealed increased uptake in the region of the sacro-iliac joint. CT scan revealed joint space widening, sclerosis and sequestra in the joint space. Only one patient had bilateral tuberculous infection. Two had had an associated lumbar spine lesion. All 15 patients underwent open biopsy. Histological and microbiological reports revealed chronic infection, with Mycobacterium tuberculosis the causative organism. An 18-month program of antituberculous medication was initiated. Ambulation followed wound healing. Follow-up ranged from 5 to 8 years. All 15 patients responded well to this conservative approach.

In patients with low back pain, sacro-iliac disease should always be included in the differential diagnosis. Thorough clinical and radiological examination and laboratory diagnosis is essential to exclude pyogenic infection and tumours.


A. Murray I. Brenkel

Previous studies have suggested that bilateral TKR is a safe and economically advantageous procedure. However, because of persistent concerns about complications and patients’ ability to rehabilitate, it has not yet become routine practice.

Using data from the Scottish Arthroplasty Project, which has centrally collated data gathered prospectively between 1989 and 1999, we analysed 19 247 patients who underwent primary knee replacement. Any subsequent admission for TKR was noted. Deaths following an index procedure were identified from the General Register of Deaths.

In 30% of patients a contralateral TKR was done within 5 years. The overall hospital stay for both unilateral and bilateral TKR has been comparable since 1993. The mortality rate following simultaneous bilateral TKR (1%) is similar to that following unilateral TKR (1.2%).

Only 25% of Scottish Surgeons perform simultaneous bilateral TKR. However, bilateral knee arthritis is common and bilateral TKR carries no significantly increased cumulative risk of death, deep infection or need for revision. The increased likelihood of blood transfusion should be offset against the definite advantages of one anaesthetic, a reduced hospital stay and good early outcome.


T.L.B. le Roux H.A. McLoughlin B.G.P. Lindeque

The first purpose of this study was to survey patterns of unusual metastatic spread of soft tissue sarcoma in patients treated at the Musculoskeletal Tumour Unit in Pretoria, and the second to make recommendations regarding the treatment and follow-up of patients.

In 3671 cases of musculoskeletal tumours treated from 1986 to 2003, 346 cases of soft tissue sarcoma were reported. Unusual metastases were present in 11 male and four female patients, ranging in age from 15 to 76 years. The interval between diagnosis and first metastasis ranged from 1 to 56 months. Pulmonary metastases occurred in only six patients, all with metastases in unusual sites. In 10 patients the unusual metastases were diagnosed after the patients themselves had discovered them on self-examination. Meticulous clinical examination combined with radiographs, CT scan and ultrasonographic examinations led to the diagnosis of the other metastases.

This series highlights the importance of referring patients to tumour centres, where the multidisciplinary management approach facilitates the implementation of coordinated surveillance strategies and the early detection and treatment of distant metastases.


J.L. Briard

Computer-aided surgery (CAS) aims not to replace the surgeon but to assist him in difficult areas. The cost of the system means it has to produce markedly improved clinical results. CAS gained acceptance in neurosurgery.

In knee surgery, CAS has improved the accuracy of tibiofemoral alignment and bone cuts. It has also helped deal with problems such as soft tissue balancing.

This report of our experiences looks at intra-articular and extra-articular forces around the knee, the use of spacer blocks, surgical techniques and results.


K.V. Hosking E.B. Hoffman

We assessed three children who had limb salvage surgery for sarcomata of the proximal fibula. Their ages ranged from 6 to 13 years. MRI showed involvement of the anterior, lateral and deep posterior compartments. Incisional biopsy showed two osteoblastic osteosarcomata and one Ewing’s sarcoma. Preoperative angiogram confirmed that the tibialis posterior artery was the main blood supply to the foot.

The surgical technique was as described by Malawer (1984): via an anterolateral incision, the anterior, lateral and deep posterior compartments were excised en bloc with the proximal fibula. The peroneal artery was sacrificed in all three patients, and the common peroneal nerve and tibialis anterior artery in two. In the patient with Ewing’s sarcoma, the tibialis anterior muscle, artery and nerve did not require excision. What remained were the tibialis posterior nerve and artery, gastrocnemius, flexor digitorum longus and most of soleus. The lateral gastrocnemius was rotated forward to fill the defect. The collateral ligament of the knee was reconstructed by suturing the lateral collateral ligament and biceps femoris to the proximal tibia.

All three patients had neo-adjuvant chemotherapy. Tumour necrosis ranged from 90% to 100%.

At follow-up at 2, 4 and 9 years, there was no recurrence. The Musculoskeletal Tumour Society evaluation was used and all patients scored more than 80% and were happy with the cosmetic result. Although two of the three patients required an orthotic because of weak dorsiflexion, the functional result was good.


T.L.B. le Roux H.A. McLoughlin

The purpose of this study was to evaluate functional ability following proximal humeral resection for bone/ soft tissue tumours.

We studied the records of and clinically examined 19 patients with allograft reconstruction following resection of bone/soft tissue tumours.

Although proximal functioning was impaired, all patients could use their arms for activities of daily living. Complications such as sepsis and nonunion occurred in six patients. The tumour recurred in one patient and there were proximal metastases in two. In seven patients there were no complications. Medical, psychological and social concerns were included in the evaluation and in these respects patients expressed satisfaction.

Patient satisfaction and the complication rate were comparable with results in the international literature we surveyed.


A. Schepers D.R. van der Jagt

The aim of this study was to measure polyethylene wear in uncemented metal-backed cups and compare it with cemented ultra-high molecular weight (UHMW) polyethylene cups in a controlled double-blind study.

The study group was made up of 91 patients aged 50 to 70 years undergoing THR for unilateral OA of the hip between February 1995 and July 2002. The male to female ratio was 40:60. In all patients, a cemented stem and 28-mm ceramic head was inserted, using a third-generation cementing technique and UHMW polyethylene. Patients were randomly allocated to receive either a cemented or uncemented acetabular cup. Eight patients were lost to follow-up.

Cemented cups were used in 28 patients (mean age 64 years). The mean thickness of the polyethylene was 9.6 mm (7.5 to 12.5). The mean liner thickness in the metal-backed cups was 8.9 mm (7 to 12.2). In measuring wear, baseline 3-month postoperative radiographs were compared with the most recent follow-up radiographs and Martell software was used.

The polyethylene in metal-backed cups had a mean wear rate of 0.49 mm at 4.7 years, with a mean annual wear rate of 0.12 mm. The cemented polyethylene cups had a mean wear rate of 0.45 mm at 5.3 years, with a mean annual wear rate of 0.11 mm.

The study is ongoing. Currently we conclude that there is no significant difference in the annual wear rate of polyethylene in uncemented metal-backed cups and cemented cups.


A. Konyves G. Bannister

In 90 patients undergoing primary THA, leg length discrepancy (LLD) and hip function were assessed pre-operatively and 3 and 12 months postoperatively. Hip function was measured by the Oxford hip score (OHS).

Postoperatively the mean OHS improved by 26 points out of a possible 48 at 3 months and by 30 points at 12 months. Postoperatively 62% of patients’ limbs were lengthened by a mean of 9 mm. The LLD was perceived by 43% of the affected patients at 3 months and by 33% at 12 months. The OHS in patients who perceived true lengthening was 27% worse than in the other patients at 3 months and 18% worse at 12 months. In 98%, lengthening occurred in the femoral component.

The problem of LLD after THA is lengthening. Appropriate placement of the femoral component could reduce patients’ perception of this.


D.R. van der Jagt A. Schepers J. Fisher

Osteolysis and subsequent mechanical loosening often occurs in hip arthroplasties using polyethylene-on-ceramic (POC) bearings. This has prompted an ongoing search for alternative bearing surfaces. Ceramic-on-ceramic (COC) and metal-on-metal (MOM) prostheses are widely used, with good clinical results. Using hip simulator studies, we compared ceramic-on-metal (COM) and MOM prostheses.

We found COM pairings had 100-fold lower wear rates than MOM. The wear particles from both articulations were oval to round in shape and in the nanometer size range, with the COM producing smaller particles than the MOM. In both pairings, particle size decreased as the bearings bedded in. The volumetric particle loads were far smaller with COM bearing-surfaces than in currently-used MOM prostheses.

These findings have encouraged us to investigate the use of these novel bearing surfaces. Ethical approval has been obtained, and a prospective randomised clinical trial comparing POC, MOM, COC and COM bearing surfaces has started.


C.J. Grobbelaar

This study investigates the relationship between the quality of the arthroplasty and the radiological appearance of the interface. Of special interest is the prognostic value of sustained stability and of improvement in the interface, a phenomenon we have not previously seen.

At 1 week and at 6 and 24 months postoperatively, we assessed radiographs of 20 randomly selected patients in whom cross-linked polyethylene cups had been implanted. We classified them into three stages: in stage 0 there was no interface in any zone, in stage I less than 2 mm and in stage II more than 2 mm. This was not a comparative study, but an important feature was the sustainment and/or improvement of the interface. In 16 patients a complete ‘white-out’ of interfaces in postoperative x-rays was sustained for the duration of the study. In three patients imperfect postoperative interfaces clearly improved. In only one patient, who had developed infection, was there deterioration. Widening was seen only in cases of gross mechanical failure or sepsis.

We postulate that cross-linking of polyethylene results in virtual absence of HDP debris and that this is the main reason for interface improvement. It is polythene particles that cause osteolysis, and their elimination dramatically improves the prognosis for total joint replacement. The results reconfirm that, provided fixation is complete, cement is not the main reason for interface failure.

We believe that this method makes total joint replacement viable even in young patients.


M.J.M. Driessen

Image-guided TKR requires a three-dimensional model of the patient, traditionally provided by preoperative CT scans. Recent developments have focused on navigation systems that eliminate the need for preoperative CT scan. This paper aims to assess the comparative accuracy of prosthesis planning using CT-based and CT-free navigation systems.

Four half-body cadavers were implanted with fiducial markers, four per limb, to provide accurate registration points. Eight orthopaedic surgeons then proceeded to plan the anatomy on each limb twice, using CT scan. The CT-free planning involved digitalisation of the fiducial markers, followed by attachment of trackers to the femur and tibia. Several kinematic and digitalisation steps were taken to produce a set of anatomical coordinates for each limb. Again each surgeon repeated this procedure twice on each limb. Calculation of reproducibility of the mechanical axis as defined by both methods was thus possible.

The overall differences related to varus/valgus placements between the two methods were minor, with a mean of 0.04° (−0.20° to 0.28°) for the femur and 0.19° (−0.009° to 0.39°) for the tibia. The mean angular difference in flexion/extension placement was –0.27° (−0.59° to −0.08°) for the femur and −0.08° (−0.40° to 0.24°) for the tibia.

Results for varus/valgus and flexion/extension, as measured by CT-based and CT-free systems, showed a high degree of concordance. There was no observable bias in either system, as shown by the approximately equal spread of data points on either side of the line of equality. The data show a high degree of reproducibility between CT-free navigation systems and CT-based procedures.


J. Retpen

In 80 patients with a mean age of 50 years, 97 uncemented primary THAs were performed using a titanium stem with a proximal circumferential plasma spray coating. Three different acetabular components were used, in 70% of cases a threaded and partly porous-coated design.

At a mean follow-up of 8 years, two femoral components had been revised. One stem was revised 103 months after insertion owing to a comminuted fracture of the proximal femur, and one 104 months after insertion owing to deep infection. There were no stem revisions for aseptic loosening. We calculate the probability of survival of the femoral component at 0.98%. Sixteen acetabular components (14 threaded cups) had been revised in 13 patients. One femur had areas of distal osteolysis, associated with verified deep infection, but no signs of proximal loosening. Three femora had areas of minor proximal osteolysis. The mean Harris hip score at the latest follow-up was 91 points.

We conclude that an uncemented titanium femoral component with a proximal circumferential plasma spray coating is an excellent option in THA in the young patient. As reported previously, aseptic loosening of threaded acetabular components was common.


J. Nevelos R. Nelson J. Shelton

Metal ion release is a concern with all metal-on-metal (MOM) hip replacements. The Cormet Resurfacing Hip replacement, in use since 1997, has been validated in vivo and in vitro. In addition to clinical follow-up, extensive wear testing has been carried out under standard and severe conditions. A 6-year study on the serum metal ion levels in patients has also been done.

Between September 1997 and November 2003, 383 primary total hip resurfacings were performed in five centres. The mean age of the 196 men (23 bilateral procedures) and 146 women (18 bilateral procedures) was 55.4 years (24 to 73). Mean follow-up was 17 months (3 to 84). At the latest review the mean modified Harris hip score (truncated format) was 77.9 out of 91 (mean 86%), with a range of 49 to 91. The Kaplan Meier survivorship rate was 96% at 7 years.

Wear testing has shown that heat treatments do not affect the wear of cast high carbon cobalt chrome alloys and that larger bearings (56-mm and 40-mm diameter) have lower wear rates than conventional 28-mm bearings. Metal ion levels rose initially, then decreased over time.

Metal ion release does not appear to be a major long-term concern and medium-term clinical results are very encouraging.


D.R. van der Jagt A. Pretorius A. Schepers

The assessment of large allografts in acetabular reconstruction surgery is notoriously difficult. Because of their invasive natures, methods such as tetracycline-labeled histological examination are not recommended. Radio-isotope studies are unreliable in assessing the degree of incorporation because labeled tissues remain hot for extended periods. CT scans are impractical because of the scatter generated by the metallic prosthetic components.

We used DEXA to assess the quality of large acetabular bone grafts immediately after surgery and at regular intervals thereafter. Software programmes were used to subtract the prosthetic components and give values for the remaining bony structure. DEXA results confirmed the initial adequacy of our grafting techniques. Serial scans showed the response of the grafts to both revascularisation and loading. Increases in high-load areas were higher than in low-load areas, reflecting the response of live bone to in vivo stresses. There were also changes reflecting the ongoing revascularisation of the grafts. These findings were born out by radiographs.

DEXA is useful in assessing the incorporation and biological responses of large allografts in revision arthroplasty.


C.J. Grobbelaar

Revision THA is guaranteed to throw some light on the question of longevity of implants. This study takes a fresh look at the materials that we have used in 30 years of joint replacement.

We studied four consecutive revision arthroplasties performed in one week. Patient 1 was a 55-year-old woman who in 1994 received a titanium-backed acetabular cup with virgin HDP insert and an alumina femoral head on a titanium stem. Polyethylene osteolysis was obvious and histological assessment confirmed the presence of polyethylene granulomata. Patient 2 was a 28-year-old man who had bilateral ceramic-on-ceramic hip replacements 18 and 19 years previously. The prosthesis on the left became loose and showed a typical alumina-ceramic problem. Patient 3 was a 51-year-old woman with stage-III polyethylene disease after 19 years. Substantial granulomata were seen on histological sections. Patient 4, a 52-year-old woman, had received a gamma cross-linked cup and stainless steel head 22 years previously. She presented with dislocation but no tribological problems. There was no wear and interfaces were perfect.

These four cases highlight the importance of proper selection of tribological materials. Polyethylene disease was an important cause of medium-term or late failure and acrylic debris was only a secondary problem. Literature reports on titanium metallosis seem over-rated, but titanium performance is questionable with cement. Finally, cross-linking of ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene is a simple, cheap and effective way of enhancing long-term performance in joint replacement surgery.


D.R. van der Jagt A. Schepers

Good short-term results with Mt Blanc uncemented acetabular cups have been previously reported. However, in the medium term, we have observed acetabular loosening related to large granulomatous lytic lesions. To determine the cause of the polyethylene load causing the granulomatous lytic lesions, we subjected six explanted Mt Blanc acetabular cups to retrieval analysis. We also reviewed the literature on polyethylene locking mechanisms in uncemented metal-backed cups and on the deformability of metal-backed cups.

We subjected the retrieved cups to stereo-photographic analysis and to dye penetration and surface scanning electron microscopy techniques. We demonstrated severe polyethylene wear and particle generation on the back surface of the polyethylene insert. This was due both to two-body sliding wear, as characterised by surface deformation and delamination of the polyethylene, and to three-body abrasive wear, as characterised by surface roughness and embedded titanium particles. The literature confirmed that the locking mechanism of the Mt Blanc cup was particularly poor and the deformability greater than in other cups tested. This confirmed the wear patterns on the back-surface of the polyethylene liner.

We caution against the use of uncemented cups that have poor locking mechanisms for the polyethylene liners and those that deform excessively. The combination of poor locking mechanisms and titanium shells is especially dangerous.


F.A. Weber

This is a report of local experience with an elastic acetabular titanium cup, hydroxy-apatite coated. The cup was developed 14 years ago in France, where 4000 THRs are done annually and where more than one series reports a 98.9% survival rate at 10 years.

From February 2001 to December 2003, 486 cups were implanted in 466 patients, 222 female and 244 male, in 379 primary and 107 revision procedures. Mostly we used HDP cups cross-linked by the South African Gammalink method but we also used 169 Alumina sandwich-type inserts (Ceramtec, Germany). There were 158 uncemented modular hydroxy-apatite Esop stems and 265 cemented stems. The mean age of patients in whom the uncemented cup and stem combination was used was 47.8 years. The mean age of the other patients was 60.8 years. The uncemented modular stems were used in younger patients because this design is intended to give proximal stress transfer and prevent anterior thigh pain. UCLA activity scores of the younger patients compared favourably with those of patients with other implants.

Reoperation was necessary because of loose uncemented femoral stems, broken Alumina cups, recurrent dislocation in the absence of the functional abductor apparatus in revision surgery, and sepsis in two-stage revisions.

Because of the ease of insertion and excellent results, in the author’s practice this press-fit cup has all but replaced cemented cups in primary THR. In revision THR, supporting rings are used only where bone stock is inadequate for this type of implant.


J.G. Myburgh

This prospective study was conducted to evaluate patient satisfaction and survival rate after metal-on-metal (MOM) THA.

A single surgeon operated on 13 young active patients. Follow-up was for 3 to 5 years and included radiological and clinical examination. Hip scores were assessed preoperatively and postoperatively.

Postoperative complications included one case of DVT, one case of heterotopic ossification and one periprosthetic fracture.

Although these are only short-term results, they correlate well with longer studies and confirm that MOM THA gives satisfactory results in young and more active patients.


D.H. Basson

Infection after total joint arthroplasty can present a diagnostic challenge. No preoperative tests are consistently 100% sensitive and specific, so the diagnosis of infection depends on the surgeon’s judgment with respect to the clinical presentation and examination and interpretation of the results of investigations. The consequences of misdiagnosis are severe. Reimplantation of a prosthesis into an infected host bed is likely to result in persistent infection.

Preoperative investigations include haematological screening tests (white blood cell count, ESR, and C-reactive protein), joint aspiration and arthrography, radiography, and radionuclide imaging studies. Intraoperative investigations include analysis of synovial fluid, gram-staining of tissue that appears inflamed, histological evaluation of frozen sections of inflamed tissue, and culture of periprosthetic tissue. The exclusion of infection as a cause of failure is imperative to determine the management of patients who need revision total joint replacement. The key to making the correct diagnosis is using not a single investigation but rather a correct combination of investigations.

From 2001 to 2004 we studied 46 patients referred from various centres with prosthesis loosening. The patients had technetium and gallium scintigraphy. In 32 patients, scintigraphic studies suggested septic loosening. Of these, 21 patients also had aspirations, three intraoperative cultures and 11 both aspirations and intraoperative cultures. The remaining 11 patients had aseptic loosening and were used as a control group. In only 10 patients was sepsis proved by aspiration or culture.

Our results, which show that scintigraphy has a dismal positive predictive value as a screening test and a good negative predictive value, concur with the current literature.


Full Access
A.A. van Zyl P.B. Erasmus

Hip pathology can exacerbate symptoms of low back pathology. In patients with both, it can be difficult to evaluate back symptoms and hip pathology can be missed. From our hip register, we found that 66 of 814 THA patients (8.11%) had also undergone spinal surgery, 92.4% before THA. Among these 66 patients were 15 (24% or 1.84% of the total number) in whom back surgery did not relieve pain. Their pain disappeared after THA. It may be significant that a neurosurgeon performed the spinal surgery in all cases.

We suggest that orthopaedic surgeons examining patients with back pain always look for a Trendelenburg gait, insist on anteroposterior radiographs of the pelvis, routinely examine the hip when examining the low back and, if dual pathology exists, consider doing THA first.


M.A. Cvitanich R.N. Dunn

Over 2 years, 14 patients with C1/2 instability underwent posterior transarticular screw fixation. Pathologies included atlanto-axial subluxation in five rheumatoid patients, atlanto-axial rotatory subluxation and an odontoid fracture in two patients with ankylosing spondylitis, nonunion of odontoid fractures in three patients, three transverse ligament injuries and one type-III odontoid fracture. This study aimed to assess the use of transarticular screw fixation in terms of technique, union rates and functional outcomes.

All operations were performed on a Relton-Hall frame with a Mayfield clamp and lateral fluoroscopy. The mean age of the eight men and six women was 48 years. The mean operation time was 112 minutes (65 to 225) and mean blood loss was 270 ml (150 to 700). Autologous posterior iliac crest bone graft was used in all patients. The procedure was aborted in one patient because of difficulty with reduction and screw angulation and in another because of excessive bleeding from the drill hole. Alternative fixation techniques were used in these two patients. All patients wore a Philadelphia collar postoperatively until stability was confirmed.

The time to radiological union was 8 to 10 weeks. Clinical outcomes revealed full ranges of flexion and extension in most patients, with a 50% decrease in cervical rotation. There were no neurological complications postoperatively. There was implant failure in one patient, with screw breakage evident at follow-up, but this patient went on to union without further intervention.

Transarticular screw fixation is an inexpensive, effective and safe technique for management of C1/2 instability.


P. Makan L. Chin

Over 5 years we gave 84 patients epidural cortisone (80 mg depomedrol and local anaesthesia) for back and/or leg pain due to degenerative disease of the spine.

The mean age of the 35 men and 49 women was 65.2 years (37 to 86). All patients had back pain and 77% had neurogenic leg pain. Spinal radiographs demonstrated degenerative changes, including intervertebral disc space narrowing and/or facet joint arthritis, in 84%. MRI, performed in 80 patients (95%), confirmed degenerative disease of the lumbar spine and demonstrated neural compression in 78 of the 80 (97%). Five patients received a second epidural injection and one a third. Complete resolution of back and/or leg pain occurred in 32 patients (38%), and 34 (40%) had relief for between 1 and 12 months. There was no change in the symptoms of 18 patients (21%). Surgery was undertaken in 17 patients (20%), with seven undergoing spinal decompression alone and 10 decompression and a fusion. After surgery, four of the seven patients who did not have a fusion still had back pain. All 10 of the patients who underwent decompression and fusion had a good outcome. One patient developed an epidural haematoma following the epidural injection.

Epidural steroid injection had a favourable outcome in 78% of our patients, with a low incidence of complications. Patients who failed to respond to the epidural injection did poorly with spinal decompression alone.


T.C. Reardon R.N. Dunn

The treatment of type-II traumatic spondylolisthesis of C2 remains controversial. We reviewed the outcome of 16 patients treated between 2001 and 2003.

As classified by Levine and Edwards, 14 patients sustained type-II fractures and two type-I injuries. There were no type-III injuries. All except one patient, who was injured playing rugby, were injured in motor vehicle accidents (four drivers, 10 passengers and one pedestrian). Eight patients had associated injuries. Thirteen patients were managed by means of a halo body jacket within 2 weeks of presentation for 5 to 9 weeks. One patient with a type-II injury was treated in an ABCO brace and those with type-I injuries in a Philadelphia collar.

All patients showed evidence of radiological union within 12 weeks (mean 7.5 weeks). Flexion/extension views revealed no instability. All patients regained full flexion and extension clinically, but five had some limitation of rotation. One patient removed the halo body jacket himself. There were no pin-tract or neurological complications. Mean follow-up time was 13.5 months (3 to 27). Four patients exhibited late disc space changes at C2/3 on radiographs.

Early patient mobilisation in a halo body jacket is an effective and safe management option for type-II C2 traumatic spondylolisthesis.


M. Lukhele

This is an evaluation of outcomes in 12 patients with tuberculosis of the lower lumbar spine (L3 and below) treated by the author between 1998 and 2003.

Clinical presentation, demographics, comorbidity, treatment and response to treatment over 12 months were assessed. All patients presented with backache. Two had abscesses, one in the groin and one at the Petit triangle. Three patients had Frankel-D neurological fallout. In most, L3/4 was involved. Two patients had L5/ S1 involvement, with associated spondylolisthesis. Two were HIV-positive and one was diabetic.

All patients were treated with antituberculous medication and initial bed rest until they were free of pain. The only surgical treatment was needle biopsy and abscess drainage. The acute back pain with which patients presented was better by the 4th week. The neurological symptoms resolved in all three patients. At final follow-up, there was good bony fusion although all had loss of lumbar lordosis. None of the patients who were working became unemployed.

In keeping with results in the literature, good outcomes were achieved with conservative treatment. With the advent of good pedicle instrumentation and vertebral body cages, there is a temptation to manage these patients with radical surgery. However, there is no justification for such an approach, especially if one considers that so far no relationship between kyphosis and backache has been shown.

The limitation of this study is the small number of patients.


Full Access
S. Govender

Orthopaedic pathology at the craniocervical junction (CCJ) is uncommon. This is a retrospective analysis of 37 patients who underwent transoral surgery. The indications were fixed rotatory subluxation in 12 patients, myelopathy following nonunion of the dens in 15, tuberculous abscesses in seven, congenital anomalies in two and chordoma in one. There were 29 males and the mean age was 24 years (3 to 57). Neurological deficit was present in 19 patients. Other symptoms included hoarseness, difficulty swallowing, neck pain and limitation of movement. All patients had a CT scan, MR angiography, MRI and dental consultation to exclude oral sepsis. After the transoral release, 29 patients underwent atlanto-axial fusion and two occipito-axial fusion. Following nasal intubation the skull was immobilised in tongs with 2-kg traction. A Jacques catheter was used to retract the uvula. The CCJ was located with an image intensifier and the posterior pharyngeal wall was infiltrated with 5 cc of local anaesthetic and Por-8. The atlanto-axial joints (AAJ) were released and in children with fixed rotatory subluxation the atlantodentate interval was cleared of fibrous tissue. The 15 patients with non-union of the dens underwent anterior release of the AAJs and the fracture site. The seven patients with abscesses had incision and drainage. Two patients with basilar invagination required excision of the dens. The chordoma was partially excised. One patient required a partial excision of the dens to reduce a posterior dislocation of the AAJ. A patient with chronic atlanto-axial subluxation owing to a type-I fracture required a partial excision of the superior part of atlas. Two patients with CSF leaks were treated successfully. There were cases of sepsis. Two patients developed occipital pressure sores. One patient died 5 days after surgery because of pulmonary embolus.

The transoral approach is safe and effective in treating pathology at the CCJ.


R.P.B. von Bormann G. Alexander

High cervical tuberculosis is a rare condition, occurring in 0.3% to 1% of patients with tuberculous spondylitis. Until a more obvious and potentially dangerous complication develops, it is often overlooked or misdiagnosed. We review the presentation, management and outcome of patients with atlanto-axial tuberculosis.

The case notes and radiographs of five patients with atlanto-axial tuberculosis were reviewed and they were recalled for clinical assessment. The mean age of patients was 30 years (16 to 54). The mean time from presentation to diagnosis was 5.6 months (3 to 12). All patients presented with neck pain and stiffness, which three ascribed to previous trauma. Two patients had neurological deficit. Three had tuberculosis at other sites. All patients had prevertebral swelling on plain lateral cervical spine radiographs and a collection anterior to C1/2 on CT scan or MRI. Three of these patients underwent surgery, one for anterior abscess drainage and diagnosis, one for stabilisation and one for non-contigious spinal involvement. All received four-drug antituberculous medication for at least 6 months. A single patient was HIV positive. All patients did well, with complete resolution of neurological symptoms and instability and good recovery of range of motion.

Atlanto-axial tuberculosis is rare but carries the risk of instability and neurological compromise. Particularly in endemic areas, a high index of suspicion is necessary when patients present with neck pain. Non-operative management, with bracing and antituberculous agents, is adequate, with surgery indicated for instability.


R.N. Dunn

The aim of this study was to assess the use of early ambulatory halo-thoracic immobilisation in paediatric patients with spinal instability.

The case notes, radiographs and clinical findings at follow-up of 12 patients treated this way were reviewed. The mean age was 8.6 years (4 to 16). The aetiology was trauma in six, os odontoidium in one, tuberculosis in three, and Morquios syndrome and chronic granulomatous osteitis in one each. The instabilities were atlanto-axial rotatory subluxation in one patient, transverse ligament rupture in six, dens anomalies in two, anterior destruction by tuberculosis in two, and a dens fracture. The halo jackets were applied under general anaesthetic. In addition, posterior C1/2 fusions were performed in seven patients, posterior occipitocervical decompression and fusions in two, and posterolateral thoracotomies in two. No surgery was done on the patient with the dens fracture. Autograft was used in all cases except one posterior C1/2 fusion. This patient, who was HIV-positive, was the only one in whom union did not occur. There was one case of minor pin-tract sepsis. All patients mobilised in the halo jacket and, where possible, were managed as outpatients. Despite radiological nonunion in one patient, spinal stability was achieved in all.

Early ambulatory halo jacket immobilisation is a useful, safe and well-tolerated technique in the paediatric patient group.


J.J. Kriek

This study was designed to assess the inter-observer reliability and intra-observer reproducibility of standard radiographic evaluation of 150 thoracolumbar fractures, using the Magerl (AO) classification.

Six observers (two junior and four senior residents) evaluated the radiographs. The injuries were classified by each observer as type A, B or C according to the Magerl classification system. After 3 months the injuries were again classified, this time with the addition of clinical findings of each patient. The level of agreement was measured using Cohen’s kappa test.

The overall inter-observer agreement was rated as fair (0.291) in the first session and moderate (0.403) in the second. Intra-observer values ranged from slight (0.181) to moderate (0.488).

The increased levels of agreement after the two sessions was attributed to the value of additional clinical information, the learning curve of the junior residents and the simplicity of the classification.


M.T. Mariba

To evaluate the prevalence of infection after elective spinal surgery, a prospective study of patients was carried out over 10 years to 2002. Demographic details, diagnosis and indications for surgery, duration of surgery, time delay before surgery and concomitant diseases were recorded. The management and outcome of patients who developed infection postoperatively were noted.

During the period, 1050 elective cases were done for scoliosis, tuberculous spine, tumours, trauma, biopsy and degenerative disorders. There were four deep and six superficial infections. Deep infections were treated by debridement and implant removal, with good outcomes. Superficial sepsis settled with local therapy.

The rate of sepsis following elective spinal surgery was 0.95% and infections responded well to treatment.


R.T. Islam S. Govender

The cervical spine is the most vulnerable segment in high velocity injuries. Bifacet dislocations are associated with significant soft tissue damage and neurological deficit. Management of delayed presentation of cervical facet dislocations, which are not uncommon, is varied. The aims of this study are to create awareness and to develop a management strategy.

We retrospectively reviewed 14 patients (10 men and four women) with chronic dislocations treated over 4 years. The mean age was 42.5 years (23 to 62). The delay in presentation ranged from 15 to 135 days. Seven patients had neurological deficit. All patients underwent CT scan and MRI.

Common areas of involvement were C6/7 (five patients) and C5/6 (four patients). Associated fracture of posterior elements was identified in 40% of patients. In two patients sequestrated disc ruptured into the canal. All patients underwent surgical reduction and stabilisation, with eight having one-stage and six two-stage surgery. The sequence of one-stage surgery was posterior release, reduction (facet reduction/facetectomy), anterior discectomy and anterior fusion. In three patients with sequestrated discs, anterior decompression preceded posterior release and finally anterior fusion. The six patients who had staged surgery had a prolonged delay (over 3 months) in presentation. Posterior release was followed by an anterior decompression, then a 7 to 10-day period of traction reduction and finally anterior fusion. None of our patients developed neurological deficit. Three patients improved from Frankel-C to Frankel-D.

We recommend that the sequence of surgery should be posterior release/reduction and then anterior decompression and anterior fusion. However, in chronic cases, staged reduction and fusion is a viable option.


Full Access
J.C. le Roux R.N. Dunn

In the first year of existence of the Acute Spinal Injury Unit, 162 patients were admitted. A large number of injuries were the result of interpersonal violence. Case notes and radiographs of 49 consecutive patients with gunshot injuries to the spine were reviewed.

The mean age of the 38 male and 11 female patients was 27.5 years (15 to 51). The mean length of stay in the unit was 30 days (4 to 109). The 46 associated injuries were 11 fractures, 14 haemopneumothoraces, and one soft palate, nine visceral, two vascular, four brachial plexus, three oesophageal and two tracheal injuries. Non-spinal surgery was required in 17 patients. The spinal injury was complete in 38 patients and incomplete in eight. Three had no neurological deficit. The involved level was cervical in 13, thoracic in 24 and lumbar in 12. The spine was considered stable in 43 patients. Six patients underwent surgical stabilisation. In 11 patients the bullets were in the canal and were removed. One case of discitis was debrided. Complications included three deaths, discitis in three patients, pneumonia in six and pressure sores in six. The ASIA motor score improved marginally in nine patients and one patient had true functional improvement.

Gunshot injuries lead to a high incidence of permanent severe neurological deficit, but usually the spine remains mechanically stable. Most of the management revolves around the associated injuries and consequences of the neurological deficit.


R. Yachad

The exact mechanism of remodelling of burst fractures is uncertain. We studied the relationship between epidural pressures and remodelling.

In a prospective, ethically-approved study in 34 patients with burst fractures at the levels T12 to L4, epidural pressure was measured. Four patients were lost to follow-up. In 18 patients the fractures were due to a fall and in 12 to motor vehicle accidents. The mean age was 37 years. All patients were neurologically intact and treated non-operatively. Plain radiographs and CT scans measuring the sagittal plane deformity and mid-sagittal diameter respectively were obtained. Using a fluoroscopically-guided radio-opaque catheter placed at the normal interspace below the burst fracture, epidural pressure was measured at 2 weeks and at 12 months after the injury. The mean canal compromise shown on CT scan at the time of injury and at follow-up was 43% (32% to 83%) and 28% (44% to 100%) respectively. CT volumetric measurements showed a mean improvement of 10% at follow-up (7% to 16%). The epidural pressures recorded at the time of injury and at follow-up were 16.65 mmHg (2.5 to 30.85) and 5.85mmHg (0 to 10.17) respectively. At 1-year follow-up, the Cobbs angle had progressed by a mean of 2.69° (10° to 60°).

The retropulsed burst fracture fragments cause localised constriction of the spinal cord (Venturi effect). Epidural pressure, raised to maintain a constant flow rate across this constriction, has a mechanical effect on the retropulsed fragments, thus promoting remodelling.


R.D. Jacobs

Awake Rapid Heavy-Weight Closed Reduction (ARHWCR) with weights from 18 to 72 kg was used to reduce six unilateral and nine bilateral cervical facet dislocations. Frankel grading ranged from A to E. Reduction was achieved in all 15 patients with no neurological deterioration. Motor ASIA score improved from a prereduction mean of 64 points to 73 after reduction.

Before and after reduction, MRI studies were done on all 15 patients. ARHWCR was done irrespective of the MRI findings. The MRI results were evaluated by five orthopaedic surgeons, five neurosurgeons and five radiologists. The radiologists reported 55% disc herniation in four neurologically-intact patients. On pre-reduction MRI, 34% of anterior longitudinal ligaments and 64% of posterior longitudinal ligaments were reported to be disrupted. They were reported intact on post-reduction MRI.

These findings indicate that MRI studies may be open to misinterpretation. Viewing the prereduction MRI, the orthopaedic and neurosurgeons opted for surgical decompression and reduction in 53% of cases. Looking at the post-reduction MRI, they felt that reduction was adequate in 80.6% of cases, but on personal judgment believed that surgical decompression might be of benefit in the remaining 19.4%.

ARHWCR is an effective, safe and rapid way of relieving cord compression. Prereduction MRI, irrespective of the patient’s neurological status, is not indicated in acute cervical facet dislocations and can lead to unnecessary surgical intervention.


R.N. Dunn

This paper reviews 46 consecutive spinal tuberculosis patients who underwent spinal surgery at a state facility over 2.5 years.

The 21 male and 25 female patients ranged in age from 18 months to 67 years, with 19 patients under the age of 18 years. On presentation the mean ESR was 69 (15 to 140) and the white cell count normal. Axial pain and weakness were the most common complaints. There was often a delay of more than a month to presentation. Five patients were HIV positive. Histological and microbiological examination confirmed tuberculosis in 40 patients. There were seven cervical cases, eight lumbar and 31 thoracic. Six patients had additional non-contiguous spinal involvement. There was one radicular syndrome and 30 patients had neurological deficits. Anterior and posterior surgery was done on 22 patients. There were eight anterior only procedures, seven posterior only, six costotransversectomies and three biopsies. In addition two revision anteriors were done. Allograft struts were used in 16 and autograft in 13. Anterior instrumentation was employed in 11, posterior in six and none in 11.

There were two deaths. Two grafts required early revision and one rotated but was accepted. Postoperative neurological recovery was noted from one day to 3 months, and typically by one month. All children regained normal neurological status.

Spinal tuberculosis is a common cause of neurological deficit and surgery has to suit the specific case. There is still a valuable role for surgery without instrumentation, especially in the paediatric group. Despite extensive destruction, one can expect full neurological recovery.


P.F.R.G. de Muelenaere F. Theron

This is a prospective review of the results of our first 20 Prodisk disc replacements. The prosthesis is designed to maintain lumbar motion and, in theory, to avoid adjacent disc overload.

Nine men and 11 women scheduled for fusion were given the option of arthroplasty. The advantages and disadvantages were explained, as well as the ‘experimental’ nature of the product. Six (30%) of the 20 were Workmen’s Compensation patients. Permission to use patient data was obtained. The mean follow-up was 18 months. All patients completed a back pain questionnaire at initial and last follow-up. Preoperative and postoperative visual analogue scores (VAS) were recorded. The length of time to return to work was documented. All patients presented with severe low back pain and 12 had radiculopathy. All had positive discograms.

The senior author performed the operations after appropriate training, and a vascular surgeon assisted with the exposure. All cases were single level replacements, one at L3/L4, six at L4/L5 and 13 at L5/S1.

The mean preoperative VAS score was 8.6. Postoperatively it was 2.6. Mean anaesthesia time was 100 minutes (55 to 120). In patients other than pensioners, the time to return to work averaged 8 weeks. A special forces policeman and a military helicopter pilot both returned to their pre-injury levels of activity and another patient returned to first league basketball. No serious intraoperative complications occurred. One patient developed DVT in spite of prophylactic Enoxiparine. One ‘upper plate’ dislodged slightly at 20 months. The reason is unclear but the patient remains asymptomatic.

In selected patients, a Prodisk disc replacement is an excellent alternative to fusion, but it is imperative that the guidelines for indications are carefully followed.


U.R. Hähnle I.R. Weinberg M. de Villiers

Lumbar disc replacement with a modern articulating disc prosthesis was first done in 1984, using the Charité SB I prosthesis. Since then other discs, easier to implant, have been developed (Prodisc, Maverick, Centurion).

We present short-term (6 to 18 month) clinical results of implantation of 121 Centurion disc prostheses in 93 consecutive patients. This modular three-component titanium/polyethylene disc is inserted as one unit and suitable for minimal interventional approaches.

The mean age of the patients was 43 years (23 to 63). The primary diagnosis was degenerative disc disease, with 16 patients having symptoms of spinal stenosis. Forty-four patients underwent single-level disc replacements and 28 double-level disc replacements. Nine patients had a fusion of another level at the time of the index procedure and 12 patients had disc replacement at a junctional level after previous fusion procedures. At 6-month follow-up of 50 patients, clinical outcome was excellent in 27 patients, good in 16, fair in four and poor in three. The Oswestry score improved from 51.2 ±16.0 preoperatively to 13.2 ± 17.8 (p < 0.01) at 6 months. One of the first 29 patients was lost to follow-up. In the other 28 there were 16 excellent, seven good, three fair and two poor outcomes. The Oswestry score improved from 49.7 ± 17.5 preoperatively to 13.0 ± 14.9 (p < 0.01) at 1 year.

Good short-term clinical results were achieved in a heterogeneous patient group, largely with advanced disc degeneration and severe disc space narrowing. Using a new insertion mechanism, posterior placement within the disc space and disc space distraction could be reliably achieved even in preoperatively collapsed and immobile disc spaces.


U.R. Hähnle I.R. Weinberg

Failed fusions are difficult to treat. This is an analysis of a subgroup of 19 patients who received lumbar disc prostheses in a segment adjacent to previous posterolateral instrumented fusions.

Out of 142 patients who received 181 lumbar disc replacements of two different models, 19 patients (11 men and eight women) had previously undergone posterolateral fusions of one or two lumbar segments. Seven of these patients had junctional replacement using a Charité disc prosthesis and 12 using a Centurion disc prosthesis. The mean age was 46 years (33 to 63).

All patients had a significant flat back deformity of their lumbar spine before the index operation. All presented with sacro-iliac joint pain and 17 had spinal stenosis symptoms. The mean postoperative hospital stay was 3.4 days (2 to 8). All patients returned to their previous occupations at a mean of 29 days (21 to 42). Follow up ranges from 6 to 32 months. At the latest follow-up, 10 patients were very satisfied and nine were satisfied. The Oswestry score in the last 12 (Centurion) patients decreased from 49 ± 12 preoperatively to 16 ±22 at the latest follow-up.

There are no published data on this particular subgroup of patients. They are difficult to treat and would otherwise require combined front and back procedures with extension of the fusion in order to correct the sagittal imbalance. Disc replacement seems to be a good salvage procedure for junctional failure after previous fusions.


T.M. Clough R.P. Kumar P.L.R. Wood

Aims: This study reports the mid-term results of a prospective series of 200 ankle replacements using the Scandinavian Total Ankle Replacement (STAR). 105 patients were more than five years since surgery.

Method: 200 patients; 85 male, 115 female; mean age 60 years (18–83) underwent primary replacement. The mean follow-up was 54 months (4–110). The diagnosis was inflammatory joint disease (IJD) for 119 patients and osteoarthritis (OA) for 81.

Results: 144 patients had a good outcome and uncomplicated recovery. A further 18 patients had a complication, which resolved with non-operative treatment (three prolonged wound healing, 15 malleolar fractures, either at surgery or at a later date). A further eight patients were clinically satisfactory but the x-rays showed adverse features (five aseptic loosening and three recurrent deformity). Five patients have a poor outcome due to persistent pain and stiffness but have not required further surgery. A further nine patients had a complication necessitating surgery (three calcaneal osteotomy and lateral ligament reconstruction, one tibial osteotomy to improve alignment, one autogenous bone graft for osteolysis, one for late medial malleolar fracture, one split skin graft for delayed healing, two for removal of heterotopic bone). At two years the AOFAS score for pain improved from 0 to 35 (maximum 40) and the functional score from 28 to 35 (maximum 60). There were 16 total failures that required fusion (11) or revision (five). The causes were nine aseptic loosening, three recurrent deformity, two fracture malleolus, one deep infection, one persistent pain. The cumulative five-year survival rate was 89% (95% CI 81% to 96%), with time to decision to revision or fusion as the endpoint.

Conclusions: There was no difference in survival between ankle replacement for OA or IJD. Ten out of the 16 failures occurred early (< two years), which we attribute to technical error or attempting replacement of ankles with severe deformity. The failure rate after two years is approximately 1% per annum.


S. Kamath N. Ramamohan I. Kelly

Introduction and Aims: Numerous internal as well as external fixation techniques have been reported for achieving tibiotalocalcaneal fusion in rheumatoid arthritis with varying results. The purpose of this study was to assess the union rate and functional outcome following tibiotalocalcaneal fusion using the locked supracondylar nail.

Method: Twenty-four patients (27 ankles) were followed up. The mean age being 57 years (44–73 years) and mean follow-up was 37.4 months (10–74 months). Severe disabling ankle pain was the indication for operation in all cases. Standard operative technique and post-operative mobilisation protocol was followed. Seventeen cases had ankle debridement. The severity of rheumatoid arthritis was assessed using the Fries scoring system. Results were analysed using Rheumatoid ankle score (RAS), modified American Orthopaedic Foot & Ankle Society Score (AOFAS). All the patients were evaluated for clinical and radiological evidence of union.

Results: The mean Fries score of 2.3 suggest that most of the patients in the study group were affected by severe rheumatoid arthritis. The mean RAS score was 77 (35–95) and mean AOFAS score was 74.6 (40–95). Using the rheumatoid ankle scoring system, five ankles (20%) were rated excellent, ten ankles (40%) were rated good, six ankles (24%) were rated fair and four (16%) were rated poor. In general, patients who had ankle debridement at the time of nailing fared well in terms of clinical, radiological union and ankle scoring.

Conclusion: Tibiotalocalcaneal arthrodesis with supracondylar nail in rheumatoid arthritis provides pain-free stable joint and satisfactory functional outcome. Better functional results are achieved with bony union and this can be achieved only with joint debridement.


A. Haskell R.A. Mann

Introduction and Aims: Many patients having total ankle replacement require correction of a coronal plane deformity. This study examines the pre-operative characteristics and short-term results of patients with a coronal plane deformity having total ankle replacement. It tests the hypotheses that the pre-operative deformity will be corrected and maintained at two years.

Method: Eighteen of 86 patients who underwent Scandinavian Total Ankle Replacement between February 1998 and April 2001 had a pre-operative coronal plane deformity ≥ 10° and at least two-year follow-up. The goal of intraoperative alignment was to place all components perpendicular to the plumb line of the body, and to have this position maintained by appropriate ligament balancing. The mean patient age was 62.2±13.2 years. The etiology of arthrosis included eight post-traumatic, five idiopathic, one rheumatoid, and four other. There were 10 men and eight women. Valgus measurements are > 90°. Congruent ankles have pre-operative talar and tibial alignment within 10 degrees.

Results: Ligament balancing consisting of lateral ligament reconstruction was performed in six patients and superficial deltoid release was performed in three patients. The eight ankles with pre-operative varus-congruent alignment improved both the talar and tibial alignment immediately post-operatively and at two-year follow-up (p< 0.05). There was only one ankle with valgus-congruent alignment precluding statistical testing. The six ankles with varus-incongruent alignment improved the talar alignment immediately post-operatively and at two-year follow-up (p< 0.05). The three ankles with valgus-incongruent alignment improved the talar alignment immediately post-operatively and at two-year follow-up (p< 0.05).

Ankles with an incongruent pre-operative deformity had a greater loss of correction of the talus between the immediate pre-operative period and two-year follow-up than patients with a congruent pre-operative deformity (3.9±2.8 degrees vs. 1.3±1.0 degrees loss of correction, p< 0.05). The valgus-incongruent group lost 2.3 degrees of correction from the immediate post-operative period to the two-year follow-up (p< 0.05). The varus-incongruent showed a trend to lose 4.0 degrees of correction from the immediate post-operative period to the two-year follow-up (p=0.065).

Conclusion: In patients with a pre-operative coronal plane deformity ≥ 10 degrees, alignment after ankle replacement improves toward a neutral axis in the postoperative period and at two-year follow-up. Ankles with incongruent pre-operative deformities have a greater loss of correction over the first two years than ankles with congruent pre-operative deformities.


D.T. Rajan R. Sanders J.A. Schwartz K.A. Heier

Introduction and Aims: To assess the efficacy of fibular osteotomy on the rate of arthrodesis at the tibiofibular syndesmosis in patients with Total Ankle Replacement (TAR).

Method: A prospective trial of fibular osteotomy was performed in 16 consecutive TAR (13F/3M), mean age 67 (41–82). All operations were performed by the same surgeon, as described by the inventor of the procedure, Dr. Frank Alvine, MD. After completion of the syndesmotic fusion, the fibula was exposed proximal to the proximal syndesmotic screw. An oblique osteotomy of the fibula was performed. Importantly, the angle of the cut was made such that the proximal fibula was trapped by the distal cut surface. The osteotomy was directed from medial distal to lateral proximal. All cases were followed until radiographic and clinical signs of healing were seen.

Results: Union occurred in all cases, with a mean time to fusion of seven weeks, with six patients achieving union within five weeks. No patient developed pain at the osteotomy site. All osteotomies showed signs of radiographic healing and none of these were symptomatic. There were no neuromas related to this procedure, and no patient experienced sensory changes along the nerve distribution. One patient developed symptomatic prominence of the screw on the medial malleolus and was asypmtomatic after implant removal.

Conclusion: The addition of a fibular osteotomy resulted in a 100% rate of syndesmosis fusion. We postulate that the osteotomy is successful because it removes the micromotion at the syndesmosis, which occurs with loading of the intact fibula. As the fibula only functions as a lateral strut in patients with an Agility total ankle, we felt that the osteotomy would cause minimal if any concerns. Our findings corroborate our hypothesis in that all the fusions were successful and none of the patients experienced secondary problems related to the osteotomy. We would recommend this technique as an adjunct to standard ankle replacement using the Agility system.


T. Saxby P. Rosenfeld

Introduction and Aims: Non-union following triple arthrodesis has been significant, up to 23%. Iliac crest bone grafting and internal fixation has reduced this to 0–4%. Harvesting bone graft incurs significant donor site morbidity and may be unnecessary. We present the results of 100 triple arthrodeses performed with local graft, avoiding donor site complications.

Method: Between January 1993 and July 2002 the senior author performed 112 triple arthrodeses. We performed a retrospective chart review, evaluating the incidence of union and the post-operative complications, with a minimum follow-up of six months. For this study, we excluded all (seven) revision fusions, and all (five) fusions using iliac crest or other donor site graft (e.g. calcaneus or tibia). One hundred fusions were performed using a standard technique with internal fixation and without supplementary bone graft. All patients were reviewed until fusion had occurred or non-union declared.

Results: Ninety-six patients had one hundred triple arthrodeses, with an average age of 58 years. Fifty fusions were performed for posterior tibial tendon deficiency, 20 for rheumatoid arthritis, seven for osteoarthritis and 12 for post-traumatic osteoarthritis. The remaining 11 cases included: tarsal coalition, psoriatic arthritis and polio. There were 26 males and 74 females, with 37 fusions performed on the right foot and 73 on the left. The average time to union was 5.4 months (range 3–24) with three patients developing non-unions. Of the three patients diagnosed with a non-union, two had fair outcomes and elected to be treated non-operatively. The third non-union had a poor result, and achieved a successful outcome following revision. Overall, there were 74 good outcomes, 22 fair and four poor results. The complications following surgery included: nine wound infections, one DVT, one malunion and seven cases of prominent screws, requiring removal. The one patient with malunion was successfully revised at two years.

Conclusion: The majority of authors advocate the use of iliac crest bone graft during triple arthrodesis. However, harvesting iliac crest graft has a significant short and long-term morbidity. This study indicates that comparable rates of union are achieved without the need for supplementary bone graft and thereby avoiding donor site morbidity.


F. Monsell S. Tennant A. Catterall F. Franceschi

Introduction and Aims: Recurrence of clubfoot deformity occurs in up to 25% of cases following surgery. The Ilizarov fixator has theoretical advantages over conventional revision surgery in feet with scarred tissue planes, abnormal anatomy and impairment of local blood supply. In addition, limb-length discrepancy can be addressed simultaneously.

The aim of the study was to assess the outcome of treatment of recurrent clubfoot deformity using the Ilizarov frame.

Method: There were 39 feet in 31 patients with at least 12 months follow-up. All patients completed questionnaires documenting pain, function and shoe-size before and after the frame. Twenty-six feet were reviewed clinically. Patient notes and radiographs of all patients were examined. The average period of follow-up was 48 months (14–131 months).

Results: Pain scores improved in 69%, with similar improvement in activity level, walking distance and walking surface. In 20 feet there was improvement in the type of shoes worn. Twenty patients felt their feet were stiffer after the frame. Patient satisfaction with outcome was 74%. A plantigrade foot was achieved initially in all, but deteriorated with time, so that at clinical review only 46% had plantigrade feet. A straight medial border was seen in 81%. The range of movement of ankle and sub-talar joints decreased after the frame. Recurrent deformity was present in 38%, being more likely in younger patients, but in only a few, has further surgery been necessary to date. Complications included minor pin-site infections, flexion contractures of the toes, revision of the frame and revision of one osteotomy.

Conclusion: Treatment of relapsed clubfoot with the Ilizarov frame improves the appearance of the foot, correlating with improvement in pain, function and shoewear. This must be balanced against an increase in stiffness of the ankle, which has implications for future surgery, and the risk of complications inherent in the technique.


S. Vrancic G. Warren A. Ellis

Introduction and Aims: The role of tendon transfer in progressive hereditary motor sensory neuropathy (CMT) is controversial. This paper examines a large single surgeon cohort and reviews the surgical outcome of tendon transfers against a large group of CMT patients represented by the Australian CMT Health Survey 2001.

Method: A retrospective review was carried out in 19 patients (36 feet) with CMT, managed surgically by a single author (GW). Functional outcomes were measured using standard tools such as SF36, American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Score (AOFAS) rating scale, and a clinical review including a specially designed questionnaire. Quality of life and functional outcome has been compared with the Australian CMT Health Survey 2001 in 324 patients.

Results: Nineteen patients were managed with tendon transfers, typically by flexor to extensor transfer of toes, combined with peroneus longus release and transfer, and tibialis posterior transfer. The Levitt classification of the objective results of surgery rates 79% of patients as having good-excellent outcomes. Eighty-nine percent of patients report an improvement overall with surgery, specifically 53% report improvement in pain, 79% feel their gait has benefited, and 58% report an improvement in the appearance of their foot deformity, as a direct result of their surgery. All patients reviewed would recommend similar surgery to others, and 95% of those surveyed wished they had their surgery much earlier (months to years). The AOFAS clinical rating system for ankle-hindfoot showed an average improvement of 39.7 points out of 100. In general patients treated by this method were improved when considered against a larger cohort both in quality of life measures and functional outcome. This combination was not always successful and a small number of disappointed patients were identified.

Conclusion: Tendon transfer in the younger patient has a role in treating flexible deformity in CMT and improving quality of life. Traditionally surgery has been advised by means of arthrodesis in patients with more advanced fixed deformity and pain due to secondary osteoarthritis. This paper study shows that patients may benefit at an earlier stage in the progression of their disease by tendon transfer.


N. Elomrani M. Saleh

Introduction and Aims: We report a series of 41 corrections in 36 adult patients performed for complex deformities of the foot and ankle using circular external fixation, with a mean follow-up of 4.4 years. The foot and ankle deformities were 18 hindfoot equines, two forefoot equines, six hindfoot and forefoot equines, eight equinovarus, two equinovalgus, one heel varus, four combination of these deformities. All patients had associated proximal pathology. These included seven shortening (six tibia, one femur), eight deformities (seven tibia, one femur), eight non-union (five infected non-union), (14) combination of these pathologies. All required simultaneous correction.

Method: We studied the aetiology, pathophysiology of injury, clinical and radiological evaluation, and the outcome of treatment. The patients’ mean age was 37 years (range 16–56). Thirty deformities were sequelae of severe lower limb trauma; the others were due to neurological, congenital and iatrogenic causes. In all patients, conventional surgical methods had failed to achieve correction and many of them were considered for amputation. We describe the operative strategy and technique.

Results: The aim of foot and ankle surgery was correction of deformity and contractures in 28 instances, correction of deformity and ankle fusion in 11 instances, and correction of deformity and ankle distraction in two instances. Thirty patients underwent bony corrective osteotomies, nine foot and ankle, 20 tibia and fibulae, one femur. For each patient, specific treatment goals were delineated that were realistically achievable. There were (78%) good to excellent results, (14%) fair result and (8%) poor results, which resulted in below knee amputation.

Conclusion: Circular external fixation offers a versatile and effective method of treatment of a variety of complex foot and ankle deformities. If foot and leg deformities coexist consider simultaneous correction. Fusion should be considered where muscular imbalance exists.


A.S.E. Younger T.P. Kalla G. DeVries C.D. Meakin

Introduction and Aims: The transmetatarsal amputation (TMA) is a limb-saving alternative to below knee amputation (BKA) for diabetic patients with forefoot infections. The purpose of this study was to retrospectively review the outcomes of diabetic patients who received a TMA for a non-healing ulcer of the forefoot with or without insertion of antibiotic beads into the surgical wound.

Method: Sixty-five diabetic patients were treated for forefoot ulcers by a single stage TMA and 49 of these patients had insertion of antibiotic pellets into the wound during surgery. A comprehensive chart review was conducted on all patients to gather information on patient age at amputation, sex, smoking, type of diabetes, use of osetoset, time to wound healing, debridement before and after TMA, duration of ulcer prior to TMA, hemoglobin level at time of TMA, HbA1C, presence of heel ulcer, prior ipsilateral toe amputation, pulse status prior to TMA, vascular reconstruction and presence of unreconstructable vascular problem. Outcome follow-up using validated functional outcome questionnaires was completed in 85% of TMA patients.

Results: Healing time was approximately 18 weeks in the antibiotic pellet group, with a BKA rate of 25%. This is in contrast to the literature values of healing times (not isolated to diabetes) for a TMA of 28 weeks and BKA rates of 34–40%. The antibiotic pellet group scored higher than average for bodily pain; social function; role emotional and mental health on the SF-36.

Conclusion: The reduction in time to wound healing and decrease in BKA rates suggests inserting antibiotic pellets into the surgical wound can improve the outcomes of TMAs for patients with non-healing diabetic ulcers of the forefoot. This new procedure could have a significant impact on the management of diabetic foot ulcers by offering an effective limb-saving alternative to the commonly used BKA procedure.


R.P. Nirschl D.H. Ochiai

Introduction and Aims: The purpose of this study was to report our results of surgical resection of plantar fasciosis without a full release using a small transverse plantar incision.

Method: All patients who had a surgical resection for plantar fasciosis at our institution from July 1992 to November 2000 were identified. All surgeries were performed by the senior author (R.P.N.). A small transverse plantar incision was utilised. The focus of the operative technique was identification and resection of only the pathologic fasciosis tissue. A full release of normal plantar fascia was not performed, and the associated calcaneal traction spur was addressed only if easily accessible with the fasciosis resection. Patients were then contacted and asked to fill out a scoring sheet developed at our institution that relates to pain, function, and patient satisfaction after plantar fasciosis resection. This was compared to a scoring sheet that rated the same parameters just prior to surgery. A Wilcoxan signed ranks test was used to compare the results. The incidence of patient and physician noted wound complications were also recorded.

Results: Twelve patients had 15 plantar fasciosis resection operations between July 1992 and November 2000. Of these 12, three were lost to follow-up. The remaining nine patients, four men and five women, had 12 operations (three were bilateral). The ages of the patients at time of surgery ranged from 34 to 72 years. Time of follow-up ranged from two to 10 years (average 6.25 years). There were six left and six right feet for comparison. The pain rating of patients improved from a median of five to 25 (p=0.011). The functional score improved from a median of 3.75 to 25 (p=0.007). The satisfaction of the patients improved from a median of zero to 15 (p=0.007). Patients reported no complaints of wound dehiscence, chronic pain or paresthesias from their plantar incision.

Conclusions: Plantar fasciosis can be effectively treated with acceptable long-term results with a mini-transverse plantar incision that resects only pathologic fasciosis tissue. A full release of the plantar fascia or resection of the calcaneal traction spur is unnecessary for surgical success.


B. Sankar B.Y. Ng M.J. Fehily A.A. Henderson

Introduction: Stainsby’s procedure for correction of severe claw toe deformity is a relatively new procedure in foot and ankle surgery. The purpose of this study is to evaluate our early experience in a single institution.

Method: Between 1998 and 2002 we reviewed retrospectively 17 patients who had severe claw toe deformity who had undergone Stainsby’s procedure. All patients had lesser toe involvement. The records and radiographs were reviewed and the subjective assessment by telephone interview.

Results: Eleven females and six males were included. There were 21 feet and 42 toes with four bilateral feet involvement. Mean age of 56.7 years (range 40–78) and median follow-up was 28 months (range 8–48). Ten feet in nine patients undergone single lesser toe correction and 11 feet in eight patients undergone multiple toe correction were reviewed. Five patients (29.4%) with six feet suffered rheumatoid arthritis (RA); four patients (23.5%) with six feet suffered cavus deformity and the remaining eight patients (47.1%) with nine feet had isolated toe pathology. All patients were presented with shoe wear problem with 16 (94.1%) patients had pain related to callosities. Sixteen (94.1%) patients were satisfied with the results; two patients had persistent metatarsalgia. Forty (95.2%) toes had good alignment and two (4.8%) toes had recurrent asymptomatic clawing. Fifteen (88.2%) patients had unlimited daily activities. Eleven (64.7%) patients are able to have normal foot wear, four (23.5%) require insole support and two (11.8%) required soft padding only. Complications included sensory alteration in two patients who had multiple lesser toe correction and seven patients had superficial wound infection. There was no statistical difference in results related to number of toes operated on and association with RA.

Conclusion: Stainsby’s procedure remains a versatile surgical technique when dealing with severe claw toe deformity. It gives very good correction with high patients’ satisfaction rate and a low complication rate. We recommend this surgical technique, as one of the armamentarium foot and ankle surgeons should acquire.


C.J. Topliss M. Jackson R.M. Atkins

Introduction: Tibial pilon fractures are complex and difficult to manage. Results with extensile approaches, rigid internal fixation and bone grafting remain poor. Percutaneous treatment does not allow anatomic restoration. Current classifications are not helpful. Understanding the anatomy and behaviour of the fracture would allow development of logical algorithms for treatment.

Method: We have analysed plain radiographs and CT scans in a consecutive series of 126 pilon fractures and have defined the fracture anatomy and developed a new classification.

Results: There are six constant articular fragments: anterior, anterolateral (insertion of AITFL), medial, posterior, posterolateral (insertion of PITFL) and die-punch.

Two main fracture families exist depending on the articular fracture pattern. T-type and V/Y-type fractures. A lateral disruption type fracture represents a further important group. An evolution of fracture is evident within the groups.

T-type fractures tend to occur in varus and result from higher energy injuries in younger patients. V/Y-type fractures tend to occur in valgus and result from lower energy injuries in older patients.

Conclusions: We have defined distinct articular fragments, allowing development of safe direct surgical exposures. Stabilisation of the tibial fracture with fine-wire fixators or plates may be employed. The Pathoanatomy could be used in optimal design of such plates. Defining the fracture types gives us a useful and reproducible classification of injury.


R. Pydisetty B. Machani J. Auchinclouss

Introduction and Aims: To evaluate the clinical outcome of Titanium hemiarthroplasty in the management of hallux metatarsophalangeal joint arthritis.

Method: Fifty-five joints in 46 patients were treated surgically with Titanium implant for arthritic hallux meta-tarsophaelangeal joints. There were 35 women and 11 men. The pathological indications were hallux rigidus (74%), rheumatoid arthritis (10%) and degenerative changes associated with hallux valgus (16%). Six cases were done as a revision of sialastic to titanium prosthesis due to severe silicone synovitis.

Results: The mean age was 60 (range 43–76) years, and the mean follow-up was 56 (range 28–86) months. The mean time taken to get back to normal activities is 36.6 (range 21–90) days. The mean range of motion achieved was 32 (range 20–64) degrees and the relief of pain was excellent or good in 86% of the patients. There were no surgical complications in the form of infection, osteolysis or instability. The synovitis in the revision group has subsided.

Conclusions: The clinical results of Titanium hemiarthroplasty were good. The advantages of this procedure were preservation of joint movement and good pain relief.


A.S.E. Younger T.P. Kalla G. DeVries C.D. Meakin

Introduction and Aims: The cost-effective management of diabetic foot infections is a challenge to the Canadian health system. The objective of this study was to predict pre-operatively diabetic foot patients who will fail a transmetatarsal amputation (TMA) and end in a costly and disabling below knee amputation (BKA) and hence perform a primary BKA in select patients?

Method: Twenty-one patients failing TMA and revised to BKA within the first year were compared with a matched cohort of 21 successful TMAs. The factors that were selected for comparison were: age at amputation, sex, smoking, type of DM, use of osetoset, presence of charcot fractures, previous contralateral surgery, previous debridement before TMA, debridement after TMA, dialysis, duration of ulcer prior to TMA, hemoglobin level at time of TMA, HbA1C, presence of heel ulcer, prior ipsilateral toe amputation, pulse status prior to TMA, vascular reconstruction and presence of unreconstructable vascular problem. Chi-square was done for group data, and ANOVA for numeric data.

Results: Long-term control of blood glucose level (HbA1C) was found to be significant in predicting the success of TMA. Need of debridement after TMA was found to be a significant predictor of failure of TMA. There was a trend towards duration of ulcer prior to TMA and smoking being significant. All other variables, including vascular status or renal failure were not significantly different between the two groups.

Conclusion: As we have previously achieved a 75% success rate with TMAs in diabetics, we recommend a TMA as the first procedure in all diabetics with major forefoot infection or ulceration instead of a BKA. Obtaining good diabetic control in patients at risk for or requiring amputation for foot infection may prevent the TMA from failing and the subsequent need for BKA.


T. Moore J. Gozdanovic B. Donley

Introduction and Aims: The purpose of this study was to determine if celecoxib would improve the conservative treatment of plantar fasciitis.

Method: Twenty-nine patients with plantar fasciitis were given a night splint, viscoelastic heel cups and a home heel cord stretching program. Thirteen of the patients were given celecoxib 200mg a day for one month and 16 were given a placebo for one month. After their initial visit, patients were followed at one, two and six months.

Results: Twenty-eight patients improved, and one patient’s symptoms were subjectively worse at the end of the six months. Pain scores improved 5.79 points for the celecoxib group and 4.59 for the placebo group. Disability scores improved 5.03 points and 3.44 respectively. The celecoxib group had greater reductions in both pain and disability than the placebo group.

Conclusion: Although, our study was limited by the small sample size, our results indicate that plantar fasciitis can be treated effectively by non-surgical methods and that the use of an anti-inflammatory early in the course of plantar fasciitis may have some beneficial effects in improvement of symptoms.


A. Malviya N. Makwana P. Laing

Introduction and Aims: Lateral ligament complex injuries are a common cause of chronic ankle instability. It has been found that functional and mechanical instability of the ankle joint can respond to arthroscopic debridement of the ankle alone and that not all the structurally unstable joints require stabilisation.

Method: We retrospectively studied 43 patients with chronic lateral ankle instability who had failed to respond to a functional rehabilitation program. All patients underwent an examination under anaesthesia with or without stress views to determine instability and this was preceded by arthroscopic examination of the ankle.

Results: Intra-articular lesion was seen in 41.8% of cases. 79.1% had fibrosis in the anterolateral gutter, 27.9% had osteochondral defect, 30.2% had osteophytes causing impingement and 9.3% had loose bodies. Structural instability was confirmed in 53.4% and functional instability in 46.6%.

Arthroscopy demonstrated attenuation of the Anterior Talofibular ligament in 14%. Following arthroscopic debridement lateral reconstruction was required in only 14 (32.5%). Twenty-three patients (53.4%) went on to improve after arthroscopy alone and did not need lateral reconstruction. Three patients (6.9%) were lost to follow-up and three (6.9%) needed further procedures.

Conclusion: Arthroscopic assessment and treatment of intra-articular lesion in patients with chronic ankle instability can result in a stable ankle that does not necessitate a lateral ligament complex reconstruction.


C. Brauer B. Manns R. Buckley

Introduction and Aims: Treatment of the displaced intra-articular calcaneal fracture (DIACF) has long been a source of uncertainty in orthopaedic surgery. To evaluate the cost-effectiveness of operative versus non-operative management of this fracture, a model was constructed based on a randomised clinical trial. Model outputs were costs and quality-adjusted life years (QALYs).

Method: A decision tree was constructed to model the effect on costs and quality-adjusted life years (QALYs) of operative versus non-operative management for DIACFs. Complication rate, fusion rate, survival data, productivity losses and patient utilities were estimated from a recent prospective randomised control trial. Four-year costs were estimated from the centre treating 73% of the patients. A societal perspective was used in the primary analysis. Future costs and benefits were discounted at 5% and reported in 2002 Canadian dollars. One-way sensitivity analysis and a multi-way Monte Carlo simulation were performed incorporating all ranges of values for the utilities, costs and probabilities.

Results: When productivity losses were included, operative management was less costly ($13,000 cost saving) and had an incremental gain of .06 QALYs, based on improvements in health-related quality of life, thus, making it the dominant strategy compared to non-operative treatment. The cost-effectiveness was most sensitive to the estimates of the productivity losses. When productivity losses were excluded, the increase in cost of operative treatment was $2700 for an incremental gain of .06 QALYs, giving an incremental cost-utility (CU) ratio of $44,000 per QALY gained. The outcome of the analysis remained stable with the remainder of the one-way and multi-way sensitivity analysis. Of the 2000 iterations, with Monte Carlo simulation when productivity losses were included, 80% resulted in cost-effectiveness ratios less than $50,000 per QALY gained for operative treatment. When productivity losses were excluded, 53% of the 2000 iterations resulted in cost-effectiveness ratios less than $50,000.

Conclusion: The treatment of the DIACF has long been a source of uncertainty in orthopaedic surgery. The cost-effectiveness of operative management indicates that it is a moderately economically attractive treatment (a CU ratio of < $50,000). Further exploration of the impact of productivity losses is required.


P. Lakshmanan A. Jones K. Lyons J. Howes

Introduction and Aims: Odontoid fractures are quite common in the elderly following minor falls. As there are a few articulations in the upper cervical spine, degeneration in any one particular joint may affect the biomechanics of loading of the upper cervical spine. We aimed to analyse the pattern and relationship of odontoid fractures to the upper cervical spine osteoarthritis in the elderly.

Method: Between July 1999 and March 2003, 185 patients had CT scan of the cervical spine for cervical spine injuries. Twenty-three out of 47 patients over the age of 70 years had odontoid fractures. The CT scan pictures of these patients were studied to analyse the type of fracture and its displacement, the severity of osteoarthritis in each articulation in the upper cervical spine, namely lateral atlantoaxial, atlantooccipital, atlantoodontoid and subaxial facetal joints, evaluation of osteopenia in the dens-body junction and in the body and odontoid process of the axis, and calcification of the ligaments.

Results: Twenty-one of the 23 patients had Type II odontoid fracture with posterior displacement in seven (33.3%) and posterior angulation in nine (42.8%) patients. In these patients with Type II dens fracture, the atlantodens interval was obliterated in 19 (90.48%) patients, with only two of them (9.52%) having lateral atlantoaxial osteoarthritis.

Conclusion: Type II fracture is the commonest odontoid fracture in the elderly. Posterior displacement of the fracture is common in elderly, unlike the younger population. There is a significant relationship between the upper cervical spine osteoarthritis, apart from osteopenia, to the incidence of Type II odontoid fractures. Significant atlantoodontoid osteoarthritis in the presence of normal lateral atlantoaxial joints increases the risk of sustaining Type II odontoid fracture.


C.D. Meakin R.J. Lockwood D.G. Lloyd R. Skoss A.S.E. Younger

Introduction and Aims: Stability training on a wobble board is a common method of rehabilitation from lower limb injuries. Injury prevention represents a relatively new application of this exercise but the neural mechanisms underlying its success remain unknown. We hypothesised that a three-week period of wobble board training will result in a decrease in the reflex response in the muscles crossing the left ankle joint.

Method: Fourteen moderately trained university students were randomly assigned to a control and training group. The training group underwent 10-, 20-minute sessions of wobble board training over three weeks. Pre- and post-testing was conducted on an ankle perturbation rig and involved applying various levels of plantar torque to a stable (1DOF) and unstable (3 DOF) footplate. Nine potentiometers measured the position of the footplate, a force transducer measured the applied torque and a dorsiflexing perturbation could be given. Electromyographic data was recorded from four superficial muscles crossing the ankle joint to determine stretch reflex profiles for each muscle. Data was displayed in bar graphs and a two-way ANOVA was used.

Results: No significant difference in the stretch reflex amplitude was noted between the training and control groups in medial gastrocnemius, lateral gastrocnemius, soleus or peroneus longus. A reduction in the amplitude of the stretch reflex in the experimental group was recorded after wobble board training in medial gastrocnemius (35% reduction), lateral gastrocnemius (25% reduction), soleus (15% reduction), and peroneus longus (40% reduction) during post-testing (significant at p < 0.05). There was no significant change in the amplitude of the stretch reflex in any of the four superficial muscles of the ankle joint in the control group between pre- and post-testing sessions.

Conclusion: Presynaptic inhibition represents the most likely neural mechanism responsible for the observed reduction in the stretch reflex amplitude after a brief period of wobble board training. This neuromuscular adaptation may offer dynamic protection prior to and during heel contact, helping to prevent inversion sprains.


Full Access
A.H. Parbhoo

Introduction and Aims: Vertebral artery patency is not routinely documented in cervical fractures and dislocations. The incidence of vertebral artery injuries following cervical trauma is unknown, as they are rarely symptomatic. Vertebrobasilar insufficiency may be catastrophic and such vascular occlusion should be identified and treated early.

Method: One hundred and eighteen patients who sustained fractures and dislocations of the cervical spine between January 1996 and February 2001 were evaluated and subjected to MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) and MRA (magnetic resonance angiography). The average age was 34 years and there were 30 females. Seventy patients had unifacet dislocations, 10 burst fractures and 38 bifacetal dislocations. Forty-five patients had neurological deficit. Seven patients died within the first six weeks of injury. Reduction and surgical fusion were performed on 115 patients. None of the patients had signs/symptoms of vertebrobasilar ischaemia. MRA was repeated in six patients three years post-injury.

Results: Vertebral artery injury was diagnosed in 20 patients (23.6 %) – one patient had bilateral injury. Diagnosis was based on the loss of normal flow void on MRI and confirmed on MRA. Twelve patients with vascular compromise had unifacetal dislocations, two had burst fractures and six bifacetal dislocations. Thrombosis was present in 13 patients, three patients had intimal tears and five dissections (one patient with bilateral injury). The patient with bilateral injury also had significant neurological deficit (frankel C), confusion that resolved in 24 hours and evidence of cerebellar infarct. She had no symptoms of vertebrobasilar insufficiency and recovered full neurological function. Repeat MRA in six patients showed no evidence of recanalisation.

Conclusion: VAI was more common in unifacet dislocations, emphasising the effect of a rotation force predisposing to vascular injury. We recommend early diagnosis of vertebrobasilar insufficiency. Future anterior cervical surgery in patients with VAI should be undertaken with caution.


M. Lukhele

Introduction and Aims: The management of cervical spine dislocation is a challenge and can be a topic of big debate. Delay diagnosis of these injuries presents a bigger challenge. The aim of this study is to review patients who presented and were managed after four weeks from the time of injury.

Method: A retrospective study of 15 patients with unifacet and bifacet dislocation referred to the author four weeks after the injury between 1990 and 2003 were reviewed. Their clinical records and x-rays on admission and up to final discharge from follow-up were studied. Some patients were interviewed by telephone and a recent x-ray was requested. The following factors were assessed: age, mechanism of injury, delay period from the time of injury when referred, clinical picture at presentation, treatment given and clinical picture at final discharge or interview.

Results: The age range at presentation was 24 to 56 years. The delay period to presentation and management by the author was six weeks to three years. At presentation all had neck pain, three had upper limb paraesthesia, six had radiculopathy, four had Frankel D myelopathy and two were neurologically intact. Eleven patients had involvement of C5/6, three had C4/5 and one had C6/7 involvement. Seven patients had been treated by the primary medical team with traction, five with a soft collar for a few weeks, two had no treatment and one was a re-injury. Skeletal traction was applied to all patients on admission. Only three patients were successfully reduced with the prolonged traction; they were further managed by anterior discectomy, fusion and anterior cervical spine plating. The remaining patients were treated by corpectomy of the caudal vertebrae, strut graft and anterior cervical spine plating. None of the patients had posterior surgery. Fusion was achieved in all the patients. Cervical lordosis was restored in 10 of the 12 patients who underwent corpectomy, strut graft and plating. Motor power improved in all but two patients, who had radiculopathy. None of the patients had deterioration of neurology or neck pain at final follow-up.

Conclusion: Anterior corpectomy of the caudal vertebrae, strut graft and cervical spine plating obtained good cervical lordosis and neurological improvement in patients with late presentation of cervical spine dislocation, which did not reduce with initial skeletal traction. This approach is less challenging than those advocated by previous authors exposed to managing these injuries.


M.V. Ngcelwane T. Bam L. Sanchez

Introduction and Aims: Recurrent disc herniation or sciatica is one of the major complications of discectomy, often leading to a cascade of surgical procedures of increasing magnitude, but decreasing surgical outcome. We undertook a study to see if prolapsed disc fragment type can predict the possibility of recurrence of disc herniation or sciatica.

Method: We looked at the records of patients who had a discectomy operation during a 10-year period from 1992–2002. We excluded from the study patients who had a concomitant fusion operation, patients with multiple level disc operations and those who have diabetes. We went through the operation records, looking for the type of the disc fragment, i.e. whether it was contained, extruded or sequestrated disc. In the follow-up notes we recorded the patients that complained of leg pain, starting three months after the operation and continuing despite treatment. We recorded the length of follow-up.

Results: Sixty-five patients were entered for the study. There were 31 males and 34 females. The age range at surgery was 16–61 years (average 42.1 year). The follow-up ranged from 18 months to 10 years (average 30 months). We divided the patients into two groups. Group A, those patients with recurrent leg pain; and group B, those patients with no leg pain.

There were 18 patients in group A – they were all subjected to further examination with MRI scan. In five of the patients, the scan showed recurrence of disc herniation. It was an ipsilateral reherniation in four patients and contralateral in one patient. Eight of these 18 patients required repeat surgery.

In the five patients with reherniation (7.69% of whole series), the repeat surgery was a discectomy. In another three patients the surgery was a wide decompression and fusion. On further analysing the pathology found at the initial discectomy, in the group A patients, six (33%) had extruded discs and 12 (66%) had contained discs. In group B, 34 (72%) had extruded discs and 13 (27%) had contained discs. The statistical significance in this small series is debatable.

Conclusion: Patients with extruded discs do much better than those with contained discs. Recurrent disc herniation is more common in contained discs and less common in extruded discs. If we could select pre-operatively those patients with contained disc herniations, we could elect to persist with conservative treatment for longer in this group.


Full Access
S. Kaspar J. Dickey J. Perrier D. Bednar

Introduction and Aims: Clinical studies report successful treatment of hangman’s fractures by direct screw repair followed by a collar post-operatively. However, to date there has not been a biomechanical analysis of failure strength of direct lag screw fixation of hangman’s fracture, relative to the strength of the intact specimens.

Method: This repeated measures biomechanical study evaluates the tensile force required to cause bipedicular (hangman’s) fractures in isolated porcine C2 specimens, and the subsequent force to failure after direct fracture repair with bipedicular lag screws. Of 60 mounted porcine C2 specimens subjected to tensile antero-posterior force, hangman’s fracture occurred in 15 cases, 12 of which were fixed with bipedicular 4.0 mm lag screws. These fixed specimens were re-tested to failure in the same manner.

Results: Most specimens had laminar fractures after application of tensile force, with 15 of 60 (25.0%) exhibiting bipedicular fractures. The force to bipedicular failure was 3259.1 + 148.5 N (mean + SEM). After screw fixation, the force to failure of the same specimens was 882.0 + 108.5 N (mean + SEM), or 27.3% of the intact bone.

Conclusion: The pullout strength was substantial (882 N), although the relative strength of fixation was only 27.3% of the fracture strength exhibited by the intact specimens. We discuss the findings in relation to previous studies. This is the first study to examine screw pull-out forces after direct repair of hangman’s fracture. One or more of the authors are receiving or have received material benefits or support from a commercial source.


S. Malek R. Kamath P. Chandran A.M.M.A. Mohsen

Introduction and Aims: Lower back and/or leg pain is a symptom of a number of pathological conditions involving lumbosacral nerve roots. Disc herniation is one of the most common causes of LBP (after mechanical back pain). There is controversy regarding the progression of disc degeneration and/or lower back pain to symptomatic disc prolapse over time.

Method: The aim of the study was to determine the natural progression of patients with lower back pain/disc degeneration established clinically and on MRI to symptomatic disc herniation over three to six years. Total of 970 patients who had an MRI scan between January 1998 and September 2000 were included in the study. Information about disc pathology, level and number of discs involved were recorded from MRI scan reports. A short questionnaire was sent to all patients. It contained 10 questions regarding current status of pain and neurology, any treatment in form of back injection and operation, current occupation and smoking status.

Results: The collected data was analysed using standard statistics software (SPSS). The results will be discussed.

Conclusion: The information provided by this study will be useful in judging the natural progression of lower back pain and/or disc degeneration to a symptomatic prolapse intervertebral disc. It will also be useful in medico-legal cases where patients had pre-existing disc degeneration and subsequently developed disc herniation over time.


P.A. Robertson L.D. Plank

Introduction and Aims: Outcome studies in select patient groups in a research environment risk reporting findings that may not be relevant to the large percentage of patients undergoing surgery in private practice in the community. This paper reports an audit of outcomes improvement in Lumbar Fusion patients using the Modified Rowland Questionnaire (MRQ).

Method: Two hundred and sixteen patients undergoing lumbar fusion procedures, over a five-year period, completed the MRQ prior to surgery and at the routine one-year follow-up. Changes to the score were documented and analysed in relation to diagnosis, third party compensation coverage, and revision procedures. The MRQ is a validated responsive disease specific functional questionnaire. It ranges from 23 points (maximum disability) to zero (no disability). A four-point improvement is considered clinically significant.

Results: Data completion was 88%. Median disability improvement was 10 points on the MRQ (p< 0.0001). Benefit occurred in 80% of patients. Although improvements in degenerative spondylolisthesis and isthmic spondylolisthesis were greater than in fusions for discogenic back pain, this was not significant. There was a trend to lesser functional improvements in those receiving compensation (p=0.073) and those who had undergone previous surgery (p=0.068).

Conclusion: This study reports an attempt to audit outcomes in private practice using an instrument applied pre-operatively and at one-year follow-up. The data completion was acceptable. Functional improvements were significant in all diagnositic groups. Outcomes in revision and compensation patients only showed trends to inferior results unlike many other studies.


Full Access
A.J. Stirling M. Jiggins T.S.J. Elliott T. Worthington P.A. Lambert

Introduction and Aims: To confirm whether bacteria were present in disc material harvested at the time of discectomy; and to determine whether the presence of bacteria correlated with elevation of Anti Lipid S antibody levels; and to compare these results with antibody levels and disc specimens from patients undergoing surgery for indications other than radiculitis.

We have previously demonstrated significantly elevated IgG titres (ELISA) to a glycolipid antigen found in the cell wall of most gram-positive bacteria in patients with discogenic sciatica. This raised the possibility that the inflammation associated with disc protrusion might be initiated or accelerated by bacteria.

Method: A prospective study was performed using disc material harvested with stringent aseptic precautions from 207 microdiscectomy and 27 trauma, tumor or scoliosis patients (controls). Serology was obtained for all patients.

Results: In the Microdiscectomy group 76/207 (37%) had positive cultures after seven days incubation, of which 26 (34%) had positive serology. Forty-nine patients had Propionibacteria, 11 Coagulase-negative-Staphylococci (CNS), eight Propionibacteria and CNS, four other organisms and four mixed growth.

One hundred and thirty one (63%) patients had negative cultures of whom 15% had positive serology. There was a significant difference between patients with positive serology and culture, compared with those with negative serology and culture (Fischer exact test P< 0.01). In some patients, organisms were visible on microscopy prior to culture. Two of the patients undergoing surgery for other indications had positive cultures (P.acnes) of whom one had positive serology. Of those with negative cultures, six had positive serology.

There was a significant difference between positive cultures in those with sciatica and controls (P< .001).

Conclusion: A significant proportion of patients with discogenic radiculitis have positive cultures with low-virulence Gram-positive organisms (predominantly Propionibacteria ) and in proportion, a corresponding appropriate antibody response.


J. Fairbank H. Frost J. Wilson-MacDonald L-M Yu K. Barker R. Collins

Introduction and Aims: A multicentre trial of 349 patients of candidates for spinal fusion (where both patient and surgeon were uncertain of the outcome) were randomised to either an operation or to an intensive rehabilitation program. Rehabilitation was based on a three-week (15-day) model of exercise therapy and education using cognitive behavioural principles.

Method: The main outcome measures were the Oswestry Disability Index (ODI); Shuttle Walking Test; SF-36 and EuroQol EQ-5D recorded at baseline and six, 12 and 24 months after randomisation. The trial was 90%-powered to show a four-point ODI difference between groups at a= 0.05. Full economic analysis is available.

Results: Patients in both treatment arms made statistically significant improvements on all outcome measures between baseline and two-year follow-up. There was a small difference between the treatment arms favouring surgery on one of the main outcome measures, the Oswestry Disability Index; there were no statistically significant differences between the two treatment strategies for the rest. The difference in the change of score for the ODI was a decrease of 3.2 (C.I -7.3 – 0.9) in favour of surgery (p< 0.1), an improvement of 30 metres on the shuttle walking test in favour of the surgery group (p< 0.2), a difference of 0.01 on the Euroqol (p< 0.9) and an increase of 2.7 points on the SF-36 (p< 0.4).

The surgery results parallel those reported in other trials. At two years, the treatment costs of the surgery arm were approximately twice those of the rehabilitation arm. The costs of the rehabilitation strategy depend on how many patients opt to have surgery after rehabilitation (22% in this trial). This is a comparison of treatment strategies: there was no clinical or statistical difference in outcome between the strategy of spinal fusion and rehabilitation.

Conclusion: Patients randomised to both surgery (spinal stabilisation) and rehabilitation have indicated a treatment effect, but this may be due to natural history. ‘Failed’ non-operative treatment is commonly listed as an indication for surgery, this should only be considered once an intensive rehabilitation program backed by the treating surgeon has been tried.


C. Wainwright N.S. Rao D. Lawson

Introduction and Aims: Caudal and lumbar epidural steroid injections have had a contentious history in the treatment of lumbar radiculopathy. We set out to assess the efficacy of these injections with relation to key discriminators and to assess the safety of these injections.

Method: After a literature search highlighted several possible discriminators regarding outcomes for lumbar radiculopathy and surgery we undertook a pilot study to assess the above aims. This took the form of a retrospective telephone interview. When our pilot study reached statistical significance after only 25 patients, we undertook a retrospective study of all 138 patients who had received a caudal or epidural steroid injection for radiculopathy in the last eight years. This took the form of a postal questionnaire, with telephone interview follow-up. Appropriate statistical analysis was performed for the paired and non-paired data collected.

Results: Of the 138 patients, 105 could be traced and of these it was possible to compare caudal vs. lumbar epidural in 75. All other comparisons were made on the full available population (105). We showed a statistically significant difference in the following: (i) an overall reduction in pain scores from 7.78 to 5.16 (mean values, difference –2.62, p< 0.0001); (ii) an overall increase in march tolerance from 804m to 1788m (mean values, difference 984m, p,0.0001); (iii) smokers had a higher level of pain overall before, immediately after and longer term than non(N)smokers (mean values smokers vs. non are; before 8.25:7.4, immediately 5.75:4.269, long-term 6.708:5.173, p< 0.01). We found no significant difference between sexes, activity-provoked pain, cough/impulse pain, unemployment due to pain or number of injections received. We had only one serious complication (anaphylactoid reaction) and 10 minor complications including headaches (five), pain at injection site (two), dizziness (one), hot flushes (one) and one diabetic patient had different insulin requirements for two days.

Conclusion: Although more research, ideally in the form of a randomised, controlled, double-blind trial is indicated, we have concluded that by either route these injections are a safe and effective measure of temporary pain relief for lumbar radiculopathy and that smoking is associated with higher levels of pain.


R. Kamath P. Chandran S. Malek A.M.M.A. Mohsen

Introduction and Aims: Back pain patients usually demand more time in clinic. A significant proportion of this time is spent in performing clinical examination. It has been recognised that a detailed history of symptoms is the backbone in reaching the diagnosis and deciding the management plan for patients with lower back pain and/or radiculopathy.

Method: A prospective, blinded study was carried out to determine the usefulness of history and clinical examination, individually, to reach the diagnosis and plan the management. Sixty consecutive lower back pain and/or radiculopathy patients were included in the study. All the patients were seen by two orthopaedic registrars. Detailed history was taken by one and clinical examination was performed by the other registrar. A provisional diagnosis was made by both registrars based on their information. A consultant also took history and examined these patients. MRI scan was done as per clinical indication.

Results: The gathered information was analysed using standard statistics software. The data indicates that clinical examination on its own was non-contributory in reaching diagnosis and plan the management. All information obtained by history alone correlated well with MRI results. The full results and cost implications will be discussed.

Conclusion: Routine clinical examination of spine can be omitted without compromising the patient care, where clear history is available to reach diagnosis and plan the management. Clinical examination should be performed on those patients who need surgery to document the pre-operative neurology.


R. Yachad

Introduction and Aims: Speculation exists with regard to the exact mechanism of remodelling of thoracolumbar burst fractures treated non-operatively. We prospectively evaluated spinal canal remodelling in 30 patients with burst fractures by measuring the epidural pressure following ethical approval.

Method: Thirty-four patients (average age 37 years) were recruited into the study. The injury followed a fall from a height in 18 patients; and 12 resulted from a road traffic accident. All patients were neurologically intact. Plain X-rays and CT scans were obtained to evaluate the injuries. The patients were treated non-operatively with orthoses. At two weeks and 12 months post-injury epidural pressures were measured in theatre. The measurements were performed in the lateral decubitis position, and a fluoroscopically guided radio-opaque catheter was positioned below the fracture site to record the epidural pressure.

Results: Thirty patients were included in the study and four were excluded due to inadequate follow-up. The average progress in the Cobb’s angle at one-year follow-up was 2.690 (range 10–60). At the time of injury the mean canal compromise measured on CT scans was 43% (range 32%–83%) and at follow-up had improved to 28% (range 44%–100%). The CT volumetric measurements showed an average improvement of 10% in volume at follow-up (range 7%–16%).

The average epidural pressure recorded at the time of injury was 16.65mmHg (range 2.5–30.85mmHg) and at follow-up was –5.85mmHg (range 0 to –10.17mmHg). There were no complications following epidural pressure monitoring.

Conclusion: Scapinelli and Candiotti hypothesised that burst fractures remodelled secondary to respiratory oscillations transmitted to the epidural space. The raised epidural pressure (p< 0.001), by virtue of its mechanical effect, may be one of the factors responsible for the remodelling of burst fractures.


M. Almaiyah F. Selmi P. Kluger

Introduction and Aims: To determine the increased complications of spinal surgery done in non-specialised units for acute spinal injury patients.

Method: Retrospective analysis of all admissions to NSIC from February 1999 to August 2000.

Results: To hundred and forty-three patients admitted to NSIC over 18 months. Fifty-five patients underwent surgical interventions. Majority of patients were male, average age 36 years. Commonest cause of injury is RTA (45%). A complete injury (ASIA A) occurred in (54.5%) of patients.

Primary interventions were done in NSIC, with no major complication, for 36 patients. Nineteen patients operated on in the referring hospital (non-specialised units) before transfer to our centre. Early corrective surgery required for 10 of the total 19 patients due to spinal instability in five patients, non-union in two patients, CSF leak, infection in two patients and wrong level in one patient.

A comparison between primary and corrective surgery performed in NSIC by the same surgical team showed that the average length of corrective surgery was 240 minutes, with 150 minutes for primary procedure. Blood loss: 1750 mls on average for corrective surgery, compared to 600 mls for primary intervention. Post-op mobilisation started on average five days after primary surgery and 20 days after corrective surgery. Period of rehabilitation – 16 weeks on average after primary surgery in NSIC, compared to 40 weeks after corrective surgery.

Conclusion: Our results showed that early transfer to spinal injury unit and early spinal decompression and stabilisation performed by an experienced spinal surgeon, in a spinal injury centre would prevent complications and delays in rehabilitation.


SPINE SURGERY IN PARKINSONS Pages 292 - 292
Full Access
S. Kaspar L. Riley D. Cohen D. Long J. Kostuik H. Hassanzadeh

Introduction and Aims: Although PD has characteristic findings and stages of progression, neither the nature of operative spine problems occurring in patients with PD, nor their peri-operative complications, have been presented previously.

Method: In this retrospective observational case series, we describe the nature of operative spine problems in patients with Parkinson’s disease (PD), and evaluate the incidence and types of peri-operative complications in spine surgery for patients with PD. A retrospective chart review was performed on 24 consecutive PD patients undergoing spine surgery in a six-year span at one institution. Nineteen were first surgeries, and five were first seen as failed back syndrome from surgery done elsewhere.

Results: The mean patient age was 69 years. Spinal stenosis (10 patients) and cervical myelopathy (4 patients) were the predominant pre-operative diagnoses for the primary surgeries, with three patients operated upon for kyphoscoliosis (16%) and two for other conditions. Minor or transient complications were common, including delirium, arrhythmia, deep vein thrombosis, and dural tear; there were also two significant PD-specific complications, including aspiration pneumonia and global motor paresis post-operatively. Four of 19 primary cases were revised for recurrent stenosis (two patients) or pseudarthrosis (two patients). The overall number of poor patient-reported outcomes was only two of 14 primary cases (five patients had inadequate outcome measures) and zero of seven revisions (two had inadequate outcome measures), at a mean follow-up of 19 months.

Conclusion: Symptoms and functional deficits of spinal disease were often masked by PD, posing diagnostic difficulty. However, outcomes and complications of spine surgery were similar to those of non-PD patients at the same institution. Spine symptoms improved concomitantly with successful surgery unless the PD progressed or significant complications ensued.


F.H. Sim B. Fuchs C. Inwards

Introduction and Aims: Sacrococcygeal chordoma presents a difficult diagnostic and therapeutic problem with a high incidence of local recurrence. The report aims to define the importance of adequate surgical treatment on outcome and survival.

Method: Fifty-eight patients underwent surgical treatment for sacrococcygeal chordoma between 1979 and 2001. The series included 19 women and 39 men with an average age of 56.2 (range 13–76) years at diagnosis. Depending on the level and extent of the lesion, a posterior approach was performed in 25 patients, and a combined antero-posterior approach in 33 patients. A wide surgical margin was achieved in 22 patients, 14 marginal and 22 intralesional.

Results: At average follow-up of 92.2 (range 18–276) months. Thirty-three patients were alive with no evidence of disease. Twenty-one patients had local recurrence. Recurrence-free survival at five years was 67% and at 10 years 57%. The overall survival was 74%, 51%, 42% at five years, 10 years, and 15 years, respectively. All patients with wide margins survived (100%), which was significantly different from patients who had either marginal or intralesional excision (p=0.0001). The type of surgical approach (p=0.138) does not influence the likelihood to obtain a good margin, although patients with wide margins were also more likely to have small tumors. A wide margin was achieved in 48% using a combined antero-posterior approach, whereas this was the case only in 29% using a posterior approach. Tumor volume univariately assessed, however, does not seem to compromise the possibility of obtaining a wide margin (p=0.21). Multivariate analysis identified – in contrast to tumor volume (p=0.13) – margin (p=0.0001) and age (p=0.04) as predictors of survival. Whereas survival is independent of age in the case with wide margins, patients with marginal or intralesional margins and an age above 60 years have a better survival (43% at 10 years) than patients younger than 60 years with those parameters (20% at 10 years; p=0.0776).

Conclusion: A wide margin is the most important predictor of survival in patients with sacrococcygeal chordoma. Tumor volume per se has no negative impact on survival as long as a wide margin is obtained. Therefore, for large tumors and tumors above S3 we prefer combined antero-posterior approach. If a wide margin cannot be obtained, then young patients have a worse prognosis than older patients.


C. Reilly S. Tredwell J. LeBlanc K. Mulpuri V. Sajhal

Introduction and Aims: The anterior approach to dealing with complex spinal deformities around the cervical thoracic junction presents a surgical challenge. With the help of a cardiothoracic surgeon, a sternal splitting technique was utilised in five paediatric patients to resolve this difficulty and gain access to spinal deformities around the cervical thoracic junction.

Method: A longitudinal incision is made parallel to the sternocleido muscle and extended across the sternum for a median sternotomy. The sternocleido muscles are retracted to the lateral aspect of the incision. The carotid and jugular vein are dissected out. To continue with the dissection and exposure of the upper thoracic spine, a full sternotomy is done. The sternum is opened. The dissection of the right carotid is extended over the innominate artery, including the bifurcation of the right subclavian artery. The jugular vein is dissected out coming down to the superior vena cava. The innominate vein is isolated. The lower end of the anterior scalenus muscle is divided up.

Results: This technique was employed in five paediatric patients, aged three to 15 years, at the authors’ institution. Diagnoses included Klippel-Feil Syndrome, Proteus Syndrome, Larsen Syndrome and, Neurofibromatosis (two patients). All patients had severe cervical thoracic kyphosis requiring surgical instrumentation. This technique resulted in a range of access from C5 to T6 being granted. In one patient, a separate thorocotemy was performed in order to gain access to the lower thoracic spine.

Conclusion: This approach was invaluable in gaining access to the cervical thoracic junction to address complex spinal deformities. Access to the lower cervical and the upper thoracic spine is granted. No significant complications occurred. The aid of a cardiothoracic surgeon is advised.


S. Govender

Introduction and Aims: Socioeconomic deprivation and the HIV epidemic have accounted for the global increase in tuberculosis. Tuberculous spondylitis constitutes 60% of osteoarticular tuberculosis. Progressive kyphosis has been reported with rib grafts in spinal TB. We prospectively evaluated 45 patients treated with fresh frozen anterior cortical allografts for spinal TB.

Method: The mean age was 28.6 years and all patients were HIV negative. The neurological status (Frankel grade) was (A)10, (B)18, (C)17 and the dorsal spine was affected in 37 patients. The kyphosis measured 540 (range 270–740). Following pre-operative nutritional support all patients underwent a radical anterior decompression and the granulation tissue tethering the cord to the apex of the deformity was released. An appropriate length of fresh frozen cortical allograft was positioned by interference fit and stabilised with an anterior rod screw construct. Anti-tuberculosis treatment was prescribed for one year.

Results: Post-operatively, four patients developed pulmonary atelectasis and three patients had superficial wound infections, which resolved with physical therapy and antibiotics respectively. Four patients were excluded due to inadequate follow-up. At 12 months complete neurological recovery occurred in 32 patients, partial in five and no recovery in four patients. There was no radiological evidence of infection or fracture of the allografts. The criteria of Bridwell et al was used to classify the incorporation of allografts. The earliest radiological evidence of fusion and remodelling occurred between 12 and 18 months post-operatively. At the last follow-up (mean 7.8 years, range 6.5–9.2 years) the allografts had incorporated in 33 cases and in eight cases the remodelling was incomplete. Although the incorporation is slow, there were no cases of non-union. The kyphosis measured 220 (range 14–460) at the most recent follow-up.

Conclusion: The weakness of rib grafts is attributed to the unfavourable length, width ratio and the small surface area of contact. Allografts are biological and the stability is enhanced by a large surface area of contact and instrumentation.


J.C. Theis J. Krebs G. Davis N. Aebli

Introduction and Aims: Polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) has been widely used in orthopaedic surgery including more recently vertebroplasty. The reported rate of complications following vertebroplasty is low and mainly related to PMMA leakage.

The aim of this study was to elucidate the acute cardiovascular effects of PMMA or bone wax in a vertebroplasty animal model.

Method: Eight skeletally mature sheep were used and PMMA or bone wax were injected unilaterally into L1 and L2 at 10-minute intervals. Arterial, central venous, pulmonary artery and left ventricular pressures were recorded using Statham pressure transducers and Swan Ganz catheters were used for monitoring cardiac output.

Results: Augmentation resulted in a two-phase response regardless of which material was used. First the mean arterial blood pressures started to drop after approximately two seconds. Secondly the pulmonary artery pressure and central venous pressure increased after approximately 11 seconds, whereas cardiac output and left ventricular pressure decreased. There was no significant change in heart rate for both groups. There was a significant difference (p< 0.05) in the pulmonary artery pressure values in the PMMA group compared to the basal values at one, three and five minutes, whereas in the wax group the pulmonary artery pressure recovered within three minutes.

Conclusion: Augmentation resulted in a two-phase cardiovascular response regardless of which material was used. Peak responses were similar for both groups, but pulmonary artery pressure and cardiac output recovered quicker in the wax group. The late recovery of pulmonary artery pressure and cardiac output in the PMMA group may be due to a vasoconstriction effect of the cement monomer.


A.S Raman S.K. Hegde

Introduction and Aims: Instrumentation in spinal tuberculosis is a controversial issue. The introduction of Pedicle screws in spinal fixation offered a new dimension to the management of this difficult problem.

Method: We operated on 147 patients with spinal tuberculosis between 1990 and 2001. Between 1990 and 1995, we treated 45 patients in the traditional manner with anterior decompression and strut grafting. We encountered an unacceptably high rate of complications, such as graft collapse, progression of deformity and pseudoarthrosis. Between 1995 and 2001, we adopted the practice of anterior radical surgery combined with instrumentation (mesh cages and modem multi-segment hook/screw system), and employed this approach in 102 patients. Of these: 28 patients underwent surgery at dorsal vertebral level, 35 at dorsolumbar level, and 39 at lumbar level.

Results: Our experience has enabled us to develop a protocol in the management of these patients depending on a) the level of vertebral involvement (cervicodorsal/dorsolumbar/lumbar); b) the presence of single or multilevel disease; and c) location of disease in the spinal columns.

In dorsal lesions involving less than two consecutive levels with no deformity, we performed anterior procedure only. In multilevel dorsal lesions with no deformity we did anterior followed by posterior surgery. In dorsal lesions with deformity we performed Back-Front-Back procedure. In dorsolumbar lesions with single-level disease we did anterior procedure only. In the presence of multi-segment involvement with or without deformity we did Back-Front-Back procedure. In lumbar lesions with anterior and middle column involvement without deformity we performed anterior surgery only. In lumbar lesions with all column involvement with deformity we performed anterior and posterior surgery.

With the use of instrumentation we achieved satisfactory results in terms of correction of deformity. We were also able to carry out extensive debridement (with anticipation of gaining stability with instrumentation), thereby clearing infection locally and effecting neurological improvement in all our cases. There were a few minor complications in our second (instrumented) group. No major complications (death, deep secondary infection or deterioration of the neurology) occurred in this group.

Conclusion: We conclude that instrumentation in spinal tuberculosis is safe. It allows the surgeon to debride the tissues safely and to stabilise the spine and thus prevent deformity. Instrumentation also allows early mobilisation. The radical debridement leads to a reduction in recurrence of infection at the operative site.


S. Govender

Introduction and Aims: Autologous bone is the preferred method of providing structural support in spinal surgery. The disadvantages are donor site morbidity and limited bone available to reconstitute the anterior column. We evaluated fresh frozen femoral allografts following anterior column reconstruction for lumbar burst fractures with neurological deficit.

Method: Twenty-seven patients with neurological deficit ( Frankel grade A(3), B(7), C(16) D (1) due to burst fractures of the dorsolumbar junction were treated with fresh frozen allografts following anterior spinal decompression. The average age was 28 years, and 19 patients sustained the injury following a road traffic accident.

The mean pre-operative kyphosis measured 190. A corpectomy was performed in all patients and femoral allografts were positioned by interference fit and the spine stabilised with an anterior rod screw construct. The radiographs were reviewed at three-monthly intervals and the fusion graded by an independent radiologist.

Results: The follow-up in 24 patients ranged from 29 to 72 months (mean 43 months) and three patients were excluded due to inadequate follow-up. Allograft incorporation was assessed by criteria of Bridwell et al grade 1 fused with remodelling with cross trabeculae into the adjacent vertebral bodies, grade 11 graft intact, not fully remodelled and incorporated, no lucenies, grade 111 graft intact, but a definite lucency at the top or bottom of the graft, grade 1V not fused with resorption and collapse of graft. The allografts were stable and evidence of graft incorporation and remodelling were observed between eight and 24 months. Grade 1 fusion was seen in 23 patients at two years and subsequent follow-up revealed no fracture, resorption or collapse.

The average neurological recovery, which was 1.4 Frankel grades (range 0–2 grades), occurred within seven weeks following surgery (range 11–74 days).

Nine patients (37%) made a complete recovery and in four patients (16%) there was no improvement. The mean post-operative kyphosis at two years was 80 (range 2–180). At seven-year follow-up one patient had an asymptomatic grade 11 fusion following secondary infection due to TB which was successfully treated.

Conclusion: The indications for the operative treatment of thoracolumbar burst fractures remains controversial. The increased compressive strength of allografts, the large surface of contact, and the stability with instrumentation created a stable construct, which permitted early mobilisation. Allografts were inexpensive biological alternatives to reconstruct the anterior column in burst fractures.


G. Heilpern G. Marsh A. Knibb

Introduction and Aims: To assess the effectiveness of intrathecal fentanyl in the relief of post-operative pain in patients undergoing spinal surgery.

Method: Sixty patients undergoing lumbar spinal surgery were prospectively recruited. All patients received our standard analgesic regime with PCA via a syringe driver. They were also randomised to receive either 15 micrograms of fentanyl intrathecally, or nothing. The fentanyl was administered by the operating surgeon (GM) under direct vision one or two levels above the site of operation at the end of the procedure. VAS pain scores were then taken at two, four, 24 and 48 hours post-operatively. Time to first bolus delivery of morphine from the PCA was also recorded, as was the total dose of morphine required.

Results: The patients randomised to receive fentanyl showed a significant increase in the time to first bolus delivery of morphine, as well as a 40% reduction in the total morphine dose delivered. There was also a decrease in their mean VAS scores. There was no increased incidence of side effects in the group receiving fentanyl. No patients suffered respiratory compromise requiring treatment and only two patients required HDU observation overnight. The rest of the cohort left recovery after two hours to be nursed in an open ward.

Conclusion: Intrathecal Fentanyl is effective at reducing morphine use via a PCA and mean pain VAS scores after lumbar spinal surgery. We would support its use over intrathecal morphine because of the reduced incidence of respiratory complications and the ability to nurse patients in the open ward


P.A. Robertson S.E. Blagg

Introduction and Aims: C1 lateral mass screw fixation offers a powerful alternative biomechanical fixaion for upper cervical disorders. The anatomical constraints to this fixation have not been described yet and are essential to ensure avoidance of neurovascular damage.

Method: Fifty patients (including five patients with rheumatoid arthritis) underwent upper cervical CT scans. Analysis of these CT scans involved use of calibrated scan measurements to identify the midpoint of the posterior lateral mass, the dimensions of the lateral mass, the direction of optimum screw passage, the position of the vertebral foramen at C1 and the ideal entry point for lateral mass screw fixation.

Results: The average length of screw within the lateral mass was 20mm with 13.5mm of screw not in bone, behind the lateral mass, but necessary to allow rod placement posteriorly adjacent to other fixation points. The safest entry point was directly beneath the medial edge of the lamina origin. The ideal direction of screw angulation is parallel with the posterior arch, in the saggital plane. This entry point was on average 8.8mm from the vertebral artery foramen laterally and 5.8mm from the medial aspect of the lateral mass. Vertical space available for sublaminar screw placement was 3mm or less in 9% of lateral masses.

Conclusion: C1 lateral mass screws are best placed beneath the lamina origin, parallel with the arch in the saggital plane using an entrypoint in line with the medial edge of the lamina origin. An entry point under the midpoint of the lamina origin, or passing through the lamina at its attachment to the lateral mass, is likely to damage the vertebral artery in a significant proportion of cases.


R.J. Crawford J.R. Crawford J. Hilton

Introduction and Aims: Surgery for degenerative lumbar spondylolisthesis may entail both decompression and fusion. The knee-chest position facilitates decompression, but fixation in this position risks fusion in kyphosis. This can be avoided by intra-operative re-positioning to the fully prone position. We aim to quantify restoration of lordosis achieved by this manoeuvre.

Method: Thirty-six patients with degenerative lumbar spondylolisthesis and stenosis were treated by posterior decompression and interbody fusion with pedicle screw fixation (without interbody cages). There were 16 men and 20 women with a mean age of 58.2 years (32–80). The decompression, interbody grafting and screw insertion were performed with the patient in the knee-chest position. The patient was repositioned to the fully prone position for subsequent fusion. The sagittal plane angle was measured on the pre-operative, intra-operative and post-operative x-rays. Short-Form 36 (SF-36) scores and Visual Analogue Scales (VAS) for pain (0 to 10) were determined pre- and post-operatively.

Results: Twenty-eight patients underwent single-level fusion, two patients had two levels, two patients had three levels and four patients had four levels fused. The mean pre-operative sagittal angle between the operated vertebrae was 15.7 degrees lordosis, and the intra-operative angle before re-positioning was 14.9 degrees. The mean immediate post-operative angle was 23.7, and at six-month follow-up the angle was 23.1. Overall there was a mean increase in lordosis angle after repositioning of 8.0 degrees per operative level (p< 0.01). The mean scores of the SF-36 improved in all eight domains and this was significant (p< 0.05) for social functioning (44.4 to 68.9), energy and vitality (36.0 to 49.5), pain (23.8 to 58.3) and general health perception (51.4 to 65.6). Mean VAS pain scores for back pain improved from 7.47 pre-operatively to 3.84 post-operatively (p< 0.001); and for leg pain improved from 7.56 to 3.78 (p< 0.001). No complications attributable to the manoeuvre occurred.

Conclusion: Lumbar spondylolisthesis was found to be associated with reduction of normal lumbar lordosis. The knee-chest position for surgery exacerbates this loss of lordosis. Intra-operative repositioning restores lordosis to greater than the pre-operative angle, which may improve clinical outcome.


L. Lutchman R. Crawford

Introduction and aims: Surgical decompression for lumbar stenosis entails a risk of iatrogenic instability. Consequently, laminectomy has been largely superseded by the more conservative procedure of fenestration, but the decompression may be compromised. We describe an additional technique of undercutting laminectomy, which conserves stability while maximising decompression, and the results are presented.

Method: Forty-nine patients with lumbar spinal stenosis were treated by fenestration, medial facetectomy and removal with curved osteotomes of the ventral aspect of the lamina superior to the involved facets together with the attached ligamentum flavum. The results were assessed at a mean follow-up period of three years and four months using walking distance and a pain analogue scale as outcome measures, and surgical complications were recorded. The radiological results were assessed in 25 patients by measurement on MRI scan of the spinal canal cross-sectional area pre- and post-operatively.

Results: Ten patients had undercutting laminectomy at one level, 19 at two levels, 14 at three levels and four at four levels. Medical co-morbidity was present in most patients; 11 were ASA 1, 25 ASA2 and 11 ASA 3. Pre-operatively, all patients reported leg pain or numbness and 20 patients reported back pain. All but one had limited walking distance, the mean being 564 metres (range 5m–8000m). Post-operatively the mean pain score was 3.3 and the mean walking distance 762 metres. Forty-one patients said they felt the operation had been worthwhile and six said they did not. Surgical complications occurred in five patients, consisting of dural tear in four patients (repaired with no sequelae) and a wound haematoma requiring drainage in one patient. The mean spinal canal cross-sectional area at the level of maximal stenosis pre-operatively was 28mm2 and postoperatively was 75mm2, giving a mean increase of 133%. No patients had any evidence of iatrogenic instability as judged by the development of degenerative spondylolisthesis or scoliosis.

Conclusion: The technique described achieves excellent decompression of the stenotic lumbar canal as measured radiologically, while largely preserving the facet joints. In relation to published reports on fenestration and medial facetectomy alone, the clinical results are at least as good.


M.A. El Masry W.J. Farrington A.A. l.-Shawi C.R. Weatherley

Introduction and Aims: To evaluate the long-term results of an operation which does not involve instrumentation or fusion and which leaves the midline structures intact.

Method: A retrospective clinical and radiological review of consecutive patients.

Results: One hundred and sixty patients (87 females and 73 males) with a mean age at operation of 68 (range 40–90); the majority of patients (79%) had either a one or two level bilateral decompression. The most common level decompressed was the L4/5 level (91%). The mean post-operative follow-up was 22 months.

Summary of background data: spondylosis, commonly involving a degenerative listhesis, is the most common cause of stenosis in the lumbar spine. The symptoms arise from root compromise of the stenotic level and surgery offers the only permanent cure. To date, the standard procedure remains a laminectomy with fixation and fusion in the presence of possible instability. A laminectomy, however, destabilises the spine and the instrumented fusion makes it a much bigger operation in patients often not best placed to cope with it. There has been, therefore, a need for an effective operation that does not compromise spinal stability.

Conclusion: At six weeks post-operation, 141 patients (85%) reported relief of leg pain and this rose to 90% at six months. One hundred and fifty-three patients (96%) reported an increase in their walking distance. Of those patients who also presented with back pain pre-operatively, 79% reported an improvement. There were no significant post-operative complications. The results were sustained at follow-up.

The operation of limited segmental decompression for degenerative lumbar spinal stenosis has been found to be effective, safe, and providing good long-term results, without compromising the existing spinal stability. Appropriate patient selection and attention to operative technique are of paramount importance.


C. Cain G. Selmon E. Wai D. Hall

Introduction and Aims: Trans-laminar screw fixation is a popular method of posterior stabilisation when performing a 360-degree lumbar fusion, but many have concerns over the biomechanical stability of this construct. The objective of this paper is to compare the fusion rate and clinical outcome of this method with pedicle screw fixation.

Method: During 2001, 31 patients underwent combined anterior and posterior fusion by the two senior surgeons for the treatment of discogenic low back pain. Anterior interbody fusion was performed using the Syncage LR in all patients. Sixteen patients underwent trans-laminar screw fixation posteriorly and 15 underwent pedicle screw fixation. Fusion was assessed by fine cut CT scan at one year post-operatively. Function was assessed with pre- and post-operative Low Back Outcome Score and visual analogue pain scores.

Results: The average follow-up was 15.5 months. The incidence of pseudarthrosis in the trans-laminar screw group was approximately 80% (15 out of 19 levels), compared to 20% (4 of 21 levels) in the pedicle screw group (p < 0.05). There were trends towards greater improvements in the LBOS and VAS scores in the pedicle screw group. There were two surgical complications in the trans-laminar screw group and one in the pedicle screw group

Conclusion: The use of trans-laminar screws is associated with a significantly higher rate of pseudarthrosis compared to pedicle screw fixation. Assessing fusion with fine cut CT scans has revealed a higher rate of pseudarthrosis with trans-laminar screw fixation than has previously been reported


A.M. Levine N. Naff G. Dix C. Coleman M. Brenner

Introduction and Aims: This study examined the feasibility and clinical response of treatment with the Cyberknife Stereotactic Radiosurgery system of patients with spine tumors not amenable to other types of treatment. These included patients with metastases recurrent after previous radiation, those resistant to radiation or those requiring extensive surgery for complete resection.

Method: Twenty-nine patients with tumors of the spine were treated with hypofractionated (one to four fractions) high dose radiation (CyberKnife), delivered using implanted fiducial markers for precise stereotactic localisaton. Patients had either recurrent spinal metastases (19), radio-resistant metastases (seven) or small lesions requiring extensive resection (three). After four to six fiducials were implanted, the patient was immobilised in a custom-moulded cradle and a CT scan was obtained with up to 300 slices at 1.25mm intervals. Inverse plannning was done to minimise dose to critical structures in close proximity to the tumor mass. Patients were followed-up with clinical pain scores, total pain medication, functional assessment and follow-up CT and/or MRI at three-month intervals to assess response to treatment.

Results: The tumors were located in all areas of the spine from C4 to the sacrum, with renal cell carcinoma being the most common diagnosis. The mean tumor volume was 253.4cc, with a range of 0.33 to 678.9 ccs. The maximum radiation dose prescribed to the tumor ranged from 1600cGy to 2500cGy delivered in one to four fractions. The number of fractions was determined by the tumor volume and whether the spinal lesion had been previously treated with radiation. The maximum allowable dose to the adjacent spinal cord was 800cGy and thus for the majority of the tumors prescribed to 2500cGy, 80% of the tumor volume received at least 2000cGy. Patients were treated in an outpatient setting with an average treatment time of 75 minutes. There were no new neurologic deficits or acute radiation toxicity. Patients with lesions in the lumbar spine or sacrum often experienced a brief period of nausea, which was easily controllable with one dose of anti-emetic. Some patients experienced a period of malaise or lethargy with no predictive factors. Pain was markedly improved in all patients with metastatic disease as demonstrated by pain scores, decreased use of narcotic medications and improved function. Repeat radiographic studies at three months generally demonstrated stable tumor volume, while those at six months showed decrease in tumor size.

Conclusion: Stereotactic radiosurgery has distinct advantages over external beam for patients with tumors of the spine, including less toxicity, ability to treat recurrences in previously radiated fields, and shorter treatment durations. While GammaKnife for cranial lesions is a widely accepted technique by neurosurgeons, the use of frameless stereotactic radiosurgery with the Cyberknife is new to the armamentarium of orthopaedic surgeons treating spinal tumors.


G.H. Thompson I. Florentino-Pineda C. Poe-Kochert L.L. Haber L.C. Blakemore R.P. Huang

Introduction and Aims: Evaluate the efficacy of epsilon aminocaproic acid (Amicar) in decreasing peri-operative blood loss in patients with idiopathic scoliosis.

Method: Thirty-six patients participated in this prospective, randomised, double blind, IRB-approved study. The patients who received Amicar were unknown until the completion of the study. All patients were 11–18 years of age, had idiopathic scoliosis, and underwent a posterior spinal fusion and segmental spinal instrumentation using standard hypotensive anesthesia. Factors analysed included age, gender, curve severity, number of vertebrae fused, operating time, hemoglobin and hematocrit pre-operatively and post-operatively, number of autologous units donated, pre-operative and post-operative fibrinogen levels, height, weight, estimated blood volume, estimated intra-operative blood loss, post-operative suction drainage, total peri-operative blood loss, and the autologous transfusion requirements.

Results: Nineteen patients received Amicar and 17 patients were controls. There was no statistical difference between the two groups pre-operatively. Total peri-operative blood loss was statistically less in the Amicar group (p=.036). This was 1,391±212ml in the Amicar group compared to 1,716±513ml in the control group. The decrease was predominantly in the post-operative suction drainage – 605±253ml compared to 939±455ml. The hemoglobin and hematocrits were higher postoperatively in the Amicar group. Interestingly, the fibrinogen levels rose post-operatively in the Amicar group. Total autologous blood transfusions were less in the Amicar group at 1.0±0.8 units compared to 1.7±1.2 units (p=.061). No patient required homologous blood. There were no post-operative complications.

Conclusions: Amicar is a safe, effective, and inexpensive pharmacologic agent that decreases peri-operative blood loss, particularly post-operative suction drainage, in patients with idiopathic scoliosis. This is probably due to increased fibrinogen levels. It results in a significantly decreased need for autologous blood donations pre-operatively and the associated costs.


A. Zahrai J. Shah P. Narotam M. Goytan

Introduction and Aims: Incidental dural tears and cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) leaks are common complications of spinal surgery. Collagen matrix (DuraGen, Integra LifeSciences) derived from bovine flexor tendons allows CSF absorption up to 100 times its weight without a volume change. Aim of this study was categorising the dural tears and monitoring post-operative complications.

Method: In this three-year prospective study, 35 patients (22 males, 13 females; mean age 53.8 years (range 16–82)) were selected by the following criteria: (1) any spine operation resulting in intra-operative CSF leak due to dural tear; or (2) persistent post-operative CSF leak. Collagen matrix was cut according to the extent of the dural defect (pinhole, < 1cm, 1–2 cm, and > 2cm). Dural matrix was moistened and applied as a graft and overlying tissues were meticulously reconstituted. Collagen sponge was not sutured on the dura. Subfascial drain was used at the discretion of surgeon to avoid hematoma and blood loss.

Results: The 39 procedures were as follows: 23 laminectomies, six diskectomies, four hematoma repairs, three structural repairs, two fracture stabilisations and one cystectomy. The locations of the 39 procedures were: 27 lumbar, seven thoracic, and five cervical. In 33 of 39 procedures, hemovac subfascial drain was used to avoid hematoma and excessive blood loss. Fibrin glue was used in two cases only. In 13 cases the dural defect was > 2cm, five cases 1–2cm, five cases < 2cm, and nine were pinhole defects. Of importance was the successful repair of 13 large dural tears (> 2cm) using the collagen sponge. Our study showed a 97.4% success rate for repairing dural tears using the collagen sponge surpassing the established techniques success rates by up to 10%. There were no wound infections post-operatively, versus the 6% rate of deep wound infection using the standard suture and fibrin glue. The mean follow-up time was 3.1 months. In two out of 39 procedures collagen sponge was used to repair persistent post-operative CSF leaks (no dural sponge used in the original operation).

Conclusion: Considering the technical challenge of dural tears, especially ventral or lateral tears, the use of collagen sponge offers an excellent alternative mini-mising a prolonged procedure, wound infection, use of tissue grafts, as well as excessive blood loss. This study showed collagen sponge to be effective as a permanent dural substitute.


U.G. Narayanan J.G. Wright D.M. Hedden B. Alman A. Howard B. Feldman M. Krahn H.A. Llewellyn-Thomas M. Slater S. Donaldson

Introduction and Aims: Little is known about the priorities of patients undergoing surgery for idiopathic scoliosis. Surgery, a major undertaking, is recommended to correct or prevent worsening deformity, and to avoid uncertain future consequences. This study aims to define the concerns, desires (goals) and expectations of adolescents undergoing surgery for idiopathic scoliosis.

Method: We conducted structured interviews of 55 pairs of adolescents, who had spinal fusion, and their parents separately. The questionnaire included sections on concerns, desires and expectations regarding both scoliosis and surgery, with items about present and future effects on appearance, pain, physical and psychosocial function and health. Parents reported both their priorities and what their child’s responses might be. Patients’ surgeons (four) completed the same questionnaire. Paediatric spine surgeons across Canada (24) were also surveyed. Surgeons were asked to respond as if their child was a patient. Analysis involved repeated measures ANOVA, intra-class correlation coefficients and kappa statistics.

Results: Parents were significantly more concerned than their children about present and future consequences of scoliosis and of spine fusion surgery. Surgeons were the least concerned about the consequences of scoliosis, even when asked to respond as if their child was the patient. Children, their parents and surgeons did agree that improving physical appearance was the primary goal of surgery. However, surgeons agreed very little among themselves about the natural history of scoliosis, other goals of surgery and about the likelihood of specific outcomes. Consequently, with the exception of improving physical appearance, surgeons’ goals and expectations of surgery were significantly different from those of either the patients or parents. Parents consistently wanted and expected more from surgery than their children. Parents and patients had greater expectations of surgery than surgeons. Although adolescents had different priorities from their parents, parents were aware of these differences and reliably predicted what their children’s priorities were.

Conclusion: Idiopathic scoliosis patients, their parents, and surgeons have different priorities. Surgeons’ opinions about the natural history of scoliosis and treatment goals are discordant. These findings have important implications on shared decision-making and informed consent, and might contribute to better understanding and measurement of outcomes that matter to patients, including satisfaction.


V. Tolo D. Skaggs S. Storer L. Friend K. Cortese G. Bassett P. D’Ambra

Introduction and Aims: Thoracolumbar adolescent idiopathic scoliosis may be treated surgically with anterior or posterior spinal instrumentation, with little evidence in the literature to suggest superiority of either technique. The purpose of this study is to compare anterior vs. posterior instrumentation in a well-defined population of patients with thoracolumbar adolescent idiopathic scoliosis.

Method: Medical records and radiographs of all patients undergoing spinal instrumentation for the treatment of adolescent idiopathic scoliosis with primary thoraco-lumbar curves, defined as curve apices between T10 and L2, between 1993 and 2001 were reviewed. Fusions extending above T7 were excluded from the study. The study group consists of 12 patients treated with anterior spinal instrumentation and 16 with posterior instrumentation. Various radiographic and outcome measures were compared between groups.

Results: The anterior group had 75% correction of the primary Cobb angle compared to 56% in the posterior group (P = 0.019). An average of 3.8 vertebral levels in the anterior and 6.7 in the posterior procedures were fused (P < 0.001). Less blood loss was observed in the anterior group (P = 0.007), with fewer transfusions as well (P < 0.001). The anterior group produced more lumbar lordosis (p=0.03) than the posterior group. In the anterior group there was a 0% rate of revision surgery (0/12), whereas the posterior group had a 31% revision rate (5/16), which was a significant difference (p=0.047).

This study comparing anterior versus posterior instrumentation is unique in that it is limited to thoracolumbar curves. While earlier series of anterior instrumentation revealed high rates of hardware failure and pseudoarthrosis, this series found no instance of either in the anterior group. In addition, concern over anterior compression causing kyphosis at the thoracolumbar junction proved unwarranted, and in fact the anterior instrumented group had improved lumbar lordosis compared to the posterior.

Conclusions: In this series limited to thoracolumbar idiopathic scoliosis surgery, anterior instrumentation had a significantly improved Cobb angle, less levels fused, more lumbar lordosis, and less transfusions when compared to posterior instrumentation. Patients undergoing anterior instrumentation had a lower rate of revision surgery compared to those with posterior instrumentation.


C. Reilly

Introduction and Aims: The aim of this paper is to review an innovative anterior technique to address double major scoliotic deformities in paediatric patients. This technique, which utilises modified lumbar anterior rod placement followed by an overlapped thoracic rod placed in the concavity of the thoracic curve, may have a considerable role in managing double major scoliotic deformities.

Method: All patients undergoing double anterior rod instrumentation for idiopathic scoliosis at the author’s institution were reviewed. They were closely assessed and reviewed for any negative effects. Radiographs were evaluated for correction of the scoliotic deformity and correction of the obliquity of the end vertebra. Disc space fusion was also evaluated on follow-up films.

Results: Patients requiring thoracic and lumbar instrumentation were considered for the technique. Mean pre-operative curve sizes were 53 and 59 degrees for the thoracic and lumbar curves, respectively. The described operative technique utilises a modified lumbar anterior rod placement followed by an overlapped thoracic rod placed in the concavity of the thoracic curve. Thoracic vessels are preserved in this technique. Mean operative time was 7.5 hours.

Anterior instrumentation has been completed in five patients at the author’s institution. Obliquity of L3 was corrected from a mean of 29 degrees pre-operatively to five degrees post-operatively. No patients had significant decompensation nor did they require any further procedure. No post-operative complications occurred. The technique allows for one incision instrumentation of double major curves to the lower end vertebra, preserving the L3-4 motion segment.

Conclusion: Anterior instrumentation is useful in patients with double major scoliotic deformities who require thoracic and lumbar instrumentation. This new technique may have a significant role in the management of a subset of idiopathic scoliosis patients as it preserves the L3-L4 motion segment, while allowing one-incision instrumentation of double major curves.


C. Johnston E. Elerson G. Dagher

Introduction and Aims: Traditional treatment for adolescent hyperkyphosis, including Scheuermann’s disease, has included apical anterior spine release/fusion (ASF) prior to posterior instrumented fusion. We wished to reassess the need for ASF when using a posterior column shortening technique with a threaded rod compression instrumentation system.

Method: PSF-only group: 17 patients, mean age 15.7 years (range 12.8–18.5), underwent posterior column shortening by chevron-shaped lamina resection and fusion using hybrid hook/screw, dual 4.8mm threaded compression rod instrumentation (TRI). A/PSF group: seven patients, mean age 15.4 years (14–16.8), underwent open or endoscopic ASF followed by posterior TRI. Fourteen of 24 patients had strict Sorensen criteria of Scheuermann’s. At mean follow-up of 30 months (range 24–56), patients were assessed for amount and maintenance of correction, sagittal balance, and evidence of pseudoarthrosis.

Results: Mean pre-operative measured kyphosis in PSF-only was 79.6 degrees (range 67–90), and was corrected to 38.2 degrees (22–55) post-operative, and 37.1 degrees (22–50, 53%) at final follow-up. In the A/PSF group, pre-operative kyphosis was 79.0 degrees (62–93), corrected to 41.6 degrees (34–48) post-operative, and was 42.6 degrees (25–48, 46%) at final follow-up. There was no difference in the amount of correction (p=.28) or its maintenance between the two groups. Similarly, there were no differences between groups in assessing pre-operative and final T2-12 kyphosis (p=.13), T12-S1 lordosis (p=.98), or C7 sagittal balance (p=.10). The mean T10-L2 sagittal alignment was improved in the PSF-only patients (final kyphosis 7.8°) vs. 18.9° in the A/PSF patients (p=.04). There was a greater correction of Voutsinas’ index (PSF-only=.08, A/PSF=.15, p=.01) for the posterior-only group. No patient lost > eight degrees correction (range 12–8) between immediate post-operative and final follow-up, and no instrumentation complications occurred.

Conclusion: Using posterior column shortening and larger diameter (4.8mm) threaded rods with hooks cephalad to the apex and screws caudal, we have found no advantage in correction from preliminary anterior apical release, nor a difference in maintenance of correction. ASF is unnecessary when adolescent hyperkyphosis/Scheuermann’s is treated by this technique.


L. Karol E. Elerson

Introduction and Aims: While scoliosis is known to be associated with Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease, little is known about the response to treatment of spinal deformity in this population. The purpose of this study was to characterise scoliosis in CMT, and to assess the effect of bracing and the efficacy and safety of surgery.

Method: A retrospective review of medical records and radiographs of patients with CMT from a major neuro-muscular clinic was performed to calculate the prevalence of scoliosis and to characterise the deformity in affected patients. Orthotic and operative records were reviewed in patients who were braced and/or had spinal fusions.

Results: Forty-three of 271 patients with CMT had scoliosis, for a prevalence of 15.9%. There were 18 females and 25 males, and the age at diagnosis of scoliosis averaged 12.7 years (range 7.8–17.8 years). Thirty-one of 43 curves were in the thoracic spine, with 15 curves being left thoracic. Curve magnitude at diagnosis averaged 27.8 degrees (11–65 degrees), and 18 of 34 curves with available lateral radiographs had hyperkyphosis.

Curve progression of more than five degrees was present in 67.9% of those curves with follow-up. All five non-ambulatory patients progressed and had surgery. Bracing was prescribed in 39.5% of patients, and 11 of 15 braced patients progressed and had surgery.

Surgery was scheduled in 32.6% of patients. The average age at surgery was 13.8 years (11.5–15.8 years), and curve magnitude averaged 63.1 degrees (50–80 degrees), with 78.6% of surgical curves being kyphotic. Posterior spinal fusion was performed in 11, anterior/posterior fusion in one, and halo traction followed by posterior spinal fusion in one. All curves were instrumented. Curve correction averaged 51.7%. Intra-operative neurologic monitoring (SSEP’s +/− MEP’s) was successful in only three of 11 patients. No neurologic complications occurred. One re-operation for delayed infection was necessary.

Conclusion: Scoliosis occurs in 15.9% of CMT patients. It is associated with thoracic kyphosis and an increased incidence of left thoracic curves. Bracing is usually unsuccessful. Surgery was necessary in 32.6% overall, and 100% of non-ambulators who had scoliosis. Instrumentation was safe and effective, but intra-operative neurologic monitoring is usually impossible.


T. Kossmann G. Malham

Introduction and Aims: To evaluate open, minimal invasive spine surgery (MISS) with video-assisted thoracoscopic surgery (VATS) using the SynFrame retractor and expandable cages for the anterior reconstruction of thoracic and lumbar spine injuries.

Method: Thirty-three consecutive cases of thoracic and lumbar spine pathology requiring anterior reconstruction were analysed. Most patients (90%) underwent prior posterior stabilisation using the Universal Spine System (USS). The thoracic spine was approached by a right-sided mini-thoracotomy, the thoraco-lumbar junction by a left-sided mini-thoracotomy and the lumbar spine by a left-sided mini-retroperitoneal approach using the table-mounted SynFrame retractor system. Fiberoptic endoscopes facilitated illumination and visualisation. The anterior column was reconstructed using expandable cages (Synex) with autologous bone for interbody fusion.

Results: Twenty-two males (67%) and 11 females (33%) underwent the procedures. Median age was 38 years (range 19–57). Pathology was trauma in 31 (94%) and tumor in two (6%) cases. Location was thoracic (34%) and lumbar (66%). Mean operating time was 150 minutes (range 75–195 min). Mean blood loss was 0.78 litres. Only three patients needed blood transfusions. Additional bone graft was generated from resected rib or harvested iliac crest in 70% of all cases. There were no visceral/vascular complications, intercostal neuralgia or post-thoracotomy pain syndromes from the minimal access. No anterior reconstruction infections occurred, but there was one superficial and two deep wound infections from the posterior stabilisation. Two cases were abandoned secondary to intercostal vessel bleeding without sequelae. Isolated spine injury cases had mean length of hospital stay of 10 days and return to work at 12 weeks post-operatively.

Conclusion: Open, minimal access to the anterior thoracic and lumbar spine is ‘pathology-independent’ and combines the advantages over ‘standard open’ and ‘pure’ endoscopic procedures. Major advantages are direct three-dimensional view of the spine for the surgeon, no need for double-lumen intubation, significant reduction in access morbidity, shorter hospital stay and earlier return to work.


L. Jeys R. Suneja R. Grimer S. Carter R. Tillman

Introduction and Aims: Endoprosthetic replacement (EPR) following Bone Tumor excision is common. A major complication is infection with serious consequences. The aim is to investigate the cause of infection, management and sequalae.

Method: Over 11, 000 patients have been treated in our unit over 35 years. Information collected prospectively on a database, includes demographic data, diagnosis, treatment (including adjuvant), complications, and outcomes. Data was analysed to identify any infection in EPRs, its management and outcome. Factors such as operating time, blood loss, adjuvant therapy, type of prosthesis were investigated. Outcomes of treatment options were evaluated.

Results: Data was analysed on 1265 patients undergoing EPR over 34 years. Giving a total follow-up time of over 6500 patient years. One hundred and thirty-seven (10.8%) patients had deep infection (defined by a positive culture [n=128] or a clinically infected prosthesis with pus in the EPR cavity [n=9]). Forty-nine (34%) required amputations for uncontrollable infection. The commonest organisms were Coagulase Negative Staphylococcus, Staphylococcus aureus and Group D Streptococci. The only satisfactory limb salvaging operation was two-stage revision, with a 71% success in curing infection. Systemic antibiotics, antibiotic cement or beads and surgical debridement had little chance of curing infection. Infection rates were highest in tibial (23.1%) and pelvic (22.9%) EPRs (p< 0.0001). Patients who had pre- or post-operative radiotherapy had significantly higher rates of infection (p< 0.0001), as did patients with extendable EPRs (p=0.007). Patients who had subsequently undergone patella resurfacing and rebushing also had a higher rate of infection (p= 0.019 & p=0.052).

Conclusion: Infection is a serious complication of EPRs. Treatment is difficult and prolonged. Two-stage revision is the only reliable method for limb salvage following deep infection. Prevention must be the key to reducing the incidence of this serious complication.


P. Hamilton E. Dunstan K. Maruthainar P. Unwin S. Cannon T. Briggs

Introduction and Aims: Retrospective analysis of all uncemented massive endoprostheses inserted at our unit in the management of primary bone tumors with a minimum follow-up of five years.

Method: The case notes and radiographs of all patients were reviewed. The group consisted of a total of 52 patients, of which four (8%) were lost to follow-up. Kaplan-Meier Cumulative Survival Graphs were created for mortality, amputation, revision and infection for the whole group and for each individual prosthesis.

Results: The mean follow-up was seven years (63–107 months). The average age at time of insertion was 19 years; 26 patients were skeletally immature. The majority of implants were distal femoral (31) and proximal tibial (14). Osteosarcoma was the most common diagnosis.

The rate of infection was 12.5%, aseptic loosening 6%, amputation due to local recurrence 10% and the mortality 21%.

All the deaths occurred within three years of the implant being inserted and were all due to systemic progression of the disease. The amputations for local recurrence occurred throughout the follow-up period, the latest being at 71 months. Revisions for infections and aseptic loosening all occurred early (within three years). All cases of aseptic loosening occurred in distal femoral replacements (10%) and were related to divergent canals. Proximal tibial replacements had the highest rate of infection (23%). Rates of infection were not higher in the minimally invasive grower (12.5 %) when compared to the group as a whole.

Conclusion: We have shown a reduced rate of aseptic loosening (6%), particularly in the skeletally immature, when compared to our unit’s results for cemented fixed hinged prostheses. The uncemented prosthesis is a successful implant that needs careful consideration, especially in the skeletally immature. Careful pre-operative planning and surgical technique are of the utmost importance.


G. Beadel A. Griffin J. Wunder R. Bell C. Ogilvie

Introduction and Aims: Resection of large pelvic bone tumors often results in segmental defects with pelvic discontinuity and loss of the acetabulum. We reviewed the functional and oncologic outcomes following pelvic allograft and total hip arthroplasty (THA) reconstruction.

Method: A retrospective review of our prospectively collected database was undertaken. Minimum follow-up was 15 months (range 15–167 months). Nineteen patients were hemipelvic resections (12 Type I+II and seven Type I+II+III, 11 of these cases included partial sacral resection) reconstructed by hemipelvic allograft and THA. In comparison, five patients had Type II acetabular resections, reconstructed with structural allograft, roof ring and THA. Functional outcome was assessed by the Toronto Extremity Salvage score (TESS) and the Musculoskeletal Tumor Society scores (MSTS87 and MSTS93).

Results: Osteosarcoma and chondrosarcoma were the most frequent tumors. All patients required walking aids. In the hemipelvic group there were two early deaths (peri-operative haemorrhage and aplastic anaemia). In seven patients (37%), the allograft remained intact without infection but three required revision THA for component loosening. For these seven patients, the functional outcome scores were TESS 64%, MSTS87 17/35 and MSTS93 45% (mean follow-up 52 months). There were nine cases of deep infection (47%) with three patients maintaining a functional implant with antibiotic suppression. Of the remaining six patients with infection, four patients required hindquarter amputation, one patient required allograft removal and the allograft fragmented in the remaining patient. The 19th patient was revised following allograft fracture. Five patients sustained at least one allograft fracture.

In the Type II acetabular group, three patients had no complications, and two patients sustained dislocations. The average scores were TESS 78%, MSTS87 21/35 and MSTS93 64% (mean follow-up 55 months).

Conclusion: Reconstruction of large pelvic defects including the acetabulum using hemipelvic allograft and THA is associated with high complication rates, however when successful provides reasonable function. In comparison, the functional outcome after allograft and THA reconstruction of isolated Type II acetabular resections was better and more predictable.


T.K. Kossmann G.M. Malham

Introduction: To evaluate a three-stage procedure for the correction of symptomatic post-traumatic kyphotic deformity of the thoracic or lumbar spine.

Methods: Over an 18-month period, five consecutive cases of post-traumatic kyphosis of the thoracic/lumbar spine were analysed. Indications for surgical correction were incapacitating back pain, progression of kyphotic deformity, persistent neurologic deficit and development of late spinal stenosis. All patients underwent a three-staged procedure using two surgeons. At first they were positioned prone for a posterior midline approach, with pedicle screw placement (USS), decompressive laminectomies and facetectomies. For the second stage, the patients were positioned either on left side (for upper thoracic spine) or on the right side (for the thora-columbar junction and lumbar spine). An open, minimal invasive access procedure using the SynFrame retractor was performed. The anterior column was reconstructed using expandable cages (Synex cages) with autologous bone for interbody fusion. Finally, the patient was again positioned prone for posterior compression, instrumentation and fusion.

Results: The five patients comprised four males and one female. Age range was 26–51 years. Level of injury was T7–L3. Time since injury was two to10 years. Mean operating time was eight hours. One patient required a thoracic pedicle screw revision and another a posterior deep wound infection requiring wound debridement and lavage. Follow-up period was three to 15 months. All patients reported improvement in pain post-operatively. Lower rates of pain improvement correlated with longer standing symptomatic injuries. No worsening of neurological deficit occurred.

Conclusion: Early correction of symptomatic kyphosis is recommended and aims to improve pain, deformity and function. Recognition of the correct type of injuries is essential to avoid late deformity. Correction of symptomatic post-traumatic kyphotic deformity is achieved by this three-staged approach. Minimal invasive anterior reconstruction using SynFrame and expandable Synex cages is safe and effective. Two surgeons working in conjunction is advantageous.


C.M. Alvarez S.J. Tredwell M. Hayden

Introduction and Aims: Hereditary Multiple Exostosis is an autosomal dominant condition in which multiple benign cartilage-capped tumors grow in relation to the growth plates of long and flat bones. The purpose of this study was to determine the relationship between the genotype and phenotype in HME.

Method: Ten families were identified with HME. Genotyping was completed by linkage analysis of all families and the EXT 1 or 2 gene was sequenced based on these results. Mutation identification and confirmation was performed. Phenotyping consisting of clinical and radiographic examinations generated 89 features for each subject.

Results: Eight of 10 mutations were identified, confirmed and segregation verified. Six of the mutations were unique and two previously had been reported in the literature. Three mutations were in EXT 1 and five in EXT 2. Two were missense, three nonsense, two splice site and one frameshift. EXT 1 patients were found to have more exostoses, with a higher percentage of flat and pelvic bone involvement. EXT 1 patients had more malalignment and were shorter. Males also had a more severe phenotype and modulated the severity of EXT 1 expression. No other genotypic factors were found to influence phenotype.

Conclusion: An established genotype phenotype correlation will aid in patient management in terms of surveillance, determining prognosis and management. It was found that a genotype phenotype correlation exists where EXT 1 is linked to a more severe phenotype.


Full Access
A.I. Hilton L. David T.W.R. Briggs J. Cobb S.R. Cannon

Introduction and Aim: This project reports on patients treated with malignant fibula pathology at the London Bone Tumor Service with the aim of reporting on the prognosis for such patients.

Method and Results: Over a 15-year period, The London Bone Tumor Service has treated 39 patients with malignant fibula pathology: Osteosarcoma (23), Ewing’s sarcoma (16). Proximal fibula pathology was more common (29), distal (five) and diaphyseal (five). Thirty-two patients were treated with wide local excision initially, one below knee amputation, three above knee amputations, two were not fit for surgery and two died while receiving chemotherapy. Two patients required subsequent above knee amputations and one patient a hip disarticulation. Relapse was very common in proximal fibula osteosarcoma. Only 7/23 patients avoided both metastasis and local recurrence.

The five-year survival rate of osteosarcoma of the proximal fibula is 33%, distal fibula 100% and diaphyseal 100%. Ewing’s sarcoma of the proximal fibula is 40%, diaphyseal 50% and distal fibula 100%.

Conclusion: Despite relatively early presentation of symptoms, the prognosis of proximal fibula osteosarcoma and Ewing’s remains poor. Unlike the prognosis of both distal and diaphyseal pathology, which remains excellent.


Y.C. Fong C.M. Dutton S.S. Cha F.H. Sim I.D. Dickey S.P. Scully

Introduction and Aims: Matrix metalloproteinases can contribute to the processes of tumor invasion and metastasis. One proposed mechanism that could augment MMP-1 expression in individual patients is the existence of an Ets transcription factor-binding site in the MMP-1 promoter sequence. The aim of our study was to identify the prevalence of this single nucleotide polymorphism in chondrosarcoma patients and investigate its impact on disease outcome.

Method: Sixty-seven chondrosarcoma specimens were selected from an established tumor bank. DNA was extracted, amplified with polymerase chain reaction, and sequenced to determine the proportion of genotypes demonstrating the presence (GG) or absence (G) of the SNP at the base pair of interest. The presence of the Ets binding site was correlated with disease-free survival.

Results: Eighteen (27%) samples were G/G homozygous for absence of the Ets site, 34 (51%) were G/GG heterozygous for the SNP, and 15 (22%) were GG/GG homozygous for the SNP. The five-year overall survival rate for patients with the G/G homozygote was 78%, compared with 80% and 84% in patients with the G/GG heterozygotes and GG/GG homozygotes, respectively (p=0.5527). The disease-free survival rate of patients with the G/G genotype were 34%, compared with 74% and 100% in patients with the G/GG and GG/GG genotypes, respectively (p=0.0365).

Conclusion: The disease-free survival in patients having a GG allele was statistically better than the G allele. The observed correlation between the presence of the Ets binding site and better prognosis suggests a down-regulation of MMP-1 expression.


K. Brown

Introduction: The majority of patients with extremity osteo-sarcoma undergo limb salvage surgery. The most common location is about the knee, where at least one half of the knee joint is usually removed. A select group of patients with proximal tibial osteosarcomas had preservation of the entire articular surface following reconstruction.

Method: Since 1993, 67 patients with osteosarcoma have been treated. Sixteen patients had tibial tumors. The original MRI of five patients showed part of the condyle appeared uninvolved. These five underwent joint sparing surgery. A portion of the proximal tibial condyle was resected, leaving the articular surface intact. The tibial defect was reconstructed with autograft bone from the iliac crest and a vascularised fibula. A gastrocnemius muscle flap was rotated to cover the grafts. Four patients had continuation of high dose chemotherapy following surgery and one patient had acute liver failure in the post-operative period requiring the cessation of further chemotherapy.

Results: There are three males and two females aged 10 to 18 years. The length of resection was 6.5cm to 12cm and the distance from the articular surface of the tibia to the proximal resection margin ranged from 3mm to 8mm. One patient had reattachment of the tibial tendon because the tibial tubercle had to be resected with the tumor. Pathologic examination showed greater than 90% necrosis in all patients. One patient required two additional procedures because of fracture of the vascularised fibular graft. Her leg is solidly united at 70 months follow-up. Another patient had delayed wound healing with spontaneous resolution. Two patients had contralateral epiphyseodesis to prevent a progressive limb length discrepancy. Follow-up is 13, 46, 55, 70 and 81 months since surgery. The patients are continuously disease-free. The knees in four patients are stable to medial and lateral stress; one patient has slight medial opening, and no patients exhibit anteroposterior laxity. The range of motion of all knees is complete and there is no joint narrowing. Four patients have resumed sports and two wear a brace for these activities.

Conclusion: This surgical approach resulted in excellent outcomes in a selected group of patients. Since this is a biologic reconstruction, the patient is allowed unrestricted athletic activities. There is no sign of joint deterioration after short follow-up. Further investigations are required to determine the safety of the procedure and define surgical indications.


G. Beadel A. Griffin R. Bell J. Wunder F. Aljassir R. Turcotte D. Iannuzzi M. Isler

Introduction and Aims: The management of bone defects created by Type 1 pelvic resections of large iliac bone tumors remains controversial. We reviewed the functional and oncologic outcome following Type I resection with and without bone reconstruction.

Method: A retrospective review of our prospectively collected database was undertaken analysing functional and oncological outcome of 16 patients with Type I pelvic resections. Minimum follow-up was 12 months (range 12–96 months). Outcome data was available on eight of 10 patients managed without reconstruction (WOR), with the residual ilium allowed to collapse back onto the sacrum, and on five of six patients with bone graft reconstruction (WR). Functional outcome was assessed by the Toronto Extremity Salvage score (TESS) and the Musculoskeletal Tumor Society scores (MSTS87 and MSTS93).

Results: Average age at surgery was 33 years (WOR) and 48 years (WR), (p=0.04), with average maximal tumor dimensions of 12cm and 9cm respectively (p=0.1). The most frequent diagnosis was chondrosarcoma. The WOR group average TESS, MSTS 87 and MSTS 93 scores were respectively 73%, 18/35 and 58% at an average of 50 months (range 24–96 months) compared to 69%, 21/35 and 51% at an average of 37 months (range 12–60 months) for the WR group. Thirty-three percent of WOR and 20% of WR patients did not require walking aids. Infection or wound necrosis occurred in 40% of WOR patients and 50% of WR patients. No local recurrences were identified.

Conclusion: Similar functional and oncologic outcome was achieved in both groups suggesting that bone reconstruction is not justified following Type I pelvic resection.


BMP-14 AND FRACTURE HEALING Pages 299 - 300
Full Access
S. Hurwitz A. Chhabra

Introduction and Aims: There is cumulative evidence that BMP-14 has a role in chondrocyte maturation in endochondral ossification of growth plate. We hypothesise that BMP-14 has a similar role in bone regeneration following fracture. We aim to compare normal versus a gene knock-out mouse to demonstrate histologic, radiographic and biochemical deficiencies in the mouse that lacks the gene for BMP-14.

Method: The brachypodism (bp) mouse has a homozygous form (BMP-14 −/−) that does not express BMP-14 and a heterozygous form (BMP-14 +/−) that does. Closed midshaft femur fractures were created and stabilised in eight-week female mice in both types of mice. Mice were euthanised at differing time points and the femurs harvested for DNA, proteoglycan, collagen determinations. Histology was performed with Tri-Chrome staining. Radiographs were taken at each time point to evaluate callus formation. Analysis for all quantitative measures was normalised and statistically evaluated using a two-way ANOVA.

Results: Biochemical results show BMP-14 deficient (bp) mice having a five to seven-day delay in attaining peak values of DNA compared with controls. The time-dependent change of cellular proliferation reached significance. Peak values of proteoglycan content were three times less in the bp mouse in the early phase of healing in the bp mouse. Histologically, the BMP-14-deficient animals exhibited a delay in peak area of callus and callus organisation in the regenerating femur fracture. Radiographic analysis shows peak callus area was delayed two weeks, and had a decreased magnitude over that two-week span in the bp mice. Callus was less evident in the bp for time points throughout the study.

Conclusion: We have produced evidence in this animal model that deficiency of BMP-14 is associated with a short-term delay in fracture healing. We also can demonstrate that there is a delay in cellular recruitment and chondrocyte differentiation in the first two weeks of fracture repair in the bp mouse. These results support our hypothesis that BP-14 has a significant role in fracture repair. There may be a use for BMP-14 in assisting long-bone fracture repair.


B. Fuchs C. Inwards F. Sim M. Rock

Introduction and Aims: Multimodal treatment has dramatically improved the outcome of patients with Ewing’s sarcoma. However, little is known about treatment-related complications in patients who are long-term survivors.

Method: Forty-one patients with Ewing’s sarcoma treated at the authors’ institution between 1963 and 1980 and who survived by at least 20 years were included in this study. This patient group comprises 17 men and 24 women. The mean age at presentation was 16.8 (range five to 51) years. Three patients presented with metastatic disease. The location included 14 axial, and 27 appendicular lesions. All but nine patients had chemotherapy as part of their multimodality treatment.

Results: The overall follow-up averaged 297 (range 240–430) months. All except one patient were alive at final follow-up, the latter dying of radiotherapy-induced secondary malignancy after 33 years. Five patients survived, despite developing local recurrence or metastatic disease. Only 16 (39%) patients were free of any complication. These included metastases (12%), local recurrence (7%), secondary malignancies (7%), pathologic fractures (20%), and radiation (32%), and chemotherapy-associated morbidities (20%). The complication rate in this series of long-term survivors treated prior to 1980 is surprisingly high. Current treatment advances should result in improved long-term results.

Conclusion: Even when patients with Ewing’s sarcoma survive the primary cancer, only a minority of them remain without treatment-associated morbidities.


C. Hurson T. Powell M.J. O’Connell R. Ennis S.J. Eustace

Introduction and Aims: The aim of this study was to evaluate the role of Whole Body MR (WBMR) in the staging of Musculo Skeletal (MSK) tumors, on a premise that a single study might present an alternative to the traditional imaging.

Method: Forty-two patients were referred for MR evaluation for primary bone or soft tissue sarcomas. These studies were done between October 2001 and April 2003. Each patient had a WBMR, Localised MR, CXR and CT Thorax, and bone scan.

Results: In 42 patients screened, 32 had a primary malignant musculo skeletal tumor. There were 14 primary bone tumors and 18 soft tissue sarcomas. Of the 32 patients concordance between WBMR imaging and the other staging modalities was identified in 27 patients. Discordance was identified in five patients. Two lesions were identified on WBMR and not seen on other imaging modalities. Two lesions not identified by WBMR, subsequently seen on CT thorax. One lesion was not seen on WBMR but seen on localised MR. Eight of the 32 patients had pulmonary metastases. In these patients concordance between the WBMR and CT Thorax was identified in five of eight patients and discordance was identified in three of eight patients where nodules were identified on CT Thorax and not on WBMR. Four patients were noted to have osseous metastases, all seen on WBMR. One bone scan failed to pick up metastasis seen on WBMR. One patient was identified as having a soft tissue metastasis on Whole Body MR, which was not identified on the conventional CT Thorax.

Case studies:

Case 1: Metastatic Leiomyosarcoma

Case 2: Metastatic Ewings sarcoma

Case 3: Metastatic Epithelioid sarcoma

Conclusion: Whole body MR Scanning techniques allow whole body imaging in as little as eight minutes. It is a useful technique in staging and assessing total tumor burden, but still should be performed in conjunction with a CT Thorax.


S. Gitelis P. Saiz W. Virkus P. Piasecki S. Shott

Introduction and Aims: The treatment of Giant Cell Tumor (GCT) of bone ranges from resection to intra-lesional excision. The latter procedure preserves the joint and function. The purpose of this paper is to review functional and oncological outcomes for GCT treated by intralesional excision.

Method: The medical records including radiology and pathology of 40 consecutive patients with GCT were retrospectively reviewed. Demographics, complications, tumor local control were determined. Functional evaluation using the MSTS system was performed on 23 patients. The data was subject to statistical analysis.

Results: Forty patients (19M/21F). Mean age 28 years. Sites: femur 17, tibia 14, radius five, other four. Mean follow-up 90.3 months (26–178). Functional outcome: 93.2% (50–100). Complications: DJD two, fracture one. Recurrence: five (12.5%). Recurrence sites: Tibia two, femur one, radius one, and talus one. Recurrence treatment: 1/5 resection, 4/5 repeat intralesional excision. Recurrence outcome: 5/5 NED (mean 58.2 months).

Conclusion: GCT treated by intralesional excision had excellent functional and oncological outcomes. The joint was preserved in most patients (95%) except due to recurrence 1 and fracture 1. The recurrences were successfully treated by repeat excision in 4/5 patients. Intralesional excision should be considered the preferred treatment for most giant cell tumors.


A.W. Davidson P.D. Stalley

Introduction and Aims: To assess and compare treatment of pelvic Ewing’s sarcoma, particularly extracorporeal irradiation (ECI) and re-implantation of bone segments.

Method: We reviewed all patients presenting to the New South Wales Bone Tumor Service with Ewing’s sarcoma of the pelvis from 1995 until 2003. All received chemotherapy. There were 17 patients. Resection was performed in 14 cases: 12 were reconstructed by ECI and re-implantation of the bone segment; one with autograft and THR; one with allograft and THR. Three patients with sacral lesions had chemotherapy and radiotherapy only. All margins were clear. All patients were clinically and radiologically reviewed. Three scoring systems were used: The Musculoskeletal Tumor Society score (MSTS), the Toronto Extremity Salvage Score (TESS), and the Harris Hip Score (HHS).

Results: The average age at presentation was 18 years (range six to 35). There were seven males and 10 females. One patient presented with metastatic disease. Survivor follow-up ranged from 25 to 105 months (mean 55). In those who developed metastases these were detected at a mean of 27 months (range one to 79). Deaths occurred at a mean 31 months (range eight to 65). Fourteen underwent surgery. Seven had THR as part of their reconstruction. There have been no local recurrences after surgery. Six patients have died, 11 patients are alive (65%), one with metastatic disease. Overall disease-free survival is 59%. The disease-free survival in those who underwent ECI and re-implantation is 75% (minimum two-year follow-up). Functional outcome is good. The TESS mean was 83 (range 60–100). The MSTS score mean 85 (range 60–97). The HHS mean 92 (range 67–100). Radiologically solid bony union at the osteotomy sites was the norm. Lysis existed at two periacetabular osteotomies, around the posterior iliac crest of one osteotomy, and a fibrous union occurred at one sacro-iliac joint with breakage of the sacro-iliac screws. There have been no graft fractures.

Conclusion: The best surgical management for these difficult cases is extracorporeal irradiation and re-implantation of bone segments.


R. Beauchamp K. Brown

Introduction and Aims: Rotationplasty is a functional alternative to above knee amputation in very young patients with a lot of growth remaining and patients with large tumors necessitating excision of the thigh musculature. The development of gait following rotationplasty surgery was studied with serial gait and clinical analysis.

Method: Five patients have been reviewed using three dimensional gait analysis incorporating temporal and spatial measures. A gait analysis was performed after the initial prosthetic fitting, six and 12 months postoperatively. The gait analysis included velocity, temporal/spatial measurements (velocity, cadence, step/stride length, pedobarographs), optical tracking and electromyography.

Results: The kinematic and kinetic data revealed the rapid incorporation of knee flexion/extension (ankle dorsi/plantar flexion) into the gait cycle. Electromyography also showed the gastrocnemius to be simulating the quadriceps and the tibialis anterior to mimic the hamstrings in terms of firing time in the stance and swing phase of the rotated limb. Propulsive forces on the kinetic analysis suggest further gait maturation can occur for several years following this procedure.

Conclusion: Children adapt very well to the altered anatomy following rotationplasty and using gait analysis confirms the new role of the altered muscles. Weakness about the hip remains a major concern that needs to be addressed with physiotherapy for several years postoperatively.


J.C. Theis N. Aebli J. Krebs H. Stich P. Schawalder

Introduction and Aims: Current research efforts aim at enhancing osseointegration of cementless implants to improve early bone fixation. The aim of the present study was to investigate whether bone morphogenic protein (BMP) 2 had a positive effect on the osseointegration of hydroxyapatite-coated implants in an animal model.

Method: Hydroxyapatite (HA) implants were coated with BMP-2 and hyaluronic acid (HY) as the carrier or with HY alone. Uncoated HA-implants served as controls. The osseointegration of the implants was evaluated by light microscopy and pullout tests after one, two and four weeks of unloaded implantation in the cancellous bone of 18 sheep.

Results: The BMP-2 coating significantly increased bone growth into the perforations of HA-implants. The proportion of bone-ingrowth at four weeks was 32% for the BMP-implants compared to 12% for HA implants. However, BMP-2 did not enhance the percentage of bone implant contact and interface shear strength values.

Conclusion: This study indicates that BMP-2 may help to increase bone growth across gaps of cementless implants in the early stages of bone healing improving fixation and decreasing the risk of loosening.


J.L. Ford M.C. Chopra L. Mazin B.E. Scammell

Introduction and Aims: To establish whether basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF) plays a role in the changes in chondrocyte metabolism exhibited in human osteoarthritis (OA).

Method: BFGF and its receptor was localised by immunohistochemistry within human OA. The results from OA tissue graded ‘early’ and ‘advanced’ were compared. This was correlated with the identification of proliferating chondrocytes (using by localising PCNA) and dead/dying chondrocytes (using the TUNEL technique).

Results: Results showed that bFGF and its receptor were strongly localised around chondrocytes in proliferating clusters in ‘early’ OA, whereas no bFGF was detected in ‘advanced’ OA. In addition, a loss of bFGF activity in ‘advanced’ OA correlated with the identification of large numbers of dead/dying chondrocytes.

Conclusion: Results suggest that high levels of bFGF activity in OA play an important role in chondrocyte proliferation and the formation of chondrocyte clusters. In addition, the loss of this activity appears to be directly related to an increase in cell death in ‘advanced’ OA, suggesting that bFGF acts as a ‘survival’ factor in this tissue. The more we understand about the metabolic changes in chondrocytes during OA, the closer we come to delaying or preventing this debilitating joint disease.


A. Carstens K.E. Callon U. Bava R.P. Pitto J. Cornish

Introduction and Aims: Regeneration of bone is an important goal in orthopaedic surgery. The repair of a critical skull defect is a model for investigating the efficacy of cell signalling factors and biomaterials in inducing new bone formation. We aim to investigate a 5mm critical skull defect in the mouse, as an in vivo tool for analysis of potential bone active factors that have been bio-prospected from dairy milk protein.

Method: Adult Swiss CD1 mice were divided into two groups. Each group contained animals treated with vehicle (n=11), milk protein (4mg, n=10) and TGF-β1 (2μg, n=6). Under anaesthetic, a high-speed burr was used to create a five-mm craniotomy in the left parietal bone and a pre-cut collagen sponge with 20μl of the test factor inserted. Fluorochrome labels were administered to facilitate quantitative histological analysis of the defect. The animals were sacrificed on days 14 and 28 and the calvariae excised and fixed. The defects were assessed for percent closure using radiography, transillumination and histology.

Results: The formal analysis of this study is underway at present. TGF-β1 has been shown in the literature to augment the healing of critical skull defects and is included in this study as a positive control. Our radiography results show significantly complete closure of the skull defect in TGF-β1 group.

Preliminary work in our laboratory with this milk protein has shown it to be a novel bone active factor. In vivo, local injection above the calvariae in adult mice resulted in significant increase in bone area and dynamic histomorphometric indices of bone formation. In vitro, the protein is anabolic, an effect that is consequent upon its potent proliferative and anti-apoptotic actions in osteoblasts, and its ability to inhibit osteoclastogenesis.

Conclusions: We believe the critical skull defect in the mouse may be a useful means to assess the role of potential bone active factors in wound healing of osseous defects. The purified milk protein tested may have a physiological role in bone growth and a potential therapeutic application in bone regeneration. We await formal analysis of the specimens to further elucidate this statement.


A. Leong J. Fang Z. Lu A. Diwan A. Turnbull

Introduction and Aims: There is good preliminary evidence that Bone Morphogenic Protein 7 (BMP-7) plays an integral role in fracture healing and metabolism of bone. It is not known, however, whether the implantation of an OP-1 device will enhance the rate of fracture healing in the presence of osteoporosis. The object of this study was to determine the effects of OP-1 on osteoporotic fracture healing in rats.

Method: An open fracture of the mid-shaft of the femur was created in 60, three months post-surgical ovarectomised female Sprague Dawley rats. Thirty rats had OP-1 device with CMC putty implanted into the fracture site and 30 rats had CMC putty implanted without OP-1. The fracture was stabilised with a 1.4mm K-wire. Muscle and skin closed. Ten rats from each group were sacrificed at three time points – 12, 20 and 31 days post-surgery, and bilateral femurs harvested. The fractured femurs were analysed by DEXA scanning, high-resolution radiography, cross-sectional area, biomechanical assessment and histology.

Results: There was a statistically significant acceleration of fracture healing with the use of OP-1 in DEXA, radiological, cross-sectional area and biomechanical analysis and a qualitative enhancement by histological analysis.

Conclusion: The results show that an OP-1 device can enhance fracture healing in the presence of osteoporosis in a rat.


S.E. Aldridge M.A. Birch T.W.J. Lennard J.R. Williams

Introduction and Aims: To investigate the expression of Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor (VEGF) and its receptors in bone metastases from primary breast tumors and further characterise its effects on osteoclasts in vitro.

Method and Results: Seventeen specimens of breast cancer metastases to bone were immunohistochemically stained for VEGF, its receptors VEGFR1 and 2, and the macrophage marker CD68. This demonstrated that breast cancer metastases express VEGF strongly and that surrounding osteoclasts express both VEGFR1 (12 of 14 specimens) and VEGFR2 (14 of 14 specimens).

To investigate osteoclastogenesis in vitro, Peripheral Blood Mononuclear Cells (PBMC) were isolated from healthy volunteers and cultured under stimulation by cytokines. Tartrate Resistant Acid Phophatase (TRAP) positive multinucleated cells were counted in duplicate per treatment and experiments repeated three times. VEGF and RANKL together induced differentiation of multinucleated TRAP-positive cells in similar numbers (22±4.7[SE]) per field of view to M-CSF and RANKL (27.3±7.2[SE]). Stimulation with PlGF (a specific ligand for VEGFR1) and RANKL induced osteoclastogenesis, but VEGF-D (a specific ligand for VEGFR2) with RANKL had little effect.

RAW 264.7 cells (mouse monocyte cell line) differentiated into osteoclast-like cells after stimulation with VEGF and RANKL similar to M-CSF and RANKL. Culture under the same conditions on ivory disks was performed and resorption of ivory by osteoclasts from both PBMC and RAW cells was identified.

Conclusion: VEGF, the angiogenic cytokine, is expressed highly by many solid tumors often correlating with poor prognosis. We have shown that VEGF induces monocytes to differentiate into osteoclast-like cells in the presence of RANKL and this seems to be mediated by VEGFR1. VEGF may therefore play a role in physiological bone resorption and in pathological situations, such as tumor osteolysis and consequently VEGF signalling may be a therapeutic target for osteoclast inhibition.


D. Togawa J.T. Reid H. Sakai M. Hawkins E.H. Schemitsch T.W. Bauer F. Dimaano

Introduction and Aims: Calcium sulfates and phosphates have become popular as bone graft substitutes, however, their in-vivo performance has not been well characterised. The purpose of this study was to evaluate trabecular bone response to four synthetic graft materials (CaSO4 and CaSO4 – HA/TCP composites) as compared to autograft in a canine defect model.

Method: In this REB-approved RCT, bilateral humeral and femoral cylindrical defects were filled with one of four types of pellets with varying proportions of CaSO4 – HA/TCP, autograft bone, or left unfilled. After sacrifice at six or 12 weeks, defect sites were evaluated histologically for tissue and inflammatory response, area fractions of residual graft material, and bone ingrowth in the defects.

Results: The area of the defect occupied by residual graft material in the group with the highest percentage of HA/TCP was greater than in other composite groups (p< 0.0006). At 12 weeks, this group contained more total mineralised material (graft material + bone) (p< 0.005). The extent of new bone formation was not different among the composite groups at either time-point, but all showed more bone formation than the empty defect. Both 100% CaSO4 and the 3 CaSO4 – HA/TCP formulations showed good bone formation.

Conclusion: The group with the highest proportion of HA/TCP lasted longest, suggesting increased HA/TCP proportions reduce the rates of dissolution, without compromising bone formation in this model. Results suggest that a range of composites could be created to match the spectrum of resorption rates demanded by clinical applications.


B. Courtenay M. Neil M. McGrath M J.E. Joseph D.D.F. Ma

Introduction and Aims: While clinical variables are considered important risk factors for post-arthroplasty VTE, the role of common genetic thrombophilic factors is less clear. The aims of this study were to determine if common thrombophilic genetic polymorphisms are independent risk factors for VTE post-arthroplasty; and if clinical variables are equally or more important.

Method: A prospective study of consecutive patients undergoing elective total hip or knee arthroplasty at a single institution, involving two surgeons. Patients were interviewed to assess clinical risks. Pre-operative blood samples were taken for Factor V Leiden (FVL), Pro-thrombin G20210A (PTH) and Methylenetetrahydrofolate reductase C677T (MTHFR) testing. All patients received routine enoxaparin prophylaxis and compression stockings. Intermittent pneumatic calf compression was also used by one surgeon. Presence of DVT was assessed using bilateral lower limb duplex ultrasonography (seven ± two days post-operatively) in all patients and performed in a vascular laboratory. Symptoms suggestive of pulmonary embolism were investigated by ventilation/perfusion lung scanning.

Results: A total of 569 patients were recruited with a median age of 67 years (range 20–90). Osteoarthritis was the main surgical indication. The overall incidence of post-operative venous thromboembolism (VTE) was 26%. Of thromboembolic events, 15% VTE were proximal DVT; 84% VTE were distal DVT and only one percent were pulmonary emboli. Prevalence of the thrombophilic genotypes was: 4.6% (heterozygous FVL mutation); 2.1% (heterozygous PTH); and 10.4% (homozygous C677T MTHFR mutation). Using univariate analysis, older age (p < 0.0005), total knee arthroplasty (p < 0.0005), recent surgery (p = 0.002), general anaesthesia (p = 0.013), operation time in minutes (p < 0.0005) and use of blood transfusions (p < 0.0005) were significantly associated with post-operative DVT. None of the thrombophilic genotypes were found to be significantly associated with post-operative DVT, however the frequency of FVL and PTH was highest in patients with proximal DVT and total hip arthroplasty patients with DVT. In multivariate analysis of both genetic and clinical thrombophilic factors, only age (p=0.02) and total knee arthroplasty (p< 0.0005) were found to be significant independent risk factors for post-operative VTE.

Conclusion: We conclude that clinical factors such as age and type of surgery (total knee arthroplasty) are independent risks for post-operative VTE in patients undergoing lower limb arthroplasty. FVL, PTH and MTHFR are not significant risk factors for post-operative VTE and screening for these mutations is not indicated.


M. De Jong M. Ray S. Crawford R. Crawford

Introduction and Aims: Reinfusion drains have been used to decrease the need for blood transfusion following total knee replacement. The aim of this study was to evaluate the degree of activation of platelets and leucocytes in both the blood that has been salvaged after total knee arthroplasty and the patients’ blood following reinfusion.

Method: A prospective series of 24 consecutive patients undergoing a primary total knee replacement in a case-control study were investigated. Post-operatively 12 patients received salvaged blood reinfusion and as a control, 12 patients underwent TKA with a standard drain. The reinfusion was initiated four hours after the operation. Blood samples were taken from all patients at three and five and a half to six hours post-operatively. A third sample was acquired in the treatment group from salvaged blood after reinfusion. Platelet, platelet-leucocyte and leucocyte activation markers were studied in both the drainage blood and the patients’ blood following reinfusion.

Results: Comparison between platelet, platelet-leucocyte and leucocyte activation markers in patients’ circulation prior to reinfusion compared to salvaged blood showed that almost all markers were significantly increased in salvaged blood. For example the platelet activation markers P-selectin (p< 0.01), Factor V (p< 0.01), CD40L (p< 0.01) and platelet derived microparticles (p< 0.01) were all significantly increased in the drainage blood. All studied platelet-leukocyte and leucocyte activation particles were also significantly increased. Following re-infusion of autologous salvaged blood there was no statistically measurable effect on activation markers of patients’ circulating platelets and leucocytes, but there was a slight drop in platelet count in the reinfused group compared to the control group. Levels of prothrombin fragment F 1+2 increased in the reinfused group compared to control indicating either activation of coagulation or simply the effect of addition of the high levels present in the salvage blood.

Conclusion: Blood from reinfusion drains showed a significant increase in activation of platelets and leukocytes indicating activation of coagulation. The reinfused blood did not lead to a difference in platelet and leukocyte activation but a decrease in platelets and an increase in fragment F1+2 suggests the possibility of activation of coagulation.


P. Walmsley R.E. Cook I.J. Brenkel

Introduction and Aims: Venous Thromboembolism is a common complication following a hip replacement. Recently the pulmonary embolism prevention study was published. It reported that aspirin decreased the fatal pulmonary embolism rate in patients admitted with a fracture neck of femur. In addition, new products (synthetic factor X inhibitor-Fondaparinux, and a direct thrombin inhibiter-Desirudin) have been reported to be more effective than low molecular weight heparin in preventing asymptomatic deep vein thrombosis. We felt it was important to repeat a survey, done in 1997, on the use of thromboembolism prophylaxis among British Orthopaedic Surgeons.

Method: A single page questionnaire was sent out to all 1308 consultants – orthopaedic surgeons who were members of the British Orthopaedic Association. Those who did not respond were sent a reminder letter.

Results: We achieved a 72% response rate. All surgeons use some form of prophylaxis. Eighty-five percent of surgeons use pharmacological prophylaxis. Low molecular weight heparin is used by 55% of surgeons. Twenty percent of surgeons use aspirin as their only form of pharmacological prophylaxis. Less than 1% (five consultants) use early mobilisation alone and nearly 2% (13 consultants) use graded stockings and early mobilisation as their only form of prophylaxis. Seventy-four percent of surgeons have a unit policy. Thirty percent have changed their regime in the last three years.

Conclusion: The majority of British orthopaedic surgeons still use pharmacological thromboprophylaxis. There has been a significant increase in the use of Aspirin, from 5% to 30%. Aspirin is often combined with a mechanical prophylaxis. This has led to an increase in the use of intermittent calf compression (3% to 22%), and foot pumps (12% to 19%). Low molecular weight heparin use has fallen by 10%.


C.W. Colwell J.D. Hermida S. Patil D.D. D’Lima F. Dimaano M. Hawkins

Introduction and Aims: Titanium foam implants simulate the trabecular structure of bone to maximise porous space for bone ingrowth. Plasma-sprayed hydroxyapatite coatings work well on non-porous substrates but do not coat the inner surfaces of open-porous substrates. Chemical deposition is an attractive alternative that produces consistent coats on porous surfaces.

Method: Titanium foam cylinders (5mm diameter by 25mm length) were implanted bilaterally in 40 rabbit femurs. Twenty implants were coated with 20 microns of hydroxyapatite (T-HA) by electrochemical deposition while 20 implants had no hydroxyapatite coat (T). Osseointegration was measured at six and 12 weeks by automated computerised histomorphometry of scanning electron microscopy images of sections taken through the implant at two levels: diaphyseal and metaphyseal. Bone ingrowth was quantified in the pores and was also measured up to 1mm beyond the surface of the implant to determine the pattern of bone growth.

Results: For the T-HA surface, bone ingrowth increased from 35.0 ±8.5 % at six weeks to 41.5 ± 7.4 % at 12 weeks (p < 0.05). For the T surface, bone growth was 14.1 ± 8.8% at six weeks and 11.4 ± 4.2 % at 12 weeks. At both time points mean bone ingrowth was significantly different between hydroxyapatite-coated and non-hydroxyapatite-coated implants, (p< 0.01). No significant differences were noted between the diaphyseal and metaphyseal bone response.

Conclusion: For the T-HA surface, bone ingrowth increased from 35.0 ±8.5 % at six weeks to 41.5 ± 7.4 % at 12 weeks (p < 0.05). For the T surface, bone growth was 14.1 ± 8.8% at six weeks and 11.4 ± 4.2 % at 12 weeks. At both time points mean bone ingrowth was significantly different between hydroxyapatite-coated and non-hydroxyapatite-coated implants, (p< 0.01). No significant differences were noted between the diaphyseal and metaphyseal bone response.


P. Devane G. Horne R. Davidson J. Carter N. Phillips

Introduction and Aims: The aim of this study is to identify specific risk factors for developing haemophilia-related orthopaedic complications and to provide a qualitative and quantitative analysis of the orthopaedic management of haemophilia complications.

Method: A postal survey was sent to 48 patients on the Wellington region haemophilia database. The questionnaire covered both qualitative and quantitative questions covering the participants’ current condition and treatment, past and present orthopaedic and non-orthopaedic management, support, education, employment and leisure activities.

Results: Twenty-five patients returned the questionnaire, a response rate of 52%. Most of the participants (68%; 17/25) felt that their education had been compromised as a result of haemophilia complications. Of those participants that were 16 years or older, 68.4% (13/19) felt that their working opportunities had been compromised as a result of haemophilia complications. Despite patients less than 18 years of age receiving prophylactic Factor VIII replacement (n=7) and all patients having Factor VIII available on demand, 18 patients had significant bleeds in the previous six months. Most bleeds were into joints, 13 knees, 13 ankles, 12 elbows, six shoulders and three hips, but a significant number of intra-muscular bleeds (n=22) also occurred. There were 62 painful joints reported by 19 patients, the ankle being most common (n=21), followed by hip (n=13), elbow (n=12), and knee (n=8). Twenty-five orthopaedic operations were described by eight patients, mainly knee (n=11) and hip (n=5) replacements, and synovectomies (n=9). In the last year, two patients who have factor VIII inhibitor had been successfully operated on, one for a large pseudotumor of the thigh, and the other for contralateral hip and knee joint replacement.

Conclusion: Despite good medical management, recurrent joint bleeds are a major problem in haemophilia. Many study patients commented that orthopaedic procedures were not performed readily enough, and that by the time they received their operation, their function had deteriorated significantly.


M. Ray S. Hatcher S. Crawford R. Crawford L. McLoughlin

Introduction and Aims: Decreasing blood loss during total hip replacement (THR) remains a challenge for the orthopaedic surgeon. This study investigated the effects of the antifibrinolytics aprotinin and epsilon aminocaproic acid (EACA) against placebo on blood loss during primary total hip replacement. Their safety and mechanism of action was also investigated.

Method: Forty-five patients undergoing primary unilateral total hip arthroplasty were randomised to receive an infusion of either aprotinin, EACA, or placebo. Intra- and post-operative blood loss was measured, as was the rate of blood transfusion and changes in haemoglobin concentration. Clinical examination and duplex ultrasound was used in all patients to detect thrombotic events. All patients were assessed clinically six weeks post-op to detect adverse events. Platelet function was assessed using P-selectin, Platelet-monocyte aggregates (PMA) and factor V/Va levels. D-dimer activity was recorded as an indicator of fibrinolysis. Non-parametric statistical analysis was employed in the interpretation of results.

Results: There was no difference in demographics or pre-operative platelet function between the groups with the exception of the EACA group which had a lower pre-operative haemoglobin concentration. Intra-operative blood loss was significantly lower in the aprotinin group compared to placebo (p=0.01), similarly there was also a reduction in intra-operative blood loss in the EACA group but this did not reach statistical significance. Post-operative bleeding from closed suction drains was markedly reduced for both aprotinin (60%, p=< 0.01) and EACA (53%, p=< 0.001) compared to placebo. Markedly less haemoglobin was lost in drains in both antifibrinolytic groups, with aprotinin showing a 77% (p=< 0.0001) and EACA a 73% reduction (p=< 0.001) in post-operative haemoglobin loss. Despite this, no difference in the rate of blood transfusion was observed between groups. Total hip arthroplasty surgery led to the activation of platelets as evidenced by P-selectin, PMA and factor V/Va levels. However, platelet function was not affected by either aprotinin or EACA. Both antifibrinolytics showed a similar increase in D-dimer levels indicating a similar efficacy in inhibiting fibrinbolysis. There were no DVTs, PEs or infections recorded in the study, and no increase in adverse events was seen with the use of antifibrinolytics.

Conclusion: Infusion of either aprotinin or EACA reduces blood loss after primary THA. Both agents are equally effective and have a favourable safety profile. The two drugs inhibit fibrinolysis in a similar fashion, and this action appears to be independent of platelets.


B. Niechoda Y. Yu W.R. Walsh

Introduction and Aims: Adipose-derived stem cells (ADSCs) are capable of osteogenic differentiation under appropriate conditions in vitro (1). In this study we demonstrate the differences and similarities of the healing potential of ADSCs against the bone marrow-derived stem cell population (BMSCs) in the critical size ovine cancellous defect model, healed with culture expanded autologous stem cells from adipose tissue (ADSCs).

Method: Bone marrow aspirates and subcutaneous adipose tissue were harvested from 42 adult wethers. The population of stromal cells was derived from both tissues. Populations of bone marrow cells and adipose stromal cells were expanded in culture and stimulated with osteogenic medium for seven days. Cultured cell populations were harvested, mixed with a hydroxy-apatite carrier (Pro-Osteon 200R) and deposited into bilateral medial femoral condyle confined cancellous defect. Seven groups were examined: Bone graft+ ADSCs, Bone graft+ BMSCs, Carrier + ADSCs, Carrier+ BMSCs, Bone graft, Carrier, Empty defect. Two week, four week and eight week time-points were examined.

Results: All specimens were decalcified and five μm histological slides were stained using H& E and Masson’s Trichrome. Histomorphometry analysis on Masson’s Trichrome stained slides was performed using colour threshold-based software Bioquant Nova 6.50.10. Immunohistochemical staining for BMP4 and BMP7 and their downstream regulators: Smad4 and CBFA1 were evaluated in the defect area and graded in a blind fashion by two trained observers. There was a progressive and time-dependent increase in woven bone formation in the defects treated with ADSCs across all time points. The amount of bone formed in this group was comparable with the amount formed by the use of BMSCs.

Conclusion: The results of this study support the hypothesis that seeding porous hydroxyappatite with ADSCs does enhance bone formation and defect healing.


I. Schleicher T. Parker D. Leavesley R. Crawford Z. Upton Y. Xiao

Introduction and Aims: To deliver osteogenic cells into bone defects, the crucial steps are cell attachment and migration in cell-delivery biomaterials. The aim of this study was to examine whether complexes comprised of vitronectin (VN), insulin growth factors (IGFs) and insulin growth factor binding proteins (IGFBPs) could enhance human osteoblasts attachment, especially cell migration in three-dimensional (3-D) culture.

Method: Human osteoblasts derived from alveolar bone chips (passage 4–10) and established human osteoblast cell line SaOS-2 were used. These cells were seeded on scaffolds of type I collagen sponges and poly glycolic acid (PGA) (approx. one millimetre thick, porous structure), which had been coated with VN +/− IGF-I +/− IGFBP-3. Cell attachment and migration were evaluated by cell counting, confocal microscopy, and scanning electron microscopy.

Results: The number of attached human osteoblasts was significantly higher in wells in which pre-bound VN was coated on the polystyrene culture dish or on type I collagen sponges. However, no significant difference of cell attachment was observed when growth factors were bound to these surfaces in the presence of VN. In the two scaffold materials examined, greater cell attachment was found in type I collagen sponges compared to PGA scaffolds. However, coating the scaffolds with complexes comprised of VN + IGF-I or VN + IGFBP-5 + IGF-I enhanced cell attachment on PGA. Moreover, the presence of vitronectin + IGF-I + IGFBP-5 resulted in significantly greater osteoblast migration into deep pore areas as compared to untreated scaffolds or scaffolds treated with different combinations of the VN +/− IGF +/− IGFBP-5.

Conclusion: Complexes of VN + IGFBP-5 + IGF-I enhance the attachment and migration of human osteoblast in three-dimensional culture, which implies that this complex has potential application for use in surface modification of biomaterials for tissue reconstruction.


A. Baburam

Introduction and Aims: The rate of wound infection for HIV positive patients, range from 0–33% for closed fractures to 72–80% for compound fractures. For the outcome at our institute, I undertook to study the rate of surgical wound infection in HIV positive patients undergoing unreamed intramedullary fixation for acute fractures.

Method: A prospective single blind study involving 45 patients, who sustained acute fractures of the femur and/or tibia were treated with unreamed intramedullary nails at Durban’s Metropolitan hospitals during April 2002 to June 2003. Eighteen patients were HIV positive with a mean age of 29 years (20–47) compared to 28.5 years (15–56) amongst the HIV negative. There were six and three females in HIV positive and negative groups respectively. Motor vehicle accidents involving pedestrians and gunshot injuries accounted for the majority of the fractures. Although all of the patients were asymptomatic prior to injury, fourteen had associated injuries.

Results: The mean follow-up was 7.3 months (1–14). Following discharge from hospital, patients were seen at two and six weeks, three, six, nine, and 12 months post-operatively. Amongst patients with closed fractures, nine were HIV positive, seven with femur and two with tibia fractures and amongst the HIV negative group 12 patients had femur and seven tibia fractures. Three of the HIV positive patients had compound fracture tibia, each with a Gustilo type II, type IIIA and type IIIB fracture, while four HIV negative patients with, two each of grade II and grade IIIB fracture tibia. Amongst the six HIV positive patients who had compound fractures of the femur one had a grade I, two grade II, two grade IIIA and two grade IIIB fractures. Four HIV negative patients had compound femoral fractures, three with grade II and one grade IIIA. Two patients had wound infection, at one week a HIV positive male with a grade IIIA fracture of the femur and a HIV negative female at two weeks with a grade IIIB fracture of the tibia, resulting in an infection rate 5.5% and 3.7% for the HIV positive and HIV negative patients respectively. This difference was not statically significant (p=0.641).

Conclusion: The results show that when asymptomatic HIV positive patients are treated operatively for acute long bone fractures, be they closed or compound, the rate of surgical wound infection is comparable to those of HIV negative patients.


Full Access
A. Jarvis G. Semple

Introduction and Aim: In 1995, sterile maggots (blow fly larvae) became available commercially for the first time since the mid-1930s. We have used them in managing ‘problem wounds’ in an orthopaedic unit. We have re-assessed the value of maggot debridement therapy (MDT) in present-day orthopaedics.

Method and Results: To date 95 patients have been treated. (Average age 62; range 16–91). Eighty-five percent of cases involved the lower limb. The remainder were upper limb, apart from one spinal lesion and one sacral sore. Twenty percent of patients had diabetes; six amputation stumps were treated. In 60% of cases a single application was used, the larvae being left in-situ for three to five days. Some wounds required up to three applications. The dressing technique is easily learnt and is ideal for outpatient clinics. The most appropriate wounds are those with a wide opening, extensive slough, and natural drainage. The greatest benefit follows infection with gram-positive cocci, and anaerobes. In eight cases, MRSA infection was cured or controlled.

Larvae provide optimal wound healing conditions, by literally eating pus and bacteria, and also by stimulating granulation tissue to form. However, they cannot produce wound healing if a major sequestrum or implant is present. In general, patient acceptance was good, but five patients requested early removal of maggots. Since 2001, the maggots have been available in sachet form (the so-called ‘Bio-bag’) and this packaged application has made the treatment more readily acceptable, and easier.

Overall we judged that MDT had produced healing or improvement in 80% of infected wounds. Unusual wounds, such as animal bites, a sea -urchin lesion, and infected gout produced some of the most striking cures.

Conclusion: Maggot therapy uniquely minimises both the need for surgical debridement and antibiotics. We therefore recommend its continued use.


C.V.S. Edwards P.J. Hill B.E. Scammell R. Bayston

Introduction and Aims: A phenotypic and proteomic approach has identified novel targets for the development of a DNA vaccine to prevent Staphylococcus aureus infection in orthopaedics.

Approximately 1% of joint replacement operations are complicated by infection. Thirty percent of these infections are due to S.aureus, which is often difficult to treat because of antibiotic resistance. As treatment of these infections is challenging, prevention with a vaccine is a very attractive option.

Method: To infect a joint replacement, bacteria must first adhere to its surface. This adherence is mediated by specific adhesion proteins; the expression of which is controlled by virulence regulator genes within the bacterial cell. A DNA vaccine is being developed which targets this regulatory apparatus, thus preventing bacterial adhesion, allowing the immune system to rapidly clear any potential S.aureus infection.

Results: Mutations of the agr,sar and sae virulence regulator genes have been made. Their properties have been explored using a flow cell system, which uses a scanning confocal laser microscope and image analysis software to accurately provide quantitative data in real-time of biofilm formation. We have shown that the sae mutant does not form biofilm in the same was as wild-type S.aureus. We have also shown that it does not adhere to steel as well as its wild-type counterpart.

Conclusion: For such a dramatic difference in biofilm forming properties to be evident, there must be a difference in the adhesion proteins produced by the wild-type and the mutant bacteria. Gel-electrophoresis has compared protein expression of sae mutant and wild-type bacteria and identified differences. Those proteins which are not expressed in the non-biofilm-forming mutant are sequenced and from the protein sequences, DNA sequences are identified that will form part of the candidate DNA vaccine.


R. Yagi S.D. Weiner W.E. Horton

Introduction and Aims: Establishing pathogenic mechanisms that are important for OA progression would support development of therapies to delay arthoplasty and extend the life of the joint. The aim of this study was to define a human model system for comparing minimal and advanced OA cartilage at the tissue, cellular, and molecular level.

Method: Cartilage was isolated from femoral condyles of patients undergoing knee arthroplasty, with advanced OA cartilage obtained from areas within 1cm of overt lesions, and minimal OA cartilage taken from areas with no obvious surface defects. Representative histological sections were scored for disease severity based on four categories: fibrillation, chondrocyte cloning, matrix depletion and cellularity using Bioquant Nova v5.00.8 software. The proteoglycan and hydroxyproline content of the cartilage was determined by biochemical analysis. Following RNA isolation and reverse transcription, the cDNA was analysed for relative gene expression using real-time PCR. Gene expression patterns were compared on a patient-matched basis.

Results: Histological analysis showed that the advanced OA cartilage differed from the minimal cartilage with regard to cloning (p< 0.001), fibrillation (p< 0.001), and proteoglycan depletion (p< 0.001). There was no difference in overall cellularity. The advanced OA cartilage had significantly less proteoglycan content than the minimal tissue, with no difference found in hydroxyproline content. The following changes were observed in the relative expression level of specific genes: 1) the steady state level of osteopontin mRNA showed an overall 3.5-fold increase in advanced OA cartilage compared to minimal (p< 0.01); 2) The mRNA coding for aggre-can was down-regulated in advanced disease tissue to less than 50% the level found in minimal tissue in nine out of 11 patients; 3) the expression of mRNA coding for link protein was also significantly decreased in advanced OA cartilage compared to minimal in nine out of 11 patients; and 4) the mRNA level coding for collagen II did not show an obvious pattern of expression in the minimal versus advanced cartilage. The expression of mRNA coding for MMPs was variable with regard to disease state with the majority of patients showing decreased MMP3, MMP9, and MMP13 mRNA expression in advanced OA tissue compared to minimal.

Conclusions: This study clearly demonstrates that patient-matched minimal and advanced OA cartilage show significant differences in cell and matrix characteristics. In addition, differential patterns of gene expression are observed in this model that may relate to the pathogenic mechanism operating during progression of OA.


A. Young M. Smith S. Smith M. Cake R. Read D. Sonnabend

Introduction and Aims: Assessment of the metabolic state of articular cartilage (AC) is important in understanding the initiation and progression of osteoarthritis (OA). The purpose of this study was to evaluate changes in gene expression of the major AC extracellular matrix (ECM) components, in addition to a number of molecules involved in OA, including the novel glycoprotein lubricin, following lateral meniscectomy in a sheep model of OA.

Method: AC tissue from both medial (MTP) and lateral (LTP) tibial plateaux were collected from six non-operated control (NOC) and six lateral meniscectomised (MEN) pure-bred Merino sheep six months post-surgery for semi-quantitative RT-PCR to assess patterns of mRNA expression (relative to GAPDH). Histological evaluation using a modified Mankin score was undertaken in the same sheep to grade the AC and immunohistochemical localisation of gene products was performed.

Results: Cartilage degeneration was evident both macroscopically and histologically in the LTP following MEN, with less marked changes appearing in the MTP. The mean total tissue RNA increased greater than five-fold in the LTP following MEN (p< 0.01). Expression of aggrecan (p< 0.01) and collagen type II (p< 0.01) were found to be significantly elevated in LTP AC following MEN. Increased expression of biglycan (p< 0.01) was observed in LTP AC following MEN, whereas conversely, there was a decreased expression of decorin (p< 0.01), the other fibril associated small leucine rich proteoglycan. Expression of both lubricin (p< 0.01) and connective tissue growth factor (CTGF) (p< 0.05) were also found to decrease following MEN in LTP AC. TGFβ demonstrated no change in expression following MEN. Significant changes in gene expression were generally not seen in the MTP following MEN; however trends were observed reflecting similar gene profile changes to those occurring in the LTP.

Conclusion: Strong up-regulation in gene expression of the major cartilage ECM components was found, reflecting an anabolic response and attempted tissue repair. Significant changes were also observed for other ECM macromolecules thought to be involved in degenerative joint disease, contributing to alterations in the gene expression profile associated with OA.


P. Khoo R. Khan D.J. Wood R. Day K. Michalak S. Megson

Introduction and Aims: Iontophoresis is a method to introduce antibiotic molecules into allograft bone using an electrical potential. In-vitro testing has shown that these antibiotics should be released in their bioactive form at therapeutic levels for extended periods of time. This is the first report of iontophoresed allograft implantation into patients.

Method: A method of loading tubular sections of cortical bone was used in theatre prior to implantation. The bone was held vertically in an antibiotic bath with a cylindrical outer electrode and a wire electrode down the centre of the bone. An electrical potential of approximately 90V was applied to drive the antibiotics into the bone. Post-operative serum, drain and allograft antibiotic assays were performed. All patients were followed-up clinically and radiologically. Patients who required a bulk segmental allograft from June 1997 to present were entered into the trial and received iontophoresed bone.

Results: Since June 1997, 35 patients have received 37 iontophoresed allografts. Indications for allograft insertion were limb salvage for tumor (16), poor bone stock associated with infection (12), periprosthetic fracture (seven), aseptic loosening (one) and recurrent dislocation of total hip replacement (one). One patient had acute complications requiring amputation. No patients were lost to follow-up with a mean follow-up of 3.3 years. Two patients required an allograft exchange for fracture and infection. There were two late allograft infections at 10 and 18 months. One patient was revised to another iontophoresed allograft and has had no recurrence at two years. The other infection required above knee amputation. One allograft was revised with allograft exchange and vascularised fibular graft following fracture of metal fixation. There was one case of persistent non-union in a knee fusion, which was treated after 21 months by removal of the intermedullary fixation and allograft and use of an Ilizarov frame. All other allografts are in-situ with no complications related to the allograft. Twelve patients had pre-existing proven infections. None of these patients have been re-infected to date. Therapeutic gentamicin and flucloxacillin levels were detected in drain fluid samples post-operatively, averaging from 39.9 mg/L at two hours to 5.97mg/L at 48 hours for gentamicin and 16.83mg/L at two hours and 2.23 mg/L at 48 hours for flucloxacillin. This was significantly greater than the minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC) against Staphylococcus aureus for gentamicin (0.25mg/L) and flucloxacillin (0.30mg/L). At the same time, blood levels remained in a safe range.

Conclusion: Iontophoresis is a safe and inexpensive method that can be executed in the operating theatre. Iontophoresed bone delivers a high local dose of antibiotic, which may prevent early biofilm formation initiated during allograft handling and exposure to theatre air. With no early infections and no re-infections, further assessment of this technique continues with guarded optimism.


B. Fritsch B. Giuffre M. Coolican D. Parker

Introduction and Aims: Knee dislocation is an uncommon but serious injury. This study assessed the initial mechanism of injury, pattern of ligament injury, osteochondral and peri-articular soft-tissue trauma, and associated neurovascular injuries in the multi-ligament knee injury. Outcomes following operative and non-operative management were reviewed.

Method: Retrospective review of patients with multi-ligament knee injuries was performed. Inclusion criteria were either a confirmed knee dislocation, or complete rupture of two or more ligaments requiring reconstruction. Systematic review of hospital records and imaging was performed for all patients, and clinical assessment, including validated outcome scores, were performed in the majority of patients. All reconstructive surgery was performed by the two senior authors.

Results: Forty-five patients with 47 knee injuries were identified over a 13-year period (1990–2003). The most common mechanisms of injury were motorcycle and motor vehicle accidents. Other mechanisms included pedestrians hit by cars, sporting injuries and falls. Approximately half had a documented knee dislocation, while the remainder were located at the time of presentation. Vascular injury occurred in around 25% of patients, all having positive clinical findings. Routine angiography was not performed in the absence of positive clinical findings. Neurological injury also occurred in approximately 20% of patients. Transient neuropraxia was more common than permanent nerve palsy, and there was an association between neurological and vascular injury. Associated injuries were varied, the most frequent being long-bone fracture. A significant number of patients had no associated injuries. Injury patterns were varied, though correlations were found between the reported mechanism and the pattern of ligament rupture and osteochondral injury. The majority of cases were managed with operative repair, and assessment of outcomes revealed that most returned to a good level of function, with some minor objective residual laxity and/or stiffness.

Conclusion: Multi-ligament injuries of the knee are uncommon but serious injuries with potentially catastrophic consequences. This detailed analysis provides correlation between mechanism and resulting injury to the knee and periarticular structures. The analysis of this large series provides valuable information to better understand natural history, and improve future management.


D. Hollinghurst S.H. Palmer N. Annetts C.A.F. Dodd T.N. Theologis

Introduction and Aims: The effects of injury to the posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) and posterior-lateral corner (PLC) on physical function are not as well documented compared to the more common injury to the anterior cruciate ligament. This study aimed at improving our understanding of PCL/PLC injury through gait analysis and electromyographic (EMG) testing.

Method: We studied 19 patients, average age 30 years (20–55) with clinically and radiologically confirmed PCL/PLC deficiency in isolation. Ninety percent of patients complained of instability when performing the activities of daily living and all complained of pain. All patients were assessed using the Lysholm and Gillquist functional knee score as well as gait analysis, including Kinematics, Kinetics and EMG of the quadriceps, hamstrings and gastrocnemius muscles. Findings were compared to our normal database. The mean Lysholm score was 51/100 (24–90). Those with a Lysholm greater than 50 were designated as ‘copers’.

Results: There were 12 ‘non-copers’ and seven ‘copers’. Fifty percent of patients demonstrated a varus thrust through stance. Forty-two percent of patients demonstrated hyperextension of the knee through stance. Sixty-three percent of patients demonstrated premature and prolonged hamstring activity. Thirty-seven percent of patients had premature activity of the gastrocnemius muscle in stance. Fifty-seven percent of the ‘copers’ demonstrated premature and prolonged hamstring activity through the gait cycle compared to forty-five percent of ‘non-copers’ (non-significant p=0.25 Fishers Exact Test). Fifty-five of ‘non-copers’ demonstrated premature activity of the gastrocnemius muscle in stance compared to none of the ‘copers’ (significant p=0.025 Fishers Exact Test).

Conclusion: The observed varus thrust may be responsible for the development of medial and patellofemoral compartment osteoarthritis, a recognised problem in PCL deficient knees. Hyperextension that occurs dynamically during gait could explain failure of PCL/PLC reconstruction over time. The observed abnormal hamstrings activity is unlikely to be a compensatory mechanism.


R. Wilkins C. Kelly

Introduction and Aims: The delivery of local antibiotics from a biodegradable implant for orthopedic infections is an attractive alternative. The implant delivers high tissue levels of antibiotic, obliterates dead space, aides in bone repair and does not require removal. This is a review of our clinical experience with custom-made calcium sulfate antibiotic implants (Osteoset BVF®, Wright Medical Technology, Arlington, TN).

Method: Between 12/1996 and 1/2003, 156 procedures using biodegradable beads for orthopaedic infections were performed. Two patients were lost to follow-up. One elderly patient died from post-operative respiratory failure. One patient was lost to follow-up. There were 154 procedures in the analysis group performed on 145 patients (55 female: 90 male). The average age of the population was 45 years (1–85 years). The inclusion in the study required that a patient have an orthopedic infection (osteomyelitis/septic arthritis), which was either biopsy- or culture-proven. The population included 36 patients with a failed arthroplasty, 41 infected nonunions, 50 patients with chronic osteomyelitis, and 27 patients with acute or post-operative bone infections. Patients were treated initially with surgical debridement and insertion of calcium sulfate beads with either Tobramycin and/or Vancomycin. All patients received oral antibiotics or intravenous antibiotics.

Results: Length of follow-up averaged 17 months (six to 67 months). Of the 154 patients, 142 became free of infection (92%). Five patients required multiple surgical procedures involving beads and further debridement to obtain an infection-free status. Many of these patients had an initial attempt at retaining a metal arthroplasty in an initial septic situation. In those patients, infection control required removal of the foreign material. Complete implant degradation occurred in all cases. Five patients had an episode post-operatively of early wound drainage, which was treated with sterile dressing changes while on intravenous antibiotics. In all patients the drainage ceased and the patients did not require further surgery.

Conclusion: Biodegradable calcium sulfate antibiotic implants, along with adjunctive antibiotics, controlled a variety of infections, obliterated dead space and aided in bone repair. Subsequent bone grafting was not required for intramedullary defects due to the osteoconductive properties of calcium sulfate. Biodegradable antibiotic beads appear effective in controlling localised orthopedic infections and do not require a second procedure for removal.


M. Logan A. Williams J. Lavelle Gedroyc M.A.R. Freeman

Introduction and Aims: To assess the tibiofemoral kinematics of the PCL deficient knee using vertical open-access ‘dynamic’ MRI.

Method: Tibiofemoral motion was assessed using open-access MRI, weight-bearing in a squat, through the arc of flexion from zero to 90 degrees in six patients with isolated rupture of the PCL in one knee [diagnosed from conventional MRI scanning and clinical assessment] and a normal contralateral knee. Mid-medial and mid-lateral sagittal images were analysed in all chosen positions of flexion in both knees to assess the relative tibiofemoral relationships. Passive sagittal laxity was assessed by performing the posterior and anterior drawer tests, while the knees were scanned, again using the same MRI scanner. The tibiofemoral positions during this stress MRI examination was measured from mid-medial and mid-lateral sagittal images of the knees.

Results: Rupture of the PCL leads to an increase in passive sagittal laxity in the medial compartment of the knee [P< 0.006]. In the weight-bearing scans, PCL rupture alters the kinematics of the knee with persistent posterior subluxation of the medial tibia so that the femoral condyle rides up the anterior upslope of the medial tibial plateau. This ‘fixed’ subluxation was observed throughout the extension-flexion arc being statistically significant at all flexion angles (P< 0.018 at 0°, P< 0.013 at 20°, P< 0.014 at 45°, P< 0.004 at 90°). The kinematics of the lateral compartment were not altered by PCL rupture to a statistically significant degree. The posterior drawer test showed increased laxity in the medial compartment.

Conclusion: PCL rupture alters the kinematics of the medial compartment of the knee resulting in ‘fixed’ anterior subluxation of the medial femoral condyle [posterior subluxation of the medial tibial condyle]. This study helps to explain the observation of increased incidence of osteoarthritis in the medial compartment and specifically femoral condyle, in PCL deficient knees.


N. Duggal M. Coolican D. Parker B. Giuffré

Introduction and Aims: Anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) injuries have historically been classified as non-contact or contact based on the mechanism of injury. The purpose of this study was to establish a detailed correlation between mechanism and the associated osteochondral, meniscal and other injuries to improve understanding of this common injury and its outcome.

Method: A descriptive analysis of prospectively collected data on ACL injuries requiring reconstruction between 2000 and 2004 was completed. Mechanism of injury was clearly elicited and correlated with clinical, radiologic and operative findings. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) was performed on all patients to analyse patterns of ACL rupture and associated osteochondral, meniscal and ligament injuries. Osteochondral injuries were analysed by a musculoskeletal radiologist according to location, intensity and depth. Intra-operative documentation of intra-articular injury pattern was also performed and correlated with MRI findings. Classification into ‘active’ (non-contact) and ‘passive’ (contact) mechanisms was completed and correlated with injury pattern.

Results: Seventy patients were identified with appropriate clinical, radiologic and operative data. A thorough review of the events surrounding the injury was documented. Forty-six patients described an active mechanism and 24 patients a passive mechanism of injury. Clinical examination demonstrated a similar proportion of medial collateral ligament injuries in each group. MRI within three months of injury demonstrated occult osteochondral lesions or ‘bone bruises’ in the majority of patients. Clear distinguishing patterns of femoral and tibial osteochondral injury were identified in the active and passive groups. Depth of osteochondral injury was most commonly classified as at least two-thirds the distance to the physeal scar in both groups. Intensity of the abnormal edema-like signal in the marrow of the distal femur and proximal tibia was most commonly classified as severe in both groups. Lateral meniscus injury was more common than medial, and was found in the majority of patients, more commonly in the passive group.

Conclusion: Although surgical techniques continue to improve, the ACL injury mechanism and its relation to intra-articular pathology is less well defined. This study defines either ‘active’ or ‘passive’ mechanisms, with implications for likely associated osteochondral and meniscal injury. This gives valuable insight into the ACL injured knee, its management, and eventual prognosis.


J.A. Feller R. Siebold K.E. Webster

Introduction and Aims: Some authors have suggested that, in females, the results of ACL reconstruction using hamstring tendon (HS) grafts are inferior to those using patellar tendon (PT) grafts, while others have suggested that HS grafts may be preferable. This study compared the mid-term results of ACL reconstruction in females using both graft types.

Method: Sixty-six females who had undergone primary ACL reconstruction using either HS (n=43) or PT autograft (n=22) were evaluated at a mean 3.7 years follow-up (range 2.6–5.5). All procedures were performed by the same experienced knee surgeon using an arthroscopically assisted, single-incision technique, with Endobutton femoral fixation and interference screw tibial fixation. The same rapid rehabilitation protocol (immediate full extension and weight-bearing; no brace) was used for all patients. Assessment was performed by an independent orthopaedic surgeon and included IKDC 2000, SF-36 and Cincinatti Sports Activity scores and measurements of anterior knee pain (AKP), kneeling pain and anterior knee laxity (KT-1000).

Results: The overall results in both groups were good. One PT patient sustained a traumatic graft rupture. The HS patients had higher Cincinnati Sports Activity Scores (HS: 83 vs. PT: 72, p< 0.05), but there was no difference in IKDC subjective scores (HS: 89.6 vs. PT: 85.7). For the SF-36, the HS group scored significantly higher on Physical Functioning (HS: 95.4 vs. PT: 89.8, p< 0.01) and General Health subscales (HS: 87.5 vs. PT: 78.4, p< 0.05), but there were no differences for the other subscales. Although there was no significant difference in AKP between the two groups (HS: 1.3/10 vs. PT: 1.7), there was a significantly greater mean kneeling pain in the PT group (PT: 4.0/10 vs. HS: 1.3, p< 0.001). There was no difference between the groups in side to side difference in anterior knee laxity at 134N (HS: 1.7mm vs. PT: 1.8mm). Seventy percent HS and 71% PT patients had a difference of < 3mm, with all remaining patients having 3–5mm difference. There was no difference in terms of overall IKDC knee examination grade, but the HS group had a lesser (hyper)extension deficit (HS: 1.0° vs. PT: 1.8°, p< 0.05).

Conclusion: Both PT and HS ACL reconstructions appear to provide satisfactory results in females, but HS grafts are associated with fewer symptoms, a greater return to pre-injury level of activity and higher quality of life scores.


Full Access
J. Scarvell P. Smith K. Refshauge H. Galloway K. Woods

Introduction and Aims: Late degeneration of the ACL injured knee may be in part due to repeat injury, but also due to aberrant kinematics altering the wear pattern at the chondral surface. The aim of this study was to use tibio-femoral contact mapping by MRI to examine kinematic changes due to chronic ACL deficiency.

Method: Twenty subjects with a recent unilateral ACL deficiency (mean 13 months since injury) and 23 subjects with a chronic ACL deficiency (mean 18 years since injury) were recruited. Passive ligament laxity was quantified using a KT1000® device. Subjects performed a closed-chain leg press, relaxed and against a 15 kg weight. MRI recorded the tibio-femoral contact position at 15-degree intervals from zero to 90 degrees of knee flexion. Tibio-femoral contact points were measured at each position. Damage to the knee was recorded for all subjects by MRI, and at arthroscopy.

Results: The tibio-femoral contact pattern of the ACL injured knee was different from the healthy contralateral knee (p = 0.001). The contact pattern of the recently injured knees was different to the chronic ACL deficient knees (p = 0.034). In the recently injured knees the lateral compartment of the knee showed a posterior pattern of femoral contact, and in the chronic ACL deficient knees the medial compartment showed a posterior femoral contact pattern, particularly at zero and 15 degrees of knee flexion (p < 0.01), with the femur two millimetres (mean, SD 3.2mm) posterior on the tibial plateau. There was no difference in passive laxity between the recent and chronic injured knees (side-to-side difference: 5.8mm±2.4 for the recently injured knees, and 4.6±2.8mm for the chronic ACL-deficient knees). Nine of 20 recently injured knees had associated joint damage: three medial and three lateral meniscal tears, two with medial femoral condyle and two with patello-femoral damage. Eleven of 23 chronic ACL deficient subjects had associated joint damage: 15 medial and 16 lateral meniscus tears, 16 with medial and 12 with lateral compartment chondral damage. Greater kinematic changes in the chronic ACL deficient knees were associated with more severe chondral damage in the medial compartment.

Conclusion: ACL injury shifts the axis of rotation of the knee medially. In chronic ACL deficiency the tibio-femoral contact pattern is altered in the medial compartment, where it is associated with joint damage. These findings describe the relationship between aberrant kinematics and wear in the ACL deficient knee.


V. Mandalia J. Murry S. Irby A.J.B. Fogg J. Henson

Introduction and Aims: To study the natural history of the bone bruising of the knee and to identify the effect of weight-bearing and associated internal derangement on clinical improvement and radiological progress of the bone bruising of the knee.

Method: Patients with an acute knee injury were prospectively subjected to clinical and MRI examination within 48 hours of injury. Patients with osteoarthritis, bleeding disorder and previous injury or surgery to the injured knee were excluded. Internal derangement of the knee joint was identified. Patients with bone bruising (study group) were randomised into weight-bearing and non weight-bearing groups and followed-up for clinical and MRI examination at six weeks, three months, six months and 12 months. At follow-up, bone bruising on MRI was classified as Progressive, Static, Resolving or Resolved. Patients without bone bruising (control group) were similarly followed up for clinical examination. Lyshom score was used for clinical assessment.

Results: 28 patients were available for the follow-up. Average age was 24. There were eight patients in control group and 10 patients each in weight-bearing and non weight-bearing group. Eleven patients had associated internal derangement of the knee joint.

Clinical improvement was better in the control group compared to the study group. Patients with isolated bone bruising were doing better than those with associated internal derangement.

On radiological examination there was tendency for the bone bruise to progress in the first six weeks but majority started resolving by three months time. All isolated BB were resolved by six months, but there was delayed resolution of BB associated with ID.

Weight-bearing status did not influence clinical or radiological course of bone bruising.

Conclusion: Weight bearing does not alter the course of the bone bruising. Internal derangement associated with bone bruising delayed radiological resolution and clinical improvement of the patient.


R. McCormack F. Sekeramayi

Introduction and Aims: A variety of factors have been associated with difficulty in regaining normal knee motion following anterior cruciate ligament surgery. The purpose of this study was to determine if increased swelling in the early post-operative period is predictive of difficulty in regaining full range of motion after ACL reconstruction.

Method: 118 consecutive patients were prospectively assessed post-ACL reconstruction. Range of motion was measured by goniometer at week one, four and eight. A deficit greater than 10 degrees of flexion or five degrees of extension (compared to normal leg) at the eight-week mark were defined as significant. The grade of hemarthrosis and circumference of the leg at the level of the patella were recorded at the same intervals. All patients underwent endoscopic, primary, ACL reconstruction with a standardised post-op physio protocol. Exclusion criteria included previous surgery on either knee, significant effusion at the time of surgery or associated ligament injuries.

Results: Patients with a higher grade of hemarthrosis at one week were more likely to have a flexion deficit at eight weeks (P=0.002, relative risk 1.93). Increased circumference was also associated with a flexion deficit at eight weeks (P=0.007, relative risk 1.37). The presence of a large hemarthrosis was not associated with an extension deficit at (P=0.47), although there was a trend for increased circumference to be associated with extension deficit (P=0.07). The patients that had difficulty in regaining full range of motion were similar to the rest of the cohort with regards to patient age, sex, time to surgery, graft type, incidence and treatment of meniscal pathology.

Conclusions: Increased swelling, at one-week post-op (presence of a large hemarthrosis or a measured circumference greater than 1.5cm more than the control limb) is associated with flexion loss at eight weeks post-surgery. These patients merit closer observation and possibly a modified rehabilitation protocol.


J.S. Sudhakar R.B. Brink

Introduction and Aims: To describe the arthroscopically assisted technique of medial patello-femoral ligament reconstruction using a hamstring tendon and evaluate the results of the procedure. Since April 2001 the senior author has performed 20 cases. One was bilateral. Average age was 30 years (range 17–52).

Method: The study group comprised nine males and 11 females. The indication for surgery was recurrent lateral dislocation in 13 and lateral mal-alignment in the remaining seven. Thirteen of the 20 had undergone prior surgery, eight an isolated lateral release and five a lateral release combined with open extra-synovial medial retinacular plication. Key features of this technique are use of the 70-degree arthroscope in the supero-lateral portal, endoscopic lateral release and use of semitendinosis or gracilis tendon attached distally. The tendon is passed through drill holes in the medial aspect of the patella and attached to a clinically isometric point near the medial femoral condyle. The tension is assessed arthroscopically and clinically before attachment. The semitendinosis tendon was used in 11 cases and gracilis in 10.

Results: All had subjective improvement with regard to patellar instability, activity level and relief of pain. There were no recurrent dislocations. The only patient in whom the tendon was attached to the distal adductor magnus required revision surgery with improvement after attachment of another tendon to bone at the isometric point. Mean follow-up was 17 months (range 4–33 months). The mean time to return to work was five weeks (range five days–12 weeks) and return to sport 10 weeks (range 3–16 weeks). The Fulkerson patello-femoral joint evaluation score improved from 46/100 pre-operatively to 74/100. Only four described the state of the knee subjectively as fair and the rest good or excellent. All patients regained full range of motion.

Conclusion: This arthroscopically assisted technique of medial patello-femoral ligament reconstruction using a hamstring tendon allows the patella to be seen and felt to articulate in the trochlea groove. It allows early rehabilitation, minimal post-operative pain, provides patella stability and significant functional improvement with rapid recovery and a low incidence of skin numbness.


J. Scarvell P. Smith K. Refshauge H. Galloway K. Woods

Introduction and Aims: The chronic ACL deficient knee has a natural history of degeneration and deterioration in function. It is unclear whether reconstruction will prevent this sequela. Reconstruction using hamstrings graft techniques have not been yet been evaluated over the long term. This prospective study used MRI to measure tibio-femoral contact patterns pre-and post-reconstruction.

Method: There were 20 subjects with an ACL injury of three years standing. The diagnosis was clinical and confirmed at surgery. They performed a closed chain leg-press, relaxed and against a 150N load. MRI recorded the tibio-femoral contact position at 15-degree intervals from zero to 90 degrees of knee flexion. Passive laxity was measured with a KT1000, and knee outcomes recorded using a Cincinnati score. Testing was performed pre-operatively, at 12 weeks and two years post-operatively.

Results: KT1000 showed a side-to-side difference of 5.1 ± 2.6mm pre-operatively, 2.5 ± 2.2mm at 12 weeks and 2.1 ± 2.3 at two years. Using Cincinnati ratings five rated ‘fair’, five rated ‘good’, and eight rated ‘excellent’. Tibio-femoral contact patterns loaded were not different loaded or unloaded, but medial and lateral compartments of the knee were significantly different (p< 0.001), demonstrating the longitudinal rotation of the knee during flexion, for healthy and injured knees. Pre-operatively the tibio-femoral contact patterns for the ACL injured knee were different to the healthy knee (p=0.014). At 12 weeks post-operatively the tibio-femoral contact patterns were not significantly different (p=0.117), and at two years the contact patterns were restored to those of the healthy knee (p=0.909). However, there were changes to the lateral compartment contact pattern that affected both the ACL injured, reconstructed and healthy knees over the two-year time period. In the healthy knees and also the reconstructed knees the lateral compartment showed less tibio-femoral rollback at two years.

Conclusion: The knee reconstruction restored the tibio-femoral contact pattern to that of the healthy contralateral knee, but both the healthy and reconstructed knees showed changes over time independent of surgery. One or more of the listed authors are receiving or have received benefits or support from a recognised academic body for the pursuance of the study.


R. Raman P.V. Giannoudis

Introduction and Aims: To analyse the long-term functional outcome of vertical shear fractures to other forms of severe pelvic injuries: APC-III, LC-III, and complex acetabular fractures.

Method: Out of 561 patients with pelvic ring injuries we identified 31 vertical shear fractures in 29 consecutive patients. We selected 34 patients with APC–III, 32 patients with LC-III and 32 patients with complex (at least bicolumnar) acetabular fractures to form the control group, who were matched for age and sex with the vertical shear fracture group. The mean follow-up was 62 months. Functional outcome was assessed in all patients using the following generic outcome measurement tools: EuroQol – EQ 5D, SF36 v2 (Short form), VAS, SMFA (Short musculoskeletal functional assessment) and Majeed score. In addition, Merle d’Aubigné-Postel scores (Matta, 1986) and radiologic degenerative hip scores (Matta 1994) were used to assess patients with acetabular fractures.

Results: The mean age of all the patients in the study was 43.5 years (16–71) and the median injury severity score was 22 (12–32). All patients had their pelvic ring stabilised at least temporarily within 24 hours and all acetabular fractures were reduced and stabilised by seven days. Functional outcome was assessed in all patients of the control group and in 28/29 patients of the vertical shear fracture group. In the vertical shear fracture group, 35% of the patients have returned to their previous jobs (49% in control group), 30% have changed their professions (30% in control group) and 25% (14% in control group) have retired from regular work. In the acetabular group, 10 (31%) patients had neurologic injury (six sciatic, three common peroneal, one femoral). Of these, four were iatrogenic. Six patients had complete neurologic recovery. Heterotopic ossification was seen in 19 (59%) patients. Three patients (9%) with acetabular fractures (all had associated posterior wall fracture) had total hip replacements at 29, 40, 51 months. The clinical outcome of patients in the acetabular fracture group was: five excellent (three THA), four good, 13 fair and 10 poor.

The radiologic score of degenerative hip disease (Matta 1994) for the acetabular fracture group was: four excellent, eight good, 14 fair and three poor. Analysis of the functional outcome is shown in Table 1.


C. Gallimore H. Koo A.J. McConnell E.H. Schemitsch

Introduction and Aims: Bone cement (Polymethylmethacrylate) is commonly used to augment internal fixation in osteoporotic bone. An inconsistency exists among surgeons regarding the appropriate mixing time for bone cement to achieve optimal screw purchase. The study addresses the effect of cement viscosity on fixation augmentation in both healthy and simulated osteoporotic canine bone.

Method: Fourteen canine femora were plated using eight-hole DC plates and 3.5mm screws, repairing transverse diaphyseal osteotomies with and without a gap. In the left femora, cement was mixed for one minute (liquid) prior to injection into drilled and tapped holes that were either properly sized (2.5mm) or over-drilled (3.2mm) to simulate osteoporotic bone. In the right femora, cement was mixed for five minutes prior to injection (thick paste). Four-point bending stiffness for each plated construct was normalised to baseline stiffness, followed by failure loading.

Results: Within the properly sized holes, there were no significant differences in bending stiffness with or without a gap at the fracture site. The liquid cement had a force to failure 77% greater than that of cement as a paste (p< 0.05).

Within the over-sized holes simulating osteoporotic bone, there was no difference between liquid and paste without a gap. With a gap, liquid cement demonstrated an increased bending stiffness of 24% (p< 0.05) and force to failure was 92% higher (p< 0.05).

Bone cement in its liquid state may provide increased structural support in the setting of an osteoporotic fracture, possibly due to increased interdigitation of the cement with the screw threads and bone.

Conclusion: In a canine diaphyseal fracture model, screw insertion into liquid cement achieves greater bending stiffness and resists a greater load to failure than insertion into cement with the consistency of a paste.


J.P. Waddell E.H. Schemitsch M.D. McKee A. McConnell S. James

Introduction and Aims: Open femoral fracture is a serious injury. We have asked the question: do open femur fractures in polytrauma patients correlate with higher injury severity scores, increased length of stay and higher mortality rates than in closed femur fracture polytrauma patients.

Method: We undertook a retrospective review of a prospectively gathered trauma database at a Level 1 trauma centre. We identified multiple-injured patients with femur fractures who presented in a 36-month period. The cases were divided into two groups: open femur fractures (n=33) and closed femur fractures (n=80). Data was collected on demographics, precipitating event, length of stay spent in the ICU, number of associated injuries, ISS, AIS for affected systems, number of femoral surgeries and disposition. Data was analysed using parametric statistical tests with a significance level of 0.05.

Results: Our analysis revealed that on average, patients in the open femur fracture group spent eight + nine days in ICU, sustained four + one associated injuries, underwent two + one femoral surgeries, had an ISS of 29 + 13, and died of their injuries in 30.3% of cases. Patients in the closed femur fracture groups spent eight + nine days in ICU, sustained four + one associated injuries, underwent one + one femoral surgeries, had an ISS of 29 + 14, and died of their injuries in 12.5% of cases. One-way ANOVA showed no statistically significant difference between groups in terms of time spent in ICU, ISS and number of associated injuries. The average number of surgeries was significantly greater in the open femur fracture group (p-value 0.000). A Chi-squared analysis of disposition indicated that patients with femur fractures were more likely to die of their injuries (p-value 0.020).

Conclusions: Findings of the current study demonstrate that while the presence of an open femur fracture does not correlate with an increase in ISS or increase ICU length of stay, it may act as a marker for more serious prognosis in polytrauma patients.


V. Jando P. O’Brien T. Lu F. Timms H. Chan

Introduction and Aims: Recently alternate approaches for intra-medullary femoral nailing have been advocated, including retrograde nailing and trochanteric start point antegrade nailing in an attempt to avoid damage to the hip abductor muscles that may occur during access to the piriformis fossa. The aim of this study was to document the hip abductor muscle strength following standard antegrade intra-medullary nailing utilising two different objective measures.

Method: Twenty-two patients with isolated femoral shaft fractures who were treated with standard ante-grade reamed interlocking intra-medullary nailing and who had a minimum one-year follow-up were identified. The patients were examined for muscle strength, range of motion and limb length. All of the patients answered a questionnaire and completed the SF-36 and Musculoskeletal Functional Assessment outcome measures. All patients had isokinetic muscle testing of their hip abductors, hip extensors and knee extensors using the KinCom muscle testing machine. Eleven of the patients also underwent formal gait lab analysis.

Results: Isokinetic muscle testing showed no significant difference from the uninjured contralateral side in hip abduction, hip extension or knee extension. The gait lab analysis failed to show any important changes in gait pattern in the time spatial and hip moment parameters. SF-36 scores were comparable to norms (mean physical component score 53 and mean mental component 51). MFA scores did not indicate any significant long-term disability.

Conclusion:Antegrade reamed interlocking intra-medullary nailing of femoral shaft fractures utilising a standard piriformis fossa starting point is not associated with any significant long-term hip abductor muscle strength deficit. Gait pattern returns to normal following femoral shaft fracture treated with this technique and functional outcomes are good.


H.H. Volkers

Introduction and Aims: Patient presented with an equinovarus deformity of the left foot and ankle, and high above knee amputation of right leg. Femoral stump extended 6cm below lesser trochanter. Patient was wheelchair bound. Aim: Lengthening of stump, ensuring proper prosthesis fitment. Correction of left-side deformity, by means of calcaneal tibial fusion.

Method: A tibio-calcaneal fusion of ankle was performed, correcting equinovarus deformity. Patient fitted with orthotic boot with rocker bottom sole.

Corticotomy was performed below lesser trochanter and an Orthofix Limb Reconstruction System was used to lengthen stump. Lengthening started 10 days post-surgery. Five months later l0cm of length had been added. Fixator was left in situ. Six months later, the ex-fix was removed after consolidation of calus. Five months later patient had a new prosthesis fitted and a further five months later, patient was walking with prosthesis, and orthosis for the left ankle, assisted with one crutch.

Results: By July 2003, the patient was walking with a prosthesis and the length gain of the stump on the right was 10cm. The full length of the right femur was now 25cm, allowing a proper above knee prosthesis. The left ankle is fused in a functional position and completely pain free. Full weight-bearing is now possible, albeit with a rocker bottom sole.

Conclusion: Lengthening of a short femoral stump is a useful procedure to create a suitable stump for an above knee prosthesis, certainly if one considers that the alternative is an ischial weight-bearing caliper.


L.E. Harry A. Sandison E. Paleolog I. McCarthy M.F. Pearse J. Nanchahal

Introduction and Aims: We have developed a novel murine open tibial fracture model to compare the vascularity of muscle and fasciocutaneous flaps during fracture healing and investigate their role in angiogenesis.

Method: Flaps were emulated by insertion of a piece of sterile, inert material (Polytetrafluoroethylene, PTFE), at the fracture site to exclude either muscle posteriorly (fasciocutaneous flap) or skin and fascia anteriorly (muscle flap). Animals were harvested at days three, five, seven, nine and 14 post-fracture. Immunohistochemistry was performed on specimens, to estimate vascularity using an antibody to factor VIII, which selectively demonstrates vascular endothelium. Vascular densities were determined within the muscle and fasciocutaneous tissues adjacent to the fracture sites. Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor (VEGF) was measured by ELISA in tissue specimens. Immunohistochemistry was performed to qualitatively assess distribution of VEGF.

Results: Significantly greater vascular densities per unit area were observed in fasciocutaneous flaps at all time points compared to muscle flaps (p< 0.0001). VEGF levels peaked at day seven post-fracture, fell at day nine, and increased again at day 14. This time-dependent variation was statistically significant (p< 0.02). However, there was no significant difference between muscle and fasciocutaneous flaps. Maximal staining for VEGF occurred on the deep surface of the flaps adjacent to the fracture site. We found that fasciocutaneous flaps have significantly higher vascular densities compared to muscle flaps during early fracture healing.

Conclusion: Our results contradict the widely held view that muscle flaps are superior. However, there was no significant difference between levels of the pro-angiogenic factor VEGF within the flaps. This would suggest that both flaps are equally effective in supplying the factors necessary for new vessel formation. Our data supports the continuing use of muscle and fasciocutaneous flaps in the clinical setting.


I. Harris G. Donald A. Kadir

Introduction: The role of continuous compartment pressure monitoring to detect compartment syndrome associated with tibia fractures is unclear. Our study aims to assess the impact of continuous compartment pressure monitoring in patients with acute tibial fractures.

Method: A randomised controlled trial was performed on 200 consecutive extra-articular tibial shaft fractures presenting to a major metropolitan trauma centre between June 2000 and August 2003. One hundred patients were randomised to continuous compartment pressure monitoring of the anterior compartment for 36 hours. The other group received usual care. The surgical team was alerted if the compartment pressure was within 30mmHg of the diastolic blood pressure. Compartment syndrome was diagnosed on clinical grounds in alert patients. All cases of compartment syndrome were treated with fasciotomy. All patients were followed-up for a minimum of six months.

Result: During the study period, three patients presented with acute compartment syndrome and underwent immediate fasciotomy and, consequently, were not entered into the study. In several cases, monitoring revealed pressures within 30 mmHg of diastolic blood pressure, but compartment syndrome was excluded on clinical grounds. The two groups were comparable with regards to age, mechanism of injury and fracture classification. Of the 100 control fractures, there were three cases of compartment syndrome. Each underwent fasciotomy without significant sequelae. Of the 100 monitored fractures, no cases of compartment syndrome were diagnosed. There were no cases of missed compartment syndrome in this study. Continuous compartment pressure monitoring requires regular nurse education and, despite this, in most patients monitoring was not complete.

Conclusion: We did not find continuous compartment pressure monitoring useful in diagnosing compartment syndrome in patients with acute tibial fractures or preventing missed compartment syndrome. However, this study is underpowered to detect differences in missed compartment syndrome and it may be subject to trial bias as the level of awareness of compartment syndrome was raised by performing the trial. We no longer perform continuous compartment pressure monitoring at our institution.


C.J. Dare S.A. Edwards G.J. Stranks J.L. Hobby

Introduction and Aims: The management of diaphyseal tibial fractures remains controversial. This paper looks at the use of an innovative, unlocked, inflatable intra-medullary nail (Fixion, Disc-O-Tech). The study aim is to assess the performance of this nail relative to a traditional locked nail.

Method: This study compares a prospectively recruited cohort of patients treated with the fixion nail to a consecutive series of patients treated with the Russel Taylor locked nail prior to the introduction of the new device. All the fractures were classified using the AO system. Operating time and the x-ray screening time were recorded, along with any peri or post-operative complications, and need for secondary procedures. Follow-up x-rays were assessed for time to radiological union.

Results: Thirty-six patients were identified, 17 undergoing fixion tibial nailing and 19 having locked Russell Taylor nails. AO classification of fractures ranged from 42-A1 to 42-C3 and was similar in the two groups. In the Fixion group were 15 males and two females with an age range of 15 to 76 years. Two cases required secondary procedures. In the locked nail group were 19 cases, 16 males and three females. Eleven of the cases required secondary procedures, principally removal of locking screws for dynamisation of the nail in cases of delayed bone union and four patients had the nail removed.

The mean operating time for the fixion nail was 58 minutes and 89 minutes for the locked Russell Taylor nail, a statistically significant difference (p< 0.002, unpaired t-test). There was also a significant difference in the need for secondary procedures with at least one further procedure in 11/18 Russel Taylor nails and only 2/17 Fixion nails (p< 0.006, Fisher’s exact test). There was no significant difference in image intensifier screening time between the two groups. There was a trend to reduced time to bone union with the Fixion nail which did not reach statistical significance in this small cohort (p = 0.06), but may do so as a larger number of patients are studied.

Conclusions: Our results show that operative time was significantly less with the fixion nail, there were many fewer secondary procedures and all fractures went on to union. Our study demonstrates that an unlocked, inflatable nail compares favourably with a locked nail and should be considered in tibial diaphyseal fractures.


H.H. Volkersz

Introduction and Aims: I was presented with a Land-mine victim with closed fracture of right talus, compound injury to left lower limb, and defect in heelpad. Distal third of tibia and most of hindfoot were missing. Left foot neurovascularly intact and he was able to move his toes. Aim: reconstruct left distal tibia to enable full weight-bearing.

Method: Lower leg debrided. LRS applied, using proximal ring with Sheffield clamp and two rings around foot. Corticotomy of proximal tibia. Bone transport, 10 days later. Heel debridement, to clear necrotic bone. Two months later transported bone was 2cm from ankle. Sepsis controlled. Distal tibia beveled, bone transport continued.

Docking procedure performed. Ex-fix adjusted, attaining compression of hindfoot and midfoot. Distal tibia and foot transported 4cm, to correct disproportion. Osteoset used for bone growth. During the following two years, length discrepancy resolved, sepsis manageable. X-rays showed two cortices between proximal tibia and transported tibia. Fixator removed two months later. Received orthotic boot.

Results: In September 2003 the patient came for follow-up. There was no evidence of sepsis in the leg. He was full weight-bearing using an orthotic shoe and rocker bottom sole. There was no pain. He had left the army and was now working as a builder in his country of origin and putting in a whole day’s work. The length of the transported segment is approximately 14cm. It is now fully consolidated and four cortices are visible on x-ray. The fusion of the distal tibia into the foot is solid and no pain is experienced from that.

Conclusion: Big defects in the distal tibia can be managed with a straight rail reconstruction system, using unifocal bone transport with proximal corticotomy.


H.H. Volkersz L.N. Mulamba

Introduction and Aims: Severe tibial plateau fractures are generally considered high-energy injuries, requiring ORIF. Bone grafting at time of surgery is generally advocated and the most devastating complication is deep infection. Our aim was to see whether we could avoid a bone graft and prevent deep infections by using a ring fixator.

Method: From 1997 to date, we treated 46 patients with Schatzker V & VI fractures, 41 males, five females, average age 43.2 years (range 30 –71). Follow-up ranged from 18 to 72 months. Forty fractures, closed or grade I compound and six grade II compound.

Reduction was by Bohler’s method. When indicated, fixation was supplemented by internal fixation. Three or four proximal wires were placed 15mm distal to the joint. Surgery was within 24 hours post-admission, irrespective of date of injury or swelling. No weight-bearing was allowed for the first six weeks. Thereafter gradual increments in weight bearing.

Results: All fractures united. No bonegrafting was required. No deep, i.e. grade III, sepsis. Osteoporosis is not a contra-indication. Pain at 4 years: Grade 0 to I - 30, grade II - 12, grade III - 4. Mean range of movement at 6 months was 5° to 115° of flexion.

Complications: Grade I pin tract sepsis - 24 patients. Grade II pin tract sepsis - 10 patients. Grade III – 0 patients.

Treatment consisted of mechanical cleansing of the pins. Added to that were antibiotics for grade II sepsis, and in 2 cases we had to re-site one of the proximal wires in order to prevent a deep infection.

Conclusion: A ring fixator can be used up to 10 days post-injury, irrespective of severity of swelling. No deep-seated infection, most likely due to minimal interference with soft tissue envelope around the proximal tibia. No bone grafting required, BMP’s stay in fracture hematoma. Follow-up now at six years.


K.G.B. Elliott A.J. Johnstone

Introduction and Aims: To assess the effects of the various stages of intra-medullary (IM) nailing of the tibia upon intra-compartmental pressure (ICP) measurements, with particular emphasis on factors which reduce the pressure.

Method: Using sensitive transducer-tipped pressure monitors, the anterior compartment pressure was recorded throughout IM nailing of tibial shaft fractures in 34 consenting patients.

Results: Significant peaks in ICP, up to 140mmHg, occurred during reaming and nail insertion, with a sustained elevated pressure phase seen following nail insertion (p< 0.01). In those patients with no fracture distraction visible on fluoroscopy following nail insertion, this pressure was relieved by the release of traction (mean reduction 16.79mmHg, p< 0.01). However, in those with a visible fracture gap, traction release was not sufficient, and impaction of the fracture after distal cross-screw insertion was required to achieve baseline levels in this group (mean reduction 15.29mmHg; p< 0.01).

Conclusions: Using the various pressure criteria for diagnosing ACS, some of our patients either had, or were at considerable risk of developing ACS post-operatively. Furthermore, if fracture impaction had not been performed where necessary, the subsequent sustained increase in ICP would have resulted in additional patients fulfilling the diagnostic criteria for ACS. Clearly, this observation may explain the tendency for some distracted fractures to fail to unite as a result of ischaemia, but of greater significance is the potential for ACS to occur in the post-operative period, leading to significant long-term complications. We recommend that, if traction is used, it is released as early as possible following nail insertion, and that the fracture should be impacted following distal cross-screw insertion if there is visible distraction of the bone ends on fluoroscopy following nail insertion.


A.S.E. Younger J.A. McKewen K.B. Inkpen

Introduction and Aims: Limb occlusion pressure directly measures the cuff pressure required to occlude blood flow. We determined if a plethysmographic technique of limb occlusion pressure measurement could be used clinically and compared limb occlusion pressures for wide contoured cuffs versus standard narrow cuffs.

Method: A photoplethysmograph sensor and a handheld module containing the required hardware and software were added to a standard Zimmer ATS 2000 tourniquet. Twenty patients undergoing elective foot and ankle surgery were randomised to either a wide contoured cuff or a regular cuff. Limb occlusion pressure and quality of the bloodless surgical field were recorded. Cuff pressure was selected using an incremental increase of pressures over the limb occlusion pressure. Cuff pressures were compared between cuff types and were also compared to the cuff pressure selected by most surgeons determined by a previous survey.

Results: Three out of 40 patients had poor fields. Fifty-two patients were recruited and 12 patients were excluded due to difficulty obtaining a limb occlusion pressure measurement. The mean LOP in the wide cuff group was 36 mmHg lower than the standard cuff group (P = 0.004, 80% power to detect a reduction of 25 mmHg). The cuff pressure using the recommended tourniquet pressure (RTP) and a standard cuff was an average of 58 mmHg lower than 300 mmHg, and 108 mmHg lower than 350 mmHg. For the wide cuff and using the RTP the pressure was 98 mmHg lower than 300 mmHg, and 148 mmHg lower than 350 mmHg. There was a poor relationship between limb occlusion pressure and systolic blood pressure.

Conclusion: Tourniquet pressures can be reduced by one-third using limb occlusion pressure measurement and a wide contoured cuff without increasing the number of poor operative fields. Traditional techniques of setting the tourniquet, such as using systolic blood pressure, are likely to result in poor fields or excessive tourniquet pressures. The plethysmographic method is accurate and practical for clinical use.


P.A. Vendittoli J. Sonia K.S. Davison J.P. Brown D. Major S. Simpson

Introduction and Aims: Osteoporotic fractures, especially hip fractures, represent a major health problem in terms of morbidity, mortality and cost. Since the availability of new treatments for osteoporosis, a better understanding of the disease is needed to define the indications for treatment.

Method: A descriptive study of osteoporotic fractures and the evaluation of the relative risk of hip fracture following a minor fracture were done on a population aged 45 years old and older from 1980 to 1997 (2.5 million individuals, 1997).

Results: During the follow-up period, 220,120 fractures (hip, wrist, proximal humerus and ankle) were recorded. The incidence rate of fractures was stable over time. The wrist fracture was the most frequent (42.2%), followed by the hip fracture (32.5%). Although the proportions of fracture sites were similar for both sexes, 75% of the fractures occurred in females. The mortality rate one year after a hip fracture is increased by 14–27% for men and 9–13% for women after 60 years of age. Men and women aged 45 years old and older have a risk for hip fracture after a humerus or a wrist fracture of 2.3–17.3 time the risk of people without previous fracture.

Conclusion: Wrist and humerus fractures represent a major risk for future hip fracture, prevention of hip fracture should be revaluated regarding these new data and all these patients should be evaluated for osteoporosis and receive the appropriate treatment.


G.L. Eastwood A.W. Miles

Introduction and Aims: Compression hip screws are considered to be the gold standard for treatment of trochanteric proximal femoral fractures. Two implant designs exist; the ‘keyed’ and ‘non-keyed’ barrel profiles. Many biomechanical studies have been published on the performance of sliding hip screws, but most have used only static testing, and none to our knowledge have sought to compare the two-barrel profiles. This study aimed to compare the sliding characteristics of keyed and non-keyed systems in both static and dynamic loading conditions.

Method: Tests were performed on the implants using a multi axis servo-hydraulic testing machine. The machine possessed both linear and torsional actuators, such that hip flexion/extension could be simulated during testing. Load to initiate sliding in both implants was measured in a variety of testing conditions; screw engagement in barrel (20–38mm), angle of hip flexion (0–40 degrees), perpendicular loading force (50–190N), and cycle frequency (0–1 Hz).

Results: Results showed a tendency towards greater sliding in the non-keyed system, although these were significant only for the screw engagement testing (p< 0.001). However, load to initiate sliding in both implants was significantly higher in dynamic as compared to static testing (p< 0.001), and increased as torsional frequency increased. The non-keyed system did not demonstrate any tendency for screw rotation within the barrel during dynamic testing.

Conclusion: The non-keyed compression hip screw system does show a trend towards improved sliding characteristics, and does not display the tendency for screw rotation within the barrel under loading, often quoted as a misgiving of this implant. Also, since forces to initiate sliding are significantly higher when these implants are loaded dynamically (which mimics more closely the in vivo performance), future biomechanical studies should include dynamic testing for any hip fracture implant.


I. Weller H. Kreder E. Wai J. Schatzker S. Jaglal

Introduction and Aims: There is significant mortality during the first year after hip fracture. US studies indicate that mortality is lower in teaching than non-teaching hospitals for hip fracture patients. Our aim was to compare the mortality of hip fracture patients treated in teaching versus urban and rural community hospitals in Ontario.

Method: Hip fracture (ICD-9 code 820) patients ³ 50 yrs treated in Ontario between 1993 and 1999 were identified from the Canadian Institute for Health Information Hospital Discharge Abstracts Database. These were linked to the Registered Persons Database for death information. Logistic regression analyses were done to assess the relation between hospital type and both mortality and complications after surgery. Covariates examined include sex, age, Charlson-Deyo index, time to surgery and their interactions.

Results: Patients treated in teaching hospitals and rural community hospitals were more likely to have a major complication than those in urban community hospitals, adjusted OR (95% CI) 1.37 (1.29–1.45); 1.28 (1.06–1.55) respectively. Patients in teaching hospitals had more comordities than those in community urban or rural hospitals. Nevertheless, patients treated in teaching hospitals have lower mortality (in hospital, and at three, six and 12 months post-surgery) than those in urban community hospitals, adjusted OR (95% CI) 0.76 (0.60–0.96), 0.90 (0.85–0.96), 0.91 (0.86–0.96), 0.92 (0.88–0.96) respectively. The difference between rural and urban community hospitals was not statistically significant, however there was a trend to higher mortality in rural institutions, adjusted OR (95% CI) 0.79 (0.63–1.00), 1.13 (0.95–1.36), 1.16 (0.98–1.36), 1.13 (0.97–1.32) respectively.

Conclusion: Although patients treated in teaching hospitals have more comorbidities and complications they have lower mortality than those treated in community hospitals. These findings have enormous implications for healthcare providers and health policy-makers.


E. Hohmann J. Radziekowski T. Wiesniewski

Introduction and Aims: Primary wound closure in open tibial fractures has not been recommended. Studies suggest that infections are not caused by the initial contamination but the organisms acquired in the hospital. Primary wound closure after adequate wound care and fracture stabilisation should be a safe concept.

Method: We analysed 95 patients with open tibial fractures Gustilo-Anderson Type 1-3a treated with primary fracture stabilisation and delayed wound closure (group I) and primary fracture stabilisation and primary wound closure (group II). In group I, 46 patients (38 males, eight females) with a mean age of 30.2 years (range 16–56) were included. In group II, 49 patients (36 males, 13 females) with a mean age of 33.4 (range 18–69) were included. The mean follow-up in group I was 11.5 (range 9–18) and 11.7 (range 8–16) months.

Results: The mean operating time in group I was 96 (range 45–180) minutes, in group II, 101 (range 40–170) minutes. The hospital stay in group I was 8.6 (range 3–20) days and in group II, 15.4 (range 4–52) days. One infectious case in group I was seen (2%) and two cases in group II (4.3%) were found. On further analysis, one case in group II, in our opinion, should not have been treated with primary fixation and wound closure. He only had three doses of a first generation cephalosporin and was operated 20 hours after admission to hospital. The corrected infection rate in group II should therefore should be calculated without that case and then is 2.1%.

Conclusions: Our results support recent findings that primary wound closure after thorough debridement in Grade I and II open fractures does not increase the infection rate in comparison to the standard treatment. It shortens hospital stay and is cost-effective treatment. We conclude that primary wound closure is safe.


T. Sringari U.K. Jain V.D. Sharama

Introduction and Aims: This prospective study was conducted in our institution to evaluate the effect of valgus osteotomy in the treatment of neglected intracapsular fracture of neck of femur in younger patients and the time since injury was three or more than three weeks. There were 20 patients, age ranging from 17 to 50 years.

Method: All the osteotomies were fixed by 120-degree double-angled blade plate.

Results: Eighteen fractures united. The average time for union was 14.4 weeks. Two went in to non-union, in which one of them had intra-articular penetration of the implant. Fourteen patients had noticeable lengthening of the limb. All the patients with united fractures were able to sit cross-legged, squat and do one leg stance.

We conclude by stating that this procedure should be considered in neglected intracapsular fractures of neck of femur in young adults as the head preserving procedure.

Conclusion: Patients with vertical shear fractures represent the spectrum of high-energy pelvic disruption. The functional outcome is significantly better in patients with APC III and LC III fractures when compared to vertical shear and complex acetabular fractures thus reflecting the severity of the injury. Secondary osteoarthritis and neurologic injury appear to contribute to the poor outcome of acetabular fractures. Sound reconstruction of the pelvic ring is not always associated with good results probably due to the extensive pelvic floor trauma.


D.R. van der Jagt R.H. Marin R.H. van der Plank A. Schepers

Introduction and Aims: Severe central fracture dislocations of the hip in the elderly can be catastrophic events. Conservative treatment yields poor results with stiff painful hips. We assessed the results of three patients treated with a total hip replacement for a central fracture dislocation of the hip, using ante-protrusio supports and bone grafts.

Method: Three elderly patients with central fracture dislocations were treated with early total hip replacement utilising ante-protrusio supports. Bone grafting was used to re-establish acetabular bone stock. Intra and post-operatively these patients had no more complications than a comparable group undergoing hip replacement for femoral neck fractures. The surgical times were longer than for routine hip replacment, and blood replacement requirements was slightly higher. Patients were mobilised early and aggressively.

Results: All became independent walkers. All regained a good range of movement. Radiologically the acetabular/pelvic fractures united and good bone-implant interfaces were obtained. There was no excessive heterotrophic bone formation. The economic assessment indicated that it was more cost-effective to treat these patients with a hip replacement than with alternative methods.

Conclusion: We regard total hip replacements in the management of acetabular fractures in the elderly as a reasonable approach, enabling our patients to mobilise early and keeping morbidity to an acceptable level. The procedure is also more cost-effective than internal fixation and delayed arthroplasty.


P.V. Giannoudis A.A. Da Costa R. Raman A.K. Mohamed A. Ng R.M. Smith

Introduction and Aims: Prospective review of the patients who underwent stabilisation of displaced acetabular fractures in our unit in order to evaluate the presence of neurological lesions and functional outcome.

Method: Out of 136 patients operated over six years we identified 27 patients with neurological lesions. A standard protocol was followed for the clinical and neurophysiological evaluation of nerve injuries. Electromyography (EMG) was used to determine the anatomical location of the neurological lesions and the type of lesion, which act as a valuable tool in the diagnosis of double crush lesion in the sciatic nerve. Neurological recovery was evaluated with EMG studies and clinically rated as described by Clawson et al. Functional outcome was graded by the system proposed by Fassler and Swiontkowski.

Results: EMG studies revealed sciatic nerve lesions in all the cases. Additionally, in nine patients with a dropped foot there was evidence of a proximal (sciatic notch) and distal (neck of fibula) lesion – ‘double crush syndrome’. At final follow-up, clinical examination and associated EMG studies revealed full recovery in five cases with initial muscle weakness, and complete resolution of sensory symptoms (burning pain, hyposthesia) in four cases. There was improvement of functional capacity (motor and sensory) in two cases with initial complete drop foot and in four cases with muscle foot weakness. In 11 of the cases with dropped foot (all nine with double crush) at presentation, there was no improvement in function. Functional outcome was unsatisfactory in all patients with double crush injury.

Conclusion: In cases where there is evidence of ‘double crush lesions’ the prospect of functional recovery is low as seen in this group of patients. The patients with double crush syndrome are not expected to recover and could be considered as a sign of unfavourable outcome following neurological impairment after acetabular fractures. Single lesions appear to be associated with a more favourable prognosis.


C.J. Peskun A.J. McConnell D. Beaton M.D. McKee H.J. Kreder D.J.G. Stephen E.H. Schemitsch

Introduction and Aims: The combination of ipsilateral intertrochanteric and femoral shaft fractures is an uncommon pattern associated with high-energy trauma. This retrospective study used self-report measures to evaluate functional outcome of patients sustaining this fracture pattern and compared two common treatment methods.

Method: Three patient-based outcome measures, the Short Form-36 (SF-36), Short Musculoskeletal Functional Assessment (SMFA), and Lower Extremity Functional Scale (LEFS) were used to evaluate the functional outcome of twenty-one patients (13 male, mean 46.7 +/− 16.5 years) treated with a reconstruction nail (n=11) or with a sliding hip screw and retrograde nail (n=10).

Results: Mechanisms of injury included motor vehicle accidents (66.7%) and falls from height (14.3%). SF-36 physical and mental component scores were less than Canadian norms, with mean values of 35.9 (p=0.0001) and 43.7 (p=0.02), respectively. There was a trend towards better functional outcome in the group treated with the sliding hip screw with retrograde nail despite this group sustaining more severe injuries as measured by ISS (p=0.004), number of days in hospital (p=0.027), and number of days in ICU (p=0.009).

Conclusion: Functional outcome following treatment of ipsilateral intertrochanteric and femoral shaft fractures was reduced compared to Canadian norms. Despite having sustained more severe injuries, the sliding hip screw with retrograde nail group showed a trend towards better outcome as compared to the group treated with the reconstruction nail.


I. Harris D. Rahme

Introduction and Aims: Subtrochanteric femoral fractures are associated with high rates of non-union and implant failure, regardless of the method of fixation. This study aims to compare closed intra-medullary nailing without anatomic reduction to open reduction and internal fixation using a fixed angle device, for subtrochanteric femur fractures.

Method: All skeletally mature patients admitted to two metropolitan trauma centres with subtrochanteric femur fractures were included in this study. Patients were randomised to intra-medullary nailing (IM) or internal fixation with a 95-degree blade plate (BP). Randomisation was concealed. The IM group were treated by closed insertion of a proximal femoral nail without anatomic reduction. The BP group were treated with open anatomic reduction and rigid fixation using a 95-degree angled blade plate. Bone grafting was at the discretion of the operating surgeon. All patients were mobilised non weight bearing for 12 weeks or until callus was seen on radiographs.

Results: A total of 41 patients (20 IM and 21 BP) with a minimum follow-up of six months have been included. There was no significant difference between the two treatment groups with regard to age, time to surgery, length of procedure, blood transfusion requirements, length of stay, or fracture classification (Seinsheimer). The fixation failure rate was 29% (six patients) in the BP group. There were no fixation failures in the IM group. The difference is statistically significant (p< 0.05). An increased infection and mortality rate was noted in the IM group, although it was not statistically significant.

Conclusion: Internal fixation of subtrochanteric femur fractures with a 95-degree angled blade plate is associated with increased implant failure and revision compared to closed intra-medullary nailing using a proximal femoral nail.


C.J. Cooke H. Broekhuyse P. O’Brien P. Blachut R. Meek

Introduction and Aims: The use of the triradiate approach has been associated with high rates of wound dehiscence, wound infection and significant heterotopic ossification. This approach has been the favoured extensile exposure at the Vancouver General Hospital for many years. We will review the outcomes of the use of this approach in the treatment of acetabular fractures.

Method: Patients were identified from the database at Vancouver General Hospital who had their acetabular fractures treated through a triradiate approach from the period January 1989 through to December 2001. Patients with a delay of greater than three weeks from injury were excluded. A retrospective review of the hospital and out-patient records and all available radiographs was performed. Patients were contacted to determine if they required any further surgery and to assess their current functional status with appropriate outcome scores. Patients were also invited to undergo repeat radiographic assessment.

Results: Of a total of 407 acetabular fractures treated surgically, 152 open reductions were performed through the triradiate approach. The average age of these patients was 38 years and 114 (75%) of these were male. Patients referred from other hospitals totalled 128 (84%). Wound outcomes were known in 138 cases. Wound complications included five cases of wound dehiscence, of which four resolved with no undue effects. There were three cases of superficial wound infection and five cases of deep wound infection. Two of the patients with deep wound infection had sustained compound acetabular injuries and a further two had significant risk factors for infection (septicaemia from chest infection and significant soft tissue necrosis). Trochanteric osteotomy was performed in 139 (91%) cases. There were only two cases of trochanteric non-union in this series, however 21 cases required removal of painful trochanteric screws. With respect to heterotopic ossification, there was a 15% Broker III/IV incidence. In this group, the injury severity scores were higher, there was a greater delay to surgery and there was a greater need for mechanical ventilation due to multiple injuries. In the group, 24 hip reconstructions were required over the period.

Conclusion: In our centre, we found a low rate of wound dehiscence and deep wound infection associated with the triradiate approach in the treatment of acetabular fractures. Both open acetabular fractures developed deep infection. Trochanteric irritation was a problem in a number of the patients. The rate of significant hetero-topic ossification was low.


S. Umarji B. Lankester G Bannister

Introduction and Aims: Patients with proximal femoral fracture are frail with multiple comorbidities and the anaesthesia often proves a greater challenge than the surgery itself. The aim was firstly, to determine whether general, compared to regional anaesthesia, caused a decrease in the mental test score (MTS) of patients with proximal femoral fracture. Secondly, what effect does a reduced MTS have on the general outcome for such patients.

Method: A prospective observational study was conducted in a regional trauma centre. One hundred and seventy consecutive patients over 60 years of age (mean age 82.6 years) were included. Age under 60 years was the only exclusion criterion. Pre- and post-operative (day five) MTS values were recorded by the same clinician.

Results: The MTS decreased by 2.43 points when general anaesthesia was administered compared to 1.5 for regional anaesthesia (p< 0.01 Mann Whitney). Lower post-operative MTS values were associated with increased mortality (p< 0.001 Mann Whitney). The greater the decrease in MTS (between pre- and postoperative values) the more likely it is that the patient will be institutionalised (p< 0.01 Mann Whitney).

Conclusion: Reduced mental function as observed after general anaesthesia is associated with increased mortality and institutionalisation. Thus the increased use of regional anaesthesia is advocated.


M. Challis G. Jull M. Forsythe R. Crawford M. Welsh

Introduction and Aims: The radiographic appearance of fractures is often used as an evaluative tool when assessing the status of healing fractures. The aim of this study was in the first instance to assess the reliability of orthopaedic surgeons to measure the area of periosteal callus and secondly to compare the area with the biomechanical strength of the fractures.

Method: Thirty-seven sheep underwent a transverse osteotomy of the right radius. All sheep were managed in a plaster cast and splint to ensure non weight-bearing during rehabilitation. Nineteen of the sheep were ran-domised to receive cyclic loading by the application of a pressure cuff around the muscles of the proximal forearm deep to the cast. The other 18 sheep acted as controls. Sheep from both groups were sacrificed at either four or six weeks. Fractures were x-rayed and subjected to biomechanical testing following sacrifice. X-rays were transferred to a Labview program from which the area of callus was measured. Biomechanical testing of the fractures was a torsional test to failure. The peak torque, stiffness and energy absorbed over the first 10 degrees of torsion were measured for each fracture.

Results: The two orthopaedic surgeons who measured the area of callus showed a positive correlation (r = 0.85). When the four-week fractures that were treated with cyclic loading were compared with the four-week control fractures, the periosteal callus measurement along with the peak torque, fracture stiffness and energy absorbed over the first 10 degrees of torsion all showed a significant difference (p < 0.05). In addition, when the six-week fractures that were treated with cyclic loading were compared with the six-week control fractures, the periosteal callus measurement along with the peak torque, fracture stiffness and energy absorbed over the first 10 degrees of torsion were not significantly different (p > 0.05).

Conclusion: The results show that the area of periosteal callus on radiographs can be related to the biomechanical status of a healing fracture. Further research is required to determine if other characteristics of the periosteal callus plus quantification of the callus area is able to accurately predict fracture strength.


D. Chakravarty A. Boyle M.J. Parker

Introduction and Aims: Immune suppression induced by blood transfusion may be a determinant in the development of post-operative infectious complications. This study was to determine if blood transfusion was an independent risk factor for mortality and wound infections after hip fracture surgery.

Method: A retrospective cohort study analysing the prospectively collected data for 3571 hip fracture patients undergoing surgery over the last 15 years at one institution. Out of these 1068 patients underwent blood transfusion. Mortality was related to whether the patient was transfused, and adjusted for confounding predictors of mortality (age, sex, pre-operative haemoglobin concentration residential status, ASA grade and mobility).

Results: 3461 cases remained after 290 (7.7%) cases had to be excluded for missing data in the multivariate analysis. The mortality values at 30,120 and 365 days in the transfused group were 95 (8.9%), 247 (23.1%) and 381 (35.7%), whereas corresponding values in the non-transfused group were 181 (7.2%), 374 (14.9%) and 626 (25.0%). This difference at six and 12 months was statistically significant. With adjustment for confounding variables with a Cox regression mode the hazard ratio for mortality at one year was 1.11 (95% CI 0.96–1.29, p value 0.17). Superficial infection occurred in 22 patients (2.0%) in the transfused group and there were 10 deep infections (0.9%). This was not a statistically significant difference from the incidence in the non-transfused group, 48 cases (1.9%) and 15 (0.6%) respectively.

Conclusion: In conclusion, although it appears that blood transfusions are associated with an increased mortality, when this is adjusted for baseline characteristics and confounding variables, the difference is not statistically significant. Neither was there an increased incidence of wound infection in the transfused patients.


D. Paley M. Patel J.E. Herzenberg

Introduction and Aims: Distraction osteogenesis can be used to stimulate healing in hypertrophic non-unions (HNU). We evaluated the use of closed (without opening the non-union) Ilizarov distraction for HNU with associated angulation, malrotation, and shortening.

Method: Sixty-seven consecutive patients (mean age, 38.3 years) with 71 HNU were treated (1988–2001) using Ilizarov distraction. Patients had undergone an average of five previous operations. HNU classified as stiff (< 5 degrees mobility) were distracted, and those classified as partially mobile (5–20 degrees mobility) were first compressed and then distracted.

Results: Non-unions included: 59 tibiae, six femora, two radii, and five ankle arthrodeses. Mean limb length discrepancy, 3.5cm; mean deformity, 16°; history of osteomyelitis, six cases. Closed distraction alone was successful in achieving union in 61 cases (86%) (mean follow-up, six years; mean time to union, eight months). Union rate was 91.6% (55 of 60 cases) for stiff HNU and only 54% (six of 11 cases) for partially mobile HNU. Distraction treatment alone failed to achieve union in 10 cases. In seven, union was achieved after bone grafting. Two required resection of infected non-union with bone transport to achieve union. One had persistent non-union. There were numerous superficial pin infections and three deep infections. Two cases had deformity at proximal tibial lengthening osteotomy site.

Conclusion: Closed distraction is safe and reliable for stimulating union in stiff HNU. It is especially effective in a scarred limb that has undergone previous operations. It allows for simultaneous correction of deformity and length. Main disadvantage is lengthy time spent in external fixator.


M.R. Acharya W.M. Harper G. Eastwood D. Evans

Introduction and Aims: Cerebral micro emboli have been noted to occur during both total hip and knee arthroplasty. These micro emboli have been implicated in the causation of post-operative cognitive impairment. The aim of this study was to determine whether cerebral micro emboli occur during hip fracture surgery.

Method: Twenty-eight patients undergoing hip fracture surgery had transcranial doppler assessment of the middle cerebral artery to detect cerebral micro emboli. Micro embolic signals (MESs) were recorded during the operative procedure.

Results: Successful monitoring was carried out in 26 patients. MES were recorded in 16 out of 26 patients. Twelve out of 16 patients who had MESs had undergone a cemented hemiarthroplasty, the remainder had a sliding hip screw for an extracapsular hip fracture. Seventy-five percent (9/12) of patients that had a cemented hemiarthroplasty, had the majority of MESs after reaming and cementing. MESs in the patients that had a sliding hip screw occurred throughout the operative procedure.

Conclusion: Cerebral micro emboli do occur during hip fracture surgery. These emboli may be responsible for the cognitive dysfunction that occurs in this susceptible group of patients.


Full Access
T. O’Carrigan C. Nocente D. Paley J.E. Herzenberg

Introduction and Aims: We evaluated the incidence, cause, predisposing factors, and treatment outcomes of fractures associated with limb lengthening. Our aim was to improve the prevention and treatment of these fractures.

Method: We studied 70 patients with 80 fractures retrospectively identified from a database of all patients who had undergone limb lengthening at our institution between 1987 and 1999. Fractures were analysed according to bone fractured, classification of fracture, timing, diagnostic group, treatment, and residual deformity. Treatment of fractures was individualised for each patient according to the specifics of fracture occurrence. A residual deformity was defined as shortening > 1cm or angulation of clinical significance > six degrees.

Results: Eighty fractures occurred with 986 lengthenings in 650 patients, yielding an overall fracture rate of 8.1%. Seventy-four percent of fractures occurred in regenerate bone or at the host-regenerate junction. Eighty-one percent of fractures occurred out of frame. Four percent occurred at time of frame removal, 16% with the frame still in situ. Majority of fractures sustained out of frame (84%) were through regenerate bone; majority in frame (85%) were through non-regenerate regions, 69% of these through a pinhole. Patients with dysplasia and those undergoing lengthening because of congenital syndromes had a higher incidence of fracture (11% and 19%, respectively) and a higher incidence of residual deformity (RD) (47% and 45%, respectively) than did the rest of the patient population. Overall incidence of RD was 38%. Rate of RD was 23% for fractures occurring in frame, 67% at removal time, and 40% for those sustained after removal.

Conclusion: Majority of fractures occur out of frame through regenerate bone. Most non-regenerate fractures occur at pin site. Operatively and non-operatively treated fractures had similar rates and magnitudes of residual deformity. Congenital and dysplastic had higher rates than post-traumatic (possibly more ambitious surgical goals, smaller bone diameter, more limiting soft tissues).


Full Access
B.R. Tietjens S.J. Walsh

Special Report: The clinical limitations of surgery in high-level athletes have not been established. Rehabilitation protocols based on animal experiments may be misleading. Current rehabilitation protocols are based on clinical experience rather than experimental science. Fitness for return to sport requires functional goals to be achieved by each athlete. Three common injuries in rugby will be considered to illustrate criteria for safe return to sport: Anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction, open shoulder reconstruction for anterior instability and isolated posterior cruciate ligament injury treated non-operatively


M. Patel

Introduction and aims: Infected non-unions of long bones with failure of internal fixation are difficult problems with a high amputation rate. Infection following intra-medullary nail fixation is associated with medullary osteomyelitis throughout the length of the bone. We present the results of management of these infected non-unions with intra-medullary lavage, antibiotic cement rod and Ilizarov bifocal transport.

Method: Pre-operative management included management of limb dystrophy and planning for soft tissue cover including angiography. The first stage consisted of removal of the infected hardware, intra-medullary lavage, excision of the necrotic bone with acute (or gradual) shortening, soft tissue coverage including muscle flaps, stabilisation with the Ilizarov device and insertion of a custom-made antibiotic cement rod. Second stage consisted of removal of the rod at six to eight weeks, with a proximal (or distal) lengthening osteotomy for bifocal transport. The docking site was grafted when necessary. Outcome measures used were union, time for treatment completion and the Baltimore/ASAMI bone and functional scores.

Results: Eleven consecutive infected non-unions with failure of internal fixation at three tertiary teaching hospitals were treated with staged salvage. All cases had been offered an amputation by their original treating teams. Nine cases had infected intra-medullary nails; one had a plate and one an external fixator for an infected nail. There were 10 tibial and one femoral non-union. Four cases required muscle flaps. The average length of bone resected was 4.8cm (range 3–8). The average time for completion of treatment was 9.8 months (range 5.5–11.25). All 11 cases went on to solid union, both at the resection site and the lengthening osteotomy site. The mean post-treatment radiographic leg-length-discrepancy was less than 0.5cm. All cases had an excellent to good functional score and an excellent to good bone score.

Conclusions: Antibiotic cement rod and Ilizarov bifocal transport offer a viable alternative to amputation in salvaging infected non-unions following internal fixation of long bones. Treatment is long and difficult, but a functional limb is salvaged as the end result.


R. Kingston C. Kelly P. Murray B. Tietjens

Introduction and Aims: To determine whether taurine influences skeletal muscle ischaemia-reperfusion injury in a rat hindlimb model.

Method: Twenty-three rats in five groups were subjected to right hindlimb ischaemia-reperfusion injury. The right femoral vein was exposed and cannulated, and a tourniquet applied to the right hindlimb. The left hindlimb acted as a control in each animal. In group 1 there was no treatment, group 2 had normal saline injected into the femoral vein distal to the tourniquet, group 3 had taurine 200mg/Kg injected distal to the tourniquet, group 4 had taurine 200mg/Kg injected proximal to the tourniquet, and group 5 had taurine 100mg/Kg distally and 100mg/Kg proximally. After ischaemia (four hours) and reperfusion (30 minutes), right and left gastrocnemius biopsies were taken and their contraction strength in response to a standardised electrical impulse was measured.

Results: Histology of all right-sided biopsies confirmed inflammatory changes consistent with ischaemia-reperfusion injury. In groups 1, 2, 4, and 5, the mean contraction strength of the right (ischaemia-reperfusion injury) biopsies was significantly less than that of the left (control) biopsies. In group 3 (taurine distal to the tourniquet) the difference in strength between right and left was an order of magnitude less than in the other groups, and was not statistically significant.

Conclusion: These data suggest that taurine during ischaemia confers some protection against ischaemia-reperfusion injury mediated functional impairment in rat skeletal muscle.


C.M. Alvarez S.J. Tredwell S.P. Keenan R.D. Beauchamp M.A. De Vera R.L. Choit B.J. Sawatzky

Introduction and Aims: Pivotal to most clubfoot management protocols is Achilles tendon lengthening or tenotomy to address hindfoot deformity. The effectiveness of Botulinum A toxin (BTX-A) in defunctioning the triceps surae muscle complex as an alternative to tenotomy was investigated.

Method: Newborns, infants and children referred for suspected clubfoot deformity to the authors’ institution from September 1, 2000 to September 17, 2003 were reviewed consecutively for inclusion in this prospective study. Patients underwent manipulation and castings (above knee casts) emulating Ponseti’s principles until hindfoot stall was encountered. In order to defunction the triceps surae muscle complex, BTX-A at 10 IU per kilogram was injected into this muscle complex. Outcome measures included surgical rate, Pirani clubfoot score, ankle dorsiflexion with knee in flexion and extension, and recurrences. Patients were divided according to age: Group I (< 30 days old) and Group II (> 30 days and < 8 month old).

Results: Fifty-one patients with 73 feet met the criteria for inclusion in the study with 29 patients in Group I and 22 in Group II. Mean age of Group I was 16 months (2.5–33 months) and average follow-up was nine months post-BTX-A injection (1 week-27 months post-injection). Mean age of Group II was 23.5 months (3.8–44.6 months) and average follow-up was 15 months post BTX-A injection (1 week–27 months post-injection). Ankle dorsiflexion in knee flexion and extension remained above 20/15 degrees, respectively, and Pirani scores below 0.5 following BTX-A injection for both groups. All but one patient (one foot) who reached the point of hindfoot stall during the protocol of manipulations and castings had successful defunctioning of the triceps surae complex using a single BTX-A injection. This one patient out of 51 (1.9% of patients and 1.3% of feet) did not respond to the protocol. Of the 50 patients who responded to the protocol, nine patients lost some degree of dorsiflexion due to non-compliance with boots and bars, with fitting problems accounting for two cases. All these patients have corrected with either a return to manipulations and casting alone (one patient), or a combination of repeated BTX-A injection and further manipulations and castings (eight patients)

Conclusion: These results are comparable to those reported in the literature using Ponseti’s method or the physical therapy method and were achieved without the need of tenotomy or more frequent manipulations. The use of BTX-A as an adjunctive therapy in the non-invasive approach of manipulation and casting in idiopathic clubfoot is an effective and safe alternative and one that may be preferable to parents.


A.P. Wines D. Chen B. Lynch M. Stephens

Introduction and Aims: Despite being a relatively common condition in childhood, there is little information in the world literature documenting the foot deformities seen in the Hereditary Motor and Sensory Neuropathies (HMSN). The aim of this paper was to thoroughly investigate the foot deformities seen in children with HMSN.

Method: We reviewed 104 feet from 52 children with HMSN seen for the first time in clinics at the Central Remedial Clinic, Dublin and The Children’s Hospital at Westmead, Sydney between January 1996 and June 2003. All patients were reviewed by a consultant neurologist and orthopaedic surgeon. The data we collected included: HMSN type, sex, age at first presentation, type of foot deformity, bilaterality of deformity, symmetricality of deformity, whether surgery had been required, age at surgery and the details of the surgery performed. We divided surgery types into soft tissue procedures alone and combined soft tissue and bony procedures.

Results: Sixty-nine feet had a cavovarus deformity, 23 feet had a planovalgus deformity and 12 feet had no significant deformity. All cases with deformity had bilateral involvement, and of those with deformity, only 45% had symmetrical involvement. In HMSN I, III, IV, V and X linked HMSN, cavovarus was the most common deformity. However, in HMSN II, 55% of feet had a planovalgus deformity, 36% had a cavovarus deformity and 9% no deformity. Forty-three feet required surgery of some type. Thirty-four feet with a cavovarus deformity had surgery, 17 required soft tissue surgery and 17 combined bony and soft tissue surgery. Nine feet with a planovalgus deformity had surgery, seven required soft tissue surgery alone, and two had combined surgery.

Conclusion: Cavovarus is the most common foot deformity seen in patients with HMSN. However, a planovalgus deformity is not uncommon, and in HMSN II, planovalgus is seen more frequently than cavovarus. Surgical intervention was required in just under half of the feet with deformity. Surgery, and in particularly combined soft tissue and bony surgery, is required more often to treat feet with a cavovarus deformity than with a planovalgus deformity.


H.K. Graham A.O. Altuntas P. Selber T.Y.P. Chin J.E.A. Palamara R. Wolfe N. Eizenberg

Introduction and Aims: We investigated the hypothesis that the effects of muscle-tendon surgery could be controlled or ‘dosed’ by varying the location of intramuscular tenotomy (IMT) or fascial striping within the muscle-tendon unit (MTU). We performed a series of randomised trials in paired cadaver MTUs of tibialis posterior, semitendinosus, gracilis and semimembranosus.

Method: Following dissection of 10 paired cadaver MTUs of the above-mentioned muscles, we performed a series of randomised trials in which each pair of MTUs received a low or high IMT. ‘Low IMT’ was defined as an IMT performed two centimetres proximal to the distal musculotendinous junction. ‘High IMT’ was performed two centimetres distal to the start of the first tendinous fibres in the proximal muscle belly. The force-length characteristics were then determined by tensile load testing until failure on an Instron machine. The load and lengthening at failure for each pair of MTUs were compared by paired t test.

Results: As expected, there were significant differences in the load versus length curves for different muscles and for different simulated surgeries (IMT versus fascial striping). The mean load at failure was significantly lower for all low IMTs compared to high IMTs in all MTUs tested e.g. tibialis posterior: mean difference low versus high = 13N (95% CI 6.8, 19.2 p< 0.001). The lengthening at failure was also greater for low IMTs than for high IMTs. The difference reached statistical significance only in tibialis posterior.

Conclusions: The site of the intramuscular surgery or fascial striping has a direct bearing on the force versus lengthening curve. We hypothesise that the same principle applies during muscle tendon surgery in children with spastic contractures and that it may be possible to graduate surgical lengthening, according to the correction required.


A.J. Vaishnavi B. Singh

Introduction and Aims: This study was undertaken to assess the long-term results of treatment of clubfoot by modified Turco’s Procedure.

Method: Thirty patients with 50 feet were treated by serial casting and postero-medial release for clubfeet, by modified Turco’s procedure. Eighteen patients with 33 clubfeet were available for the final follow-up. They were followed up for an average of 13.8 years, range of 10–16 years. There were two females and 16 males. All patients underwent serial plaster correction after birth until undergoing surgical correction. All procedures were carried out by the senior surgeon, using the same technique.

All patients were operated between the ages of 6–9 months. A modified Turco’s technique was used. A longer incision extending to the lateral border of tendo-achilles was used. The abductor hallucis was completely excised. No K wire was used for holding the correction. All children were left in plaster till they started walking. A modified splint and correction shoes were used in the post-operative period. There were no wound problems in any cases, either at the time of wound closure or later on.

Results: Patients were followed with clinical and radiological examinations. Three (9%) cases each had recurrence of heel varus and forefoot adduction. Three cases had some cavus deformity, while four cases had flat foot. All patients were noted to have calf muscle wasting. The results were assessed using Ponsetti’s score. The average Ponsetti score was 87.2 (range 49–98). Two feet out of 33 had recurrence of all the deformities. There were 27 good to excellent results. The most common problem was terminal restriction of dorsiflexion, but most of the patients were happy with the results. We believe that our treatment is safe and simple, giving satisfactory results in more than 80% and with minimal complications. The results are maintained over a long follow-up period.

Conclusion: We think that this modified approach helped reduce recurrence of one of the common deformities.


P.E. Giblin Z. Miedzybrodzka

Introduction and Aims: To illustrate complete, single chance correction, of congenital clubfoot in 89 cases in the Pacific Islands, from a humanitarian, scientific, and surgical perspective. To identify the unique Polynesian clubfoot gene, its particular characteristics, and the environmental factor suspected to trigger its activation.

Method: A rolling surgical procedure commencing with Turco operation and progressing as far as lateral border decancellation, is used. Tripple arthrodesis is not done, obsessive and meticulous after care is required for two weeks.

Results: Return clinic visits through inter-islands hospitals, aid post and villages, have revealed excellent long-term corrections. There have been no reoccurences and the surgical team have received no negative feedback.

Genetic studies suggest a single dominant gene of variable penetrants. Seventeen comfirmed perterdries from Vanawatu indicate a recessive inheritance in the population. The frequency varies from Island to Island, eg. Efate 0.26, Tanna 0.13. Seven cases gave a history of at least one other family member being affected. However, there was no vertical transmission in any degrees we conclude in a recessive mode of inheritance for ITEV in South Pacific Polynesian people. The desired surgical protocol is determined by an incremental combination of current surgical procedures with careful placement of incisions. Associated bone procedures are carefully selected. A rigorous and disciplined post-operative protocol has avoided known complications to date.

Conclusion: Single stage ITEV correction in adverse surgical conditions is successful and straightforward. The recipient is given a chance to avoid life-long degradation.

Genetic studies indicate a simple environmental cause activating a single dominant gene with 33% penetrants.


M. Patel I. Young

Introduction and Aims: The Ponseti technique of clubfoot treatment consists of serial manipulation and casting. Most cases require a percutaneous Achilles tenotomy. Very few cases, if any, require surgical correction. This paper reports the short- to medium-term results of the Ponseti technique at one centre.

Method: All idiopathic clubfeet presenting at the clinic over a two-year period from October 2001 to September 2003 were included in the study. The feet were graded weekly using the Pirani score. The first cast attempts to correct the cavus by lifting the first metatarsal. Subsequently, the foot is manipulated and caste weekly, to obtain maximum forefoot abduction, against a fulcrum at the lateral aspect of the talar head. The heel (calcaneum) is free to rotate under the talus at the subtalar joint. No attempt is made to correct the equinus till Achilles tenotomy.

Results: Fifty-four idiopathic clubfeet in 38 consecutive babies were treated using the Ponseti technique. All cases scored five or 6/6 on the Pirani score on presentation. Ten babies had been manipulated elsewhere and offered surgery due to ‘failure to respond’ to the manipulation. Four feet presented late at between six and 12 months of age. An average of six casts were applied prior to the Achilles tenotomy. Six feet (four babies) corrected without a tenotomy. Forty-eight feet required the tenotomy, with a score of 1.5/6 prior to the tenotomy. Four of these six feet required a delayed tenotomy. Correction without surgery was obtained in all cases. All feet were maintained in straight lace shoes with abduction bar, with the feet externally rotated to 45 degrees. Abduction bar compliance issues were seen in three babies. At walking age the babies wore straight last high-top lace-up shoes. Residual dynamic forefoot adductus was seen in 11 feet and may require a tibialis anterior tendon transfer at age three years. Inadequate heel descent was seen in four cases. Residual internal tibial torsion was seen in one case.

Conclusions: The Ponseti method offers a reliable alternative to ‘traditional’ casting and surgery. Babies presenting early had an excellent chance of achieving full correction without surgery. We included children older than six months in the Ponseti program; the treatment is considered to work best with children under three months at presentation.


L.A. Koman B.P. Smith

Introduction and Aims: The hypothesis that ‘utilisation of gradual distraction and soft tissue correction by external fixation improves outcomes in hand and wrist deformity’ was analysed in 29 extremities in 24 patients, to define the indications for gradual soft tissue correction of congenital and acquired deformity and distraction osteogenesis in hypoplastic digits.

Method: This retrospective review of 29 extremities in 24 patients evaluated the role of monolateral external fixators with uniplanar (n=20) and multiplanar (n=9) correction capability (Orthofix, International). Evaluation included an assessment of complications, patient satisfaction, functional outcome, and impact on health-related quality of life.

Results: The devices were successfully used to correct radial longitudinal deficiency of the radius (radial club hand) (n=9); digital hypoplasia (n=15) and wrist flexion contracture secondary to spasticity (n=5). There were no significant complications related to the devices. Pin track irritation and drainage occurred in two of 108 pins. One pin became loose and needed to be replaced, and one fixator required two intraoperative adjustments. Multiplanar fixators used for correction of radial club hands and wrist flexion contracture improved soft tissue position in allowing secondary bony procedures and/or tendon transfers. Distraction osteogenesis of metacarpals and phalanges (included seven previously transferred extraperiostial toe phalanges) was successful with an average lengthening of 2.1 centimetres.

Conclusion: Gradual distraction and soft tissue correction improves outcomes in congential and acquired hand and wrist deformity in children and adolescents. Mono-lateral fixation devices allow correction with hinges or gears, enhance correction of complex deformity, and is well tolerated by patients and caregivers.


H. Graham P. Selber I. Ferraretto P. Machado E. Rolim Filho

Introduction and Aims: We present the preliminary results of patellar tendon shortening (PTS), for severe crouch gait in children with spastic cerebral palsy who were household ambulators.

Method: We performed bilateral patellar tendon shortening in 15 patients with severe spastic diplegia between May 1996 and January 2002. The majority had acquired crouch gait because of isolated lengthening of the Achilles tendons in childhood and presented with anterior knee pain and rapidly deteriorating gait and function. The PTS procedure included dividing the patellar tendon in its mid portion, and performing an overlapping repair by suturing the distal tendon to the distal pole of the patella and the proximal segment to the tibial tubercle. The corrected position of the patella was maintained by a K-wire passed transversely through the patella and incorporated into a cylinder plaster, with the knee in extension, for a period of six weeks. Correction of knee flexion deformity was achieved by transfer of semitendonosis to the distal femur or extension osteotomy of the distal femur.

Results: Rehabilitation was predictably slow but all patients regained their pre-operative mobility status within one year and the majority surpassed their pre-operative functional level by two years after surgery. There were no tendon ruptures or growth disturbance in the proximal tibia. Average age at the time of surgery was 14.2 years (10–19 years). Mean follow-up was 27 months (12–48 months). Pre- and post-operative Insall index in 17 knees was 0.68cm (0.46 to 1.07cm, SD=0.16cm) and 0.85cm (0.56 to 1.08cm, SD=0.20) respectively (p< 0.001 Students-t test). Pre-operatively, only three sides had a normal index, but post-operatively 14 sides had a normal index. Crouch gait improved in all patients who were reclassified as community ambulators. Thirteen patients still needed crutches. One patient continued to complain of bilateral knee pain 12 months after surgery, had insufficient correction according to the Insall index (0.58cm on the left 0.56cm on the right).

Conclusion: Severe crouch gait after appropriate surgical and orthotic management, maybe due to patella alta, quadriceps and ankle plantarflexors insufficiency. We present preliminary results of a salvage procedure, patellar tendon shortening, which seems a reasonable option to treat complex crouch gait in selected patients with cerebral palsy.


L.A. Koman B.P. Smith J.S. Shilt J.F. Mooney K. Kolaski L. Jacks

Introduction and Aims: In order to evaluate the hypothesis that ‘Botulinum A Toxin (BoNT-A) improves function and health-related quality of life in patients and their caregivers’, the experience of a single institution that performed over 7500 injections in 515 patients was evaluated to provide safety data, injection guidelines, and current indications.

Method: This retrospective review utilised a computerised database that contains information from open-label trials (n=6), double-blind randomised trials (n=4), and cumulative treatment experience in 1100 children and adults with cerebral palsy. Standardised data collected over the past 15 years was analysed with respect to indications, complications, dosage, function, health-related quality of life of patients and their caregivers, rehabilitation (WeeFIM), gross motor function classification (GMFCS), and response rates. Pharmacoeconomic analysis was performed by linking with state Medicaid data.

Results: BoNT-A is safe and well tolerated. There were no systemic side effects in dosages ranging from four to 25 units per kilogram body weight. Standardised injection techniques included dilution from 10 to 100 units per cc with a maximum dose of six units per kilogram in a single muscle and 25 units per kilogram in a single patient. The maximum dose was 600 units.

Short-term response rates were 65–70%; intermediate response rates 45–50%. The most frequent complications were soreness of the injection site (15%) and transient weakness (2%). Ninety-five percent of injections were performed in the office without conscious sedation. Five percent were performed under general anaesthesia or with conscious sedation.

Based on these data, current indications include dynamic tone interfering with caregiver function (e.g., equinus gait), painful spasticity, post-operative spasticity, and pain management. Contraindications are failure to respond to previous injections. Pharmacoeconomic analysis diminished cost and improved function and quality of life of patients and/or caregivers.

Conclusion: Botulinum A Toxin is a safe and cost-effective drug in patients with cerebral palsy. Response rate is 50–70%. Optimal results are obtained with appropriate intramuscular localisation and sufficient volume to saturate neuromuscular junctions.


S.M. Gajjar A.J. Aroojis A.N. Johari

Introduction and Aim: While displaced metaphyseal and diaphyseal fractures in children with severe spastic cerebral palsy have been reported in literature, there is no reference to epiphyseal separations in this group. Physeo-epiphyseal injuries have been reported in meningomyelocoele patients, but these injuries differ significantly in their etiology and natural history.

Method and Results: We report nine epiphyseal separations involving the distal femur and proximal humerus in four severely handicapped children with spastic cerebral palsy, and find scurvy to be the major cause of such epiphyseal slips. These epiphyseal slips have a good prognosis unlike those reported in MMC children. Treatment with vitamin C and splintage, without any attempt at reduction, resulted in rapid healing with excellent remodelling. Scurvy should be considered a potential cause for an epiphyseal slip in a child suffering from severe cerebral palsy.

Conclusion: We recommend routine vitamin C dietary supplementation in this group of malnourished, non-ambulant children.


H.K. Graham J. Rodda R. Baker R. Wolfe M. Galea

Introduction and Aims: We studied the outcome of single event multilevel surgery (SEMLS) for the correction of severe crouch gait in spastic diplegia, over a five-year period. It was unknown if gait correction post-SEMLS could be sustained at skeletal maturity.

Method: This was a prospective cohort study, utilising validated outcome measures. Presenting symptoms were increasingly abnormal gait, anterior knee pain, patellar fractures and fatigue. SEMLS was based on pre-operative gait analysis: mean of seven procedures (range 5–10), including lengthening of contracted muscle-tendon units (particularly hamstrings and psoas), as well as rotational osteotomies and bony stabilisation procedures to correct lever arm dysfunction. Post-operatively subjects wore Ground Reaction Ankle Foot Orthoses (GRAFOs) and received a community-based rehabilitation program. Post-operative changes were evaluated at five years: technical outcome by 3D kinematics and functional outcome by mobility status. Outcomes were analysed with linear regression with robust standard errors.

Results: Eleven children with spastic diplegic cerebral palsy fulfilled the criteria for ‘severe crouch gait’, defined as knee flexion > 30 degrees and ankle dorsiflexion > 15 degrees throughout stance. Ten of 11 subjects had previous Tendo Achilles lengthening. Mean age pre-operatively was 12 years one month (range 8–16) and at follow-up 17 years 10 months (range 16–21). All subjects regained pre-operative mobility levels with improved gait pattern, relief of knee pain and healing of patellar fractures. There was a significant decrease in dependence on assistive devices. Pre- versus five years post-operative kinematics showed clinically and statistically significant increases in knee extension and decreases in ankle dorsiflexion. Improvements were seen in knee extension initial contact (p< 0.001, 95% CI 15°, 31°); maximum knee extension (p< 0.001, 95% CI 16°, 37°), ankle dorsiflexion (p< 0.001, 95% CI 8°, 18°) and plantarflexion 3rd rocker in stance (p=0.03, 95% CI 1°, 17°); knee excursion (p=0.003, 95% CI –24°, −6°), and peak knee flexion timing (p=0.02, 95% CI 2%, 20%).

Conclusion: Multilevel surgery for severe crouch gait in spastic diplegia results in consistently marked improvements in dynamic knee and ankle function, but not at the hip and pelvic levels. The results are durable in most patients, after five years and after reaching skeletal maturity.


P.A. Tansey F. Plasschaert A. Howard W. Cole

Introduction and Aims: There is a variety of different procedures advocated to address the problems of cosmesis and limited abduction in Sprengel’s shoulders which are based on an understanding of the morphology of the deformity from two-dimensional images. We have reviewed the morphology of the scapulae using 3D CT to determine whether there are sub-groups in which different treatments would be more appropriate.

Method: We assessed 14 consecutive patients (age two to 21 years) between 1996–2002, using a spiral CT scanner with 1.5mm and 3mm slices. These were then reconstructed to give 3D images. These images were then rotated and measured to determine the dimensions, elevation, rotation and shape of the scapula, compared to the normal side. We also looked for the presence of an omovertebral connection and superior hook, and at the range of movement of the shoulder and incidence of associated anomalies.

Results: There was marked variation in the elevation of the scapulae. Three of the 14 had a very abnormal, small, high scapula with multiple associated anomalies. We called these dysplastic. The other 11 scapulae were longer (105%, range 64–132%) and narrower (85%, range 50–133%). They were rotated so the glenoid faced caudally. One out of 11 had a superior hook. The location of the tether could be determined by the shape of the medial border. There is a sub-group of Sprengel’s with a dysplastic scapula and multiple associated abnormalities. These may represent a difference in aetiology. Within the non-dysplastic group there was a wide variation in the size, elevation, orientation and length of the supra spinous portion of the scapulae.

Conclusion: We believe that there are different subgroups of Sprengel shoulder in whom different procedures are indicated and that CT scanning with 3D reconstruction is essential to adequately plan the procedure.


N.C. Smith P. Rowan M. Ezaki P.R. Carter

Introduction and Aims: An important prognostic factor in neonatal brachial plexus injury is the timing of biceps recovery. Although the natural history is not clear, biceps recovery after three months has been used to predict universally poor long-term shoulder function. The absence of biceps function at three months has been adopted as an indication for early microsurgery, in an attempt to improve upper limb function. e

Method: Between 1980 and 1992, 170 patients with neonatal brachial plexus injury were entered into a prospective study, which recorded details of the birth and serial examinations. Patients were grouped according to the level of injury and timing of biceps return. Twenty-nine patients were observed to have absent biceps at three months. Twenty-eight of 29 patients were available for long-term review at an average of 11 years and one month (range 5yrs 7mths–16 years). At follow-up, patients answered a questionnaire, underwent muscle strength testing, sensory evaluation, and had their shoulder function graded according to Gilbert’s modification of the Mallet score. The level of injury and time of biceps return were compared to the final outcomes.

Results: The level of injury was C5/6 in 13/28 (46%), C5/6/7 in 5/28 (18%) and pan-plexus in 10/28 (36%), with a Horner’s syndrome in four patients. Of the 28 patients with absent biceps function at three months, biceps contraction was observed in 20 patients (71%) by six months. 13/13 C-5,6 patients, 3/5 C-5,6,7 patients, and 4/9 pan-plexus patients (0/4 of those with a Horner’s syndrome) regained biceps by six months. Twenty-two patients did not have plexus surgery, nine of these had subsequent shoulder surgery. At follow-up, 27 of 28 patients had at least anti-gravity biceps function. Patients who regained biceps function between three and six month had better scores for abduction (p=0.04), hand to neck (p=0.05) and hand to back (p< 0.001) than patients who regained biceps after six months. Patients with C-5, 6 lesions had better scores for external rotation (p=0.04), hand to neck (p=0.05), hand to mouth (p< 0.01) and hand to back (p< 0.001) than patients with pan-plexus lesions. Twelve of the 22 (55%) patients who did not have plexus surgery had Mallet class IV shoulders (good function). Of the C-5, 6 patients who did not have plexus surgery, 8/12 had class IV shoulders.

Conclusion: This study supports the associations between prolonged neurological recovery, more extensive level of injury and worse long-term shoulder function. In patients with C-5, 6 injuries and absent biceps function at three months, good shoulder function is common in the long-term without plexus surgery. This finding is important in considering the indications for and the results of early microsurgical intervention.


Full Access
D. Paley J. Paley A. Levin J. Talor J.E. Herzenberg

Introduction and Aims: We propose a new, simple, and universal method to predict adult height: the Height Multiplier Method. Our aim was to calculate height multipliers from various databases and validate their use for height prediction.

Method: Standard growth charts, based on a diverse population, were published by the Centres for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) in 2000. Height multipliers (M) for boys and girls were calculated by dividing the height at skeletal maturity (Htm) by the present height (Ht) (M = Htm/Ht) for each age, gender, and height percentile using CDC data. These multipliers were compared with multipliers derived from various height databases of 28 boys and 24 girls. The accuracy of the multipliers was tested on individual longitudinal data sets from 52 normal children.

Results: The average CDC-derived multipliers were significantly different at each age for boys and girls, but within gender, different percentiles at each age were very similar. These multipliers were very similar to multipliers derived from each of the databases. For predictions based on individual data sets from 52 children, the median, 90%, and standard deviation of absolute error prediction (AEP) were calculated. Boys’ median AEP ranged from 1.4–4.3cm; 90% AEP ranged from 1.8–8.3cm. Girls’ median AEP ranged from 0.68–4.38cm; 90% AEP ranged from 1.5–10.6cm.

Conclusion: The Height Multiplier Method of stature prediction is as accurate as CDC growth charts when based on single-height measurements and is similar in accuracy to other methods. The Height Multiplier Method has the advantage of percentile, race, nationality, and generation independence. Growth charts have the advantage of showing trends over time.


A.D. Maclean M. Abela P. Tansey

Introduction and Aims: To review paediatric elbow dislocations treated in our institution over a ten year period and assess outcome

Method: Prospective data collected on elbow injuries in our unit was used to identify elbow injuries and elbow dislocations over a ten-year period. Thereafter, a comprehensive case note and radiological review was performed

Results: 1761 elbow injuries exclusively treated in our unit in a ten-year period. Sixty-three elbow dislocations were identified. Male to female preponderance of around 2:1 (44:19), left more common than right (37:26). There was a seasonal variation. Eighty percent of all dislocations occurred as a result of a low fall or simple sporting injury. Sixty of the 63 dislocations were posterior with two anterior and one divergent dislocation. Associated fractures were common (46%), with 33% of patients having a medial epicondylar fracture in association with their dislocation, other fractures were rare. Two dislocations were open; there were two neuropraxias and no vascular complications. Twelve cases were reduced with sedation and analgesia with the remainder undergoing general anaesthetic. Closed reduction was possible in all cases. Reduction of fracture dislocations under sedation was associated with a higher incidence of medial epicondyle entrapment in the joint compared with general anaesthetic reduction. Post-operative management consisted on average of three weeks in plaster. No significant long-term loss of movement occurred in any patient. In the timeframe used there was one re-dislocation and no re-referrals for ongoing instability.

Conclusions: Paediatric elbow dislocations represent around 3.5% of all paediatric elbow injuries. Although closed reduction is almost always possible, fracture dislocations should be reduced under general anaesthesia. Unlike in adults there appears to be problem with immobilisation for up to five weeks and the results of conservative treatment are excellent.


V. Khanduja Z. Dannawi L. Ng L. Heras

Introduction and Aims: The purpose of our study was to assess the efficacy of double osteotomy of the radius and ulna for correction of Madelung’s deformity. Made-lung’s deformity is a congenital alteration of the growth of the ulnar portion of the distal radius resulting in pain, decreased function of the wrist and hand and serious aesthetic disturbances.

Method: Four wrists in four patients with a mean age of 18.3 years were treated for symptomatic increased ulnar and volar inclination of the distal articular surface of the radius. All patients complained of wrist pain. In addition, two of them were dissatisfied with the aesthetic appearance of their wrist and the restricted range of movement. A double osteotomy of the radius and ulna was performed. The ulna was stabilised with a six-hole semi-tubular plate and the radius with a titanium T-plate.

Results: At one-year follow-up: pain relief and cosmetic appearance were satisfactory in all patients. Grip strength improved by 5.3 pounds. Average flexion improved from 63 to 67 degrees and pronation from 59 to 66 degrees. Abduction increased from three to six degrees and adduction from 16 to 21 degrees. Realignment of the wrist was shown radiographically by a change of ulnar inclination and volar inclination of the radius from 35.5 to 24 degrees and 15.5 to 10.5 degrees respectively. There was no evidence of recurrence of the deformity in any of the four wrists.

Conclusion: The initial results with the double osteotomy of the radius and ulna for Madelung’s deformity are promising but need longer follow-up.


K. Brown

Introduction and Aims: The treatment of bone defects secondary to congenital pseudoarthrosis of the tibia, infections and tumors is problematic. The vascularised fibular graft has been used for many years as a way to improve blood supply and successfully achieve union. Lengthening the limb prior to grafting can improve outcomes.

Method: Forty-one patients with major bone defects secondary to tumor resections, infections and congenital pseudoarthroses had reconstruction with a vascularised fibular graft. Of these, 10 patients had limb length discrepancies, which were treated by application of an external fixater for lengthening through the bone gap. Following restoration of length with an external fixater, a vascularised fibular graft was inserted to bridge the bone defect. The external fixater was not removed until union of the graft to the host bone and initial hypertrophy occurred.

Results: The 10 patients (five males and five females) were aged 2.5 to 14.5 years (mean 7.6 years). The affected bones included eight tibias, one humerus and one ulna. The limb length discrepancies ranged from three to 20cm (mean 6.44cm). The duration of lengthening prior to definitive vascularised fibular graft ranged between one to 15 weeks (mean seven weeks) in nine patients. In the patient with a discrepancy of 20cm, lengthening spanned 52 weeks. At the time of the definitive vascularised fibular graft procedure, the fixater was partially disassembled to facilitate surgery and microvascular anastomosis. The frame was then reassembled and used as the fixation device to protect the graft. The fixater was removed from seven to 24 weeks (mean 16 weeks) after definitive surgery. There were no complications during the lengthening process. However, two patients experienced non-unions, which were successfully treated by autologous bone grafts. One patient had a fracture of the vascularosed fibular graft, which healed uneventfully.

Conclusion: A staged approach to reconstruction of major long bone deficiencies leads to a better outcome than insertion of vascularised fibular grafts without addressing the limb length discrepancy. In this type of procedure, the patients not only bridged their bone defect, but achieved limb length equality as well.


C. Gang L. Coulton Y. Lang M. Saleh

Introduction and Aims: A previous study showed the inhibitory effect of 30% metaphyseal lengthening on tibial growth (Lee 1993). This study was to investigate the effect of 30% diaphyseal lengthening of tibia on tibial growth plate and growth.

Method: 32 immature rabbits were equally divided into two groups: lengthening and sham. A bilateral external fixator was applied to the tibia and a mid-diaphyseal osteotomy performed. The lengthening group had their tibia distracted on the fifth day after the surgery at a rate of 0.4 mm twice daily until the achievement of 30% lengthening. In each group, half were sacrificed at the end of lengthening and another half after an additional five weeks. Standard radiographs were used to measure the lengths of the tibiae from the most proximal part of the intercondylar eminence to the most distal part of the medial malleollus. The actual length gained was measured by subtracting the pre-operative distance from the lengthened distance using the central points of two middle wires in the tibia as reference points. Specimens from the proximal and distal tibia were sectioned longitudinally in the midcoronal plane and the mean growth plate thickness was calculated from several measurements taken at the middle third of both medial and lateral halves of the section.

Results: In the sham group, the thickness of the growth plates continued to increase with skeletal development showing an increase in total tibial length compared with the contra-lateral control. In contrast, the lengthening group showed no increase in total tibial length compared to the contra-lateral control, suggesting that the stimulation due to the osteotomy may be matched by an inhibitory effect of 30% lengthening.

Conclusion: Thirty percent diaphyseal lengthening of tibia did not change the longitudinal growth of the tibia.


J.E. Herzenberg T. Branfoot F. Violante D. Paley

Introduction and Aims: Congenital femoral deficiency (CFD) can be managed by femoral lengthening using callotasis with external fixation. A common complication is fracture with angular deformation soon after fixator removal. We developed a novel technique to overcome this complication using intermedullary stabilisation. Special hand reamers are needed to re-establish medullary canal blocked by cortical plates around previous external fixator pin sites and not yet recanalised regenerate bone.

Method: Since 2000, we treated nine of these fractures in children with an average age of 5.4 years. The children had spent an average of 22 weeks in a fixator, gaining a mean of 7cm of length. Most fractures occurred as ‘spontaneous’ events at a mean of three weeks after fixator removal, resulting in a transverse fracture through the regenerate bone, host-regenerate interface, or proximal pin sites. All were stabilised with intermedullary nailing.

Results: Union was achieved satisfactorily in approximately six weeks. No serious complications, such as infection, avascular necrosis, or non-union, occurred. All bones were successfully realigned, and the mean loss of length was only 0.7cm.

Conclusion: Careful surgical technique, using specific operative steps described (including use of flexible hand reamers to create canal, small percutaneous osteotomies to allow proper reduction, and Rush pins for stabilisation) has achieved good results. We recommend this approach to surgeons involved in the management of fractures occurring after fixator removal.


R.M. Wilkins C.M. Kelly M.D. Neel B.N. Rao

Introduction and Aims: Limb salvage surgery for the pediatric patient poses unique surgical challenges for the orthopaedic oncologist. In the past, surgeons have advocated amputation or rotationplasty as treatment for the skeletally immature child with a malignant bone tumor that involves a major growth plate and has an expected limb length discrepancy.

Method: The Repiphysis is a non-invasively expandable prosthesis. Applications for the knee joint are approved and other joints are pending. The expansion principle involves energy stored in a spring compressed by a locking system. Lengthenings are achieved via exposure to an electromagnetic field that allows controlled release of the spring and can be done without general anesthesia. Numerous small expansions (5–10mm) keep pace as the child grows. Between 1998–2002, 25 prostheses [knee (19), shoulder (five), hip (one)] were implanted in 21 patients. Most were implanted at the time of tumor resection and nine were revisions from previous reconstruction or fusion.

Results: Ninety lengthenings were performed with all but two on an outpatient basis. An average of 5mm was obtained per lengthening (range 1–35mm). The average follow-up was 25 months (range 12–48 months) and the latest Musculoskeletal Tumor Society functional scores averaged 87%. Eight revisions were required for mechanical problems or stem loosening. There was one amputation caused by post-operative arterial thrombosis.

Conclusion: This unique prosthesis offers many benefits in maintaining limb-length equality in growing patients. We are optimistic that this technology will prove beneficial to patients with malignant bone tumors as well as patients requiring serial limb lengthening or those with spinal deformities.


M. Samchukov N. Elmonoufy E. Smith D. Muirhead M. Makarov J. Birch

Introduction and Aims: Although skeletal muscles have remarkable potential for adaptation, the amount of muscle length increase during gradual limb lengthening is always less than the amount of bone lengthening. The purpose of this study was to analyse gene expression in skeletal muscle undergoing adaptation to limb lengthening.

Method: Ten adult goats were randomly divided into two groups of five animals. Group 1 underwent 20% (43–47mm) standard Ilizarov tibial lengthening and group 2 served as un-operated control. Muscle tissues from proximal myotendenous junctions of Peroneus Longus were harvested from the lengthened limb in the distraction group and corresponding limb in the control group and immediately snap frozen in liquid nitrogen. To screen for genes potentially associated with sarcomerogenesis, microarray technology was employed. Biotin labeled cRNA was hybridised to Affymetrix HU133A GeneChips, containing 22,284 gene transcripts. All created data files were analysed using computer software GeneSpring 5.0.

Results: In both groups, 5092 (23%) gene transcripts flagged present. Thirty-two of these transcripts were differentially expressed between distracted and control groups (p < 0.05). Represented by these transcripts were 12 known and three unknown genes, which were up-regulated in lengthened muscles by more than 2.0 fold. The substantially up-regulated genes identified were MYOZ2 (myozenin 2), MYL4 (embryonic myosin alkali light chain), MYL6 (myosin light polypeptide 6), CRYAB (crystalline), PFN2 (profiling 2), ARPP-19 (cyclic AMP phosphorprotein), TUBB2 (tubulin beta 2), PPP1R12 (protein phosphatase 1), RCOR (REST corepressor), LIM (LIM protein), FN1 (fibronectin 1), ACTC (alpha-actin), and hypothetical protein FLJ10111. Among the genes found to be up-regulated are genes involved in the myogenesis pathway. Myozenin 2 gene is associated with the signalling and activity of Calcineurin/Calsarcin that plays a significant role in muscle cell proliferation and myofiber type differentiation. Crystallin gene may be involved in promoting muscle survival during differentiation. The functionality of the remaining genes range from cytoskeletal organisation (TUBB2), cyto-skeletal structure (PFN2, MYL4, MYL6), cell adhesion and motility (FN1), muscle development and differentiation (FHL1 and LIM), intercellular adhesion and intermediate filament organisation (PNN), muscle contraction and relaxation (PPP1R12A), neuronal-specific gene silencing (RCOR), and PKA-dependent intracellular messaging (ARPP-19).

Conclusion: The findings suggest that tension stress observed during gradual limb lengthening using standard Ilizarov distraction protocol activates expression of genes involved in skeletal muscle growth, differentiation, and neogenesis. On-going studies involving immunohistochemistry, RT-PCR, and in situ hybridisation to confirm cellular localisation of up-regulated genes are underway.


C.F. Bradish M. Belthur A. Gaffey

Introduction and Aims: To determine the optimum management of growth arrests secondary to meningococcal septicaemia.

Method: A retrospective study of 28 children treated in children’s hospitals in the UK for long bone deformities caused by growth plate arrests secondary to meningococcal septicaemia.

Results: 28 children (age range four to eight years) with growth arrests of the long bones following meningococcal septicaemia were treated for their bony deformities (a limb length discrepancy or a progressive angular deformity of the upper or lower limb) using the Ilizarov technique. Resection of bony blocks was ineffective in preventing progressive deformities. Limb length discrepancies were treated satisfactorily with equalisation of limb lengths. Angular deformities required ablation of the remaining part of the affected growth plate in order to prevent recurrence. Distal tibial deformities were treated satisfactorily with a transepiphyseal osteotomy. In the upper limb lengthening of either the radius or ulna restored alignment to the wrist. One patient with a growth arrest affecting a tibial amputation stump underwent satisfactory stump realignment and lengthening. Limb lengthening will need to be repeated in younger children, as the deformity will recur with growth until skeletal maturity.

Conclusion: The Ilizarov technique enables satisfactory treatment of growth deformities secondary to meningococcal septicaemia. With peripheral growth plate arrests causing an angular deformity the remaining open growth plate needs to be ablated to prevent recurrence of the angular deformity. Any recurrence will then be a shortening only, which can be treated by further lengthening if required.


R.M. Wilkins C.M. Kelly

Introduction and Aims: Orthopaedic oncologists are often consulted regarding problems involving salvage of the distal femur due to bone loss, non-unions, infections. In young patients, extensive bony reconstruction is often necessary; in elderly, low demand patients, replacement with an endoprosthetic device results in decreased surgical time and more rapid mobilisation.

Method: Since 1991, 27 patients underwent reconstruction with a custom modular distal femoral replacement and rotating hinged knee joint (DFR). Twenty-two (81%) were revised to a DFR from an existing knee arthroplasty. Diagnoses included fracture, non-union, osteomyelitis, osteolysis or deformity. Average age was 66 (25–85); 83% were female. Most patients had undergone multiple prior surgeries. Patients with a history of infection had undergone aggressive resection and insertion of spacers with prolonged antibiotic administration, however they had no infection at the time of DFR reconstruction. All endoprostheses were cemented. Patients were allowed immediate weight-bearing and rehabilitation similar to patients undergoing TKA.

Results: One elderly patient died in the immediate peri-operative period of respiratory failure and one was lost to follow-up after placement in a nursing home. Average follow-up on 25 evaluable patients was 47 months (7–122). Reoperations were for recurrent infection (six) and tibial component loosening (three). Five of the six with infection were treated with synovectomy, antibiotic beads and suppressive oral antibiotics, and all five devices are still in place at an average of 54 months (range, 25–100). One severely diabetic patient had had multiple episodes of sepsis unrelated to the prosthesis which eventually seeded the distal femur and required a hip disarticulation. MSTS functional scores at last follow-up averaged 49% (13–80%) and HSS knee scores averaged 71% (37–90%).

Conclusion: DFR is a useful salvage procedure in low demand patients. Initially, six patients were scheduled for transfemoral amputation and three were confined to wheelchairs. Patients other than the hip disarticulation were at minimum household ambulators at last follow-up. In spite of problems with infection, most patients improved in overall function.


N.C. Smith J. Birch

Introduction and Aims: Union of femoral shaft fractures in a shortened position is a recognised complication of spica cast treatment. Such shortening can only be assessed radiographically until the spica has been removed. The constraints of a spica cast complicate the imaging of the femur and may lead to error in assessing shortening. This study aims to quantify the magnitude of such error for application to clinical practice.

Method: A model for a spiral femoral fracture in a spica cast was devised. Shortening of the femoral segment through telescoping and angulation was controlled with a Wagner lengthening device external to the spica. Shortening from angulation and telescoping were varied and radiographic measurements compared with real measurements. The correlation between true and radiographic shortening of > 2cm was measured with the kappa value.

Results: There was good agreement between radiological and real shortening of > 2cm. Where shortening was present without angulation, the radiological measurement over-estimated the degree of shortening. The error increased with the amount of shortening. Angulation of more than 30 degrees caused the radiological measurement to under-estimate the true amount of segmental shortening.

Conclusion: This study suggests that radiological measurement of femoral shortening in a spica should reliably predict clinically significant shortening when there is less than 30 degrees of fracture angulation.


D. Paley S. Saghieh B.Y. Song M. Young J.E. Herzenberg

Introduction and Aims: Fibular hemimelia presents a problem with leg length discrepancy and equinovalgus foot deformity. Our protocol is to simultaneously treat both problems, with the goals of equalising limb length and achieving a plantigrade painless functional foot.

Method: Seventy-eight patients with fibular hemimelia underwent 92 lengthenings and foot deformity correction. Equinovalgus foot deformity was corrected by four different methods in 67 cases: distraction, soft tissue release, release plus supramalleolar and/or subtalar osteotomy, and fibular transport.

Results: Goals of lengthening and foot deformity correction were achieved in all cases. Foot deformity recurred in 19 patients and was retreated: 9/16 (56%) distraction cases, 4/18 (22%) soft tissue release cases, 2/28 (7%) release plus osteotomy cases, and 4/5 (80%) fibular transport cases. Genu valgum developed in many cases with no or partial anlage resection. Genu valgum did not develop in any cases with complete anlage resection. Final results based on functional and radiographic evaluation: 46 excellent, 28 good, 18 fair. Final result did not correlate with number of rays in foot.

Conclusion: Limb length discrepancy and foot deformity can be successfully treated by simultaneous lengthening and foot deformity correction. Soft tissue release plus osteotomy and complete anlage resection yielded best results. Lengthening reconstruction surgery is an excellent alternative to ablative surgery and prosthetic fitting for patients with all severities of fibular hemimelia.


M. Makarov J. Birch M. Samchukov

Introduction and Aims: With a great progress in bone regeneration, muscle is currently regarded as a largest limiting factor for successful limb lengthening leading to joint contractures and fractures of distraction regenerate. The purpose of this study was to evaluate muscle architectural changes and potential mechanisms of joint contractures during limb lengthening.

Method: Nine mature goats underwent 20% unilateral tibial lengthening (0.25 mm x 3/day) and were sacrificed immediately upon completion of distraction. With the stifle (knee) and hock (ankle) joints fixed at similar angles, both limbs were disarticulated at the hip joint and submerged into 10% buffered formalin. Following tissue fixation, all tibial muscles were sequentially dissected and changes in muscle origin-to-incretion length, belly length, tendon length, myofibers length, and sarcomere length were analysed relative to the muscle measurements on the contralateral limb and bone lengthening. Muscle fiber length was assessed under stereoscopic magnification and sarcomere analysis was performed using laser diffraction.

Results: Thirteen muscles were identified for each limb. Anterior compartment consisted of two longitudinal and four pennate muscles, whereas posterior compartment had one longitudinal and six pennate muscles. Origin-to-insertion length measurements showed disproportion between the amounts of muscle and bone length increase with muscle-to-bone lengthening ratio ranging from 0.2 to 1.0. When assessed separately, muscle belly stretched more substantially (range, 11–24%) than muscle tendon (range, 3–14%). Longitudinal muscles showed better compliance to limb lengthening than pennate muscles. Origin-to-insertion, muscle belly, and tendon length increase for longitudinal muscles averaged 15%, 21%, and 11%, respectively, whereas for pennate muscles these parameters averaged 10%, 15%, and 6%, respectively. Although anterior pennate muscles showed higher proportion of muscle length increase than posterior pennate muscles, this difference was not significant. Lengthening of muscle fibers varied greatly, ranging from 0% to 88%. Fiber length of posterior muscles increased tremendously (average, 42%). This was associated with comparable increase in sarcomere length (average, 39%). Anterior muscles showed only 10% lengthening of the fibers. However, 12% reduction in sarcomere length indicated addition of new sarcomeres in series to accommodate increase in fiber length.

Conclusion: Different response of anterior and posterior muscles to distraction contributed greatly to the development of joint contractures. Posterior tibial muscles were predominantly pennate, larger in volume, and thus showed higher resistance to lengthening. Moreover, posterior muscle fibers incurred lengthening by sarcomere stretching, whereas anterior muscle fibers showed evidence of neosarcomerogenesis.


T. Renshaw

Introduction and Aims: Practice standards vary considerably for prophylactic pinning the contralateral hip opposite a scfe. This work provides a data-driven framework with which to analyse the risks, benefits, and costs of two modes of treatment: prophylactic pinning the normal side contralateral to a scfe versus observation; and pinning of subsequent slips.

Method: A decision analysis model was constructed using the English language literature to estimate SCFE incidence and severity. The model framework assumes that if a hip is pinned prophylactically it will not slip. The benefits of prophylactic pinning are therefore determined by identifying the percentage of contralateral hips that will subsequently slip and then develop early osteoarthritis requiring total hip arthroplasty at a young age. In our cost analysis model, the cost of diagnosis, treatment, and follow-up was developed for the two treatment modes using actual hospital costs and standardised medicare reimbursement schedules for professional fees.

Results: If a hip is not pinned prophylactically, there is a 7% risk of requiring a total hip arthroplasty in the contralateral hip at an early age due to osteoarthritis. This 7% is a combination of patients whose contralateral femoral epiphysis slipped moderately or severely and was pinned in a non-anatomic position (1.5% of the initial population) and patients whose substantial slip was not detected (5.5%). The risk of prophylactic pinning appears to be associated with a 0.3% chance of developing avascular necrosis. Other risks would include chances of infection or chondrolysis, although these have not been reported to date.

If every patient is managed by the prophylactic pinning protocol, the total cost per patient, not including lost time at work or school, for pinning a slipped capital femoral epiphysis, prophylactically pinning the contra lateral side, and post-operative follow-up is $6266. Conversely, the total cost per patient for the second mode, pinning a slipped capital femoral epiphysis, post-operative follow-up and pinning of subsequent contralateral slips that are detected is $6864. Costs of later hip arthroplasty were not included. This analysis suggests that costs to a national health care system for treatment of SCFE would not increase by prophylactic contralateral pinning.

Conclusions: Prophylactic pinning of the contralateral side is merited on the basis of both risk/benefit and cost-effectiveness analyses. Ultimately, the decision must incorporate the physician’s assessment of patient risk factors including: age, weight, co-morbidities, sports activities, the likelihood and feasibility of regular follow-up, and the patient’s and parents’ acceptance of prophylactic surgery.


A. Schepers A.F. Robertson

Introduction and Aims: In a radiological study we evaluated the outcome of the Chiari osteotomy as a primary method of femoral head containment in patients with Perthes’ disease presenting at the age of eight years or older. Even when Salter’s prerequisites are met, the results of a Salter osteotomy is known to be poor in this group.

Method: Thirteen patients underwent a Chiari osteotomy at a mean age of nine years and four months. The osteotomy was performed before femoral head deformity had occurred. The hip was considered to be at risk because of the late onset of the disease. Measurements were made on the pre-operative x-ray, the pre-operative arthrogram and the latest follow-up x-rays. Patients have been followed up for an average of five years and four months. On the pre-operative arthrogram there was no femoral head deformity or hinging on abduction. At the time of surgery it was too early in the disease process to assign a hip reliably to a particular classification. During the follow-up period, 12 hips manifested as a Catterall group IV. Eleven hips became Herring type B and two Herring type C.

Results: At latest follow-up all hips could be reliably graded according to the Stulberg classification. Currently, eight hips were a Stulberg type II and five a Stulberg type III, but this might change as skeletal maturity is reached. It is clear that none of the hips will be a Stulberg type IV or V, which is seen in a significant number of untreated hips at this age.

Conclusion: The Chiari osteotomy achieves a congruent hip in this specific group of patients where a poor outcome would otherwise be anticipated.


R. Vadivelu C.N. Esler C.J. Kershaw

Introduction and Aims: ‘External’ snapping hip, secondary to a tight thickened portion of the iliotibial band snapping over the greater trochanter is usually treated by Z-plasty. We report experience of managing painful paediatric snapping hips by a novel alternative, proximal TFL release.

Method: Patients referred between 1989–2002 with painful snapping hips to the paediatric orthopaedic unit were retrospectively reviewed. Diagnosis was made on the basis of history and physical examination. All the patients had a plain radiograph of the hip and other causes of an audible snap were excluded. Most cases had failed to improve with physiotherapy pre-operatively. Fifteen patients (21 hips) had proximal tensor fascia lata release. All the patients had regular follow-up and were assessed for recurrence and complications.

Results: There were two boys and thirteen girls. The mean age at the time of operation was 15 years and minimum post-operative follow-up was six months. Two hips required revision surgery. Eighty-one percent had a pain-free non-snapping hip at the time of discharge. The remainder were pain-free, with a reduced frequency of snapping.

Conclusion: For painful snapping hips when conservative methods have failed, proximal release can offer good results with low morbidity in a paediatric population.


M.N. Rasool

Introduction and Aims: This disease has an insidious onset and develops as a result of increased host resistance and decreased bacterial virulence. The aim of this paper is to describe the spectrum of primary subacute forms of haematogenous osteomyelitis and highlight the difficulties in diagnosis and the importance of histology.

Method: Twenty-five children aged two to 12 years were reviewed between 1990 and 2002. Symptoms and signs were mild. Complaints were present for two to eight weeks; laboratory tests were non-contributory. Bone scans were done in all patients. All patients had biopsy with curettage of cavitating lesions. Microscopy, culture and histology were done in all patients. Four patients had MRI scans.

Results: There were 28 osseous lesions in 24 children. The anatomical sites were: the tibia, 24 lesions, femur three and ulna one. One child had multifocal involvement involving both tibiae and the ulna. The lesions were classified using the system of Roberts et al. Two lesions were in the epiphysis, six in the metaphysis and 20 in the diaphysis. Radiologically, the lesions resembled several benign and malignant conditions such as tuberculosis and fungal infections, Ewing’s sarcoma, leukaemia, osteosarcoma, chondroblastoma and osteoid osteoma. Bone scan was positive in all cases. Histology of bone showed features of subacute osteomyelitis – inflammatory cells, plasma cells and polymorphonuclear leukocytes. Staphylococcus aureus was cultured in eight patients.

All children were treated with Cloxacillin for six weeks. Follow-up ranged from six months to five years. All diaphyseal and epiphyseal lesions healed completely. Residual sclerosis was seen in metaphyseal lesions. No growth disturbance or articular changes were seen in this study.

Conclusion: Primary subacute haematogenous osteomyelitis is uncommon. Metaphyseal and epiphyseal forms are more commonly reported in the literature. The diaphyseal form was the predominant type in this study. Bone lesions mimic benign and malignant conditions. Biopsy is mandatory. The diagnosis is made on histology. Staphylococus aureus is the usual causative organism, but difficult to culture.


M.N. Rasool

Introduction and Aims: Chronic pyogenic osteomyelitis, with pathological fractures, sequestra and subsequent bone defects, is still a major problem in developing countries. The treatment is challenging. Unhealthy skin with discharging sinuses make routine grafting procedures difficult. The aim of this paper is to describe the methods used to treat resulting defects.

Method: Thirty-four children, aged one to 12 years, treated between 1991 and 2002, were reviewed. The tibia was involved in 24 children, femur (five), radius (four), and ulna (one). Twenty-nine children had sequestrectomy and debridement. Five children presented with established bone defects. Bone defects measured 1–20cm. Four methods of grafting were used. Autogenous onlay grafts were used in defects < 2cm in seven children. The Papineau technique was used in cavitating defects in two, bicortical segmented iliac crest grafts (1cm x 1.5cm) threaded over a Kirschner wire were used in 15 defects (< 10cm) and bone transfer was performed in six children – proximal fibula to tibia (five) and radius to ulna (one).

Results: Three children required repeat grafting, one for fracture and three for non-union. All the remaining grafts incorporated by three to six months. Distal procedures including tibio fibular fusion and fibular epiphysiodesis were performed in six children. An above knee caliper was used in 11 cases till graft hypertrophy and consolidation occurred. All patients are ambulant presently. Shortening was treated with a shoe raise. Shortening ranged from 1–10cm. Fibula transfers showed hypertrophy with weight-bearing in all patients. Follow-up ranges from 10 months to 11 years.

Conclusion: Onlay grafting was successful in small defects < 2cm. Larger defects up to 10cm can be treated by segmented bicortical iliac crest grafts over a Kirschner wire, providing some stability and increased surface area for incorporation. Bone transfers should be reserved for difficult cases with extensive scarring and as an alternative to ablation in selected cases.


K.A.N. Saldanha M. Saleh M.J. Bell J.A. Fernandes

Introduction and Aims: To review the existing classifications in characterising the pathologic morphology of congenital lower limb deficiencies (CLLLD) and their usefulness in planning limb reconstruction.

Method: Ninety-five patients undergoing limb reconstruction were classified using existing classifications. Predominantly femoral deficiencies were classified using Aitken, Amstutz, Hamanishi, Gillespie and Torode, Fixsen and Lloyd-Roberts, Kalamchi, and Pappas systems and fibular deficiencies were classified using Coventry and Johnston, Achterman and Kalamchi, and Birch systems.

Results: All patients with predominant deficiency of one segment (femoral or fibular) also had associated shortening of the other segment in the same limb. Acetabular dysplasia, knee instability due to cruciate insufficiency and lateral femoral condylar hypoplasia were found in both femoral and fibular deficiencies. None of the existing classification systems were able to represent the complete pathologic morphology in any given patient. Due consideration of alignment, joint stability and length discrepancy of affected limb as a whole at the planning stage of reconstruction could not be ascertained using these classification systems. Instead, it was useful to characterise the morphology of the involved limb using the following method:

Acetabulum: Dysplastic/Non-dysplastic

Ball (Head of femur): Present/Absent

Cervix (Neck of femur): Pseudoarthrosis and neck-shaft angle

Diaphysis of femur: Length/deformity

Knee: Cruciates

Fibula and Tibia: Length/deformity

Ankle: Normal/Ball and socket/valgus

Heel: Tarsal coalition/deformity

Ray: Number of rays in the foot

Conclusion: Existing classifications do not represent the complete morphology of the entire involved lower limb in CLLLD and therefore a systematic method of characterising the morphology of the lower limb is more useful in planning limb reconstruction.


Full Access
C. Reilly K. Mulpuri

Introduction and Aims: The aim of this paper is to review C1-C2 facet screw use in paediatric patients and to demonstrate that the technique plays an important role in patients with underlying anatomic abnormalities, which are common in children with cervical instability.

Method: A chart review was conducted of all patients managed with C1-C2 facet screws from January 1, 1996 until July 30, 2003 present in the case database. All radiographs were obtained and reviewed. Post-operative and follow-up films were assessed for acceptable screw position and evidence of fusion.

Results: C1-C2 facet screws were utilised in nine patients at British Columbia’s Children’s Hospital. The youngest patient treated was five years of age with a mean age for the group of 12. The group consisted of three Down syndrome patients and six with Os Odontoidium, two of which failed previous C1-C2 fusion. Two patients presented with an acute spinal cord injury. Pre-operative CT or MR imaging was used in all patients.

Screw placement was unacceptable in one case. Post-operative Halo immobilisation was used in seven patients. Post-operative complications included one wound infection and four halo pin infections requiring treatment. No patients have required surgery at a mean follow-up of four years. C1-C2 facet screws are an important adjunct in a paediatric spine practice. This technique has a great advantage in Down syndrome patients who have a high rate of pseudoarthosis because of: ligamentous laxity, non-compliance with immobilisation and a high incidence of congenital deformities such as os odontoidium and incomplete posterior arch of C1.

Conclusion: C1-C2 facet screws can be safely used in young children. The screws allow for fixation in the absence of an intact posterior arch. The technique has a great advantage in Down syndrome patients who have a high rate of pseudoarthosis due to congenital deformities, ligamentous laxity and non-compliance with immobilisation


M.N. Rasool

Introduction and Aims: Solitary osseous lesions of tuberculosis are uncommonly reported in children. Historically, bone lesions were predominantly of the multifocal and disseminated type. The aim of this paper is to describe the protean radiological manifestations of tuberculosis in sites other than the spine and synovium, and their resemblance to benign and malignant bone lesions.

Method: Forty-nine children, aged 1–12 years with histologically confirmed osseous lesions of tuberculosis, were reviewed between 1984 and 2001. Symptoms ranged from two weeks to three months. There were a total of 59 lesions. Forty-three children had solitary, and six had multifocal lesions. Thirty lesions were in the metaphyses, six in the diaphyses and five in the epiphyses. The remainder were in the small and flat bones. Four basic patterns of bone lesions were seen. The majority were cystic in type (34), infiltrative (10), focal erosions (nine) and spina ventosa lesions (6). Several bone lesions resembled pyogenic and fungal osteomyelitis, osteoid osteoma, benign and malignant bone tumors. All patients had biopsy with curettage.

Results: Follow-up ranged from nine months to 12 years (average 3.5). All lesions showed clinical and radiological healing by three to six months following anti-tuberculous treatment with rifampicin, isoniazid and pyrazinamide. Cystic lesions healed with slight marginal sclerosis in 12 patients. Growth disturbance was seen in six children with residual shortening of 1–3cm. Avascular necrosis of the femoral head was seen in three hips and coxa vara in two others. Six patients had joint contracture of 100–300. Good remodelling of cystic and spina ventosa lesions was seen in all patients.

Conclusion: The lack of familiarity with the spectrum of bone lesions in tuberculosis can lead to delay in diagnosis. The clinical and radiological manifestations of tuberculosis appears to be changing. Destructive and infiltrative lesions are less commonly encountered. Solitary lesions can mimic various benign and malignant conditions. Biopsy is mandatory.


M. Rohmiller C. Devin R. Glattes G. Mencio N. Green

Introduction and Aims: The treatment of femoral shaft fractures in skeletally immature patients has changed dramatically over the past 30 years. This is due in part to the advances in intramedullary nail outcomes pioneered in the adult orthopaedic trauma literature. We examined the results of reamed, locked nails in a pediatric population.

Method: The medical records of 224 children with femoral shaft fractures treated with reamed, locked intramedullary nails (RLIMN) at our institution between 1987 and 2000 were reviewed (largest series in the literature). Patients were treated with nails placed through the greater trochanter. Of those patients, 72 patients had long-term clinical (> 24 months) and radiographic (AP pelvis and leg length CT scanogram) follow-up. Functional status and radiographic parameters (femoral neck-shaft angle, leg length, presence of osteonecrosis) were recorded. Patients lacking two-year clinical and radiographic follow-up were evaluated via telephone follow-up.

Results: At our institution, over 200 skeletally immature patients have successfully undergone reamed, locked, intramedullary nailing of femur fractures. Average age at the time of treatment was 10.3 years. No case of osteonecrosis of the femoral head occurred. All fractures united after treatment with RLIMN at an average of 71 days. No patient manifested a gait abnormality after healing. Complications included delayed union in two patients, (one patient was treated with exchange IMN and one patient healed after dynamisation) superficial wound infection in one patient, (treated with oral antibiotics) and coxa valga in one patient. The patient that developed coxa valga was 7.7 years old at the time of intramedullary nailing. The only other procedures performed were removal of hardware in patients who remained skeletally immature at the time of healing. All patients returned to pre-injury activity level. The average leg length difference was 0.6cm (longer on the injured extremity). Average articulo-trochanteric distance was 0.28cm (longer on injured extremity).

Conclusion: Our results demonstrate that femoral shaft fractures in skeletally immature patients can be safely treated with reamed, locked intramedullary nails placed through the greater trochanter. We recommend careful placement of the nail through the greater trochanter to avoid damage to the blood supply of the femoral head.


E. Bache M.B. Vinod J. Matussek N. Curtis H.K. Graham J.R. Carapetis

Introduction and Aims: The appropriate duration of antibiotic therapy in children suffering from acute haematogenous osteomyelitis (AHO) and acute septic arthritis (SA) has not been clearly established by clinical trials. In recent years there has been a tendency to shorter courses of both intravenous and oral therapy, but evidence is currently limited as to the efficacy of short duration antimicrobial therapy. .

Method: This study was conducted in two phases.

A retrospective study of 71 children in which we investigated the duration of both intravenous and oral antimicrobial therapy in relation to recurrent disease and side effects.

A prospective study, now underway investigating the efficacy of a combined short IV (three days)/short oral (three weeks) combination of antibiotics in children with acute osteomyelitis and acute septic arthritis.

Results: Duration of antibiotics in the retrospective study varied from two to 28 days with a median duration of 4.5 days. Duration of the oral phase of antibiotic therapy varied from two to 10 weeks with a median value of 4.7 weeks. The recurrence rate, requiring admission or an additional operative procedure was 1.4%. There were no long-term sequelae.

In the prospective study the duration of intravenous and oral antibiotics has been successfully reduced in the majority of patients, without any increase in the need for surgical procedures, re-admission or evidence of chronic osteomyelitis. However, in 26% of patients, the duration of the IV phase of antibiotic therapy was electively increased, because of clinical signs, suggestive of inadequate response. To date recurrent/chronic disease has only been seen in patients judged clinically to have an inadequate response to short-term therapy and who received a longer course of IV antibiotics.

Conclusion: Shorter courses of antimicrobial therapy in children with acute haematogenous osteomyelitis and acute septic arthritis, are safe and effective with a low incidence of recurrent disease. However clinical judgment is required to identify those children who require longer courses of both intravenous and oral therapy in order to eradicate the disease during the primary presentation. Further study is required to identify with greater certainty the profile of children who require longer courses of therapy than the emerging standard, three weeks IV/three weeks oral.


E.L. Burger R. Baratta A.G. King R. Easton Y. Lu M. Solomonow B.L. Riemer

Introduction and Aims: To determine differences in metal memory, at physiological temperatures, between 6mm stainless steel and titanium rods as a function of construct failure in scoliosis surgery.

Method: Different length Ti and SST rods were contoured at room temperature with a radius of curvature of 30cm and incubated at 37±2°C. Rods were photographed biweekly over graph paper with a digital camera. The images were processed using Jandel Sigma Scan. A best-fit regression polynomial was used to calculate the average curvature. After 36 weeks, the curvature of each rod was normalised against the initial curvature and plotted against time, with a linear regression performed to assess changes in curvature, expressed as percent of change per year.

Results: Changes in both SST rods and pre-bent Ti rod were within measurement error (0.52% increase for long SST, 0.26% decrease for short SST). In contrast, both manually bent Ti rods changed markedly (decreases of 6.76% and 5.2% for long and short Ti rods respectively).

Conclusion: Continuous physiologic heat conduction may contribute to a loss of curvature in Ti rods due to memory properties. The ideal implant should retain the intended contour. Ti rods, subjected to physiologic heat, lost correction. The use of custom contoured Ti rods for the surgical correction of spinal deformities should be questioned.


V. Tolo D. Skaggs S. Storer L. Friend J. Chen R. Reynolds

Introduction and Aims: Surgical correction of pelvic obliquity is an important component of spinal instrumentation for neuromuscular scoliosis, though instrumentation to the pelvis has high reported complication rates. This study evaluates the results of pelvic fixation during surgical correction of neuromuscular scoliosis in a consecutive series of 62 children and adolescents.

Method: A retrospective chart and radiographic review of 62 consecutive patients treated with spinal fusions to the pelvis as treatment for neuromuscular scoliosis was performed. Follow-up ranged from two to seven years. Diagnoses included cerebral palsy (36 patients), muscular dystrophy (16 patients), myelomeningocele (three patients), spinal muscular atrophy (three patients) and other disorders (four patients). Mean age at surgery was 13.5 years. Pelvic fixation techniques used included Luque-Galveston or iliosacral screw fixation. Correction of deformity in each patient was assessed with Cobb angle measurements of scoliosis, thoracic kyphosis, and lumbar lordosis. Pelvic obliquity and coronal decompensation was also assessed.

Results: The Luque-Galveston spinal instrumentation technique was used in 54 patients and iliosacral screw fixation was used in eight patients. Seventeen patients had an additional anterior release and fusion without instrumentation. The mean Cobb angle measured 73 degrees pre-operatively and 31 degrees (mean correction 59%) post-operatively. The mean Cobb angle on latest follow-up was 33 degrees (loss of correction 12%). Thoracic kyphosis remained essentially unchanged, as did lumbar lordosis (56 pre-op and 61 on follow-up). Pelvic obliquity corrected from a mean of 16 degrees pre-operatively to eight degrees on most recent follow-up. Mean pre-operative coronal decompensation measured 135mm, and follow-up decompensation measured 46mm. Eleven patients with Galveston fixation exhibited the ‘windshield-wiper’ sign, with a radiolucency of 2mm or more, though most were asymptomatic. Wound infection was observed in 6% (3/54) of the patients who underwent Galveston instrumentation and 50% (4/8) who had iliosacral screws. In patients treated with Galveston fixation, three had symptomatic prominant hardware and one had hardware breakage for an overall mechanical failure rate of 7% (4/54). In contrast, two patients with iliosacral screws had construct breakage and pseudoarthrosis for a mechanical failure rate of 25% (2/8), though the numbers in the iliosacral screw group are small.

Conclusions: In this series, Galveston pelvic fixation during spinal instrumentation treatment of neuromuscular scoliosis was associated with satisfactory results and with less complications than generally reported in the literature. This technique is recommended as the preferred method for pelvic fixation in severe neuromuscular scoliosis associated with pelvic obliquity.


C. Reilly S. Tredwell K. Mulpuri N. Saran R. Choit

Introduction and Aims: The aims of this study were to assess the clinical and functional outcomes following the treatment of a lumbar Chance fracture and to analyse the spectrum of associated abdominal injuries as seen in the Seat Belt Syndrome.

Method: All patients diagnosed with L1 to L4 Chance fractures at the British Columbia Children’s Hospital were included in this study. Patient data, injuries, treatment and complications were collected from hospital charts. A review of all available spinal radiology including pre-treatment, post-treatment and follow-up x-rays, CTs and MRIs was done to measure pre-treatment, post-treatment and follow-up kyphosis angles, as well as to help classify the Chance fracture. Patients were seen in follow-up to assess for range of motion, tenderness and neurological status. Furthermore, a functional outcome questionnaire by the American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons Pediatric Instruments was completed by the patients.

Results: Between December 1984 and February 2001, 27 patients aged three to 17 were treated for lumbar Chance fractures. The mean age at injury was 11.1 years. There were 18 females and nine males. All injuries occurred as a result of a motor vehicle accident. Nineteen were rear-seat passengers and eight were front-seat passengers. Of the 27 patients, 19 were treated surgically. Of these 19, nine were treated with either pedicle screws or laminar hooks and rods, four with intersegmental spinous process (ISP) wires alone, two with sublaminar wires and four with a combination of screws/hooks, rods and ISP wires. One patient had a post-operative urinary tract infection. Of the eight patients treated conservatively, four were treated with a hyperextension cast and four were treated with a hyperextension brace. Neurological impairment was seen in seven of the 19 surgical patients pre-operatively. Post-operatively impairment was impoved in two of the seven patients. One of the eight patients treated conservatively had neurological impairment which spontaneously resolved. A total of 13 patients underwent surgery for an associated abdominal injury. Three cases involved abdominal arterial vascular trauma and 12 involved small bowel injury.

Conclusion: An abdominal and spinal CT must be taken when presented with a Chance fracture with abdominal symptoms. Injury type and kyphosis angle are the main factors that aid in treatment planning in paediatric lumbar chance fractures. A purely soft-tissue injury or a kyphosis angle greater than 20 requires surgical intervention.


A. Marsh G. Edge J. Lehovsky

Introduction and Aims: This study is to assess whether spinal fusion surgery can be performed safely in patients with Duchenne’s muscular dystrophy (DMD) and a low (less than 30%) predicted forced vital capacity (PFVC).

Method: Patients were identified with a diagnosis of scoliosis secondary to DMD who underwent spinal fusion procedures at the Royal National Orthopaedic Hospital, Stanmore between January 1990 and December 1999. Their notes and radiographs were reviewed and a standardised data collection form was completed.

Results: Thirty patients with a mean age of 14 years 8 months at surgery underwent posterior spinal fusions. All were discharged from hospital alive and self-ventilating on average 22 days post-operatively (range 13–62 days). Thirteen patients had a PFVC less than 30%. The mean pre-operative curve was 61 degrees (range 30–90) and the mean number of levels fused was 15 (i.e. T3 to sacrum). The mean correction was 36 degrees (range 16–61). Two patients required temporary tracheotomies, one with a PFVC of 34% and one with a PFVC of 20%. Both were removed successfully after 39 days and 27 days respectively. There was no association between PFVC and operative time, blood loss, length of time on ventilatory support, time intubated, incidence of complications or length of admission.

Conclusion: Historically, only curves of greater than 20–350 have been considered suitable for surgery, as the progression of the curve is associated with a marked decline in respiratory function. Considering the currently used criteria for surgery, the group of 13 with low PFVCs normally would have been denied surgery. We conclude that spinal fusion surgery can be safely performed in DMD patients with a low PFVC.


H. Crawford M. Barnes I. Elkinson

Introduction and Aims: Children and adolescents with back pain are a challenging problem for the orthopaedic surgeon. The differential diagnosis includes tumors and infection. The aim of this retrospective review was to determine the incidence amongst the study population and ascertain the clinical markers that could help clinicians to diagnose the underlying pathology.

Method: A clinical records database search identified a cohort of 59 consecutive patients referred to one of two paediatric spinal surgeons with the diagnosis of back pain between January 2000 and July 2003. The record analysis included chart review, radiographic analysis and clinical follow-up at the Starship Children’s Hospital. Patients were excluded from the study if they were referred with a known cause of back pain, had previous spinal surgery or a cervical distribution of pain.

Results: New back pain referrals represented 1.7% of all new referrals to this tertiary level orthopaedic department. There were 59 patients with 32 (54%) females and 27 (46%) males. The average age at presentation was 12 years and the average duration of symptoms was 15.5 months. The most common site of pain was lumbosacral (61%). All patients had plain radiograph studies performed, 28 (47.5%) a bone scan, nine (15%) a CT scan and 15 (25.5%) an MRI. In addition, 21 patients (35.5%) had laboratory investigations including a FBC, ESR and c-reactive protein.

Thirty-four patients representing 58% of the study group had a definitive dignosis made. Fourteen patients (24%) had Scheuerman’s disease, seven (12%) were dignosed with spondylolisthesis and five (8.5%) had a painful scoliosis. Only one patient had osteomyelitis. We did not identify any patients with a tumor.

Patients older than 10 years were almost twice as likely to have a positive diagnosis than those under 10 years of age. There was no single reliable clinical sign or symptom that would help make the diagnosis. Significant haematological abnormalities were only found in one patient who was diagnosed with sacral osteomyelitis. Plain radiographs alone provided the diagnosis in 14 (23.5%) patients. Bone scan, CT and MRI were of variable diagnostic value.

Conclusion: Back pain in children has traditionally been regarded serious enough to warrant comprehensive investigation. We have found a definitive diagnosis in only 58% of patients despite thorough clinical assessment, and haematological and radiological evaluation. Clinicians must remain vigilant for any clues that may help lead to a diagnosis in this group of patients.


G. Day J. Batch I. McPhee

Introduction and Aims: SHOX haploinsufficiency presents with Turner syndrome dysmorphic skeletal features – micrognathia (60%), cubitus valgus (47%), high-arched palate (25%) and Madelung deformity (7%). Idiopathic scoliosis is also present in 11% of Turner syndrome. This clinical observation and radiological study explores the possibility of SHOX haploinsufficiency expression in the scoliotic spine in Turner syndrome.

Method: Turner syndrome presents a mesomelic short stature, thought to result from growth plate dysmorphism, presumably from SHOX gene haploinsufficiency. Forty-five Turner syndrome subjects on the Australian Growth Hormone program were clinically examined for the presence of idiopathic scoliosis. Of another 88 Turner syndrome subjects similarly examined, 46 had received growth hormone and 42 had never received growth hormone. Kosowicz (1959) and Preger (1968) noted irregular vertebral endplates of scoliotic spines in Turner syndrome subjects. This may imply dysmorphic vertebral growth plates. A spinal MRI and plain imaging study of idiopathic scoliosis with/without Turner syndrome was undertaken to examine for vertebral growth plate abnormalities.

Results: This study again demonstrates plain radiographic presence of irregular vertebral endplates of scoliotic spines in Turner syndrome. Spine MR imaging in Turner syndrome failed to clearly demonstrate the growth plates but demonstrated wedge-shaped distal vertebrae in the curve. Similar MR findings were noted in another 20 subjects with various causes of scoliosis. Wedged-shaped intervertebral discs were also noted, but are thought to be secondary changes. Of 87 Turner syndrome subjects from growth hormone programs, 18 (21%) were found to have idiopathic scoliosis. Thirteen of another 46 (28%) subjects who had never received growth hormone were also noted to have idiopathic scoliosis, indicating a combined incidence of 23%. These results contrast with Lippe (1991) and Kim (2001), who noted an incidence of 11% of 163 and 12% of 43 idiopathic scoliosis in Turner syndrome from retrospective observation. However, the incidence of scoliosis (41%) from the radiographic studies of Kosowicz (4/22) and Preger (19/34) is much greater than even the incidence noted clinically from this study.

Conclusion: SHOX haploinsufficiency expression is not yet described in Turner syndrome scoliotic spines, although it has been described in the distal radius (Munns, 2001) in Madelung deformity. The incidence of idiopathic scoliosis in Turner syndrome appears to be much larger than previously recognised, signalling a probable dysmorphic vertebral growth plate cause.


S.J. MacDonald R.B. Bourne C.H. Rorabeck D. Cleland D.G. Chess R.W. McCalden

Introduction and Aims: Polyethylene wear continues to be the most significant issue following total hip arthroplasty (THA), leading to the current increase in use of alternative bearing surfaces. We performed a prospective, randomised, blinded clinical trial comparing metal versus polyethylene bearing surfaces in patients receiving THA.

Method: Forty-one patients were randomised to receive a metal (23) or a polyethylene (18) insert with identical femoral and acetabular components. Patients were evaluated pre-operatively at three, six, 12 months and annually thereafter, including an evaluation of erythrocyte and 24-hour urine cobalt, chromium and titanium metal ion levels, validated outcome measures (WOMAC, SF-12, Harris Hip Score) and radiographs.

Results: No patients were lost to follow-up. One patient died of unrelated causes. At an average 4.4 (range 3.3–5.1) years follow-up there were no differences in any outcome measures or radiographic findings. Patients receiving metal liners had significantly elevated metal ion measurements. At the latest follow-up erythrocyte cobalt levels were seven times elevated (median 1.2μg/l (metal) Vs 0.18μg/l (poly), p< .001). Urine cobalt levels were 41 times elevated (median 11.9μg/day (metal) Vs 0.29μg/day (poly), p< .001) and urine chromium levels were 14 times elevated (median 4.9μg/day (metal) Vs 0.36μg/day (poly), p< .001). Erthrocyte chromium, titanium and urine titanium were not significantly different between groups. As well, contrary to previous reports, there was not a significant trend towards decreasing ion levels over time.

Conclusion: In this prospective randomised blinded clinical trail comparing metal to polyethyle bearing surfaces, both cobalt and chromium ion levels were significantly elevated in the blood and urine of the patients randomised to receive the metal on metal THA.


A. Yuen E.T. Ek G. Powell P.F.M Choong

Introduction and Aims: Improved survival has motivated aggressive surgery with musculoskeletal tumors. Pelvic resection is challenging because of the constraints of adjacent vital anatomy, and the considerable impact on limb and visceral function. The aims of this study was to assess the functional, oncologic and surgical outcomes following resections of the bony pelvis.

Method: Between 1996 and 2003, 49 patients underwent tumor resections of the pelvic ring. The mean age was 43 (range 15–72) years. There were 44 primary (36 bone, nine soft tissue) and five secondary tumors. Of the bone tumors, there were six osteosarcomas, five Ewings sarcomas, 12 chondrosarcomas and 13 others. Of the soft tissue tumors, nine were of neural origin. Tumor locations included the ilium, periacetabulum, pubic bones, sacrum or combinations of these. Neoadjuvant chemotherapy (seven patients) and pre-operative radiotherapy (eight patients) were also used. Function was assessed using the American Musculoskeletal Tumor Society Functional scoring system. No patient had metastases at presentation.

Results: Surgery – There were 40 limb sparing resections and nine hindquarter amputations. The surgical margins were intralesional (four), marginal (12), wide (28) and radical (five). Of the limb sparing surgery, prosthetic reconstructions were used in nine patients, biologic reconstructions in seven patients a combination of biologic and prosthetic reconstructions in three cases and no reconstructions in the others. The mean operating time was five (range 1.5–10) hours. The mean intra-operative blood loss was 10 (range 2–26) units. The average length of stay was 22 (range 2–110) days. Fifty percent of patients developed acute complications. Survival – There was one intra-operative death. There were nine local recurrences and 16 metastases. Death from disease occurred at a mean time of 13 (range 1–51) months. Mean follow-up was 28 (range 1–90) months. Functional assessment – Hind quarter amputation and periacetabular resections had the worse functional outcome. These accounted for almost 40% of all cases. Surprisingly, patients with periacetabular resections had the best score for emotional acceptance.

Conclusion: Pelvic resections are complex, demanding and accompanied by a high complication rate. Surgery significantly affects functional outcome. Disease control is similar to limb tumors and medium to long-term survival is possible. Emotional acceptance of surgery in survivors was surprisingly high. Major pelvic resection for malignancy appears justifiable.


Full Access
A.S. Greenwald

Introduction and Aims: The enduring success of the low friction arthroplasty advanced by Sir John Charnley may be appreciated by the fact that almost 700,000 primary and revision hip and knee arthroplasties were performed in 2003 in the US. Despite this success, the advent of wear debris generation leading to osteolysis and fixation failure are of growing concern, particularly with the increased graying and activity levels of our society. This paper addresses these concerns.

Method: Enhanced polyethylenes have been cleared by the FDA, but in the absence of clinical data supporting their safety and effectiveness. Only recently have short-term clinical experiences begun to emerge. Their proclaimed advantage lies in the reduction of wear debris generation through enhanced cross-linking of the polymer chains coincident with elimination of oxidation through the manufacturing process. These processes, however, vary in the amount and type of radiation used, the extent of polymer remelting and endpoint sterilisation methodology.

Results: Changes in the mechanical properties of these materials, particularly in their reduced resistance to fatigue crack propagation raises concerns about their long-term suitability in both hip and knee components where locking mechanisms offer foci for stress risers. Although it is claimed that the propensity for crack initiation is reduced, recent case reports suggest rapid fatigue failure once a crack has occurred. Material integrity, in this regard, is seen to be influenced by locking attachments, component positioning and highly cross-linked polyethylene choice.

Conclusion: It is concerning that 62% of acetabular polyethylene liners are manufactured from one of the highly cross-linked polyethylenes currently available. The clinical sequel to this is not manifest by the small number of short-term reports citing their efficacy. Cost as well as patient selection and the unknown clinical realities of long-term series reporting are concerns with these materials that only in vivo time will elucidate.


R.S. Lee S. Weitzel J. Pringle D. Higgs F. Monsell T.W.R. Briggs S.R. Cannon

Introduction and Aim: The purpose of this study is to demonstrate that definitive surgery (extraperiosteal excision) is required in patients with osteofibrous dysplasia (OFD) due to the risk of recurrence and co-existent adamantinoma. OFD is an unusual childhood condition, which almost exclusively affects the tibia. It is thought to follow a slowly progressive course and to stabilise after skeletal maturity. The possible link with adamantinoma is controversial, with some authors believing that they are part of one histological process. This therefore provides difficulty in recommending treatment options.

Method and Results: A retrospective review of OFD was conducted. Using the Stanmore Bone Tumor Unit database, 22 cases were identified who were initially diagnosed with OFD or were diagnosed on final histology. All cases were tibial except one lesion in the ulna and one in the fibula. Management was diverse, depending on the severity of symptoms and the extent of the lesions encountered. Definitive (extraperiosteal) surgery in the majority of our patients was localised excision for small lesions (less than 50% of the bony circumference) and segmental excision followed by reconstructive surgery for more extensive ones. Seven patients had a ‘sharkbite’ excision and a further seven were treated with fibula autografting. Of the latter group, one required further excision and bone transport due to recurrence of OFD. An additional five underwent bone transport and distraction osteogenesis using the Ilizarov technique and one had a proximal tibial replacement. Nine initially underwent curettage, but eight recurred (recurrence rate 88.9%). No recurrences occurred following localised extraperiosteal excisions and bone transport. There were three confirmed cases of adamantinoma

Conclusion: In view of the risk of association of OFD with adamantinoma, and to some extent the continuous morbidity of OFD if left untreated, we believe that radical extraperiosteal excision is indicated in most if not all cases of OFD


I.C. Dickinson

Introduction and Aims: The aim of surgeons including patients with soft tissue sarcoma is to gain local control of the tumor, to avoid the risk of local recurrence, and to avoid the compromise of the patient’s potential survival. The aim of the investigation was to assess the significance of the extent of surgical margin on the chance of death, metastasis and local recurrence in soft tissue sarcoma.

Method: Three hundred and twenty-four patients were reviewed. Surgical margin data was unavailable for 21, and of the remaining 303 patients, 10 patients had no residual tumor, margins were not defined for 24 patients and nine patients had radical resections. Wide margins were achieved for the remaining 260 patients. Fifty-four percent had surgical margins of under five millimetres. Cox Proportional Hazards Regression modelling was used to consider the impact of surgical margin with an overall survival, disease-free survival and metastasis-free survival. Results were expressed as survival rate ratios and graphics represented as model-based survival curves. All associations that were statistically significant, as well as any associations for which the rate ratios were 2.0 or greater, were reported. Follow-up ranged from 53 days to 187 months, with a median of 40 months.

Results: Overall survival time for the 279 patients with complete information was 124 months. There was a significant association between overall survival and extent of the surgical margin (chi-squared test statistic = 14.7, 8df, p = 0.043). There was a significantly higher death rate in patients who had a wide contaminated margin or a radical resection – indicating a likely poorer prognostic group. There was however no difference between any margin less than 20mm. With respect to disease relapse, there were 27 local recurrences among 279 patients. There were no local recurrences in the 44 patients who had margins of 20mm or greater, no residual tumor, radical resection or for whom margins were not defined. Therefore to permit stable statistical analysis, 24 local recurrences among 213 patients were reviewed. There was a significant association between the extent of surgical margin and disease-free survival (chi-squared test statistic = 9.5, 4df, p = 0.051). However, with respect to metastasis, there was no relationship between surgical margin and the development of metastatic disease (chi-squared test statistic = 8.5, 8 df, p = 0.383).

Conclusion: There is significant statistical evidence to suggest improved overall survival and also improved local recurrence survival with increasing width of surgical margins. There is however the confounding information that the rate of metastasis does not depend on the width of the surgical margin. The question of whether success in obtaining local control is significant in terms of overall metastasis and death remains unresolved in terms of our study.


P. Cundy J. Riad R. Gent L. Pinotto C. Hirte

Introduction and Aims: In the management of newborn’s hips, ultrasonography (US) has proven to be a useful tool. However, the progression of measurements at different ages in normal hips has not been thoroughly investigated. This prospective study assessed the longitudinal development of clinically stable hips from birth to the age of 12 weeks.

Method: Forty newborn children (80 hips) with clinically stable hips were assessed by ultrasound at three points in time – namely within the first few days of life, at six weeks of age and finally at 12 weeks of age. Femoral Head Coverage (FHC) as well as Graf’s alpha and beta angles were measured.

Results: A significant change in all values occurred between the three points in time (p< 0.001). The mean FHC progressed from 58% at birth, to 65% and 69% at six weeks and at 12 weeks respectively. The mean alpha angle improved from 70 degrees to 77 degrees and then 80 degrees at birth, six weeks and at 12 weeks, respectively. The mean beta angle progressed from 52 degrees to 46 degrees and then 43 degrees at birth, at six weeks and at 12 weeks, respectively.

Conclusion: In clinically stable hips, the FHC, alpha and beta angles change significantly over time. It is important, therefore, to consider the baby’s age when interpreting US images, especially when making management decisions regarding splintage. This has important implications if ultrasound is used as a screening tool.


M.H. Zheng L. Kirilak R. Han J. Xu D.J. Wood N. Asolananthan G.A. Stewart P. Henry

Introduction and Aims: Fibrin-sealant has been recommended as a tissue glue for autologous chondrocyte implantation. It is known that the active compound of fibrin-sealant is thrombin, but its effect on chondrocytes is still unclear. The aims of this study are to examine if fibrin-sealant stimulates proliferation and survival of human chondrocytes.

Method: To determine if human chondrocytes express thrombin receptors, we have conducted immunoconfocal analyses and RT-PCR for the detection of PAR type I, II, III and IV. To examine if thrombin activates intracellular signalling of chondrocytes, we have examined the intracellular calcium signalling by thrombin. Proliferation of chondrocytes was also tested with various concentrations of thrombin. The migration of chondrocytes was monitored by co-culturing of the cells with fibrin-sealant for up to 15 days.

Results: Primary human chondrocytes express thrombin receptor PAR types I, II, II and IV as evidenced by immunohistochemistry and RT-PCR. Induction of intracellular calcium signals was evidenced in majority of chondrocytes at 100 seconds after addition of thrombin. To confirm if evaluation of calcium signal activation is by a specific PAR receptor, we have examined the effect of specific peptides, which mimic the receptor activation on calcium signalling. The result showed that expression of PAR I and II receptor in chondrocytes is responsible for the activation of intracellular calcium. When human chondrocytes were co-cultured with thrombin at a dose between 1u/mL to 10u/mL, there was no effect on cellular proliferation at 24 hours. However at 48 hours, thrombin stimulated proliferation and survival of chondrocytes in a dose-dependent manner. A maximum of threefolds induction was evidenced at a dose of 10u/mL (p< 0001). Co-culture of chondrocytes with fibrin-sealant showed that after 12 hours only a few cells had migrated from the membrane to the fibrin-sealant, but after 36 hours many cells had formed a layer on the surface of the fibrin-sealant. By 15 days of co-culture, it was evidenced that the majority of chondrocytes were migrating into the fibrin-sealant.

Conclusion: The results of this study show that human chondrocytes express thrombin receptor and fibrin-sealant is capable of inducing chondrocyte proliferation and migration.


C.R. Gooding G. Bentley R. Carrington T.W.R. Briggs J.A. Skinner

Introduction and Aims: ACI (autologous chondrocyte implantation) using a periosteum cover was developed by Peterson et al. Recently, the technique has been developed using a Type I/Type III collagen membrane (Chondro-Gide). A second technique MACI (matrix-induced autologous chondrocyte implantation) has evolved using a membrane with chondrocytes seeded onto its surface. Aim is to review the one and two-year results of the first 159 patients at a single regional centre.

Method: The two-stage procedure was performed with a standardised, progressive rehabilitation program. Patients were assessed clinically at three, six, nine, 12 and 24 months (pain score, Modified Cincinnati, Bentley), and arthroscopically at 12 and 24 months.

Results: 159 patients have been assessed at one year and 101 patients at two years. Of those patients reviewed at one year, 110 patients had the ACI repair with Chondro-Gide, 31 patients had the ACI repair with periosteum and 18 patients had the MACI repair. Sixty-nine percent had good or excellent results at one year and 60% at two years.

These figures represent the early results of this study performed at this unit.

Conclusion: We propose that the ACI technique is valuable for selected patients with Chondral and osteochondral defects of the knee even with large and multiple defects in the articular cartilage.


C.W. Colwell D.D. D’Lima P. Pulido H. Hoenecke J. Fronek M.K. Lotz C. Chung

Introduction and Aims: Cartilage injury often leads to secondary osteoarthritis. However, the progression of cartilage lesions after injury has not been fully documented. Factors predictive of the rate and severity of progression are largely unknown. This study analysed the relationship between arthroscopic, histologic, and magnetic resonance imaging findings after acute joint trauma.

Method: Twenty patients were recruited into the study at a mean three months after acute knee injury. Each patient underwent cartilage-specific magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) sequences of the affected knee after injury and at six months, one year, and two years after arthroscopy. Cartilage lesions were graded on MRI and arthroscopy. Synovial fluid was sampled, and a 1.8 mm biopsy was obtained from the edge of cartilage lesion. Control biopsies were obtained from fresh cadaver donors. Cells undergoing DNA fragmentation in biopsies were counted.

Results: All cases of partial or full thickness cartilage loss were detected by MRI. Biopsies from cartilage lesions had significantly more cells undergoing DNA fragmentation (41%) than control biopsies (12%), suggesting apoptotic cell death. On MRI follow-up, cartilage lesion grade improved in five patients, worsened in two, and did not change in 13 patients. The percentage of cells undergoing DNA fragmentation correlated significantly with keratan sulfate levels in synovial fluid (R = 0.68). Keratan sulfate levels were markedly higher in knees with progressive lesions (72 vs. 31 microgm/ml).

Conclusion: Cartilage cell viability can directly impact the potential for repair. The development of accurate markers that may predict the eventual fate of the lesion is of tremendous clinical value. Elevated levels of matrix degradation products such as keratan sulfate can be predictive of a poorer prognosis.


A.K. Malik T.W.R. Briggs

Introduction and Aims: The treatment of cartilage defects has been revolutionised by the introduction of autologous chondrocyte implantation (ACI) over the last decade. Several studies have shown superior clinical and histological results compared to traditional treatments such as mosaicplasty. ACI involves injecting chondrocytes into the defect and sealing it with periosteum or chondroguide membrane. Recently, a new technique has been introduced which allows chondrocytes to be embedded within a matrix which is then used to fill the cartilage defect. The aim is to assess the early functional, clinical and histological results of MACI for the treatment of full-thickness cartilage defects.

Method: This is a prospective study. Fifty patients, mean age 34 (range 19–62) underwent MACI for their cartilage repair. The modified Cincinnati, Brittberg and Lysholm and Gillquist scores were used to assess functional outcome. These were compared with the results obtained in 40 patients; mean age 31 (range 15–51) treated with ACI. A review of the histology in both groups was carried out.

Results: At two-year follow-up, functional assessment using the Brittberg and modified cincinnati scoring systems, as well as objective clinical assessment, showed that more than 75% of patients had good or excellent results following treatment with either ACI or MACI. There was no statistical difference in the functional scores between the two groups (p < 0.05). Histological results were similar in both groups.

Conclusion: Our prospective study has shown that results of MACI are comparable to that obtained by ACI. Additional advantages of the MACI technique being a shorter operative time, easier technique and potential to treat larger defects.


I. Henderson R. Francisco B. Oakes J. Cameron

Introduction and Aims: To determine the efficacy of autologous chondrocyte implantation (ACI) in treating focal chondral defects of the knee, we reviewed the two-year treatment outcome of ACI in 53 patients through clinical evaluation, MRI, second-look arthroscopy and core biopsies obtained.

Method: From November 2000 to December 2003, 54 consecutive knees with 72 focal chondral defects (grade III or IV by modified Outerbridge) were treated with ACI using the Peterson periosteal patch technique. In this method, an initial arthroscopy was carried out to confirm the suitability for repair and when appropriate, cells were harvested either from the margins of the lesion, the intercondylar notch or both. The harvested cells were proliferated in vitro. Three to four weeks later, the cells were implanted in the defect with a medial or lateral parapatellar arthrotomy approach. A standardised post-operative rehabilitation protocol was carried out depending on the site of the lesion or lesions.

Results: Improvement in mean subjective score from pre-operative (37.6) to 12 months (56.4) and 24 (60.1) months post-ACI were observed. Knee function levels also improved (86% ICRS III/IV to 66.6% I/II) from pre-operative period to 24 months post-implantation. Objective IKDC score of A or B were observed in 88% pre-operatively. This decreased to 67.9% at three months before improving to 92.5% at 12 months and 94.4% at 24 months post-implantation. Transient deterioration in all these clinical scores was observed at three months before progressive improvement became evident. MRI studies demonstrated 75.3% with at least 50% defect fill, 46.3% with near normal signal, 68.1% with mild/no effusion and also 66.7% with mild/no underlying bone marrow edema at three months. These values improved to 94.2%, 86.9%, 91.3% and 88.4% respectively at 12 months. At 24 months, further improvement to 97%, 97%, 95.6% and 92.6% respectively were observed. Second-look arthroscopy carried out in 22 knees (32 lesions) demonstrated all grafts to be normal / nearly normal based on the International Cartilage Repair Society (ICRS) visual repair assessment while core biopsies from 20 lesions demonstrated 13 (65%) grafts to have hyaline / hyaline-like tissue.

Conclusion: Improvement in clinical and MRI findings obtained from second-look arthroscopy and core biopsies evaluated indicate that, at 24 months post-ACI, the resurfaced focal chondral defects of the knee remained intact and continued to function well.


D.J. Wood M.H. Zheng W.B. Robertson T.R. Ackland

Introduction and Aims: The aim of this study was to use biological, functional and radiographic evaluation to demonstrate that cultured autologous chondrocytes implanted using a type I/III collagen membrane leads to regeneration of hyaline-like articular cartilage in the knee.

Method: Approximately 70,000 knee arthroscopies are performed every year in Australia; 60% involve chondral surface defects. Three regenerative autologous cell therapy techniques have been used in Australia to treat full thickness chondral lesions:

periostial-covered autologous chondrocyte implantation (PACI);

collagen-covered autologous chondrocyte implantation (CACI);

matrix-induced autologous chondrocyte implantation (MACI).

The team at the University of Western Australia has concentrated on CACI and MACI techniques because of concerns over fibroblast formation and hypertrophy with PACI. Definitive evidence regarding the role of the membrane in enhancing chondrocyte-mediated cartilage regeneration is lacking.

Results: The series consists of a total of 71 patients who had failed previous surgical treatment prior to definitive collagen-covered ACI (32 implantations in 31 patients) or MACI (43 implantations in 40 patients). Biological, functional and radiographic evaluations were conducted pre-operatively, and post-operatively in order to determine the success of integration of implanted chondrocytes and categorise the level of restoration in knee joint function. Post-operative MRI scans at three months show oedematous tissue at the defect sites, contrasting with the fluid-filled defects seen pre-operatively. MRI scans at one, two and three years (collagen-covered) and one year (MACI) show normal cartilage signal. Apopototic test of chondrocytes before implantation showed that viability of chondrocytes was over 85% where apopototic rate of chondrocytes was less than 2%. Six-minute walk test and KOOS results indicate improved functional capacity following collagen covered and MACI.

Conclusion: Results from this clinical study indicate that the use of a type I/III collagen membrane in conjunction with ACI is a valid new approach for the treatment of chondral defects. Results from radiographic, functional and biological evaluations are encouraging. Ongoing follow-up will reveal the durability of reconstructions with CACI and MACI.


H. Kreder E. Wai I. Weller

Introduction and Aims: Surgical delays for non-medical reasons in the management of hip fractures may be detrimental to clinical outcomes. Prior literature is inconclusive, often because of insufficient power and failure to adjust for potential confounding factors. Our aim was to evaluate mortality following delay to surgery in hip fractures in the province of Ontario.

Method: All patients undergoing a surgical procedure for a hip fracture between 1993 and 1999 in the Province of Ontario were identified using administrative databases and the provincial mortality database. Multivariable logistic regression models were used to adjust for age, gender, medical comorbidity, type of hip fracture, and teaching status of the treating hospital.

Results: For every day that surgery was delayed, the adjusted odds of in-hospital mortality increased by a factor of 1.12 times (95% CI). The adjusted odds of in-hospital mortality increased as the delay to surgery lengthened from a factor of 1.2 [95% CI] with a one-day delay to a factor of 1.5 [95% CI] for a delay over two days as compared with patients operated within 24 hours. Similar relationships were observed at three months and one year. Even when considering only healthy patients, < 70 years old with no comorbid conditions, the relationship between mortality and surgical delay remained significant (p < 0.0001), suggesting that surgical delay was unlikely to be caused by patient factors alone.

Conclusion: A significant relationship exists between delay to surgery and mortality in elderly hip fracture patients. Every effort should be made to avoid non-medical delays in providing operative treatment for patients with fractured hips. This finding will have far-reaching implications for the allocation of health resources in the future.


J.G. Horne J. Cumming P. Devane J. Fielden L. Gallagher A. Slack

Introduction and Aims: To define the economic and health costs of waiting for THJR surgery.

Method: A prospective cohort of 122 patients requiring primary total hip arthroplasty (HA) was recruited from four hospitals. Health-related quality of life (HRQL) using self-completed WOMAC questionnaires was assessed monthly from enrolment pre-operatively to six months post-surgery. Monthly cost diaries were used to record medical, personal and other costs. Data was analysed using PC-SAS to test the strength of associations between costs and waiting times, and changes in HRQL pre- and post-surgery.

Results: The mean waiting time was 5.2 months, and the mean cost of waiting for surgery was NZ$1376 per person per month, with medical, personal, and social costs contributing NZ$404, NZ$399, NZ$573, respectively. Waiting for more than six months was associated with an increased cost of NZ$730 per patient per month for a total cost of NZ$2177 per patient per month. Age was correlated with greater loss of income and higher medical costs. An incremental improvement over time in WOMAC scores post-operatively was identified. Older age, community services card use and a greater number of months waiting were negatively correlated with post-surgical improvement.

Conclusion: Longer waits for HA incur greater economic costs and impact on patient recovery. This shows that shorter waiting time for HA significantly reduces costs to individuals and society and improves health outcomes.


D. Griffin

Introduction and Aims: Randomised controlled trials (RCTs) are frequently presented as the best design for studies of treatment effect because they minimise bias from unknown confounders. But, very few have been performed in orthopaedic and trauma surgery in comparison to other areas of medicine. This study investigated the perceived obstacles to performing RCTs, in order to identify areas where novel aspects of study design may facilitate randomisation in orthopaedic research.

Method: A qualitative study was performed using a deliberate maximum variation sample of 24 orthopaedic surgeons from four countries, involved in all aspects of practice, teaching, research, research funding, ethical approval and publication. A semi-structured interview was used to explore surgeons’ perceptions of obstacles to performing RCTs. A computer-assisted framework approach was used to analyse transcripts of these interviews, and to identify consistent themes and connections between them.

Results: Thirty-four discrete obstacles to performing RCTs in trauma and orthopaedic surgery were identified and classified. Many of these fell into six main themes:

A non-evaluative culture;

Misunderstanding of the scientific basis of trial design;

Lack of individual equipoise;

The complexity of the relationship between patient and surgeon;

Inadequate measures of outcome;

Practical problems associated with long follow-up, clinical work load and lack of funding.

Conclusion: A complex set of perceived problems were identified. None of these problems is insurmountable. The performance of RCTs would be encouraged by development of a more evaluative culture, collaboration between surgeons and epidemiologists, and greater resources for, and commitment to, clinical research. Novel study designs to address lack of individual equipoise are possible and offer the prospect of much greater use of randomisation.


Full Access
P.M. Lewis A.R. Evans P.R. Roberts R. Kulkarni

Introduction and Aims: Private companies now offer risk assessment packages to hospital trusts. Data is collected using ICD coding and complication rates for individual surgeons are calculated and published. A risk assessment document was recently published at the Royal Gwent Hospital presenting complication rates and misadventures on league tables of specialty and consultants. Serious concerns were raised about the quality of the data.

Method: We undertook a study to independently evaluate the accuracy of data used to calculate these complication rates. Two orthopaedic surgeons with the highest published complication rates were studied. The notes of patients who had suffered complications were retrieved and the published complication data was compared with the clinical interpretation of the actual complication. One hundred and fifty reported complications were analysed.

Results: In most cases data accuracy was woefully inadequate (table 1). For example, revision procedures were counted as complications for the revision surgeon irrespective of who carried out the primary procedure. The normal work up of these patients, including procedures to investigate the presence of infection, are recorded as complications, with some patients being recorded as having up to four separate complications. Misadventures published for surgeons included dural tap during epidural anaesthesia.

Conclusion: The results of this study highlight the potentially devastating consequences of data inaccuracy. Inaccurate published data on complications, used to form league tables for individual surgeons can be career jeopardising. We advocate that consultation with the clinicians involved should always occur before data is published so that these inaccuracies can be picked up and the potentially damning consequences of falsely high complication rates can be avoided.


P. Ryan L. Ingerson E.C. Griffith S.E. Graves D.C. Davidson B. McDermott N.L. Pratt

Introduction and Aims: Nine countries have established national joint replacement registries. The first population-based national registry, the Swedish Knee Registry, was established in 1975 with the most recent, the UK National Joint Registry (UK NJR), beginning in 2003. We identify commonalities and differences in the structure, function and methods of reporting among these national registries.

Method: Data was collected from the annual reports of the various registries, published literature and personal contact with registry coordinators and directors.

Results: Commonalities include registry ownership, source of funding, procedure types collected, method of data collection and validation of data. Most registries are owned by the national Orthopaedic Association or a government agency. The most common source of funding is government; membership fees and a mandated implant levy are also used. Most national registries collect total hip and knee replacements, primaries and revisions. Hemiarthroplasties are not commonly collected, though some registries collect additional joints (including shoulder, elbow, wrist, finger, ankle and toe). The most common method of data collection is paper-based, usually from theatre, with subsequent data entry at the registry. Electronic data collection is used to supplement the paper-based system in some countries, while the Swedish Hip Registry and the UK NJR utilise a web application for the submission of data. Most registries attempt to validate their data against hospital inpatient data held by government. Differences include reporting of rates, cost per registration and definitions. Failures of primary implants may be reported as cumulative proportions, true incidence rates or survival probabilities. This leads to difficulties in comparison of data among the national registries. The cost of registering a procedure varies up to five-fold across countries.

Conclusion: There are obvious opportunities for collaboration between national joint replacement registries, however some issues need to be addressed. These include definitions of what is collected, for example hemiarthroplasties, and methods of analysis and reporting, especially revision rates.


A. Bennett C.N.A. Esler W.M. Harper

Introduction and Aims: To audit the practice and evaluate the outcomes of knee arthroplasty surgery in a general setting in the UK.

Method: The Trent & Wales Arthroplasty Audit group collects prospective data on all knee replacements performed within these UK health regions (population eight million). All patients are sent a validated, self-administered questionnaire to assess outcomes. Data has been collected on 27,500 primary and 1400 revision knee procedures.

Results: In the period from 1990 to 2002 there has been a marked decrease in the proportion of knees being replaced for rheumatoid arthritis (21% to 5%). More arthroplasties are being performed in men (35% to 46%). There has been an increase in knee arthroplasty in patients aged 85+ yrs (2.1% to 3.7%), but a decrease in patients aged 55yrs and under (8.6% to 5.3%). Uncemented implants are used less frequently (7.7% to 4.4%). Unicompartmental knee are implanted more frequently (2.8% to 4.1%). In 2002, 10% of the joints implanted had mobile bearings, 8% were PCL sacrificing, 28% had the patella resurfaced, 0.4% were patellofemoral replacements.

The percentage of patients satisfied with their arthroplasty one-year post-surgery has not improved over the 13 years. (O.A 81%, R.A 87.5% , trauma 63%). The incidence of reoperation (for all causes) in the first year is 1.2% (0.5% infection). The incidence of revision for implant failure appears to be increasing. Outcome data for revision surgery is being collected at present.

Conclusion: Over the past 13 years there has been a marked increase in knee arthroplasty surgery and significant demographic trends. However, validated outcome measures have not shown an improvement of outcome over this period.


S. Graves D. Davidson L. Ingerson P. Ryan B. McDermott N. Pratt E. Griffith

Introduction and Aims: The use of resurfacing hip replacements has increased dramatically in recent years. The aim of this study was to compare the early results of this treatment with conventional cemented, cementless and hybrid primary total hip replacement in Australia.

Method: The data used for this report included all conventional primary total hip and resurfacing procedures, as well as any subsequent revisions of those procedures which had been undertaken and reported to the Australian Orthopaedic Association National Joint Replacement Registry (AOA NJRR) before 31 December 2002. Analysis included the determination of demographics, components used and method of fixation. Early revision rates and reasons for failure were also assessed. The AOA NJRR commenced data collection in September 1999 and has had national coverage since 2002, therefore any results reported at this stage are early outcomes.

Results: Almost 33,000 primary total hip replacements were recorded, of these 2130 were resurfacing procedures (6.5%). This proportion of resurfacing was consistent across states with the exceptions of Victoria (11%) and Tasmania (0.6%). Cementless hip replacement was the most common form of primary total hip replacement (41%) with hybrid (34%) and cemented (18.2 %) less common. There was marked state variation in the proportion of cemented and cementless fixation with NSW having a low proportion of cement fixation (4.5%). Early revision rates for cemented conventional primary total hip replacement are significantly less compared to cementless and hybrid hips (cemented v cementless) hazard ratio (adjusted for age and sex) 2.13; 95% CI (1.49, 3.05) p< 0.0001) (cemented v hybrid) hazard ratio (adjusted for age and sex) 1.94; 95% CI (1.37, 2.77) p=0.0002). There was no difference between cementless and hybrid hips. The most common reason for early revision was dislocation and the risk of this was related to head size with larger sizes showing a reduced risk. Although revisions per 100 observed component years were higher for resurfacing hip replacements than for conventional hips (1.73 v 1.18), this difference was not statistically significant. The principal reason for early failure of resurfacing hips was fracture.

Conclusion: The AOA NJRR has identified prosthesis specific differences in early outcomes and failure mechanisms following primary total hip replacement. Continued monitoring of existing and new prostheses will provide surgeons with independent quality information to assist in the selection of the most appropriate prostheses for particular clinical situations.


S. Graves L. Ingerson D. Davidson P. Ryan E. Griffith B. McDermott N. Pratt

Introduction and Aims: Austin Moore and Thompson hemiarthroplasties are commonly used for the management of subcapital neck of femur fractures, particularly in the frail elderly. There are no published studies that directly compare the results of these two procedures. The Australian Orthopaedic Association National Joint Replacement Registry (AOA NJRR) has reviewed outcomes for these prostheses.

Method: Data from the AOA NJRR collected from participating hospitals between September 1999 and December 2002 were used to test for differences in revision rates between these two prostheses. Mortality data from the National Death Index were used to censor the time of follow-up and to compare mortality rates following surgery. Further analyses were undertaken to examine the effects of age, gender, diagnosis and regional variation.

Results: The Registry recorded 4080 Austin Moore and 1111 Thompson hemiarthroplasties. Of these, 4023 (98.6%) Austin Moore prostheses were cementless and 1010 (90.9%) Thompsons were cemented. The distributions of age and gender were similar for the two prostheses. There were regional differences in the use of monoblock prostheses during the data collection period. In Victoria, all partial monoblock prostheses used were Austin Moore (N=1560). This contrasts to Queensland and Western Australia where 62.8% and 75.8% respectively of all partial monoblock hip replacements were Thompsons. The cementless Austin Moore prosthesis had a significantly higher rate of revision (122/4023, 3%) than the cemented Thompson prosthesis (9/1010, 0.9%). A Cox model yielded a hazard ratio, adjusted for age and gender, of 3.94 (95% CI: 2.00, 7.76; p < 0.001). None of the 57 cemented Austin Moore and four of the 101 (4%) cementless Thompsons required revision. The cumulative mortality rates for the period to 2001 were similar for the two prostheses (Austin Moore 23.3% and Thompson 24.0%). In the states where sufficient numbers of both types of prostheses were used the difference in outcomes were consistent with the overall results.

Conclusion: The use of the cementless Austin Moore prostheses is associated with an almost four-fold increase in the rate of revision when compared to the cemented Thompson prosthesis.


R.B. Bourne G. Webster

Introduction: The purpose of this study was to utilise data from the Canadian Joint Replacement Registry (CJRR) to determine trends in the 43,000 total hip and knee replacement surgeries performed annually in Canada. This data will promote improved access to care and evidence-based surgical practice. Total knee replacement in Canada is associated with greater utilisation rates, less morbidity, less re-admissions and lower satisfaction compared to total hip arthroplasty.

Method: The Canadian Joint Replacement Registry is conducted by orthopaedic surgeons under the umbrella of the Canadian Orthopaedic Association, funded by Health Canada and administered by the Canadian Institute of Health Information. Inaugurated in 2000, the Canadian Joint Replacement Registry has issued three annual reports, which highlight trends in total hip and knee replacement in Canada over the past decade. Data from this voluntary Registry provide the data for this study.

Results: THR and TKR utilisation in Canada increased by 34% from 1994–5 to 2000–01.

Total knee replacement utilisation exceeded total hip replacement rates in the mid-1990s and increased TKR use continues to grow.

Considerable provincial area variations exist with regards THR and TKR utilisation in Canada.

THR and TKR are more commonly performed in female patients with peak utilisation being between 65 and 74 years of age. One third of THRs and TKRs are now performed on patients < 65 years of age.

Average length of stay has dropped precipitously over the last two decades. Average length of stay is now approximately five days for THRs and TKRs.

In-hospital mortality is higher for THRs (1.51%) as compared to TKRs (0.54%).

Complications leading to readmission are more common in THRs.

Age-standardised rates of THR and TKR/100,000 population have increased from 1994–5 to present, but are still lower than other countries.

Waiting times for surgery remain a problem with most patients waiting more than six months for surgery.

One year post-operatively, 96% of patients would have their primary or revision total hip or knee replacement performed again.

Patients are more satisfied with the outcome of primary procedures as compared to revisions.

THR patients have a higher level of satisfaction than TKR patients.

Conclusion: THR and TKR utilisation are dynamic in nature. A national registry such as the CJRR is important in pooling large data sets, allowing trends to be recognised, influencing health care providers and promoting evidence-based surgical practice.


A. Bennett C.N.A. Esler W.M. Harper

Introduction and Aims: To assess the 10-year outcome of knee arthroplasty surgery in a generalist setting, across a single UK health region.

Method: The Trent Arthroplasy Audit Group has been collecting prospective data on primary knee replacements since 1990. 4677 primary knee replacements were performed in the period 1990–92. A validated self-administered questionnaire, including a EuroQol health evaluation questionnaire, was mailed to all surviving patients. The mean age at the time of surgery was 70 years.

Results: Thirty-nine percent of the patients had died by 10 years. Responses were received from 87% of patients. Eighty-two percent of patients had been satisfied with the result of their knee replacement. Twenty-one percent of patients felt that it was not as good as they had been led to believe before surgery. Forty percent of patients had had problems with their knee in the 10 years since surgery. Twenty-one percent had had some form of surgical intervention. Eighty-two percent of patients were taking medication to alleviate pain in their replaced knee.

Eighteen percent complained of constant pain in this knee. When the pain occurred it was described as being severe in 16% and moderate in 40%. Most patients were on prescribed medication, but had not been referred to a surgeon to identify if there was a problem with their implant. The revision rate, for all causes at 10 years was 13%.

Conclusion: The results of knee arthroplasty at 10 years are disappointing. Patients’ responses indicate that previously successful knees are becoming painful. At the present time there appears to be inadequate long-term follow-up/re-referral of patients and surgeons have a high threshold for revision surgery. More detailed clinical examination is planned for this group of patients.


G.J. Gumley

Introduction and Aims: Much of the world faces life without affordable health care. The burden of affordable specialist care has fallen, in large part, on visiting medical volunteers. However, culturally and resource-appropriate patient care is possible. Surgical specialties such as orthopaedic surgery can be developed by providing seed knowledge and skill and developing indigenous skills.

Method: This presentation is based on personal experience in developing countries, specifically the Sihanouk Hospital Centre of HOPE.

Results: Surgical and orthopaedic training has been developed in this resource-poor environment and the individual challenges have been met. A graduate approach to instruction and training is needed and this takes longer than would be the case in a more developed setting.

Conclusion: Surgical training programs, which respect local attitudes and culture, can be set up in resource-poor settings.


L. Campton A. Gregori R. Tabbakh

Introduction and Aims: Accurate alignment of TKJRs is essential for the survival and success of the procedure. Intra-operative alignment of implants is limited by the accuracy of the instrumentation and conventionally relies on visual inspection for confirmation. Computer-aided navigation systems have been developed with the aim of improving component alignment and thus the success of TKJRs. One method of accurately checking post-operative alignment of knee prosthesis is weight-bearing long leg films.

Method: We compared the post-operative leg alignment following computer-assisted versus conventional methods of TKJR using weight-bearing long leg radiographs.

In 91 consecutive TKJRs, the first 50 were performed by conventional methods and a computer navigation system was used for the last 41 in the series. All were performed by the same experienced knee surgeon.

The tibiofemoral degree of malalignment was measured in each long leg film, using the centre of the hip, knee and ankle joints as reference points. Two observers performed each measurement blind and at a single sitting. The same experienced radiographer took all the x-rays in a standardised manner using a kodek long leg film and cassette.

Results: The results show that accuracy of alignment was significantly improved by the computer-assisted navigation system with 91.25% of the Orthopilot and 72.34% of the IB2 knees being within three degrees of varus or valgus from neutral (p=0.025).

Conclusion: These results show a significant improvement in post-operative alignment of caps TKJRs by using the computer-aided navigation system and should follow that the long-term survival of the prosthesis would be extended. We suggest that a more universal analysis of alignment in TKJR is required, as well as a long-term follow-up of patients with post-op alignment measurements.


D. Viskontas T. Skrinskas D. Chess J. Johnson G. King M. Winemaker

Introduction and Aims: Computer-assisted bone and soft tissue balancing in total knee arthroplasty (TKA) may aid in achieving perfect knee alignment leading to better function and prosthesis survival. The ‘Measured Resection’ technique was compared to a ‘Computer Assisted Gap Equalisation’ (CAGE) technique of knee balancing in TKA.

Method: TKAs were performed on eight pairs of cadaver knees. One side of each pair was randomly selected to the control group in which measured resection was used for balancing. The experimental technique (CAGE) using a computer-assisted ligament-tensioning device to equalise gap symmetry and load was used on the contralateral side. Post-operatively, a simulator applied forces to the quadriceps and hamstring tendons and a tibial load transducer measured compartmental force at five flexion angles (0, 30, 45, 60, 90 degrees). Outcome assessment consisted of measuring gap loads and symmetry under ligament tension pre-component insertion and compartmental force post-component insertion.

Results: Although there was no significant difference between the two groups in the symmetry of the extension (p = 0.27) and flexion (p=0.07) gaps pre-component insertion, there was a trend towards improved gap symmetry in the CAGE group. As well, pre-component insertion there was a significant (p< 0.05) equalisation of flexion and extension gap loads in the CAGE group. However, post-component insertion there was no significant difference (p> 0.05 using 2-way repeated measures ANOVA) in medial to lateral compartment load balance between the two groups. As well, the measured loads with the knee in full extension (zero degrees of flexion) were significantly higher (p< 0.001) in both groups compared to other flexion angles.

Conclusion: CAGE improves knee balance pre-component insertion by improving surgical accuracy with computer-assistance. However, component design, posterior capsular tension and tibial rotation preclude sustaining the improved balance post-component insertion leaving final knee balance unchanged. Further work is needed to translate the improved surgical accuracy into improved balance following component insertion.


P. Choong J. Stoney B. Love

Introduction and Aims: Computer-assisted surgery may significantly improve the accuracy of total knee arthroplasty. The reproducibility of acquiring points that facilitate the computer generation of joint morphology which is fundamental for guiding surgery remains unclear. The aim of this study was to assess inter- and intra-operator reproducibility using a computer guidance system.

Method: Three surgeons were involved in this study, who under instruction from a proprietary computer system acquired points on a sawbone model of the knee that correlated with specific anatomic landmarks. This process was performed five times each and repeated on another identical model. The points acquired allowed the computer to generate a knee joint model that predicted size, orientation and alignment of the knee joint. Inter- and intra-operator comparisons of the size of the prostheses, the amount of resection, the rotation of the prostheses, and the relationship of the epicondylar to the posterior femoral condylar axis were made.

Results: This study was commenced one day after an eight-hour hands-on workshop describing the use of the computer guidance system. The computer system accurately recorded the acquisition of points on a sawbone model. There was little difference in the time taken by each surgeon to acquire the points. Although, all iterations of point acquisition were performed sequentially, there was no clear reduction in the time taken for the process of acquisition. Despite the repetitive use of identical sawbone models, all three surgeons demonstrated significant variation within their own and between each others’ acquisitions. This resulted in variations of prosthetic sizes, amounts of bone resection and rotation of implants. The consistency at which certain indices differed suggested a specific bias between surgeons that may reflect technique or interpretation of anatomic landmarks, e.g. relationship between the epicondylar and posterior condylar axes.

Conclusion: An important reason for the variation may be the difference in interpretation of the location of anatomic landmarks. This may have a significant impact on the generation of computer model for guiding subsequent surgery. Clear definitions of landmarks and a robust education program is required if computer assisted surgery is to be accurate and meaningful.


E. Edwards S. Graves D. Urquhart F. Cicuttini

Introduction and Aims: There is a paucity of comprehensive information regarding the management and outcomes of orthopaedic trauma. The aims of this project are to establish a comprehensive registry of orthopaedic injuries, treatments, complications and outcomes based on admissions to Level One Trauma Centres in Victoria.

Method: The Victorian Orthopaedic Trauma Outcomes Registry (VOTOR) has been established through a collaborative project involving Monash University and the Alfred and Royal Melbourne Hospitals. The registry prospectively collects data on all patients with an orthopaedic (bone or soft tissue) injury that are admitted to Victorian Level One Trauma Centres and are managed or followed-up by an orthopaedic unit or have a spinal injury. Data is collected from the patient’s medical record and includes information on demographics, injury diagnosis and treatment methods. Outcomes are measured at discharge and six and 12 months post-injury using patient-oriented measures.

Results: The VOTOR database was established in 2003. This process involved two key stages. The first stage was based on the development of standardised data collection methodology and quality control processes specific to orthopaedic trauma. The second stage involved the commencement of data collection and the administration of outcome measures. From August 18, 2003 until January 12, 2004, 850 participants were registered on the database and there was a greater than 80% response rate for administration of discharge outcome measures. The participants had a median age of 44 (range 16–104) years. There was a greater percentage of male patients (60%) than female patients (40%) and English was the preferred language for most participants (87%). Fortyfive percent of patients were provided with funding from the Transport Accident Commission (TAC). With respect to pre-injury status, the greatest proportion of participants were retired or pensioners (32%), while 14% were tradespersons and 11% had a professional occupation. Most participants achieved an education level of Year 9–11 (32%), followed by 19 percent that reached Year 12.

Conclusion: The VOTOR database provides a unique opportunity to comprehensively examine the nature of orthopaedic trauma. Patient-oriented outcomes associated with these injuries are currently being collected. This research is essential in determining the efficacy of different treatment methods, improving current management options and ultimately reducing the financial and social costs of orthopaedic trauma.


J. Sikorski

Introduction and Aims: The Western Australian experience with the introduction and use of two different computer assistance systems for total knee replacement is presented.

Method: A multi-parameter CT assessment of TKR alignment has been devised. This has been used in a controlled cadaver study, a randomised controlled patient trial, two prospective clinical and radiological audits using the Stryker and the BrainLAB systems. A prospective audit of non-computer assisted TKRs is available for comparison. A total of 240 patients have had either primary or revision computer-assisted TKRs.

Results: Both computer assistance systems provide some advantages in alignment over the non-CAS TKRs. They provide excellent control in revision operations where bone loss needs to be augmented with bone graft. There is however significant morbidity associated with anchoring pin sites. There are pitfalls in accepting software upgrades. The cost-benefit analysis still needs to done.

Conclusion: Computer-assisted TKR has made a promising start but it is still in its infancy and the current versions may not be ready for widespread introduction


N.G.J. Maritz A.J. Gerber S.J Greyling B.B Bongani

Introduction and Aims: There is a clinical impression that rheumatoid involvement of the hand and wrist in black patients differs from white patients. The aim of this study was to look at the hand and wrist involvement in black patients and to compare it with the available series in white patients.

Method: The wrist and hand x-rays of 75 black patients with proven rheumatoid arthritis were used. The x-rays were classified according to the Larsen criteria. We also classified the wrist involvement according to the Stanley and Simmen classifications. We also looked at the extent of wrist involvement and the stability of the wrist.

Results: The Larsen score for the fingers was counted out of 100 – where each MP-joint and each PIP-joint, including the IP-joint of the thumb, counts five (5 x 20). The Larsen score for the left hand was 9,65 and for the right hand 10,32. The Larsen score for the wrist was counted out of five. It was 2,48 for the left wrist and 2,73 for the right wrist. According to the Stanley classification on the right side, 18 fell into the conservative group, 16 into the reconstructive group, 28 into the salvage group and 13 into the irretrievable group. In the Simmen classification on the right side, 23 were classified as normal, 14 as ankylosed, nine as osteo-arthritic and 29 as disintegrated. On the left side, 22 were classified as normal, 12 as ankylosed, 12 as osteo-arthritic and 29 as disintegrated.

Conclusion: Our conclusion is that rheumatoid arthritis involvement was more or less the same as reported in other series, but finger joint involvement was considerably less. This finding must influence surgical decision-making and also the results of drug trials, whenever black patients are involved.


R.S. Bassi J. Shah S.C Deshmukh

Introduction and Aims: Severe Dupuytren’s contracture of the proximal interphalangeal (PIP) joint is a difficult condition to treat; a two-stage technique has been advocated by some surgeons for such cases. The present study set out to determine the early results of this technique.

Method: Thirteen patients (11 with primary and two with recurrent disease) with a severe Dupuytren’s contracture of the proximal interphalangeal (PIP) joint were treated by geometric correction (in line distraction followed by angular correction) using the OrthofixTM mini external fixator followed by its removal and partial fasciectomy (without collateral ligament or volar plate release). The mean duration of distraction was 14 days.

Results: In the PIP joint the mean true fixed flexion deformity pre-operatively was 75 degrees (range 45–90). At a mean follow-up of 21 months, the mean residual flexion deformity was 35 degrees (range 10–90). The mean arc of motion increased from 26 (range 10–55) to 51 degrees (range 0–90). At follow-up, the mean arc of motion was 33 degrees (range 0–70) and 73 degrees (range 45–110) at the distal interphalangeal and meta-carpophalangeal joints respectively. There were no cases of reflex sympathetic dystrophy or neurovascular damage. One patient had a fracture of the proximal phalanx and a second patient had an early recurrence, which led to a poor clinical outcome. The rest had an excellent clinical outcome according to the Michigan Hand Questionnaire.

Conclusion: Although the technique is challenging, the early results are promising and we recommend it for the management of this difficult problem.


W.J. Donnelly

Introduction: Computerised navigation has been a recent addition to the armamentarium of both total hip and knee arthroplasty, following earlier experiences in neurosurgery and trauma. The first navigation devices available for total hip arthroplasty (THA) provided the surgeon with information on acetabular component placement. The current generation of hip navigation packages provide guidance with both acetabular and femoral component placement, as well as information on restoration of leg length and offset.

Method: We used the Stryker hip navigation system.

Results: We have performed in excess of 60 total hip replacements using imageless computerised hip navigation through a number of approaches including: standard posterior, mini-posterior and double-incision approaches. Our results show an increase in accuracy of component placement using computerised navigation as compared with conventional alignment guides, which is in keeping with previous cadaver and clinical studies. The accuracy of the navigation unit appears independent of incision type or size. The limiting factor with all current forms of navigation is the requirement for rigid tracker fixation to both the pelvis and the femur. Until recently, this required insertion of threaded pins and soft-tissue dissection. Loosening of pins or inadvertent pressure on a tracker may lead to false readings and the potential for inaccurate readings. The introduction of percutaneous tracker fixation has decreased problems associated with this. The streamlining of the software program, as well as the introduction of smart tools has decreased the extra time taken to 10 minutes per case.

Conclusion: The first generation of hip navigation units have been able to provide the surgeon with additional information with regard to the normal patient anatomy and allow the surgeon to more accurately place both the femoral and acetabular components. In this introductory period we have seen massive advancements with hardware (trackers and cameras have doubled in accuracy and halved in size) and the software has become more intuitive and less intrusive in the surgical process. We now await clinical studies that confirm that the use of navigation devices in total hip arthroplasty provide clinical advantages to the patient in the form of decreased dislocation rates, more accurate leg length and offset correction and better functional outcome. Navigation is being increasingly used as an adjunct to minimally invasive surgery, ensuring more accurate component position in the face of limited visibility.


A.R. Tolat A. Mannan S. Ghani J. Compson J. Sinha

Introduction and Aims: To explore the variability of tendon slips, insertions and juncturae tendinae (JT) of extensor digitorum communis (EDC) and extensor digiti quinti proprius (EDQP).

Method: The extensor tendons to digits three, four and five (middle, ring and little fingers respectively) were dissected in 49 adult preserved cadaver hands.

Results: The most common patterns of tendon slip origin/insertion were:

the insertion of two slips from EDQP into digit five (84%);

the presence of both slips from EDQP lying in a non-septate tunnel separate to that from the EDC (100%);

the presence of a single slip from EDC of the ring finger inserting radial to EDQP into digit five (94%);

the constant presence of an oblique juncturae tendinum between EDC middle finger and EDC ring finger (100%); and

the universal absence of a juncturae tendinum to either slips of EDQP. The most common relevant variations included:

a juncturae tendinum between EDC ring and EDC little finger (39%); and

an extra slip from EDQP inserting into ring finger (10%).

Whereas variations are not uncommon (Von Schroeder & Botte, 2001), it is the more constant features (presence or absence) which are of surgical relevance and which our study emphasises.

Conclusion: We conclude that the ulnar EDQP slip can be safely and easily harvested as a free tendon graft without any consequential loss of extension of little finger and with minimal surgical trauma. It also follows that rupture of the radial side of the extensor hood of the middle finger predisposes to ulnar subluxation of the middle finger EDC, and we describe two such clinical cases.


Full Access
G. Couzens N. Hussain D. Gilpin M. Ross

Introduction and Aims: Unilateral joint destruction in small joints of the hand presents a difficult challenge, particularly in younger patients. Pyrocarbon has a number of properties which may render it more suitable than metal for hemiarthroplasty in selected circumstances. We reviewed the results of our experience with PIP and MCP hemiarthroplasty utilising pyrocarbon implants to evaluate the clinical outcome in each case.

Method: Since December 2001, 10 pyrocarbon hemiarthroplasties were implanted in 10 patients. Eight were implanted into the PIP joint and two into the MCP joint. The average patient age was 34.5 years (range 19–65). Nine procedures were for trauma and one for arthrosis. The decision to implant was taken when other reconstructive options were not considered possible and the patient would otherwise have been offered arthrodesis or amputation or total joint arthroplasty. The patients were reviewed clinically to establish their range of motion, pain control and satisfaction with surgery. Radiographic review was undertaken.

Results: After an average follow-up of 13 months (range three to 23 months) all joints remain in-situ. The average arc of motion is 50.5 degrees. Average extension was minus eight degrees (range 0–20) and average flexion was 58.5 (range 15–90). There was no evidence of loosening. Erosion of the intact side of the joint was noted in only one patient. One patient was not satisfied with the final outcome.

Conclusion: The short-term results of PIP and MCP hemiarthroplasty with a pyrocarbon prosthesis show reasonable promise and this procedure merits further evaluation of its role in the treatment of unilateral joint destruction. It may be preferable to either total joint arthroplasty or fusion, particularly in the younger patient.


Full Access
L.A Koman B.P. Smith T.L. Smith G.A. Elsaidi J. Ma J. Shen

Introduction and Aims: In order to evaluate the hypothesis that the ‘temporary and controlled reduction of muscle force protects repair sites come from its safe, active, and passive range of motion and diminishes complications’, a tendon repair model was evaluated.

Method: After heel cord tenotomy, Sprague-Dawley rats (n=36) were randomised to Botulinum A Toxin at six units per kilogram or saline and the tendon repaired with a two-strand core suture and a peritenon running suture. The ankles were pinned in equinus for two days, and then the animals were allowed to move freely within their cages. Analysis included gap, rupture rates, electrophysiologic measurements and mechanical testing.

Results: The treatment group had a statistically significant lower spontaneous partial or total rupture rate than the control (P=0.38). Tendon electrophysiologic testing showed that the toxin group had lower twitch and tetanus values than the control group (evidence of effective denervation). The toxin group also had better histologic healing and better strength of repair (higher rupture strength values). Histologic assessment showed that the toxin-treated group had more normal histology with less scar.

Conclusion: Chemoprotection decreases significantly spontaneous tendon rupture rates following repair in active versus control groups. The active toxin group demonstrated better healing. Decreasing tension across repair sites is equally effective in increasing inastamotic strength and permits active range of motion without rupture.


P. Abolfathi T. Scott V. Vare G. Wallace G. Spinks

Introduction and Aims: Following injuries leading to loss of hand function, rehabilitative exercises are often critical for recovery. This project utilises artificial muscles to create a glove that can provide specific rehabilitation options to the hand, as well as provide grasp and release functions to those unable to move their hand.

Method: Artificial muscles are composed of electrically activated polymers or shape memory alloys (SMA) that shorten under current, in a way similar to muscles. In this project, three glove prototypes were developed and tested initially with SMA Nitinol wires. Each wire was placed such that its activation caused a movement of an individual joint in a hand model. Wire activation was controlled by a pocket PC, thereby enabling portability. Artificial proprioception was provided for the joints, using force/position transducers. A software interface in the controller was used to program desired passive movement.

Results: Each joint could be independently moved to a desired angle. The force and position transducers were tested against calibrated inputs and were found to be reliable. These were used as feedback for the control of motion and force. The control software allowed the therapist to program desired force, speed and range of motion for each of the 15 finger/thumb joints in the hand model. As such, continuous passive joint movements can be administered by the glove for hours at a time through a portable glove and controller device. Another experiment verified the ability of this unique rehabilitation glove to provide a light hand grasp with controllable holding force. This function can be triggered using an external switch such as a shoulder stick. Other functions implemented include the provision of dynamic splinting to the finger joints using the system software and the ability to log the performance of the hand through time. The latter function would be valuable for monitoring the effectiveness of the therapy, as well as for continuously adjusting the exercises to increase performance.

Conclusion: The individual tailoring of therapeutic programs for the hand joints will create a safer and more effective therapy than current devices available on the market. As well as being portable, the provision of hand grasp and release with the glove provides an additional functional benefit for those with paralysed hands.


M. Rosenwasser J. Lee J. Monica B. Heyworth S. Crow H. Altamirano L. Chen N. Taylor R. Beekman

Introduction and Aims: While successful long-term results have been shown for ligament reconstruction–tendon interposition arthroplasty for treatment of thumb basal joint osteoarthritis, the need for invasive ligament reconstruction has not been established. In this study we describe long-term results utilising the technique of tendon interposition arthroplasty with dynamic tendon transfer and capsulorrhaphy.

Method: Twenty-four thumbs (21 patients) were evaluated at an average of 7.1 years (1.8–19.5 years) post-procedure. Capsulorrhaphy was performed utilising APL tendon slips where tissue was insufficient. The APB origin was advanced via tendon transfer (FCR to APB), providing a stabilising abductor moment. Subjective assessment was performed using Visual Analogue Scores (VAS), Disabilities of Arm, Shoulder, Hand (DASH) scores, and patient satisfaction scales. Objective assessment included post-operative range of motion (ROM), grip/pinch strength, and radiographs for interposition arthroplasty height.

Results: Twenty of 21 patients (95%) were satisfied and described results as either good or excellent. Twenty of 21 patients (95%) would undergo surgery again. Mean VAS was 8.7 at rest and 10.2 with activity (0, no pain; 100, maximum pain). Mean DASH score was 16.9 (range from 0, no difficulty performing daily tasks to 100, unable to perform daily tasks). ROM, grip, lateral and tip pinch strengths were comparable with those of the contralateral thumb. AP radiographs showed preservation in 12 of 12 patients (100%). Fourteen of 21 patients received the procedure on their dominant hand.

Conclusion: Treatment of basal joint osteoarthritis with our technique provided stable and functional reconstructions, resulting in excellent pain relief. Results were comparable to, or better than, those previously cited in the literature for alternative procedures. These results suggest that dogma requiring static ligament reconstruction or suspension may need to be re-evaluated.


A. Barrow M. Radziejowski

Introduction and Aims: The ‘Boxer’s fracture’ is a common injury. Often these fractures are treated conservatively with acceptable functional results, leaving the patient with a residual deformity. A minimally invasive technique of treating these fractures was investigated.

Method: Twenty-three consecutive patients with a fractured neck of the fifth metacarpal with a volar angulation exceeding 40 degrees were offered treatment with a prograde intramedullary K-wire. All 23 patients accepted this treatment with informed consent. A 1.6 mm pre-bent K-wire was inserted via the base of the fifth metacarpal in each case. Time to regaining full function, time to union and final functional and radiological outcome were looked at.

Results: All 23 patients went on to full clinical and radiological union within six weeks. In 18 patients the reduction was anatomical with no residual angulation. In five, the residual angulation ranged from five to 15 degrees with an average of eight degrees. Two patients suffered a transient sensory neuropraxia.

Conclusion: The presented technique is a simple, cost-effective and reliable method of treating a ‘Boxer’s fracture’. Although this type of injury can often be treated without surgery, this procedure ensures a rapid return to full function with little or no residual deformity.


E.M Carides

Introduction and Aims: Many surgical techniques are available for thumb reconstruction. These include deepening of the first web, flaps, osteoplastic reconstructions, toe to thumb transfer, pollicisation and metacarpal lengthening. The aim of this study is to assess the outcome following use of distraction methods for thumb lengthening.

Method: Nineteen patients who underwent thumb metacarpal lengthening over a six-year period have been reviewed retrospectively. Lengthening was performed for terminal deficiency in 12 cases and for segmental bone loss in seven cases. The callotasis method was used in 11 patients and the Matev method in eight. The Orthofix mini-external fixator was used as the distracting device in all cases.

Results: Final gains in length achieved measured from 22mm to 41mm, with an average fixator application time of 86 days (range 58 to 125). Complications included two malunions, one overlengthening, four pin migrations through bone and six cases of pin track sepsis. There were no skin or neurovascular complications. Narrowing of the first web space has been found to be a significant problem associated with thumb metacarpal lengthening in this study. This necessitated subsequent deepening of the web space in 14 patients with adductor release in seven patients.

Conclusion: Distraction methods for thumb reconstruction are relatively easy, safe and do not require special facilities or prolonged theatre time. Where indicated, these techniques provide a useful alternative to other methods of thumb reconstruction.


M. Challis G. Jull P. Gaston K. Wilson R. Crawford M. Welsh

Introduction and Aims: Cyclic pneumatic pressure applied to the musculature proximal to a fracture of the distal radius has been shown to produce compressive loading of the fracture. The aim of this randomised controlled in vivo study in an ovine model was to investigate the effect of the pneumatic pressure on fracture healing.

Method: Thirty-seven sheep underwent a transverse osteotomy of the right radius. All sheep were managed in a plaster cast and splint to ensure non-weight bearing during rehabilitation. Nineteen of the sheep were randomised to receive cyclic loading by the application of a pressure cuff around the muscles of the proximal forearm deep to the cast. The other 18 sheep acted as controls. The sheep in the experimental group received 120 cyclic loads over two 10-minute sessions each day starting one week post-osteotomy. Sheep from both groups were sacrificed at either four or six weeks. X-rays, ultrasonography, biomechanical testing and histomorphometry were used to assess differences between the groups.

Results: The area of periosteal callus on lateral and antero-posterior x-ray, the peak torsional strength, the fracture stiffness, the energy absorbed over the first 10 degrees of torsion and histomorphometric analysis all showed that the fractures in the group treated with the cyclic pneumatic pressure achieved the same level of union at four weeks as the control group fractures at six weeks (not significantly different p> 0.05). The density of the woven bone in the periosteal callus of the treated sheep was significantly greater than the controls (p< 0.01). Ultrasonography showed no significant difference (p> 0.05) in the amount of muscle wasting between the treated group and the control group.

Conclusion: This study has shown that the rate of healing is enhanced when cyclic pneumatic pressure is applied to the musculature proximal to a transverse fracture of the distal radius in an adult sheep model. There is potential for this treatment to be used in a human population.


M. Rosenwasser L. Chen A. Trocchia A. Barbas M. Aguayo J. Lee R. Strauch

Introduction and Aims: The volar carpal ganglion (VCG) is a common benign tumor of the hand complicated by multiple recurrences with conventional treatment. Despite being a common condition, we know of no report describing post-operative functional outcome. We evaluated functional outcome, pain, scarring, and recurrence after VCG excision in the last 15 years.

Method: Twenty-eight patients were considered for inclusion in this study. All patients had been surgically treated for volar carpal ganglia in the last 15 years. Of these, 16 were available for follow-up after exclusion of patients who had since deceased, moved, or were otherwise lost to follow-up. Mean follow-up period was 55 months (nine–135 months). Functional outcome of the upper extremity was evaluated using the standard DASH questionnaire. DASH scores can range from zero (no difficulty in performing daily tasks) to 100 (unable to perform daily tasks). Pain, scarring, and recurrence were also assessed.

Results: Sixteen patients who underwent surgical excision of their recurrent volar carpal ganglions were available for follow-up at the time of the study. They included six men and 10 women, with a mean age of 47 (range 11–70 years). The duration of symptoms prior to excision ranged from two to 50 months. Pain was the main reason for surgery while one patient reported that surgery was performed for cosmetic reasons. There were eight patients in the nine-month to three-year follow-up period and the average DASH score was 7.6. The four patients in the three to five-year follow-up period had an average DASH of 8.1. The four patients in the five plus years of follow-up had an average DASH of 1.7. The improvement in functional outcome correlated with time since surgery, however these differences were not statistically significant. Two of the 16 patients had recurrences within six months after excision. Increased pain was reported in these patients only. No patients complained of significant scarring post-operatively.

Conclusion: Multiple treatment modalities including aspiration and surgery are discussed in the literature with great outcome variability. Our series is the first long-term functional assessment after VCG excision. Thus, surgery is an option for treatment of this common condition as evidenced by low recurrence and DASH scores and high patient satisfaction.


C.M. Lowden M. Attiah K.J. Faber G. Garvin J. McDermid S. Osman

Introduction and Aims: Ganglia are commonly seen during investigation of patients with wrist pain. Our aim was to determine the prevalence of ganglia in an asymptomatic population.

Method: Following Institutional Ethical approval, Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) was performed on the wrists of 103 asymptomatic volunteers. There were 67 males and 37 females, with an average age of 36, range 19–67 years. There were 52 right wrists and 51 left wrists.

Using a 1.89 Tesla surface coil Magnetic Resonance Imager the following sequences were obtained: Coronal T 1, Proton Density, T 2 and Inversion Recovery sequences; Sagittal Inversion Recovery sequences; Axial T 1 and Inversion Recovery Sequences. The images were then evaluated independently by two Muskuloskeletal Radiologists and one Orthopaedic Surgeon.

Results: Wrist Ganglia were identified in 53 out of 103 wrists. Wrist Ganglia were more prevalent in females than males, 58% compared to 48% respectively. The average long axis measurement was 7.5 mm (range 2.7–22.2), the average short axis measurement was 3.2 mm (range 1.6–10.1). Seventy percent of the Ganglia were found to originate from the volar capsule in the region of the interval between the Radio-Scapho-Capitate Ligament and the Long Radio-Lunate Ligament. Fourteen percent of the ganglia were dorsal and originated from the dorsal, distal fibres of the Scapho-Lunate Ligament. Two ganglia had surrounding soft tissue oedema and one had an associated intra-osseous component.

Conclusion: The prevalence of asymptomatic wrist ganglia is high – 51%. Unlike previous surgical and pathological series, our study showed volar wrist ganglia are more common than dorsal wrist ganglia in the asymptomatic population. The vast majority of these asymptomatic ganglia do not show associated ligamentous disruption, soft tissue oedema or intra-osseous communication.


D.P. Gwynne Jones D.N. Townshend P. Taylor

Introduction and Aims: It has been suggested that elderly patients have poorer outcomes following carpal tunnel decompression than younger patients, especially if there is severe compression. The purpose of this study was to determine the outcomes of carpal tunnel decompression in the elderly patient and whether the outcome could be predicted from pre-operative nerve conduction studies.

Method: A retrospective study of all patients over 70 years who had a carpal tunnel release over a three-year period at Dunedin Hospital, with a minimum one-year follow-up. Pre-operative nerve conduction studies were graded from one to six according to severity. Patients were followed up by postal questionnaire (Boston carpal tunnel symptom severity score) and telephone follow-up.

Results: 109 procedures were performed in 96 patients. Eight patients had died, two excluded (one with Motor Neurone disease and one acute CTS following fracture) and five were demented and unable to fill out the questionnaire. Eighty-one patients with 92 wrists were available for review. Mean age was 78.6 years. Eighty percent had marked to severe neurophysiological changes (Grade 4–6). Post-operatively, the median Boston score was 1.27 with 84% having a Boston score of < 2.0. Patients were satisfied with the result in 94.6% of procedures. There was a positive correlation between nerve conduction grade and post-operative Boston Score (p=0.042).

Conclusion: Despite nerve conduction studies consistent with marked to severe compression, elderly patients have low symptom severity scores following carpal tunnel decompression and a high rate of satisfaction. Carpal tunnel release in patients over 70 years of age is justified and usually associated with a good outcome.


J.B. Payandeh A.J. McConnell H.P. von Schroeder E.H. Schemitsch

Introduction and Aims: Midcarpal instability is a common cause of wrist pain that remains poorly understood. A simple surgical treatment has been developed involving plication of the dorsal wrist capsule and ligaments. We hypothesised that: wrist stiffness varies in the population; laxity permits excessive displacement; and plication stiffens the joint decreasing motion.

Method: Twelve human cadaveric forearms were potted using bone cement and were secured to the stationary baseplate of a slider. The hand was fixed through the metacarpal bones to the mobile section of the slider, and a compressive load was applied. With the wrist positioned in neutral orientation, a force was applied by an Instron mechanical testing machine (Model 8874, Instron, Canton, MA), simulating a midcarpal shift test. Stiffness (force/displacement) was measured at baseline, with the capsule sectioned, and then following a surgical procedure consisting of plicating the ligaments and capsule with three mattress sutures at the midcarpal joint.

Results: Baseline testing revealed large variability in midcarpal joint stiffness: mean baseline stiffness was 16.5 + 5.9 N/mm, ranging from 9.3 to 28.1 N/mm. Following plication/repair, mean stiffness increased significantly by 20% to 19.8 + 8.5 N/mm (p < 0.02). All surgical repairs withstood the testing without failure. These data confirm a wide range of laxity at the midcarpal joint and provide a mechanical basis for the success observed with capsular plication of the joint.

This increased stiffness decreases motion under comparable loading conditions. In individuals who have excessive motion causing wrist symptoms, increasing the stiffness by capsular plication of the supporting ligaments decreases the motion to relieve symptoms. This technique has found success in clinical practice to relieve symptoms in patients with midcarpal instability.

Conclusion: Midcarpal joint stiffness spanned a threefold range supporting our hypothesis that there is a large variation of ligament laxity in the population. Suturing the dorsal wrist capsule and underlying ligaments significantly increased the stiffness of the wrist when a volar force was applied across the midcarpal joint.


J.K. Stanley G. Tuvo R. Kebrle

Introduction and Aims: Distal radioulnar joint surgery in the past have been dominated by different types of partial or complete ulnar head excision. However, in the long run this can create a number of problems; hence we have used Herbert modular prosthesis to tackle these very difficult situations. This prosthesis comprises of a press fit stem in three sizes and a ceramic head also available in three sizes.

Method: In Wrightington Hospital upper limb unit, 61 patients underwent Herbert ulnar head replacement. Fifty-eight were clinically and radiologically reviewed. This is the largest series from a single centre of this type of surgery.

Between December 1998 and December 2002, 21 male and 27 female patients were operated. The mean age was 49.8 (range 28–72 years). Twenty-two left, eighteen right and two bilateral replacements were performed. The mean follow-up was 20.02 months (range 3–60 months).

An independent observer, using range of motion, grip strength and satisfaction as outcome, reviewed all patients.

Results: Primary diagnoses included failed Darrach, Bower, Sauve Kapandji and traumatic ulnar head excision. Forty-five patients were satisfied with the outcome. Pain score showed a mean improvement of four, with a range of 0–10. The grip strength compared to normal side was decreased in 50% of the patients. The range of motion compared to normal side improved by a mean of 10 degrees (range 3–20) in supination and 13 (range 4–23) in pronation.

Conclusion: Radiological review showed new bone (eight) and notch formation (nine). Stress shielding of 0–19mm was observed in distal ulna with revision or emergency stem. Complication occurred in eight patients: instability (four), RSD (one), implant failure (one) and two others. Twelve patients required further surgery. No loosening was observed at revision. There are no long-term results available at present.


W.B. Geissler J.F Slade

Introduction and Aims: A non-union of the scaphoid has traditionally been managed by open reduction and internal fixation with bone grafting. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the healing rate of selected scaphoid non-unions managed by arthroscopic assisted fixation alone without supplemental bone grafting.

Method: Fifteen patients underwent arthroscopic fixation of a scaphoid nonunion without bone grafting. There were 14 males and one female. Average age was 20 years (range 17–28 years). A history of a scaphoid fracture was present an average of eight months prior to fixation (range 4–15 months). The lunate was neutral in all pre-operative radiographs without carpal collapse in order to be included in the study. There were 12 horizontal oblique fractures involving the middle third, one transverse fracture and two proximal third fractures. A guide wire was placed under fluoroscopic guidance and anatomic reduction of the fracture was assessed arthroscopically from the mid-carpal space. A headless cannulated compression screw was placed dorsal to volar. No patient underwent bone grafting. Fracture union was evaluated by CT scan and plain radiographs.

Results: All patients healed their fractures. Average time to union was 12 weeks (range 8–18 weeks). Average wrist extension was 50 degrees, flexion was 60 degrees, radial deviation 20 degrees and ulnar deviation 25 degrees. Utilising the Mayo Modified Wrist Score, there were 12 excellent and three good results. Arthroscopic assisted fixation of selected scaphoid non-unions without bone grafting yielded a 100 percent union rate with minimal morbidity in this series.

Conclusion: Placement of a cannulated screw under arthroscopic guidance avoided soft tissue stripping, preserved the blood supply to the fracture fragments, and yielded excellent range of motion in this series. This technique would not be recommended for patients with a humpback deformity or signs of carpal collapse where bone graft would be required to correct the flexion deformity of the scaphoid.


A.J. Hart T. Seepaul S. Ang R. Hewitt A. Amis U. Hansen

Introduction and Aims: Locking plates represent a major change in the way we stabilise fractures. The distal radius Locking Compression Plate (LCP, Synthes) theoretically enables palmar plating of dorsally comminuted and intra-articular wrist fractures. All current methods (Dorsal plates, K wires and external fixators) have considerable disadvantages. This is the first study to assess the clinical and biomechanical results of this new implant.

Method: We created a synthetic bone fracture model to compare three plates (the LCP, Buttress and Pi). We tested 24 plates, eight in each group, using the Instrom biomechanical testing machine, axially loading the model to 200 Newtons for 500 cycles. The results show significantly less displacement for the LCP plate (p< 0.05).

Results: Early clinical results are reported following a prospective study of the LCP plate to stabilise dorsally comminuted and intra-articular. The average age was 32 years. We report our results at an average follow-up of six months (range four to nine months). There were no complications. The Gartland & Werley scores were at least satisfactory in all patients and good in 75%.

Conclusion: Both our biomechanical and early clinical results support the clinical use of the palmarly applied LCP for intra-articular and dorsally comminuted wrist fractures.


A. Barrow S.L. Biddulph P. Webster

Introduction and Aims: The purpose of this study was to investigate the effectiveness of a specifically designed titanium wrist fusion plate for use in wrist arthrodesis. The possibility of no or minimal casting post-operatively was considered and an early return to function was another proposed benefit.

Method: Ten consecutive patients with pathology requiring wrist arthrodeses were subjected to wrist fusion by means of a titanium wrist fusion plate. In all 10 cases, a similar technique was used securing the plate to the third metacarpal and the radius. In all cases, autologous bone graft was harvested from the patient’s iliac crest. Time to union, time of immobilisation and overall functional results were looked at. Patient satisfaction with the procedure was also documented.

Results: In all 10 patients, solid radiological union was documented between eight and 12 weeks. The pre-contoured plates produce a satisfactory and consistent position of fusion when correctly applied. Six of the 10 patients were managed with a light cast for six weeks post-operatively. The other four patients were treated with no immobilisation at all. There was no failure of fixation in this small series. One patient with a pre-existing transverse scar on the dorsum of the wrist, a small area of skin necrosis occurred. This healed by secondary intention over a four-week period.

Conclusion: The titanium arthrodesis plate provides a reliable good method for wrist fusion. Although the longitudinal scar is longer than necessary in some other techniques described, and the carpometacarpal joint is included in the fusion, the overall level of patient satisfaction is high.


Full Access
W.H. Seitz

Introduction and Aims: Rotational malalignment following fracture of the distal radius results in subluxation of the distal radioulnar joint, alteration of the normal contact area of the ulnar head in the sigmoid notch of the radius, arthrosis, pain, limited pronation and supination and dysfunction. This paper describes the technique for restoration of appropriate rotation, as well as length and angulation following malunion.

Method: Eleven cases of derotational osteotomy of the distal radius with low-profile plate fixation have been performed for correction of rotational malalignment with restoration of appropriate articular tilt, length and alignment. In eight cases, the articular surface of the distal ulna was found to be too degenerated to salvage the distal radioulnar joint and resection of the distal ulna with soft tissue reconstruction was performed.

Results: Healing of the osteotomy of the distal radius was achieved in all 11 patients. None of the patients undergoing distal resection demonstrated instability of the distal radioulnar joint but one demonstrated distal radioulnar impingement. One patient with a preserved ulnar head demonstrated ulnocarpal abutment and required late secondary ulna head resection. Pre-operative pronation/supination arc was 40 degrees and postoperative arc was 130 degrees. In eight of the 11, pain was rated as zero on a 10-point scale, while the other three ranged between two and five on the same scale. At a two-year follow-up, grip strength measured 80% of the contralateral side while total range of motion measured 76% of the contralateral side. All 11 patients were functional at daily household activities, five out of seven previously working patients were back to work, and all patients felt that their post-operative status was a significant improvement over their pre-operative status.

Conclusion: Rotatory malpositioning following distal radius fracture provides significant disability. Derotational osteotomy can be effective in restoring pronation and supination, diminishing pain and increasing function. Late treatment may also require resection of the distal ulnar articular surface due to post-traumatic arthrosis. Soft tissue stabilisation at the time of osteotomy provides stability of the distal radioulnar joint in the majority of cases.


Q. Fogg G. Bain M. Eames R. Tedman

Introduction and Aims: Kinematic and morphologic suggests the scaphoid may be moved differently between individuals. This study therefore aims to determine to what extent the morphology and ligamentous support of the scaphoid supports the suggestion of variable scaphoid motion. The influence of scaphoid motion on the remainder of the carpus will be considered.

Method: Embalmed specimens were either dissected (n=50) using 3x loupes, sectioned histologically (n=30) or sectioned macroscopically (n=20).

Results: Two distinct morphological patterns were observed. Some scaphoids had a shallow capitate facet and were supported by a series of ligaments that may prevent flexion/extension, but allow/facilitate rotation about the longitudinal axis of the scaphoid. Others had deeply concave capitate facets and were supported by ligaments that may prevent rotation but allow flexion/ extension. These patterns may be continuous throughout the proximal row of the carpus.

Conclusion: Two morphological patterns may dictate the mechanical pattern of the carpus. A flexing and extending scaphoid is restricted by the capitate to its radial position, while a rotating scaphoid may be allowed to translate along the proximoulnar aspect of the capitate.


R.T. Bicknell J.C. Harwood L.M Ferreira G.J.W. King J.A Johnson K.J. Faber D. Drosdowech

Introduction and Aims: Suture anchors allow consistent reattachment of tendons and ligaments to bone. Many options are available. The purpose of this study was to compare the initial strength of two rotator cuff repair techniques. The hypothesis was that rotator cuff repair strength with anchors would be inferior to transosseous sutures.

Method: Eight paired shoulders with a standardised supraspinatus defect were randomised to bioabsorbable nonsuture-based anchor or transosseous suture repair. Each specimen was then subjected to a stepwise cyclic loading protocol, utilising a custom-designed loading apparatus. Repair site migration was measured using an optical measurement system, consisting of a digital camera and custom software. Mode of failure, number of cycles and load to failure were measured for 50% (5 mm) and 100% (10 mm) loss of repair. These results were correlated with bone mineral density, age and gender. Statistical analysis utilised paired t-tests and Pearson correlations.

Results: The anchors failed at the anchor-tendon interface, whereas the sutures failed through the sutures. Mean values for 50 percent loss of repair were 206 ± 88 cycles and 44 ± 15 N for the sutures, and 1193 ± 252 cycles and 156 ± 20 N for the anchors (p< 0.05). The corresponding values for 100 percent loss of repair were 2458 ± 379 cycles and 294 ± 27 N for the sutures, and 2292 ± 333 cycles and 263 ± 28 N for the anchors (p> 0.05). These results may be due to the relative less deformability of the anchors. This may be relevant clinically, as in the early post-operative period, while tendon healing to bone is occurring, anchors may offer improved strength, allowing improved initial healing. Strength was unaffected by bone quality. This may be attributed to each repair failing primarily through the repair construct or at the anchor-tendon interface, and not through bone. Strengths of this study include the use of paired specimens, the stepwise cyclic loading protocol, as well as increased accuracy of our measurement system. Limitations include the use of an in vitro model, as well as a simulated, standardised rotator cuff tear.

Conclusion: Repair strength with anchors was superior to sutures. Strength was unaffected by bone quality. Anchors facilitate an arthroscopic procedure, decrease operative time, and may allow a faster post-operative recovery. This study has described a new high-resolution method of measuring tendon repair failure and may be useful in future studies.


M. Patel M. Graze

Introduction: Carpal scaphoid fractures can be treated non-operatively in a cast, but the duration of treatment can take up to 12 weeks, with non-union rates of 15%. The hypothesis of this study was: percutaneous fixation of acute scaphoid fractures results in better union rates, faster time to union, and better function.

Method: In a prospective study, 48 consecutive acute and subacute scaphoid fractures were treated with percutaneous Acutrak screws. These patients were compared to a case-matched control group treated non-operatively in a cast. Herbert-Fisher type A (‘crack’) and B4 (fracture-dislocations) fractures were excluded from the study. The implant is a cannulated headless titanium screw with conical design and continuous differential pitch for inter-fragmentary compression. The screw was introduced retrograde according to a technique devised by the senior author (MP). In addition to the standard postero-anterior and lateral views, prone and supine oblique views were used to achieve accurate screw placement.

Results: There were 16 B1 (oblique), 15 B2 (waist), four B3 (proximal pole) and nine B5 (comminuted) fractures in each group. The average operation time was 19 minutes. The union rate was 97.7% in the operated group, and 81.8% (36/44) in the non-operated group (p< 0.05). The average time to union was significantly quicker in the operated group (seven weeks compared to 12 weeks, p< 0.05). At 12 weeks post-treatment the range of motion as well as the pinch and grip strengths were better in the operated group. After 24 weeks the two groups had comparable functional results. The mean time taken return to work was 2.5 weeks with percutaneous fixation compared to 13 weeks with cast treatment (p< 0.05). The average delay with cast group in return to work was 10.8 weeks with an average loss of income of $8815. The overall cost to the community with the screw treatment was $7640 more with cast treatment. There were no complications in the operated group and seven non-unions in the cast group.

Conclusion: Primary percutaneous screw fixation of scaphoid fractures is reliable, fast, cost-efficient and reproducible. The learning curve is moderately steep. It results in improved union rates, decreased time to union, improved early function and early return to work. Prone and supine oblique views are invaluable in assessing accurate screw placement.


M. Almaiyah B. Fourie L. Goodchild P. Finn A. Rangan

Introduction and Aims: To determine if the surface area of partial thickness (< 50%), Bursal side tears of the cuff influence outcome following Subacromial Decompression.

Method: Shoulder function using Constant score (CS) was recorded before and a minimum of one year after Arthroscopic Subacromial Decompression (ASD) in patients undergoing surgery for primary impingement. In patients who had partial thickness, Bursal side tears (BT), the length of the tear in its largest dimension (surface area) was measured. These patients were divided into two groups according to the tear surface area (≤9 mm and ≥10mm) .To determine whether having a BT (< 50% thickness) or its surface area affect pre- and post-operative CS, t-tests were performed.

Results: 110 patients underwent ASD over a one-year period for primary impingement. Twenty-two patients with partial thickness BT and 18 patients with intact rotator cuff were included in this study. In 10 patients, the BT was ≤9 mm (mean 7 mm) and in 12 patients BT was ≥10mm (mean 13 mm).

Statistical analysis of pre- and post-operative Constant scores showed that, in ≤9 mm group CS increased significantly by 21.5, p=0.02, 95% CI (4.9, 38.1). CS increased in ≥10mm group by 22.8, p< 0.01, 95%(11.5, 34.1). Comparing the change in CS between these two groups with different tears size, there was no significant difference (2-sample t-test, t=0.15, 20df, p=0.88).

To determine whether having BT tear affects pre- and post-operative Constant scores, all BTs were grouped together and compared with the group of patients with intact cuff.

In the group with BTs, average Constant scores increased significantly (paired t-test, t=5.24, 21df, p< 0.01) by 22.2 with 95% CI (13.4, 31.0).

In the group with no tears, average Constant scores increased significantly (paired t-test, t=5.17, 17df, p< 0.01) by 26.6, 95% CI (15.8, 37.5).

Comparing the levels of absolute change in Constant scores from pre- to post-operation between the two groups there is no difference in outcome between patients with a tear and those without a tear (2-sample t-test, t=1.03, 38df, p=0.31).

Conclusion: We conclude that ASD yields satisfactory results in patients with BTs involving < 50% thickness, irrespective of the surface area of the tear.


N.G.J. Maritz D. Nellensteijn

Introduction and Aims: A prospective analysis of the sonographic findings of asymptomatic shoulders in black patients over 40 years of age, to determine the prevalence of rotator cuff lesions in this group.

Method: Physical examination and bilateral sonograms were performed on 106 black patients, who visited the Trauma Clinic. Patients with shoulder trauma were excluded. Scans were made of sub-scapularis, supra-spinatus and infra-spinatus insertions. The size of the tears were measured in millimetres and divided in partially and full thickness tears.

Results: There were 66 male and 50 female patients. Mean age 52.8 years. Thirty-three patients had a history of previous trauma, but were asymptomatic at the time of the examination. The pain score for the whole group was 1.3 on an analogue scale of five, which means that pain is present now and then, but no medication is necessary. Forty-two cuff lesions were present in 34 patients. The biggest lesion (3.5 cm) was in a 73-year old patient. In 17 shoulders, the tear was more than one cm and in 13 shoulders it was a partial tear. There was almost no weakness of sub-scapularis, supra-spinatus and infra-spinatus.

Conclusion: Asymptomatic rotator cuff tears were as common in the black population as in the Caucasian population. The symptoms present are mild and the patients experienced it as normal. Weakness as such may not be a problem in patients with a rotator cuff tear. Weakness may become a problem if the tear increases in size. Pain may become a problem when the shoulder becomes unstable.


C.M. Ball A. Hassan

Introduction and Aims: Isolated rupture of the subscapularis tendon is an uncommon condition that has generally been treated by early surgical repair. However, very little information is available regarding functional outcome following surgery. The purpose of this study was to evaluate patient reported outcome following surgical repair with a minimum follow-up of 12 months.

Method: Thirteen consecutive patients underwent arthroscopy followed by open surgical repair of an isolated traumatic rupture of the subscapularis tendon. A deltopectoral approach was used in all cases with repair of the tendon using suture anchors. Tenodesis of the long head of the biceps tendon was carried out in all patients because of instability or rupture. Standardised pre- and post-operative examinations were performed which included goniometric measurements of range of motion and an assessment of subscapularis function and strength. The ASES Shoulder Assessment Form was completed both pre-operatively and at final review.

Results: All patients reported significant pain and functional limitations pre-operatively, with an average pain score of 7/10 and ASES score of 41.2. Limitation of active arm elevation and clinical evidence of sub-scapularis rupture was present in all but one patient. At an average follow-up of 18 months all patients were satisfied and would undergo the procedure again. The average ASES score improved to 91.9, with all patients reporting minimal or no pain. All patients regained overhead elevation and external rotation to within 10 degrees of the other side. Internal rotation and subscapularis function improved in all patients. There were no complications.

Conclusion: Early surgical repair of isolated tears of the subscapularis tendon provides excellent pain relief and reliable restoration of shoulder function and strength. Patient satisfaction is high and the average ASES score can be significantly improved. Associated abnormalities of the long head of biceps tendon are common and should be addressed at the time of surgery.


A. Pimpalnerkar J.J. Matthews R.E.A. Walker N. Mohtadi

Introduction and Aims: Pectoralis major tendon rupture is a relatively rare injury, resulting from violent, eccentric contraction of the muscle. Over 50percent of these injuries occur in athletes, classically in weight-lifters during bench press.

Method: In this study, 13 cases of rupture of the pectoralis major muscle in athletes are presented. All patients underwent surgical repair. Physical findings and surgical technique are described. Magnetic resonance imaging was used in the diagnosis of all patients. Intra-operative findings correlated with the reported scans in 11 patients with minor differences in two patients.

Results: During follow-up examination, six patients had excellent results, six had good results and one had a fair result. Eleven patients could return to sports activity at their pre-operative level.

Among our patients we emphasise that of an orthopaedic resident who suffered a rupture of his pectoralis major tendon as an unusual complication of closed manipulation of an anterior shoulder dislocation.

Conclusion: According to the literature and our experience, we suggest that only surgical repair of the pectoralis major rupture will result in complete recovery and restoration of the full strength of the muscle, which is essential for the active athlete.


N.G.J. Maritz L.J. Ligthelm P.L. Lourens S. Buys Z. Moolman

Introduction and Aims: To establish how effective conservative treatment is for rotator cuff impingement. To look at the clinical presentation and the factors that influences the outcome.

Method: A retrospective study of 189 patients, who attended the Upper Limb Clinic, was done. The response to physiotherapy and cortisone injections was noted. We also looked at the shape of the acromion and tried to correlate it with effectiveness of conservative treatment.

Results: All patients had either a positive Neer or Hawkins sign. What is more significant is that in 123 patients internal rotation was markedly restricted to the 10th dorsal vertebrae or less. One hundred and nineteen patients received a sub-acromial cortisone injection. It was repeated in 52 patients, and 25 patients received a third injection. Forty-four patients needed surgery. Therefore, conservative treatment was effective in 83% of cases. Of the group who was operated on, only nine patients had a large spur and only 12 patients had a Bigliani Type-III acromion. It does not seem as if the spur is the main cause for impingement.

Conclusion: Conservative treatment is very effective in the treatment of rotator cuff impingement. However, we believe that the right exercise program is of essence. Stretching the posterior capsule of the shoulder joint and increasing the internal rotation, which are the two most important initial exercises, should be concentrated on. Thereafter the depressor muscles, like sub-scapularis and infra-spinatus must be strengthened.


N.G.H. Mohtadi R.M. Hollinshead T.M. Sasyniuk

Introduction and Aims: The authors have previously reported the comparison between MRI and arthroscopic diagnosis in a blinded prospective study in patients with shoulder impingement syndrome. The purpose of this investigation was to determine whether the radiologist’s MRI report provided to an arthroscopist upon completion of a standard diagnostic shoulder arthroscopy would result in changes to the initial arthroscopic findings.

Method: Fifty-eight patients presenting with clinical signs and symptoms of shoulder impingement syndrome underwent an MRI one week prior to planned arthroscopic subacromial decompression. MRI scans were obtained following a standardised protocol. Images were read by one musculoskeletal radiologist. A standard diagnostic arthroscopy was performed. The anatomic and pathologic findings were documented intra-operatively by an independent observer. The arthroscopist was initially blinded to the MRI information until completion of the standard diagnostic arthroscopy. MRI results were then revealed to the surgeon. An arthroscopic re-evaluation was performed to resolve any discrepancies between MRI and the initial arthroscopic findings.

Results: The percentage discordance between MRI and initial arthroscopic findings for each structure of interest was calculated along with the percentage change in diagnosis based upon the arthroscopic re-evaluation and the consequence of the change.

Supraspinatus 55.2% discordance (n=32/58), 18.8% change in diagnosis (n=6/32), in one patient a change in the planned operation occurred from subacromial decompression to mini-open rotator cuff repair. Infra-spinatus 44.8% discordance (n=26/58), 3.8% change in diagnosis (n=1/26), and no consequence to planned treatment. Subscapularis 37.9% discordance (n=22/58), no change in diagnosis. Biceps tendon 62.3% discordance (n=33/53; five patients not adequately visualised on MRI), no change in diagnosis. Acromion type 50% discordance (n=26/52; five patients did not have a sub-acromial bursocopy and in one patient the acromion was not well visualised), 7.7% change in diagnosis (n=2/26) with no consequence to planned treatment. Acromioclavicular joint 22.5% discordance (n=9/40; in 18 patients the AC joint was not entered), 11.1% change in diagnosis (n=1/9) with no consequence to planned treatment.

Conclusion: Despite high percentage of discordance between MRI and arthroscopy, the MRI information modified the initial arthroscopic diagnosis in a much smaller percentage of cases. In only one patient, did the change in diagnostic information have an impact on the planned treatment.


S. Alexander A. Wallace

Introduction and Aims: To evaluate the technique of the knotless suture anchor for the treatment of anterior shoulder instability.

Method: 109 patients were reviewed. Each patient underwent a standardised procedure by the same surgeon under a regional interscalene block and/or general anaesthesia. An average of three anchors were placed in the 3, 4 and 5 o’clock positions. 40 patients had additional thermal shrinkage to reduce excess capsular volume. Each patient was assessed using the Constant, Rowe and Walch-Duplay scores.

Results: Follow-up period was 18 months, with an average of two years. The average operating time was one hour. Four patients (3.6%) redislocated following surgery. Two of these patients had a glenoid bone deficiency of > 20% and associated full thickness rotator cuff tears, one had an associated humeral avulsion of the glenohumeral ligament (HAGL) lesion, which was not repaired arthroscopically, and one had returned to contact sports as early as 12 weeks after surgery. Three patients had single episodes of subluxations that have not required revision. The average Rowe score was 90.8, average Constant score was 89.9 and the average Walch-Duplay score was 81.4.

Conclusion: Early results indicate that capsulolabral reconstruction using the knotless suture anchor is an effective procedure in the treatment of post-traumatic anterior shoulder instability. The incorporation of a south to north capsular shift technique during labral reattachment reduces the necessity of additional thermal to reduce redundant capsular volume. Relative contraindications of this technique include; presence of a HAGL lesion, and anterior glenoid bone deficiency. The procedure may be performed as a day case under regional anaesthesia, has a high index of patient satisfaction and is an acceptable alternative to open surgery.


S. Lazarides A. Foukas G. Zafiropoulos

Introduction and Aims: The clavicle has several important functions each of which may be affected after fracture and malunion of the bone. The aim is to establish any association between shortening of the clavicle, following successful conservative management and clinical outcome.

Method: 132 patients with history of an acute fracture of the clavicle were reviewed. None of them had previous pathology affecting shoulder function, prior to injury. Men accounted 93 with average age 25.4 years, and women 39 with average age 34.2 years. All underwent conservative management with standard protocols and the fracture was united. The length and relative shortening of the united clavicle were assessed on a standardised posteroanterior chest x-ray. Intra- and Inter-observer reliability of measurements were assessed. Clinical outcome was evaluated with the Constant score. Mean follow-up was 30 months.

Results: Clavicular shortening following fracture union was 11.4 mm on average (range 3–25 mm), and was encountered in 120 patients. Intra- and inter-observer variability of measurements were not significant. Fracture healing time averaged 10 weeks (range 6–20 weeks) and 5.3% of patients presented delayed union. Thirty-four patients (25.8%) were unsatisfied with the result. The mean Constant score was 84 (range 62–100). Forty patients were having pain, and 21 had shoulder function impairment. Shortening > 14mm was statistically associated with unsatisfactory results.

Conclusion: Clavicle is an important element in the integral functional mobility of the shoulder and malunion after fracture could lead to unsatisfactory results. We describe a simple, reliable method of Clavicular length-shortening evaluation and we report the results following successful conservative management. Identification of those patients likely to have poor results after conservative treatment, would give the opportunity for alternative treatment modalities. Further prospective randomised trials are necessary.


A. Wang J. Chen M. Zheng

Introduction and Aims: Large or recurrent rotator cuff tendon tears are difficult to treat effectively. Collagen bio-scaffolds have become available to reinforce a tendon repair or as an interpositional graft. This study compares the suitability of two collagen bio-scaffolds for autologous tenocyte implantation, and assesses the in vivo rotator cuff healing response with these grafts in a rabbit model.

Method: Tenocytes were isolated from rabbit tendon, cultured and seeded onto the Restore patch (DePuy), or the Matricel (Verigen) collagen membrane. Serial scanning electron microscopy examined tenocyte integration with the bio-scaffold, and extra-cellular matrix synthesis over time. A rotator cuff tendon defect was created in 50 rabbits and repaired by either: a) direct suture to tuberosity; b) Matricel interposition graft; c) Matricel interposition with autologous tenocytes; d) Restore patch interposition graft; e) Restore patch interposition with autologous tenocytes. Gross and histological evaluation were performed at four weeks and eight weeks post-surgery.

Results: Scanning electron microscopy of the Matricel membrane showed a rough surface characterised by a loose arrangement of collagen fibres capable of cell adhesion. SEM at one, three and five days after cell seeding, showed progressive integration of tenocytes into the three-dimensional membrane structure with extra-cellular matrix neosynthesis in the spaces between the native collagen fibres. SEM of the Restore patch showed a relatively smooth surface of highly compacted collagen fibres. Serial SEM after cell seeding showed relatively less tenocyte integration onto the membrane surface though tenocyte replication and matrix neo-synthesis was observed. All 50 rabbits regained normal gait at two weeks post-surgery. At sacrifice, no tendon ruptures had occurred at either time point in any of the five groups. At four weeks, the Matricel and Restore bio-scaffold membranes were partially absorbed, and a florid lymphocytic inflammatory response was evident surrounding the remaining membrane. By eight weeks, graft tissue had been resorbed further, the inflammatory response had decreased, and the regenerating tendon showed progressive remodelling. Autologous tenocyte implantation on both membranes improved the reparative tendon histological grade at eight weeks compared to membranes without cell implantation, and was equivalent to the direct repair group.

Conclusion: Autologous tenocytes can be implanted onto both Matricel and Restore collagen bio-scaffolds. Though both Xeno grafts induce an anti-inflammatory response in vivo, membrane resorption subsequently occurs. The healing response of large rotator cuff defects treated with interpositional collagen grafts is improved with autologous tenocyte implantation in a rabbit model.


A. Rawal A. Sheth M.M. Roebuck S. Kalogrianitis V. Rayner S.P. Frostick

Introduction and Aims: To determine whether non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAID) administration influences ongoing endothelial cell proliferation in tom rotator cuff?

Method: Rotator cuff tissue, obtained at debridement from 53 patients undergoing surgical repair, was fixed and embedded. Pathological assessment was performed on H& E sections. Ongoing vascular proliferation was identified by plump endothelial cells and budding of vessels. Patient cuff details and pre-operative drug prescription data was obtained from patients’ notes and by telephone from general practitioners. The drugs used were NSAIDs (including Aspirin, Ibuprofen and Diclofenac), COX 2 inhibitors and Opiates. The data was analysed using the SPSS program and the Pearson Chi-square test.

Results: Of the 35 patients taking analgesics, vascular proliferation was absent or reduced in 22 (63%). Twenty of these patients were taking NSAIDs. Four patients were taking only COX-2 inhibitor drugs; all these patients had increased vascularity. Twenty-three patients were taking codeine-based analgesics. Of 10 patients using codeine without NSAIDs, eight demonstrated active ongoing vascular proliferation (p=0.027).

Conclusion: Patients taking NSAIDs showed a significant reduction in ongoing vascular proliferation. If endothelial cell proliferation is an important component of repair in either the onset or post-operative stages of rotator cuff pathology, then attempts at repair could be compromised by inadequate local function of the vascular system. We have previously identified strong p27 positivity in rotator cuff endothelial 0 cells. NSAIDs can impair healing by inhibiting angiogenesis; the mechanism includes upregulation of p27 in endothelial cells. More work should be done to clarify this matter in the rotator cuff.


D.J. Wood J. Xu J. Chen C. Willers M.H. Zheng

Introduction and Aims: Treatment of rotator cuff tendon tear presents a significant therapeutic challenge to surgeons. Porcine small intestinal submucosa (SIS) is a biomaterial approved by TGA and FDA for the repair of rotator cuff tendon tear. The aims of this study are to evaluate the safety and efficacy of SIS.

Method: SIS purchased from DePuy Johnson & Johnson was examined by histology and PCR technique. The material was also implanted into mice and rabbits for the evaluation of biological reaction and inflammatory response. Porcine immunoreceptor DAP12 gene was used to examine if the material contained porcine DNA.

Results: Fresh SIS membrane before implantation contains multiple layers of spindle-shaped cells mixed with a small population of round-shaped cells. Chloro-acetate esterase staining showed that the round-shaped cells are positive, indicating that they are mast cells. The tissue architecture of SIS mimics to tendon structure as evidenced by H& E staining. To further confirm if cells present in SIS material were porcine origin, nested PCR for the amplification of DAP12 gene was used. The result demonstrated that SIS membrane contain porcine DNA materials.

Conclusion: SIS contains porcine cells and nuclei acid, which contradicts with current views that SIS is a cell-free biomaterial. Although no foreign body reaction of SIS was observed, SIS implant may cause chronic inflammation. Further studies should be conducted to confirm the clinical efficacy of SIS implant.


A. Rawal A. Sheth M.M. Roebuck S. Kalogrianitis V. Rayner S.P. Frostick

Introduction and Aims: To determine differences in rotator cuff tissue with duration of symptoms and tear size

Method: Rotator cuff tissue was obtained at debridement from 44 patients undergoing surgical repair. Pathological assessment was performed on H& E sections. Features evaluated included inflammation, micro-calcification, tendolipomatosis and fibroblast hypocellularity. Matrix quality and endothelial cell proliferation were examined. Patient details – age, tear size and duration of symptoms were extracted from notes.

Results: Matrix quality was significantly worse in small tears (p=0.028), particularly the extent of mucoid degeneration in the debrided tissue (p=0.017). Presence of a healthy cut margin was more likely in a large tear (10/14). Poor matrix was significantly associated with symptom duration > 15months (p=0.006) especially microcalicification (p=0.019) and mucoid degeneration (p=0.047). Endothelial cell proliferation was significantly more apparent in patients with longer duration of symptoms: previous vascular tufting (p=0.001) and ongoing vascular proliferation (p=0.019). Of 27 patients > 15months symptoms, vascular proliferation was strongly correlated with split collagen fibres (p< 0.018) and mucoid degeneration (p< 0.018) but not microcalcification. Tendolipomatosis was strongly correlated with ongoing vascular proliferation (p< 0.0006).

Conclusion: Successful surgical repair is only achieved in 30% patients with rotator cuff tears. Improvements in this success rate will be essential in order to maintain the independent lifestyle of an elderly population. Although the tissue examined here is debrided, and hence worst case tissue, several time-dependent processes are ongoing, degeneration, repair and remodelling. Matrix quality is deteriorating, however, this maybe supportive of the angiogenic component of repair. Remodelling may be seen in the increased probability of a healthy cut margin from patients with longer symptom duration.


C. Roberts P. Duke M. Mitchell M. Ross

Introduction and Aims: Distal biceps ruptures are an uncommon injury. They represent approximately three percent of all biceps ruptures. Intervention was popularised by Boyd and Anderson who described a two-incision technique. Improved outcome has been achieved with stronger fixation allowing early mobilisation.

Method: All patients who underwent operative fixation of distal biceps ruptures by the senior two authors were identified. All patients were clinically reviewed at a minimum of six months from surgery. Functional outcomes scores in the form of Patient Rated Elbow Evaluation (PREE) and DASH scores were assessed. The operative technique utilised the Endobutton (Smith and Nephew) and is a substantial modification of that published by Bain,G et al.

Results: Thirty-one patients were identified. All patients were male with an average age of 47 years. Average delay to surgery was 24 days. There were no postoperative complications and no repeat ruptures. Thirty patients have returned Patient Rated Elbow Evaluation (PREE) forms with an average score of eight. Cybex testing demonstrates good return of strength when compared to the uninjured side.

Conclusion: Fixation of distal biceps ruptures using this modified Endobutton technique is a safe and effective method.


D.J. Beard S.V. Sonanis J.A. Chapman S.C. Halder

Introduction and Aims: The purpose of this study was to analyse the results of a new intramedullary retrograde humeral nail used for fixation of difficult fractures of humerus.

Method: In Airedale NHS Trust and Calderdale hospitals, 282 patients were treated for displaced humeral fractures. The new nail called Halder Humeral Nail (HHN) was inserted from the olecranon roof proximally towards the head of humerus. It had a specialised locking system by opening of a trio wire at the proximal head of humerus and distally near the elbow the nail was locked with the help of a screw on a plate. Patients were mobilised immediately after surgery in a polysling.

Results: At six weeks, 95% of patients were pain free and could perform daily activities comfortably. Average post-operative Constance score was 74.7. Complications included proximal migration of the nail and the trio wire in seven cases; six patients had non-union and one patient had infection. Breakage of trio wire was seen in five cases. This resulted in modification of the nail by introducing an additional screw to lock at proximal humerus around the trio wires.

Conclusion: We concluded that stable internal fixation and a good fracture union could be achieved by this new HHN, especially in a displaced humeral fracture, even in poor quality bone with fracture at different level. Pain-free movements, and early recovery was possible without damaging the rotator cuff and risking the axillary nerve.


R.B. Abu-Rajab I.G. Kelly A.C. Nicol B. Stansfield

Introduction and Aims: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effect on movement under load of different techniques of reattachment of the humeral tuberosities following four-part proximal humeral fracture.

Method: Biomechanical test sawbones were used. Four-part fracture was simulated and a cemented Neer3 prosthesis inserted. Three different techniques of reattachment of the tuberosities were used: 1) tuberosities attached to the shaft, and to each other through the lateral fins in the prosthesis with one cerclage suture through the anterior hole in the prosthesis; 2) as one without cerclage suture; 3) tuberosities attached to the prosthesis and to the shaft. All methods used a number five ethibond suture. Both tuberosities and the shaft had multiple markers attached. Two digital cameras formed an orthogonal photogrammetric system, allowing all segments to be tracked in a 3-D axis system. Humeri were incrementally loaded in abduction using an Instron machine, to a minimum 1200N, and sequential photographs taken. Photographic data was analysed to give 3-D linear and angular motions of all segments with respect to the anatomically relevant humeral axis, allowing intertuberosity and tuberosity-shaft displacement to be measured.

Results: Techniques one and two were the most stable constructs with technique three, allowing greater separation of fragments and angular movement. True inter-tuberosity separation at the midpoint of the tuberosities was significantly greater using technique three (p< 0.05). The cerclage suture used in technique two added no further stability to the fixation.

Conclusion: Our model suggests that the most effective and simplest technique of reattachment involves suturing the tuberosities to each other, as well as to the shaft of the humerus. The cerclage suture appears to add little to the fixation in abduction, although the literature would suggest it may have a role in resisting rotatory movements.


A. Barrow B.H. Barrow M. Radziejowski

Introduction and Aims: Acromioclavicular dislocations and fractures of the distal clavicle present a challenging problem for the treating surgeon. The use of a new specifically designed implant was investigated. A hooked-shaped plate with fixation to the distal clavicle and ‘hook’ placement under the posterior acromion was used.

Method: The procedure was carried out on eight patients. In five patients the injury was a fractured distal clavicle. In three cases an acromioclavicular dislocation was treated. In all cases the time to returning to a functional capacity was analysed. The eventual functional result was indexed from the time of fracture union or complete stabilisation of the dislocations.

Results: All five fractures went on to anatomical union. The three dislocations were all stabilised with no instability or subluxation. In two cases patients complained of impingement symptoms with decreased overhead functional capacity. In both cases the patients regained a full and pain-free range of movement after removal of the implant.

Conclusion: This new implant provides an acceptable alternative in the management of distal clavicle fractures and acromioclavicular dislocations. The complication of impingement is encountered, but this appears to be treatable by removal of the implant after fracture union or joint stabilisation.


R.S. Page C.M. Robinson C. Court-Brown R.M.F. Hill A. Wakefield

Introduction and Aims: The aim was to prospectively assess shoulder hemiarthroplasty for un-reconstructable proximal humeral fractures at a minimum of 12 months and identify factors that aid prognosis.

Method: Inclusion criteria were patients with a displaced fracture requiring shoulder hemiarthroplasty. Constant scoring was done at a minimum follow-up of one year. Patients were treated using a Neer or Osteonics prosthesis, the decision for hemiarthroplasty being made at the time of surgery. Post-operative management was standardised. An independent functional assessment, record review establishing a physiological index according to co-morbidities, and radiological analysis were carried out. Survival analysis was performed for one and five-year results and data was analysed by linear regression to identify prognostic factors.

Results: From 163 patients there were 138 fitting the criteria, 42 males and 96 females, average age of 68.5 (range 30–90) years and follow-up of 6.3 (range 1–15) years. The fracture pattern was three and four part in 133 cases and five head split fractures; 58 were associated with dislocation. Survival was 96.4 percent at one year and 93.6 percent at five years, with no significant difference between prostheses. There were eight revisions, (one deep infection, four dislocations and three peri-prosthetic fractures), by 12 months. The average Constant score was 67.1 at one year.

Conclusion: Prognostic factors on presentation were age of the patient and their physiological index, and at three months any complication, the position of the implant, tuberosity union and persistent neurological deficit. Overall optimum outcome was in patients aged 55 to 60, with minimal co-morbidities and uncomplicated recovery.


B. Coleman J. Matheson

Introduction and Aims: Several surgical techniques have been described for the treatment of resistant lateral epicondylitis or tennis elbow with variable results. This retrospective study presents the long-term outcome of a single surgeon’s experience, with a modified surgical technique for the treatment of resistant lateral epicondylitis.

Method: Between 1986 and 2001, the senior author performed 171 surgical procedures in 158 patients for resistant lateral epicondylitis. 147 elbows in 136 patients (88%) were independently evaluated at a mean time to follow-up of 9.8 years. Patients were assessed using a functional questionnaire and physical assessment. In addition to physical assessment, provocative testing of the extensor origin and grip strength was performed. Patients subjectively rated the result of surgery and these results were compared to objective elbow performance scores.

Results: Subjectively, 97% of patients assessed the result from surgery as good to excellent. Objectively, 97% results were good to excellent using elbow performance scores. Synovial fistulae developed in two patients by day 10 post-operatively. One patient required further surgery for a synovial fistula, which healed with no sequelae. There were no other complications following surgery. The post-operative range of motion improved in all patients, but remained reduced in four patients. There was a significantly worse outcome for patients with a Workers’ compensation claim and for cigarette smokers. There was no difference between grip strengths between the operated arm and the non-operated arm. The majority of patients returned to work by six weeks and were pain-free by 12 weeks. Less than 5% of patients experienced lateral epicondylitis pain in their elbow post-operatively. A small group of patients altered their occupation or recreational activities due to tennis elbow symptoms.

Conclusion: The surgical technique described produces excellent results in greater than 87% of patients in the treatment of resistant lateral epicondylitis. This procedure produces a low complication rate and is associated with a high rate of patient satisfaction. Patient selection is critical in the surgical treatment of resistant lateral epicondylitis.


A. Gupta S. Kamineni

Introduction and Aims: To evaluate the results of radial head replacement in the primary management of radial head fractures.

The recommended indications for prosthetic radial head replacement include unreconstructable Mason 3 fractures associated with ligament disruption or axial forearm instability.

Method: We retrospectively reviewed all radial head fractures that were treated with a radial head replacement, over a four-year period, in two district general hospitals. All seven patients were finally assessed specifically for this study, either in person or by telephone/ postal questionnaire, with final radiographs obtained for this study.

Results: Routine clinical follow-up was three months, following which the patient was discharged. No patient achieved full functional range of motion. The average range of flexion was 110 degrees (range 80 to 120 degrees), average extension deficit of 35 degrees (range 30 to 45 degrees), average pronation was 35 degrees (range 0 to 65 degrees), and average supination was 50 degrees (range 30 to 85 degrees). Three patients required implant removal due to loosening (1/3), elbow stiffness (2/3), and instability (1/3), the latter case requiring a revision of the radial head prosthesis. Persistent discomfort was noticed in all cases. Four patients were tolerant of the final functional outcome, although the average Mayo elbow score was 78/100 (range 55 to 80).

Conclusion: Radial head replacement in general orthopaedic, low volume, practice failed to achieve satisfactory results. Contrary to popular belief, it is a technically demanding operation, for which surveillance should be continued for a minimum of one year. Strict indications for prosthetic replacement should be followed and implant selection has yet to be proven to make a significant positive contribution


P.C. Zarkadas T.J. Goetz

Introduction and Aims: Chronic distal biceps tendon ruptures have traditionally been treated with a biceps to brachialis tenodesis. The use of a semitendinosus autograft to reconstruct the distal biceps tendon for chronic rupture has been described. This study evaluates the functional outcome of a group of patients treated with autograft reconstruction.

Method: This retrospective study identified six patients who underwent a late reconstruction of a biceps tendon rupture using a semitendinosis autograft. Functional outcome was evaluated objectively and subjectively. Clinical subjective evaluation included the MAYO elbow score and the outcome questionnaire from the Society of Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons (SSES). Objective outcomes were assessed by measurement of peak torque for both elbow flexion and supination using a Cybex II Isokinetic machine. Comparisons were made with the opposite limb.

Results: Six right-handed male patients aged 42±7 yrs (range 34–48 yrs) were evaluated in this study, five of which achieved a good to excellent MAYO performance score (average 87 ±12), and SSES score (average 86±21). Peak torque obtained during maximal elbow flexion was 44±17 Nm (vs. 55 ±16 Nm opposite elbow) during supination was 8±4Nm (vs. 10±2Nm opposite elbow).

Conclusion: This study represents a series of patients with autograft reconstruction of the chronic distal biceps rupture. It is the first study to quantitatively measure the recovery of strength of elbow flexion and supination. The semitendinosus autograft provides a strong and reliable reconstructive option in the majority of patients with chronic biceps tendon ruptures. Recovery of elbow flexion and supination power is nearly normal.


R.P. Nirschl D.M. Rodin D.H. Ochiai

Introduction and Aims: This randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled study evaluated the safety and effectiveness of dermal iontophoretic administration of Dexamethasone Sodium Phosphate 0.4% Injection, USP versus placebo in patients with medial and lateral elbow epicondylitis.

Method: 199 patients with elbow epicondylitis received 40 mA-min of either active or placebo treatment on six occasions. Treatments were spaced one to three days apart and were completed within 15 days. Efficacy variables included patient and investigator global evaluation of improvement, patient and investigator pain evaluation, patient evaluation of symptoms, investigator disease severity assessment and investigator evaluation of tenderness. Baseline scores were compared with scores two days and one month after the sixth treatment.

Results: Dexamethasone produced a 23 mm improvement in patient visual analog scale ratings compared with 14 mm for placebo (p=0.012) at two days and 24 mm compared with 19 mm (p=0.249) at one month. More dexamethasone patients than placebo patients had a score of moderate or better on the investigator global improvement score (52% vs 33%, p=0.013) at two days. This was not significant at one month (54% vs 49%, p=0.650). Investigator pain scores and tenderness scores favoured dexamethasone over placebo (p=0.019 and p< 0.001, respectively) at two days. Patients completing six treatments in ≤10 days appeared to show better efficacy than patients completing treatments over a longer period of time.

Conclusion: Iontophoresis treatment was well tolerated by the majority of the patients and was effective in reducing symptoms of epicondylitis at short-term follow-up.


S. Sharma L.A. Rymaszewski

Introduction and Aims: The aim of this study was to assess the results of open elbow arthrolysis for post-traumatic stiffness.

Method: This is a prospective study of 89 patients (M: F 53:36) with a mean age of 34 years. All patients had open elbow arthrolysis followed by continuous passive motion (CPM) for 72 hours. CPM was facilitated by analgesia in the form of a continuous brachial plexus block. After CPM patients were advised to actively mobilise their elbow. The minimum follow-up was one year. (Mean follow-up 47 months). Range of movement (ROM) was recorded using a goniometer; function was assessed using the mayo score and pain using the visual analogue score.

Results: ROM improved from 60.9 to 104.2 degrees, flexion improved from 119.8 to 136.3 and extension improved from 58.9 to 32.1 degrees. Pain improved from 4.8 to 3.1 and the Mayo score improved from 60 to 85. In the sub-group of 25 patients with severe stiffness (pre-operative arc < 50 degrees), ROM improved from 29.6 to 89 degrees. Flexion improved from 99.2 to 132.2 degrees, extension improved 70 to 43.2 degrees. Pain improved from 5.6 to 4.0 and the Mayo score improved from 40 to 75. In the sub-group of 29 patients with a minimum follow-up of five years, ROM improved from 57.7 to 104.3 degrees at the year one post-operative assessment. ROM was maintained at their last follow-up, measuring 108.6 degrees. The pain score improved from 4.3 to 2.8 and was at 2.7 at their last follow-up. The Mayo score improved from 65 to 85 at year one, which was maintained at their last follow-up.

Conclusion: Open elbow arthrolysis for post-traumatic stiffness of the elbow is a durable procedure for improving ROM and function. Moreover the results of elbow arthrolysis are not influenced by the degree of pre-operative stiffness.


P. Dunkow B. Muddu

Introduction and Aims: To compare the outcome of percutaneous release and fonnal open release for tennis elbow.

Method: We conducted a prospective randomised controlled trial. 45 patients (total of 47 elbows) underwent either a formal open release or a percutaneous tenotomy (24 open, 23 percutaneous). All patients had pre-operative assessment by the DASH (Disability of the Arm, Shoulder and Hand) scoring system. The surgery was performed by one surgeon (BN Muddu). Both groups were followed up for a minimum of 12 months and re-assessed using the DASH scores, time for return to work and patient satisfaction. Statistical analysis using Mann-Whitney and repeated measures ANOV A were performed.

Results: The groups were similar in respect of demographic and pre-test variables. Statistical analyses using Mann-Whitney showed significant differences for patient satisfaction (p=O.OI2), time to return to work (p=O.OOOI), improvements in DASH Score (p=O. OO2) and improvement in sporting activities (p=O. O46). There was a trend to improvement in eight in work related activity. Repeated measures ANOV A comparing the pre-operative data for each group were also significant for standardised DASH scores (p=O. OO82) and sporting activities (p=O.O43).

Conclusion: Our study has shown that there is a significant difference in outcome in the two patient groups. Those patients undergoing a percutaneous release returned to work on average three weeks earlier and their symptoms as shown from their DASH scores improved significantly more than those undergoing an open procedure. The percutaneous procedure is a quicker, simpler procedure to perform than an open procedure. Our study has shown that patients have significantly better outcome measures after a percutaneous procedure.


W.B. Geissler W.O McCraney

Introduction and Aims: A retrospective review of the medical records and radiographs of patients treated with operative fixation of two-part proximal humerus fractures was undertaken to compare the results of different modes of fixation. Comparison was made between ORIF with a blade plate, percutaneous Kirschner wire fixation, and intramedullary nail fixation utilising a Polarus nail.

Method: Thirty-six patients were treated with intramedullary fixation, 11 with blade plate fixation and 10 with percutaneous fixation, utilising Kirschner wires. Union rates were 34/36 (94%) for the Polarus nail, 9/10 (90%) for K-wire fixation and 9/11 (82%) for blade plate fixation. Time to union averaged 12.4 weeks for the Polarus nail, 11 weeks for K-wire fixation and 21 weeks for blade plate fixation. Average active shoulder range of motion in forward flexion/abduction were 125/118 degrees for intramedullary nail, 132/132 degrees for the blade plate and 112/111 degrees for patients treated with K-wire fixation.

Results: The major discrepancy in comparison of the different modes of fixation was in the complication rate. Ten complications occurred in the group treated with intramedullary fixation. These included one non-union, one painless fibrous non-union and back out of the proximal interlocking screw in eight patients, five of which required screw removal. Seven of 11 patients treated with blade plate fixation experienced complications, including two non-unions, two malunions, two with functionally limiting heterotopic ossification, one arthrofibrosis and one with persistent pain. The complications associated with percutaneous Kirschner wire fixation included one non-union, two malunions, four developed functionally limiting heterotopic ossification, five incidences of early pin removal secondary to pin migration, one arthrofibrosis requiring surgical intervention and one infection requiring surgical irrigation and debridement.

Conclusion: Results comparable in all groups. Fewer complications seen with intramedullary fixation. Majority of complications with Polarus nail related to backing out of proximal interlocking screw. Modification of implant to include end cap, which locks the proximal screw seems to eliminate complication. Results indicate that intramedullary nail fixation is superior to blade plate fixation or pecutaneous Kirschner wire fixation for two-part proximal humerus fractures.


A. Barrow M. Radziejowski

Introduction and Aims: With the prevalence of gunshot injuries in our society a new approach to the treatment of gunshot radius and/or ulna was analysed. These fractures are often very comminuted and surgical exposure of the fracture site may render many previously viable bone fragments devoid of a blood supply. It was decided to look at a minimally invasive method of plating these fractures.

Method: A consecutive series of nine patients with a diaphyseal gunshot of the radius or ulna or both was subjected to a ‘percutaneous plating’ procedure. This form of fixation acts as an internal form of ‘external fixator.’ Two surgeons performed the procedures.

Results: At the time of submission of this abstract five of the six patients had gone on to complete clinical and radiological union. The sixth patient is still under follow-up. The average time to full union was 12 weeks. The average pronation obtained was 60 degrees (20–80) and the average supination 50 degrees (10–70). In all patients full elbow and wrist movement was preserved.

Conclusion: Although this is a very limited series of patients it would appear that this method of treating gunshot injuries of forearm bones produces good results in injuries that are sometimes difficult to treat. The long-term effect on wrist function is difficult to predict. To date, we have had no serious complications in this small series, with no incidence of nerve injury, no sepsis and no radio-ulna synostosis.


K.J. Logan M. Costa A.D. Patel

Introduction and Aims: To evaluate the results of humeral nailing with the new Fixion inflatable humeral nail.

Method: We retrospectively studied 42 patients with acute humeral fractures (20), delayed and non-union (12) and pathological fractures (10), who where treated with an inflatable humeral nail and had a minimum follow-up of six months. Our primary outcome measures were clinical and radiological union. Secondary outcome measures were revision of the nail, screening time and operative time. We made a clinical assessment of the patients using the Constant score of the shoulder and a measure of health-related quality of life, using the EuroQol EQ-5D questionnaire.

Results: In patients with acute fractures 16/19 (84%) went on to clinical and radiological union (1/20 patients died four weeks post-operatively from bronchopneumonia). All of the patients with delayed and non-union of humeral fractures went on to clinical and radiological union. In the patients with pathological fractures, the nail provided good palliative symptom relief. Average screening time was 40.5 seconds (21–107). Average operative time was 71 minutes (26–142). Constant score of the shoulder had a median of 67 (SIQ 46.5–77.5) in the affected arm and 87 (SIQ 74–89) in the normal arm.

Conclusion: The treatment of humeral fractures using the inflatable intramedullary nail is a simple and safe technique, avoiding the time and complications associated with distal locking. Its seems to be an appropriate technique with excellent results in those patients with delayed and non-union of humeral fractures, and provides effective palliation in patients with pathological fractures. Its efficacy in patients with acute fractures is comparable to other intramedullary nails. In our experience, it is particularly effective in the multiply injured and the infirm because of the speed and ease of insertion.


Full Access
G. Bain

Introduction and Aims: The close proximity of the major nerves to the elbow places them at risk with elbow arthroscopy. New techniques of endoscopic ulnar nerve release, biceps bursoscopy and anterior elbow arthroscopy portal will be presented.

Method: In a cadaveric model needles were used to transfix the major nerves to the elbow joint capsule. From an arthroscopic perspective the needles were located to assess the position of each nerve. Capsular windows were created to provide arthroscopic visualisation of each nerve. A technique of endoscopic ulnar nerve release using the Agee system will be presented including a cadaveric study assessing its safety. Endoscopic biceps bursoscopy will also be demonstrated.

Results: The ulnar nerve passes on the postero-medial capsule and is at risk with debridement of the medial gutter. The radial nerve passes on the anterior-lateral capsule and is at risk during lateral portal placement, anterior capsular release, synovectomy and radial head excision. The median nerve passes anterior to the brachialis muscle and is protected. In a cadaveric model we were able to reproducibly perform a release of the arcade of Struthers, cubital retinaculum and Osborne’s FCU fascia with no injuries to the ulnar nerve or branches. Biceps bursoscopy can be performed for partial tears of the biceps tendon. Through the biceps bed an anterior elbow arthroscopy portal can safely be created.

Conclusion: An understanding of the proximity radial and ulnar nerves allows elbow arthroscopy to be more safely performed. The endoscopic ulnar nerve release, biceps bursoscopy and anterior elbow arthroscopy portal are new techniques extending the therapeutic options.


K. Droll P. Perna A. McConnell D. Beaton E. Schemitsch M. McKee

Introduction and Aims: Patient-based functional outcome and strength following plate fixation of diaphyseal fractures of the radius and ulna is unknown. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to investigate patient-based functional outcome and objectively measured strength following plate fixation of fractures of both bones of the forearm (BBOF).

Method: Twenty-five subjects (M/F 19/6, mean age 47.6 (range 20–71) treated with plate fixation for fractures of BBOF were clinically and radiographically reviewed. Mean duration of follow-up was 5.7 years (range 2–13.4 years). Post-operative protocol included short-term immobilisation followed by active-assisted ROM and strengthening starting between four and six weeks. All subjects were assessed in person at follow-up with a detailed examination of strength of their injured and non-injured arms. Isometric muscle strength was objectively measured with the Baltimore Therapeutic Equipment work simulator (model WS-20). Standardised anteroposterior and lateral radiographs were made of both forearms.

Results: Strength of elbow flexion (72% of non-injured arm, p< 0.0001), elbow extension (84%, p=0.0004), forearm supination (75%, p=0.005), forearm pronation (69%, p< 0.0001), wrist flexion (81%, p=0.009), wrist extension (62%, p< 0.0001) and grip (70%, p< 0.0001) were all significantly reduced in the injured arm. Mean (+/− SE) DASH and Gartland-Werley scores were 19.5 +/− 4.0 (range 0–61) and 4.04 +/− 0.91 (range 0–15) respectively. Eighty-eight percent (22/25) scored good to excellent on the Gartland-Werley scale. No statistical difference in mean maximal radial bow (MRB) between injured and non-injured arm was found (mean +/− SE, 1.42 +/− 0.07 vs 1.58 +/− 0.05 respectively) or in location of MRB (61% vs 59%).

Conclusion: Restoration of anatomic alignment with stable internal fixation following BBOF fracture results in good to excellent functional outcome. Despite this, significant reduction in strength of the elbow, forearm, wrist and grip should be expected following this injury, and is an area for potential improvement in post-operative care.


U. Chatterji P.L. Lewis C. Butcher P. Lekkas

Introduction and Aims: The study was designed to compare the early results, prospectively, of the fixed-bearing Zimmer NexGen cruciate retaining (CR) and the Zimmer NexGen mobile-bearing knee (MBK) knee arthroplasty. The study was designed to determine whether differences exist in the clinical outcomes between patients receiving different types of bearings.

Method: Patients were randomly assigned to receiving either fixed or mobile bearings. Patients were blinded but not assessors to the type of arthroplasty. The study commenced in June 2000. By November 2002, 69 and 70 patients had been recruited into the CR and MBK groups respectively. Consultants were present in 92% of operations and the rest were performed by a senior registrar. The major indication was osteoarthritis (64 CR: 65 MBK). The surgical approach was medial parapatellar in 65 CR and 63 MBK the rest were subvastus, patella resurfacing was not routinely employed. Pre-operative, intra-operative and post-operative data was collated.

Results: The body mass index was 32 ± 7 CR and 32 ± 6 MBK. The average age was 67 ± 8 CR and 67 ± 8 MBK. Pain in the contralateral knee was present in 79.7% CR and 74.3% MBK group. Minimum post-operative follow-up was one year. There was no significant difference in the pre-operative and post-operative fixed flexion contracture, 4.3 ± 5.4 to 1.0 ± 2.9 CR and 6.2 ± 6.9 to 0.9 ± 2.8. The mean flexion pre-operatively and post-operatively between the two groups was not significantly different 108 ± 19 to 105 ± 16 CR and 107 ± 15 to 102 ± 13. Patello-femoral joint symptoms diminished from 67% to 12% CR and from 69% to 21% in the MBK group. The dependence on walking aids diminished from 50.7% to 16.7% CR and 51.4% to 26.9% MBK. At one year, nine percent and 21% were dissatisfied in the CR and MBK groups respectively. In the CR group, two revisions had been performed, one for infection and the other for arthrolysis and poly exchange. Two revisions had been carried out in the MBK group, one for extreme ‘clunking’ and the other for arthrolysis with poly exchange.

Conclusions: The one-year results suggest that the levels of dissatisfaction and patello-femoral problems are significantly greater in the mobile bearing group as opposed the fixed bearing. The early results would not encourage the use of the mobile bearings. We await the long-term results as regards survivorship of the bearings.


R.D. Crowninshield M.A. Wimmer J. Jacobs A.G. Rosenberg J.Q. Yao C.R. Blanchard K. Mimnaugh

Introduction and Aims: Due to relative motion that can occur between the polyethylene articular surface and tibial tray, backside wear of modular tibial components can be a significant contributor to wear in TKR. This study examines the backside wear performance of a tibial component system from both a laboratory and clinical perspective.

Method: Polyethylene components, CR and PS, from the NexGen knee system (Zimmer Inc.) were evaluated for backside wear. These components were identified on the back surface by the manufacturer with engraved lettering of a depth ranging from 20 to 30 micrometers. Twenty-seven components retrieved after 24 to 80 months in-situ were evaluated along with six components having undergone three million cycles of laboratory knee function simulation. Backside wear was quantified by engraving mark depth and screw hole recess penetration measurements utilising a New View 5000 scanning white light interferometer (Zygo). The severity of third-body abrasion was also recorded.

Results: This particular knee system utilised a peripheral rail and dovetail polyethylene locking mechanism which demonstrated little relative polyethylene to tibial tray motion during joint function simulation. Simulator testing produced backside wear of 6.4 micrometers/million cycles or 4.5 mm3/million cycles. This backside wear represented 30% of total component wear as measured gravimetrically. Backside wear in the clinically retrieved components was sufficient to completely remove the manufacturer’s engraving marks on only three of 27 components. The remaining 24 components all experienced backside wear insufficient to remove all engraving. The severity of third-body abrasion (typically bone cement) was generally associated with greater backside wear. Two of the three clinically retrieved components with worn-through lettering had evidence of significant third-body wear. In 11 clinically retrieved components (utilised on tibial trays with screw holes), backside wear was measured by comparing engraving mark depth in unworn polyethylene areas over screw recesses with engraving mark depth in areas of polyethylene contact with the tibial tray. These components demonstrated 14 micrometers of wear at an average of 37 months in-situ or 4.4 micrometers per year. None of the retrieved components were clinically associated with osteolysis.

Conclusion: In this particular tibial component system, backside wear was moderate for both the joint simulator and clinically retrieved specimens. Backside wear does not appear to be the major contributor of total polyethylene wear in this implant system. The presence of third-body particles contributed to greater wear.


S.J. MacDonald J.T. Marr R.B. Bourne R. McCalden C.H. Rorabeck

Introduction and Aims: Fixed bearing and mobile bearing knee designs are currently used in clinical practice with little evidence based research available to determine superiority of one system. The purpose of this study was to compare the results between a cruciate retaining mobile bearing and two cruciate retaining fixed bearing total knee prostheses.

Method: We performed a prospective, randomised, blinded clinical trial to compare a mobile bearing to two standard fixed-bearing implants. We evaluated the short- and long-term outcomes of the SAL® (Sulzer) mobile bearing versus the AMK® (Depuy) and Genesis II® (Smith & Nephew) fixed bearing, total knee joint replacements. Ninety patients were randomised to receive one of the three prostheses. Patients were evaluated pre-operatively, at three, 12 months and annually thereafter. Patient demographics, radiographs, and multiple outcome measures (WOMAC, SF-12 and the Knee Society Clinical Rating System) were evaluated. A single observer was used to measure range of motion scores.

Results and Discussion: No patients were lost to follow-up. One patient was withdrawn due to dementia before three months, one patient died prior to the two-year follow-up, and one patient was revised for infection at six months, leaving 87 patients at an average follow-up of 3.37 years (range 2.91–4.44 years). There were no significant differences in any outcome measures or radiographic findings. There were no differences in KSCRS at two years (SAL – 167, AMK – 158, GenesisII – 166 ). There were no differences in WOMAC scores or SF-12 survey scores. There were no differences in knee flexion at two years (SAL – 117°, AMK – 115°, GenesisII – 118°). Therefore, no differences in multiple outcome measures were seen between a cruciate retaining mobile bearing and two cruciate retaining fixed bearing total knee prostheses.

Conclusion: In this prospective randomised clinical trial no differences could be seen between a mobile bearing and two fixed bearing designs at a minimum of two years follow-up. Long-term evaluation will be required to comment on differences in polyethylene wear and implant longevity.


K. Nilsson T. Dalén A. Henricson

Introduction and Aims: Mobile bearings have been introduced in total knee arthroplasty (TKA) as a means to improve kinematics and reduce wear. Another theoretical advantage may be a reduction of the torsional and shear stresses at the baseplate – bone interface, and thereby improving the fixation of the tibial component. The aim of this study was to analyse and compare the fixation of tibial components with fixed or mobile bearings in a prospective randomised study using RSA.

Method: Fifty-two consecutive patients (31 women, 21 men, mean age 72) with knee osteoarthrosis underwent primary cemented total knee arthroplasty. Included were patients with arthrosis stage III–V and age over 62. Patients were randomised at operation by opening of sealed envelopes to either Mobile Bearing (MB) or Fixed Bearing (FB). The FB knees received a NexGen TKA with titanium tibial baseplate, and the MB knees a NexGen mobile bearing TKA with CrCo tibial baseplate. All components were cemented using vacuum-mixed Palacos-Gentamicin bone cement. The stem of the component was not cemented. Patellar components were not used. Each tibial baseplate was equipped with five tantalum markers on the undersurface by the manufacturer. The peri- and post-operative management was in all cases identical. Radiostereometric analysis (RSA) was performed three, 12, and 24 months post-op. Clinical results were assessed with Knee Society Knee and Function Scores.

Results: There were no complications. One patient (MB) died two months after operation in myocardial infarction. The Knee Society Knee and Function scores and range of knee motion improved after surgery in both groups with no differences between the groups, reaching 89 at both 12 and 24 months. The rotations of the tibial baseplates did not differ significantly between the two groups. In both groups, anterior-posterior tilting was somewhat larger than varus-valgus tilting. Maximum subsidence was 0.3 ± 0.1 mm (MB) and 0.2 ± 0.1 mm (FB), and maximum migration was 0.6 ± 0.2 mm (MB) and 0.5 ± 0.1 mm (FB) (P = 0.3 – 0.4).

Conclusion: This study could not detect any positive effects on the fixation of the cemented tibial baseplate when a mobile polyethylene insert was used. It may be that in cemented fixation the theoretical advantages of lower shearing and torsional forces at the interface are not important, at least during the initial 24 months post-op.


K. Nilsson T. Dalén A. Henricson

Introduction and Aims: Movements between the poly-ethylene insert and the metal tibial tray in modular fixed bearing total knee arthroplasty (TKA) due to poor locking mechanism is said to occur. The resulting ‘backside wear’ is proposed to be one cause to osteolysis and subsequent loosening. The purpose of this study was to determine in vivo the magnitude of movements between the poly and the tibial tray in modular metal-backed fixed bearing TKA using RSA.

Method: Four patients (six knees), mean age 70 years, operated with cemented NexGen modular fixed bearing TKA were studied 12 to 18 months after surgery. The tibial baseplates and the polyethylene liners were prepared for RSA with tantalum markers. The patients stood with the foot of the investigated leg fully weight bearing on a rotating platform. The platform (and thereby the knee) was subjected to an internal or external directed torque of 10 Nm. At the first RSA examination the patient resisted an internal directed torque, and at the second examination an external directed torque. Rotation of the polyethylene liner in relation to the base plate between these two examinations was recorded. Also the insert motion index (IMI) was determined.

Results: In three knees there was no inducible rotation of the polyethylene (rotation less than 0.03 degrees, IMI less than 93um). In the other three knees, however, rotation varied between 0.16 and 0.64 degrees, and the IMI varied between 210um and 420um.

Conclusion: This study shows that the fixed polyethylene liner in some knees can display rotatory motions in relation to the base plate. The magnitude of the motions is comparable to that found for implants extracted at revision or autopsy. Whether this is due to inferior locking mechanism, or gradual deformation of the part of the polyethylene in contact with the locking mechanism cannot be determined in this study.


A.S. Greenwald

Introduction and Aims: Dual surface articulation characterises mobile bearing knee (MBK) designs, thereby increasing the potential for polyethylene damage. This hypothesis was investigated for eight, contemporary MBK designs.

Method: Both joint simulator and computational evaluations were performed on contemporary MBK systems. As part of an FDA clinical investigation a knee joint simulator was designed that successfully cycled three pairs of a MBK design for five million walking cycles at room temperature under saline conditions. Additionally, a finite element analysis was developed to determine the potential for abrasion, delamination and pitting for eight designs during walking gait.

Results: For the MBK simulator evaluation, the mean wear volume was 125mm^3 (range 75–175mm^3). This result is comparable to evaluations performed on fixed bearing designs in contemporary knee simulators utilising bovine serum for lubrication. The surface and subsurface stress distributions measured displayed a wide variation in both magnitude and location. Several of the designs utilised their available articulating interface optimally, lowering the magnitude of the stresses, while others produced edge-loading scenarios with relatively high stresses.

Conclusion: Dual surface articulation between a polyethylene insert and metallic femoral and tibial tray components is a consequence of MBK designs. These studies determined that the potential for polymer damage in optimally aligned MBK systems is significantly less than their fixed plateau counterparts and remains so as long as edge-loading is avoided. Further, MBK designs require high-quality polyethylene and precision manufacturing of the metallic components to ach


S. Burnett C. Haydon R. Mehin K. Yang C. Rorabeck R. Bourne

Introduction and Aims: Problem: Patellar resurfacing in TKA remains controversial. Purpose: To evaluate the results of resurfacing/non-resurfacing of the patella in a randomised controlled clinical trial at a minimum of 10 years of follow-up.

Method: One hundred knees (90 patients) with osteoarthritis were enrolled in a prospective randomised controlled double-blinded trial using the same posterior cruciate retaining total knee replacement. Patients were randomised to resurfacing or non-resurfacing of the patella. Evaluations were performed pre-operatively and yearly to a minimum of 10 years (range 10.1–11.5 years) postoperatively. Disease-specific (Knee Society Clinical Rating System), functional (stair climbing, knee flexion/extension torques, patellar examination) outcomes were measured. Patient satisfaction, anterior knee pain, and patellofemoral questionnaires were completed. Intra-operative grading of the articular cartilage was performed.

Results: No patients were lost to follow-up; 46 knees remained alive. Nine revisions (9/90–10%) were performed – 7/48 (15%) in the non-resurfaced and 2/42 (5%) in the resurfaced group. Three knees in the non-resurfaced group were revised to a resurfaced patella for anterior knee pain. One resurfaced patella was complicated by AVN and fracture, requiring revision. No significant difference was found between the groups regarding revision rates, KSCR score, functional, satisfaction, anterior knee pain, patellofemoral, and radiographic outcomes. Intraoperative cartilage quality was not a predictor of outcome.

Conclusions: This study represents the longest follow-up to date of a randomised controlled clinical trial to examine patellar resurfacing in TKA. The results showed no significant difference between the groups for all outcome measures at a minimum of 10 years.


D.J. Wood A.J. Smith D.G. Lloyd

Introduction and Aims: It is probable that the success of total knee arthroplasty without patellar resurfacing is influenced by the design of the femoral trochlea. The aim of this study was to compare measures of clinical outcome including gait analysis between total knee arthroplasty with and without patellar resurfacing using a prosthesis compatible with the native patella.

Method: A prospective trial of 78 patients was performed, with 43 total knee arthroplasty randomised to receive patellar resurfacing and 48 to receive patellar retention. The mean duration of follow-up was 3.2 years (range 2.0–4.7 years). Patients were assessed pre- and post-surgery using the Knee Society Clinical Rating System, the Knee Pain Scale, and a Patellar Function Score. A subset of 34 patients also underwent pre- and post-surgery analysis of knee kinematics and kinetics during walking.

Results: At a minimum two-year follow-up, total knee arthroplasty with patellar resurfacing had significantly lower Knee Society knee scores (Mann Whitney U test; p = 0.036). Total knee arthroplasty with patellar resurfacing exhibited a greater degree of knee flexion contracture (Mann-Whitney U test; p = 0.020) and significantly less knee extension at heelstrike during walking in those subjects undergoing gait analysis (Independent t-test; p = 0.013). The presence of a knee flexion contracture was a significant predictor of post-surgery anterior knee pain (Exp β = 4.1, CI: 1.1 to 14.9, p = 0.033). Post-surgery Knee Society function scores and Patellar Function Scores were significantly better in those patients with total knee arthroplasty without patellar resurfacing (Mann-Whitney test; p = 0.031 and 0.017 respectively).

Conclusion: In this study using an anatomically designed femoral component with a domed patellar prosthesis, total knee arthroplasty with patellar resurfacing exhibited inferior clinical results as compared to total knee arthroplasty with patellar retention. Total knee arthroplasty with patellar resurfacing exhibited significant limitation of knee extension, which was significantly associated with the presence of post-surgery anterior knee pain (p = 0.033).


A. Schepers D.R. Van der Jagt

Introduction and Aims: Many authors believe that patellar resurfacing decreases the incidence of anterior knee pain. We analysed the result of 150 of our own patients.

Method: Over the past four years we performed 150 total knee arthroplasties. None of the patellae were resurfaced, osteophytes were carefully removed, the patellae debrided, a thorough peri-patellar synovectomy and circumpatellar cautery denervation performed. All patients were examined by a consultant and a registrar to determine the site of any pain complaint. If there was any controversy a third surgeon was consulted.

Results: No patient had pain severe enough to warrant revision surgery. Only two patients had anterior knee pain, and in neither was it marked.

Conclusion: We do not know whether our favourable results are attributable to the patellar management, or due to the prosthesis used. We concede that a prospective randomised trial is necessary to determine this, but with such a low incidence of patellar complications we feel this is not ethically justified.


C.E. Ackroyd J.H. Newman

Introduction: Isolated patello-femoral arthritis occurs in up to 10% of patients suffering osteoarthritis of the knee. Reports of patello-femoral replacements have given indifferent results so we wish to report our experience of 326 cases using two different protheses.

Method: In 1989 we started a prospective series of the Lubinus prosthesis. The results of 76 cases at eight years showed a 50% failure rate. The main reasons for failure were malalignment, wear and disease progression. The Avon patello-femoral arthroplasty was designed to solve some of these problems.

Since September 1996, 250 knees have been treated. Prospective review was undertaken and 120 knees have reached two years and 40 are at five years. The outcome was assessed using pain scores, Bartlett’s patella score and the Oxford knee score.

Results: The median pain score improved from 15/40 points to 35 at five years. The movement increased from 114 to 120 degrees at five years. The Bartlett patella score improved from 10/30 points to 26 at five years. The Oxford knee score improved from 19/48 points to 40 points at five years.

The functional results are similar to those of a total knee replacement. Two patients developed malalignment (1%) one of which required distal soft tissue realignment. There have been no cases of deep infection, fracture, wear or loosening. Sixteen knees (6%) developed evidence of disease progression, 14 of which (6%) have required revision to a total knee replacement.

Conclusions: Results to date suggest that this improved design has reduced the problems of malalignment and early wear. There is a low complication rate and an excellent range of movement. Disease progression remains a problem that is not predictable. This type of prosthesis offers an alternative to total knee replacement in this small group of patients with isolated patello-femoral disease with a lower morbidity.


S.J MacDonald C.H. Rorabeck J.T. Marr C.R. Clark J. Swafford D.A. Macdonald

Introduction and Aims: The dilemma to retain or sacrifice the posterior cruciate ligament in a primary total knee arthroplasty continues to be an area of discussion. A randomised clinical trial was performed comparing clinical, radiographic and quality of life outcomes between patients receiving a posterior cruciate sparing versus posterior cruciate substituting knee implants.

Method: A multi-centred, prospective, randomised, blinded, clinical trial was performed to compare posterior cruciate retaining (CR) versus posterior cruciate substitution (PS) in osteoarthritic patients with an intact posterior cruciate ligament, undergoing total knee arthroplasty using the AMK® (Depuy®, Warsaw, Indiana) component. One hundred and fifty-two patients were randomised to receive one of the two devices. Patients were evaluated pre-operatively, at three, six, 12 months and annually thereafter. Patient demographics, radiographs, and multiple validated, outcome measures (WOMAC, SF-12, the Knee Society Clinical Rating System, and a stair climbing test) were evaluated. Patients and assessors were blinded to the implant design.

Results: One hundred and fifty-two patients were randomised at three centres; 72 in the CR group and 80 in the PS group. One patient was revised due to instability. Average follow-up was 5.14 years (range 2.97–6.99 years). There were no significant differences in baseline patient demographics between groups. There were no significant differences in outcome measures or radiographic findings. There were no significant differences in the Knee Society Clinical Rating System (CR- 159.18 versus PS- 156.49). There were no differences in knee extension at latest follow-up (CR- 1.02) and (PS- 1.10). There were no differences in knee flexion at latest follow-up (CR-111.00 ) and (PS- 113.61). No differences were noted in the WOMAC and SF-12 scores between the two groups.

Conclusion: In this prospective randomised clinical trial no significant differences involving radiographs and multiple outcome measures could be seen between a cruciate retaining versus a posterior stabilised total knee prostheses at a mean follow-up of 5.14 years. Long-term evaluation is necessary to comment on wear, osteolysis and implant longevity.


A. Schepers D.R. Van der Jagt

Introduction and Aims: The purpose of the study was to determine whether the addition of screws improved the fixation of the tibial base plate when using an uncemented total knee replacement.

Method: In June 1999 a prospective randomised double blind study on tibial base plate fixation was started at our institution after Ethics Committee approval. Patients were randomly allocated to either having or not having supplementary screws inserted through the base plate. To date, 138 arthroplasties have been performed and 119 are available for study. Of these, 56 have screws through the base plate and 63 do not. Assessment was of the position of the components of the prostheses, as well as the presence of any radiological lucent lines.

Results: The study is ongoing, and updated results will be presented. After a minimum of 12 months follow-up, 27 patients have some radiolucent lines at the prosthesis-bone interface on the tibial component of the knee replacement. Fourteen occurred where screws had been used and 13 when screws had not. One tibial tray subsided into the tibia without failure of fixation. No screws had been used in this case. Statistically no difference could be demonstrated between the two groups.

Conclusion: The early results of our study question the value of supplementing base plate fixation in uncemented total knee replacements, especially considering the additional cost of the screws and the potential detrimental consequences of the screws.


M.J. Cross E.N. Parish

Introduction and Aims: Use of bioceramic coatings to enhance fixation of joint arthroplasties is a relatively new concept that has yet to prove long-term, reliable results in knee arthroplasty. The purpose of this study was to prospectively report on the medium- to long-term outcomes of an uncemented, hydroxyapatite coated total knee replacement (TKR).

Method: Between August 1992 and 2002 all patients in a consecutive series requiring primary TKR were treated with an uncemented, hydroxyapatite coated, posterior cruciate ligament retaining prosthesis implanted by the senior author. A combined Knee Society Clinical rating score (producing a maximum score of 200) was prospectively collected prior to surgery and post-operatively at three and six months and one, two, five and 10 years thereafter. Fluoroscopically controlled interface images were obtained from the first 161 knees immediately and again at two years post-operatively to evaluate the progression of osseointergration.

Results: One thousand two hundred and thirty-five patients (M:F; 605:630) with a mean age of 67 years (range 34–97 years) underwent TKR mainly for osteoarthritis (94%) and inflammatory arthropathies (3%). Mean follow-up was 78 months (range 20–145 months). There were 720 unilateral and 1030 bilateral replacements (824 simultaneous, 206 staged) with 1750 replacements in total. Mean pre-operative knee score was 97 with a range of movement (ROM) from seven to 114 degrees. At five and 10 years, scores were 182 and 178 with a ROM of one to 114 and zero to 112 degrees respectively. Sixty-one (4.9%) patients have died since surgery including two peri-operative deaths for MI. There have been 12 (0.7%) cases requiring revision, primarily for septic loosening (six cases). There have been 16 deep infections (0.9%), 29 proven pulmonary emboli (1.7%) and five periprosthetic fractures (0.3%). There has been one (0.06%) case of aseptic loosening requiring revision.

Conclusion: These results reveal with an adequately designed prosthesis the use of hydroxyapatite in TKR produces reliable osseointergration that is comparable to other methods of fixation as demonstrated with minimal revision rate and incidence of loosening. The clinical results produce excellent ROM with good medical and functional outcomes in the long term.


J.H. Newman C.E. Ackroyd G. Bedi

Introduction and Aims: Our experience with over 200 cases of Avon patellofemoral replacement (PFR) in the elderly with severe arthritis has been satisfactory, so we have extended the indications to younger patients with severe symptoms and various pathologies.

Method: Sixty-six knees in 53 patients (10M: 46F) under the age of 55 years (average 47 years) have been treated with an AVON PFR for the following conditions:

PATHOLOGY NUMBER of Knees

Isolated lateral facet OA 34

Failed realignment 12

Persistent subluxation/dislocation 5

Trochlear dysplasia 5

Pure chondral disease 3

Failed carbon fibre implant 3

Post-patellectomy instability 3

Post-traumatic pain 1

All patients were recorded prospectively and have been regularly reviewed using the modified Oxford, Bartlett & Bristol Knee scoring systems. The mean follow-up of the group is 24 months.

Results: No patient has been lost to follow-up, all knee scores improved substantially.

Most of the patients retained their range of flexion and the mean range of movement increased from 112 to 122 degrees. Patients with persistent subluxation were the most dramatically improved. There have been no cases of deep infection, loosening or wear.

Conclusion: Avon PFR provides a reliable short-term solution to some of the more difficult and disabling problems of the patello-femoral joint as long as demonstrable pathology is present.


G. Horne P. Devane K. Adams D. Sharp

Introduction and Aims: Single-stage bilateral total knee arthroplasty is an uncommon and often controversial procedure. Recent reports have refined the data relative to bilateral total knee arthroplasty and complications, which include myocardial infarction, deep vein thrombosis, pulmonary embolus and death.

Method: A retrospective study of the cases of total knee arthroplasty performed by the senior authors in the last 10 years examines details of surgery and anaesthesia, pre- and post-operative management to identify the occurrence of complications. Patients also completed an Oxford Knee Score and a questionnaire relating to their experience of having a bilateral procedure.

Results: While the outcomes and cost benefits of single-stage bilateral replacement are established, the risk of complications remains. This study establishes the low complication rate associated with this procedure in the senior author’s hands and documents the high patient satisfaction from it.

Conclusion: The study demonstrates that, in selected patients, simultaneous bilateral knee replacement surgery can be performed with good outcomes without a definite increase in peri-operative risk.


C.W. Colwell D.D. D’Lima S. Patil N. Steklov

Introduction and Aims: Complications after total knee arthroplasty (TKA) have been attributed to soft-tissue imbalance. The current approach to soft-tissue balance is static measurements in extension and 90 degrees flexion. Dynamic balancing during the entire range of flexion may be more valuable.

Method: Complications after total knee arthroplasty (TKA) have been attributed to soft-tissue imbalance. The current approach to soft-tissue balance is static measurements in extension and 90 degrees flexion. Dynamic balancing during the entire range of flexion may be more valuable.

Results: All knees (in vitro and in vivo) initially recorded imbalance in the tibial forces: mean 18N (6–72) in the mediolateral and 26N (13–108) in the anteroposterior direction. After soft-tissue balancing, the mean imbalance reduced by 87%. Even when knees appeared well balanced at zero and 90-degree flexion, there was imbalance [mean 22N (2–34)] at flexion angles between zero and 90 degrees. The 2mm thicker insert increased forces by a mean of 89% (22–180%).

Conclusion: Soft-tissue balance in TKA remains a complex concept. The routine instruments used for soft-tissue balance only detect mediolateral imbalance. Even when accurate static balancing was achieved, dynamic measurements revealed imbalance in mid-flexion. These results explain some of the variability in knee kinematics after TKA and the incidence of mid-flexion instability.


P.A. Vendittoli M. Lavigne M. Fallaha P. Drolet P. Makinen

Introduction and Aims: Although many analgesia modalities have been tried, total knee arthroplasty remains a painful procedure and parenteral narcotics still play a major role in post-operative pain control. We want to know if peri-articular large dose injection of local anaesthetics reduces narcotics administration and their side effects.

Method: Thirty-six patients undergoing a total knee replacement were randomised to two treatment groups. The experimental group received peri-articular large dose infiltration of Ropivacaine (local anaesthetic) during surgery and on day one after surgery via an intra-articular catheter. The pain control was completed with a self-delivering morphine pump. The control group received the morphine pump alone. The therapists recording post-op data were blind to the treatment group. Narcotics consumption, pain control, medication side effects, complications, range of motion and patient satisfaction were monitored. Ropivacaine serum levels were measured in the early post-operative period.

Results: Although satisfaction was very high in both groups, morphine consumption was significantly lower for the infiltration group: 29 mg/24h compared to 51 mg/24 (p< 0.01) and 47 mg/40h compared to 71 mg/40h (p< 0.04). The post-operative pain evaluated with visual analogue scale (0–10) was reduced significantly on the day of surgery 2.6 vs 5.0 (p< 0.04) and at exercise on day one post-op: 4.9 vs 7.0 (p< 0.01). There was no significant difference in post-operative range of motion at five days post-op. The surgical time was increased significantly by 18 minutes in the infiltration group 126 vs 108 minutes (p< 0.05). Complication rate was not significantly different for both groups (infiltration vs control): nausea symptoms 2.2h/48h vs 5.4h/48, confusion two subjects in each group, constipation three subjects in each group and one deep vein thrombosis per group. No complication was related to the addition of the infiltration of the local anaesthetics and the serum levels were in a safe range.

Conclusion: This peri-operative local anaesthetics infiltration protocol offer many benefits for the patients undergoing a total knee arthroplasty. It is improving the pain control, reducing the amount of narcotics consumption and is a safe procedure.


A. Lombardi T. Mallory K. Berend

Introduction and Aims: Adequacy of post-operative pain control can effect total knee arthroplasty (TKA) outcomes. We examine the effectiveness of a simple and inexpensive method using long-acting local anesthetic (bupivacaine) with epinephrine and morphine injection on controlling pain, blood loss, and motion in primary TKA.

Method: We retrospectively reviewed 170 patients who underwent 208 primary TKA, by a single surgeon between October 2001 and December 2002. The control group of 75 patients (99 knees) had received no intra-operative injections. The study group of 95 patients (109 knees) had received intra-operative injection of 0.25 percent bupivacane with epinephrine and morphine divided two-thirds soft-tissue injection and one-third intra-articular injection. Bilateral simultaneous TKA in the study group received a divided anaesthetic dose.

Results: The control group required significantly more breakthrough narcotic (85 percent vs 67 percent; p=0.004); and required more narcotic reversal for over-sedation. The study group had significantly higher ROM at discharge 63 degrees vs 52 degrees. Lower ROM at discharge was associated with manipulation (p equals 0.001). The study group required less transfused blood (mean 0.03 vs 0.1 units), and had significantly lower bleeding indices 2.7 vs 3.5.

Conclusion: Preemptive analgesia with intra-articular and soft-tissue injection of long-acting local anesthetic with epinephrine and morphine appears to decrease need for rescue narcotics and reversal agents. The use of the injection also increases ROM at discharge, which reduces the need for manipulation. Lastly, the bleeding index and transfusion requirements are significantly reduced. This inexpensive method is effective in improving the post-operative course of primary TKA.


Full Access
M.A. Hassaballa A.J. Porteous J.H. Newman

Introduction and Aims: Kneeling is an important function of the knee joint but little information is available on ability to kneel after different types of knee arthroplasty. We aimed to assess patients’ kneeling ability pre- and post-operatively after uni-compartmental, patellofemoral and total knee arthroplasty (UKR, PFR, TKR) and to objectively examine: kneeling ability, factors that affect it and whether this ability differed from the patient’s perception.

Method: In 253 knee arthroplasty cases, we prospectively analysed the ability to kneel pre-operatively, and post-operatively at one and two years using the relevant section of the Oxford Knee Score questionnaire. One hundred and twenty-two post-operative patients (38 TKR, 53 UKR, 31 PFR) were then examined to assess their actual kneeling ability.

Results: Patients’ perception of their kneeling ability prior to surgery was poor in all three groups (mean score 0.7 out of 4) and improved in all groups after surgery (mean score at two years 1.46 out of 4). Perceived kneeling ability was best in UKR and worst in PFR (P< 0.001). Perceived kneeling ability improved most in the first year post-operatively, but continued to improve between one and two years although the final kneeling function was still not good. When examined, only 37% of patients thought they could kneel, whereas 81% were actually able to kneel (P< 0.001). Ability to kneel was significantly better than perceived ability for all prosthesis types (P< 0.001). Kneeling ability was better in men and associated with an increased range of movement (P< 0.001).

Conclusion: Kneeling ability is poor prior to knee arthroplasty and improves up to two years post-operatively, though it is still perceived to be poor, but can be improved with rehabilitation. UKR gave better kneeling ability than PFR or TKR. Patient-centred questionnaires do not accurately document kneeling ability after knee arthroplasty.


A.P. Sanghrajka E. Dunstan P. Unwin T.W.R. Briggs S.R. Cannon

Introduction and Aims: We present a review of the long-term results of custom-made massive unicondylar femoral replacement for reconstruction following tumor excision, and compare the functional outcome of this procedure with prosthetic distal femoral replacement.

Method: Using our centre’s endoprosthetic database we identified and analysed all cases of massive unicondylar femoral replacement performed at our unit (group 1). Patients were evaluated for function, (Musculoskeletal Tumour Society System), and for stability (adapted from Oxford Knee Score). An age and sex-matched cohort of patients who had undergone distal femoral replacements for similar pathologies, and in who the follow-up was of a comparable time period (group 2) was evaluated in an identical manner. Statistical analysis was performed on the results.

Results: Twelve cases of massive unicondylar replacement have been performed between 1990 and 2001, for a variety of malignant and benign tumors. There have been no incidences of infection, aseptic loosening or tumor recurrence. One patient has died of metastatic disease and another has undergone revision to distal femoral replacement for osteoarthritis. Of the remaining 10 patients, nine were available for assessment

Each of the two groups consisted of five males and four females, with mean age 48 years in group 1 and 49 years in group 2. The average follow-up since surgery in both groups was 10 years. The mean MSTS and stability scores of group 1 were 83% and 3.9 respectively, and 71% and 3.2 for group 2; the difference in scores between groups was statistically significant (p< 0.02).

Conclusion: With stringent case selection criteria, the custom-made massive unicondylar femoral replacement produces a good outcome, with functional results significantly better than distal femoral replacement. This may be because a substantial proportion of the knee joint with at least one cruciate and one collateral ligament are kept intact, thus facilitating enhanced proprioception.


D.P. Gwynne Jones C. Locke J. Pennington J.C. Theis

Introduction and Aims: To determine whether sagittal laxity has an effect on functional outcome following posterior cruciate retaining total knee replacement using two differing tibial insert designs.

Method: Ninety-seven knees in 83 patients were reviewed clinically, radiologically and underwent KT1000 testing at minimum five-year follow-up post-TKA. Knee society, WOMAC and SF12 scores were calculated. The same femoral component (Duracon, Stryker) was used in all patients. Two differing tibial inserts were used (51 Condylar and 46 AP lipped).

Results: The two groups were comparable for age, sex, Charnley category and Body mass index. There was no significant difference in knee society score, WOMAC scores, SF12 scores, knee flexion, posterior tibial slope or KT1000 laxity measurements between the two groups. Total laxity measured by KT1000 was 5mm in the AP lipped group and 4mm in the condylar group. There was no correlation between anterior, posterior or total laxity and functional outcome as measured by WOMAC, KSS, SF12 or knee flexion.

Conclusion: Increased sagittal laxity does not have a strong influence on functional outcome following TKA. The differing tibial insert designs had no significant influence on laxity or function.


R.B. Brink J.E. Sudhakar

Introduction and Aims: The ‘Natural Knee’ (versions I and II-Zimmer) is a primary tri-compartmental device designed for either cemented or cementless application. The cementless option includes a metal backed patella component. We present a three to seven year analysis of survival of 156 knees.

Method: Data was collected at post-operative times of one year and five years or more, to derive HSS scores. Radiological assessments included full length standing radiographs in maximum knee extension and neutral rotation, Merchant views at 30 degrees and fluoroscopically screened AP and lateral views.

Results: Of the 152 patients, 12 had died and two were lost to follow-up. One hundred and thirty-eight patients (156 knees) were available for review. Mean HSS score pre-op was 59 and at five years 91.3. Twenty-two required manipulation under anaesthesia post-operatively. Fourteen of the 122 cementless knees were revised but none of the cemented implants have required revision. Mean time to revision was 40.3 months (range 9–80 months). There were no deep infections. Revisions were for malalignment (one), secondary patella resurfacing (one), late PCL rupture (one), early tibio-femoral poly wear (two), metal backed poly fracture (two), tibial osteolysis without loosening (two), established aseptic loosening (3), and pain without loosening but hot bone scan suggesting subtle aseptic loosening (2). These last two were well fixed at revision and conversion to cemented primary components gave excellent results. There was a tendency for screw track osteolysis that was particularly difficult to detect on plain radiographs. The overall survival of this knee system at seven years when applying the Kaplan-Meier analysis is 87.4%. There was statistical significance comparing failure of cementless and cemented fixation (p=0.035).

Conclusion: This study demonstrates a significant early failure in the Cementless Natural Total Knee replacement system. Screw tract osteolyis of the tibial component is of particular concern as it is diffcult to demonstrate this on routine radiographs. Early failure of the metal-backed patella component in the absence of significant axial or rotational alignment is unacceptable.


A. Lombardi

Introduction and Aims: Patellar subluxation is most troublesome and accounts for a number of complications in total knee arthroplasty. The purpose of this study is to report the incidence of need for lateral release before and after tourniquet deflation, and the effect of the tourniquet on proper patellar tracking.

Method: A total of 171 knees in 133 patients were prospectively evaluated for the need for a lateral retinacular release before and after tourniquet deflation. All knees were implanted using the same knee system. An initial group of 99 knees were evaluated with tourniquet inflation while the knee was in flexion. Tourniquet inflation with the knee in flexion versus extension was subsequently assessed in a subset group of 72 knees. The need for lateral release was determined using the rule of ‘no-thumbs’ and rule of ‘full contact’.

Results: A total of 77 knees appeared to need a lateral release before tourniquet deflation. After tourniquet deflation 27 knees required lateral release representing a 65 percent reduction in lateral release. There was no statistically significant difference (p equals 0.5506: Pearson’s chi square) when comparing the flexion/extension groups.

Conclusion: Often, the surgeon evaluates patellar tracking with the tourniquet inflated, not taking into account the effect of tourniquet pressure on the quadriceps muscle. Our findings support the hypothesis that the resulting pressure from the tourniquet impacts patellar tracking. We conclude that if patellar tracking is questionable with the tourniquet inflated, tracking should be re-assessed with the tourniquet deflated before considering a lateral release.


D.C. Davidson S.E. Graves L. Ingerson P. Ryan N.L. Pratt B.F. McDermott E.C. Griffith

Introduction and Aim: Following the establishment of the Australian Orthopaedic Association National Joint Replacement Registry, the Australian orthopaedic community has quality prosthesis specific information on knee replacement. This presentation details the demographics of primary total knee replacement, types of prostheses used, methods of fixation and the incidence of, and reasons for, early revision.

Results: Over 36,000 primary total knee replacements with almost 400 subsequent revisions were recorded. Primary total knee replacements were undertaken more commonly in females (56.4%), mostly for osteoarthritis (95.9%), with a mean subject age of 69.6 years.

The Registry recorded 56 different knee prostheses with the 10 most common accounting for 85.5% of all procedures. The patella was not replaced in the majority of cases (58.5%), however this varied considerably with prosthesis type and method of fixation. Cement fixation of the tibial component occurred in 76.9% of cases and the femoral component in 49.5%. Most commonly the insert was fixed (71.3%) and minimally stabilised (86.7%). Posterior stabilised inserts were used in 12.8% of primary cases. The cumulative revision rate at one year was 1.0% and 2.1% at two years. Early revision was minor in 54.1% of cases and major in the remainder. The most common reasons for minor revision were patello-femoral pain (27.1%) and infection (21.7%); for major revision, early loosening (40.2%) and infection (27.5%). Prosthesis type, patella use, method of fixation, degree of constraint and the use of fixed, rotating and/or sliding inserts did not significantly affect revision rates at this early stage.

Conclusion: Although variation is seen in early revision rates depending on the prosthesis type, patella use, method of fixation and other prosthesis specific characteristics, these differences are currently not significant.


D.G. Allan R. Trammell

Introduction and Aims: The purpose of our study was to review our experience with the use of arthroscopy for the diagnosis and management of patients with problematic total knee replacements (TKRs).

Method: Forty-four patients were retrospectively reviewed to evaluate clinical and diagnostic efficacy of arthroscopy of TKR.

Results: Six patients with soft-tissue impingement had good-excellent outcome. Three patients had lateral retinacular release to correct patellar subluxation. Arthroscopic treatment of infection in two patients with significant comorbidities was able to control infection in one patient. Of the 13 patients with decreased range of motion due to intra-articular scarring, only four maintained increased motion. Of the 20 patients who had arthroscopy as a diagnostic procedure, 15 were successfully diagnosed and treated. Of the 10 patients with knee pain as the primary complaint, an intra-articular cause of the knee pain was identified in five patients and successfully treated in four, while no diagnosis was made in the remaining five patients.

Conclusion: The use of arthroscopy for the diagnosis and treatment of the problematic TKA is an effective and safe procedure when performed for specific indications. We found adhesiolysis of limited value for patients with decreased range of motion due to dense scar tissue.


A. Schepers J.N. Cakic D.R. Van der Jagt

Introduction and Aims: Aim of the study is to show whether the accuracy of alignment of a total knee pros-thesis is more dependent on the instrumentation or the skills of the surgeon.

Method: Forty patients that had total knee arthroplasties performed between September 1997 and September 1999 have been analysed. The results of prospective randomised trial using the LCS (Depuy) and IBII (Zimmer) prostheses have been analysed, as well as results using the Scorpio (Stryker) and Profix (Smith + Nephew) total knee replacement systems. Patients were evaluated according to a radiographic protocol, a modification of the Knee Society total knee arthroplasty x-ray evaluation and scoring system. All patients had long leg standing x-rays in full extension and neutral rotation. Lateral x-rays were taken in neutral rotation with a maximum of 10 degrees of flexion. The femoral varus/valgus alignment is recorded on the AP x-ray as the Alpha angle, and the tibial alignment as the Beta angle. On the lateral x-ray the Gamma angle records the femoral flexion and the Theta angle the tibial prosthesis alignment along the tibial shaft.

Results: The results were statistically analysed by the Department of Statistics at the University. Results were stratified according to both the instrumentation used and the surgeon. These showed that there was no statistical difference between the alignment of the different prostheses, irrespective of the surgeon performing the procedure.

Conclusion: From this study we concluded that no one set of instrumentation used while performing a total knee replacement was superior to another. As long the surgeon is familiar with the instrumentation the final alignment of the prosthesis will be satisfactory.


S. Sharma F. Nicol R. Abu-Rajab M. Hullin S.W. McCreath

Introduction and Aims: The aim of this paper was to assess the 10 to 15-year clinical and radiographic results of uncemented LCS meniscal-bearing total knee replacements used to revise failed uni-compartmental knee replacements.

Method: Eleven (5 M: 6 F) cementless LCS meniscal-bearing total knee replacements were implanted in patients who had failed uni-compartmental knee replacements for medial compartment osteoarthritis. Mean time interval between the uni-compartmental knee replacement and the LCS total knee replacement was 18 months (12–72 months). Minimum follow-up of all patients reviewed was 10 years (mean 12.9 years). Average age of patients at the time of surgery was 60.1 years (47–74 years). Clinical and radiographic analysis was performed. American knee society pain and function scores were determined and Kaplan-Meier survivorship analysis was conducted. Failure was defined as revision due to any cause.

Results: At the time of the 10 to 15-year follow-up, all 11 patients were alive and were all reviewed. Four patients (three males, one female) had a revision of their LCS total knee replacement. The average time to revision of the LCS total knee replacement was 26 months (1–60 months). The average knee society pain and function scores were 80 and 45 at the final follow-up evaluation. The average range of movement was 95 degrees (80–100 degrees). The survival rate of 60% (95 % confidence interval) was noted at 12 years.

Conclusion: After 10 to 14 years of follow-up, the cementless LCS meniscal bearing total knee replacement for a previously failed uni-compartmental knee replacement was found to have a 37% revision rate.


C.W. Colwell S. Patil K. Ezzet S.B. Kang D.D. D’Lima

Introduction and Aims: A significant proportion of patients currently undergoing total knee arthroplasty have uni-compartmental disease. Unicondylar knee replacement (UKA) offers the benefits of less bone resection and better soft tissue retention. However, knee kinematic changes after UKA have not been established.

Method: A significant proportion of patients currently undergoing total knee arthroplasty have uni-compartmental disease. Unicondylar knee replacement (UKA) offers the benefits of less bone resection and better soft tissue retention. However, knee kinematic changes after UKA have not been established.

Results: In the normal knee, knee flexion was accompanied by femoral rollback and tibial internal rotation. Similar patterns of rollback and rotation were seen after UKA. Surprisingly, resecting the ACL did not affect rollback or tibial rotation. However, tibial rotation was significantly different and was more variable after TKA. This suggests that loss of the ACL may not be the major cause of abnormal kinematics after TKA.

Conclusion: Abnormal kinematics have been previously reported after TKA. However, UKA appeared to maintain normal kinematics. This study reported kinematic advantages to UKA, in addition to less bone resection and better recovery.


A.S. Comley S.J. MacDonald R.W. McCalden C.H. Rorabeck R.B. Bourne

Introduction and Aims: To compare the results of patients treated with articulating versus static antibiotic-impregnated spacers for infected knee arthroplasty.

Method: All patients undergoing two-stage revision knee arthroplasty for sepsis in the last five years were reviewed. Twenty-six patients had been treated with articulating spacers. This group was compared to 36 patients treated with static spacers. The articulating spacer technique had been adopted more recently than the static technique. Minimum follow-up was 12 months from second stage re-implantation (average 22 months articulating, 40 months static). Patients were compared in terms of the need for extensile exposures required for re-implantation, range of motion at most recent review, eradication of infection and augmentation required on revision implants.

Results: In the articulating group, fewer extensile exposure methods were required at second-stage prosthesis re-implantation (19% vs 36%). No tibial tuberosity osteotomies have been required since using the articulating spacer. The articulating group demonstrated a significantly improved range of flexion compared to the static group (106 vs 97 degrees – p=0.045) and had fewer patients with significant loss of extension or quadriceps lag. Eradication of infection was improved in the articulating group (92% vs 82%) but at shorter average follow-up. The need for augments and stabilised prostheses at revision surgery as a measure of bone loss was no different between the groups but was related to the number of prior surgical procedures.

Conclusion: Articulating cement spacers facilitate reimplantation surgery by maintaining tissue planes and joint mobility without compromising joint stability or eradication rate of infection. Patients demonstrate better range of motion and less complications related to the extensor mechanism with the articulated spacer.


A. Lombardi

Introduction and Aims: Difficult primary and revision total knee arthroplasty (TKA) with constrained knee systems is becoming more common. Modular systems are critical to success. A review of 457 consecutive cases with a single knee system for difficult primary and revision TKA provides an algorithm for good results.

Method: Between July 1992 and December 2000, 457 consecutive TKA were performed at a single institution using a posterior-stabilised constrained (PSC) system. Ninety-seven cases were primary with ligamentous instability and 360 were revision cases with bone loss and instability. Sixty-two patients died during follow-up, seven were lost to follow-up.

Results: Follow-up averaged 2.5 years. Pre-operative Knee Society (KSS) and Hospital for Special Surgery (HSS) scores averaged 47.3 and 60.0 respectively, and improved to 79.0 and 75.0 (p< 0.001). Range of motion improved significantly (p< 0.001). Incidence of manipulation was 9.4 percent. Infection necessitated debridement in 4.6 percent of cases. Extensor mechanism complications occurred in 2.2 percent. Excision of the patellar component without reinsertion was highest risk. There was a 2.2 percent aseptic loosening rate and 3.0 percent failure for instability.

Conclusion: The authors describe an algorithm for long-term success using a PSC modular knee system based upon critical review of radiographic and clinical outcomes. Methods for achieving stability and fixation affect results. Appropriate augmentation for femoral and tibial deficits re-establishes the joint line and provides excellent range of motion. A step-wise approach to the patella provides durable results. Predictors of success including alignment, the joint line, managing bone loss, fixation, and extensor mechanism are reviewed.


Full Access
R.B. Brink G.S. Radcliffe

Introduction and Aims: To perform a pilot study to compare regional infiltration with standard (patient cotrolled or epidural) analgesia following total knee arthroplasty.

Method: Visual Analogue (VAS) scale assessment of peri-operative pain and nausea, analgesic consumption, time to mobilise from bed and range of motion at four days post-operation were compared between the two groups. Complications were documented. All operations were performed by the same surgeon (RB) and the first 79 cases were compared with an historical control group comprising the 73 cases immediately preceeding the study group. There were no exclusions from either group.

Results: The mean visual analogue score (VAS) for pain in the peri-operative period was of 3.19/10 (vs. 4.1 in controls) (p=0.02). Only four RAMP patients (5.1%) required any post-operative parenteral opiate analgesia (vs. 93.2% of controls) (p=< 0.0001). Early rehabilitation was more rapid in the RAMP patients; the mean time from return to the ward to walking was five hours 25 minutes compared to 63 hours 58 minutes in the controls (p=< 0.0001). The mean inpatient stay for RAMP patients was 6.5 days and 9.6 in controls (p=0.01). No RAMP patient required urinary catheterisation which was necessary in 42 (57%) of control patients.

Conclusion: Despite a lower incidence of patella resurfacing in the study group and a significant difference in implants, (study group mostly ‘Profix’ and controls mostly ‘Natural Knees’, regional infiltration appears to be safe and to confer substantial benefit in reducing acute morbidity.


J.M. Sikorski

Introduction and Aims: A total knee replacement (TKR) needs to be well aligned for it to function well and avoid premature failure. Computer Assistance system has been designed to improve that alignment. The rationale for these systems rests on the assumptions that we currently have an alignment problem. To date, there have been no comprehensive survey of alignment outcomes and therefore no evidence of the size of the problem.

Method: The Perth CT protocol was used to measure the alignment of 164 primary TKRs, male/female = 76/88, mean age 69.4 years, performed by seven surgeons. One hundred and twenty-four patients were approached in the immediate post-operative phase and 40 within three years of surgery. Six alignment parameters were measured. The Perth Alignment Index was used as a measure of the quality of outcome. A parameter was judged perfect if it was within two degrees of the target alignment.

Results: In the coronal plane femoral alignment was ‘perfect’ in 74% (value range −3 to +6 degrees) and tibial alignment in 84% (value range −5 to +7 degrees). In the sagittal plane femoral flexion/extension was perfect in 75% (range −3 to +9 degrees), while tibial slope was perfect in 44% (value range −6 to +16 degrees). Femoral component rotation was perfect in 66% (range −8 to +9 degrees) and femorotibial matching was 45% (−14 to +13degrees). The mean PAI was 5.11:1.98, with only 14 patients (9%) having a perfect score.

Conclusion: The alignment of conventional jig-assisted TKR is far from perfect and efforts to improve the results seem to be justified.


T. Ashraf J.H. Newman C.E. Ackroyd

Introduction: Uni-compartmental Knee Replacement (UKR) has now become an accepted and widely used treatment for uni-compartmental arthritis. Our unit has performed over 1000 UKRs in the past 22 years. The optimal mechanical design of the implant has yet to be determined.

Method: A prospective trial was commenced in 1999 to compare the short-term results of a fixed bearing with a mobile bearing prosthesis. One hundred and three knees in 95 patients underwent a UKR. Fifty-three had a St Georg Sled fixed bearing prosthesis and 50 had unconstrained mobile bearing Oxford UKR. All were prospectively reviewed using the Oxford and Bristol Knee Scores.

Results: Eighty-four knees have been reviewed at two years with one lost to follow-up. One fixed (2%) and six mobile (12%) bearing knees had been revised. Three fixed bearing and eight mobile bearing knees were dissatisfied because of stiffness or persistent pain and seven mobile bearing knees had undergone further minor procedures, usually for dislocation. At two years, the Bristol and Oxford knee scores for fixed bearing were better than the mobile bearing knees at 90:83 /100 and 38:33 /48 respectively.

Conclusion: There were more early complications in the mobile bearing UKR group, but the functional results were slightly better than in the fixed bearing knees.


G.C.R. Keene P.J.S. Jeer R.D. Oakeshott C. Mahr

Introduction and aims: The aim of this study was to determine the relationship between pre-operative Single Photon Emission Tomography (SPECT) scan findings and intra-operative assessments of patello-femoral and tibio-femoral OA, in patients undergoing tibio-femoral uni-compartmental knee arthroplasty (UKA).

Method: Over a six-month period 36 knees in 30 patients, undergoing UKA, were investigated pre-operatively with a SPECT scan to confirm single compartment disease. The male to female ratio of patients was 18:12, with an average age of 63 years (range 44–78). A single radiologist reported all cases, and graded uptake in each compartment. At surgery, the degree of OA encountered in each compartment was assessed by size and grade by the two senior authors, and assigned an OA score. The data was analysed statistically for an association between the SPECT scan score and OA score, using Kendall’s Tau-b.

Results: A statistically significant relationship was demonstrated between positive uptake in a compartment and the presence of OA (p < 0.05), and this was consistent for all compartments. When analysed specifically, the associations were strongest in the medial femoral condyle (0.58) and the medial tibial plateau (0.67), and weakest in the patella (0.35) and trochlea (0.46), and lateral tibial plateau (0.34).

Conclusion: We conclude that SPECT scans can provide useful information regarding the degree of OA in knee compartments when planning UKA, particularly with medial compartment disease. The lower degree of association between scan findings and OA encountered in the patello-femoral compartment, and lateral tibial plateau, indicates greater vigilance should be applied when making intra-operative assessments of these areas.


C.E. Ackroyd J.H. Newman R. Evans

Introduction and Aims: There has recently been an increase in the use of uni-compartmental knee replacement (UKR), but there are few studies comparing its long-term efficacy and survival with total knee replacement (TKR). We reported the five-year results of a randomised trial which showed that uni-compartmental replacement had a faster rehabilitation and better functional results than total replacement. We now report the 10-year results.

Method: After obtaining ethical approval, between 1989 and 1992, 102 cases judged suitable for UKR were randomly allocated to receive either a St Georg Sled UKR or a Kinematic Modular TKR. Both cohorts had a median age of 68 and a similar sex distribution and pre-operative knee scores. Regular follow-up has been maintained. All cases have now been assessed after a minimum of 10 years using modified the WOMAC, Pain, Oxford and Bristol Knee (BSK) scoring systems as well as radiographs.

Results: At 10 years, 29 cases had died with their knees known to be intact, two totals cases were untraceable. Thirty-two uni`s, and 34 totals were available for review. Three uni`s (6%) and two totals (4%) had been revised; there was one impending total failure on the radiographs.

The UKR group had better scores with Oxford: 38 v 34 /48 and WOMAC: 17 v 21 /60 and more excellent results (19 v 14) and fewer fair and poor results on the BKS (4 v 6). The range of movement improved in UKA`s from 107 degrees to 117 degrees, whereas the range decreased in TRK`s from 107 degrees to 104 degrees. Sixty-one percent of the UKR and only 16% of the TKR group had more than 120 degrees of flexion.

Conclusion: The St Georg Uni-compartmental arthroplasty continues to function well at 10 years, with better functional scores and a better range of movement than the Kinematic Total arthroplasty. There were similar failures in both groups.


J.T. Patton A. Amin M. Gaston R.E. Cook I. Brenkel

Introduction and Aims: Several non-comparative studies for uni-compartmental knee replacement (UKR) and total knee replacement (TKR) have been published, but few provide a direct comparison in well-matched patients. The aim of this study was to assess five-year survivorship and the quality of outcome following UKR and TKR in pre-operatively matched patient groups.

Method: From a prospective database of over 600 patients undergoing knee replacement for osteoarthritis, 70 primary medial Oxford UKRs (62 patients) were matched pre-operatively with 70 primary Kinematic TKRs (68 patients) for age, sex, body mass index, active range of movement (ROM) and Knee Society Score (KSS). The two groups were assessed at six, 18, 36 and 60 months following knee replacement and compared for survivorship of the prosthesis (with failure defined as revision for any reason or ‘worst-case’ assuming all patients lost to follow-up are revised), quality of outcome based on the KSS (reported as separate knee and function score) and the ROM achieved.

Results: Three (4%) patients in the UKR group and two (3%) in the TKR group were unavailable for follow-up at five years. Five-year survivorship (Kaplan-Meier methodology) was significantly different for the two groups using revision for any reason as an endpoint – 90% for UKR, 100% for TKR (log-rank test, p=0.01). Assuming all patients lost to follow-up were revised, the ‘worst-case’ five-year survivorship was also significantly different for the two groups – 85% for UKR, 97% for TKR (log-rank test, p=0.02). Analysis of the KSS at six, 18, 36 and 60 months showed no significant difference between the two groups for the knee score (p=0.48) and the function score (p=0.1). The ROM achieved at five years was greater for the UKR group and the difference was statistically significant (UKR: Least square mean 105 degrees, standard error 1.2; TKR: Least square mean 98 degrees, standard error 1.2, p< 0.001).

Conclusion: In comparable patients with osteoarthritis of the knee, survivorship remains superior for TKR at five years. The ROM achieved is greater for UKR, but there is no difference in the overall quality of outcome following UKR or TKR. We believe that UKR should only be performed in carefully selected cases because mid-term functional outcome is similar following UKR or TKR and the complication rate may be higher for UKR.


M. Barrow I.M. Rogan D.R. Van der Jagt A. Schepers

Introduction and Aims: Uni-compartmental knee replacements are an alternative to total knee replacements in the management of uni-compartmental osteoarthritis of the knee. The aim of the study was to review the results of our first 60 patients.

Method: We assessed all patients both clinically and radiologically. To expedite the radiological assessment we devised a simplified scoring system. The mean follow-up was 18 months, nine patients had bilateral procedures. The mean age was 66 years, ranging from 45 to 83 years. Eightly-six percent were female. Primary osteoarthritis was the pathology in 93% and post-traumatic arthritis in 7%.

Results: Our average range of movement increased from 113 degrees to 120 degrees post-operatively. Our complicationns included one deep venous thrombosis, one patient with bilateral tibial component loosening and three patients with loose cement particles in the joint. A full radiological assessment was done to assess positioning of the prostheses as well as the interfaces. There was an improvement in the average radiological scoring when comparing the first and the last 10 patients.

Conclusion: Uni-compartment knee replacements are an interesting alternative to total knee replacements. Patient selection is critical. There is a significant learning curve, as demonstrated by the improved radiological scoring later in the series, particularly with regard to cementing techniques. Attention needs to be paid to removing all loose cement from the joint. The complication rate remains low and the results are satisfactory.


N. Rowden T. Small

Introduction and Aims: Uni-compartmental knee arthroplasty has become a frequently performed procedure in patients with medial compartment osteoarthritis. There has been very little reported in the literature on lateral uni-compartmental knee arthroplasty results.

Method: One hundred and twenty-three consecutive patients undergoing an elective lateral uni-compartmental arthroplasty were identified from our database between November 1998 and November 2003. Prospective data collection included patient demographics, prosthesis type and radiological evaluation. Clinical outcome measures were assessed using the Oxford Knee Score. All adverse outcomes were analysed.

Results: One hundred and twenty-three patients (28% male and 72% female) with a mean age of 68 years and a mean body mass index of 28 were identified. The average pre-operative Oxford Knee Score was 19/48. The average post-operative improvement was 20 points. There were seven complications which have been analysed. These include one infection and six dislocated bearings in the Oxford Knee group.

Conclusion: The Oxford mobile bearing lateral prosthesis has a significantly higher complication rate than the fixed bearing implants in lateral uni-compartmental arthroplasty.


D. Beard G. Bentley R. Carrington T.W.R. Briggs J.A. Skinner

Introduction and Aims: Uni-compartmental knee arthroplasty (UKA) is appropriate for one in three osteoarthritic knees requiring replacement. An accelerated protocol enables patients undergoing UKA to be discharged within 24 hours of surgery. Before such an approach is universally accepted it must be safe, effective and economically viable. A study was performed to compare the new accelerated protocol with current standard care in a state healthcare system.

Method: A single blind RCT design was used. Patients eligible for UKA were screened for NSAID tolerance, social circumstances and geographical location before allocation to either an accelerated recovery group (Group A) or a standard non-accelerated group (Group S). The accelerated protocol included dedicated pain management and discharge support. Primary outcome was the Oxford Knee Assessment at six months post-operation, compared using independent t tests. Pain, range of movement and incidence of complications were also recorded by assessors blind to group allocation. Cost effectiveness was calculated in quality life adjusted years (QLAY) using the Euroqual instrument. The study power was sufficient to avoid type 2 errors. The study was supported by a NHS Regional R& D grant.

Results: Forty-one patients (21 group A, 20 group S) were included. Groups had comparable age and patient profiles. Average discharge time was 37 hours (1.5 days) for group A and 114 hours (4.3 days) for group S. Pain on hospital discharge was similar for both groups. No significant difference was found between groups for pain or range of movement at any time, although patients in group S regained pre-operative flexion faster than group A. One major complication occurred in each group; one infection (group S) and one manipulation for poor movement (group A). The cost per QLAY for the new protocol was 59% of the standard care.

Conclusion: The new protocol allows for safe accelerated discharge from hospital after UKA. The approach is cost-effective and should help to increase the throughput of patients who require knee replacement.


G. Keene P. Jeer

Introduction and Aims: The aim of this study was to report the two-year results of a new tibio-femoral Uni-compartmental Knee Arthroplasty (UKA) designed specifically to be implanted through a minimally invasive approach.

Method: A prospective review of a single surgeon’s experience with the Preservation UKA was undertaken. The initial 54 UKAs from a consecutive cohort of 253 UKAs that had reached two-year follow-up were evaluated, clinically using the AKSS and OKS scores, and also radiographically. The average age of patients was 66.9 (range 48–82), with a slight male preponderance (1.2:1). Forty-five UKAs were for medial compartment OA (40 all polyethylene fixed tibial bearing, five mobile bearing), with eight bilateral procedures, and nine were for lateral compartment OA (seven all polyethylene fixed tibial bearing, two mobile bearing).

Results: There were no losses to follow-up. The pre-operative AKSS knee and function scores improved from 39 and 56 respectively, to 93 (range 46–100) and 92 (range 10–100) respectively at last review. The OKS had improved from 39 to 19 (range 12–40), and the average range of motion was 135 degrees (range 125–140). There were no failures requiring revision. Only two patients had poor results, one secondary to a post-operative work-related injury and the other due to soft tissue impingement that responded to arthroscopic debridement. One patient was excluded due to a femoral neck fracture. One patient experienced a superficial wound infection, and one patient had a pulmonary embolus. Radiographs revealed minor tibial lucencies in three UKAs, none of which were symptomatic, or progressive to date.

Conclusion: This is the first report documenting two-year results of this new prosthesis, and preliminary results suggest it can produce good clinical and functional results.


I. Jahromi N. Walton D. Campbell P. Lewis P. Dobson

Introduction and Aims: Despite comprehensive literature on knee arthroplasty outcomes there is a paucity of data on patient satisfaction and functional outcomes. We have examined patient satisfaction, function, and time to return to sport and activities of daily living.

Method: A retrospective cohort study using self-assessment forms reviewed all patients who had undergone an Oxford uni-compartmental knee replacement in one centre from 2000 to 2003 at a minimum one-year post-surgery. One hundred and fifty patients with 183 UKRs were reviewed. Twenty-two had bilateral surgery. The cohort contained 76 males and 74 females of mean age 71.5 years (range 52–90). Patients were assessed using the Oxford knee score and a further score of how ‘normal’ their knee felt. Physical activity was assessed according to Grimby’s scale. Sporting activity was assessed with regards to pre- and post-operative frequency, time taken to return to sport, and pain during and after exercise. Time to return to work was also noted.

Results: Mean Oxford knee score for males was 21.6 (range 12–43, SD 8.25) and females 22.8 (range 12–54, SD 9.78). Mean Grimby’s score for males was 4.1 (range 1–6, SD 1.2) and for females 3.6 (range 1–6, SDI.2). Mean time to return to walking as exercise was 7.9 weeks (range 1–47.6, SD 8.9), to swimming was 10 weeks (range 1–34.6, SD 9.9), to cycling 11.8 weeks (range 1–34.7, SD 11) to lawn bowling 24.5 weeks (range 4–104, SD 26.2) and golf 12.3 weeks (range 3–33.3, SD8.73). Return to sport, activities of daily living and return to work positively correlated to the patients’ perception of how ‘normal’ their knee felt.

Conclusion: This study observes activity levels and times to return to ADLs, work and sport that is a guide for patient education and post-operative expectation. When compared to a recent study of total knee arthroplasty patients from our institution the uni-compartmental patients were more satisfied and more active. Patients were more active pre-operatively and post-operatively, they were less likely to give up sport following surgery.


D. Hollinghurst J. Stoney T. Ward B.J. Robinson A.J. Price H.S. Gill D.J. Beard C.A.F. Dodd J. Newman C.E. Ackroyd D.W. Murray

Introduction and Aims: Single compartmental replacement procedures are increasingly preferred over total knee replacement (TKR) for single compartment osteoarthritis of the knee joint. Theoretically, reduced disruption of the native joint should produce more normal kinematics. This study aimed to describe and compare the sagittal plane kinematics of four different, commonly used devices.

Method: Four groups of patients who had undergone successful single compartment replacement at least two years previously were recruited. Fifteen following Oxford medial UKA, 12 following medial St Georg Sled UKA, five following Oxford lateral UKA, and 12 following Avon PFJ replacement. Patients performed flexion/extension against gravity, and a step-up during video fluoroscopy. The Patellar Tendon Angle (PTA), the angle between the long axis of the tibia and the patella tendon, was obtained as a function of knee flexion. This relationship provides indication of sagittal movement between femur and tibia through range and has been validated as a reliable measure of joint kinematics.

Results: The kinematic profile for each group was compared to that of the profile for 12 normal and 30 TKR (AGC) knees. All three tibiofemoral devices produced knee kinematics similar to the normal knee. The PTA was found to have a linear relationship to flexion angle, decreasing with increasing knee flexion angle. No such linear relationship exists for the TKR joint, which display abnormal kinematics. The PF device also reflected similar trends to that for normal knees except that the PTA was moderately increased throughout the entire range of flexion (three degrees).

Conclusion: In contrast to TKR, all single compartmental knee replacements provided kinematics similar to the normal joint. The kinematic pattern of the PFJ replacement may be of most interest as the observed increase in PTA through range could influence patello-femoral contact forces


G. Keene P. Jeer

Introduction and Aims: The aim of this study was to report the two-year results of a new tibio-femoral Uni-compartmental Knee Arthroplasty (UKA) designed specifically to be implanted through a minimally invasive approach.

Method: A prospective review of a single surgeon’s experience with the Preservation UKA was undertaken. The initial 54 UKAs from a consecutive cohort of 253 UKAs that had reached two-year follow-up were evaluated, clinically using the AKSS and OKS scores, and also radiographically. The average age of patients was 66.9 (range 48–82), with a slight male preponderance (1.2:1). Forty-five UKAs were for medial compartment OA (40 all polyethylene fixed tibial bearing, five mobile bearing), with eight bilateral procedures, and nine were for lateral compartment OA (seven all polyethylene fixed tibial bearing, two mobile bearing).

Results: There were no losses to follow-up. The pre-operative AKSS knee and function scores improved from 39 and 56 respectively, to 93 (range 46–100) and 92 (range 10–100) respectively, at last review. The OKS had improved from 39 to 19 (range 12–40), and the average range of motion was 135 degrees (range 125–140). There were no failures requiring revision. Only two patients had poor results, one secondary to a post-operative work related injury and the other due to soft tissue impingement that responded to arthroscopic debridement. One patient was excluded due to a femoral neck fracture. One patient experienced a superficial wound infection, and one patient had a pulmonary embolus. Radiographs revealed minor tibial lucencies in three UKAs, none of which were symptomatic, or progressive to date.

Conclusion: This is the first report documenting two-year results of this new prosthesis, and preliminary results suggest it can produce good clinical and functional results.


N. Hill R. Fellows N. MacIntyre T. Tang R. Ellis M. Harrison D. Wilson

Introduction and Aims: High tibial osteotomy (HTO) is a corrective surgical procedure used to treat medial compartment osteoarthritis (OA). In HTO a bone wedge is resected from the upper tibia to realign the lower limb. In this study, we investigated the effect of HTO on patellofemoral joint motion using a validated new technique.

Method: We assessed patellar tracking in four subjects before and after high tibial osteotomy surgery. A high-resolution MR image was acquired of each subject’s knee. Each subject then loaded his/her knee in a custom test rig in the MR scanner, while fast, low-resolution MRI scans were acquired. This was repeated at five flexion angles. Bone outlines were identified (image segmentation) and processed (meshed) to yield bone models. Knee kinematics were determined by matching (registering) the high-resolution bone models to the low-resolution bony outlines. We compared the pre- and post-operative tracking patterns using a two-way repeated measures ANOVA.

Results: The resultant patellar tracking patterns were expressed as a function of knee flexion. Mean values for each quantity were calculated over the flexion range. High tibial osteotomy decreased patellar flexion by a mean of 5.06 degrees (p < 0.003), decreased internal patellar spin by a mean of 1.25 degrees (p < 0.001) and increased medial patellar tilt by a mean of 1.59 degrees (p < 0.001). High tibial osteotomy increased proximal patellar translation by a mean of 4.19mm (p < 0.008), but, for the number of specimens tested, we found no significant change in anterior or medial translation.

Conclusion: Our finding that HTO translated the patella proximally is consistent with findings of elevated patellae in the literature. The significant changes in patellar movement caused by high tibial osteotomy surgery suggest that the post-operative anterior knee pain associated with these procedures is due to mechanical changes at the patellofemoral joint.


A.D. Grant

Introduction: Proper correction of proximal tibial deformities includes correction of the mechanical axis and parallelism of the knee to the ankle and ground. Optimally placed osteotomies are away from the very proximal deformity requiring controlled diaphyseal translation. The Metaphyseal Arc Correction System, a major simplification over the Ilizarov or Spatial Frame systems, is assessed in this study, as are methods to identify the plane of deformity.

Method: Thirty-one consecutive cases of proximal tibial deformity in 18 patients were treated using the Metaphyseal Arc Correction Sysytem. There were six valgus deformities (three pts), one Morquio, two metaphyseal dwarfs ages six and eight years. The rest were varus deformities, 12 achondroplasia (six pts), eight infantile Blount’s (four pts) and five adolescent Blount’s (five pts). Comparison of two methods of identifying the plane of deformity was done in six cases: Herzenberg’s graphic method and the image method (rotating the limb until the maximum deformity is in the plane of the intensifier).

Results: All but eight tibiae (five pts) were properly corrected. Four tibiae (two pts) were over corrected, two tibiae (one pt) were corrected but the knee and ankle were not parallel. Analysis of these six limbs revealed unrecognised deformity of the distal femur. Thus to get the joints parallel in four limbs the axis was overcorrected and in two limbs the axis was proper but the joints were not parallel. One failure occurred because the device was not placed in the plane of deformity, another because of premature fibula consolidation (or incomplete osteotomy). All other cases achieved deformity and axis correction with joint parallelism. Both methods of identifying the plane of deformity yielded similar results as long as the proximal tibia was centered to avoid image parallax. The graphic method gives accurate angles but could only be approximated clinically. There was one failure from inaccurate device placement using the image method. Ideally both methods should be used.

Conclusion: The Metaphyseal Arc Correction System is convenient method of correcting proximal tibial deformities. It is easily applied and when properly positioned automatically corrects deformity, axis and joint parallelism, allowing optimum osteotomy placement. Positioning should use both the graphic and image methods. Failures were iatrogenic due to poor analysis, not the device.


J.C. Cameron

Introduction: The relationship between the axial alignment of the knee and symptomatic instability of the collateral ligament is very important. This paper presents an approach to the management of chronic collateral ligament instability. Reconstruction of the MCL in the valgus knee and of the LCL in the varus knee is usually unsuccessful without re-alignment of the knee.

Method: The gait pattern of the patient with valgus alignment and MCL laxity demonstrates a medial thrust on weight-bearing. Laxity may involve the MCL alone, in combination with ACL laxity, or associated with LCL laxity. MCL laxity in the valgus knee is best managed with a varus distal femoral osteotomy. MCL laxity with medial osteoarthritis is best managed with an open wedge valgus tibial osteotomy.

LCL laxity in the varus knee responds well to valgus correction with a high tibial osteotomy. LCL laxity secondary to malunion of a lateral tibial plateau fracture can be managed with an open wedge varus high tibial osteotomy

Results: Fifty-two patients with chronic, symptomatic collateral ligament instability have been surgically reconstructed. Most cases involved multiple ligament injury and most were seen after the initial surgical procedure. Twenty-eight of 52 patients underwent two or more operative procedures before osteotomy. Twenty-one cases involved the MCL and 3l involved the LCL.

Varus distal femoral osteotomy was performed for isolated symptomatic MCL laxity. The average resultant anatomical axis was zero degrees. This resulted in loss of the medial thrust on weightbearing. Patients with injuries resulting in early medial OA with varus alignment and MCL laxity were treated with open wedge valgus high tibial osteotomy.

The majority of patients with LCL laxity and varus alignment responded to closing wedge valgus high tibial osteotomy. A smaller number (six) with depression of the lateral tibial plateau two degrees to fracture and associated LCL laxity responded to open wedge varus high tibial osteotomy.

ACL patients were followed for over two years (range two to four years) post-surgery. All patients were assessed clinically and radiographically. Clinical examinations included a Lysholm functional score and Tegner activity scale. Radiographic examination included pre- and post-operative three foot x-rays and pre-operation valgus, varus stem x-rays.


J.C. Cameron

Introduction and Aims: External tibial torsion associated with an increased ‘Q’ angle is an important factor in recurrent patella instability. It is surgically correctable with a rotational osteotomy of the proximal tibia above the patella tendon insertion. This technique ‘normalises’ the extensor mechanics and produces better results than patella tendon transfer.

Method: Fifty-five patients were assessed with a minimum of five-year follow-up. Patients in this study underwent initial conservative treatment consisting of l2 months of physio. Those patients who continued to have recurrent instability underwent surgery. Only patients without rotational abnormalities of the femur were included. Tibial rotation was assessed geriometrically, with the degree of external rotational corrected to 20–23 degrees. Those patients with associated patella alta, underwent a distal transfer of the patella tendon also. Assessment included range of motion, thigh girth, quads strength, effusion and a modified Lystrom knee score assessed function and pre- and post-op radiographic assessment.

Results: Ninety percent of the patients were female with an average of 30 (range 14–45). Prior unsuccessful surgical procedures included lateral release (l6) Maquet procedure (l0), Hauser procedure (l6) medialisation of patella tendon (l0), semitendinosis tenodesis and patellectomy (two). Post-operative follow-up average five to 8.2 years. Pre-operative external tibial torsion averaged 45 degrees (range 40–65 degrees) with an average rotational correction of 25 degrees. The average pre-op ‘Q’ angle was 27 degrees and post-op 14 degrees. Average pre-op functional score has 40 and post-op 70 degrees. Outcome assessment of the 55 knees showed 26 excellent, 16 good and 13 poor. Overall 76% of the knee were good – excellent. Of the 16 patients with associated anterior knee pain, 13 obtained good-excellent results. Patients with less painful symptoms pre-op, had significantly better outcomes. Knees that had undergone multiple unsuccessful surgical procedures, had significantly poorer outcomes. Uniplanar patella tendon transfer in these cases generally results in continued anterior knee pain.

Conclusions: Derotational osteotomy re-aligned the extensor mechanism in cases of recurrent dislocation of the patella secondary to external tibial torsion. All patients had some improvement with the surgery, but the patients with poor outcomes continued to have anterior knee pain.


N.S. Tumia A.J. Johnstone

Introduction and Aims: There has been a lack of studies investigating the effect of cytokines on human meniscal cartilage. We investigated the regenerative potential of meniscal cartilage at different zones of human and sheep menisci under the effect of platelet-derived growth factor AB (PDGF-AB), insulin-like growth factor I (IGF-I), and basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF) in a dose-dependent manner.

Method: Monolayer cell cultures were prepared from the inner (avascular), middle, and outer (vascular) zones of human and sheep lateral menisci. Fibrochondrocytes were exposed to various concentrations of each of the three growth factors. To assess cell proliferation, 3H-Thymidine uptake assay was used. For assessment of matrix formation, radioactive 35S uptake assay and Blyscan assay were used to assess newly formed glycosaminoglycans (GAGs), 14C-Proline uptake assay and ELISA were used to assess newly formed collagen.

Results: The growth factors under investigation stimulated the fibrochondrocytes isolated from all meniscal zones in a similar dose-dependent fashion. In human meniscal cells, PDGF-AB at a concentration of 200 ng/ml stimulated proliferation by up to four-fold and GAGs synthesis by up to 12-fold (p < 0.001). IGF-I and to a lesser extent bFGF, at concentrations of 100 and 200 ng/ml, also stimulated both cell proliferation and matrix formation in all three meniscal zones (p < 0.001). PDGF and to a lesser degree IGF at concentrations of 100 and 200 ng/ml have stimulated collagen type I synthesis by up to two-fold.

Conclusion: The results of this study indicate that fibro-chondrocytes originating from the avascular zone of the meniscus have the ability to proliferate and to regenerate their surrounding extracellular matrix when exposed to growth factors. This is an encouraging observation that will form the basis for in vivo research, aimed at enhancing meniscal repair, even within the avascular zone, following surgical repair.


S.T. Donell G. Joseph C. Hing T. Marshall

Introduction and Aims: Dysplasia of the femoral sulcus is one component that may be present in patients presenting with patellar instability. Rarely the dysplasia is so severe that a dome rather than groove is present. Dejour has reported an operation that deepens the groove, unlike the Albee which elevates it. This study reports the development of a modification of the Dejour trochleoplasty reporting the clinical and radiological results.

Method: A consecutive case series of the first 15 patients (17 knees) who underwent a trochleoplasty with a minimum one-year follow-up. There were 11 females and four males with an age range from 15 to 47 years old. Nine patients had had previous operations. The pre-operative length of symptoms ranged from one to 30 years. The patellar instability was managed operatively using the Dejour protocol measuring the patellar height, boss height, tibial tubercle-trochlear groove distance and patellar tilt angle. The Kujala score was used for functional assessment and a subjective assessment was also made. CT scans as well as plain films were used for radiological assessment. The operative technique changed in the light of experience from metallic to absorbable screws as the former abraded the patella.

Results: The boss height was reduced from an average of 7.5mm to 1mm (normal 0mm). Tracking became normal in 11 knees and had a slight J-shape in six. Seven knees had a mild residual apprehension. Five patients were very satisfied, eight were satisfied, and two were disappointed. The Kujala score improved from an average of 48 to 73 out of 100. Three patients returned to full sports. Eight patients required further operations apart from the removal of metallic screws in 10 knees. Five of these were arthrolysis for stiffness at about six weeks post-operatively. As a result, patients were placed on a continuous passive motion machine for three to four days to avoid this. One patient went on to have autologous chondrocyte implantation for a defect on the lateral femoral condyle involving the tibial surface. This was after a new injury following a return to sports and not in the area affected by the trochleoplasty.

Conclusion: Trochleoplasty for severe dysplasia of the femoral sulcus is a developing procedure. It requires careful attention to detail. For a rare condition the results have been gratifying with an acceptable level of complications. It is not recommended that this procedure be performed by general orthopaedic surgeons.


S. Henry B. Courtenay

Introduction and Aims: Aberrations in the balance of chondrocyte metabolism play an integral role in the degeneration of articular cartilage and subsequent osteoarthritis. Gene expression profiling allows a comparison of levels of mRNA expression in large numbers of genes simultaneously. This study compares the mRNA expression from osteoarthritic cartilage in knees and hips with that of normal cartilage.

Method: Human cartilage samples were obtained from osteoarthritic knees and hips at the time of joint arthroplasty surgery. ‘Normal’ cartilage was obtained from femoral heads after fracture or from radial heads after trauma. Cartilage samples were either snap frozen in liquid nitrogen or enzymatically digested and established in primary cell culture prior to RNA isolation. The RNA was reverse-transcribed to cDNA, labelled with a fluorochrome and then hybridised to gene chips.

Results: In addition to confirming that cells raised in primary cell culture dedifferentiate to a fibroblast-like state and cease to synthesise normal products of cartilage matrix we have also developed a reproducible method of processing snap frozen cartilage samples in order to produce a sufficiently pure quantity of mRNA to be used in gene chip technology. We now have gene chips completed for a ‘normal’ control, a standard osteo-arthritic knee and an osteoarthritic hip with a significant genetic history of early onset osteoarthritis. Early analysis and comparison of the data from these chips identifies some potential candidate genes for further analysis.

Conclusion: Human articular cartilage lends itself to gene profiling using cDNA arrays as it contains only one cell type. Thus any changes in gene expression levels can be directly attributable to the chondrocyte. This early data analysis opens the door to a new search for the ‘arthritis gene’. For the data to be meaningful we will need to process gene chips on several more samples of arthritic and ‘normal’ cartilage.


N. Hunt M. Watts D. Hayes J. Owen T. McMeniman D. Amato P. McMeniman P. Myers

Introduction and Aims: Treatment options for medial gonarthrosis include high tibial osteotomy (HTO). There has been a shift towards opening wedge techniques partially due a perceived higher complication rate with closing wedge techniques. This has not been our experience and we describe the outcome of a large series of closing wedge HTOs.

Method: We reviewed the case records of 313 patients who underwent a total of 374 closing wedge high tibial osteotomies by three surgeons for medial compartment gonarthrosis between 1989 and 2003. The mean outpatient follow-up was 16 months and the mean time post-surgery was 66 months. We identified any post-operative complications and the early clinical outcome including those known to have proceeded to joint replacement. The mean age of patient was 52 years (range 19–72). In all patients a laterally based wedge, mean size nine degrees (range 4–18), was excised and the osteotomy stabilised with one or two stepped staples.

Results: Outcome following closing wedge osteotomy was generally good, only six percent of patients complained of continuing knee pain, although not at a level that required further intervention. Symptoms in 3.5% of knees deteriorated and required total knee replacement at a mean of 63 months (range 16–112) following osteotomy. No intra-operative difficulties were encountered with these replacements. The complication rate was acceptable with an overall rate of 7.8%. One patient required revision shortly after surgery due to inadequate initial correction and one developed a transient peroneal nerve neuropraxia. There were no other neurovascular or intra-operative complications recorded. All the osteotomies united, although nine patients had delayed union, taking a mean of five months for their osteotomies to unite. Other complications included: five patients who had staples removed due to irritation, one who developed a stitch abscess and one who developed a deep wound infection. Two knees had a reduced ROM and required an MUA. In addition, six patients developed symptomatic DVTs, three with pulmonary emboli, but there were no deaths.

Conclusion: In our experience, closing wedge osteotomy for medial gonarthrosis is a safe and reliable procedure with a good early outcome and an acceptable complication rate of 7.8% in this series, with a low incidence of serious complications that compares favourably with the quoted complication rates for opening wedge techniques.


J.C. Cameron

Introduction: Meniscus allograft transplantation can restore function in patients with arthritis secondary to prior total meniscectomy. The transplantation of a biological load-bearing structure in young patients has given reliable long-term results, when used in well-selected cases.

Method: One hundred and forty-eight meniscus allografts transplanted in l40 patients between 1988 and 2000 were reviewed. The indication for surgery included disabling knee pain, refractory to conservative treatment, objective symptoms of compartmental crepitus, pain on valgus/varus stress and osteoarthritis documented on arthroscopy following prior total meniscectomy. Knee mal-alignment and instability were also documented. Patients with varus alignment and medial OA, as well as valgus alignment with lateral OA, underwent re-alignment to unload the compartment for allograft transplantation. Patients with anterior cruciate deficiency, underwent ACL reconstruction at the time of allograft transplantation.

Results: At a mean follow-up of six years (range two to 14). One hundred and twenty-five received a good to excellent result. Forty-six patients received an isolated meniscus allograft, with 41 receiving good to excellent results. Eleven received a medial or lateral meniscus allograft with an ACL reconstruction and nine obtained good to excellent results. Seventy-five knees received a meniscal allograft in combination with either a valgus high tibial osteotomy, varus high tibial osteotomy or varus distal femoral osteotomy to correct for pre-operative deformity with l26 attaining good to excellent results. The remaining 22 knees underwent valgus high tibial osteotomy, meniscal allograft and ACL repair with 19 receiving good to excellent results.

Outcome was assessed subjectively and functionally using a modified Lysholm score and objectively by clinical examination of stress pain and joint crepitus. The Tegner activity scale comparing pre- and post-operative function was applied. Second-look arthroscopy was performed on the first l0 transplanted meniscii to assess healing and integrity of the transplantation graft.

The most frequent complication was a traumatic posterior horn tear in l3 knees.


M.H. Zheng C. Willers D.J. Wood C.W. Jones D. Smolinski J.P. Wu K. Miller T.B. Kirk

Introduction and Aims: Autologous chondrocyte implantation (ACI) is emerging as a leading technique for the treatment of articular cartilage defects. However, there exists some debate regarding which ACI technique is best able to regenerate hyaline cartilage. To this end, the development of a non-invasive technique enabling the examination of microstructure after ACI is essential.

Method: In this study, we have developed a novel 2D Laser Scanning Confocal Arthroscope (LSCA) in the assessment of articular cartilage and examined the microstructure of knee articular cartilage from rabbits and patients with total knee arthroplasty. The LSCA system consists of the LSA handheld probe, a Launch and Detection Unit (LDU) with a built in 488nm–514nm Krypton Argon Laser and Master Control unit (MCU). Human and rabbit knee articular cartilage stained with Fluoroscein (5g/L) and Acriflavine (0.5g/L) were used to examine the microstructure of cartilage by LSCA.

Results: By LSCA we have generated optical histology images of normal human and rabbit articular cartilage from the femoral condyle. Optical histology of normal articular cartilage tissue reveals typically smooth surface texture with relatively homogenous sub-surface distribution of viable chondrocyte cells. The general orientation of collagen fibres is occasionally visible in surface images. Optical histology of arthritic cartilage of humans showed clusters of round-shaped chondrocytes mixed with spindle-shaped cells. Surface cracking typically indicative of tissue damage is also evident by LSCA observation. Examination of rabbit knee six weeks after ACI showed high density of chondrocytes and homogeneous matrix on the site of the defect.

Conclusion: In short, we have shown the efficacy of LSCA in the non-destructive assessment of articular cartilage in vivo. Further study is required to evaluate the clinical significance of optical histology of LSCA.


A.R.E. Keogh M.H. Zheng C.W. Jones B. Kirk

Introduction and Aims: Conventional histology requires the traumatic removal of tissue from its native environment. This is not only a destructive process but also leads to tissue preparation artefact. We report on a novel arthroscopic instrument, the laser scanning confocal arthroscope (LSCA), which can image tissues of the knee at depth without the need for a damaging tissue biopsy.

Method: The new confocal arthroscope contains 4.4mm diameter with a 90-degree lens. Using three knee joints from two adult Merino sheep we imaged muscle, cartilage, ligament, tendon, synovium, meniscus and loose connective tissue. The knees were separately injected with three fluorophores (Acridine Orange, Acriflavine/Calcein-AM or Fluorescein) prior to imaging. Using a medial para-patellar incision, the contents of the knee were exposed and the confocal arthroscope was held directly on the tissue of interest. A second operator captured the images on a computer.

Results: We were able to demonstrate the common histological features of normal sheep articular cartilage, meniscus, synovium, ligament, tendon and muscle. Tissues were imaged to depths of 200 microns. Articular cartilage was characterised by a layer of dense superficial cells surrounded by extracellular matrix. There was no visible orderly arrangement of cells in this layer. Meniscus was characterised by closely packed circumferential collagen fibres. Synovium demonstrated a dense collection of cells in a thin membrane, typical of this secretory tissue. Ligament and tendon were characterised by bundles of parallel collagen fibres interspersed by scattered cells. Muscle revealed a typical arrangement of muscle fibres surrounded by a loose connective tissue and separated by capillaries and nerves. Eccentric nuclei were seen, however striations were beyond the imaging resolution of the arthroscope.

Conclusion: This study demonstrates the use of a novel arthroscopic instrument for the non-destructive examination of the components of the sheep knee joint. We foresee that the laser scanning confocal arthroscope will have future application in the assessment of cartilage grafting techniques and arthritis modifying drugs.


J.M. Scarvell P.N. Smith K.M. Refshauge H.R. Galloway K.R. Woods

Introduction and aims: Osteoarthritis (OA) of the knee is a widespread problem, yet there is little known about the kinematics of the osteoarthritic knee, and nothing about the tibio-femoral contact pattern. This study aimed to describe the role of tibio-femoral interface events in articular surface wear and degenerative change.

Method: Fourteen subjects with symptomatic OA in one knee, and no pain or injury in the contralateral knee were recruited. The tibio-femoral contact pattern was recorded for both knees, while performing a supine leg-press from 0 to 90 degrees flexion against a 150N load. Severity of osteoarthritis was measured by Kellgren Lawrence grade, bone mineral density (BMD) using Dual Energy X-ray Absorptiometry close to the subchondral bone, diagnostic MRI, and joint damage recorded at knee arthroplasty. Pain and disability was recorded using a WOMAC questionnaire.

Results: Severity of OA in the knees ranged from grade two to four (mode=4) in the symptomatic knee, and from zero to three (mode=0) in the contralateral knee. Contact in the lateral compartment of the knee was more anterior on the tibial plateau than healthy knees (p≤ 0.01), and this was associated with severity of OA (p≤ 0.01). Contact in the medial compartment was also more anterior on the tibial plateau, and this was associated with severity of OA. Abnormality in tibio-femoral contact patterns was associated with disability reported by the WOMAC score (r= 0.54). There was no significant difference in BMD between the OA and contralateral knees. However, the BMD was correlated with pain and physical function of the WOMAC score, that is, as function decreased, bone density increased in the arthritic compartment (r = 0.49 to 0.63; p≤ 0.01).

Conclusion: Severity of osteoarthritis was associated with loss of rollback normally coupled with flexion, especially in the lateral compartment. Consequently longitudinal rotation was lost. In severe osteoarthritis, ACL integrity did not affect the contact pattern. Kinematic abnormalities may explain loss of range of motion, and patterns of wear in osteoarthritic knees.


W.J. McDaniel D.A. Albright

Introduction and Aims: There has recently been a great deal of attention regarding medical errors. Wrong-site surgery is said to be a problem among orthopaedic surgeons, especially during knee arthroscopy. There has not been a survey to determine how often wrong-site knee arthroscopy occurs among arthroscopists practicing in the United States.

Method: All 1575 active members of the Arthroscopy Association of North America practicing in the United States were polled, using a confidential survey. Each questionnaire had 13 questions and 29 data points requested. Information requested included age, years of practice and number of knee arthroscopies performed per year. In cases where wrong-site surgery had occurred, further information regarding permanent disability, monetary settlements, and legal action was requested. Surgeons were also asked if they were aware of the American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons’ ‘Sign Your Site’ Wrong-site Surgery Prevention program and if they had a routine or protocol to prevent wrong-site surgery.

Results: 1301 surgeons (83%) responded. The average surgeon who responded was 48.2 years of age, had been in practice for 15.8 years, and performed 146 knee arthroscopies per year. One hundred and eight surgeons (8.3%) reported performing wrong-site surgery during a knee arthroscopy at least once during their career, for a total of 114 incidences of knee arthroscopy wrong-site surgery. In only two cases was the patient felt to have suffered a permanent disability. There was a monetary settlement in 58 cases (50%). Three cases went to court and all three were won by the plaintiff. There was a statistically significant positive correlation between knee arthroscopy wrong-site surgery and the surgeon’s age, years of practice and yearly knee arthroscopy case volume. The estimated incidence of knee arthroscopy wrong-site surgery in this group of surgeons was one per 27,000. Ninety-five percent of the respondents are aware of the American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons’ ‘Sign Your Site’ Wrong-site Surgery Prevention program. Ninety-six percent have a routine or policy to prevent wrong-site surgery.

Conclusion: 8.3% or 108 of this group of 1301 experienced surgeons have performed wrong-site surgery during knee arthroscopy at least once during their career. There is a positive correlation between wrong-site surgery and the surgeon’s age, years of practice and yearly arthroscopy case load.


S. Malek R.A. Harvey M. Ramakrishnan

Introduction and Aims: Achieving bloodless surgical field is vital for any arthroscopy surgery. Olszewski et al showed that dilute adrenaline saline irrigation (1mg/l) improves the clarity of operative field by reducing the bleeding. Jensen et al also showed that dilute adrenaline saline irrigation (0.33mg/l) is beneficial in achieving bloodless field in shoulder arthroscopy.

Method: A prospective, randomised, double blind, control trial was carried out to determine the effect of adrenaline (epinephrine) in knee arthroscopy without tourniquet. Ethics Committee approval was obtained for this study. A Doctors/Dentists Exemption Certificate (DDX) was obtained from Medicines Control Agency (UK govt) for use of adrenaline (epinephrine) in this trial. All patients undergoing knee arthroscopy were randomised into two groups: 1) to have dilute adrenaline (1 mg of adrenaline into three-litre bags of normal saline (0.33mg/l) for irrigation); and 2) not to have dilute adrenaline in normal saline irrigation.

Results: A total of 40 patients (24 male and 16 female) were included in the trial. All operations were performed using pressure-controlled pump system (75 mm Hg). No tourniquets were used. A visual analogue score (VAS) of zero to 10 (worst to best) was used by the surgeon to determine the clarity of surgical field at the end of operation. Mean age was 46.5 years (IQR 27–63 years). Twenty patients had dilute adrenaline saline irrigation and 20 had normal saline irrigation. Mean VAS was 8.5 (IQR 6 – 10). Mean VAS for group 1 was 8.4 and for group 2 was 8.7 (p= 0.59). There were no intra-operative or immediate post-operative complications noted in either group.

Conclusion: The study failed to identify any benefit of using adrenaline (epinephrine) in normal saline irrigation fluid in terms of achieving bloodless surgical field in knee arthroscopy. The study also conclude that pressure controlled pump system provides excellent bloodless surgical field in knee arthroscopy without tourniquet.


J.K. Borrill A.J. Porteous J. Seddon-Porteous H.G. Morris

Introduction and Aims: Cold therapy is known to reduce pain and swelling after surgical procedures on the knee. We hypothesised that if cold therapy is started earlier, then there would be a reduction in pain and swelling in patients undergoing arthroscopic anterior cruciate ligament [ACL] reconstruction.

Method: We prospectively randomised 40 patients undergoing arthroscopic ACL reconstruction with hamstring autograft, to receive either room temperature [19° C] or cold [4° C] arthroscopy irrigation fluid. Patients were then assessed over the following seven days, with regard to pain [measured on a visual analogue scale], and swelling [measured with limb girth at four points around the knee].

Results: Pain scores were consistently reduced in the cold fluid group compared to the room temperature group throughout the post-operative period, and this difference was significant [p< =0.05] from six hours until seven days post-operatively. At day seven, the swelling measured at 5cm below the joint and 5cm above the joint were significantly lower in the cold group compared with the room temperature group. Drainage from the intra-articular drain was significantly lower in the cold group.

Conclusion: The use of cold irrigation fluid is a simple and safe measure by which pain and swelling (at day 7) can be reduced in the early post-operative period for arthroscopic ACL reconstruction.


C.T. Laurencin J.A. Cooper J. Sahota J. Gorum J. Carter F.K. Ko S. Doty

Introduction and Aims: There are more than 200,000 anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) ruptures each year in the United States. The replacements used for ACL repair do not fully recreate the ACL’s function and histological appearance. Therefore, a novel tissue-engineered ligament was designed and evaluated after ACL reconstruction in a rabbit model.

Method: Rabbits received tissue-engineered ligaments or tissue-engineered ligaments seeded with primary rabbit ACL cells. The tissue-engineered ligaments were composed of multifilament poly-L-lactide yarn (70 denier) fabricated into novel 24 yarn 3-D braids. Scaffolds were designed to be easily handled and fixed by the surgeon in ACL reconstructions using the suture over the button technique. A continuous scaffold design accommodated the flexibility of intra-articular loads and the rigours of the bone tunnels. The contralateral legs were used as controls. A key parameter for tissue ingrowth was scaffold porosity at 58 ± 9% and mode pore diameter of 183 ± 83 μm.

Results: Histological evaluations showed slow collagen tissue infiltration at the surface of the replacement at the four-week time point for both the tissue-engineered ligament and cell-seeded tissue-engineered ligament. At the 12-week time point, both replacements showed collagen ingrowth and remodelling across the entire implant occurred with a thin fibrous capsule. The cell-seeded tissue-engineered ligament demonstrated greater levels of mature collagen ingrowth and healing compared to the non-cell seeded tissue-engineered ligament. The initial tensile strength properties of the scaffold were 332 ± 20 N and 354 ± 68 MPa, which compared well to the rabbit ACL control (314 ± 66 N). The tensile properties of the tissue-engineered ligament and seeded tissue-engineered ligament at four weeks were 67% and 76%, respectively of control. The tensile properties of the biodegradable implant decreased with time for the tissue-engineered and cell seeded tissue-engineered ligament and by 12 weeks was 9% and 30% respectively, as compared to the rabbit ACL control. The 30% strength retention for the tissue-engineered ligament replacements at 12 weeks was greater than reported by others using poly(lactic acid) and polypropylene ligament augmentation devices (LAD) at 12 weeks, with values of 13% and 16% of control strength retention, respectively.

Conclusion: The results of this study demonstrate the promise of a novel cell seeded tissue-engineered ligament for anterior cruciate ligament regeneration.


J.C. Waite H.S. Gill D.J. Beard C.A.F. Dodd D.W. Murray

Introduction and Aims: Since existing data relating to the kinematics of ACL-deficient knee joints relates mainly to walking, the kinematics during more dynamic activities remains unknown; therefore, the aim of this unique study was to describe in vivo ACL-deficient knee kinematics and muscle activity during running and cutting.

Method: Fifteen subjects with proven unilateral ACL rupture were measured performing running and cutting tasks prior to surgical reconstruction. Gait analysis was used to determine inter-limb differences in displacements at the knee joint during stance phase. Simultaneous EMG analysis was performed to give temporal measures of lower limb muscle activity.

Results: No significant inter-limb difference was seen for tibio-femoral translation in the sagittal or coronal planes during any part of stance phase. The ACLD limb showed a significantly reduced maximum knee flexion angle (40.4 vs. 44.0 degrees) compared to the ACL-intact (ACLI) limb (p=0.04). Internal tibial rotation was significantly greater (7.3 vs. 0.7 degrees) in the ACLD limb at toe-off (p=0.03). The quadriceps muscle group was found to be active for a significantly greater percentage of stance phase in the ACLD limb compared to the ACLI limb (p=0.001).

Conclusion: The ACL-deficient gait involves consistently greater knee extensor activity than ACL-intact gait during running, and as a consequence maximum knee flexion angle is reduced. These findings contrast with the description of ‘quadriceps-avoidance’ gait often described for ACL-deficient subjects. ACL-deficient gait also demonstrates increased rotational instability during terminal stance phase.


D.M. Hunt B.P. Ji

Introduction and Aims: A number of x-ray appearances have been identified as indicative of discoid menisci. None are reliable or statistically significant. The purpose of this paper is to identify a reliable radiographic sign, diagnostic of the discoid lateral meniscus.

Method: The anteroposterior view radiographs of 14 knees in 13 patients with arthroscopically proven discoid meniscus were studied. Ages ranged from 11 to 26, with a mean age of 18.4 ± 4.84 years, right to left ratio 9/5, male to female ratio 8/5. Fifteen normal knees in 14 people were used as a control group, age from 11 to 30, mean age 16.20 ± 6.41, right to left ratio 8/7, male to female ratio 6/8. The parameters measured were: Lateral Joint Space (LJS); Height of the Lateral Tibial Spine (LTS); change of the Medial Tibial Spine (MTS); Height of Fibular Head (HFH); changes of the Edge of the Lateral Tibial Plateau (ELTP), cupping of the lateral tibial plateau, and squaring of the lateral femoral condyle.

Results: There was no significant difference between the two groups in LJS, height of LTS, cupping of the lateral tibial plateau, and squaring off of the lateral femoral condyle. There was a difference between the two groups in HFH which was statistically significant at an absolute value of p = 0.033, but not significant in normalised value p = 0.056. The medial tibial spine was sharpened in three patients.

There were 12 positive changes on ELTP out of 14 patients (85.71%) in the discoid group, while only one positive of 15 (6.67%) in the normal group, and the difference between the two groups was statistically significant at p< 0.01. The diagnosis parameters were Sensitivity (Se) = 85.71%, Specificity (Sp) = 93.33%, Positive predictive value (PV+) = 92.31%, Negative predictive value (PV−) = 87.50%, Correct rate (ñ) = 89.66%. The typical change on the edge of lateral tibial plateau is sharpening and/or formation of a spur.

Conclusion: Sharpening with spur formation on the edge of lateral tibial plateau is a diagnostic radiological sign of a discoid lateral meniscus.


E. Hohmann A. Bryant E. Eiling W. Peterson A. Murphy

Introduction and Aims: Hormonal factors are one plausible explanation for differences in musculotendinous stiffness (MTS) and knee laxity between men and women, and the resulting higher risk for ACL injury in women. This study examined MTS and ACL laxity over the course of the menstrual cycle in women and investigated the interaction of warm-up.

Method: Eight female netball players aged between 16–18 years (mean = 16.3 ± 0.8 years) participated in this study. None of the participants were using oral contraceptives and all demonstrated regular menstrual cycles. Venous blood samples and MTS data were collected each week over the 28-day menstrual cycle. MTS was assessed prior to, and following a standardised warm-up consisting of light cycling and jumping. ACL laxity was determined at the beginning of each test session using the KT2000™ knee arthrometer (MEDmetric Corporation, San Diego, USA).

Results: Repeated measures ANOVA results revealed significant (p < 0.05) main effects of warm-up and test session on MTS. For the effect of warm-up, MTS was found to significantly decrease by 4.2% following the warm-up intervention, indicating that relatively low levels of activity can acutely alter the viscoelastic properties of muscle. Post hoc contrasts for test session revealed that MTS was significantly lower at week three (corresponding to the ovulatory phase), in contrast to weeks one and two (7% and 4.5% decrease, respectively). For ACL laxity, repeated measures ANOVA revealed no significant (p < 0.05) differences at 30 lb anterior force across the menstrual cycle. The results did however demonstrate a trend towards increased ACL laxity during ovulation (week three) when the lower limb musculature was most compliant.

Conclusion: While there were no significant differences in static ACL laxity, reduced MTS is one of the main causes of prolonged electromechanical delay (EMD) and has particular relevance for ACL injury. In conclusion, females are at greater risk of incurring an ACL injury during ovulation when oestrogen levels are highest.


R.S. Page S.A. Stapley E. Powell J.F. Haines I.A. Trail M. Clemmens

Introduction and Aims: The aim was to assess the efficacy of current arthroscopic knotting techniques with commonly used suture materials.

Method: A Hounsfield tensiometer with 1000N load cell, strain rate 25mm/min, bar separation of 7.5mm under standard temperature and pressure was used. Suture materials used, 2 Ethibond, 1 PDS and 1 Panacryl. The knotting techniques compared were the Tennessee slider, Tautline hitch, Duncan Loop, SMC knot and Surgeon’s knot. Two surgeons tied each 10 times using a suture passer and standardised knot technique. Each knot was tested to failure on 10 sequential experiments. Suture material strength was tested in isolation, tested to failure using the different knots then repeated after suture immersion in normal (0.9%) saline.

Results: Ultimate strength of the suture material and the knotting techniques were assessed. The mode of failure, slip or suture material fracture was also investigated. The 2 Ethibond had higher ultimate strength than either 1 PDS or 1 Panacryl. The Tautline hitch and Surgeon’s knot had significantly lower slip rates, with superior internal security than the other knotting techniques (P less than 0.002). The Tennessee slider, Duncan Loop and SMC knots had low security and slipped in more than 50 percent of experiments. There was no difference after saline soaking. The number of additional half hitches required for maximum knot holding capacity was consistently three, confirming previous findings.

Conclusion: The Tautline hitch is recommended due to internal security, tying characteristics and overall knot strength. Whichever knot is selected, three additional alternating half hitches to obtain consistent security is strongly supported.


L.A. Pinczewski J.P. Roe V.J. Webb L.J. Salmon

Introduction and Aims: This longitudinal prospective study reports the 10-year results of anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction in 90 patients with isolated ACL rupture.

Method: Three hundred and thirty-three patients undergoing endoscopic ACL reconstruction over a 15-month period using patellar tendon autograft and interference screw fixation were evaluated prospectively. Those patients with an associated ligament injury, chondral damage, previous meniscectomy, excision > 1/3 of one meniscus, an abnormal radiograph or contra-lateral knee, or a compensable injury were excluded. This left 90 patients in the study group. Evaluation was conducted annually for five years, then at seven and 10 years after surgery and included the IKDC Standard Evaluation, Lysholm knee score, kneeling pain, KT1000 testing and weight-bearing radiographs at two, five, seven and 10 years.

Results: Repeat ACL injury occurred in a total of 23 patients (26%). There were six cases of graft rupture (7%) and 18 cases of contralateral ACL injury (20%). One patient suffered both a contralateral and graft ACL rupture. Eight patients (9%) underwent surgery for meniscal or chondral symptoms during the 10-year period. Of the 84 patients with intact grafts at 10 years, 75 (89%) were reviewed. On radiological examination at 10 years, 47% displayed mild to moderate evidence of osteoarthritis. The median Lysholm knee score was 95. Ninety-six percent felt their knee was normal or nearly normal. Forty-seven percent were still participating in moderate to strenuous activity after 10 years. Eighty-seven percent reported that their knee did not affect their activity level. Ninety-seven percent had grade 0–1 on Lachman and pivot shift testing. On instrumented testing 81% had < 3mm of anterior tibial displacement. Twenty-five percent displayed loss of extension range when compared to the contralateral limb, however this was < 5 degrees in 20% of patients. Pain on kneeling was present in 56%. On overall IKDC assessment, 77% were normal or nearly normal.

Conclusion: Endoscopic ACL reconstruction using the PT autograft and interference screw fixation achieves and maintains excellent subjective results and objective stability. This combined with the low incidence of patients requiring subsequent meniscal or chondral surgery enforces the meniscoprotective function of ACL reconstruction. However, early signs of osteoarthritis are developing at 10 years, as displayed by radiological examination and early loss of extension.


E. Hohmann A.B. Imhoff K. Woertler

Introduction and Aims: The possible deleterious effects of long distance running remain controversial. The repetitive loading could potentially predispose to the subsequent development of osteoarthritis. The purpose of this study is to investigate whether external impact loading in marathon runners creates internal stresses on bone and cartilage that are demonstrable on MR images.

Method: Six recreational, two semi-professional runners and seven beginners underwent magnetic resonance (MR) imaging of the hip and knee before and after a marathon run using coronal body phased-arrayed coil and the following pulse sequences: a coronal T1 weighted spin echo sequence and STIR sequences. To be included in the study, the runners had to successfully finish a previous race in less than 4.5 hours. The following exclusion included surgery for overuse injuries in the prior 48 months, and symptoms of overuse in the six months preceding the race.

Results: The pre- and post-run scans failed to demonstrate marrow oedema, periosteal stress reactions or joint effusions in seven runners. One patient who underwent a reconstruction of his anterior cruciate ligament 18 months ago demonstrated a small effusion in the reconstructed knee before and after the race. Six of the beginners demonstrated minimal effusions in the hip and knee joints. However no bone oedema was seen in any of the beginners.

Conclusions: Our results suggest that the high impact forces in long distance running are well tolerated and subsequently not demonstrated on MR images in experienced runners. Beginners do compensate the impact stresses to a certain extend and it is postulated that long distance runners undergo a natural selection process.


C. Reilly K. Mulpuri N. Saran R. Choit

Introduction and Aims: The aims of this study were to compare the over-the-top and four-strand techniques of paediatric anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. An age and sex-matched control study of these two different ACL reconstructive techniques was done to determine if there are differences in instability, functional outcomes and growth plate-related problems.

Method: Injuries, treatment and associated complications were collected from hospital charts. Pre-operative x-rays were used to determine growth plate status both at the distal femur and the proximal tibia. Pre-operative MRIs were studied to assess the position and nature of mid-substance ACL tear and any associated meniscal tear or pathology. Follow-up included examination as per International Knee Documentation Committee guidelines, including patient history and a clinical examination assessing the degree of anterior draw, presence and quality of a pivot shift test and pivot glide, and arthrometric measurements using the KT-1000 Arthrometer for anterior translational distance in millimetres. The Lysholm questionnaire was completed by all patients.

Results: Thirty-nine paediatric patients were reviewed for anterior cruciate ligament injuries requiring reconstruction at the authors’ institution. Data collected included background information on the injury, including mechanism and age at injury and surgical information including age at surgery, surgical procedure, and technique. Surgical follow-up information was also collected including wound problems, re-ruptures, or growth arrests. The mean age at injury was 14.3 years. The predominant mechanism of injury was twist and turn with 21 reports. The average age at surgery was 15.2 years, with 20 patients undergoing reconstruction of their ACL alone and 19 patients repair of their ACL and menisci. Fourteen patients were treated using the four-strand technique, while 25 patients were treated using the over-the-top method. We have an average follow-up of 1.9 years post-surgery. Three patients in the over-the-top group had wound infections. There were no known growth arrests or re-ruptures in this patient group based on this limited follow-up. Fifty-five percent of patients had meniscal involvement. Those with a meniscal tear were older than those without (14.5 years versus 11.5 years; p< 0.05).

Conclusion: Once rare, injuries of the anterior cruciate ligament in skeletally immature patients have become a common clinical presentation. It is important to have a documentation of the amount of pathologic laxity of the knee joint. Instrumented measurements can show the success of an ACL reconstruction in restoring the patient’s knee to normal joint kinetics.


A. Schepers D.R. Van der Jagt

Introduction and Aims: To determine whether polyethylene wear is different comparing cemented polyethylene cups with metal-backed cups and a polyethylene insert.

Method: A sample of patients who had hip replacements between February 1995 and July 2002 have been studied. They were randomly allocated to either a cemented polyethylene cup or a metal-backed press-fit cup and polyethylene insert. All patients had a cemented stem and a 28mm ceramic head inserted. Ninety-one patients were treated, and 83 are available for analysis. The pre-operative diagnosis in all was unilateral osteoarthritis. The trial is a prospective randomised one and patients have been assessed clinically and radiologically annually. Twenty-eight patients with cemented polyethylene cups and 55 patients with uncemented metal-backed cups have been analysed. The polyethylene thickness of the cemented cups is 9.6mm on average, and the metal-backed cups had an average liner thickness of 8.9mm. Wear measurements were done using the Martell computer system.

Results: Based on measurements done on acetabular cups with the longest follow-up, the metal-backed cups have an average wear of 0.65mm, with an annual wear rate of 0.14mm. The cemented cups have an average wear of 0.64mm, with an annual average of 0.12mm. The study is ongoing and data will be updated.

Conclusion: Wear measurements were done using the three-month post-operative x-ray as the baseline and the most recent follow-up x-ray. Based on measurements done on cups with the longest follow-up, there is very little difference between the two groups. The study is ongoing and data will be updated.


P. Devane G. Horne W. Allanach

Introduction and Aims: In 1999, the serial polyethylene wear of a group of patients with a porous coated anatomic hip (PCA) replacement were reported by Devane et al. Wear was measured using a computer assisted technique where the points were selected manually from a digitised image displayed on a computer screen (method 1). The purpose of this study is to use a new automated method of polyethylene wear measurement (method 2), for analysis of the same serial radiographs of patients which have since been digitised. Results of the two methods are compared.

Method: Twenty-three porous coated anatomic hips (PCA, Howmedica) in 23 patients had serial radiographs performed with a minimum 8.5-year follow-up. A total of 494 anteroposterior (AP) and lateral radiographs were analysed. Assessment of the presence of osteolysis on the longest-term follow-up AP image was made by an independent observer. Correlation of polyethylene wear rate measured by the two different methods, and osteolysis was made.

Results: Using method 1, if a poor quality AP or lateral image was analysed multiple times by the same observer, a poor reproducibility (±0.4 mm) was obtained. Discarding of poor quality radiographs by the user resulted in 74% of the AP images and 68% of the lateral images being measured. It is very likely that a different user would discard different images. Method 2, however, automatically eliminates poor quality images. Method 2 was able to measure 89% of the AP radiographs and 78% of the lateral radiographs. More importantly, if a different user performed the same analysis using the new automated software, the exact same images would be analysed. Results of wear measurements made using method 1 were statistically similar to measurements made using method 2 in 19/24 hips (83%).

7/23 patients demonstrated osteolysis on their images. Wear measurement using method 2 showed statistically greater wear in these patients (69mm/yr vs 35mm/yr, p = 0.003). Wear measurement using method 1 showed only a weak association.

Perhaps most importantly, wear analysis of these patients using method 2, by two separate observers, independent of each other, gave identical results.

Conclusion: With improved accuracy and elimination of user error, measurement of PE wear may now have the ability to make predictions about the long-term survival of a THJR. Clinical decisions may be able to be made based on individual patient measurements.


D.G. Wood M.J. Radford M. Leroux

Introduction and Aims: The clinical studies of knee disorders utilise patients’ activity levels to measure issues that are really important to the patients. Knowing the large variations among patients in terms of the frequency and intensity of sports participation and frustrated by the lack of relevance and specificity of current questionnaires to the Australian public, the authors have devised their own.

Method: The new questionnaire was sent to all members of the Australian Knee Society in an attempt to formulate a consensus view that could then be sent for reliablility and validity testing. The score is represented by two numbers. The first one represents the activity performed and the second, the level at which it was played. These scores are multiplied to give a variable score ranging from one to 20.

Results: An 80% response rate was achieved. Of those that responded, 30.5% agreed completely with the questionnaire as it stood, 69.5% agreed with few modifications, and none disagreed.

Conclusion: A rating of activity level is critical for studies comparing two treatments to ensure that the patient groups are equivalent. We believe that the new Wood-ford activity level scale is fast, easy to use and will facilitate a more accurate comparision among patients with knee injuries in sports medicine. It is easily transferred between different countries and their common sports.


W.L. Walter W.K. Walter T. Wright J. Clabeaux T. Sculco E. Charriere

Introduction and Aims: Retroacetabular osteolysis is a common cause of failure of hip replacements. Polyethylene wear particles from the joint are often present in osteolytic lesions. We investigate three theories that describe how fluid and debris could be pumped from the joint space through the holes in the shell to the retroacetabular bone.

Method: We report three experiments that investigate this question. We performed an in vivo study where we measured pressures in the hip joint and in the osteolytic lesion while cyclically loading the hip in 10 patients. We performed a series of biomechanical studies, where we model diaphragm pumping and piston pumping of the polyethylene liner within the metal shell in the laboratory. We also carried out a finite element analysis showing how loading of the hip affects the size of an osteolytic lesion and the pressure of fluid within an osteolytic lesion.

Results: In the in vivo study, loading of the hip produced a pressure increase in each of the four contained osteolytic lesions (mean 68mmHg), but not in the six uncontained osteolytic lesions. This pressure rise was independent of hip joint pressure, demonstrating that there is a pumping mechanism in the artificial hip joint that is independent of hip joint pressure. In the diaphragm pumping experiment, the pressure produced by the non-congruent liners (4030 ±1250mmHg) was six times the pressure produced by the congruent liners (670 ±240mmHg). In the piston pumping experiment, the pressure produced by the pistoning liners (5140 ±330mmHg) was eight times the pressure produced without pistoning (650 ±300mmHg). FEA demonstrates that loading of the hip may reduce the volume and, therefore, increase pressure in a contained osteolytic lesion.

Conclusion: The prosthetic hip contains a complex system of pumps transporting fluid and particles and generating pressures. The importance of each pumping mechanism varies with patient activity and with implant design features. These pumping mechanisms may contribute to the pathogenesis of osteolysis.


C.W. Colwell J.C. Hermida A. Bergula P.C. Chen D.D. D’Lima

Introduction and Aims: Studies have shown substantial reduction in wear rates in elevated cross-linked polyethylene (crosslinking to a higher degree than that obtained by radiation sterilisation alone). The aim of this study was to test the effect of increased crosslinking and increased head size on polyethylene wear rates.

Method: Four groups of acetabular liners from a single manufacturer were tested: 28mm nominally cross-linked, 32mm nominally cross-linked, 28mm elevated cross-linked, and 32mm elevated cross-linked. Three implants from each group were tested in a 12-station hip wear simulator using 90% bovine serum as lubricant. Liners were articulated with the appropriately sized cobalt-chrome femoral head. Additional liners from each design were subjected only to the same load without motion to serve as load-soak controls to account for any weight gain due to fluid absorption. Gravimetric analysis was performed every 500,000 cycles for a total of 5,000,000 cycles.

Results: Nominally cross-linked liners demonstrated mean wear rates of 14.97±2.70 and 16.92±2.58 milligrams/million cycles for 28mm and 32mm head sizes, respectively. Both of the elevated cross-linked liners had significantly lower wear rates than controls with a mean of 1.51±1.08 and 2.57±1.78 milligrams/million cycles for 28mm and 32mm head sizes, respectively (p< 0.001).

Conclusion: Larger femoral head sizes reduce dislocation in total hip arthroplasty; however, they have been associated with unacceptably high wear rates. The dramatic reduction in wear rates with polyethylene crosslinking even with the larger head size may increase the potential for use of 32mm head components in total hip arthroplasty.


W.W. Allanach G. Horne P.D. Devane

Introduction and Aims: Polyethylene wear after total hip arthroplasty with an uncemented titanium coated non-modular acetabular component was measured using a computer-assisted technique and correlated with clinical outcomes. Polyethylene wear measurements using post-operative radiographs and recent supine and standing radiographs were compared to see if there was a difference. To date, there is no definitive evidence in the literature that indicates a difference.

Method: Fifty-five patients who had total hip arthroplasties using a non-modular titanium-backed Mathys (Protec, Switzerland) press-fit acetabular component in 1992–1993 were included in this study. Patients who had a revision were excluded. The patients were contacted and reviewed in clinic. Each patient completed an Oxford Hip Score. They also had a cross-table lateral, supine and standing AP radiographs. The radiographs were digitised and analysed using a computer-assisted method (PolyWare) of measuring polyethylene wear. Correlations were sought between the rate of polyethylene wear and clinical outcome using the Oxford Hip Score. Polyethylene wear measurements using supine and standing radiographs were also compared to determine if there was a significant difference.

Results: Early results showed a trend indicating a difference in measured polyethylene wear rates comparing supine and standing radiographs. Previous experience at this institution measuring polyethylene wear using the same computer-assisted technique has shown that leg position has an effect on polyethylene wear measurements; weightbearing radiographs with the leg maximally internally and externally rotated resulted in an increase in polyethylene wear calculation of volumetric wear by 35% as compared to calculations with supine radiographs. A non-cylindrical wear tract was proposed to be the reason for the difference. There is no definitive answer in the literature as to the significance of the effect of supine versus standing radiographs on the measurement of polyethylene wear. Polyethylene wear rate did not seem to be related to clinical outcome as detected by the Oxford hip score.

Conclusion: Early results indicate a difference in polyethylene wear measurement comparing standing and supine radiographs. Polyethylene wear rates using the Mathys acetabular component do not seem to be related to clinical symptoms as detected by the Oxford Hip Score.


R.W. McCalden S.J. MacDonald C.H. Rorabeck R.B. Bourne D.G. Chess A. Saleh

Introduction and Aims: While highly cross-linked polyethylene has achieved widespread clinical use based on laboratory testing showing significant wear reduction, there is little clinical information demonstrating its benefits in vivo. This study reports the early clinical and wear performance of a prospective randomised controlled trial comparing highly cross-linked to standard polyethylene.

Method: One hundred patients were enrolled in a prospective randomised controlled trial in which all patients received a hybrid THR (cemented Versys stem, Triology cementless acetabulum). The two groups were virtually identical in terms of age, weight, male/female ratio and received identical hip implants, except that one half (50 patients) randomly received a highly cross-linked polyethylene liner. Clinical outcomes were determined using Harris hip, WOMAC and SF-12 scores. Two-dimensional (2D) and three-dimensional (3D) wear rates were determined using a validated radiographic technique based on AP and lateral radiographs at six weeks and one, two and three years post-operatively.

Results: At two years minimum follow-up (range two to four years), there were no differences in Harris hip, WOMAC or SF-12 scores. No patients were lost to follow-up, although five patients had died of unrelated causes. There were no infections, dislocations or revisions to date. Wear analysis at one-year post-op showed high penetration rates for both groups (mean 3D wear approximately 0.25 mm/year) consistent with the bedding-in phenomena. At most recent radiographic follow-up (two or three years), there was a statistically significant although modest difference in wear rates between the two groups with a 2D and 3D wear rate of 0.14±0.10 mm/yr and 0.15±0.02 mm/yr respectively for conventional polyethylene compared to 0.09±0.04 mm/yr and 0.11±0.02 mm/yr for cross-linked polyethylene. This represented a 32 and 29 percent reduction in 2D and 3D wear rates respectively with cross-linked polyethylene.

Conclusion: At early follow-up, there were no clinical differences. There was a modest wear reduction (approximately 30%) with highly cross-linked polyethylene, considerably less than expected based on laboratory testing. Longer follow-up, after the bedding-in process is completed, is required to demonstrate the wear reduction afforded by highly cross-linked polyethylene.


A.S. Greenwald P.D. Postak

Introduction and Aims: Modular acetabular designs are widely used in THA procedures and now accommodate highly cross-linked polyethylene liners. However, polymer processing influences material properties, including a decrease in resistance to crack propagation. This study comparatively evaluated locking mechanism integrity of three modular acetabular designs, which employ conventional and highly cross-linked polyethylene liners.

Method: Locking mechanism integrity was established for both conventional and highly cross-linked polymers through push-out (n=3) and lever-out (n=3) testing of fully seated liners. When possible, liners were reinserted and forcibly disassembled.

Results: The push out and lever out strengths measured for the highly cross-linked polyethylene acetabular liners in this study indicated that short-term disassociation of these components is no more likely than that for the conventional polyethylene liners of each design. Student t-tests confirmed the null hypothesis. In addition, when compared to the strengths of clinically successful modular designs none of the systems evaluated presents any great risk of short-term disassociation. Significant reductions in locking mechanism strength after liner reinsertion were also noted for both polymers.

Conclusion: Short-term static disassociation failure of highly cross-linked polyethylene liners were found to be equivalent to conventional polyethylene liners. Given their touted improvement in wear reduction, they would appear to be a reasonable alternative in the young patient requiring THA. Secondarily, neither conventional nor highly cross-linked polymers should be re-inserted for any reason at the time of surgery.


B. Zicat V. Vedi A.D. Skyrme M. Chia W.L Walter W.K. Walter

Introduction and Aims: Polyethylene wear and associated osteolysis is a major factor limiting arthroplasty longevity. The Duration process has the theoretical advantage of reducing wear. Our aim was to evaluate the wear rate of standard and Duration polyethylene using either metal or zirconia ceramic heads in the Anatomique Benoist Girard II hip system.

Method: Of 510 patients, 258 had appropriate radiographs for wear measurement. There were five bearing-couple groups. Group 1, 73 patients: metal (cobalt chrome) head on standard polyethylene; group 2, 73 patients: metal head on Duration polyethylene; group 3, 21 patients: (HIPed) zirconia ceramic head on standard polyethylene; group 4, 63 patients: HIPed zirconia head on Duration polyethylene; and group 5, 28 patients: non-HIPed zirconia head on standard polyethylene. All patients had 28mm heads. Sequential radiographs – at least one year after surgery and at least two years apart thereafter – were digitally scanned and images were analysed using computer software.

Results: Group 1: metal on standard polyethylene (n=73) – mean linear wear rate of 0.138 mm/yr (range 0.023–0.462 mm/yr). Group 2: metal on Duration polyethylene (n=73) – mean linear wear rate of 0.106 mm/yr (range 0.067–0.405 mm/yr). Group 3: HIPed zirconia heads on standard polyethylene (n=21) – mean linear wear rate of 0.124 mm/yr (range 0.037–0.225 mm/yr). Group 4: HIPed zirconia heads on Duration polyethylene (n=63) – mean linear wear rate of 0.120 mm/yr (range 0.001–0.427 mm/yr). Group 5: non-HIPed zirconia heads on standard polyethylene (n=28) – mean linear wear rate of 0.119 mm/yr (range 0.044–0.0330 mm/yr). Comparison of linear wear rates of standard (group 1) and Duration polyethylene (group 2) bearings with metal heads revealed a difference of statistical significance (p=0.0083), with lower annual wear rates with Duration polyethylene. Further comparison between these two groups revealed a male preponderance in the Duration group (p=0.000001). There was also a statistically significant difference in body weight between these groups, with the Duration group being heavier by a mean of 5.1 kilograms (p=0.05). There was no significant difference in wear rates between standard and Duration polyethylene bearings with HIPed zirconia heads. There was no statistically significant difference in age in our patient groups.

Conclusion: Duration polyethylene has lower linear wear rates when coupled with a cobalt chrome head. This is despite a male preponderance and higher body weight. Wear rates between standard and Duration polyethylene bearings coupled with zirconia heads were not statistically different.


S. Williams P. McCombe

Introduction and Aims: Zirconia heads were introduced into hip replacement surgery with in vitro reports of lower wear on polyethylene compared with metal. Over 400,000 zirconia heads have been implanted worldwide and yet clinical studies have varied in their results. The aim of this study was to compare the radiological wear rate of zirconia and stainless steel heads on polyethylene.

Method: Between March 1998 and August 2001, 186 patients having a hip replacement by one of the two authors were entered into a randomised trial to receive either a 26mm stainless steel head, a 28mm stainless steel head or a 28mm zirconia head. In all patients a posterior approach and a cemented Exeter femoral stem were used. One surgeon used a cementless cup in patients under 65. All other patients received an all-polyethylene cemented cup. An upper age limit of 75 was chosen to hopefully allow at least 10 years follow-up. The penetration of the heads into the polyethylene was then assessed by the modified Livermore technique.

Results: Sixty-seven hips were randomised to receive a 26mm metal head, 58 a 28mm metal head and 61 a 28mm ‘HIPed’ zirconia head. The average radiological follow-up was 48 months. The penetration rate on the all-polyethylene cup for the 26mm metal head was 0.06mm/yr. This was equivalent to a previous study using the same components. This compared with a penetration rate of the 28mm metal head of 0.07mm/yr and the 28mm zirconia head of 0.13mm/yr. There was considerable variation in the latter, which is consistent with the theory that some zirconia heads may undergo phase transformation that in turn increases the surface roughness.

Conclusion: Although we have only a short follow-up, this study already shows a statistically significant difference in the penetration rates produced by zirconia femoral heads on polyethylene when compared with stainless steel heads. This agrees with several other clinical studies, but to our knowledge is the first reported randomised trial.


A. Schepers D.R. Van der Jagt

Introduction and Aims: Differing methods of cup fixation in total hip replacement are recommended. This prospective randomised study aims to show whether one method is superior to another.

Method: A prospective randomised double blind study was started in 1995, with Ethics Committee approval. Four different methods of cup fixation were used viz. a cemented Ogee cup, a press fit metal-backed cup with pegs, a press fit cup without pegs and a truncated screw in cup. Patient selection was confined to unilateral osteoarthritis of the hip and all other components used were standard viz cemented Elite Plus stem, 28mm ceramic head and Enduron polyethylene.

Results: One hundred and thirty-nine patients have been entered into the study, 23 were lost to follow-up leaving 116 for analysis. The cups have been radiologically assessed for acetabular orientation and the presence or absence of radiolucent lines or acetabular loosening. Follow-up ranges between one and nine years, and as the study is ongoing, updated data will be presented. Currently there are radiolucent lines appearing in zones 1, 2 and 3 of the Ogee cups, but none in the metal-backed cups. To date no cup has come loose.

Conclusion: Early results show that no method of cup fixation is superior to the other, although the radiolucent lines with the Ogee cups (cemented cups) is a cause for concern in the future.


F.A. Weber C.J. Grobbelaar T.A. du Plessis J.N. Cakic

Introduction and Aims: Wear of ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene (UHMWPE) acetabular cups is a well-known cause of osteolysis and loosening of the components. Improvement of the wear resistance of UHMWPE could extend the clinical life of total hip arthroplasty (THA). Chemical cross-linking in acetylene with gamma radiation is a cheap and effective way of increasing wear resistance of UHMWPE.

Method: This study is a report on 132 patients operated between 1977 and 1984, using the Pretoria monobloc stainless steel hip with 30mm metal head. Acetabular cups were machined from RAM extruded rectangular bars (RCH 1000). Final cups were gamma irradiated in stainless steel containers filled with acetylene gas. Three hundred microns surface cross-linking was achieved at 100kG. At that time, 1059 hip replacements were performed by the two first authors. The retrospective study consisted of measurement of the radiological wear. The criteria was to compare and measure the wear from early post-op radiograph and longest follow-up radiograph. Linear wear was measured according to the Livermore methods. Exclusion criteria included follow-up less than 10 years, sepsis, dislocation and other non wear-related causes of failure. The rarely retrieved cross-linked ace-tabular cups were analysed individually using spectrum electron microsope (SEM).

Conclusion: The South African contribution to the method of cross-linking is important. This is a cheap and effective way to improve the quality of the polyethylene. Results of this long-term group of patients with cross-linked UHMWPE show a significant decrease in the wear rate, significantly increasing the longevity of the THR.


G.P. Grobler B.J. Dower

Introduction and Aims: We undertook this study to detemine the results of acetabular fixation using the Duraloc 300 uncemented acetabular component in patients with inflammatory joint disease and poor bone stock.

Method: Fifty consecutive total hip replacements using a Duraloc 300 cup in patients with imflammatory joint disease were reviewed at an average of 8.2 years. Postoperative x-rays were analysed for cup placement and interface gaps. Follow-up films were analysed for lucent lines, osteolysis, wear and migration. Kaplan-Meier survivorship analysis was performed.

Results: All components were found to be stable with no evidence of loosening or migration.

One patient developed sepsis seven years post-surgery. There was no evidence of excessive wear or osteolysis.

Conclusion: The Duraloc 300 cementless acetabular component has excellent fixation with no cases of loosening at an average of 8.2 years in patients with inflammatory joint disease. The low rate of wear and pelvic osteolysis may be indicative of the decreased demands placed on the prosthesis in this cohort of patients. The poor bone stock has not however adversely effected acetabular fixation.


S. Faraj S. Pandit R. Pitto R. Schmidt A. Kress

Introduction and Aims: Little is known about peri-acetabular bone remodelling after insertion of the acetabular cup in total hip arthroplasty. This study was designed to analyse retroacetabular bone changes using quantitative CT-assisted osteodensitometry. This is a new method for a detailed measurement of bone density (BD) changes around the implants.

Method: Prospective cohort study. Operations were performed on 26 consecutive hips (26 patients) using an uncemented prosthesis with alumina-alumina pairing (Cerafit, Ceraver Osteal, France). The average age of patients was 58.4 years. There were 15 men and 11 women. CT investigations were performed within two weeks of surgery and then one year and three years post-operatively. Cancellous, cortical and total bone density (mgCaHA/ml) were assessed using specific software (Impact-Hip, VAMP, Moehrendorf, Germany).

Results: All 26 hips were available for follow-up at one year, seven patients were available at three years. At three-year follow-up we found an 18.4% decrease of cancellous BD proximal to the upper rim of the cup. Cortical BD increased by + 5.2% in this region. Cortical BD decreased ventral to the cup by −5.0% and by −2.3% dorsal to the cup. Of more interest, cancellous BD was observed to decrease by −40.9% in the ventral region and −32.2% in the dorsal region.

Conclusion: We have observed a progressive decrease of cancellous BD after insertion of an uncemented ace-tabular component. These phenomenon could explain the onset of late migration and implant failure of pressfit cups. Only minor changes have been observed in cortical BD. Further investigations are required to define the role of implant design and material in periprosthetic bone remodelling of the acetabulum.


B. Nivbrant S. Rohrl K. Nilsson H. Strom

Introduction: Uncemented press fit cups function well in the medium term, but often seem to develop backside osteolysis in the long term. This study was done to compare migration and osteolysis for cups with different fixation to find out if augmentation is needed or more a risk factor.

Method: Eighty seven hips in 81 patients planned for a THA due to OA were randomised and operated with a Reflection cup inserted with under reaming and press fit. Group 1 had a porous coated cup without holes; group 2 had the same cup with additional HA coating. Group 3 had a porous coated cup with six holes and fixed with three screws; and group 4 an identical cup fixed with three pegs. Early cup stability, migration, osteolysis and function were followed over five years with RSA, x- rays and Harris hip score and the groups compared statistically.

Results: At five years the mean (SD) translation for all cups was 0.13 (0.28) mm proximally, 0.002 (0.41) mm medially, and 0.13 (0.42) mm anteriorly. The inclination increased 0.13 degrees (0.84 degrees), anteversion 0.13 degrees (0.84 degrees), and anterior tilt 0.15 degrees (0.92 degrees). There were no differences in migration between the four modes of fixation (p=0.053–0.9). An inducible displacement test of stability one week after operation showed only minor movements, below the detection limit for RSA and without group differences. Thirty-five cups had a central gap post-operatively, all disappeared within two years and did not imply either inferior fixation or radiolucencies. The HA-coated cups displayed less radiolucent lines (p=0.003) than the other groups when measured as percentage of the total interface. Most lucent lines were seen in zones 2 and 3 and developed during the initial two years. At five years, minor focal osteolytic lesions were found in 13 hips, most in cups with screws and all progressing slowly. The proximal wear was 1.02mm and the 3D wear 1.05 mm after five years, equal for the four modes of fixation and higher for young and male patients. Harris hip score was 96 at 5 and 93 at five years and equal for the groups.

Conclusion: In this study, screws and pegs did not add any stability to the already excellent fixation of cups but lead to less satisfactory interfaces. Since osteolysis is the main clinical problem and not stability, both facts suggest more cups should be used without holes, to minimise particle penetration and osteolysis.


W.L. Walter W.K. Walter R. Streicher G. Insley M. Tuke

Introduction and Aims: The extremely low wear rates of third generation alumina-alumina bearings in traditional hip simulators are not reflected in vivo. Separation of the bearing during swing phase and edge loading with heel strike is reported to account for this discrepancy.

Method: We have had the opportunity to visually inspect 21 bearings at re-operation from a group of 1588 hip arthroplasties with third generation alumina ceramic-ceramic bearings. Re-operations were for heterotopic ossification (one), loosening (three), femoral fracture (six), psoas tendonitis (six), sepsis (three) and dislocation (two). There were no re-operations for bearing failure. Sixteen of these 21 bearings (16 heads and 12 inserts) were retrieved and analysed. We mapped the location and we measured the volume of the wear and we performed microscopy and measured roughness of worn and unworn areas.

Results: Eleven bearings had visual evidence of edge loading wear, making an incidence of 52% in the 21 patients having re-operations. These 11 bearings and five visually undamaged bearings were analysed. The wear on the insert was always located at the rim indicating edge loading. The location and orientation of the stripe on the head was not consistent with subluxation during normal gait but was consistent with subluxation and edge loading with the hip flexed at 90 degrees. The average wear volume was 0.7mm3 per year (heads plus liners). Longer service bearings had signs under SEM of repolishing of the wear area suggesting that the process of edge loading wear will be self-limiting. The heads without a wear scar showed very little damage: under SEM, a slight relief polishing of individual grains and minor pitting was noted.

Conclusion: The subluxation causing the stripe wear in these patients did not occur during normal walking gait. It probably occurred with rising from a chair. Simulator testing of third generation alumina-alumina components must include edge loading if it is to give a realistic indication of in vivo performance. Alumina-alumina bearings remain an excellent option for total hip arthroplasty, however more work is required to understand the clinical consequences.


P.A. Vendittoli A. Roy M. Lavigne N. Duval

Introduction and Aims: Vertical acetabular cup positioning is an important technical aspect in total hip arthroplasty. It has been reported that acetabular component malpositioning is associated with an increased risk of dislocation, limited range of motion and impingement. A high vertical acetabular angle is correlated positively with premature polyethylene wear, osteolysis and early aseptic loosening in metal-polyethylene and ceramic-ceramic interface.

Method: To evaluate the potential benefit of using an inclinometer in vertical acetabular cup positioning, 96 patients were randomised to have their acetabular cup insertions done with an inclinometer or by visuo-spatial perception alone. The surgeries were performed by five hip surgeons.

Results: The precision of the acetabular vertical angles averaged 43 degrees +/-6.7 by visuo-spatial perception alone and 44 degrees +/-6.8 with the inclinometer. With the inclinometer and by visuo-spatial perception respectively, 12.8% and 9.3% of the cups were outside a safe angle range of 35–54 degrees. The standard deviation was +/-4.9 degrees for the inclinometer and +/-4.7 degrees for the visuo spatial perception method.

Conclusion: The use of an inclinometer is as precise as the visuo spatial perception of a hip surgeon. Positioning the cup with the inclinometer did not reduce the variability or improve the precision of the vertical acetabular position during total hip arthroplasty, suggesting it is not an essential adjunct in the clinical practice of hip surgeons. However, the inclinometer might be a valuable tool for surgeons performing a low volume of hip surgery.


R. Orec R.P. Pitto R. Schmidt

Introduction and Aims: Recently, concerns have emerged regarding the high stiffness of acetabular components inserted with alumina ceramic liners, which might potentially cause early migration and loosening. This study was designed to investigate in-vivo the migration pattern of these constructs

Method: Fifty patients (50 hips) operated on using the same surgical technique and the same prosthesis were randomised in two groups. The study group of hips was treated with an alumina ceramic liner, the control group of hips received a polyethylene liner. An alumina femoral head with a diameter of 28mm was used in all hips. Radiostereometric analysis (RSA) was performed to assess migration using serial follow-up radiographs.

Results: The median pre-operative Harris hip score (HHS) was rated 48.9 points in the alumina group, and 47.7 points in the polyethylene group. At the two-year follow-up, the median HHS of the alumina group was rated 94.1 points, and was rated 93.7 points in the polyethylene group. There were no clinical or radiological signs of aseptic loosening. RSA of the alumina group of cups showed a median axial displacement of 0.026 mm (SD 0.35mm). The median axial displacement of the polyethylene group was 0.047 mm (SD 0.26 mm) (p=0.9). The median tilting of the cup was 0.21 degrees (SD 0.54 degrees) in the alumina group, and 0.35 degrees (SD 0.71 degrees) in the polyethylene group (p=0.12).

Conclusion: At an average of two years post-operatively, the cups inserted with an alumina ceramic liner appeared stable, RSA showed low rates of non-progressive migration. Results did not differ from those observed using the same cup inserted with a polyethylene liner.


B.J. Dower G.P. Grobler

Introduction and Aims: We undertook this study to detemine the results of acetabular fixation using the Duraloc 300 uncemented acetabular component combined with impaction bone grafting in patients with acetabular protrusion.

Method: Thirty consecutive total hip replacements using a Duraloc 300 cup in patients with acetabular protrusion requiring impaction bone grafting were reviewed at an average of 5.2 years. Pre-operative x-rays were analysed for degree of protrusion. Post-operative x-rays were analysed for cup placement and interface gaps. Follow-up films were analysed for graft incorporation, lucent lines, osteolysis, wear and migration. Kaplan-Meier survivorship analysis was performed.

Results: All components were found to be stable with no evidence of loosening or migration. All but two cases showed trabeculated bone with an average minimum thickness of 7mm of bone medial to the cup in zone 2. Mean rate of wear was 0.10mm per year. No cases of pelvic osteolysis were seen.

Conclusion: The Duraloc 300 cup provides excellent fixation in patients with acetabular protrusion and impaction bone grafting. The graft has been found to incorporate and remodel. We are therefore optimistic that the durability of fixation should equal that of primary hip surgery without protrusion.


G.P. Grobler B.J. Dower I. Learmonth B. Bernstein

Introduction and Aims: Eight thousand Duraloc 300 cups were implanted worldwide in 2002. To our knowledge, no 10-year results have been published to date. We undertook this study to ascertain whether this optimism was justified.

Method: One hundred consecutive total hip replacements using a Duraloc 300 cup were reviewed at a minimum of 10 years. Post-operative x-rays were analysed for cup placement and interface gaps. Follow-up films were analysed for lucent lines, osteolysis, wear and migration.

Kaplan-Meier survivorship analysis was performed.

Results: All components were found to be stable with no evidence of loosening or migration. The mean rate of wear was 0.12mm per year. Three hips developed pelvic osteolysis in zone 2 at the level of the apex hole, of which two have successfully undergone a bone grafting procedure and one patient is awaiting surgery.

Conclusion: The Duraloc 300 cup has excellent 10-year results with no cases of loosening. There was a low incidence of pelvic osteolysis. Cementless fixation provides dynamic biological fixation, which is continuously renewed with the passage of time. There is no reason to believe that the durability of fixation will not extend well beyond 10 years.


R. Mehin X. Yuan C. Haydon S. Burnett C. Rorabeck R. Bourne R. McCalden S. MacDonald

Introduction and Aims: Problem: The timing of liner exchange for retroacetabular osteolysis in THA remains uncertain. Liner exchange should be done before the shell becomes loose.

Purpose: To determine the radiographic quantity of osteolysis that will predict impending loosening of the cementless shell.

Hypothesis: Osteolytic areas differ between loose and stable shells.

Method: Between 1992 and 2002, 71 cementless shells of the same design were revised at our institution; 46 were for aseptic retroacetabular osteolysis. Radiographs and a computer-assisted technique were used to quantify osteolytic areas and percent of shell circumference associated with lesions. Implant stability was confirmed intra-operatively.

Results: Of 26 stable and 20 loose shells, the average area of osteolysis on AP radiographs showed no significant difference (Stable 591mm2, Loose 630 mm2, p greater than 0.05); whereas, lateral radiographs demonstrated a significant difference (Stable 546 mm2, Loose 837 mm2, p 0.05). The percentage of shell circumference with associated osteolysis on AP and lateral films demonstrated a significant difference (AP: Stable 60, Loose 75, p 0.042; LATERAL: Stable 49, Loose 73, p 0.016). Diagnostic criteria of 50 percent shell circumference associated with osteolysis on AP films has sensitivity 1.0, specificity 0.27, while the same criteria on lateral films has sensitivity 0.84, specificity 0.54 for shell loosening.

Conclusion: Percent of shell circumference with surrounding osteolysis appears to be more predictive of cementless shell loosening than the area of osteolysis. When greater than 50 percent of the shell circumference has osteolysis on AP or lateral films, liner exchange is necessary.


I. Weller M. Kunz O. Scafesi B. Bulmer H. Brackley J. Schatzker

Introduction and Aims: There is very little scientific evidence of which activities to avoid or which are safe following total hip arthroplasty (THA). Our aims were to conduct a survey of Canadian orthopaedic surgeons’ exercise recommendations after THA and to examine the relation between physical activities and hip pain in THA patients.

Method: Patients who had a primary THA five to seven years previously because of osteoarthritis were administered the well-validated Minnesota Leisure-Time Physical Activity Questionnaire, which assesses the frequency, intensity and duration of physical activities. Patients reported on current physical activities and sports and recalled activity two years after their surgery. They also reported whether they had pain in the affected hip during specific activities and if they reduced their activity because of pain. A survey was mailed to 466 Ontario orthopaedic surgeons to determine the types of physical activities recommended to patients following THA.

Results: Results of the surgeon survey indicate that all surgeons allowed walking, stair climbing and swimming. Nearly all did not allow jogging, squash or racquetball. There was considerable disagreement among the surgeons regarding other activities, e.g., downhill skiing and heavy household activities. Seventy-one male (mean age ± SD; 61 ± 8) and 97 female (61 ± 7) THA patients were interviewed. Over 80% of respondents reported bending and lifting activities. About half the respondents reported non-weightbearing activities such as swimming. A higher proportion of men than women reported golf, racquet sports and shovelling snow, whereas a higher proportion of women than men reported doing housework. Hip pain was most frequently reported during lifting and bending activities. Patients were least likely to report pain during non-weightbearing activities. Nearly all patients who reported pain, reduced their activity level. Thus our preliminary data suggest that bending and lifting impact activities appear to cause the most pain and result in reduced activity levels. Our results also show that some patients participate and experience pain in non-recommended activities. Some allowed activities, such as stair climbing, cause pain.

Conclusion: Bending and lifting activities cause the most pain and result in reduced activity. Patients participate and experience pain in activities that surgeons do not recommend. Some recommended activities cause pain. This is one of the first studies to quantify activity and show a relation between activities and pain in THA patients.


P.E. Beaulé E. Zaragoza N. Copelan F. Dorey

Introduction and Aims: There is a relationship between the anatomy of the hip joint and the development of arthritis. A common cause of hip pain in the young adult that can lead to arthritis is acetabular dysplasia. More recently, femoroacetabular impingement has been described as another cause of hip pain. The purpose of our study was to evaluate the applicability of pelvic computed tomography (CT) with three-dimensional surface rendering to evaluate femoro-acetabular impingement.

Method Thirty-six hips (30 patients; 17 males; 13 females) with persistent hip pain, mean age 41 (37–52), underwent three-dimensional CT of the pelvis, as well as MRI arthrography with gadolinium enhancement. On 3D CT, the concavity of the femoral head-neck junction (offset), alpha angle as described by Notzli was calculated to depict the anterior femoral neck contour. The concavity of the posterior aspect of the head neck junction was measured as the beta angle. The same measurements were made in 20 hips, consisting of randomly selected patients with no prior history of hip pathology or pain (mean age 37; 13 males; eight females).

Results The mean alpha angle for the symptomatic group was 66.4 (39–94) and 43.8 (39.3–48.3) for the control group (p=0.001). All symptomatic hips had abnormal findings on MRA: labral tears in all; cartilage delamination/ulceration in 14 hips; herniation pits in six hips. The majority of labral tears and delamination were located in the antero-superior quadrant. In the surgical treated group, all MRA findings were confirmed. The mean beta angle was significantly smaller (increase concavity) in the symptomatic versus the controls: 40.2 versus 43.8 (p=0.011). Interestingly in the symptomatic group the beta angle was significantly lower than the alpha angle (p< 0.02), but not in the controls.

Conclusion: 3D CT with surface rendering and multiplanar reformation is useful to determine degree of bone buttressing of the anterior femoral head-neck junction quantitatively assessed by alpha angle measurement, which is elevated in patients with femoro-acetabular impingement. With a greater posterior concavity i.e. small beta angle in the symptomatic group versus the control, subclinical slipped femoral epiphysis remains a plausible cause of this deformity.


S.P. Krishnan R. Morris N. Garlick R.W.J. Carrington

Introduction and aims: Increasingly the accurate reconstruction of the hip in total hip arthroplasty is planned using pre-operative pelvic radiographs. The accuracy of reconstruction is assessed using post-operative pelvic radiographs. This study defines significant variations in the offset, hip joint centre and femoral head centre-trochanteric height relations in normal radiographs.

Method: One hundred standard normal pelvic radiographs were examined based on a defined criterion. The medial offset, the vertical height of hip joint centre with reference to the ischial tuberosity and the femoral head centre-trochanterc height relation were measured for both hips. The differences in measurements were evaluated to determine the normal variation in offset and the hip joint centre. The relationship of the femoral head centre to the tip of the greater trochanter was determined.

Results: On average, the right hip and left hip differed by 2.54mm in their offset .The standard deviation of differences was 2.31. Therefore the offset of one hip will predict the offset of the other hip to within 4.62mm, with 95% accuracy. If the reconstructed hip has an offset to within + 4.62 to – 4.62mm of the contra lateral side, then the offset should be considered to be reconstructed as normal. The average difference in height of the hip joint centres of right hip from left hip with reference to bi-ischial line was found to be 3.49mm. The standard deviation of differences was 3.15. Therefore the hip joint centre height measured in one hip will predict the hip joint centre height of the opposite hip to within 6.3mm with 95% accuracy. Thus the hip joint centre height of one hip may differ from the opposite hip by 6.3mm in normal individuals. The tip of greater trochanter was on average 8mm higher than the centre of rotation of the femoral head. The greater trochanter was not at the same level as the femoral head centre as commonly believed.

Conclusion: This study demonstrates considerable variation in the medial offset and the hip joint centre location on pelvic wall. The femur head centre is lower than commonly assumed. These factors should be taken into account when pre-operative planning using pelvic radiographs and assessing the quality of the post-operative reconstruction.


J.R. Howell D.S. Garbuz M. Xu C.P. Duncan

Introduction and Aims: The aim was to study: 1) Patients’ ability to recall their pre-operative function following total hip replacement and how this recall alters with time. 2) Whether validated quality of life (QOL) assessment tools can be administered in the post-operative period to assess pre-operative function.

Method: The null hypothesis was: There is no correlation between functional scores collected pre-operatively and those collected post-operatively. Patients admitted for primary and revision hip arthroplasty between September 2002 and January 2003 were included.

Subjects completed the same questionnaire regarding pre-operative function before surgery, and then three days, six weeks and three months post-operatively. The questionnaire was a combination of the WOMAC, Oxford-12 and SF-12 questionnaires. Pearson’s correlation coefficient was used to evaluate the correlation between the pre- and post-surgery scores, and intra-class correlation coefficient (ICC) was used to assess agreement. Test-retest reliability was evaluated by Kendall’s Tau-b statistic.

Results: One hundred and four patients with a mean age of 61 years were included. There were 57 female patients and 47 males, 79 patients had primary hip replacements and 25 had revisions.

The results showed excellent correlation between pre-operative scores and those from all three postoperative time points. Pearson’s correlation coefficient for the WOMAC score was 0.75, 0.78 and 0.87 at three days, six weeks and three months respectively. The values for the Oxford-12 were 0.83, 0.78 and 0.92 at the same time points, and for the SF-12 they were 0.71, 0.63 and 0.81.

Agreement between pre- and post-operative scores was high. The ICC results for the WOMAC score at the same time points were 0.86, 0.88, and 0.93. For the Oxford-12 they were 0.91, 0.88 and 0.96 and for the SF-12 they were 0.83, 0.77 and 0.9.

Kendall’s Tau-b statistic showed high degrees of reliability for all three measures. The values for the WOMAC score at the three time points were 0.64, 0.61 and 0.72, and the results for the Oxford-12 and SF-12 scores were similarly high.

The effects on the statistics of age, sex, unilateral versus bilateral disease, and primary versus revision surgery were assessed, and no differences were found.

Conclusion: We found a high degree of correlation, agreement and test-retest reliability between QOL scores taken before hip replacement and those taken up to three months afterwards. Patients were able to recall their pre-operative functional status after surgery, and accurate pre-operative data may be collected retrospectively during the early post-operative period.


H. Amstutz J. Antoniades M. LeDuff E. Su

Introduction and Aims: Legg-Calve-Perthes disease and slipped capital femoral epiphysis are hip disorders that may result in the alteration of proximal femoral anatomy and subsequent osteoarthritis. LCP often results in a flattened head and short femoral neck; SCFE residual deformity is a retroverted head upon a wide femoral neck. Because of the low head to neck ratio and short neck length in these patients, surface arthroplasty is especially technically difficult.

Method: We examined a cohort of patients with either LCP or SCFE who underwent surface replacement of the hip to assess clinical results and identify pre-operative radiographic factors unique to this group. All patients with arthritis of the hip secondary to either LCP or SCFE, who underwent surface replacement between 1996–2002, were included. Proximal femoral anatomy was assessed by measuring the neck and head length, flattening of the head, anterior head offset and lateral head offset. Hip ROM was measured and SF-12 and UCLA Hip scores were calculated.

Results: Fourteen patients with LCP and 11 patients with SCFE had undergone surface replacement with an average age of 38 years; the mean time to follow-up was 26.2 months. Pre-operative radiographs revealed a head-neck ratio of 1.3 in the LCP group and 1.2 in the SCFE group. The amount of head offset was 9.4mm anterior and 6.4mm lateral in the LCP group; and 8.8mm and 4.4mm in the SCFE group. Neck and head length was 42mm in the LCP patients and 56.5mm in the SCFE patients; this measured 46 and 53mm post-operatively. No revisions had been performed in either group. The UCLA scores, SF-12 scores, and hip ROM did not differ from a cohort of patients who had undergone resurfacing for other reasons. No femoral neck fractures occurred in either group.

Conclusion: Despite technically difficult surgeries for hip resurfacing in these patients because of a flattened head and short neck in LCP, and wide femoral neck with retroverted heads in SCFE, the results to date have been good. By taking extra care to avoid notching the neck on the anterior and lateral tension sides, satisfactory results can be achieved.


H.C. Amstutz P.E. Beaulé T.A. Gruen M.J. Le Duff

Introduction and Aims: To review the medium-term clinical and x-ray results of metal-on-metal Surface Arthroplasty (MMSA) in DDH, using the Conserve Plus™.

Method: Fifty hips (44 patients, avg. age 42.7 years) with DDH were treated with hybrid MMSA. Seventy-five percent were female. Ten percent had prior osteotomies. Twenty-five percent had acetabular cysts that were grafted and 64% had femoral cysts (> 1cm in size) and one was grafted. All cases were Crowe Class 1 or 2. A posterior approach was used in all but one case.

Results: Mean follow-up was 4.9 years (3.8–7.8). UCLA hip scores were 3.2, 5.9, 5.5 and 4.4 pre-op and 9.2, 9.5, 9.4 and 7.1 at last follow-up for pain, walking, function and activity. SF-12 scores normalised. Range of motion was 126.6 degrees, 80.5 degrees and 83.2 degrees at last follow-up for flexion, abduction-adduction, and rotation arcs. Four hips were converted to THA: 2 for femoral neck fracture at two and five months, one for recurrent subluxations due to poor offset and impingement due to prior multiple osteotomies, and one for femoral component aseptic loosening. Four technical complications successfully resolved: one trochanteric non-union, one post-op dislocation (closed reduction), one component mismatch (acetabular component exchange) and one femoral nerve palsy. X-ray analysis: two patients presented complete radiolucencies around the metaphyseal stem.

Conclusion: SA is stable, except for one subluxation due to impingement with poor offset compared to seven to 10% with THA. The socket fixation is secure without adjunct fixation with grafts incorporating whereas prior SA with PE were poor due primarily to socket loosening. Femoral bone preparation is critical to avoid fractures and loosening.


E. Dunstan A. Sanghrahka S. Tilley S. Cannon G. Blunn T. Briggs

Introduction and Aims: Retrospective analysis of 25 consecutive metal-on-metal proximal femoral replacements performed at our unit between 1965 and 1979.

Method: Patients were clinically evaluated using the Modified Harris hip and Enneking Scoring Systems and radiologically evaluated using the ISOLOS scoring system. The concentration of Cr, Co, Ti, Al, V, Mo & Ni in whole blood and urine was also measured by High-Resolution Inductively Coupled Mass Spectrometry and compared with controls and patients with other implants.

Retrieved prostheses (in-situ for in excess of 25 years) were analysed for roughness and wear using a Mitutoya form tracer and an electron microscope.

Results: Thirteen patients have since died, nine from metastatic disease and four from other causes. Of the remainder, 11 (44%) are still alive, five still retaining metal-on-metal articulations and one has been lost to follow-up. They have been in-situ for an average of 32 years. The average modified Harris hip score is 76 (53–93) and the average Enneking Score is 74 (63–90).

In the retrieved prostheses the contact zones were found to be smoother (Ra 0.05mm), have fewer and smaller carbides, together with evidence of ‘self-healing’ when compared to the original surface (Ra 0.32mm).

Blood and urine levels of Co & Cr were significantly elevated. Co levels were exceptionally elevated in loose prostheses, but levels quickly fell following revision.

Conclusion: We have shown the potential longevity of metal-on-metal arthroplasty. The wear seen in retrieved specimens is low and we might expect to improve the fixation by reducing the torque with apical bearing and encouraging extra-cortical bone bridging with hydroxy-apatite-coated collars. Elevated serum and urine Co levels may well predict a loose prosthesis and may be useful as a screening tool.


A. Shimmin D. Young D.L. Back

Introduction and Aims: Hip resurfacing has undergone a resurgence of interest in the past five years, requiring surgeons to learn new principles and new operative techniques. For experienced surgeons, the learning curve is more transparent than in their earlier careers.

Method: We have reviewed the first 100 hip resurfacings performed by two experienced surgeons. Results of the first 20 and second 20 were compared for a difference, then the first 30 and second 30 and finally the first 50 and second 50. We evaluated accuracy of pre-operative planning to final sizing, pre-operative neck shaft angle and post-operative prosthesis angle, revision rates, complication rates, equipment problems, placement of the acetabular component.

Results: On comparing the first 50 procedures performed with the second 50 performed, there was a significant difference (p< 0.001) in positioning of the femoral prosthesis, notching of the femoral neck, seating of the femoral and acetabular component position and seating. When comparing the first 20 and second 20 procedures no significant difference was noted.

Conclusion: We note there is a definite learning curve associated with the hip resurfacing procedure and it was longer than we estimated.


J.N. O’Hara D.W.J. McMinn

Introduction and Aims: The authors present their results following treatment of 15 patients with complex hip deformities by this new combination of operations.

Method: Fifteen patients aged 14 to 36 years (one male) were treated by contemporaneous metal-on-metal hip resurfacing and rotation osteotomy of the femur to nor-malise anteversion over a five-year period (1996–2001). The resufacing was performed in the usual way; anteversion was corrected at the end of the operation where limited internal or external rotation (< 20deg) was felt likely to interfere with the foot progression angle. The plate was removed about one year later.

Results: There were no peri-operative complications. Weightbearing was restricted until bone healing was complete (8–13 weeks). Thereafter patients mobilised normally. One patient had her plate removed at six months, as there was sleep disturbance due to local tenderness. At review, all patients were pleased with the outcome. Pre-operative HHS was 65–72: at review it was 89–96. There were no complications in the medium term. All patients had an abnormal foot progression angle pre-operatively (14 had fixed internal rotation, one external rotation). At review, in extension all fell within the physiological range IR50/ER50.

Conclusion: This new combination of established operations facilitates the bone conserving benefits of the metal-on-metal resurfacing with corrective rotational osteotomy in patients with complex hip deformity. We have avoided the use of expensive custom protheses and have allowed patients the benefits of a prosthesis minimising bone resection and retaining the physiological modulus of elasticity


H.C. Amstutz M.J. Le Duff

Introduction and Aims: The purpose of the present study was to review the early results and clinical performance of FDA approved large unipolar heads (36mm and greater) used with a metal-on-metal (MM) bearing.

Method: Fourteen stem type prostheses were implanted in 14 patients. There were eight primary THA, and six conversions of surface arthroplasties in which thin-walled (5mm) porous coated MM sockets were maintained. Mean age was 55.4 years (range 30–72 years). There were nine males and five females. Dislocation precautions were discontinued after capsular healing (six weeks). The initial etiology was OA in 78%.

Results: The median head size was 44mm (36–52) and socket size 54mm. Mean follow-up time was 29.1 months (range 12–81). UCLA hip scores improved for pain, walking, function, and activity from 4.8, 6.2, 6.1, and 4.8 pre-operatively to 9.3, 8.5, 7.5, and 5.4 postoperatively. Range of motion normalised. There were no complications.

Conclusion: This investigation shows excellent clinical results, and suggests that dislocation can be avoided by an anatomical THR with the use of large unipolar femoral heads and thin sockets with low wear bearings. The advantage of MM is the ability to manufacture thin shells with porous beads for fixation and preserve ace-tabular bone stock.


J. Nevelos J. Pickard J. Bowsher J. Shelton

Introduction and Aims: Metal-on-metal (MOM) hips offer an attractive solution for hip arthroplasty. However, concerns remain over the optimum metallurgical condition of the cobalt chrome alloy and also the optimum bearing diameter to produce to least possible wear.

Method: Hip bearings of 28, 40 and 56mm high carbon cobalt chrome diameter were tested, all were HIPed and Solution annealed, apart from four 40mm bearings were left ‘as cast’. Radial clearances were controlled at 110 microns, initial surface finish was Sa 0.05 microns, and the sphericity deviation was 4–8 microns. A multi-directional biaxial rocking hip joint simulator was used. All bearing couples were initially subjected to three million cycles of standard physiological walking (2450 N max, 1 Hz) followed by four million cycles of severe gait tests, i.e. slow walking (0.62 Hz) and fast jogging (4500 N max, 1.75 Hz).

Results: In the diameter study, the 56mm bearings produced the lowest wear rates for all patient activities simulated followed by the 40 and 28mm bearings. However, the running-in wear was greatest for the 56mm bearings followed by the 28 and 40mm bearings. All surface wear patterns showed very similar characteristics, suggesting similar wear processes. This would indicate that larger diameters are indeed better in terms of wear in the long term, but may produce slightly more wear initially, which has been reflected in increased ion release in short term studies.

Comparing the 40mm as cast and heat-treated bearings, running-in wear was observed for both material groups in the first million cycles, generating wear rates of 2.3 mm3/million cycles and 2.4 mm3/million cycles for the HIPed/solution heat treated and as cast components respectively, indicating no statistical difference (p > 0.9). Under steady-state wear conditions, the combined normal walking wear rate was also similar for both groups, showing 0.48 mm3/106 cycles (p > 0.2). Under simulated fast jogging cycles, the results again showed no statistical difference in wear performance between the two groups (p > 0.3), generating approximately a 10-fold increase in volumetric wear compared to normal walking, showing 4.4 mm3/106 cycles.

Conclusion: This wear testing program, which used both standard and adverse testing conditions, has shown that heat treatments (HIP and solution anneal) do not affect the wear rates of cast cobalt chrome alloy. Further, this testing has confirmed that larger diameter bearings do indeed produce less wear in the long term.


H.C. Amstutz P.E. Beaulé T.A. Gruen M.J. Le Duff

Introduction: THR is still the standard of care for young arthritic patients. However, failure rates remain high at 10 years follow-up, with rates of up to 33% in all cemented designs and 10.5% in cementless designs. With the arrival of new, more wear-resistant bearings, Surface Arthroplasty (SA) has become a viable and promising solution for this patient population. The purpose of the present study was to investigate the results of a metal-on-metal (M/M) hybrid SA and identify appropriate criteria for patient selection.

Method: The first 400 hips (of 620) in 355 patients underwent M/M hybrid surface arthroplasty. Mean age 48.2; 73% males, 27% females; 198 Charnley Class A; 139 Class B and 18 Class C. Diagnosis at surgery: OA 64%, DDH 11%, ON 9%, Post-traumatic 8%, Inflammatory arthritis 3%, SCFE and LCP 4%, Melorheostosis 0.3%.

Results: Mean follow-up 5.2 years (3.9–7.8). Average UCLA hip scores post-op: pain 9.4, walking 9.5, function 9.4, and activity 7.7. The SF-12 physical and mental components were respectively, 31.2 and 46.8 pre-op and 50.1 and 53.0 post-op. Fifteen hips were converted to THA (nine in the first 102): two neck fractures, 10 femoral loosenings, one socket protrusio due to over-reaming, one subluxation due to impingement and one sepsis. The three most important risk factors for femoral loosening and radiolucencies were large cyst formation (p=0.0067), female gender (p=0.0001), and lighter weight in male patients (p=0.0003). The occurrence of femoral loosening or lucency was 18% for the first 100 cases, 9% for the second, 8% for the third, and 1% for the last 100 cases.

Conclusion: Clinical results are excellent, despite very high activity levels. The experience with SA of all cemented metal/UHMWPE bearing demonstrated failure rates of 15 to 33% at three years. At longer follow-up, the preliminary experience is encouraging (3.75% failure rate). Dislocation is rare, and acetabular fixation secure. Initial femoral fixation is critical, as the fixation area is small, especially with osteopenia and cystic degeneration. Cementing the femoral metaphyseal stem appears as a meaningful technical improvement towards the prevention of early femoral radiolucencies. None of the 59 cemented metaphyseal stem had any radiolucency at last review.


D. Howie R. Wallace J. Wimhurst A. MacDowell

Introduction and Aims: To aid the comparison of results of different techniques of femoral revision at total hip replacement and in choosing types of revision, a number of radiographic classifications have been proposed. We aimed to determine the reliability of five popular radiographic classification systems for grading the extent of femoral bone deficiency.

Method: Twenty pre-revision total hip replacement femoral radiographs were assessed by a senior consultant specialist in revision surgery, a junior consultant, a fellow and a trainee registrar. The femoral bone deficiency was classified using the systems of the American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons (AAOS) and EndoKlinik, and those described by Paprosky, Gross and Gustillo. Intra-observer agreement and inter-observer agreement between assessors were determined using the kappa coefficient. Radiographs were reassessed after a minimum of two weeks. Kappa coefficients of 0.6–0.8 (substantial) or > 0.8 (almost perfect) were considered to indicate acceptable agreement. Intra-operative measurement of deficiency was also undertaken.

Results: Intra-oberser agreement was rated as acceptable for the Paprosky, Gross and Gustillo systems, each giving substantial agreement, but was unacceptable for the AAOS and EndoKlinik systems. Inter-observer agreement was unacceptable for all systems except the Gross classification system, which was rated as having substantial agreement.

Conclusion: Comparing results of femoral revision between different surgeons based on bone deficiency according to the most popular radiographic classification systems is doubtful because of poor reliability. These classifications can be used by an individual surgeon as a guide to management, but most classifications should not be used to recommend the type of femoral revision to other surgeons.


B. Barnhart R. Trammell D.G Allan

Introduction and Aim: The bone preserving aspect of hip resurfacing combined with minimal wear metal-metal technology is a promising solution for the younger patient who requires a hip replacement. The purpose of this study is to evaluate the early outcomes of patients treated with the Cormet 2000 resurfacing hip prosthesis.

Method: All surgical procedures were performed by a single surgeon (DGA). Thirty-two patients, with a mean age of 52.7 years, were prospectively evaluated pre-operatively and at a minimum of one-year follow-up using standardised questionnaires, physical examinations, and radiographic evaluations.

Results: All patients rated their satisfaction with the procedure as good or excellent. Mean Harris hip scores increased from 51 pre-operatively to 92 at last follow-up. Level of pain and ability to perform activities of daily living were significantly improved compared to pre-operative scores. The mean leg length, offset and neck shaft angle were essentially restored to normal. There were no radiographic abnormalities and no significant clinical complications.

Conclusion: The short-term clinical outcome of the Cormet 2000 hip resurfacing prosthesis has been excellent.


A. Shimmin D.L. Back

Introduction: Hip resurfacing has undergone a resurgence of interest in the past five years. With it, the awareness of femoral neck fractures associated with this prosthesis has grown. We report the first national review of femoral neck fractures over a four-year period.

Method: All surgeons using the Birmingham hip resurfacing in Australia were contacted and asked to supply details of any femoral neck fractures they had experienced. Routine co-morbidities and demographics were collated.

Results: Fifty fractures have occurred in the time period. The fracture rate was twice as high in women than men and this was statistically significant (p< 0.001). Mean time to fracture was 15 weeks and was slightly longer in women than men. Technical difficulties included notching of the femoral neck, varus placement of the femoral prosthesis, poor exposure due to obesity and poor impaction of the femoral component.

Conclusions: The national fracture rate associated with the Birmingham hip resurfacing is 1.46%.


A. Shimmin D.L. Back D.A. Young

Introduction: Over the past decade metal-on-metal bearings in the form of hip resurfacings have been increasing in popularity and with it, an associated interest in the potential side effects of elevated serum metal ion levels.

Method: We prospectively measured the cobalt and chromium serum levels of 20 patients over a two-year period following Birmingham hip resurfacing. Cobalt was measured with inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry and chromium using graphite furnace atomic absorption spectrometry.

Results: For serum cobalt there was an initial increase, to a peak at six months then a gradual decline. A similar pattern was observed for chromium, although the peak occurred slightly later at nine months.

Conclusion: One-off single measurements of metallic ion levels is of minimal clinical use, when the actual pattern of ion elevation and fall is not known. This study allows us to expect a peak at certain times following a hip resurfacing and a gradual decline thereafter.


A. Lombardi T. Mallory K. Berend

Introduction and Aims: Periprosthetic femur fractures, severe bone loss with loosening, infection and debridements, and non-union can all result in loss of bone stock following total hip (THA) and/or total knee arthroplasty (TKA). In the multiply-operated or osteopenic patient, few options exist when bone is severely compromised. We report results of a total femoral construct to salvage the severely compromised femur.

Method: We retrospectively reviewed 59 consecutive total femurs. Revision THA and/or TKA was performed utilising a custom total femoral construct: a constrained acetabular component, proximal femoral replacement, diaphyseal segment, and rotating hinge knee. Return to ambulation, pain, functional capacity, and subsequent surgery outcomes were measured. All cases involved severe bone loss: 13 aseptic loosening of revision THA and TKA, 24 periprosthetic fractures, five failed non-unions around implants, and 17 cases of multiple debridements for sepsis.

Results: Mean age was 74 years, mean follow-up was 38 months. One peri-operative death occurred. Pain scores improved by 18 points. Average post-operative hip flexion was 90 and knee flexion 93. All but one patient achieved ambulatory capability. Four of 17 septic cases recurred, three successfully treated and one disarticulation. Three other infections occurred in the aseptic and periprosthetic groups, all treated successfully. There were five dislocations, one acetabular revision, and two knee revisions for aseptic loosening.

Conclusion: Total femoral replacement represents a viable salvage procedure for the compromised femur associated with THA and/or TKA. Rapid return to ambulating, relief of pain and improved function can be expected from this, the ultimate revision surgery.


D.W. Howie J. Wimhurst R. Wallace T. Knight M.A. McGee K. Costi

Introduction and Aims: This paper presents a treatment plan for femoral stem revision that has been developed based on long-term studies of revision total hip replacement (THR) using cemented stems, cementless proximal fixation stems, cemented stems with impaction grafting and modular titanium long stems.

Method: The clinical and radiographic results of femoral stem revision were compared using the following techniques: 1) a standard or long cemented collarless double taper Exeter or CPT stems (CCDT stems) [n=190]; 2) a proximally porous coated mid to long cementless stem [n=56]; 3) two series of CCDT stems with impaction grafting n=34]; and 4) a modular grit-blasted titanium taper stem [n=13] used for severe cortical damage. Treatment decisions were made based on the age of the patient, the appearance of the pre-operative radiograph and the extent of bone deficiency at surgery. Follow-up was from 17 to two years.

Results: Only one hip was lost to follow-up. In the CCDT group, at a median follow-up of five years (range 2–17 years), two standard length stems and one long stem had been re-revised for loosening (1.5%) and seven stems had been re-revised for other reasons. Survivorship to re-revision for loosening at eight years was 95% (95%CI=85–100%) for both standard and long stems. There was a trend for better longer-term results for long stems. The extent of pre-operative bone loss did not influence results. For the cementless proximal fixation group, at a median follow-up of 10 years, re-revision of the stem for loosening occurred in 20%. Importantly, these poor results could have been predicted from short-term results. The initial series of femoral impaction grafting with CCDT stems and irradiated bone had a small incidence of stem loosening and periprosthetic fracture. The majority of stems subsided, but at a median follow-up of eight years there were no further re-revisions. In the second series, usually with non-irradiated allograft with mesh containment, there was minimal stem subsidence and no re-revision. The grit blasted titanium taper stem has dealt with periprosthetic fratures and severe proximal cortical loss, but with some cases of subsidence and femoral fracture.

Conclusion: Based on these results, our treatment plan for routine femoral revision in middle-aged and elderly patients without severe proximal deficiency is a polished CCDT long stem. In younger patients, impaction grafting is recommended, provided deficient bone is protected. Cementless modular stems are reserved for femurs with severe proximal cortical deficiency.


T.D. Lamberton J.A.F Charity P.J. Kenny A.J. Timperley G.A. Gie

Introduction and Aims: Impaction bone grafting in conjunction with a cemented polished double-taper stem as a technique for revision of the femoral component was introduced in 1987 at our institution. The aim of this study is to report on the outcome, survivorship, complications and radiological analysis of the first consecutive 540 cases performed in Exeter.

Method: As at January 2000, 540 cases in 487 patients had been performed by multiple surgeons. All procedures have been studied prospectively, and there are no patients lost to follow-up. We present the survivorship and outcome data for these patients.

Radiological analysis of the pre-operative, immediate post-operative and most recent follow-up radiographs was also performed. This included evaluation of the cement mantle and impacted allograft, stem subsidence within the cement mantle, presence of cortical healing and graft trabeculation on the follow-up radiographs, as well as appearance of radiolucencies and graft resorption.

Results: Survivorship at 15 years is 90.6 percent (95 percent confidence interval: 88–93 percent). Four hundred and six hips in 365 patients remain under active follow-up, with 122 patients (134 hips) deceased. Averaged clinical scores taken pre-operatively, two years post-operatively, and at latest follow-up, show marked and sustained improvement: Charnley Pain 2.7, 5.5, 5.3; Charnley Function 2.1, 4.1, 3.6; Charnley Range of Motion 4.0, 5.4, 5.3; Harris Pain 19, 38, 36; Harris Function 18, 32, 28; and Oxford Hip Score 41, 22, 25.

There have been 45 failures (8.3 percent) at an average 7.6-year follow-up (range 2.6–15.3 years). Technical error contributed to 13 of the 24 non-infective complications, but with improved technique plus the addition of long stemmed impaction grafting, there have been no technical errors since 1996.

Conclusion: Our results show that revision of the femoral component with impaction bone grafting is a reliable and durable technique with an acceptably low complication rate with excellent survivorship at 15 years.


C. Haydon R. Mehin S. Burnett C. Rorabeck R. Bourne R. McCalden S. MacDonald

Introduction and Aims: Cemented femoral revision total hip arthroplasty has been associated with early mechanical failure by aseptic loosening. This study was performed to determine the long-term survival of cemented femoral revision arthroplasty and to identify factors predictive of failure.

Method: One hundred and twenty-nine cemented femoral revision cases were reviewed to determine component survival. Ninety-seven hips with a minimum follow-up of five years were included for survival analysis and tests of significance. Harris hip scores were used to quantify clinical outcomes. Complete radiographic series were reviewed. Kaplan-Meier survival curves were calculated. Clinical and surgical factors were analysed to determine if they were predictive of failure.

Results: Individual Harris hip scores improved to a mean of 71 at the most recent follow-up from a mean pre-operative score of 52 (p< 0.001). Kaplan-Meier survival at 10 years was 91%, with revision for aseptic loosening of the femoral component as the endpoint and 71% with mechanical failure as the endpoint. Patients older than 60 years experienced greater long-term component survival and less pain than patients younger than sixty years (p< 0.05). Good quality post-operative cement mantles were associated with better long-term radiographic fixation (p< 0.001). Poor femoral bone quality was significantly associated with an increased rate of re-revision for aseptic loosening (p=0.021).

Conclusion: Revision femoral THA with cement remains an option in selected patients with acceptable 10-year survival and fair radiographic fixation. Patients demonstrated acceptable clinical outcomes at 10 years and few experienced significant pain. The best results may be achieved in older patients with adequate bone stock and modern cementing techniques.


A. Carbone D.W. Howie D.M. Findlay M.A. McGee W. Bruce R. Stamenkov S. Callary D. Dunlop C.R. Howie P. Lawes

Introduction and Aims: The usefulness of bone graft substitutes and growth factors to promote bone graft incorporation and prosthesis fixation in hip replacement should be examined in a loaded model, as results from cortical defect models may not apply. This paper reviews the results of femoral impaction grafting using these materials in an ovine hip replacement model.

Method: At cemented hemiarthroplasty, sheep femurs were impacted with allograft bone (control group n=23) or with allograft mixed with: 1) corglaes bioglass (n=12); 2) a synthetic hydroxyapatite (HA) (n=6) or the bone morpohogenetic protein OP-1 (n=6) (study groups) and implanted with a cemented double taper femoral stem. Sheep were sacrificed at between six and 26 weeks. The primary outcome was femoral stem subsidence, as determined more recently by the development of clinical radiostereometric analysis (RSA) in this model. Femoral fixation, as assessed by ex-vivo mechanical testing, and bone graft incorporation, as assessed by histological review and histoquantitation, were also key outcomes.

Results: In the control groups, there was a consistent response with bone graft incorporation by new bone advancing proximal to distally in the femur and advancing from the endocortex towards the cement mantle. Mineralised bone apposition occurred by six weeks and this was preceeded by partial resorption of the graft. Complete graft incorporation, with subsequent remodelling of bone, was evident proximally by 26 weeks. Bone graft incorporation in femurs impacted with a 1:1 allograft: bioglass mix was minimal and there was often partial or complete resorption of the graft with replacement by fibrous tissue, resorption of endocortical bone and instability of the femoral prosthesis. Supplementation of allograft with OP-1 promotes initial graft resorption, thus hastening bone graft incorporation and remodelling but one case of stem subsidence, that may have been associated with early resorption seen in the OP-1 group, reinforces the need for further studies examining dose response. There was excellent incorporation of the allograft and HA, with new woven bone directly apposing the HA surface and integrated into the larger porous spaces of the HA. There was no adverse response to the HA and there was minimal to no subsidence of the stem at the cement-bone interface, as determined by RSA.

Conclusion: This model is extremely valuable for investigating new biological approaches to reconstruction of major bone deficiency at revision hip replacement and demonstrates clear differences between materials used to supplement allograft, with HA and OP-1 giving encouraging results. RSA is an essential outcomes tool for this model.


R. Sekel L. Kandel R. Debi R. Eberle W. Lanzer A. McPherron

Introduction and Aims: The incidence and technical complexity of revision total hip arthroplasty (THA) has and will continue to increase dramatically. We report the results of revision THA using a non-cemented, dual threaded, cone shaped, (DTCS) modular femoral component.

Method: Between June of 1999 and July of 2003, 41 revision THAs using a DTCS modular femoral component. Fifty-four percent of the patients were male and 46% were female with an average weight of 84kg (std dev: 30kg, range 57–60 kg), an average height of 170cm (sdt dev: 9cm, range: 155–182 cm) and an average body mass index (BMI) of 26 (std dev: 4, range: 18–31). The average patient age was 71 years (std dev: 12 years, range: 39–85 years).

Results: The average patient follow-up was 16 months (range 6–49 months). The average Harris hip score (HHS) at the most recent time to follow-up was 76. Broken into the HHS component parts, the average pain score was 40 of a possible 44, average motion was nine of a possible nine, and average function was 28 of a possible 47. Radiographic evaluation revealed wellfixed and positioned components with evidence of bone densing in areas in intimate contact with the DTCS component. Radiographic evidence of minor stress shielding was observed in the greater trochanter (Gruen Zone 1) and the proximal calcar/neck cut region (Gruen Zone 7). Post-operative complications included recurrent infection in four (10%), subsequently resolved with IV antibiotics; dislocation in three (7%), successfully treated by closed reduction and protective bracing; aseptic loosening in one (2%), with femoral component revision to a larger size; intra-operative periprosthetic fracture in one (2%), treated with ORIF (bone, plate and screws); and a non-union of a pre-revision fracture with subsequent component loosening in one (2%). Regardless of the degree of femoral deficiency, there was no incidence of component disassociation or component fracture.

Conclusion: Revision THA is a demanding undertaking and involves multivariate technical challenges that may include mechanical and material considerations such as prosthetic loosening, prosthetic and periprosthetic fracture. We show that the use of a DTCS modular femoral component affords the surgeon results equal to those reported for revision THA and allows intra-operative versatility independent of bone quality.


S. Burnett J. O’Brien C. Haydon R. McCalden S. MacDonald R. Bourne C. Rorabeck X. Yuan

Introduction and Aims: Polyethylene wear in total hip arthroplasty (THA) is frequently associated with wellfixed cementless implants. Purpose: To evaluate the clinical and radiographic results of the isolated liner exchange (ILE) procedure in revision THA via the direct lateral surgical approach.

Method: A prospective study of 24 hips that underwent an ILE revision procedure via the direct lateral approach was conducted. Accessible osteolytic lesions were managed with curettage and bone grafting. Clinical data including Harris hip score, WOMAC Index, SF-12, and radiographic analysis were recorded. The area of osteolytic lesions was calculated using a new software program.

Results: This is the first study to our knowledge to report on the results of the ILE procedure performed via the direct lateral surgical exposure. Twenty-three patients underwent 24 revisions with an ILE. At mean follow-up of 40 months, all osteolytic lesions had regressed. Harris hip scores improved from 69 to 83. WOMAC indices improved from 37 to 24. No dislocations have occurred. Two patients have required revision. Isolated liner exchange for polyethylene wear is a promising technique that avoids the removal of well-fixed acetabular implants. The increased dislocation rate associated with this revision THA procedure may be reduced and osteolytic lesions may be successfully debrided and bone grafted through the direct lateral approach.

Conclusion: The ILE procedure, when performed via the direct lateral surgical approach, may reduce the dislocation rate commonly reported via the posterolateral exposure with this procedure. Retention of well-fixed implants and bone grafting preserves bone stock and adequately addresses osteolytic lesions at revision surgery through this exposure.


R. Raman R.P. Kamath P.D. Angus

Introduction and Aims: We report the clinical/radiological outcome of revision of cemented hip arthroplasties using Hydroxyapatite ceramic (HAC) coated femoral and acetabular components

Method: Sixty revision hip arthroplasties were performed in 64 patients with JRI Furlong HAC coated femoral and acetabular components. Mean follow-up was 10 years. Clinical outcome was measured using Harris, Charnley and Oxford hip scores. Anterior thigh pain was quantified on a visual analogue scale (VAS) and quality of life using EuroQol EQ-5D.

Results: The mean age was 78 years. The mean time to revision was 96 months. Eleven died to causes unrelated to index revision. Mean Harris and Oxford scores were 82 and 24.4. The Charnley score was 5.0 for pain, 4.9 for movement and 4.4 for mobility. Migration > 4mm of the acetabular component was seen in two hips. Acetabular radiolucencies were present in 26 hips. Mean linear polythene wear was 0.05mm/year. The mean subsidence was 1.6mm. Radiolucencies were present around 21 stems. Stress shielding was seen in 40; calcar resorption in 11; and endosteal cavitation around two stems. Ectopic calcification was seen in 12 hips. Three hips were re-revised – two for deep sepsis, one for recurrent dislocation. Mean EQ- 5D description and health scores were 0.69 and 79 (p> 0.05). With failure defined as repeat revision because of aseptic loosening, the rate of survival at 12 years was 100% for acetabular and femoral components. Overall survival at 12 years with removal or repeat revision of either component for any reason as the end point was 93% (95% CI ± 2.3).

Conclusion: The results of this study support the continued use of this prosthesis and document the durability of the HAC coated components, with fewer cases of loosening of the components, and a better survival than bipolar implants or cemented acetabular components. As loosening can occur as a late phenomenon, a longer follow-up is needed to determine the longevity of the HAC coated prosthesis.


P. Issack J. Guerin A. Butler S. Marwin R. Bourne C. Rorabeck R. Barrack P. DiCesare

Introduction and Aims: The use of porous coated femoral stems in revision hip arthroplasty has been associated with a high rate of complications including femoral fracture, femoral perforation and eccentric reaming. The purpose is to determine if using a distally slotted-fluted femoral stem is associated with lower incidence of the above three intra-operative complications.

Method: The intra-operative complications of 175 cementless revision total hip arthropasties (THA) using a distally slotted-fluted femoral stem were reviewed. Three categories of complications were recorded: femoral fracture, femoral perforation and eccentric reaming. Radiographic evaluation was based on standard antero-posterior and lateral views of the hip joint performed in the intra-operative or immediate post-operative period. Statistical analysis for factors associated with complications was performed using the chi-square test.

Results: Intra-operative complications occurred in 16 patients (9.1%). There was no statistically significant association between complication rate and type of surgical approach, stem length, stem diameter, or host bone quality. The complication rate was significantly lower than the 44% total complication rate previously reported utilising a long, solid, extensively coated revision stem without a slot or flute (p< .01). These results are consistent with laboratory testing, which revealed significantly lower bone strains at the isthmus when inserting a long cementless revision stem with a slot and flute compared to a solid fully coated stem of identical geometry.

Conclusion: The use of a distally slotted fluted porous coated femoral stem in revision hip arthroplasty results in a dramatically lower complication rate compared to rates previously reported for solid porous stems. These results strongly support the continued use of such a prosthesis for revision THA.


D.G. Allan R. Trammell

Introduction: Atypical femoral geometry and bone stock loss may make fitting a press-fit, traditional one-piece stem difficult, if not impossible. Modularity that permits independent fitting of the diaphysis, metaphysis, length, offset, and version may greatly facilitate reconstruction and ultimate clinical performance.

Method: We prospectively evaluated the early clinical results of Exactech’s AcuMatch® M-series prosthesis, a novel three-piece modular femoral stem. One hundred and twenty-seven were implanted in 114 patients. Ninety-one of these were primaries and 36 were revisions. The patients were followed prospectively and evaluated pre-operatively and at ≥2-year post-operatively.

Results: Harris hip score for primaries was 37 pre-operatively and 87 at last follow-up. Harris hip score for revision group was 35 pre-operatively and 84 at last follow-up. Four dislocations occurred and one prosthesis fractured in a 330-pound patient with deficient abductors. One prosthesis has been removed, due to sepsis in the primary group.

Conclusion: Through atraumatic milling of the bone and insertion of the implants, a minimal amount of intra-operative complications resulted. Ultimate restoration of hip biomechanics and soft tissue tension resulted in good clinical outcome with a very low dislocation rate.


H. Nagai R. Nagai P.D. Siney P.R. Kay B.M. Wroblewski

Introduction and Aims: The aim of this study was to evaluate the efficacy of one stage revision THA for deep infection with a long-term follow-up.

Method: One stage revision THA for deep infection was carried out in 273 joints on 262 patients by the senior author between 1974 and 2000. All infected hip replacements were primarily treated with one stage revision THA, regardless of microorganisms at the authors’ unit unless bone stock in the hips was too poor for implant fixation. This study included 162 revisions in 154 patients for which a minimum follow-up of five years (range 5.1 to 27.6 years; average 12.3 years) had been done. Fifty-two cases (32.1 %) had had discharging sinus by the time of revision surgery for infection.

Results: One hundred and thirty eight (85.2 %) hips were free of infection at the time of the latest follow-up. Twenty cases (12.3 %) had reoperation for recurrent infection. Four hips (2.5%) maintained their implants with the evidence of infection. Twenty-two cases (13.6 %) showed radiological loosening. Thirteen cases (8.0 %) were revised again for reasons other than infection (12 for aseptic loosening and one for dislocation).

Conclusion: Deep infection is one of the most serious complications after total hip arthroplasty (THA). This study presented the longest follow-up, with a large number of cases in revision THA for deep infection. The results suggested that one stage revision was an effective treatment for deep infection of hip arthroplasty.


H. Nagai B.M. Wroblewski P.D. Siney P.A. Fleming P.R. Kay

Introduction and Aims: The purpose of this study was to assess pre-operative bone stock and immediate postoperative cement-bone interface as factors affecting infection control and mechanical outcome after one stage revision THR for deep infection.

Method: This study included 115 cases which satisfied the following conditions: 1) One stage revision THR for deep infection was the primary intervention for infected hip replacement by a single surgeon (BMW) unless the bone stock was too poor for fixing implants; 2) follow-up of more than five years; 3) A complete series of radiographs was available for radiological study including pre-operative and immediate post-operative ones. Pre-operative bone stock was classified into four grades (Grade 0: No bone loss, Grade 1: Demarcation, Grade 2: Localised cavitation, Grade 3: Extensive bone loss). The immediate post-operative cement-bone interface was also graded into four categories (Grade A: White-out, obscure interface, Grade B: Clear line, no measurable gap, Grade C: Gap> 1mm, Grade D< 1mm). These two factors were analysed with regard to infection control and the mechanical survival of implants after surgery.

Results: Bone stock did not have significant influence on infection control, while it did affect mechanical outcome. The cement-bone interface was an affecting factor for not only the mechanical survival of implants but also the cure of infection.

Conclusion: There was a good chance of curing the infection even with extensive bone loss. Good cement fixation was an important factor with regard to infection control, as well as the mechanical survival of implants. The results suggested that it was important to shield the medullary space from the infected joint space with antibiotic-loaded cement in revision THR for deep infection.


J. Howell D. Garbuz C. Duncan

Introduction and Aims: Functional results following revision total hip arthroplasty (THA) for infection may be inferior to those done for aseptic causes. This cross-sectional study compared the results of patients who had two-stage revision for infection using an articulating spacer device, with those of a control group who had revision for aseptic causes.

Method: Patients admitted between December 1997 and December 2000 for two-stage revision of an infected hip replacement using the PROSTALAC articulating spacer were included. They were compared to patients who had revision of both components for aseptic causes over the same time period. Patients with periprosthetic fractures were excluded.

Pre-operative function was assessed using the Charnley score and bone loss was determined from pre-operative radiographs using the Paprowsky femoral and acetabular classifications. At a minimum two years follow-up, quality of life (QOL) was assessed using the WOMAC, Oxford-12 and SF-12 questionnaires. Patient satisfaction and co-morbidity data were also collected.

Results: There were 44 septic and 105 aseptic revision arthroplasties included in the study. There were no differences between the two groups with respect to co-morbidities, Charnley group, pre-operative pain, function or range of movement or loss of acetabular bone stock. The aseptic group had significantly worse femoral bone stock than the septic group (p=0.008).

All infected patients were treated with the PROSTA-LAC system at the first stage, and 40 patients were reimplanted at the second stage procedure. In four cases, a Girdlestone procedure was performed for persistent infection, although two were re-implanted later.

Re-operations in the septic group were required in six patients for: instability (three), fractured femoral component (one), failure of ingrowth (one), and for recurrence of infection (one). Eight aseptic patients had further revisions for: instability (four), failure of component fixation (three), and for periprosthetic fracture (one).

Although the functional results for both groups were good, the results following revision for sepsis were significantly worse. The mean normalised WOMAC score for infected patients was 66.1, compared to 74.4 for aseptic patients (p=0.028) and the mean Oxford score following infection was 22.4 compared to 18.9 for controls (p=0.007). The satisfaction scores following septic revision were also significantly worse (p=0.02).

Conclusion: Use of an articulated spacer in two-stage revision was successful in eradicating infection, allowing re-implantation in more than 90% of patients, and with good recovery of function. However, the functional results and satisfaction scores were significantly worse than those of a matched control group revised for aseptic causes.


R.N. De Steiger

Introduction and Aims: The standard treatment for an infected total hip replacement involves removal of all foreign material and re-implantation in either one or two stages with antibiotic cement. This study has investigated the use of cementless reconstruction in infected hip arthroplasties to determine if there is a difference in the re-infection rate.

Method: Thirteen patients (three females and 10 males) with an average age of 67 have been followed-up prospectively after revision hip surgery for infection. Removal of the prosthesis was followed by six weeks intravenous antibiotics and in some cases a period of oral therapy. Reconstruction was undertaken at a median of four months post Girdlestone’s arthroplasty, with the exception of a one-stage exchange for medical reasons. Cementless titanium femoral components were used in all revisions and titanium acetabular components where applicable. Allograft and cage reconstruction were employed for major pelvic defects.

Results: Patients have been followed-up for an average of 58 months (range 12–96 months), with no loss to follow-up. Bacteria were cultured from eleven (11) of the thirteen (13) patients and the other two were clinically septic. Bacteria cultured included MRSA, Staph. Aureus, E.Coli and Strep. Faecalis. All prostheses remain in situ with improvement in both Charnley and Oxford hip scores. No recurrence of infection has been documented clinically or radiologically and no component is loose.

Conclusion: Debate still exists about the merits of one vs. two-stage reconstruction for infected hip arthroplasty. This series with mid-term follow-up demonstrates that cementless reconstruction for infected hip arthroplasty is successful in providing an infection-free stable revision.


P.E. Beaule F.J. Dorey M. LeDuff H.C. Amstutz

Introduction and Aims: The importance in assessing clinical outcome is critical in evaluation of total hip replacement. There is now a sufficient body of evidence that activity level is correlated to wear of total hip replacement and wear to the longevity of that implant. The purpose of this study was, using the UCLA activity scale, to evaluate how activity relates to both health-related and disease-specific questionnaires.

Method: One hundred and fifty-two patients who underwent primary hip arthroplasty filled out the health-related questionnaire – SF-12 survey, which has a mental and physical component – with an average score of 50 in the general population for each category. The same day they were clinically evaluated, using the UCLA and Harris hip scoring systems. All patients were evaluated by the same surgeon; at least two years post-surgery, with an average follow-up of 5.2 years. Patient average age at surgery was 52.4, with 66% male. To assess the strength of the relationship between SF-12, UCLA and Harris scores, linear regression analysis was used.

Results: All individual UCLA scores were significantly correlated (p< 0.05) to SF-12 physical component, except for walking. When the single item UCLA activity score was added to Harris hip score, R squared raised from 0.43 to 0.53 in predicting quality of life. The single item Activity from the UCLA scoring system explained 38% of the variability in SF-12 physical component. With the linear regression analysis, all individual UCLA scores were independently significantly correlated (p< 0.05) to SF-12 physical component, except for walking. When the single item UCLA activity score was added to Harris hip score, R squared raised from 0.43 to 0.53 in predicting quality of life represented by the physical component of the SF-12.

Conclusion: Our study has shown that the UCLA activity scale is not only important to assess wear of the bearing surface, but also provides additional information in assessing the clinical outcome of total hip replacement. The single item Activity from the UCLA scoring system explained 38% of the variability in SF-12 physical component and demonstrates the need to integrate activity in outcome measurements after hip arthroplasty.


J.P. Waddell J. Morton K.A. Griffith E.H. Schemitsch K. White

Introduction and Aims: To compare the outcomes between primary and revision total hip arthroplasty in patients at one institution with regard to demographics, complication rates and functional outcome. Further study of the problems associated with revision total hip replacement, focused on complication rates, would appear to be warranted.

Method: All patients were entered prospectively in a database and were assessed by means of physical examination, radiographs, SF-36 and WOMAC questionnaires. Patients were followed for a minimum of two years with a range of two to five years. Patients were seen on an annual basis.

Results: Five hundred and forty-seven patients underwent primary total hip replacement and 213 patients underwent revision total hip replacement. 53.4% of patients undergoing primary and 52% of patients undergoing revision arthroplasty were female. Mean age at primary hip replacement 61.8 years, revision hip replacement 67.1 years. Post-operative complication rate was 7.6% in primary patients and 14.7% in revision patients (p< .05); there was no statistically significant difference between the two groups with regard to intra-operative fracture, implant loosening or post-operative infection; there was a statistically significant difference in terms of dislocation with 0.8% of primary arthroplasties and 5.6% of revision patients sustaining at least one dislocation following their surgery (p< .01). Both groups of patients had a statistically significant improvement between their pre- and post-operative WOMAC and SF-36 physical scores (p< .0001); however, there was also a statistically significant difference in outcome when the two groups were compared with primary patients having significantly improved WOMAC scores (p< .0001) and significantly improved SF-36 physical socres (p< .0001).

Conclusions: Revision hip arthroplasty does not bring to the patient the same degree of benefit as the primary operation. The reason for this is multi-factorial and includes a higher complication rate and lower functional outcome.


B.M. Jolles E.R. Bogoch D.E. Beaton

Introduction and Aims: In this study, we identify issues of importance to adult Juvenile Rheumatoid Arthritis (JRA) patients before and after total hip arthroplasty (THA) and determine if these issues are included in widely utilised, standardised outcome measures for THA (Western-Ontario and McMaster Universities Arthritis Index – WOMAC; Patient Specific Index – PASI).

Method: Adult JRA patients who underwent THA between 1986 and 1999 at our institution participated in the study (n=31). An independent observer gathered data, including patient demographics, a post-operative WOMAC questionnaire, post-operative patient-generated items from the PASI, a retrospectively completed pre-operative PASI form, and changes in items from pre-operative to post-operative PASI. Descriptive analysis was completed on demographic information and clinical outcomes, as well as for the WOMAC and PASI scores. Spearman’s rank correlation coefficients were calculated to describe the association between WOMAC and PASI scores.

Results: Issues deemed important by JRA patients included four symptom areas (pain, joint motion, strength, discomfort) and five activity areas (light household, leisure, clothing, sports, sex); some patients indicated they had no symptoms or difficulties. Before surgery, issues identified as relevant by patients were predominantly symptoms, whereas at follow-up, patients primarily identified recreational and social activities as the issues relevant to them.

Comparison of post-operative WOMAC questionnaires with pre-operative and post-operative PASI questionnaires revealed fundamental differences between items found in the standardised WOMAC and items deemed important by the patient. The WOMAC included less than 10% of the unweighted content deemed important by these patients at follow-up. The shift in the PASI towards more physically demanding activities after surgery indicates that patients improved, which is not reflected in the WOMAC. Correlations between post-operative WOMAC and PASI scores for pain subscales were low to moderate (Spearman rank correlation coefficient: rs = 0.53) and 63% of JRA patients had higher PASI than WOMAC normalised scores.

Conclusion: The self-generated, self-reported portion of the PASI provided a different perspective on the impact of THA in adult JRA patients and more information on issues important to these patients. The WOMAC did not include content deemed to be important by JRA patients and did not correlate well with the PASI.


R. Straw M. Wilson B. Scammell C. Howell E. Szypryt

Introduction and Aims: This is a prospective randomised trial comparing the ABG uncemented total hip replacement with the Charnley in 243 patients less than 65 years of age. A standardised protocol and anterolateral approach was used.

Method: The ABG I cup was used in combination with a polyethylene liner. All stems were templated and a 28mm cobalt chrome head was used. Early mobilisation with partial weightbearing for six weeks was allowed. In the Charnley group, Elite polyethylene cups were used in conjunction with 22mm monoblock stems. All hips were inserted with pressurised CMW cement. Patients were followed up annually. Standardised radiographs were taken at each visit and the Harris hip score and Merle d’Aubigné outcome measures recorded.

There were 222 hips available for follow-up, 96 ABG hips and 126 Charnley hips (17 died and 10 were lost to follow-up), with the mean age at surgery and mean length of follow-up comparable. Most hips were replaced due to osteoarthritis.

There was no significant difference in the mean Harris hip or Merle d’Aubigné scores at one year and at latest follow-up.

Results: Radiographic results demonstrated accelerated polyethylene wear in the ABG hips with mean polyethylene wear at seven years being 2.1mm compared with 0.9mm for Charnley hips. Wear associated lysis around the ABG cup was the major reason for failure, with a total of eight cups (8.3%) undergoing revision.

Conclusion: There was no evidence of subsidence of the stem or osteolysis around the stem despite the polyethylene wear. Conversely, in the Charnley group the stem was the major reason for failure with 12 stems (9.5%) being revised for aseptic loosening. The Kaplan Meier Survivorship at 10 years was 66.6% ± 19.1% for the ABG and ± 82% for the Charnley group. This was not significant.


M. Mullins W. Norbury J.K. Dowell M. Heywood-Waddington

Introduction and Aims: We present the results of 228 consecutive Charnley low-friction arthroplasties, inserted in 193 patients between July 1972 and December 1976. Unusually for this time, all hips were inserted by the posterior approach without trochanteric osteotomy.

Method: All patients were enrolled into a prospective study and pre- and post-operative findings recorded. This series was reviewed in 1985 and once again in 2002. The survivors were scored clinically using the Merle d’Aubigné-Postel score with a mean value of 12. The reason for revision was also recorded and analysed.

Results: The pre- and peri-operative findings are similar to contemporary series. Due to our stable population, only two patients were lost to follow-up. Our survivor-ship results show a 10-year survival of 93%, deteriorating to a 30-year survival of 73%.

Conclusion: Overall our results are comparable to other studies and really vindicate the choice of approach, which at the time was a source of some controversy.


R.S. Slack A.A. Shetty C. Rand

Introduction and Aims: We describe the survival at 10 years of 134 consecutive JRI Furlong H.A.-coated uncemented total hip replacements.

Method: The follow-up was a minimum of 10 years (10.5–12 years). Patients were assessed by clinical and radiological means. We used Merle d’Aubigné and Postel (MDP) clinical score.

Radiological assessments identified radio-lucent lines, spot welding, pedestal formation and migration in order to assess fixation and stability of the femoral stem according to Engh’s criteria. DeLee and Charnley zones were used to assess loosening of the ace tabular cup. Subsidence, migration and cup-angle were also measured. The criteria for failure was revision or impending revision due to either pain, septic or aseptic loosening.

Results: The mean results of the MDP score were 7.4 pre-operation, and 15.9 post-operation. None of the acetabular cups in this series were revised. No femoral stem was revised for loosening. Six patients were lost to follow-up. Of the 128 femoral stems reviewed, only one was revised for periprosthetic fracture following a fall.


P.A. Vendittoli N. Duval P. Lavoie

Introduction and Aims: Because of its superior tribologic properties and bioinert composition, alumina-alumina (AL-AL) bearing surfaces are proposed to improved survival of total hip arthroplasty (THA), but previously reported early complications prevented widespread use of this material. This study compares early results and complication with Ceraver Metal-Polyethylene (M-P) and AL-AL THA.

Method: One hundred forty-eight Ceraver hybrid THA in patients less than 70 years old were randomised to M-P or AL-AL bearing surfaces. We present the clinical and radiological results for patients two to seven years after their surgery.

Results: No significant difference was found on WOMAC and Merle D’Aubigné Postel scores. No specific complication associated with alumina components like fracture or malpositioning of the acetabular insert were observed in this study. Documented complications were: infection four AL-AL /two M-P; dislocation one AL-AL /four M-P; and heterotopic ossification 47% AL-AL /24% M-P. No aseptic loosening was observed.

Conclusion: Ceraver AL-AL bearing surfaces give early clinical and radiological results similar to M-P. Our results are in accordance with studies suggesting that AL-AL have a potential to become good bearing surfaces in THA in the young patients.


W.K. Walter B. Zicat M. O’Sullivan W.L. Walter

Introduction and Aims: Third generation alumina ceramic-on-ceramic bearings are being increasingly used in hip replacement surgery as an alternative to polyethylene because of the unacceptably high wear of polyethylene bearings and associated osteolysis leading to failure of hip replacement. Follow-up time with these modern ceramic bearings is still short.

Method: We report the minimum five-year follow-up of our first 300 hip replacements with these bearings in 283 patients, done between June 1997 and February 1999. Three hundred ceramic-on-ceramic Osteonics Securfit or Securfit Plus stems were used with the Osteonics Securfit cup in all cases – these are cement-free and hydroxyapatite coated. The bearings were third generation alumina ceramic femoral heads and cup inserts manufactured by CeramTec. The average age was 58 years and there were 52% females. Osteoarthritis was the diagnosis in 93% and inflammatory arthritis in four percent. We used 92% 32mm bearings and eight percent 28mm bearings.

Results: Mean Harris hip score improved from 56 pre-operatively to 94 at five years. Complications included: three non-fatal and no fatal pulmonary emboli, one deep and four superficial infections. There were four revisions for periprosthetic femoral fracture, one for cup malposition and one for sciatic nerve palsy in a patient with proximal focal femoral deficiency. There were a further four re-operations for psoas tendonitis where the psoas tendon was released. There were no re-operations for bearing failure and none of the ceramic components failed catastrophically, although a small number of acetabular inserts chipped around the rim during insert and were discarded. Of particular interest is the fact that there was no osteolysis seen in any of these hips, either around the acetabulum or around the femur. The usual small lytic areas noted around the calcar and the trochanteric regions of the femur that are commonly seen with polyethylene bearings were completely absent in this group. Three of the hips squeak intermittently with vigorous activity.

Conclusion: Third generation ceramic-on-ceramic bearings have only been available for seven or eight years. Early results using these new bearings are encouraging, in that osteolysis to date has not been seen in this series. No hip in this series has been revised for failure of these ceramic implants. It will be a further five to 10 years before we can be certain how these newer bearings will perform in the long term, but the five-year results are encouraging.


J. Ciampolini J.W. Hubble

Introduction and Aims: In the years 1990–1993, in an effort to reduce waiting list time, a small number of patients were sent from Exeter to hospitals in London to undergo elective total hip replacement. No medium- or long-term follow-up was arranged. Our aim was to audit the outcome of these hip replacements.

Method: Review of the records of the referring medical practices, Regional Health Authority, local Orthopaedic Hospital and the distant centres at which the surgery was performed has identified 31 cases. A total of 27 hip replacements in 24 patients were available for clinical and radiological review.

Results: Twelve (44%) hips have so far required revision surgery, at a mean of 6.5 years. Of these, three (11%) have been for deep infection. A further three hips (11%) are radiologically loose and are being closely monitored. Two patients (7%) suffered permanent sciatic nerve palsy.

Conclusion: Patients whose surgery was performed locally over a similar time period have a published failure rate of only 4.6%. The causes for such a difference in outcome were analysed and include surgical technique, implant selection and absence of follow-up. In the light of this evidence, we would like to urge the government to address waiting list problems by investing in the local infrastructure. Expanding those facilities where properly audited and fully accountable surgeons operate must be the way forward.


J.A.F. Charity G.A. Gie F. Hoe A.J. Timperley R.S.M. Ling

Introduction and Aims: To study the survivorship and subsidence patterns of the first 433 Exeter polished, totally collarless, double tapered, cemented stems that were inserted between November 1970 and the end of 1975 by 16 different surgeons (13 of them in the training grades) utilising first generation cementing techniques.

Method: A survivorship study up to the 33rd year of follow-up, using the contingency table method, was performed for all 433 hips, the end-point being revision for aseptic stem loosening (including also a ‘worst case’ scenario). Stem subsidence in relation to the cement and the bone was measured in all survivors by a single observer on digitised films (magnified 200%) using the Orthochart™ software. Repeated measurements allowed the analysis of intra-observer errors. Stem subsidence, the grade of cementing, ‘calcar’ resorption, visible cement fractures, focal lysis and radiolucent lines at the interfaces were assessed.

Results: Of the 433 hips, 21 were revisions of previously failed hips. 21.7% of patients have had a re-operation of some sort, including 3.69% for stem fracture, 3.46% for neck fracture (all from a group of 95 stems with excessively machined necks), 9% for aseptic cup loosening, 3.46% for aseptic stem loosening, 1.84% for infection and 0.23% for recurrent dislocation). For the overall series, with revision for aseptic stem loosening as the end-point, the survivorship is 91.42% (95%CI: 70.82 to 100%). When all cases lost to follow-up (28 hips) are regarded as failures, survivorship is 82.9% (95%CI: 58.37 to 100%).

The average age at operation of the survivors was 57.6 years. No significant radiological subsidence between the cement and bone was found. Mean subsidence between the stem and the cement was 2.15mm, most occurring in the first five years and in all but one being less than four. The maximum was 18mm (grade D cementing). Cementing grades were B in 65%, C in 27%, D in 8%. Resorption of the neck (13%) was associated with excessive socket wear or cement left over the cut surface of the neck (the ‘pseudocollar’). Visible cement fractures were found in 14%, none associated with focal lysis, which was seen in 11%.

Conclusion: Although 21.7% of patients in this series of the first 433 Exeter hips to be inserted in Exeter needed a re-operation of some sort, the stem rarely required surgery for aseptic loosening and was associated with benign long-term x-ray appearances in spite of 1st generation cementing.


D.A. McQueen M.C. Whitaker P.J. Czuwala F.W. Cooke

Introduction and Aims: The scientific ‘need’ for porosity reduction of polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) bone cement due to the influence of PMMA porosity with respect to femoral stem subsidence in total hip arthroplasty (THA) is not well understood. Therefore, we investigated the influence of bone cement porosity upon subsidence in physiologically simulated THA models.

Method: Twelve Exeter femoral components were implanted into mechanical analog femora – six with PMMA mixed under vacuum-mixed (VM) conditions (0.26 atms.), the others with PMMA under atmospheric (AM) conditions. Each specimen was subjected to cyclic loading in an MTS from 0.2 kN to 2.0 kN at 2Hz for at least two million cycles. Specimens were subjected to 0.5 hrs ‘on’ (3600 cycles), and 0.5 hrs ‘off’, where ‘off’ represents no cyclic loading but a static rest period at 0.1 kN. Radiographs were acquired during the testing regime. Femurs were sectioned and PMMA porosity determined; subsidence was measured from radiographs.

Results: Even though stem subsidence was greater in AM PMMA than in the VM PMMA, implant subsidence in our study between air and vacuum mixed was not significantly different (p> 0.05), nor was total percent porosity (p> 0.05). Evaluating porosity regardless of mixing method, distal porosity correlated with subsidence. The rates of stem subsidence were influenced by PMMA porosity near the distal tip (r = 0.62). Specifically, during the first six months at level 0 (distal tip), increased porosity correlated with increased subsidence. After the initial six months, this correlation (level 0) ceased. The stems with the greatest distal tip porosity were the first stems to fail (range 16 to 20 months, average 18 months).

Conclusion: We concluded, air or vacuum mixed cement does not alter porosity, but subsidence is related to the level of porosity located about the distal stem. Exeter subsidence depends upon PMMA porosity and pore location in this model.


Full Access
V. Goldberg J.L. Nalepka M.J. Lee E.M. Greenfield

Introduction and Aims: Accumulating evidence suggests that bacterially derived endotoxins may contribute to aseptic loosening. This study determined whether lipopolysaccharide (LPS), the classical endotoxin from Gram-negative bacteria, can be detected in periprosthetic tissue from patients with aseptic loosening. We utilised an assay that detects all forms of LPS and is unaffected by beta-glucan-like molecules.

Method: Periprosthetic tissue from revision total hip arthroplasty and synovia from primary total joint arthroplasty were homogenised in PBS in endotoxin-free conditions. Non-specific amidases in the homogenates were inactivated at 100 degrees C. LPS was measured using the Endospecy assay (Associate of Cap Cod). Multiple dilutions of the homogenates were assayed to maximise sensitivity, while avoiding assay inhibition assessed by spike recovery determinations. Results were corrected for colour and spike recovery. Assay results were considered positive if the absorbances were higher than the lowest standard and the LPS level was significantly greater (p< 0.05) than the PBS control. Statistical analysis was by ANOVA with Bonferroni-Dunn (Control) post-hoc tests.

Results: Samples from 13 patients have been studied to date. Multiple assays of four of these samples showed no detectable LPS while nine of these samples resulted in both positive and negative assays. This inter-assay variability prevents measurement of the concentration of LPS in the samples. Nonetheless, many of the samples contain detectable amount of LPS. Thus, six out of eight samples from revision THA patients with aseptic loosening had positive assays, as did two of four primary TJA patients. LPS was also detected in a sample from a revision control. These results demonstrate that samples from THA patients with aseptic loosening and from primary TJA contain detectable amounts of LPS derived from Gram-negative bacteria.

Conclusion: This conclusion is consistent with numerous studies, showing that human serum contains LPS derived from minor infections, gut flora, or dental procedures. It is likely that many of these samples also contain molecules derived from Gram-positive bacteria that have very similar biological effects as LPS. However, detection of these Gram-positive molecules await further improvements in assay specificity and sensitivity.


V. Prasad E. Mughal T. Worthington D.J. Dunlop R.B.C. Treacy T.S.J. Elliott

Introduction and Aims: We have investigated the accuracy of a serological marker to distinguish between septic and aseptic loosening of Total Hip Replacements (THR). We present the preliminary results of our ongoing prospective study.

Method: After obtaining Ethical Committee approval, 46 patients were collected in three groups: ‘control’ primary THR, revision THR for aseptic loosening and revision THR for infection. Serum IgG responses to an exocellular bacterial antigen (LipidS) were determined by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA).

Results: Our results show that the test can accurately differentiate between the patients with infected joint replacements and the control group. The test, to date, has a specificity of 93% and a sensitivity of 100%.

Conclusions: This simple and cheap test can reliably assist in the accurate evaluation of a painful hip arthroplasty, and planning for revision surgery. It will also be useful in the management of patients in whom the microbiology results are either negative or based on a single isolate of an organism, which may be either a contaminant or a possible pathogen. This, in turn, would have implications on financial costs and the optimum use of available resources.


Full Access
S. Kaspar J. Kaspar C. Orme J. deBeer

Introduction and Aims: Intra-articular steroid hip injection (IASHI) has been extensively administered for painful hip arthritis since the 1950s, but with advances in medical and surgical management, its role is less certain today. There is very little published data on the utility or prescribing patterns of IASHI.

Method: A questionnaire seeking expert opinions on IASHI was developed and distributed to practising Ontario-based members of the Canadian Orthopaedic Association. Initial phone calls identified those who perform hip replacements, and subsequent faxed forms had a 73% response rate (99 surgeons). We systematically describe the current practices and expert opinions of 99 hip surgeons, on the use of IASHI, focusing on indications, current usage, and complications.

Results: Only 56% of surgeons felt that IASHI was actually useful therapeutically, though four in five surgeons cited the usefulness of hip injection for differentiating hip-spine co-morbidity in diagnostically challenging patients. Therapeutic benefit from IASHI was perceived to be poor, with 72% of surgeons estimating that between zero and 60% of their patients achieved any benefit at all from the injections, with duration of benefit uniformly estimated as being between zero and six months. Infection rates were considered to be less than 2% by most surgeons. One quarter of the surgeons felt that IASHI accelerates arthritis progression, most of whom had stated that it would be no great loss if IASHI was no longer available. Nineteen percent of the surgeons believed that there may be increased infection rate of THA after IASHI, and this was associated with lower numbers of IASHI ordered per year, compared to those who did not feel that infection rates would increase. The opinions of this large group of experts is consistent with efficacy studies, and forms a context for our ongoing studies of infected hip arthroplasty post-IASHI.

Conclusion: Opinions were mixed, with substantial numbers of surgeons stating that the procedure is not therapeutically helpful, may accelerate arthritis progression, or may increase infections after subsequent total hip arthroplasty. This information provides a systematic collection of expert opinions, as well as a context for forthcoming studies on effectiveness and complications.


S. Kaspar J. Kaspar M. Winemaker N. Colterjohn D. Wismer J. deBeer

Introduction and Aims: Although cortical hypertrophy (CH) in total hip arthroplasty (THA) has been associated with thigh pain and loose femoral stems, its presence has been variable in the literature, and it is an implant-specific phenomenon. The relationship of bony change to clinical outcome has not previously been examined in ceramic THA.

Method: Hardened-bearing surfaces such as ceramics have the potential for altered patterns of force transmission into the femoral stem-bone interface, and as such could lead to altered bone remodelling. We investigate here the incidence and magnitude of CH at the Gruen zones, about the femoral stem of THA utilising ceramic-on-ceramic bearing surfaces without (n=36) or with (n=4) cement, and metal-polyethylene bearing surfaces without (n=40) or with (n=40) cement. Using multifactorial analysis, we examined the relationship of implant alignment, Harris and Oxford hip scores, and bone remodelling parameters.

Results: In this study of 120 patients, the hip scores and x-rays are examined in the first year after total hip arthroplasty (THA), in order to evaluate bone remodelling in relation to clinical outcomes. Ceramics had the highest incidence (25%) and mean size (1.5 mm) of CH, followed by metal-polyethylene (17%, < 1 mm). No cemented implants exhibited CH. There was no significant relationship of bone remodelling to one-year hip scores, although there were significantly reduced pain scores in cases that exhibited endosteal remodelling at one year. CH in ceramic hips appears to be a mechanical phenomenon that is not associated with pain, varus drift, subsidence, or altered clinical outcome. Cement may buffer the stresses seen by the femur, and hence the stimulus for CH appears to be simply mechanical, and is increased with hardened-bearing surfaces.

Conclusion: CH was more common in ceramic THA than metal-polyethylene, but was not associated with increased thigh pain or altered function. CH did not occur when cement was used, and as such we argue for a mechanical origin of the phenomenon, via altered load transmission into the femur through hardened-bearing surfaces.


S.J. MacDonald

Introduction: A review of the concept of metal-on-metal bearings is presented.

Method: The material is based on a review of the literature and personal experience.

Results: The metal-on-metal bearing couple is enjoying a resurgence in clinical applications seen in both total hip and hip resurfacing technologies. The most significant advantage of a metal-on-metal implant is the improved wear characteristics seen both in vitro on wear simulators and in vivo with retrieved implants. All bearings have disadvantages and a metal-on-metal bearing is no exception. Concerns exist regarding the generation of metal ions seen in both the blood and urine of patients with metal-on-metal implants. These elevated metal ions have theoretical, although not proven, risks related to carcinogenic and biological concerns. In addition, concerns exist regarding hypersensitivity, increased incidence of instability and increased costs. As well, specific patient selection issues arise with metal-on-metal implants and with the current generation of implants only early and mid-term results are available, with no long-term series yet published.

Conclusions: Therefore, while a metal-on-metal bearing may be considered a viable alternative to either polyethylene or ceramic implants, outstanding and unresolved issues continue to exist.


S. Kaspar J. deBeer

Introduction and Aims: Intra-articular steroid hip injection (IASHI) for osteoarthritis of the hip has not been well studied. The immunosuppressive nature of steroids may be hypothesised to interfere with asepsis in subsequent total hip arthroplasty (THA). We evaluate the infectious complications and functional outcomes of THA performed in patients who previously received IASHI.

Method: This is a retrospective cohort study of functional outcomes (Harris and Oxford hip scores), and infectious complications in the first year following THA, in patients without (n=40 controls) or with (n=40) a history of ipsilateral IASHI. Functional scores had been compiled in our database, at one tertiary care centre, and infectious complications (wound infection, deep infection, work-up with bone scans, revision surgery) were retrospectively reviewed from hospital records.

Results: The IASHI group had worse post-THA function (p=0.0008 ANOVA for Oxford functional hip scores across time, with mean one-year scores being worse by seven points out of 60). In the IASHI group there were five revision surgeries, four of which were for deep infection of the hip replacement (10%, versus 0% in controls, versus 1.02% in our database of 979 THA primaries, p < 0.001 by Log-Rank testing of Kaplan-Meier survivor-ship analysis). Additionally, each group had two superficial wound infections. Six additional IASHI patients underwent infectious work-ups for ongoing hip problems (compared to one patient worked-up in the control group). The total rate of culture-proven infection (either superficial or deep), or problems leading to negative infectious work-up, was 12/40 (steroid, 30%) versus 3/40 (control, 7.5%, p = 0.010 by Fisher’s Exact test).

Conclusion: IASHI should now be considered as relatively contra-indicated in patients who are (or will become) candidates for THA. IASHI appears to compromise the functional results of subsequent THA, with much higher infection and revision rates. We suggest a multi-centre review of infected THA post-IASHI.


D.R. Van der Jagt A. Schepers

Introduction and Aims: Rapidly progressive lytic lesions of the calcar develop under the collar of cemented titanium femoral stems inserted in our unit. Progression of the defects slowed after reaching a critical size. Biopsies showed granulomatous lesions with polyethylene particles and multi-nucleate giant cells. The aim of the study was to determine the natural history of these lytic lesions.

Method: We developed a finite element analysis model. We determined the parameters of the FEA model, to reflect the geometry and physical characteristics of the prosthesis-bone construct and also factored in both loading and non-loading parameters. We also determined the characteristics of titanium and cobalt-chrome prostheses.

Results: We determined from the FEA model that there is some vertical displacement of the collar relative to the calcar-cement construct. This displacement is larger in the titanium than the cobalt-chrome model. The magnitude of the displacement is larger than the average polyethylene particle size. On loading and non-loading this displacement allows the development of a pump action, thus concentrating polyethylene particles under the collar of the prosthesis and leading to the granulomatous lytic lesions. The FEA studies demonstrated that the pumping action of the collar became less efficient, but did persist, as the lytic lesions increased in size.

Conclusion: We have explained the development of calcar lytic lesions under the collar of femoral stems. A pump action is present in loading and non-loading phases, sucking in polyethylene particles and allowing granulomatous lesions to form. We recommend caution when using collared femoral prostheses, more so titanium than cobalt-chrome, because of the development of calcar lytic lesions.


A. Lombardi T. Mallory K. Berend

Introduction and Aims: With interest in minimally invasive surgery, and smaller incisions for total hip arthroplasty (THA), ways to ensure appropriate alignment are critical. Femoral stem varus has been associated with poorer results. We report the incidence of varus placement of a tapered, proximally plasma-sprayed, titanium femoral component and describe the outcomes of varus at minimum five-year follow-up.

Method: Between 1986 and 1997, 1080 tapered, proximally plasma-sprayed femoral components were implanted in primary cementless THA at one institution. Twenty-six components in 25 patients were placed in five degrees or more of varus. Two patients were lost to follow-up. The need for further surgery was assessed and Harris hip scores evaluated.

Results: Harris hip scores improved an average of 44 points. All femoral components were judged to be osteo-integrated. There was no displacement or progression into further varus, or impending failures. One well-fixed stem was revised at an outside institution for unexplained pain at 2.5 years. Survival with aseptic loosening as an end-point is 100 percent. Overall survival of the femoral component is 96 percent at 10 years average follow-up.

Conclusion: As visualisation decreases with decreasing incision length, a component that is reliably placed into appropriate position is required. Implant position with this component is forgiving. It may be an excellent choice for less-invasive techniques with compromised visualisation. In varus, the stem performs well, with no revisions for aseptic loosening and a 96 percent survival at up to 16 years.


M. Von Knoch D.C. Collins W.S. Harmsen D.J. Berry C. Engh C.A. Engh

Introduction and Aims: Hip arthroplasty alters stress patterns in the proximal femur, thereby influencing femoral bone remodelling. The purpose of our study was to determine long-term skeletal response to wellfixed total hip arthroplasty.

Method: Seventy-two hips in 66 patients (mean age 57, range 25–72; 29 male, 37 female) were evaluated with standardised measurement protocol after arthroplasty with cemented Charnley (32 hips) or uncemented 5/8 coated AML stem (40 hips). Inclusion criteria: stable implants and complete radiographic record with minimum follow-up 15–20 years. 3159 measurements were made with power calipers and normalised for magnification.

Results: There was time dependent loss of proximal cortical thickness around both stems (AML greater than Charnley; proximal medial greater than proximal lateral cortex, (p< 0.05, all parameters). At 15–20 years, median proximal medial cortical thickness decreased by 12% for Charnley and 70% for AML stems. Median proximal lateral cortical thickness decreased by 9% for Charnley and 21% for AML stems. Median cortical thickness changes around the mid and distal prosthesis for both stems was mild, with a non-statistically significant trend (p> 0.05) towards more cortical loss (2–9%) around Charnley than AML stems (0–8%). The median intramedullary width increased by 1–10%, depending on level (no difference by prosthesis type, p> 0.05). Changes continued progressively over the entire observation period.

Conclusion: This paper provides the first detailed long-term information on the effect of well-functioning hip arthroplasty on femoral morphology in a large patient group. Morphologic changes are most pronounced in the proximal medial femur and vary by implant type. Also, the medullary canal widens around a replaced hip as the patient ages.


V. Vedi W.L. Walter M.D. O’Sullivan W.K. Walter B. Zicat

Introduction and Aims: Periprosthetic fracture is a serious complication of increasing incidence in joint replacement. Our aim was to evaluate periprosthetic fracture patterns in our series of 1152 primary hip arthroplasties using a cementless proximally hydroxyapatie coated anatomic stem and to identify risk factors from parameters measured in our assessment of these patients.

Method: All patients with periprosthetic fracture following primary total hip arthroplasty using the Anatomique Benoist Girard I (ABG I) hip system were identified. Parameters studied included time of fracture after surgery, patient age and fracture classification. The pre-operative cortical index in the fracture group was measured and compared with a group matched for age, gender, diagnosis, and body mass index.

1152 ABG I primary hip arthroplasties were performed in 1037 patients from 1991–1997. Osteoarthritis was diagnosed in 93% of cases. The average age was 65 years; there were 536 females and 501 males. Mean follow-up was 79.6 months.

Results: Thirty-two patients, 16 male and 16 female, suffered a periprosthetic fracture. Thirty-one patients were treated for osteoarthritis and one for a femoral neck fracture. We retrieved complete records on 28 patients.

The average age of the fracture group was 73 years, compared to 65 years for the whole series (p< 0.0001). The incidence of periprosthetic fracture increased with age. The relative risk for patients over 70 years for peri-prosthetic fracture is 4.7 greater (95% CI 2.14–10.21).

Distinct fractures patterns were related to time from initial surgery. Four fractures occurred within three months of surgery; these early fractures exhibited a particular pattern. The remaining 24 occurred between four and 114 months after surgery. These late fractures exhibited a different but consistent fracture pattern. Two fractures in the early group were identified immediately post-operatively. All others presented after minor low energy trauma.

The mean cortical index in the fracture group was 47% and in the matched group 51%. If the pre-operative cortical index is below 50%, the risk of periprosthetic fracture is 4.75 greater (odds ratio 4.75 CI 1.5–15.00).

All fractures were adequately classified and managed by guidelines in the Vancouver classification.

Conclusion: This study identified distinct fracture patterns related to time from surgery. Cortical index and age have predictive value in pre-operative assessment of fracture risk: cortical index below 50 and age above 70 are risk factors for periprosthetic fracture and should be considered with other parameters to minimise risk of this complication.


V.B. Shim I.A. Anderson S. Faraj R.P. Pitto

Introduction and Aims: CT is one of the most versatile and useful medical imaging modalities for computer assisted surgery (CAS) and monitoring bone remodelling. However, the high radiation dosage hinders its widespread use. We describe a method for generating smooth and accurate Finite Element (FE) meshes using CT data with reduced radiation exposure.

Method: We have performed serial CT assisted osteodensitometry measurement on seven patients who had a total hip replacement. FE models were generated automatically with cubic Hermite basis functions for both geometry and density. The meshes were fitted to the geometric and density data sets using least square’s fitting. Density was displayed over the surface of the elements using a colour spectrum. The effect of reducing radiation dosage was studied by generating five different types of FE meshes from each patient with different numbers of CT slices. The different mesh types were generated by varying the gap between slices.

Results: The mesh with the smallest number of CT slices used seven CT scans, with the gap between slices of 3cm on average while the mesh with the largest number of slices used 22 scans with the gap of 0.8cm. For the mesh with the largest number of CT slices, the average error after the geometric fitting was less than 0.5mm. The average error for the density fitting was 70.2 mg/ml. When expressed as the percentage to the overall density data range (0 ~ 1500 mg/ml), the average error was 4.7%. Meshes generated with a smaller number of CT slices had larger errors, and this increased as the number of slices used decreased. The error in geometry dropped dramatically (more than 50%) when more than 10 slices were used, whereas the error in density decreased approximately linearly as the number of slices increased. Overall, it was possible to generate realistic and smooth meshes with a geometrical error of less than 1.5mm and a density error less than 7% using 10 CT slices.

Conclusion: One strength of the current study is that we have used cubic Hermite elements, which requires much less information in generating FE meshes without sacrificing too much accuracy. Our study has shown that we can generate realistic and smooth meshes with about 10 CT slices of the proximal femur. This is important to enhance the power of CT in clinical applications.


P.E. Beaulé M.J. Le Duff H.C. Amstutz R. Biederman P. Mayrhofer

Introduction and Aims: The purpose of this study was to validate in a clinical series a method to measure femoral component migration in surface arthroplasty based on the principles of EBRA-FCA.

Method: The first 400 hybrid MMSA in 355 patients have an average of 3.5 years follow-up (range two to six years). The average age was 48 years, 73% were men and 35% had secondary osteoarthritis. All patients were evaluated prospectively at three months and then yearly. We reviewed the x-rays of 26 hips that had undergone metal-on-metal resurfacing using EBRA-FCA. Minimum follow-up was 3.5 years. Group 1was free of any clinical or radiographic signs of loosening (17 hips); group 2 had failed from femoral component aseptic loosening (nine hips). Mean age for the whole group was 50.7 years (28–67). Sixty-six percent were male and 63% were operated for osteoarthritis. We recorded migrations of 2mm or greater and the time to initiation of migration.

Results: Group 2 showed significantly greater migration than group 1, respectively: 4.57 mm versus 1.62mm for centre of the head (p=0.005), 4.51mm versus 1.05mm for stem tip (p=0.001). Initial migration was significantly sooner in group 2 versus group 1: 19 months versus 29.2 months (p=0.030). In group 2, the average time to first migration detected with EBRA-FCA was significantly less than time to first clinical symptoms: 19 months versus 29.5 months (p=0.003). More importantly, the time to detection of significant migration was shorter than the time to detection of the first metaphyseal stem radiolucency: 19 months versus 24.3 months (p=0.028).

Conclusion: EBRA-FCA represents a reliable tool to measure migration of femoral component, which may become essential in the assessment of the clinical performance of MMSA. It is best used in large clinical series with standardised x-ray technique and limiting the number of observers.


M.R. Downing G.P. Ashcroft

Introduction and Aims: Stem migration determined by Radiostereometry (RSA) typically requires markers attached to the stem. Previous studies with marker-less stems either detem1ined movement of the prosthesis head only, or approximate the stem to a simple geometric model. We compare the precision of this method to one utilising a surface model of the implan.

Method: The first method assumes axially symmetric distal stem (SDS) and hence calculates the stem tip and axis. The method was implemented as an addition to UMRSA (RSA Biomedical AB, Umea, Sweden). Applied originally to manual measurement of radiographs, it is now also implemented as automated digital image analysis for use with Digital UMRSA. The second method (ASRSA) matches a three-dimensional surface model of the stem to the digitised images. Exeter stem models were supplied by the manufacturer (Stryker Howmedica Osteonics, France). Clinical precision of each method was determined from repeat same day RSA examinations obtained from an ongoing study.

Results: Clinical precision, given as the 99% confidence interval, was calculated as 3.5 times the median absolute difference of the repeat measurement. Patient and radiographic equipment were repositioned for the repeat examination. All repeat pairs were from different patients. For analysis, 43 pairs were available for the manual SDS method and 23 for digital SDS. For ASRSA, only nine pairs of Exeter stems had 3D models available for analysis. ASRSA translational precision was 0.1mm transverse, 0.1mm axial, and 0.2mm sagittal. Rotational precision was 0.3 degrees transversely, 0.9 degrees axially and 0.2 degrees sagittally. Digital analysis improved the precision of the SDS method considerably compared to manual analysis, in particular axial rotation from 3.1 to 1.3 degrees and sagittal translation from 0.8 to 0.4mm, however it was still between 1.4 and five times worse than the ASRSA method.

The poor result of the SDS method in axial rotation is probably due to the breakdown of axial symmetry, whereas the excellent result of the ASRSA method is comparable to that published for marked stems. Current results are limited in number and type of implant; further work is now being carried out in larger numbers and with more stems.

Conclusion: Surface model-based digital RSA can give a precision comparable to that for implants with attached markers. This has important implications, since it can dramatically increase the power of migration results where beads have not been used and can be applied to RSA studies retrospectively.


D.F. Scott J.N. Woltz

Introduction and Aims: This study evaluated the proximal femoral remodelling associated with three uncemented femoral prostheses of different designs and surface treatments. We hypothesised that less bone loss will occur over time with a titanium implant designed for proximal stress transfer compared to a more rigid stem that produces diaphyseal loading.

Method: During total hip arthroplasty (THA), patients were implanted with either: AML cobalt-chrome alloy porous-coated stem (11 patients), Osteonics titanium alloy hydroxyapatite-coated stem (13 patients), or Sulzer titanium alloy hydroxyapatite-coated stem (eight patients). All patients followed the same surgical and post-surgical protocol for THA. Dual energy x-ray absorptiometry (DEXA) scans of the operated proximal femur were performed on all patients pre-operatively, three to seven days post-operatively, and then six weeks, six months, and annually up to five years post-operatively. Longitudinal changes in bone mineral density (BMD) were compared within and between the two groups.

Results: Using the first post-op DEXA scan as baseline, the percent change in BMD (g/cm2) at one year was −17.06% in patients implanted with the AML stem. The percent change in BMD at one year was −3.06% in the Osteonics group and in the Sulzer group, the percent change in BMD at one year was −4.11%. The greater bone loss observed with the AML stem was found to be statistically different than the bone loss observed with the other two stems. These findings continued at three and five years post-operatively.

Conclusion: There was a trend toward less bone atrophy and preservation of bone stock in patients implanted with both the HA and Sulzer stems. Extensively coated, diaphyseal-fitting, CoCr stems (AML) definitely caused greater bone loss, both proximally and in the diaphysis.


D.F. Scott J.N. Woltz

Introduction and Aims: This study evaluates the effect of risedronate (Actonel) on proximal femoral bone loss after total hip arthroplasty (THA). Studies have shown that alendronate (Fosamax) reduces periprosthetic bone loss after primary THA. We hypothesise that patients who take risedronate, post-THA, will have less bone loss than patients not taking risedronate.

Method: All patients in this prospective study undergo uncemented THA and follow the same post-operative protocol. Patients in the study group take five mg of risedronate daily, beginning five to seven days pre-operatively, and continuing for 24 months after surgery. Patients randomised to the control group do not receive risedronate. Dual energy x-ray absorptiometry (DEXA) scans of the operated proximal femur are performed on all patients pre-operatively, three to seven days post-operatively, and then six weeks, six months, one year and two years post-operatively. Longitudinal changes in bone mineral density (BMD) are compared within and between the two groups.

Results: Analysis of data for female subjects showed the percent change in BMD (g/cm2) for the control group at six months was −9.71% and for the study group −4.55%. Longitudinal changes in BMD between groups were examined using repeated measures analysis within each gender and were found to be significantly different between groups of females (p=.05). A similar trend was observed among the male subjects. One and two-year prospective data will be presented at the meeting.

Conclusion: Bone loss after THA can increase the rate of failure of THA and cause revision surgery to be more complex and have compromised outcomes. Short-term data reveal significantly decreased bone loss after uncemented THA among patients taking risedronate.


R. Sekel R. Eberle M. Richardson W. Lanzer D. Gibson L. Kwong B. Mallin A. Infante

Introduction and Aims: Currently, multiple femoral component types and sizes exist for primary total hip arthroplasty. However, component sizes for small femoral geometry are generally not available. The purpose of this study is to present the short-term use of a femoral component with sizes that extend into small femoral morphometry applications.

Method: Between November 2001 and December 2003, 20 primary THA cases and three revision THA cases were performed utilising a non-cemented, dual threaded, cone shaped (DTCS) modular femoral component manufactured in off-the-shelf sizes, which include those sizes for small femora. The components are made of CoCr and include a size ‘Z’ (19mm proximal, 9mm distal) and a size ‘Y’ (17mm proximal, 8mm distal). Both components have hydroxyapatite coating for stimulating increased bone on-growth and a modular neck allowing intra-operative adjustments of leg length, version, offset and neck length.

Results: The average patient follow-up was 10 months (range 64 days to 27 months). There were 19 (83%) hips in which the ‘Z’ component was used, and four (17%) hips with the ‘Y’ component. Radiographic evaluation revealed well-fixed and positioned components with evidence of bone densing in areas in intimate contact with the DTCS component. Radiographic evidence of minor stress shielding was observed in the greater trochanter (Gruen Zone 1) and the proximal calcar/neck cut region (Gruen Zone 7). Two revision cases (8%) required the additional use of a 6cm modular extension component (MEC) to bridge a proximal femoral deficiency. Two cases (8%) required adjunctive strut allografting at the time of surgery to protect a thin or deficient femoral cortex. There were no reported postoperative complications related to the femoral component. There was no disassociation of the modular neck from the femoral stem and there was no incidence of femoral component fracture.

Conclusion: While expanding component profile offerings into larger sizes is common, developing similar component designs for abnormally small femora is uncommon, beyond the scope of the materials used and only done as a ‘custom’ order. The DTCS modular femoral component used affords a versatile option when presented with cases involving small femoral morphometry. We conclude that the DTCS component in smaller sizes is promising and warranted for continued use.


W. L. Bargar J. K. Taylor J. C. McCarthy R. H. Turner A. M. Digioia D.C. Mears

Introduction and Aims: A recently reported study and reports in the German lay press have indicated that there may be an increased incidence of limp following Robodoc THR. This paper presents the detailed functional aspects from the first randomised US FDA multicentre trial.

Method: The controlled randomised trial was conducted from 1994–98, with 136 hip replacements performed on 119 patients at three centres. The implants were either AML (Depuy) or Osteoloc (Howmedica). Twenty-eight patients were lost to follow-up at two years. Twenty-four month Harris hip score surveys for the remaining 108 patients – 53 Robodoc and 55 Control – were reviewed and relevant scores were tabulated for limp and use of support aids.

Results: In the Robodoc group, 45 patients had no limp and eight patients had slight to moderate limp. In the control group, 44 patients had no limp, and 11 patients had slight to moderate limp. The average Harris limp score was 10.49 for the Robodoc group and 10.24 for the control group (NS). In the use of supportive aids and canes, at 24 months, there was essentially no difference between the average of the scores. In the Robodoc group,47 patients required no aids, and six required the use of a cane. In the control group, 49 patients required no supportive aids, and six patients required the use of a cane.

Conclusions: In this randomised controlled study no statistically significant difference was found between the Robodoc and the manual method in the incidence of limp and use of supportive aids, following primary Total Hip Arthroplasty. This data is also consistent with other published studies using Robodoc and is in contrast to a recent study from one centre.


R.J.K. Khan D. Fick B. Nivbrant P. Khoo D.J. Wood

Introduction and Aims: A number of ‘minimally invasive’ approaches have been described which are essentially a standard approach through a smaller incision: the term ‘mini-incision’ is more appropriate. We describe a new technique that is truly soft-tissue sparing and report our early results.

Method: Following Malchau’s principles we performed cadaver studies to familiarise ourselves with the approach before conducting a pilot study. The approach involves a 6–8cm oblique incision over the posterior aspect of the greater trochanter. Care is taken to preserve piriformis and gluteus maximus. Meticulous capsular repair is performed through drill holes into bone at the end of the procedure to reconstruct the posterior envelope. There are no restrictions to mobility post-op.

Patients were scored pre-operatively and followed up prospectively. The only special instruments required are two large curved Hohmann retractors and an angled cup introducer.

Results: One hundred and one consecutive routine primary total hip replacements were performed via the ‘piriformis-sparing minimally invasive approach’ by a single surgeon. Marked on-table stability was noted in all hips prior to capsular repair.

Forty-two percent of patients were male. Mean age was 68.9 years (42–90) and BMI 26 (14–39). Average operation time was 64.1 minutes and anaesthetic time 92.5 minutes. Mean fall in haemoglobin in the first 24 hours was 2.3g/dl. Mean incision length was 7.4cm.

Follow-up was a minimum of one year (range 12–29 months). There was a highly statistically significant improvement in WOMAC and SF-36 scores at three and 12 months post-operatively (p< 0.0001). Early medical complications occurred in 12 patients, including two superficial infections, all of which resolved. There were no peri-prosthetic fractures and importantly, no dislocations. There were two re-operations: one revision for cup displacement and one washout for deep infection.

Conclusion: We believe that the marked stability that we achieve on-table is only possible by sparing piriformis and careful capsular repair. As with all new procedures however, there is a learning curve for both surgeon and assistant. Preliminary results from our pilot study may be interpreted with guarded optimism.


A. Lombardi T. Mallory

Introduction and Aims: Successful cementless total hip arthroplasty (THA) is well documented, with increasing reports in elderly patients. Concerns exist with respect to the ability to achieve and maintain long-term cementless femoral fixation in this patient population. This study reviews the clinical and radiographic outcomes of a tapered porous femoral component in cementless THA in elderly patients.

Method: Forty-nine hips in 47 patients over 74 years of age underwent primary cementless THA with a tapered stem between April 1996 and April 2000. All femoral heads were sent to pathology. Radiographs, Harris hip scores and clinical data were evaluated. Revision status was known for all hips.

Results: Average age: 79 years, mean follow-up was 46 months. Six patients died during the study (mean 40 months) all THA unrelated. Twenty-two peri-operative variances occurred. There were no dislocations. Three irrigation and drainage procedures were performed, and no revisions. Mean post-operative HHS improved by 33, with 87 percent of patients having no or minimal pain. We identified two cases of stem subsidence to a stable position with no progressive radiolucencies. Mean length of stay was 4.5 days. One patient required intensive care, 52 percent were discharged to home. Metastatic cancer was identified in one femoral head.

Conclusion: Using revision status as an end-point, the success rate was 100 percent. No peri-operative deaths or significant orthopaedic complications were identified. Advanced age and Dorr C anatomy is not a contraindication for tapered cementless THA. The femoral head should routinely be sent to pathology.


W.L. Bargar T.J. Blumenfeld

Introduction and Aims: In the original randomised USFDA multi-centre clinical trial, the radiographic results showed superior surgical technique for ROBODOC, but at the expense of increased surgical time (258 min. vs. 134 min.) and blood loss (1189cc vs. 644cc). Although this did not result in any increase in complications, improvements in the method of registration (DigiMatchTM) and faster cutting times have resulted in a more efficient procedure. This study represents a preliminary report of the blood loss and surgical time encountered in a new randomised controlled study of the DigiMatchTM version of ROBODOC.

Method: This is an uneven randomised controlled study comparing primary THR using the DigiMatchTM ROBODOC Surgical Assistant (Integrated Surgical Systems, Inc.) with the standard conventional technique. To date there are 80 consecutive patients (three bilateral) with 83 hips (65 Robodoc, 18 control). Inclusion and exclusion criteria, similar to those used in the initial USFDA multi-centre trial, were used in this study. The blood loss (as estimated by the anesthesiologist) and the surgical time (from incision to skin closure) were recorded and analysed using ANOVA.

Results: Average age (59.15 vs. 60.17 years) and weight (190.92 vs. 188.50 lbs.) were not significantly different (p> 0.65). The avgerage blood loss was also not significantly different (471.54cc for Robodoc vs. 405.56 for control, p=0.256) with a 95% confidence interval of −174.4 to +42.4cc. Surgical time was different at 121.92 min. for Robodoc and 85min. for control (p< 0.00). There was no difference in the need for transfusion. There were no device-related adverse events.

Conclusion: The results of this preliminary report of the DigiMatchTM Robodoc Surgical Assistant, coupled with the prior finding of improved radiographic results, seem to validate the initial concept and indicate the potential clinical utility of the device. We anxiously await the combined results of the three centres currently participating in the study.


D. Fick R. Khan B. Nivbrant D. Wood

Introduction and Aims: The Lateral Femoral Cutaneous Nerve is placed at risk of iatrogenic injury in the dual incision minimally invasive approach THA. A number of trials have indicated rates of injury up to 30%. This clinical and cadaver study examined the morphology of the nerve in 101 cadaver specimens and in 78 dual incision THA patients.

Method: One hundred and one lateral femoral cutaneous nerves of the thigh were dissected in fresh and formalin embalmed specimens. Dissection was limited to the anterior thigh and the branch pattern of the LFCN recorded. Dual incision patients were followed prospectively and examined with regard to LFCN paraesthesia.

Results: Despite the variability of the nerve, three basic morphologic patterns emerged. Approximately 55% had a major medial trunk and smaller lateral branch, 30% involved two distinct large branches and 15% had a trifurcation or other pattern.

In our clinical series, over 30% of patients experienced paraesthesia and some experienced a burning dysaesthesia in the distribution of the LFCN.

Conclusion: Iatrogenic injury to the LFCN is relatively common in the dual incision minimally invasive THA and patients must be informed of such a risk. Based on this study we have slightly modified our incision and approach.


Full Access
W.L. Bargar

Introduction and Aims: Genetic defects causing dwarfism occur in approximately one in 10,000 live births. There are over 200 types, with achondoplasia, spondyloepiphyseal dysplasia, diastrophic dwarfism and hypopituitarism being the most common. Another frequent cause of short stature is juvenile rheumatoid arthritis. Most types of dwarfism result in arthrosis of major joints, resulting in significant disability. Hip replacement can offer significant improvement in quality of life, but there are inherent difficulties due to size and anatomic variations.

Method: Short stature of less than 4 feet 10 inches was defined as dwarfism. Eight patients meeting this criterion underwent total hip replacement, either primary or revision, with six being bilateral, resulting in a total of 14 hips for study. The diagnoses were: two JRA, two Mucolipdosis III, one Dyastrophic Dwarfism, one Spondyloepiphyseal Dysplasia, one Thalasemia, and one Congenital Rickets. In each case, a CT-based custom cementless femoral component was used. The patients were followed prospectively with the Harris hip scale and serial radiographs. Average follow-up was nine years (two to 14).

Results: The average total Harris hip score improved from 35 pre-operatively to 66 at last follow-up, with the average Harris pain score increasing from 10 to 31 (out of a maximum of 44). Five hips have been reoperated: two for combined acetabular and femoral loosening, one for acetabular loosening, one for recurrent dislocation and one for late hematogenous infection.

Conclusions: Hip replacement in dwarfs presents a complex technical challenge, but can result in significant improvement in pain, function and quality of life. CT-based custom femoral components are recommended.


R. Sekel R. Debi R. Kardosh

Introduction and Aims: Minimal Invasive Surgery (MIS) in THR surgery offers potential advantages over standard techniques. A user-friendly surgical technique has been developed via the posterior approach to the hip using a single six to eight centimetre incision, and requiring no special instrumentation other than three long Homan retractors of standard design. The technique has been used to date in 80 sequential non-obese patients undergoing both uncemented and cemented THRs.

Method: Five cemented and 75 uncemented THR procedures were performed in the lateral position via a segment of the standard posterior approach incision, centred just behind the greater trochanter. The pre- and post-operative SF12, WOMAC, Harris hip score and Pain score were assessed prospectively; blood loss, theatre time and intra-operative and post-operative complications were charted, and compared with 40 matched standard incision patients. Cup and stem component positioning was assessed radiologically. The Body Mass Index (BMI) and the incision length were charted in each patient. The post-operative time to full weightbearing and stair climbing was charted.

Results: There was no statistical difference in SF12, WOMAC, Harris hip score and Pain score in the two groups of patients. Blood loss was slightly reduced, but theatre time and intra-operative and post-operative complications were not increased. Cup and stem positioning on x-ray was not compromised. Immediate full weightbearing was allowed, including stair climbing post-operatively in all patients.

Conclusion: MIS THR via the posterior approach is a safe and reproducible procedure, for both cemented and uncemented prostheses. It requires no special instrumentation or long learning phase for the experienced hip surgeon. Blood loss, theatre time and morbidity have not been increased, allowing a rapid discharge program as a routine.


J.D. Gollish D.M. Kennedy P.W. Stratford S.E. Hanna J. Wessel

Introduction and Aims: A growing number of studies suggest worse pre-operative functional status is associated with worse outcome in terms of both function and pain after total hip (THA) and knee (TKA) arthroplasty. A gap in these studies, however, is the lack of physical performance measures to validate the self-reported findings.

Method: Using a repeated measures design, 152 subjects with endstage osteoarthritis were assessed at multiple points over the first four post-operative months. Outcome measures included the six-minute walk test (6MWT), timed up and go test (TUG), and the pain and physical function subscales of the Western Ontario and McMaster Universities Osteoarthritis Index (WOMAC). Average growth curves and individual variations in the pattern were characterised using hierarchical linear modelling. Following validation of the basic developmental models, predictors of recovery were sequentially modelled. Gender, baseline pre-operative function, site of replacement, age, additional outpatient rehabilitation, and number of co-morbidities were investigated as predictors.

Results: In the models explored, a second-degree polynomial growth term provided a reasonable fit for the data over the study interval. Baseline pre-operative score was a significant predictor (p< .001) in all of the models. A significant interaction (p< .0005) was observed between the growth parameter (weeks post-surgery) and baseline pre-operative score for the 6MWT. Patients with better pre-operative scores are predicted to improve their 6MWT distances faster. Although gender was a significant predictor (p< .0005) of TUG and 6MWT performance at one week post-operatively (women slower), it was not a predictor in the WOMAC models. No significant interaction was observed between the growth parameter and gender in either of the 6MWT or TUG models. Site of replacement (hip or knee) was a significant predictor (p< .001) of one-week scores in all of the models except for the WOMAC physical function subscale. In both performance measure models, the average growth curves demonstrate that patients post-THA are predicted to start with worse function, however, their growth rates are faster over the studied interval. Co-morbidities, age and additional outpatient rehabilitation were not explanatory variables for any of the models.

Conclusions: Performance measurement demonstrated that women started with worse function than men one week after surgery, but thereafter had similar rates of improvement. The importance of pre-operative function as a predictor of post-operative recovery cannot be overlooked. Patient and surgeon’s expectations of outcome need to take pre-operative function into account.


Full Access
P.R. Kay

Introduction and Aims: Official governmental data indicates that infection rates for hip and knee replacement vary between zero and eight percent between institutions with and average rate of between one and two percent. Despite an apparent increase in our understanding of infection and increased use of antibiotics, decontamination and surgical technology infection remains a major problem, accounting for up to 10% of all revision procedures. The aim of this paper is to review where infection comes from, what turns a contamination into an infection and how infection can be avoided.

Method: The organisms causing contamination of 125 primary joint replacements have been studied prospectively and compared to the organisms found at 334 revisions for deep infection. The antibiotic sensitivities, virulence and genetic ability to produce biofilms have been studied. The use of pre-operative screening for MRSA in 9000 patients undergoing elective surgery is compared to 2500 microbiological specimens taken for possible infection during the same time period to assess the importance of MRSA in prosthetic infection. The genetic susceptibility to infection, relationship between post-operative pyrexia and deep prosthetic infection and the use of blood transfusion and infection is investigated.

Results: At least 70% of all primary joint replacements are contaminated with bacteria. The commonest contaminant is Staph. epidermidis, which is the commonest organism causing deep infection. The Staph. epidermidis causing deep infection is genetically a much stronger producer of biofilms than other strains of Staph. epidermidis. Five percent of the contaminating Staph. epidermidis is multi-resistant to antibiotics and is not susceptible to routine antibiotic prophylaxis. In our institution all elective patients are screened for MRSA. One percent of patients are carriers. Deep infection with MRSA is uncommon, with MRSA accounting for less than 2% of cases, however infection with Staph. epidermidis is the most common accounting for 60% of all infection, but of concern is that 55% of all infecting Staph. epidermidis is methicillin-resistant. The organism of concern is therefore MRSE not MRSA. Post-operative pyrexia actually protects against infection. The temperature charts of 40 patients who subsequently developed deep infection when compared to the charts of 200 patients without deep infection indicates that a low post-operative temperature is associated with an increased risk of infection, possibly indicating depressed immunity. Post-operative blood transfusion in 100 patients is shown to decrease immunity and increase nosocomial infection and wound healing problems, indicating that the immune modulation at the time of surgery is probably a major factor in post-operative infection. Finally, comprehensive genetic studies in patients undergoing long-term follow-up at Wrightington indicate definite genetic susceptibility to deep infection in certain patient groups.

Conclusion: We do not understand prosthetic infection. We screen and worry about the wrong organisms, we wrongly worry about post-operative pyrexia, we increase the susceptibility of our patients to infection by blood transfusion and give the wrong antibiotics. We may be able to completely avoid infection if we redirect our efforts and stop relying on powerful broad spectrum antibiotics alone.


G.P. Penney P.J. Edwards J.H. Hipwell D.J. Hawkes M. Slomczykowski I. Revie

Introduction and Aims: A method has been designed to accurately measure post-operative alignment of hip (acetabular) and knee (femoral and tibial) prosthetic components relative to the pre-operative plan. Conventional methods involve 2D measurements; this new method uses 2D-3D registration to align both the prosthesis and the pre-operative CT volume to the post-operative x-ray.

Method: The method uses an automatic approach to align a CAD model of the prosthesis to the post-operative x-ray. A rendering of the prosthesis is produced and overlaid onto the post-operative x-ray image. The prosthesis can be rotated and translated in 3D to match the outline of the rendering shown on the post-operative x-ray. An initial manual procedure is used to align the rendering of the bone surface from pre-operative CT to the bony anatomy on the post-operative x-ray. This manual registration position is then used as a starting position for an automated intensity-based registration algorithm.

Results: The automated intensity-based registration algorithm allowed 3D verification of the prosthesis position. A number of digitally reconstructed radiographs (DRRs) were produced by casting rays through the pre-operative CT volume. The DRRs were then compared with the post-operative X-ray image using a similarity measure. This similarity measurement was optimised using gradient decent-type search strategy to alter the rotation and translation parameters. If the Hounsfield numbers of the voxels, which the casting rays passed through, were integrated along the ray and projected onto an imaging plane, a radiograph-like image was produced. To concentrate the area of registration and thus quicken registration algorithm, the user also manually defined a region of registration interest. Hence, DRRs were only produced within the region of interest. Due to the large size of the pelvis and tube-like nature of the femur and tibia, a total of 10 starting positions were used for this algorithm. These starting positions were found by adding random Gaussian noise to the parameters found using the manual process. The registration position was defined as the final position that produced the best similarity measurement value.

Conclusion: Validation has demonstrated this method’s accuracy in calculating the post-operative position of acetabular and knee prostheses with respect to the pre-operative plan. The results are repeatable, robust and enable pre- and post-operative 3D implant position comparison. The inaccuracies observed with conventional methods due to incorrect alignment on x-ray are reduced.


A. Young A. Ellis J. Rohrsheim

Introduction and Aims: This study was designed to assess the impact of lower limb arthroplasty on performance and other outcome measures in active golfers. The aim was to obtain justification data prior to proceeding with a much larger prospective study.

Method: Subjects were selected for inclusion in the study on the basis of having undergone lower limb arthroplasty surgery and actively playing golf at a social or competitive level at least fortnightly. Data was collected retrospectively by the use of a self-administered, patient-orientated questionnaire. Pre- and post-joint replacement data was obtained for: Australian Golf Union (AGU) handicap; driving and longest iron distances; frequency and duration of golf rounds played; use of motorised assistance; and pain, stiffness, swelling and subjective performance scores. Demographics, length of time to return to playing golf post-operatively and post-operative complications were also recorded.

Results: Results were obtained from 25 subjects with 33 joints in total replaced, 24 male and one female, mean age 70.6 years (range 53–81 years) and average time to survey post-arthroplasty was five years and 10 months. The right knee was replaced in 30.3% of subjects, left knee 27.3%, right hip 24.2% and left hip 18.2%. Eight of the 25 subjects reported complications with three requiring further surgery. There were no reports of dislocation. The average time taken to resume golfing activity post-arthroplasty was 15.4 weeks (range 5–52 weeks). Subjects demonstrated a mean increase in their AGU handicap of 1.6 strokes (p< 0.05). Average drive distance off the tee shortened by 8.6 metres (p< 0.05), with a similar change for average longest iron length, in the magnitude of 7.4 metres (p< 0.05). There was no significant change in the numbers of rounds played per month, with a mean of 8.9 pre-joint replacement and 8.3 after surgery. Wilcoxon signed-ranks test values were significant (p < 0.05) for comparison of pre to post-joint replacement, showing a decrease in reported symptoms of pain, stiffness and swelling following joint replacement. A highly significant (p< 0.001) finding was a reduction in the subjective impact of joint symptoms on golf performance post-arthroplasty.

Conclusion: Although subjects seem to be more satisfied with their golf by playing with less joint pain, stiffness and swelling, they appear to do so with an actual decrease in objective performance. These significant findings support conducting a much larger prospective study looking at the impact of arthroplasty on golf activity, and vice versa.


S. Sharma P.D.R Scott

Introduction and Aims: Use of non-steroidals (NSAIDs) and additional factors such as advanced age, anticoagulants and co-morbid diseases, commonly found in patients with arthritis, increases the risk of upper gastrointestinal (UGI) bleeding. Our aim was to assess the incidence of peri-operative UGI bleeding in patients having hip and knee replacements for arthritis.

Method: A single centre, retrospective study was conducted on 100 consecutive hip replacements and 100 consecutive knee replacements performed at Victoria Infirmary, Glasgow, between 1998 and 2000.

Results: The mean age was 74 (41–86). Sixty-three percent of our patients were female. Seventeen percent of the patients had a previous history of UGI problems, of which only 50% were on gastro-protective medication. Fifty-four percent of the patients were on NSAIDs and all patients received anticoagulants (78 aspirin, 122 clexane) peri-operatively. Nine patients (4.5%) had UGI bleeding in the post-operative period. Five patients had endoscopies, which revealed bleeding from gastric ulcers (three), duodenal ulcer (one) and barretts oesophagus (one). Four patients, who had one episode of UGI bleeding, did not have endoscopies. All the nine patients with UGI bleeding were patients who had been on NSAIDs and anticoagulants (six clexane, three aspirin). These nine patients were from the group of patients who were not on any gastro-protective medication. Five of these patients requiring a hospital stay of more than two weeks.

Conclusion: We believe that the incidence of UGI bleeding in patients undergoing hip and knee replacements is underestimated. We propose gastro protective agents in the peri-operative period for patients on NSAIDs.


J.D. Gollish D.M. Kennedy P.W. Stratford S.E. Hanna J. Wessel

Introduction and Aims: With the current trend to minimally invasive techniques for total hip (THA) and knee arthroplasty (TKA), an understanding of early functional recovery for traditional surgical approaches is required for outcome comparison. Patterns of recovery for self-report and physical performance measures were therefore explored during the early post-operative period.

Method: One hundred and fifty-two patients were assessed pre-operatively and several times over the first four post-operative months. The pain and physical function subscales of the Western Ontario and McMaster Universities Osteoarthritis Index (WOMAC), the six-minute walk (6MWT) and timed up and go test (TUG) were used as outcome measures. Hierarchical linear modelling was used to characterise the average pattern of recovery for each measure. Model development began with a parameter that estimated the patients’ self-reported or actual measured function at one week postoperatively and a parameter that estimated the patients’ rate of change for every week thereafter.

Results: Sixty-nine subjects underwent THA and 83 underwent TKA with a mean age of 63.8 + 10.2 years. Different patterns of recovery and predictors of change were observed for the WOMAC subscales and physical performance measures. The growth models for the performance measures were more complex, including more predictors and interaction terms. The model for the physical function subscale was the simplest. In addition to the growth parameters and the intercept, baseline function was the only other model parameter influencing the estimated score at one week. A striking difference between the WOMAC and performance measure growth curves concerned the point at which pre-operative scores are predicted to be met. The predicted scores for the WOMAC subscales either reach or exceed the pre-operative scores at one to two weeks post-surgery in comparison to the 6MWT and TUG, which do not reach these levels until six to eight weeks post-surgery. It would appear that the physical function subscale of the WOMAC does not reflect the early deterioration that occurs in physical function. The predicted growth curves for the TUG confirm its usefulness as a physical function measure only in the early recovery period, as a ceiling effect occurred around 10 weeks.

Conclusion: The physical function subscale of the WOMAC may not always accurately reflect physical function. Using only self-report measures to compare traditional surgical approaches to minimally invasive techniques might miss significant differences in recovery of physical function. Using both physical performance and self-report measures to monitor early recovery is recommended.


R. Khan B. Nivbrant D. Wood D. Fick

Introduction and Aims: The use of ‘superglue’ (2-Octylcyanoacrylate) in wound closure is well established in other surgical specialties, but not described in orthopaedics. The aim was to compare superglue with staples and subcuticular suture in a prospective randomised trial.

Method: One hundred and fifty patients admitted for a primary total knee or hip replacement were randomised to receive either clips, continuous subcuticular suture (3.0 Monocryl) or ‘superglue’ for wound closure. All knee replacements were mobilised on the day of surgery with CPM and hip replacements on the first post-operative day. Patients’ wounds were assessed on day one and at six weeks by a blinded observer.

Results: There were 80 hips and 70 total knee replacements performed; 51 wounds were closed with clips, 50 with suture and 49 with superglue. Mean duration of skin closure was significantly shorter with staples, and superglue was significantly faster than suture. There was no significant difference in the complication rates between the groups, including infection, dehiscence or allergic reaction. There was significantly more ooze by day one from the wounds closed with clips than the other two groups. Significantly more of the wounds closed with glue had no strike-through on to the dressing, and were therefore deemed to be ‘sealed’. Patient satisfaction at six weeks was significantly higher with superglue and suture than staples. The suture and super-glue groups had higher median scores on the Hollander wound evaluation scale than staples, however the difference was not statistically significant. Surgeon satisfaction with technique was highest with superglue and staples (no significant difference between the groups), and significantly higher than with subcuticular suture.

Conclusion: Superglue is safe to use for skin closure in primary knee and hip arthroplasty. Although closure with staples is faster, superglue is associated with less wound ooze and better patient satisfaction. The cosmetic result with superglue is comparable to that of subcuticular sutures but has a better surgeon satisfaction score.


S. Bajammal M. Bhandari L. Griffith G. Guyatt T. Einhorn

Introduction and Aims: Periprosthetic bone loss is responsible for the majority of cases of implant failure after total joint arthroplasty. Bisphosphonates are effective in reducing bone loss in many conditions associated with accelerated bone turnover. Our aim was to determine the effect of bisphosphonates on periprosthetic bone mineral density (BMD, g/cm2) after total joint arthroplasty.

Method: We conducted computerised searches for randomised controlled trials, evaluating the effects of bisphosphonates on periprosthetic bone mineral density in patients undergoing primary total joint arthroplasty. We searched MEDLINE, EMBASE, CINAHL, the Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials, the Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews and the United Kingdom National Research Register Web-site to November 2003. Computerised searches of the archives of AAOS Annual Meetings 1989–2003 were also conducted. Additional strategies to identify articles included a hand search of the bibliographies of relevant articles and direct contact with the authors.

Results: Of 386 citations initially identified, nine citations met our eligibility criteria. The total number of randomised controlled trials was six (five published and one abstract). Four trials evaluated total hip arthroplasty and two examined total knee arthroplasty. Five trials used alendronate and one used pamidronate. Quality scores ranged from 65 to 75. The pooled sample size was 290 patients. Less periprosthetic bone loss occurred in the intervention group compared to the control group at the following follow-up intervals: three months (n=128, Weighted Mean Difference (WMD): 3.3%, 95% Confidence Interval (CI): 1.9–4.7, p< 0.01); six months (n=224, WMD: 4.5%, CI: 1.6–7.4, p< 0.001); and 12 months (n=173, WMD: 4.2%, CI: 1.5–6.9, p=0.03). Tests of heterogeneity revealed greater maintenance of BMD in cemented arthroplasty than in uncemented arthroplasty (WMD: 7.5%, CI: 4.3–10.7 versus WMD: 2.1%, CI: 0.61–3.6, respectively, p< 0.001) at 12 months follow-up.

Conclusion: Bisphosphonates have a beneficial effect on maintaining periprosthetic bone stock compared to control after total joint arthroplasty. The effect seems greater in cemented arthroplasty and total knee arthroplasty. Whether this increase in BMD results in improved fixation and longevity of prosthetic components remains unanswered. Larger trials evaluating the effect of bisphosphonates on rates of implant loosening and functional outcomes are needed.


R. Petrella1 M. Riviere1

Introduction and Aims: To evaluate within a retrospective naturalistic setting, the efficacy and the tolerance of intra-articular viscosupplementation of hyaluronic acid (HA) (Suplasyn®, Bioniche Life Sciences Inc.) for the treatment of osteoarthritis.

Method: A cross-sectional and retrospective cohort analysis was performed on a database of more than 53,000 patients in 35 family practice clinics in southwestern Ontario. Data (prevalence of osteoarthritis, incidence of affected joints, treatment co-morbidities, pharmacoeconomic parameters…) was downloaded quarterly to the central laboratory. Success factors were examined in terms of co-morbity/BMI/age. Responders were evaluated with Global Assessment as well as percentage of decrease in pain and percentage of increase in mobility with the Visual Analogue Scale (VAS). Comparison with other products (chondroitin sulfate, glucosamine sulfate) in the same indication was done in terms of efficacy and safety.

Results: Based on the preliminary findings on 1611 intra-articular injections in 537 patients, HA was well tolerated and significantly reduced the pain and OA symptoms of the patient treated. The patient’s walking and rest VAS compared with baseline were significantly improved. The patient’s pain VAS comparing standard of care and other products for the same indication versus those treated with intra-articular administration of HA would determine the positive responders.

Conclusion: Improvement in pain control and function were observed as a result of intra-articular injections of HA. This represents an alternative therapy to the existent usual care. Long-term follow-up and additional case studies, which will be afforded by the above-mentioned database, will be invaluable.


K. Mohanty J.N. Powell D. Musso M. Traboulsi L. Belankie J.V. Tyberg B. Mullen

Introduction and Aims: Acute intramedullary stabilisation of femoral shaft fractures in multiply injured patients remains controversial. Intravasation of medullary fat during nailing has been suspected to trigger ARDS. This study investigates the effect of a filter placed into the ipsilateral common iliac vein during medullary canal pressurisation in a canine experiment.

Method: Using an established model, 12 mongrel dogs were randomised into two groups. Under general anesthesia, cannulations were performed to measure left and right-sided pressures. Transoesophageal echocardiography was performed in all dogs. A special ‘TRAP ‘filter was inserted percutaneously into the left common iliac vein in six dogs, whereas the other six served as controls. In all dogs, the left femora and tibiae were then pressurised by injection of bone cement and insertion of intramedullary rods. Hemodynamic measurements and echocardiography images were recorded continuously. After one hour, the animals were sacrificed and the lungs were harvested for histomorphommetric analysis.

Results: The mean pulmonary artery pressure at three minutes of pressurisation was 12mm of Hg in the filter group and 28mm of Hg in the control group. There was increase in the peak systolic pulmonary artery pressure and the right ventricular pressure after canal pressurisation in the control group, whereas no such changes were observed in the filter groups. The pulmonary vascular resistance as denoted by the difference between the mean pulmonary artery pressure and the end diastolic left ventricular pressure increased significantly (p< 0.05) at three, five, 10,15 and 30 minutes after pressurisation in the control group when compared to the baseline value. In the filter group, the pulmonary vascular resistance increased only slightly after pressurisation. Transesophageal echocardiography images were analysed by a blinded echocardiologist. There was evidence of moderate to severe embolisation in the control group with detection of large echogenic particles. In comparison, there was mild grade of embolisation in the filter group. Histological analysis showed statistically significant difference between the two groups, when comparison of the percentage of area of lung tissue occupied by fat, the percentage of pulmonary vasculature occupied by fat and the maximum size of the embolus were made (p< 0.05).

Conclusion: This study has conclusively demonstrated that mechanical blockade by venous filters prior to medullary canal pressurisation, significantly reduces the embolic load and its effect on the lungs. A retrievable filter with a system to remove the accumulated marrow content is being developed for use in high-risk patients.


RL Williams E Garrido A Fazal

Tibiotalocalcaneal (TTC) fusion is indicated in rheumatoid patients with combined ankle and subtalar disease, particularly when severe deformity is present. In theory, if bone stock is good, a staged subtalar/triple arthrodesis followed by total ankle replacement (TAR) can be used. This is so rarely the case that the author has no experience of this. TTC fusion is also useful in rheumatoid patients with previous joint sepsis, to salvage a failed TAR and to salvage a non-united ankle fusion. It allows early weight bearing, which is valuable in those patients who have multiple joint, particularly upper limb, involvement.

In our study, 18 patients underwent 21 TTC fusions from August 1988 to September 2002. The average age was 48 years (range 23–90). Nine patients had undergone previous hindfoot procedures, five were smokers, one was diabetic and one had chronic renal failure. Surgery was performed under GA with tourniquet. Patients were reviewed using a modified American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society (AOFAS) hindfoot score and with regard to their personal satisfaction. Follow up was 18–57 months.

Post-operatively, the oldest patient died due to fulminant sepsis. Seven patients had superficial wound infections but none required re-operation. Fusion was achieved in 18 limbs. Average time to radiological union was 36 weeks (range 9–68), two patients required nail dynamisation. In six cases it was necessary to remove irritating locking screws, either the posterior screw for heel rubbing, or the medial tibial screws for stress riser symptoms. One patient required complete nail removal. There were no amputations.

Fourteen patients were very satisfied, two reasonably so and one not. The average AOFAS pain score (max 40) improved from 11 to 32, and the average AOFAS functional score (max 28) from 4 to 21.

We feel that despite the relatively high complication rate, this technically challenging procedure is a very useful salvage option in these very disabled patients.


RT Madhav B Kampa D Singh JC Angel

Although the use of split tibialis anterior tendon transfer (combined with the Rose calcaneal osteotomy and reinforcement of the spring ligament) is a recognised procedure in the treatment of stage II tibialis posterior dysfunction, there is a paucity of data regarding its results. Forty-three patients who underwent reconstruction between 1997 and 2003 were evaluated pre- and postoperatively using the AHS scoring system. The average age was 57, and the mean follow-up time was 51 months (range 10–83).

The average AHS score pre-op. was 58 and post-op. was 85. Sixty-six per cent of patients achieved single heel raise. Eighty-four per cent expressed a subjective satisfaction rate, whilst 16% had no improvement. Seventy-eight per cent were able to use normal shoes and 58% did not require the use of any orthotics. The minor complication rate was 16% with no major complications. All osteotomies united uneventfully. Two patients have developed subtalar osteoarthritis, and six calcaneal screws had to be removed for prominence and tenderness.

Our results compare very favourably with other less anatomical reconstructions, but without the donor site morbidity and very low complication rates. A subjective satisfaction rate of 84% has been achieved.


M Myerson A Vora C Jeng

We present our experience with a medial approach for triple arthrodesis for correction of severe rigid hindfoot deformity in patients who were at risk for wound complications with a standard lateral approach.

Between 1995 and 2002, we treated 17 patients with a rigid hindfoot valgus deformity, and for whom a triple arthrodesis was planned, using a single medial incision. The indication for surgery was pain refractory to shoe wear, orthotic and brace modifications. The severity of the hindfoot deformity itself was not sufficient an indication for this procedure, since during the same time period, 157 triple arthrodesis procedures were performed using a two incision technique, many of which were associated with severe hindfoot varus or valgus deformities. The medial incision was indicated specifically for patients who were at risk for wound complications following correction of the hindfoot valgus deformity due to stretching of the lateral skin.

There were 15 patients with rheumatoid arthritis (RA), and two patients who had deformity of the hind-foot following a crush injury associated with scarring of the lateral skin over the sinus tarsi. In addition to standard weight bearing radiographs of the foot and ankle, non-invasive vascular studies were performed in 5/17 patients pre-operatively who on clinical examination were considered to have peripheral vascular disease.

Immunosuppressant medication(s) were not discontinued prior to surgery for the patients with RA, and were renewed once wound healing occurred. The surgery was performed in a standard manner for each patient, with an extensile medial incision, the use of a laminar spreader to facilitate exposure and joint debridement, and removal of appropriate bone wedges to improve correction. Cannulated partially threaded 5.0 mm (for the talonavicular and calcaneocuboid joints) and 6.5 mm (for the subtalar joint) screws were used in each patient.

All 17 patients were examined a mean of 4.5 years following surgery (range 2.5–8), and the examination focused on the success of arthrodesis, the presence of ankle arthritis, as well as hindfoot deformity. Other outcome parameters were not specifically examined since these patients had multiple additional lower limb deformities, as well as arthritides of the foot and ankle unrelated to the performance of the triple arthrodesis. The correction obtained was compared with preoperative radiographs.

There were no wound healing complications in any patient. Arthrodesis was obtained in 16/17 patients. In one patient with RA, a non-union of the calcaneocuboid joint was noted radiographically, but had been present for 6 years, and was asymptomatic. There was no loss of correction, however hindfoot valgus was present in three patients, caused by arthritis of the ankle associated with valgus tibiotalar deformity. Two additional patients had since undergone a total ankle replacement for correction of arthritis not associated with deformity, and one had undergone an ankle arthrodesis 2 years following the triple arthrodesis for correction of severe arthritis as well as tibiotalar deformity. On the anteroposterior foot radiograph, the talus-first metatarsal angle improved from a mean of 26 degrees (range 15–45), to a mean of 5 degrees (range 0–15). The talocalcaneal angle was not measured, since reproducible preoperative measurements could not be obtained. The axial talocalcaneal angle was not measured.

The medial approach to triple arthrodesis is a reliable procedure, and can be used with a predictable outcome in patients who are at risk for wound healing complications for correction of hindfoot valgus deformity.


PLR Wood

Between 1993 and 1999, 119 total ankle arthroplasties (TAA) in 106 patients were performed. The prosthetic design in all cases was the Scandinavian Total Ankle Replacement (STAR). All patients have been reviewed annually.

Eight arthroplasties have been revised (see table for reasons for revision).

Twenty-four TAA were satisfactory at last review (4–87 months) in 19 patients who died. Annual review continues for 87 TAA. When last seen the average follow up was 72 months (48–123). The cumulative survival for all 119 TAA is 92% (see figure below).

Comment The complication of recurrent deformity causing ‘edge loading’ of the insert and failure can hopefully be avoided by not attempting arthroplasty in patients with more than 20 degrees of pre-operative valgus. The problem of aseptic loosening is harder to understand. Subsidence may be avoided by more accurate shaping of the talus to give better bony integration but osteolysis behind a well-fixed component remains an unsolved problem with respect to both its cause and treatment.


S Anand MS Sundar

Introduction Surgical treatment of metatarsalgia remains controversial, with many different techniques described. Recently the Weil osteotomy is gaining in popularity because of its relatively simple technique and excellent union rates, however, it is well known that the procedure does lead to stiffness in the metatarsophalangeal (MTP) joint with a reduction in plantarflexion. The aim of this study was to evaluate the outcome of the Weil osteotomy from a radiological and patient-based perspective.

Method This was a retrospective review of 42 patients (110 Weil osteotomies), with mean follow up of 24.8 months (range 6–48). Clinical examination and X-ray assessment were performed at follow-up, along with completion of patient questionnaires, American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society (AOFAS) Score and Lesser Metatarsal Scores (LMTS). Additional parameters including arc of motion of each metatarsal, metatarsal shortening, non-union, redislocation and requirement for further surgery were also recorded.

Results Results showed that the average arc of motion for the second metatarsal was 61.1 degrees, the third metatarsal 59.6 degrees, and the fourth metatarsal 69.8 degrees. In all cases there was a significant reduction in plantarflexion at the MTP joint, with the average combined plantar flexion of less than 5 degrees. The average shortening was 7.2 mm, and there were no cases of redislocation or non-union. Analysis of the scoring systems showed that with AOFAS there were 88% excellent/ good results and with LMTS there were 83% excellent/ good results. No patients had residual metatarsalgia and plantar callosities disappeared in almost all patients, with 91% of patients reporting excellent/good satisfaction.

Conclusion Formal scoring systems and patient satisfaction scores showed that dorsiflexion contractures post-operatively were not of concern to the patients. The study suggests that the Weil osteotomy remains a safe, reliable and predictable operation with excellent results, and may be of value in the treatment of resistant metatarsalgia.


KT Trimble NJ Talbot SW Parsons

Introduction We report the experience of a district general hospital foot and ankle service, in performing a modified excision arthroplasty and tendon transfer to the metatarsophalangeal (MTP) joints of the lesser toes in both rheumatoid and non-rheumatoid patients. The procedure was carried out on 114 toes, in 58 feet of 55 patients over a 5-year period.

Background Historically, partial proximal phalangectomy was complicated by recurrence of the extension deformity. Stainsby (1990) described a technique of 7/8ths phalangectomy, repositioning of the plantar plate, extensor to flexor attachment and K-wire stabilisation to treat dislocated MTP joints of the lesser toes. However, it is recognised that the use of K-wires can be complicated by infection or premature removal. Angel reported the re-routing of the extensor tendon through a drill hole in the metatarsal head for MTP joint instability; this technique was attributed to Nigel Cobb. We have utilised the Stainsby technique and combined it with a Cobb tendon transfer to impart immediate stability to the toe, allowing K-wire fixation to be discarded.

Technique Following a percutaneous proximal extensor tenotomy, a radical partial proximal phalangectomy (via a dorsal incision) reduces a dislocated MTP joint and the plantar plate is repositioned beneath a mobilised metatarsal head. A drill hole is then placed in the metatarsal head and the extensor tendon is re-routed from a plantar to dorsal direction. This maintains the reduction of the toe and provides interposition between the cut end of the proximal phalanx and the metatarsal head.

Conclusion We believe that this modified combined technique is a reproducible alternative to the Stainsby procedure but, in addition, provides immediate stability of the MTP joint without the need for K-wire fixation.


K Hassan M Rashid V Panikkar APJ Henry

Aim To assess the reliability of Stainsby’s operation for dislocated lesser toe metatarsophalangeal (MTP) joints.

Method Seventy-four patients underwent this operation between 1998–2003. Sixty-nine patients (93%) were reviewed at mean follow up of 32 months (range 10–67) post-operatively. Forty-eight patients had rheumatoid arthritis, two had psoriatic arthropathy, 19 had other causes. Ninety-four feet were reviewed, 73 had had multiple lesser toe operations, 21 had single lesser toe operations, 52 feet had surgery to the hallux. Assessments were made of pre- and post-operative pain, shoe problems, callosities, alignment and function.

Results Out of 94 feet, 89 (95%) had severe or moderate pain pre-operatively. Only 19 (20%) had significant pain at review. Pain under operated toes was relieved in 78 feet (83%). Tender plantar callosities were reduced from 76 feet pre-operatively (81%) to 31 feet (33%) at review, these mainly under un-operated metatarsal heads. Shoe problems were reduced from 89 feet (95%) pre-operatively to 61 feet (65%) at review. American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society (AOFAS) forefoot scores were increased from a mean of 19 pre-operatively to 52 at review.

Residual valgus of big toe more than 25 degrees persisted in 33 feet (35%). Corrective osteotomy of 44 first metatarsals failed to prevent recurrent valgus in 16 feet (36%).

Conclusions The Stainsby operation was effective in relieving pain and skin callosities from under dislocated lesser metatarsal heads, and in reducing shoe problems but we found that varus osteotomy was unreliable in correcting valgus of the big toe. This was probably due to stretching of the repaired medial ligament.


R Dalal M Aggarwal J Reading

Introduction Exposure of the lesser metatarsophalangeal (MTP) joints is needed for many procedures e.g. forefoot arthroplasty and multiple Weil-type osteotomies. Traditionally collateral incisions and plantar incisions have been described. However exposure using these is often difficult and inadequate in the presence of rheumatoid arthritis (RA) and associated deformities. Transverse incisions offer excellent exposure, extensibilty, versatility and improved range of movements with decreased neurovascular compromise. Aesthetic wound healing is common. We describe our results following the use of a curved transverse incision for the Mann-Thompson type of arthroplasty and multiple Weil osteotomies. A single incision was used to expose all lesser MTP joints.

Method A total of 34 consecutive patients with either procedure were included, comprising 52 feet including 18 bilateral forefoot arthroplasty and 10 multiple Weil osteotomies. All patients were followed up for 12 months. A questionnaire was completed for each patient at conclusion of surgery, and then at 6 and 12 months. Ease of exposure, visualisation of target areas, wound healing, neurovascular complications and average range of movement were assessed. Four surgeons were involved in the study: one consultant, one NT middle grade, and two specialist registrars.

Results Three minor wound healing complications were noted, with no need for repeat surgery. No neurovascular complications were noted, cosmesis was good-to-excellent in all, a global range of movement of 30 degrees was achieved in 95%. Ease of exposure and visualisation of the target area was good-to-excellent in all patients. All surgeons reported satisfaction with the approach and rated it superior to the collateral and plantar incisions.

Conclusion We believe that this represents excellent results in this difficult group of patients. The curved transverse incision is a workhorse incision for the lesser MTP joints.


PS Sauvé BJ Bolland GR Taylor

Introduction Rheumatoid arthritis commonly produces disabling forefoot deformities. Surgical interventions include hallux metatarsophalangeal (MTP) joint fusion with lesser toe metatarsal head and/or proximal phalanx base excisions. Here we describe our experience of combining first MTP joint fusion using a plate with Weil metatarsal osteotomies (WMO) of the lesser toes. WMO preserve and reduce lesser MTP joints thus enhancing stability and relocating the plantar fat pads. Plate fusion of the first MTP joint protects against recurrent deformity. Our aim was to assess the outcome of this procedure.

Method Twelve female patients (21 feet) underwent the procedure with no loss to follow up. Informed consent was given and ethics approval obtained. American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society (AOFAS) forefoot scale and visual analogue scale scores were recorded post-operatively only. Pre- and post-operative plain radiographs were compared.

Results Mean age at operation was 62.5 years (range 48–75). Mean follow up was 25.9 months (range 2–54). The mean post-operative AOFAS scale score was 70.6/100 (range 34–90).

The mean hallux valgus angle was reduced from 39.6 degrees to 31.8 degrees and the second MTP angle from 28.3 degrees to 19.4 degrees. Pre-operatively 28% of the lesser toe MTP joints were aligned compared with 83% post-operatively. All of the WMOs fused. Two first MTP joint fusions resulted in non-unions and required successful revision surgery. In five cases metalwork was removed from the hallux because of discomfort. In two cases, metalwork was removed because of superficial wound infection. Infection subsequently resolved after a course of oral antibiotics. Nine patients stated they would recommend the procedure.

Conclusion First MTP joint plate arthrodesis and WMOs of the lesser toes provides good symptomatic relief and restoration of forefoot mechanics. It is a useful procedure in delaying more radical and final surgery for this progressive, destructive disease.


K Rehman U Munir A Michelle FT Shannon

We present a retrospective study on the outcome of Clayton’s forefoot arthroplasty in 23 patients with rheumatoid arthritis.

The average age at surgery was 51.2 years (range 26–88). Pre-operative symptoms were pain, deformity, and footwear problems. Hallux valgus, lesser toe deformities and callosities were the common signs. One surgeon performed all procedures. All patients were assessed radiologically and clinically using American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society (AOFAS) rating system.

Thirteen patients had bilateral correction, and 10 had single foot surgery, providing a total of 36 feet for analysis. Complications included eight wound infections, two toe tip ulceration, two ischaemic toes and two painful feet.

The AOFAS average score was under 45 before surgery and it improved to 83 (range 47–100) for hallux and 79 (range 40–100) for the lesser toes. Overall 91% patients were pleased with the procedure. Our results suggest that Clayton’s forefoot arthroplasty is a procedure, which provides predictable comfort and immediate, functional improvement in advanced rheumatoid arthritis.


NJ Talbot KT Trimble IT Sharpe SW Parsons

Introduction The Buechel-Pappas Total Ankle Replacement (BP TAR) has been used in Cornwall since 1991. The early results were presented to the Foot Society in 1997. The only published long term results of this pros-thesis are from the designer’s unit.

Method We present the clinical and radiological outcome of a prospective series of 22 BP TARs implanted in 19 patients with a mean follow-up of 9 years (range 6–13). The primary diagnosis was rheumatoid arthritis (RA) in 11 and osteoarthritis in eight patients. Twelve patients were female. Mean patient age was 64 years (range 39–81). Patients were reviewed at yearly intervals. None were lost to follow-up.

Results At the time of review, four patients (six ankles) had died between 12 and 69 months post-operatively of unrelated causes with their prostheses in situ. One patient had a below knee amputation for chronic venous ulceration, 11 years after a BP TAR which was functioning well. One patient with severe RA had the implant removed at 8 weeks for deep infection. A second patient with RA had the TAR revised to a tibiotalocalcaneal fusion 59 months post-operatively for talar avascular necrosis. One patient has pain from impingement and another patient with RA has intermittent pain at 8 years following TAR. Every other implant remains asymptomatic. The New Jersey LCS ankle assessment scores increased from a mean of 35 pre-operatively to 82 post-operatively. The increases were largely due to pain relief and improved function with the pre-operative range of motion being preserved. These scores have been maintained in the long term. No surviving implant is radiologically loose.

Conclusion Our results suggest that the BP TAR offers good clinical and radiological long-term results to patients with often disabling ankle arthritis.


Full Access
F Anwar C Pasapula PH Cooke RJ Sharp

The resurgency of ankle replacement in the last 10 years has prompted a need for effective management of failing prostheses. We present the early to mid-term results for revision surgery of 17 arthroplasties in 17 patients from our tertiary referral centre.

Between 1999 and 2004, two Consultant Foot and Ankle Surgeons revised failing ankle arthroplasties in 17 patients (age range 51–74 years). All patients were assessed with tissue cultures and histology that were harvested at the time of surgery and managed in conjunction with a specialist Bone Infection Unit.

Intraoperative frozen section was used to aid management, but usually pre-operative decisions had been made which included

one or two stage reimplantation

fusion with an intramedullary nail or Ilizarov frame

amputation, and

Ilizarov fusion combined with proximal tibial lengthening for excessive bone loss.

Many of the patients had had previous “revision surgery” such as change of meniscal components, arthroscopic debridements and excision of impingeing osteophytes.

Indications for implantation had been osteoarthritis in 59%, rheumatoid arthritis in 18% and post-trauma in 23%. Heel shift procedures to correct malalignment had been performed in 12%.

The implants comprised 15 Scandinavian Total Ankle Replacements (STAR), one Agility and one Buechel-Pappas. Three patients had fractured malleoli secondary to bone loss.

Cultures and histology confirmed the presence of infection in 24% (defined as positive histology and more than 2/6 positive cultures) with aseptic loosening in the remainder.

One infected patient underwent amputation at his request. Six non-infected patients had successful revision of two or three components, one infected patient had Ilizarov fusion and lengthening. The remainder underwent successful hindfoot fusion over a locked intramedullary nail, even in the presence of infection, with suppression to union.


CK Butcher A Lees PLR Wood

Aim We set out to see

whether ankle replacements were capable of maintaining a normal gait and

whether ankle replacements were superior to arthrodeses in maintaining a normal gait pattern.

Method We performed gait analysis on 15 patients, with 13 ankle replacements (mixture of Buechel Pappas and Scandinavian Total Ankle Replacement [STAR]) and three ankle arthrodeses. One patient had an ankle replacement on one side and an arthrodesis on the other. We used a standard seven camera infrared system and force plate at a frequency of 240Hz.

There were a mixture of patients with osteoarthritis and rheumatoid arthritis. We also looked at the ‘normal’ side of the patients with unilateral surgery.

Results We found that patients with ankle replacements had near normal gait parameters for both kinetic and kinematic data whereas patients with ankle fusions had significantly altered kinetic and kinematic data. This was both in respect to normal individuals and to the unoperated side. Patients with rheumatoid arthritis had some alteration in the gait pattern on the normal side – the presence of an ankle replacement on the other side maintained this pattern on the operated side, suggesting that this was not due to abnormalities within the ankle but in the rest of the foot and lower limb. Patients with unilateral osteoarthritis for which they had an ankle replacement had essentially normal kinetics and kinematics of both ankles.

Conclusion We have been able to show that an ankle replacement performs well in terms of restoring/maintaining a normal gait pattern, whereas ankle arthrodesis, although gives a functional and pain free foot, significantly alters the normal gait pattern.


A Tavakkolizadeh M Klinke M Davies

Background Tibiotalocalcaneal (TTC) arthrodesis is a salvage procedure for patients with severe disease of the ankle and subtalar joints.

Method We report a series of 26 consecutive patients (26 feet) operated on by a single surgeon, in a single centre, over a 4-year period, with average follow up of 26 months (range 6–50). Mean age of the patients was 57 years (range 28–72). Subjects included 17 male and 9 females. Previously the patients had undergone between 0 to 6 operations, which were unsuccessful. All these patients had combined ankle and subtalar joint arthrodesis by an intramedullary nail device. Indications for surgery were pain except the Charcot joints. Only five patients did not have severe deformity pre-operatively. Aetiology included post-traumatic osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthropathy, avascular necrosis, Charcot Marie Tooth disease, primary osteoarthritis, failed ankle replacement and alcohol-and diabetic-induced Charcot neuroarthropathy. Patients were assessed radiologically and by American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society (AOFAS) Ankle-Hindfoot Scale, SF-12 and by patient satisfaction scores.

Results Clinically and radiologically, 15 cases have solid union. Six patients have signs of radiological non-union/ delayed union but are clinically asymptomatic with no progressive deformity. Two patients required amputation (one non-union and one infected non-union). One patient is awaiting further surgery for infected non-union. Two patients have died of unrelated causes ~2 years post-surgery. Most patients (79%) are very satisfied with the procedure and 83% would undergo the procedure again.

Conclusion These results suggest that salvage is possible in the majority of cases with combined ankle and subtalar joint arthrosis and severe deformity.


Y R Shah D O’Doherty S Hemmadi

Introduction Pan-talar nailing for ankle arthrodesis has been advocated as a salvage procedure for post-traumatic arthrosis and Charcot’s joint. This study evaluates the outcome of pan-talar nails over a 4-year period.

Method This is a retrospective study of 11 patients (13 ankles) who underwent pan-talar nailing between 2000 and 2004. Various factors including patient demographics, indications for surgery, operation details, complications, time to fusion and need for re-operation were recorded. Nine were reviewed at a mean follow-up of 22 months for clinical and radiological assessment; two patients had died. American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle (AOFAS) hindfoot and SF-36 scoring systems were also used for evaluation.

Results There were seven males and four females, with a mean age of 57 and 71 years, respectively. Eight patients had a pre-operative diagnosis of Charcot’s joint, one avascular necrosis of talus, one fixed deformity with polio, and one following fracture non-union.

All 13 nails were locked at both ends. The average duration of operation was 2 hours and tourniquet time 1 hour 8 minutes. All patients were kept non-weight bearing in cast post-operatively for an average of 6 weeks.

There were two cases of wound infection, one pulmonary embolism and one calcaneal fracture with infected non-union, which was treated with external fixation. There were no cases of nerve damage or septic arthritis.

All nine patients were satisfied with the operation outcome at follow-up with a mean fusion duration of 28 weeks and an average AOFAS score of 75.

Conclusion We conclude from this study that pan-talar nailing when performed for ankle arthrodesis as a salvage procedure produces a high rate of fusion with fewer complications.


B Komarasamy A Best R Power

Purpose To investigate the outcome of tibiotalocalcaneal (TCC) fusion using the retrograde intramedullary nail (IMN).

Method We reviewed clinical and radiological outcome of 42 patients who underwent TTC fusion with a retrograde IMN in a single health region from 1996 to 2003. Out of 42 patients, two patients died of unrelated causes and four patients were lost to follow up. Finally, 36 patients (20 males, 16 females) were followed up. Mean age was 63 years and the follow up averaged 10 months. Degenerative arthritis (primary and post-traumatic) and rheumatoid arthritis made up the majority of the preoperative diagnoses. Clinical outcome was assessed using the American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle (AOFAS) hindfoot score and with three independent observers reviewing radiographs.

Results Radiologically 17 ankles fused, three probably fused whilst 16 (33%) had evidence of non-union. The majority of subtalar joints failed to unite, reflected by the high rate of distal screw breakage. Primary bone grafting appeared to aid union however smoking, age and the use of an open approach did not seem to be significant factors. Other than non-union complications included two nail fatigue fractures, two deep infections, seven screw breakages, six wound problems and one fractured tibia. Postoperatively the mean AOFAS score was 51, 25 patients were satisfied (of these 50% had radiological non-union) and 19 would undergo the same procedure again.

Conclusion Despite a high rate of ankle and subtalar non-union, most of the patients were satisfied with the procedure and would undergo the same operation again. Technical errors apart, the high rate of complications and non-union probably reflected the advanced nature of the disease process and deformity in this group of patients. Although IMN TTC fusion remains a viable option in the management of concurrent ankle and subtalar joint arthritis, patients should be warned of the potential for non-union and high complication rates.


C Carpenter DP Thomas S Hemmadi D O’Doberty

We report our initial experience with the Universal Mini External Fixator (UMEX) frame for the treatment of complex congenital foot deformities. This new frame is simple to apply and manage. It provides for multiplanar deformity correction in one stage.

The application of external fixators for the correction of foot deformities can be a complex procedure for the surgeon and cumbersome for the patient. Currently, five patients (mean age 10 years, range 4–18) have undergone application of this frame and have completed treatment. We illustrate the ease of its application, potential complications and the early clinical outcomes.


DT Rajan M Edmunds

Aim We asked the following questions:

Are there reliable clinical signs that herald an impending disorganisation of the Lisfranc’s joint in a diabetic foot?

Does the Charcot changes begin at the Lisfranc’s joint?

Is conventional radiography reliable in making the diagnosis?

Method Forty-five consecutive patients (63% male, 37% female) with a mean age of 59.9 years (range 38–80) were prospectively studied. All had either Type I/II diabetes (75% had Type II diabetes). Diagnosis of Char-cot foot was made using a standardised clinical protocol. Patients with a definite history of trauma/open injuries were excluded. All had a standard follow up programme. The mean follow up was 20 months (range 7–46).

Results In 75% of cases radiographs showed malalignment of the Lisfranc joint, 25% had navicular and 6% had fracture of the medial cuneiform. Thirteen per cent had fractures of the metatarsal and another 13% had fracture of the calcaneum. In all patients, Charcot changes were heralded buy a silent, red swollen foot and in few patients these features did exist in spite of no clear-cut radiological findings. As the Charcot changes progressed, more fractures were seen and in 80% of the patients we saw rapid disorganisation of the intertarsal joints of the midfoot. In 80% the earliest radiological change was seen at the Lisfranc’s region.

Conclusion and significance of this study The pattern of changes in the Charcot foot varies with the type of diabetes. Conventional radiography is reliable if there is a high degree of suspicion. Charcot changes often appear first at Lisfranc’s joint and usually there are no clear-cut signs in order to make a clinical diagnosis.


Full Access
S Millington J Tang S Acton S Hurwitz J Crandall

Aim Post-traumatic osteoarthritis and osteochondral injuries can cause significant pain and morbidity. Appropriate MRI sequences combined with image analysis techniques can be used to reproducibly measure quantitative cartilage parameters, hence offering a tool for monitoring and detecting degenerative change earlier than previously possible. We demonstrate the performance of a directional gradient vector flow (dGVF) snake segmentation algorithm on an isotropic MR sequence, which allows segmentation of the full articular surfaces (including malleoli) of the ankle.

Method Eight ankles were imaged using a 1.5T MRI scanner with an isotropic 3D T1 weighted FLASH sequence with water excitation, resolution 0.3 x 0.3 x 0.3 mm. A subset of five ankles were imaged four times with repositioning and re-shimming of the magnet between acquisitions. Images were interpolated to 0.15 mm3 and segmented using a dGVF snake. Following 3D reconstruction of the cartilage layers normal thickness from cartilage to bone was measured at each voxel on the cartilage surface.

Results The mean cartilage thickness (±S.D) was 1.80 mm (±0.05 mm); 1.83 mm (±0.07 mm) and 1.81 mm (±0.07 mm) for the talus, tibia and cumulative ankle cartilage respectively. To measure the technical precision of the segmentation method we determined the coefficient of variation of the four repeated measurements in five ankles. The mean coefficients of variation (min-max) from the repeated measurements were 1.74% (0.69%–3.57%); 1.20% (0.26%–3.06%) and 1.52% (0.26%–3.57%) for the talus, tibia and cumulative ankle cartilage respectively.

Conclusion We believe that the reported isotropic image sequence and segmentation algorithm is a valid tool for quantitative assessment of the entire ankle joint. A possible application is the early detection of cartilage injury and degenerative change due to injury or illness.


R Singh A Ajiued M Davies

Ankle fractures are common injuries and commonly require operative stabilisation. The aim of treatment should be anatomical reduction as this will lead to good long-term results. Non-anatomically reduced fractures will lead to a poor functional outcome and development of osteoarthritis. Our aim was to determine whether revision of non-anatomical fixations within 12 months of initial surgery improved outcome.

We present eight cases of non-anatomical ankle fixations that were revised by the senior author over a 4-year period. There were 4 females and 4 males. The mean age was 45.6 years at review (range 28–63) and the mean time from initial fixation to revision was 5.25 months (range 2–11). Mean time at review was 26.6 months (range 7–45). Clinical scoring for functional outcome was performed using the American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society (AOFAS) rating system for the ankle and hindfoot. Mean AOFAS score prior to revision was 40 (range 19–69) and the mean score at review was 80 (range 54–100).

All patients reported benefit in terms of function from the revision procedure. The aim of initial surgery is for anatomical reduction of the ankle joint. Should suboptimal fixation be encountered within 12 months of the initial surgery, we feel revision surgery is justified.


CU Dussa U Munir G Morgan

Aim To assess the outcome of ankle fractures in diabetic patients.

Method The case notes and X-rays of 39 patients with diabetes, who had sustained ankle fractures between 1994–2003, were retrospectively analysed.

Results There were 23 females and 16 males with mean age of 66 years in females and 51 years in males. The fracture was the result of a twisting injury in 37 of 39 patients. The average duration of diabetes prior to the fracture was 9.6 years. Thirty per cent of patients had systemic complications. Twenty patients had insulin dependent and 19 had non-insulin dependent diabetes. Fractures were on the left side in 21 patients. One patient had a Gustilo grade 2 fracture. Two had a single malleolar fracture, 28 had bi-malleolar fractures and the remaining nine had tri-malleolar fractures. Talus shift was present in 26 cases. The average time to surgery is 3.8 days. The mean ASA grade is 2.3. Twenty-one patients were managed operatively, of which seven had an infection. One patient underwent amputation. One had post-operative myocardial infarction. Nineteen were managed conservatively and in this group, four patients had infected pressure sores from the plaster, of which two needed plastic surgery care. One was managed with external fixator and developed osteomyelitis, and persistent talus shift and non-union.

Three patients died within 2 years of fracture due to diabetes-related complications. Union was achieved in 36 cases and 30 of the patients walked independently after union.

Conclusion There is a high complication rate following surgery for fractures of the ankle in diabetic patients, but conservative treatment also carries a significant risk because poor skin condition can lead to pressure sores while in plaster and these may need major plastic interventions.


C McLaughlin G Lomax GR Jones K Eccles S Clarkson J Barrie

Aim and method We report the outcomes of 100 consecutive diabetic patients who had been prescribed diabetic footwear for 10 years. A podiatrist and orthotist reviewed them at a dedicated clinic. The study aim was to assess footwear efficacy and prevention of ulcers, re-ulceration and amputations.

Conclusion Protective footwear is essential in maintaining healthy diabetic feet. Amputations were only due to vascular complications. All 56 patients who attended remained intact at 2 years. Of the seven ulcerations at 5 years, three went onto below-knee amputation. At 10 years, there were a further three ulcerations, resulting in one minor black toe and one further BK amputation.

Adherence with follow up including footwear review minimises risk. Re-ulceration at 5 years is associated with risk of amputation. Ten-year mortality is high due to vascular complications.

Summary Continued patient adherence with Orthotic therapy confers benefit and minimised re-ulceration. Follow up by Orthotists is an under-utilised resource.


K Nagarajah N Aslam R Sharp M McNally

Introduction Ankle fusion presents a difficult problem in the presence of infection and poor bone stock. The Ilizarov method provides stability with remote fixation and allows weight bearing.

Patients and method Fourteen consecutive patients were studied (10 males, 4 females). The mean age at onset of disease was 50 years (range 4–70). Thirteen of the patients had either clinical or radiological evidence of infection prior to ankle fusion surgery. Mean duration of problem was 52 months (range 8–372). Aetiology included traumatic arthritis in five, failed fusion in six, septic arthritis in one, infected ankle fracture non-union in one and avascular necrosis of talus in one. Local excision was followed by Ilizarov frame compression. Diagnosis of infection was based on microbiology and histology. Antibiotic treatment was continued until union. On radiological evidence of union the frame was dynamized and removed. A below-knee cast was applied for 4 weeks.

Results At a mean period of 5 months, complete ankle fusion was found in 13/14 patients. One patient who had partial fusion of the ankle had recurrence of infection requiring amputation. Complications included pin site infection, lateral impingement, deep infection, hind-foot pain and neuroma at amputation site.

Conclusion The Ilizarov ankle fusion is a reliable salvage procedure in difficult ankle problems.


S Millington M Grabner S R Hurwitz J Crandall

Aim To characterise the mechanical properties of the ankle, it is essential to have accurate joint morphology and measurements of the cartilage thickness and its variation across the joint. Thickness and volume measurements are also useful tools for detecting and monitoring degenerative change, however baseline measurements are required, to act as a ‘gold standard’. We present details of ankle cartilage thickness and distribution over the entire ankle joint, using a high precision stereophotogrammetry system.

Method Twelve cadaveric ankles surfaces with photo targets, rigidly attached, were imaged using a stereo-photographic system, which generates a dense 3D point cloud of co-ordinates on the surface (typically 70,000 points per surface, accuracy ±2 μm). After imaging the surface, the cartilage was dissolved using 5% sodium hypochlorite to reveal the subchondral bone and the process was repeated. The two surfaces were combined and the normal distance from cartilage surface to bone was calculated at every point on the cartilage surface.

Results The mean cumulative cartilage thickness of the ankle joint was 1.18±0.23 mm, the mean maximum cumulative cartilage thickness of the entire ankle joint was 2.17±0.46 mm. When considering the cartilage layers of the talus and the tibia-fibula complex separately, the mean and mean maximum thickness for the talus was 1.17±0.18 mm and 2.12±0.54 mm respectively. For the tibia-fibula complex, the mean and mean maximum thickness was 1.18±0.28 mm and 2.3±0.57 mm respectively. 3D cartilage thickness maps were also produced

Conclusion The cartilage maps show that the thickest cartilage occurs at the shoulders of the talus, as opposed to the talar dome, as reported in earlier studies, which were unable to assess the highly curved regions of the ankle. This method also provides a gold standard for validating MRI cartilage measurements.


JP Limbers JRM Hutchinson P Obey AHN Robinson

Aim Pressure on inpatient beds can lead to high cancellation rates for inpatient elective orthopaedic surgery. The use of day surgery facilities is one way to overcome this problem. We set out to assess patient satisfaction after Scarf osteotomy, as a day case procedure, to help determine whether this is a valid routine practice.

Method Twenty-six consecutive patients (25 female and 1 male) undergoing Scarf metatarsal osteotomy, lateral release, medial capsulorraphy, and Akin osteotomy were prospectively followed up. Three patients had bilateral procedures resulting in 29 operations being performed. All had their surgery under midfoot block with intravenous sedation administered by an anaesthetist. All patients were discharged on the day of surgery with oral analgesia and contact details of the on-call orthopaedic registrar. A telephone interview and questionnaire were performed on day 3 and day 7 post-operatively.

Results Post-operative pain: seven patients (24%) had no pain, 15 (51%) mild pain, five (17%) moderate pain and two (6%) had episodes of severe pain. Twenty-eight patients (96%) were satisfied with their level of postoperative analgesia. Twenty-eight patients (96%) would have the surgery as a day case again. One patient would not due to post-operative nausea and vomiting.

Post-operative problems experienced by patients: 17 patients (58%) had no problems, six (20%) felt that their pain was a problem, five (17%) experienced bleeding/bruising and one (3%) felt faint.

Survey of medical services contacted by patients: 26 (89%) contacted no-one, one (3%) day surgery unit staff, two (3%) their GP and one (3%) the hospital.

Significance Scarf osteotomy can be successfully performed under midfoot block with a high degree of patient satisfaction. This has the potential to reduce cancellations due to inpatient bed shortage.


DA Evans K Lim SJ Cope M Pereira L Read

Introduction Foot surgery has an increased risk of postoperative infection when compared with surgery of other anatomical regions. A pre-surgical foot bath in a bactericidal solution is thought to reduce the incidence of postoperative wound infection. We compared the incidence of post-operative wound infection in two groups, one undergoing a pre-surgical footbath and one group that did not.

Method We prospectively assessed 83 patients undergoing forefoot surgery under the care of two surgical teams. Forty-one patients underwent a pre-surgical foot bath in povidone iodine solution. Forty-two patients did not have a pre-surgical foot bath. All patients had microbiological swabs taken on admission and following surgical preparation and draping. These were cultured for bacterial growth. All patients were reviewed at 2 and 6 weeks after surgery and were monitored for signs of infection. The results for each group were analysed and compared.

Results There were seven post-operative infections in the pre-surgical foot bath group. This compared with only two infections for the group who did not undergo pre-surgical bathing. Correlation of infection with complexity of surgery, medical co-morbidities, operative time, method of closure and use of metalwork was examined.

Conclusions These results suggest that pre-surgical bathing in a bactericidal solution is not effective in preventing post-operative infection.


F Attar R Shariff D Selvan D Machin N Geary

Aim The senior author observed over 15 years that if the foot became dependant during the first 48 hours following foot surgery, the patient suffered marked swelling and pain. This effect seemed less after about 48 hours. Aware of the work of Tooke and Rayman (1986) with postural effects on laser Doppler skin flow, we set out to see if there was a demonstrable scientific basis for this practice.

Method Laser Doppler flow meter was used to assess blood flow in 14 patients (16 feet), peri-operatively. Flow was recorded in the big toe, at heart level and on dependency, pre-operatively, and at 24, 48, 72 and 96 hours post-operatively. Postural vasoconstriction (PV) was calculated using the formula:

\batchmode \documentclass[fleqn,10pt,legalpaper]{article} \usepackage{amssymb} \usepackage{amsfonts} \usepackage{amsmath} \pagestyle{empty} \begin{document} \[PV\ (\%)\ =\ Blood\ flow\ at\ heart\ level\ {-}\ Blood\ flow\ on\ dependency\ {\times}\ 100\] \end{document}

Blood flow at heart level

Results PV was recorded for all 14 patients at 48 hours, for seven at 72 hours, and for two at 96 hours post-operatively. The mean PV pre-operatively was 51.31%; at 24 hours post-op. was 23.05%; at 48 hours post-op. was 36.62%; and at 72 hours post-op. was 44.24%. There was a significant difference between the pre-op. levels and the 24, 48 and 72 hours post-op. levels (p< 0.05).

Significance of work It takes longer than 72 hours for microcirculation to get back to normal rather than 48 hours, but the return towards normality was evident by that time. This emphasised the importance of postoperative foot elevation for at least 48 hours due of this phenomenon. We believe that this practice minimises post-operative complications, such as oedema, wound breakdown and pain on dependency.


JP Limbers J Cronin S Kutty MM Stephens

Aim When first metatarsophalangeal (MTP) joint fusion is performed in the presence of a high first intermeta-tarsal angle (IMA), an important question to arise is whether the first metatarsal varus will correct with MTP fusion alone or whether an additional basal osteotomy is necessary. We compared the pre-operative IMAs to the post-operative angles to answer this question.

Method Twenty patients had a first MTP fusion for severe hallux valgus deformity performed by the senior author over a 2-year period. All were female. Mean age was 54.2 years (range 42–78). Seven patients had rheumatoid arthritis. Their IMAs were retrospectively measured on weight bearing X-rays taken pre-operatively and 6 weeks post-operatively. They were recalled for an additional measurement at a mean of 13.72 months (range 6–30).

Results Pre-operatively the mean hallux valgus angle was 46.55 degrees and the mean IMA was 16.65 degrees (range 12–26). The mean 6 week post-operative IMA was 10.35 degrees (range 6–15) with a mean improvement of 6.3 degrees (range 0–12). The mean IMA at final follow-up was 8.67 degrees (range 5–12). The mean final improvement was 8.22 degrees (range 4–14). In eight patients with a pre-operative IMA of 15 degrees or less the mean improvement was 6.13 degrees. In 10 patients with an pre-operative IMA of 16 degrees or more, the mean improvement was 9.9 degrees.

Significance First MTP joint fusion in hallux valgus deformity permanently reduces the IMA. As the pre-operative IMA increases from moderate to severe, there is a significant increase in post-operative correction. An additional basal osteotomy is not indicated.


SP Lazarides A Hildreth V Prasanna I Talkhani

Introduction Hallux valgus (HV) is a common foot deformity with a prevalence of up to 48%. It usually affects females and its radiographic severity is expressed by various angles, such as the HV Angle, the Inter Metatarsal Angle (IMA) and the Distal Metatarsal Articular Angle (DMAA).

The aim of our study was to assess the impact that HV has on patients’ quality of life and to correlate each of the above angles to SF-36 sub-scales.

Method Twenty-three female patients with a mean age of 48.5 years were included in the study. Diagnosis was established by clinical and standardised radiological examination. Patients were medically fit and the only pathology that could affect their SF-36 score was HV. They all completed in the SF-36 form on their first visit at the clinic. Statistical analysis was performed via SPSS 12.0.

Results Mean radiographic angular deformities measured 35, 13, and 17 degrees for HVA, IMA, and DMAA respectively. The HVA and IMA demonstrated significant association (p=0.018) as regarding their severity, indicating that they probably interact during the progression of the deformity. The Physical Component Summary score was significantly lower in our patients than the recommended norms for the same age (p=0.015). HVA significantly affected the General Health (p=0.023), IMA, the Role Physical (0.039), Role Emotional (p=0.056) and Mental Health (p=0.043). The coefficients were all negative indicating a worse health scenario as the deformity increases.

Conclusion These results suggest that HV deformity seriously affects peoples’ quality of life. In addition, according to our data, surgical treatment is absolutely indicated and operative correction of the angular deformities would be expected to normalise those patients’ SF-36 score. However, this remains to be proved.


V Dhukaram C Senthil MG Hullin

Introduction Hallux valgus (HV) leads to altered load-bearing function of the foot but there is no adequate evidence to show the restoration of load bearing function post-deformity correction where transfer metatarsalgia is the common complication. This study describes a retrospective review conducted on individuals who have undergone Mitchell and Scarf osteotomy for severe HV deformity.

Method Clinical records and radiographs were reviewed. Clinical evaluation was done using American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society (AOFAS) scores and plantar pressures recorded using the Musgrave system analysing the average pressure, peak pressure distribution and contact time of the various regions of foot during the gait cycle. A control group of 15 individuals with 20 normal feet was included for comparison. Statistical analysis was carried out using ANOVA and correlation tests.

Results Twenty-two Mitchell and 22 Scarf osteotomies were performed on 28 patients with follow up ranging from 13 to 62 months. The average postoperative AOFAS scores following Mitchell and Scarf osteotomy were 74 and 84 respectively.

Pedobarograph findings: Post-Mitchell osteotomy, an insufficiency of hallux was seen, which overloads the second and third metatarsal heads. Post-Scarf osteotomy resulted in reduced peak pressures under first, second and third metatarsal heads and hallux with reduced push off during late stance phase. More pressure is transferred through heel, midfoot and lateral metatarsal heads. The centre of pressure progression is central in both the study groups. The outcome of the procedure depends on the load bearing characteristics of hallux and not the first metatarsal head.

Conclusion Mitchell osteotomy leads to abnormal load bearing characteristics of the forefoot with an unfavourable outcome. However, the Scarf procedure does not restore the load bearing characteristics to normal. A prospective study may be more valuable.


A Qureshi MS Zafar M Carount DJ McBride

Introduction We report a modified technique using peroneus brevis for reconstruction of the anterior talofibular and calcaneo-fibular ligaments in the ankle for chronic instability.

Method The surgery was carried out using a double drill-hole in the distal fibula with either a complete or partial tendon graft. An examination under anaesthetic with ankle arthroscopy has been utilised to confirm the clinical diagnosis and assess the articular surfaces. In appropriate cases a translational os calcis osteotomy is added to correct varus hindfoot deformity.

Forty-five procedures were carried out over a 10-year period. The patients were retrospectively assessed with a case note review, and an updated clinical evaluation. The assessment focussed on pain, stability and impact on daily living.

Results Our results compare favourably with existing techniques for lateral ligament reconstruction, with most patients being satisfied with the improvement in pain relief and stability. These will be discussed in detail. Complications included superficial wound infections and sensory neurological symptoms. There were two failures following surgery both of which were associated with a high body mass index and joint laxity.

Conclusion This procedure provides anatomical reconstruction, is technically undemanding and gives adequate pain relief, stability and return to sporting activity. With careful patient selection, including treatment of intra-articular pathology and hindfoot deformity, it is a useful alternative to the methods currently available.


Full Access
R Mudnuri E Mallick C Jagannath J Barrie

Between 1st March 1995 and 31st December 2002 we treated 69 patients for pedal ganglia. Review was carried out through a research clinic or by questionnaire by an independent reviewer. One patient had died of unrelated causes and one was housebound and deaf. Fourteen were lost to follow-up; final results are pending in 15.

Of the patients reviewed, 13 were treated by observation. Six were male, seven female, aged 16–76, median follow-up 59 months (range 40–106). Eight had no pain and five had occasional pain. None had interference with activities of daily living (ADL). Four chose shoes for comfort and nine could wear any. All had residual ganglia 3–5 mm in diameter but only five were bothered by them. One patient had undergone excision of the ganglion.

Twenty-one had aspiration and injection of ganglia. Eleven were male and ten female, aged 33–80, median follow-up 58 months (range 20–92). Ten had no pain and 11 occasional pain. Sixteen had no problems with ADL, four had interference with recreational activities and one interference with all ADL. Fourteen could wear any shoe and seven chose shoes for comfort. Eighteen were not bothered by their ganglion, two were occasionally bothered and one bothered often. Ten had no treatment other than aspiration and injection, four had repeat aspiration (one twice) and nine had the ganglion excised (two repeat excisions). Five had residual ganglia (three after surgery), two had tender scars and two altered sensation.

Four patients had primary excision. None had any pain, problems with ADL or shoe wear restrictions; one was occasionally bothered by the ganglion site. There were no recurrent ganglia but two had uncomfortable scars.

Many ganglia can be managed by simple treatment and surgery is often followed by minor residual symptoms.


A Malviya N Makwana P Laing

Aims Lateral ligament complex injuries are a common cause of chronic ankle instability. It has been found that functional and mechanical instability of the ankle joint can respond to arthroscopic debridement of the ankle alone and that not all structurally unstable joints require stabilisation. The aim of this study was to find out the role of examination under anaesthesia (EUA) and arthroscopy in the management of these problems.

Method We retrospectively studied 43 patients with chronic lateral ankle instability who had failed to respond to a functional rehabilitation programme. All patients underwent an EUA with stress views to determine instability, proceeded by arthroscopic examination of the ankle.

Results Intra-articular bony lesion was seen in 41.8% of cases. Fibrosis in the anterolateral gutter was found in 79.1%, 27.9% had osteochondral defect, 30.2% had osteophytes causing impingement and 9.3% had loose bodies. Structural instability was confirmed in 53.4% and functional instability in 46.6%. Arthroscopy demonstrated attenuation of the anterior talofibular ligament in 14%. Following arthroscopic debridement lateral reconstruction was required in only 14 (32.5%). Twenty-three patients (53.4%) went on to improve after arthroscopy alone and did not need lateral reconstruction. Three patients (6.9%) needed supplementary procedures for other associated problems.

Conclusion Arthroscopic assessment and treatment of intraarticular lesion in patients with chronic ankle instability can result in a stable ankle that does not necessitate a lateral ligament complex reconstruction.


P Patil K Subramanian V Sahni

Introduction There is no consensus on the superiority of either Chevron or Mitchell osteotomy in the treatment of hallux valgus. In the literature Chevron osteotomy is recommended for the mild and Mitchell’s for the moderate hallux valgus (HV) deformities. We reviewed outcomes of two of the most common distal first metatarsal osteotomies.

Aims To compare the results of Chevron vs Mitchell osteotomy in the treatment of HV.

To evaluate the co-relation between clinical outcome and radiological correction achieved after the two osteotomies.

Method We reviewed clinical notes and pre- and postoperative radiographs of a total of 111 operations including 61 Chevron and 50 Mitchell osteotomies in 90 patients.

We designed a patient-focused questionnaire to evaluate clinical outcomes that addressed the main functional outcomes concerning patients after bunion surgery. These included pain, usage of footwear postoperatively, cosmoses, development of transfer metatarsalgia and the repeatability of the procedure they had undergone. These questions were point based and a final clinical score was calculated for comparison with the radiological correction. This was also used as a measure of success of the procedure.

Conclusion There is a statistically significant radiological difference in HV angle correction and the loss of first metatarsal height as seen post-operatively between patients treated with Chevron and Mitchell osteotomies for HV correction (p=0.03 and p=0.0004 respectively). There is no statistically significant difference (p=0.6) in the clinical outcomes based on the newly designed patient-focused questionnaire with either Chevron or Mitchell osteotomies at a mean follow-up of 27 months post-operatively. Clinical outcome determined by patient-focused questionnaire remains the same in-spite of radiological differences noticed post-operatively between the two osteotomies.


MS Zafar A Qureshi A Misra D Prinsloo DJ McBride

Background Open reduction and internal fixation for displaced intra-articular fractures of the calcaneum has become an established method of treatment. A recent randomised, controlled trial has questioned the benefits of surgery, in particular, pain relief.

Method We reviewed the cases undertaken in our department, complications which have arisen, and their treatment. We have devised a management plan in conjunction with the department of plastic surgery to minimise the effect of these complications. There were 124 procedures carried out over a 12-year period, 116 unilateral and 4 bilateral in 120 patients (106 males and 14 females, age range 18–66). Two further patients were included who had had surgery in another hospital and had been referred to our plastic surgery unit with significant wound complications.

The patients were retrospectively assessed with a case note review and an updated clinical evaluation. The assessment focussed particularly on wound complications including breakdown classified as either major or minor, and association with infection, haematoma and drainage. Neurological symptoms were also noted.

Results There were five major wound complications, three from our unit and two from another hospital. Infection was present in three cases. Four healed uneventfully but one of the infected group subsequently had a below knee amputation for refractory infection. Minor wound breakdown was more common. There was no association with haematoma or drainage but wound breakdown occurred more frequently in patients who smoked. Neurological complications were infrequent and temporary.

Conclusion This study confirmed that there is a significant morbidity associated with the surgical management of these fractures, although the vast majority of patients’ wounds healed uneventfully. With a sensible management plan, which involves working in conjunction with plastic surgeons, even major soft tissue complications may be addressed.


LC Biant G Hill D Singh

Objective To survey current antithrombotic prophylaxis regimes of foot and ankle surgeons in the UK, and their self-reported rates of deep vein thrombosis (DVT) and pulmonary embolism (PE).

Method A postal questionnaire was sent to 180 members of the British Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society requesting regime and types of antithrombotic prophylaxis (if any) used for elective forefoot, elective midfoot, open elective ankle, elective ankle arthroscopy and ankle trauma surgery, and numbers of cases of DVT and PE.

Results Ninety surgeons responded (50%). Surgeons had been practising as consultants with a special interest in foot and ankle surgery for an average of 8.9 years, and performed an average of 24 foot and ankle cases per month. Ten per cent never used antithrombotic prophylaxis in foot and ankle surgery, 64/90 used it routinely for certain cases, and 17/90 used it routinely in all patients. The most common types of prophylaxis were low molecular weight heparin, aspirin and TED stockings. In an approximate overall total of 223,500 foot and ankle cases, the self reported DVT rate was 0.1%. There were 45 reported PEs (0.02%). There was no significant difference in the rate of DVT between those who never, sometimes or always used prophylaxis. Only 5.5% surgeons employed a specific screening protocol to identify high risk patients.

Discussion There is widely varying clinical antithrombotic practice among foot and ankle surgeons in the UK, with no significant difference in reported DVT rates. This has implications for clinical practice and medicolegal issues.


MK Sayana N Maffulli

Background Achilles tendinopathy is prevalent in athletes and individuals with an active lifestyle. It causes significant morbidity, which at times leads to changes in exercise habits. Recently, the VISA-A questionnaire, based on a visual analogue score to assess pain and activity, has been devised as a clinical tool to assess the severity of Achilles tendinopathy (minimum score – 0, maximum possible score – 100).

Aim To assess the clinical progress in patients with Achilles tendinopathy using the VISA-A questionnaire.

Method Thirty-four patients (18 males, mean age 44 years, range 23–67; 16 females, mean age 51 years, range 20–76) were selected to complete the VISA-A questionnaire, after a diagnosis of Achilles tendinopathy had been made at first and subsequent visits to a specialised outpatient clinic.

Results The average pre-treatment VISA-A score was 39 (SD 22.8, range 3–82, 95% CI: 31–47). The patients received intensive physiotherapy, including graded progressive eccentric calf strengthening exercises, and were offered a peritendinous injection of Aprotonin and local anaesthetic if physiotherapy was ineffective. Surgery was performed in six patients when six months of conservative management failed to produce improvements. The average post-treatment VISA-A scores at the latest follow up was 50 (SD 26.5, range 1–97, 95% CI: 40.8–59.3), with a mean difference between pre and post-treatment scores of 11.5 (SD 18.8 range -28.5–67.5, 95% CI: 4.9–18). The mean VISA-A score in patients offered surgery was 36, and 20 in patients who received a peri-tendinous injection of Aprotonin and local anaesthetic

Conclusion The VISA-A score can identify patients who need more aggressive management, and can be used to monitor their progress.


A Malviya N Makwana P Laing

Background The American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society (AOFAS) score is one scoring system used to evaluate and monitor the progress of patients following foot and ankle surgery. The aim of this study was to evaluate the trend of AOFAS score over a period of time and correlate with quality-adjusted life-year (QALY) score, which is a valid and reliable scoring system.

Method All patients undergoing surgery under one foot and ankle surgeon from a period of January 2001 to July 2003 were reviewed. The pre-operative AOFAS and QALY scores and post-operative at 3, 6, 12 months and yearly were collected prospectively.

Results This study includes 205 surgical procedures in 159 patients. This included 40 patients with 41 feet in the ankle-hindfoot group; 15 patients with 15 feet in the midfoot group; 83 patients with 114 feet in the hallux group and 29 patients with 35 feet in the lesser toes group. The mean age of the patients was 51.9 yrs.

The general trend of the AOFAS graph shows a mean of 45.3 pre-operatively which rises to 72.4 at 3 month and a peak of 77.1 at 6 months only to fall to 75.7 at 12 months. This fall though seemingly marginal was significant (p< 0.001) Kendall’s rank correlation was used to correlate the AOFAS and QALY score. The 6-month AOFAS score was found to have higher correlation with the final QALY score (τ =0.423) than the 12-month AOFAS score (τ =0.236).

Conclusion AOFAS score correlates with subjective and functional results as determined by QALY score. The role of assessing AOFAS at 3 months does not seem to be justified. There is a deterioration in score at 12 months. Post-operative scores at 6 months should be sufficient to assess the outcome.


RT Steffen HS Bedi RJ Sharp PL Giangrande PH Cooke

Background Recurrent haemarthroses in patients with haemophilia commonly affect the ankles. It can result in haemophilic arthropathy and necessitate arthrodesis. The purpose of this report was to present the results of arthroscopic arthrodesis performed for this condition and to highlight some of the potential difficulties encountered as part of the surgical management. The operative technique is also described.

Method Between January 2001 and May 2004, eight male patients underwent nine arthroscopic arthrodeses. The mean age was 34 years (range 19–44). The patients were identified retrospectively from a surgical database and the radiographs and outpatient notes reviewed. Patients were also contacted to determine their level of satisfaction with the procedure.

Results The mean length of follow-up was 9 months (range 3–18). All patients had united both clinically and radiographically by the time of maximal follow-up and all were satisfied with the result. One patient had minor post-operative bleeding which settled spontaneously. No other significant complications were encountered. Bony cysts were observed in three patients pre-operatively and these all resolved following the attainment of union.

Conclusion Arthroscopic arthrodesis of the ankle is a safe and reliable treatment for haemophilic ankle arthropathy. The union rate is high, the complication rate is low, the risk of disease transmission from patient to staff is lessened and the post-operative rehabilitation regime, including allowing immediate weight bearing is less arduous than with traditional open procedures. Factor requirements are lessened and the length of stay is also reduced compared with open arthrodesis. Collaboration with a haematology unit is essential for a good result to be achieved.


MB Davies S Dalal

Background Bony or cartilaginous ossicles appear at the plantar aspect of the interphalangeal joint of the great toe. The variation in pattern, prevalence and anatomic relationships of these structures is not clearly established in the literature, especially in a Caucasian population. Without this knowledge, pathology at this joint may be underestimated and surgical approaches may be poorly planned particularly as radiographs underestimate the incidence of ossicles at this joint. The aims of this study were to determine the incidence and pattern of ossicles at this joint and to establish their anatomical relationships in order to aid planning the approach for their excision.

Method The left great toe interphalangeal joint was dissected in forty British Caucasian cadavers and the pattern of ossicles and their anatomic relationships were established.

Results In 27.5% of specimens, there was no identifiable ossicle and in these cases, the tendon of flexor hallucis longus was adherent to the joint capsule. In the remaining specimens (72.5%), a bursa separated the tendon of flexor hallucis longus from the plantar joint capsule and ossicles were found embedded within the joint capsule. Over a half (52.5%) of the specimens had a single ossicle located centrally within the plantar capsule and the remaining 20% had two ossicles lying within the capsule.

Conclusion This study shows that a large proportion of the population have either one or two bony or cartilaginous ossicles at this joint. In addition, the study has clarified the anatomy of this joint and shown that, when present, ossicles do not lie within the tendon of flexor hallucis longus and could be most safely approached from either a medial or lateral approach.


N Maffulli C Tallon J Wong KP Lim R Bleakney

Using a comparative, longitudinal study design, we studied the effects of early weight bearing and ankle mobilisation following acute repair of ruptured Achilles tendon.

Patients in Group 1 (22 males and 4 females; mean age 44.7 years [range 31–69], 11 right- and 15 left-sided ruptures) were immobilised with their ankle in gravity equinus, and encouraged to fully weight bear. They received a single cast change at 2 weeks, when the ankle was accommodated in an anterior splint, allowing full plantarflexion but not dorsiflexion above neutral.

Patients in Group 2 (23 males and 4 females; mean age 43.8 years [range 30–67], 11 right- and 16 left-sided ruptures) were immobilised in full equinus. They received a cast change at 2 and 4 weeks, when the ankle was immobilised in a plantigrade position. They were advised to weight bear 4 weeks after the operation.

Patients in Group 1 attended less outpatient visits and completely discarded their crutches at an average of 2.5 weeks after the operation. Group 2 discarded their crutches at an average of 5.7 weeks after from the operation (p=0.013). At ultrasound scan, the average thickness of the repaired tendon was 12.1 mm (SD 2), with no difference in the thickness of the ruptured tendon regardless of the method of post-operative management. There was no significant difference in isometric strength between the two groups of patients. A greater proportion of patients in Group 1 were satisfied with the results of surgery (p=0.04).

Early weight bearing with the ankle plantigrade is not detrimental to the outcome of repair following rupture of the Achilles tendon, and shortens the time needed for rehabilitation. However, strength deficit and muscle atrophy are not prevented.


B. Kish A. Regev D. Goren S. Shabat M. Nyska

Purpose: Evaluating the rate of complications with the use of Proximal femoral nail (P.F.N.), and discuss the reasons for the complications and their solution.

Material and Methods: During last 4.5 years 308 patients underwent P.F.N. for unstable proximal femoral fracture. The average age of the patients was 75.6 (range 20–96).

A.O. classification. A1: 27. A2: 180. A3: 96. In 7 patients a failed dynamic hip screw (D.H.S.) was changed to P.F.N. All the patients were allowed to begin full weight bearing immediately. In 81% of patients short femoral nail was inserted and in the rest long one.

Results:

Complications:Malfixation(internal-rotation, varus, valgus, shorting, bad position of the screw in the neck) – 10%

Deep infection 0.7%, nonuonion 1%, cut out 2%,

Nail breakage 0.6%, Broken drills, bad position of locking screws.

Solutions:

Re-operation 1.6%, T.H.R. 1.3 %, removal of nail 1.6%, nail change 0.9%.

During the last year we began to use a new and improved insertion set with less complications.

Conclusions: P.F.N. is a valid solution for unstable proximal femoral fractures enabling immediate full weight bearing. P.F.N. may be used as a good salvage procedure for failed dynamic hip screw. The procedure demands accurate and meticulous operative technique in order to avoid technical complications. In cutout nails T.H.R. is a good salvage procedure in older patients.


Full Access
I. Holzer N. Snir S. Dekel

TOH was first described by Curtis and Kinkade in 1959, in women in the 3rd trimester of pregnancy. Later the disease was described in middle-aged males (4th-6th decade). Very rare occurrence was described in children and in females not connected to pregnancy.

Thirty-six patients with sudden hip pain with normal radiographs but increase uptake on bone scan and bone marrow edema in the head and neck on MRI were investigated by the senior author. Two patients (age 16 and 18) had Osteoid osteoma in the neck and two elderly patients (72 female and 75 male) had stress fracture in the neck were excluded from the study. The rest, 32 patients (28 males and 4 females – not connected to pregnancy) are the study group. Three male patients had bilateral involvement 1 to 3 years apart. The initial symptoms were pain, limping with minimal or no restriction in range of motion. All patients had plain radiographs, bone scan and MRI. Bone scan was positive in all and MRI showed bone edema in the neck and head in all. All patients were initially treated by non-weight bearing for six weeks followed by additional MRI every 6 weeks till the bone edema and symptoms subsided. In all patients the third MRI showed improvement in bone edema and were allowed to weight bear. None of the patients showed progression from TOH to AVN even in 7 patients with Crescent lines on T-1 images.

The mean F.U. was 51 months (4 to 131 months). Five patients still complained of mild pain in the affected hip, all with the exception of one had full range of motion. None of the patients had limping. All the plain radiographs were normal, with no signs of AVN or deformity of the head. In contrast the Dexa measurements of all patients showed decreased bone density in the affected hip compared to the other.

Conclusion: TOH is a benign disease. Even when Crescent lines are present all patients heal successfully without signs of AVN. Excellent correlation was found between subsidence of pain and improvement of bone edema on MRI. AVN and TOH are two distinct entities and therefore the treatment of TOH should always be conservative.


I. Ilsar A. Har-Even L. Brocke O. Safran Z. Leichter AJ Foldes Y. Mattan M. Liebergall

Introduction: The most widely accepted method for measuring bone mineral density (BMD) is Dual-energy X-ray Absorptionmetry (DXA). However, the need for relatively expensive equipment and trained personnel lower the accessibility of DXA as a routine screening tool. Plain pelvic X-ray radiography is a simple and inexpensive examination. In principal, the gray level of the bone in the X-ray radiograph is related to BMD. However, several factors render plain X-ray radiographs of the hip unsuitable for BMD measurements, mainly the variability in X-ray exposure levels and the soft tissue surrounding the bone. In this study, we aimed to develop new modifications of plain X-ray radiography of the proximal femur.

Patients and methods: The study population consisted of 18 women with an average age of 77 years (range 57–96 years) who were hospitalized due to a low-energy fracture of the neck of the femur. Each patient’s contralateral hip was radiographed with an aluminium step-wedge positioned near the hip as a standard reference, using a computerized radiography system. A DXA examination of the same hip followed the plain radiograph. On each radiograph, regions of interest (ROI) were determined in concordance with the ROI of the DXA examination. The mean gray level was measured for each ROI. The neck-shaft angle and the femoral head diameter were also measured.

Results: Comparing the gray levels of the plain radiograph with the BMD levels obtained by the DXA revealed a coefficient ratio of R=0.499. Correction of the gray levels using the step wedge as a standard reference revealed a ratio of R=0.576. If further correction was made with measurement of the soft tissue gray levels, a ratio of R=0.708 was obtained. Using the anatomical measurements (neck-shaft angle and femoral head diameter), a ratio of R=0.948 was obtained.

Conclusion: This study shows that a plain digital radiograph of the pelvis can provide valuable information concerning the bone mineral content of the proximal femur, which is comparable to the results of the DXA examination. Ultimately, the research can lead to the development of a fast, available and relatively inexpensive technique to diagnose osteoporosis.


M. Levin H. Solomon C. Picard

Purpose: 151 patients with intertrochanteric (IT) fracture of femur were treated in our department, between July 2002 and December 2003. We used this system as the only system of fixation for intertrochanteric fractures, no other system of fixation was even considered. We wish to evaluate our results and report the findings.

Materials and Methods: A total of 151 patients with an IT fracture were treated, all of them underwent surgery. 152 surgeries were performed in the 151 patients, one of the patients underwent a bilateral surgery. The follow up period was 9 months to a maximum of 12 months. 34 male and 117 female patients were operated. 75 of the fractures were right and 77 left sided. One of four surgeons was involved in all the surgeries.

Results: Time of surgery varied between 25 min to 1 hrs and 15 min, the vast majority of the surgeries took around 30 min. The time of surgery depended on the experience of the surgical team i.e. surgeon, nursing staff and fluoroscopic technician, ease and quality of reduction and its stability. All surgical wounds healed well. No wound infection was encountered, there was no immediate post operative mortality,. 151 out of 152 fractures had no significant loss of fixation and one patient broke all the 3 shaft screws with loss of fixation but the screws in the head continued to hold and had to be revised to a nailing. Almost every patient received a unit of blood to maintain a minimum of 9.0gm % of Hemoglobin level. Blood loss during surgery was estimated to be between 50 –150 ml as per surgical team estimates. Post surgical wound drainage varied between 25 ml to 75 ml.

Conclusions: The PCCP is a reliable and quick system of internal fixation for IT fractures, gives excellent results by all standards, with early and successful return to function.


R. Jakusonoka V. Goncars

Purpose: To establish frequency of revision operations in the group of Lubinus implants.

To compare our results with results in Sweden.

To develop further activities in the improvement of the results.

Materials and Methods: Lubinus Classic Plus and Lubinus SP-2 implants were used.

From 1994 till 2004, 1,487 operations with Lubinus primary cemented implant were performed.

We registered the following parameters: number of revision operations per year and cause of revision operation – septic or aseptic.

Results: 29 revision operations were performed (1.95% of all THR with Lubinus implant).

14 revisions (0.94%) were performed because of septic complications and 15 revisions because of aseptic complications.

It was established that causes of aseptic complications were the following:

Loosening of both components – 6 cases

Loosening of acetabular component – 4 cases

Loosening of femoral component – 2 cases

Periprosthetic fractures – 2 cases

Tearing down of head of femoral component – 1 case.

We compared the number of revision operations of all THR with Lubinus implant because of aseptic and septic complications in Latvia and Sweden.

Because of aseptic complications in Latvia were 1.01% revision operations of all primary THR, but in Sweden – ~2–3% of all primary THR. Because of septic complications in Latvia were 0.94% revision operations of all primary THR, but in Sweden – 0.4% of all primary THR.

Conclusions: In Latvia primary THR with Lubinus implant have stable prognostic results and small number of revision operations. Therefore, the special regard should be paid to the prophylaxis of septic complications.


Full Access
AI Spitzer K. Evensen I. Vinograd

While cemented THA has been considered the gold-standard, cementless THA has become a common and even preferred approach for younger individuals and those with acceptable bone stock. Which technology provides superior results and in which patients, however, remains controversial, and has not been systematically studied.

The literature suggests that well-fixed cementless prostheses, and even composite beam cemented prostheses cause stress shielding and progressive osteopenia in the surrounding bone. This compromises and complicates subsequent surgery, particularly in young patients who are at risk for multiple revisions, and may increase the risk of periprosthetic fracture, component failure, and aseptic loosening.

In contrast, polished tapered stems, by behaving according to a taper-slip philosophy, favorably load bone, converting shear stress into radially directed hoop stresses, through the medium of the surrounding visco-elastic cement and its resulting ability to creep.

The C-Stem, (DePuy, Warsaw, Indiana, USA) a cemented triple tapered polished stem is the only stem with published data demonstrating positive remodeling of bone in as many as 20% of patients, and preservation of the critical proximal medial calcar bone. Additional anectdotal reports confirm these results.

The long-term results of cemented stems, which necessarily involve the surviving youngerst cohort in any series, are outstanding. The tapered polished stem technology may improve these historical results, and, by limiting periprosthetic stress shielding and osteopenia, may revolutionize the application of cemented THA in younger patients for whom preservation of bone stock through favorable bone loading is so critical to sustained success of the primary and subsequent revision surgeries.


Full Access
M. Kramer V. Benkovich A. Bunin E. Rath D. Atar

In recent years advances in operative techniques have allowed surgeons to perform total hip arthroplasty (THA) through incisions much smaller than those used previously. Potential advantages of these techniques include the reduction of blood loss and pain in the immediate postoperative period and preserving muscle function.

Potential disadvantages might include increased wound infection rate due to skin ischemia, intraoperative neurovascular injuries, and component malposition. This in turn may lead to long term complications, such as instability, osteolysis, and loosening.

The purpose of this study is to present our results with total hip arthroplasty performed through a minimal invasive technique which is a modification of the standard posterolateral approach.

Methods: In this retrospective study 91 consecutive patients underwent primary total hip arthroplasties were reviewed. The surgeries were performed at our institution from January 2001 to December 2003.

Surgical indications included primary osteoarthritis, subcapital fractures, malignancy, hip displasia, Otopelvis, rheumatoid arthritis and AVN. Exclusion criteria included revision hip arthroplasty, and cemented operations.

A modification of the standard posterlateral approach was used. Standard hip arthroplasty instruments along with curved acetabular reamers and impactor were used. Incision extent was determined by the size of the acetabular component. A fully Hidroxyapetite coated stem, and porous coated acetabullar component were used. Immediate full weight bearing postoperative regimen was allowed in all cases.

Results: In 17 patients (group A) the indication for surgery was a recent subcapital fracture. 74 patients (group B) had no trauma. The average age was 64.2 in group A and 65.1 in group B. No case of deep infection was documented in either group. 5 patients in group B had a single event of a posterior dislocation that was treated successfully with closed reduction. No dislocation occurred in group A. 35% (4) of group A and 41% (22) of group B did not require postoperative blood transfusions. 47% (6) and 36% (14) respectively needed transfusion of 3 blood units or more. Average hospitalization time was 6 days. None of the patients in both groups needed re-operation.

Conclusions: Minimally invasive total hip arthroplasty is associated with a short hospitalization period and relatively low rate of blood transfusion. No major wound healing problems were documented in our series. It appears that the relatively high dislocation rate might be explained partly due to the common use of ceramic inserts. Further modification of the technique for proper acetabular component orientation is needed. However, more prospective with longer follow-up research must be conducted before definitive recommendations can be made.


Y. Barzilay J-C Le-Huec GR Reddy T. Friesem

Introduction: Total disc arthroplasty may offer the same clinical benefits as interbody fusion in symptomatic degenerative disc disease, while providing motion that may protect the adjacent level discs from the abnormal and undue stresses associated with fusion.

Objectives: To prospectively review the preliminary results of the Maverick Lumbar Disc Prosthesis (Medtronic, USA) at maximum 2 year follow-up.

Methods: The first 51 patients (26 M, 25F, age 45.5 mean, 53 levels implanted) were prospectively analyzed. Outcome data included the Oswestry Disability Score (ODI), Visual Analog Scale (VAS) for back and leg pain and SF-36 preoperatively and at routine scheduled follow-ups. Radiographic analysis included sagittal balance parameters and range of motion of the implanted level.

Results: Clinical success (ODI change > 15, FDA) was 82% and 86%, at 6 months and 1 year follow-up respectively. VAS (back) improved from 7.9 (±1.4) to 3.8 (±2.9), and VAS (leg) from (4.6 ± 3.2) to 3.1 (±3.2). All improvements were statistically significant. Two approach, 2 technique and 2 general related complications occurred. Implanted level range of motion ranged from 3 to 12 degrees (mean 6 ± 4 degrees). There was no significant change in any of the sagittal balance variables studied, but a local realignment of the L4-5 L5-S1 segments was found.

Conclusion: These results compare favorably with the short-term clinical outcomes associated with ALIF. It appears that the prosthesis has enough freedom of motion to allow the patient to maintain the natural sagittal and spino-pelvic balance, with normal range of motion. These early favorable clinical results or the influence on adjacent motion segments can be assessed only after a long term prospective randomized study comparing the Maverick to fusion procedures.


G. Rivkin L. Kandel M. Liebergall D. Segal Y. Mattan

Introduction: Osteolysis is a significant problem associated with hip replacement. In the early stages of osteolysis, when the implant is still stable, formal revision is technically demanding and may result in signififant bone loss. A recently described technique for acetabular component revision addresses osteolysis, retaining the acetabular cup and cementing a new polyethylene liner.

Materials and Methods: Between January 2000 and December 2003, 29 liner cementation revisions in 27 patients were performed. The mean age was 61 years (range 37–77), the mean time elapsed after the original surgery was 6.7 years (3–14). 23 of the hips (79%) were ABG (Howmedica). Only 20 (69%) of the patients were clinically symptomatic. At surgery the polyethylene was removed and osteolytic cysts were debrided. Then, the metal acetabular component was tested for stability. Obviously, only stable metal implants were not revised. The cysts were filled with bone graft or bone substitute and a new polyethylene liner was cemented in with methylmetacrilate augmented gentamicin. The patients were evaluated by modified Harris Hip Score (HHS) and by SF-12 score. The mean follow up was 25 months (10–45).

Results: The average HHS was 86/4 and its pain component was 38.8. The average physical component of SF-12 was 45.9 (19.5–57.2) and the average metal component was 54.6 (29–66.9). The post-operative HHS and the SF-12 scores were high (good or excellent) in all patients reflecting good clinical outcome. In patients who were asymptomatic prior to surgery, both the HHS and the pain score were significantly higher compared to the symptomatic patients (p< 0.01). One patient with extensive bone loss needed revision surgery due to early postoperative fracture of the acetabulum, and another patient had recurrent dislocations that required revision.

Summary: We conclude that revision of the polyethylene liner and cementation of a new one is a safe and useful technique in patients with stable acetabular shell. This is especially true for asymptomatic patients with osteolysis.


K. Evensen AI Spitzer I. Vinograd P. Goodmanson K. Suthers

Purpose: Dislocation after THA is a multifactorial challenge involving patient, surgical and implant variables. The extramedullary features of a hip implant—offset, neck length, height, version, and head/neck ratio—significantly impact the stability of the reconstruction. We report a significant difference in dislocation rate between two different femoral stems.

Methods: Between May, 1998 and October, 2003, 263 primary THAs were performed by a single surgeon, utilizing identical surgical technique. Acetabular fixation was cementless with 3 varieties of cups in 262 hips and cemented in one hip. 141 hips had a single cemented femoral component (C-Stem, DePuy, Warsaw, Indiana), and 122 hips had a single cementless design (S-ROM, DePuy, Warsaw, Indiana).

Results: Diagnosis, gender, and side were similar between the groups. Mean age of the cemented group was 68.9 years(R 33 to 92) and of the cementless group was 51.9 years (R 19 to 79). The 3 acetabular designs were equally distributed between groups. All hips were implanted with 28 mm heads. There were 12/141 (8.5%) dislocations in the cemented group, and 3/122 (2.5%) dislocations in the cementless group (p < 0.10).

Conclusions: Stability after THA is affected by design features of a femoral implant, including height, neck length, offset, and version. The use of a single stem in all patients may not adequately address individual biomechanic variability. Careful preoperative templating, and the availability of multiple stem designs within a single fixation philosophy, may facilitate matching of extramedullary features to an individual patient’s anatomy in order to optimize postoperative hip stability.


CK Bhatia Y. Barzilay M. Krishna

Object: To study the incidence, etiology and management of patients with neuralgia following Posterior Lumbar Interbody Fusion (PLIF).

Design: A prospective study of 216 patients undergoing PLIF surgery from March 1996 to August 2003.

Subjects: 16 of the 225 patients (7.1%) undergoing PLIF surgery developed new leg pain following surgery.

Results In all patients, the distribution of the postoperative pain was different than the pre-operative pain. Nerve swelling with relative stenosis was the most common cause (9/16), followed by pedicular screw misplacement (2/16), nerve anomaly (2/16), loose posterior arch (2/16), and graft subsidence (1/16).

Nine patients with nerve swelling complained of pain with no neurological findings. One responded to a root block and 6 to re-exploration and further decompression. The patients with misplaced screws woke up from surgery with pain and neurology. The pain responded to removal of screws in both. Two patients with loose posterior arches complained of leg pain while lying down only. These symptoms disappeared after excision of the arches. In 2 patients conjoint roots were found intra-operatively. Both developed post operative pain, which settled down in one. In one patient subsidence of an iliac graft caused pain a few months following surgery and did not respond to further decompression.

Discussion: The overall incidence of post PLIF neuralgia was 7.1%, however by removing the whole facet, as performed in the last 122 patients, the incidence reduced from 9.7% (first 103 patients) to 4.9%. Based on our data we propose a classification system for Post PLIF Neuralgia, and a management plan. Using both, 11 of the 16 patients reported their leg pain disappeared, leaving only 5 patients with residual leg pain (< 3%). Key-stones in avoiding post PLIF neuralgia are generous decompression of the nerve roots, especially the lateral recess above the disc, total facetectomy and removal of graft pieces before closure.


Y. Barzilay CK Bhatia GR Reddy T. Friesem M. Krishna

Introduction: Vertebroplasty is an established minimally invasive technique, which provides consistent and sustained pain relief in patients with vertebral fractures. However cement extrusion remains a major problem and has been reported to occur in up to 70% of the cases in some reports. Cement extravasations may occur through the Basivertebral vein, the Segmental vein or through cortical defects. Cement leakage may be Epidural, Anterior, Para-vertebral, Intra-discal or distant. Most often cement leakage is asymptomatic but on occasion it may be a serious complication in the form of Cord compression, pulmonary embolism or Neuralgia.

The incidence of cement leakage can be reduced by the use of high viscosity cement, use of a low pressure injection system, injecting small volumes at each level, introducing the cement under visualization and waiting for cement to set before withdrawing the needle.

Patients and Methods: We describe another technique to help in reduction of cement extrusion.

After satisfactory placement of the Jamshidi needle (used for injecting cement), aspiration is attempted using a 20ml Syringe. A slurry, made of very fine pieces of Gel foam mixed with Omnipaque dye and saline, is injected into the vertebral body. This embolizes the blood channels, which are communicating with the needle. Once no more blood can be aspirated, and no dye is seen extruding into the veins, toothpaste consistency cement is injected under low pressure and fluoroscopic guidance. A post-procedure CT scan was performed in all cases to confirm cement location.

Results: 28 patients underwent PV, 24 of these patients had osteoporotic vertebral fractures and 4 had meta-static lesions. Vertebroplasty was done at 56 symptomatic levels. Using this method, Cement leakage was seen at 12 of the 56 levels operated on (21.4%); at 6 levels leakage was into the adjoining disc, leakage anteriorly was seen at 3 levels, there was 1 leakage into the paravertebral tissues and at 2 levels there was a streak of cement into the vertebral canal in 1 via the venous system and in the other through a cortical defect. None of the leakages were symptomatic. Epidural leakage was seen in 2 patients (3.57%).

Conclusion: A slurry of gelfoam, dye and saline injected prior to cement reduces the incidence of cement extrusion, therefore increasing the safety of this effective procedure.


U. Eshkenazi S. Goldstein D. Robinson

We wanted to verify the validity of the treatment of vertebroplasty and kyphoplasty to failure of the anterior column of the thoracic and lumbar spine.

Since 2002, 39 procedures of vertebroplasties and kypholasties were performed to 36 patients.

Most of the procedures were done because of painful ostoporotic fractures. 4 were because of metastasis, 2 hemangiomas of the vertebral body. 2 multiple myeloma. One Paget disease of bone.

In cases of multiple osteoporotic fractures, decision was made based on clinical Findings and bone scan.

Results were encouraging: 31 patients reported of improvement of pain. Analyzing Visual Analogue Score, alleviation was recorded immediately after surgery.

Few complications were registered: 2 patients underwent further surgery because of radiating pain. In two patients malpositioning of the Vertebral Body Reconstraction was seen. One patient had osteomyelitis of the vertebral body. 2 cement leakage were seen.

Vertebroplasty and kyphoplasty are good solutions for the treatment of failure of the anterior column in the thoracic and lumbar spine. Accurate patients election should be done in order to detect patients with spinal stenosis that will respond negatively to this treatment.


B. Zilberstein A. Bruskin M. Roffman

Anterior decompression and adequate spine fixation in patients with cervical radiculopathy and myelopathy are essential for functional restoration of cervical spine. In this study, we performed evaluation and comparative radiological assessment of several types of spinal implants in terms of bone block formation, sagittal alignment and effectiveness as a structural support.

Materials and Methods: From 1993 to 2003, 165 patients with radiculopathy and myelopathy due to degenerative disease of cervical spine were operated on. The age of patients was 32–74 years (mean age 57, 8). The interbody fusion was performed by several methods.

Group1. Autograft – 91 patients

Group 2. TiNi alloy cages – 74 patients.

Group 3. Varilift expandable cages without plate fixation – 22 patients

Group 4. Verilift cages with plate fixation – 8 patients

Group 5. Bone substitute spacer and plate fixation – 3 patients.

Results: In groups 1 and 2, the bone and bone-metal block was formed during the first 3–4 months after surgery in all patients. There were no cases of bone resorbtion around the TiNi cages or loosening of the device. In patients with one-level (15 patients) interbody fusion by Varilift cages (group 3); formation of the bone block during the same time period was observed in 14 out of 15 patients. In cases with two-level fusion (7 patients), the bone block at the second level was not formed for longer than 6 months. There were 7 cases of subsiding and segmental kyphosis. In group 4, we did not detect any cases of loosening, subsiding or segmental kyphosis. In group 5, no bone block formation was observed after 6 months despite plate fixation.

Conclusions: A high fusion rate was achieved after a single or multi-level discectomy and interbody fusion by autograft and TiNi cages, which did not subside due to their design and superelasticity and can therefore be used without plate fixation. Varilift cages were also very effective, but if used without plate fixation may be associated with subsiding effect. The use of the bone substitute spacer is questionable in cervical spine surgery. Cervical plate fixation is effective as a prophylactic measure against segmental kyphosis in all types of interbody fusion.


Y. Folman S. Shabat R. Gepstein

Objective: To determine the late (2–5 years) clinical results of surgery for herniated lumbar disc (HLD) as related to duration of preoperative symptoms and type of herniation.

Methods: The study was limited to 63 adult Moslem Arab residents of the hospital’s catchment area. All subjects had been scored for pre and postoperative leg pain and for related disability using a 0–11 visual analog scale and a functional grading system (Spangfort’s), respectively. Relationships between duration of preoperative symptoms and extent of disc herniation with the above scores were statistically analyzed.

Results: The mean overall score for leg pain decreased from 7.2 ± 2.0 (preoperatively) to 3.4 ± 2.4, a mean reduction (ΔVAS) of 3.1 ± 2.7, a 43.3% change (P< 0.001). Patients operated upon within 4 weeks after onset of symptoms attained the highest degree of leg pain relief (ΔVAS 4.3 ± 2.6), those operated within 4–12 weeks reported the least relief of leg pain (ΔVAS 1.7 ± 2.8). Paradoxically, patients who underwent surgery after 12 weeks received better results than the 4 – 12 week group (ΔVAS 3.0 ± 1.3). Patients with non-contained herniation reported a more intense preoperative leg pain than those defined as contained (VAS 8.3 vs. 6.5), were operated earlier (7.4 vs. 15.8 weeks), and their functional outcome was graded as better (Good/Fair in 96.4% vs. 74.3%).

Conclusions: Patients with incapacitating radicular pain, not responding to conservative treatments, are best operated upon within 6 weeks of onset. Surgery for non-contained herniation achieves a higher long-term success rate, probably since severe pain hastens surgical procedure, thereby preventing irreversible root damage.


Full Access
M. Waisman

A new technique of enlargement of the lumbar spinal canal (ELSC) and neural decompression in the treatment of any uni or multilevel segmental pathology causing stenosis with radicular or dural sac compression was performed by a standard laminectomy, posterior osteophytectomy and radical discectomy, leading to a widening of all the saggital and coronal sizes of the spinal canal, including the foraminal outlet of the root.

No damage or excessive excision of facet joints are necessary to achieve the wide neural decompression.

The outcome of patients that underwent conventional laminectomy and discectomy (Group A) and ELSC ( Group B) was compared.

The only objective parameter used to compare between the groups was only the need for reoperation of the patients.

The indications for the first surgery or a second reoperation (revision) were identical for both groups.

Conventional laminectomy and discectomy (Group A) was performed in 317 patients between 1977 and 1989. In this group 193 (61%) were females and 124 (39%) males. Mean age 42.5 years (range 13 to 72). In this group reoperation at the same level was necessary in 24 patients (8%).

ELSC (Group B) was performed in 231 patients between 1990 and 2002. In this group 133 (58%) were females and 98 (42%) males. Mean age 46.5 years (range 17 to 78). Only 3 patients needed reoperation at the same level in this group (1.3%). Using CT-scan cross sectional area measurements , the spinal canal was seen to be enlarged by 217% in average by using the ELSC surgical technique.

The follow up for group A was from 1 to 8 years; group B was 3 to 11 years. All patients underwent the operations by the autor.

Generous posterior osteophytectomy, scurving the anterior wall of the foramina in both sides, bypasses the pathway of the root, resulting in release of the overtensed, elongated and compressed nerve root at the encroached site of the foraminal outlet. An optimal enlargement of the lumbar spinal canal was achieved without affecting the spinal stability.

No symptoms related to perineural scarring were seen in Group B.

The ELSC technique can be aplied together with any kind of spinal instrumentation.


Y. Folman N. Ron E. Steinberg S. Shabat M. Hopp

Purpose of the study: To evaluate the efficacy and safety of a novel intramedullary, expandable and self-locking system for stabilization of proximal femoral fractures.

Patients and methods: Since October 2001, Fixion ® PF Nails have been implanted in 112 patients (84f / 28m) with mean age of 76.4 years (40–97). Ninety patients were operated for intertrochanteric fractures, and 22 for subtrochanteric fractures. The system consists of a diaphyseal nail and a femoral head peg. The nail is an expandable tube that, once inserted (unreamed) into the medullary canal, expands by 60%, using saline solution under controlled pressure. The expansion causes abutment of the nail longitudinal bars to the inner surface of the canal, resulting in excellent hold. The hip peg includes an expandable distal end, which, once expanded, condenses the travecular bone and enhances the femoral head grip and rotational stability.

Results: Average operative time was 62; minutes (25–90) and average fluoroscopy exposure 1.44 minutes (0.46–4.26). Perioperative blood loss was negligible. Optimal alignment was restored in all cases. No significant operative problems or complications were reported. Union was demonstrated in all cases within 12 weeks, except for two cases of severe osteoporosis, in which delayed cut-out of the implant was reported.

Conclusions: This minimally invasive procedure, requiring no reaming or use of interlocking screws, is user-friendly, safe, reduces the operative and fluoroscopy time, eliminates the risk of postoperative femoral shaft fracture and provides optimal ultimate outcome.


N. Ohana I. Kleir

Incidental durotomy is a relatively common occurrence during spinal surgery. There remains significant concern about this complication despite reports of good associated clinical outcomes. There have been few large clinical series on the subject.

Durotomy can cause postural headaches, nausea, vomiting, dizziness, photophobia, tinnitus, and vertigo and even severe meningitis and death.

Traditional management includes bed rest for up to 7 days to eliminate traction and reduce hydrostatic pressure during the healing process.

Methods: All patients who had spine surgery in our institute by the same surgeon during the last three years, enrolled into the study. Patients who did not have canal exploration as part of their procedure, were excluded.

Once durotomy had been recognized, immediate repair of the dura was done. An intra-operative Val-Salva maneuver was preformed and once no CSF leak was observed, the wound was tightly closed and no drains were left. In cases where no access to the leaking durotomy was possible, or the Val-Salva maneuver ended with CSF leak, a combination of fibrin glue and hemostatic materials were used to cover the dura.

On the first postoperative day the dressing was carefully inspected for any secretions. Patients who had their dressing dry and clean were allowed to get out of the bed with regular, unlimited, postoperative course. Patients who had a wet dressing due to CSF leak were instructed to stay in bed and a CD catheter was considered.

Results: There were 381 patients in the study group, 281 had instrumented procedures combined with canal decompression and 110 had decompression only. Incidental durotomy occured in 13 patients (3.4%); complete closure of the dura was possible in 10 while the rest had the fibrin glue sealing procedure. From the 3 patients, only one had a CD insertion due to continuous CSF leak, developed gram-negative meningitis and died. All accept the one patient had regular postoperative mobilization without any late CSF discharge or other related complications.

Conclusions: Although rare, incidental durotomy is one of the upsetting complications in spine surgery. No fixed, well-established protocol exists and the post-operative recommendation varies among surgeons.

Our experience shows that, based upon the described algorithm, one can safely mange patients who had incidental durotomy with a regular post-operative course.


S. Shabat G. Mann B. Kish Y. Folman A. Stern M. Nyska

Purpose: The elderly population is increasing in the modern world. Societies in general and medical personnel are facing new ethical and medical dilemmas when treating extremely old patients. Elderly patients have osteoporotic bone and hence a high incidence of fractures. Evaluating this unique group of patients who have hip fractures is our goal.

Materials and Methods: A retrospective analysis of all patients who had hip fractures between January 1990 and December 2001 and were beyond 100 years old was handled.

Data was collected from the medical files (hospitalization and out-patient charts) for age, sex, type of fracture, type of treatment, background disease, rehabilitation and time until death. The latter was confirmed by data from ministry of home office.

Results: 23 patients (17 females and 6 males) were found. Ages ranged from 100 and 107 (mean: 101.78). They had 4 subcapital and 19 per-subtrochanteric fractures. The patients had between 1–5 major background diseases. 4 patients were treated conservatively (1 due to major pneumonia and 3 refused the operative procedure). All these patients died at the same month of admission. Among the 19 patients who underwent operation, 12 patients have died and lived between 0–34 months (mean: 7.43) post-operatively, and 7 are still alive for 4–75 months (mean: 34.43) post-operatively. No differences between the operative and conservative groups in terms of major background disease were found.

Conclusions: Most of hip fractures in the extreme old age are per-subtrochanteric. Operative treatment yielded better results and should be the treatment of choice.


M. Weisbrot A. Garti A. Pirotzki M. Yassin D. Hendel D. Robinson

Purpose: Numerous implants used in repairing a trochanteric fracture of the hip are currently available. The purpose of this prospective study was to determine the complications and results of the percutaneous compression plate (PCCP), a relatively new device versus the conventional dynamic hip screw (DHS).

Materials and Methods: Between 2001–2003, 110 consecutive patients with trochanteric fractures were treated in our department. Fifty-five fractures were stabilized using the PCCP and 55 fractures were treated with the DHS. Results were analyzed according to fracture pattern, type of implant, quality of fracture reduction and position of implant. Function was assessed on the basis of pain, walking aids and walking capability.

Results: Forty-seven (85%) of 55 hips treated with PCCP healed without additional treatment and complications. Forty-three (78%) treated with DHS healed without additional treatment and complications. Complications among 8 patients (15%) of the PCCP group were: deep vein thrombosis, cardiac complication, chest infection and pressure sores. Complications among 12 patients (22%) of the DHS group were: implant failure (7%), deep wound infection, deep vein thrombosis and pressure sores.

Conclusions: Use of the PCCP implant provides similar and occasionally better results compared to those obtained with the conventional DHS device. The most outstanding advantage of the PCCP device was no implant failure or implant cut out.


E. Keren Y. Gortzak G. Shaked A. Korengreen

Background: Treatment of patients with partially or totally unstable pelvic ring disruptions includes primary anterior stabilization with an external fixator and additional posterior internal fixation. Iliosacral screws placed percutaneously under fluoroscopy or navigation guided techniques are widely accepted today to address the posterior lesions. Definite surgery is usually performed on a semi-emergent basis, whereas a delay of more than seven days in definite fixation is accompanied by a high rate of pulmonary complications, malreduction and infections.

Purpose: To compare the outcome of patients with type B and C pelvic ring disruptions treated with immediate definite posterior fixation (within 24 hours) as compared to those treated with early fixation (24–96 hours from arrival).

Patients and Methods: The medical records of 44 patients with type B and C pelvic ring disruptions were reviewed retrospectively. All posterior lesions were treated with closed reduction and internal fixation with percutaneously placed posterior iliosacral screws. Patients were divided into two groups, based on the time of definite fracture fixation from admittance to the ER. Immediate treatment included patients treated within 24 hrs of arrival (Group A), early intervention was defined as definite fracture fixation between 24–96 hrs from the patient’s arrival (Group B). Post operative radiographs (Pelvis AP, inlet and outlet) were used to assess the quality of final fracture reduction. Patient records were screened for demographic data, injury severity score and early morbidity and mortality.

Results: Forty-four patients were treated between the years 1999–2002 due to posterior pelvic ring fractures. 70.5% of the patients were male, the majority of patients (41/44) were injured during motor vehicle accidents, two patients sustained work-related crush injuries and one patient was injured during a suicide attempt. Fracture patterns were classified according to the Tile classification, there were 31 type B and 13 type C fractures. Thirty patients were treated within 24 hrs of admittance to the ER (group A), fourteen were treated between 24 and 96 hrs from arrival (Group B). ISS averaged 19.5 in group A as compared to 17.8 in group B (p=0.74). Overall complication rates were low. Malreduction was noted in one patient (group A), one patient in each group became infected, S1 foraminal penetration occurred in two patients (Group A). Two patients in group A died due to complications not related to the orthopedic intervention. No significant difference was found between the complication rates in both groups (p=0.34).

Conclusions: Immediate definite fixation of posterior pelvic lesions can be safely performed with posterior iliosacral screws. Comfortable nursing and early mobilization can be achieved without compromising the quality of fracture reduction and minimizes post-operative complications.


EL. Steinberg SD. Geller SV. Yacoubian N. Shasha S. Dekel DG Lorich

Objective: To evaluate and present our experience using the expandable nail system for the treatment of tibial shaft fractures.

Design: Retrospective study.

Setting: Level 1 Trauma Center – University teaching hospital.

Methods: Fifty-nine consecutive patients treated by this nail system for tibia fracture, fifty-four were acute fractures and five non-unions that were not included in the study. Two nail diameters were used, 8.5mm and 10mm. Operation, hospitalization and healing times, reaming versus non-reaming, isolated versus multiple injuries and re-operations were recorded and analyzed statistically.

Results All fractures healed in an average time of 72 days. The average healing times for patients treated with an 8.5 mm and 10 mm nail were 77.2 days and 63.4 days respectively. Average operative time was 103 minutes if reamed and 56 minutes if unreamed. Average healing times were 65.4 if reamed and 79.5 days if unreamed. Hardware was removed in 6 patients, and one patient underwent exchange nailing due to a delayed union. Operative time was shorter in the motor-vehicle group, 74 minutes in comparison to 80 and 84 minutes for the fall and pedestrian group.

Conclusion: The expandable nail offers the theoretical advantages of improved load sharing and rotational control without the need for interlocking screws. This study demonstrates satisfactory healing and alignment for the treatment of tibial shaft fractures using this device.


G. Volpin H. Shtarker A. Kaushanski R. Shachar M. Daniel

Introduction: The treatment of fractures of the proximal humerus is still controversial. Conservative treatment may result in severe disability due to malunion and shoulder stiffness. Open reduction and rigid fixation requires extensive soft tissue exposure, which may results in a high incidence of avascular necrosis of the proximal humerus. We present our experience with “minimal invasive” surgical techniques of such fractures.

Materials & Methods: This study consists of 128 Pts. (52 M, 76 F, 18–84 year old, mean 53.5Y) followed for 2–7 years (mean 3.5Y), treated by closed reduction and percutaneous pinning (55), by ORIF and minimal osteosynthesis by screws (27), by ORIF with rigid plates (7), and by hemiarthroplasty of the proximal humerus (39). Patients were evaluated by the Neer’s shoulder grading score and radiographs.

Results: Overall results were excellent and good in 85% of patients with 2, and 3 parts fractures of the proximal humerus treated by “minimal invasive” fixation techniques, with some better results in less comminuted fractures. 9/14 young patients with 4 part fractures had good functional results. The other 5 patients had poor results and 3 of them developed AVN of the humeral head. 75% of the patients treated by hemiarthroplasty had satisfactory results. They were almost free of pain, but most of them had only a moderate improvement in shoulder motion.

Discussion: Based on this study it seems that “minimal osteosynthesis” by K.W. techniques, lag screws or rush pins, by closed or open reduction, remains as the first optional treatment of complex fractures of the shoulder, even in young patients with a 4 part fracture. In the elderly, hemiarthroplasty should be considered in such pathology as the treatment of choice.


I. Meller J. Bickels Y. Kollender

The presentation of this huge monoinstitutional cumulative experience in bone tumor cryosurgery serves as an illustration of our basic phylosophycal concent: “No man-made implants are even close to God’s natural implants yet”. The result is the concept of conservation surgery in which cryotherapy plays the major role.

Materials and Methods: During the period of 1/88 to 12/02 (15 years, FUT 2→17 years, median=6 years) 440 cryosurgical procedures were performed in 405 people. There were 214 male and 191 female patients. The age range was 5 to 80 years but most were between 20 and 59 years. 2/3 of the series included a variety of primary benign aggressive and low grade malignant lesions and 1/3 included primary high grade and metastatic bone tumors. The anatomical location is highly variable and includes almost every bone of the skeleton.

Two methods of bone cryosurgery will be presented (including combinations of them and other adjuvants or techniques): The open system according to Marcove and our Closed System.

Results and Complications: Overall local recurrence (LR) rate=8%, fractures=1%, infections=2%, skin burns= 1.3%.

There were 3 cases of temporary nerve palsies and 2 cases of late OA of an adjacent joint. Functional outcome in 372 NED patients is almost 100% good and excellent (AMSTS, Enneking’s scoring system).

Summary: Bone cryosurgery is a safe, reliable and inexpensive technique of conservative limb, joint and even epiphysis sparing surgery in the suitable types of bone tumors, eliminating temporarily or permanently the need for resection surgery.


K. Petrov Y. Weil Y. Mintz A. Peyser R. Mosheiff M. Liebergall

Introduction: Numerous studies had been published concerning the classification, biomechanics and the management of penetrating extremity trauma involving long-bone fractures. Significant controversy exists in protocols of the management and outcomes of these serious injuries. Bullets and multiple shrapnel injuries due to terror attacks may differ in injury pattern and severity. The role of immediate internal fixation still remains questionable. During a period of four years 92 patients suffering from 103 long bone fracture due to penetrating gunshot and shrapnel injuries were treated in our level I trauma center. The aim of this retrospective study is to evaluate the outcome of these patients regarding our treatment protocol.

Patients and Methods: 92 patients suffering from 113 long bone fractures caused by firearms and shrapnel injuries were treated in a level I trauma centre between 1/2000 and 12/2003. There were 36 femoral fractures, 50 tibial fractures, 5 humeral fractures and 24 forearm fractures. 43% of the patients suffered from associated injuries. Fifty eight percent of the patients had an Injury severity score (ISS) of 9–14 and 21% had an ISS greater than 25. 30% of the patients suffered form an associated vascular injury and 32% from an associated nerve injury of the fractured extremity. 36% of patients had multiple fractures. Overall mortality rate was 4%.

Results: 77% of the fractures were fixated primarily and 23% were splinted or put in a cast. 3% of limbs were amputated. Out of the primary fixation group, 45% of the fractures were fixed with intramedullary nails, 44% with an external fixator and 11% with plates. 28% of the fractures required arterial repair, 18% required nerve repair and soft tissue coverage procedures were needed in 14% of the fractures.

The infection rate for the entire group was 12%. Non-union occurred in 8%. Secondary amputation rate was 4%

Discussion: The surge of violence in our region had produced penetrating long bone injuries with increased severity, often associated with polytrauma, differing from other published series. Our management of these serious injuries was aggressive with the increased use of primary intramedullary nailing and internal fixation with comparable results of other published series. We conclude that aggressive primary surgical approach using multidisciplinary teams can result in favourable results in these unique patients subset.


Y. Gortzak D. Atar Y. Weisel

Introduction: Olecranon fractures comprise 4–7% of all fractures around the elbow in the pediatric age group. 80% of these fractures can be treated expectantly. Fractures with 2 mm of displacement or more require surgical intervention. The surgical procedure commonly used is ORIF with 2 Kirschner wires and tension band wire as advocated by the AO technique. All open interventions require removal of hardware under anesthesia. We present our experience of five cases treated with percutaneously placed K-wires and absorbable sutures.

Patients and Methods: Five patients, 4 boys and one girl, average age 6 8/12 years (range 4½-14¼ years) with displaced fractures of the olecranon were treated with ORIF during the years 2000–2004. In two cases additional injuries were noted [a displaced lateral condyle fracture in one and a dislocated radial head (Monteggia variant) in another patient].

Under general anesthesia, the olecranon is approached through a posterior incision. After reduction, fixation is achieved with two K-wires, which are inserted percutaneously. Additional fixation is obtained with a heavy absorbable suture (Dexon, PDS) which is fashioned in a figure of eight around the protruding pins and through a hole in the proximal ulna. Stability is checked under vision before wound closure. K-wires are trimmed and a plaster cast is fitted with the elbow in flexion. The plaster cast and K-wires are removed 4 weeks post surgery after X-rays confirm that the fracture is healed and range of motion is started.

Results: Five patients have been treated with our technique; all fractures were reduced and stable in flexion and extension under vision at the end of surgery.

K-wires were removed 4 weeks postoperatively and patients were allowed free range of motion. No immediate complications were noted, none became infected and no loss of fixation was observed.

Conclusions: Anatomic reduction and stable fixation can be achieved by the surgical technique presented. The usual complication of hardware irritation and the need for additional surgery to remove K-wires and the metal TBW are avoided by the use of absorbable sutures and protruding K-wires. Functional outcome is excellent on short term follow-up. Larger numbers and prospective follow-up will tell whether this technique can replace the commonly used methods of olecranon fracture fixation in the pediatric age group.


B. Kish M. Markuchevich I. Engel N. Hiram M. Nyska

Purpose: To evaluate the use of locked Compression Plate (L.C.P.) in metaphyseal long bones fractures, and report our preliminary results.

Materials and Methods: 23 patients 14–82 years old with long bones metaphyseal fractures underwent surgery with the use of L.C.P. between January 2004 and August 2004. Four patients were adolescents.

7 patients had Supracondylar femoral fracture. One of them had the fracture at the tip of IMN. 11 patients had distal Tibia, one had proximal+midshaft tibia and 4 had distal humerus fractures. All plates were prebended to fit the area of the fracture using a skeleton model. The plates were inserted percutaneously with reduction of the fracture.

Partial weight bearing started after 6 weeks and full weight bearing started after 12 weeks.

Results: Unuion was seen in x-ray after 6 to 12 week in 95% of patients. 20 patients regained full range of motion of the adjacent joints at 3 months follow-up.

Complications: One patient developed compartment Syndrome in a high energy tibial fracture. One patient developed deep infection at the site of fibular plate not affecting the L.C.P. at the tibia. One patient developed temporary weakness of extensor Hallucis longus.

Conclusions: L.C.P. proved to be effective in fixation of meta-epiphyseal zones which are difficult in IMN fixation. The use of this plate enables fixation of long bones in adolescents with open growth plate. The locking system enables good fixation of osteoporotic bones and in periprosthetic fracture. The high primary stability in combination with newly developed minimal-invasive techniques (MIPO = minimal invasive plate osteosynthesis) are the bases for a rapid bony consolidation, a low complication rate and good functional results.


P. Ben-Galim Y. Rosenblatt N. Parnes H. Bloomberg N. Shasha S. Dekel EL. Steinberg

Introduction: Long bone fracture treatment with interlocking intramedullary nails is associated with long operative procedures, re-operations and long periods of infirmity. We assessed the clinical and economical factors associated with tibial fracture fixation with interlocking nails in comparison to fixation with an expandable stainless steel intramedullary nail.

Methods: Eighty diaphysial tibial fractures were consecutively treated with either an interlocking intramedullary nail (n=53 patients) or an expandable nail (n=27 patients).

Results: The duration of surgery was 139 minutes with interlocking nails and 52.9 minutes with expandable nails (p< 0.001). Re-hospitalization and re-operations were required in 51% and 42% of patients with interlocking nails respectively, compared to one patient (3%) with an expandable nail (p< 0.0001). Complications related to the introduction of interlocking screws (e.g., neurological deficits, screw breakage and delayed or non-union requiring dynamization) occurred in 19 interlocking nail patients and in none of the expandable nail patients. Union was achieved after 17.5 weeks (mean) with the interlocking nails compared to 11.5 weeks for expandable nails (p=0.071). The beneficial economic ramifications of using expandable nails were a 39% reduction in hospital expenses.

Conclusions: The use of an expandable stainless steel intramedullary nail is associated with a substantial reduction in clinical complications and hospital costs. An expandable nail features a unique fixation modality, which has superior mechanical fixation strength and is better adapted to the physiological bone healing process.

Based on these advantages, as well as its simplicity in use and short surgical technique, we recommend it for treatment of long bone fractures.


A. Lerner Z. Horesh M. Soudry

Purpose: The purpose of this study is to evaluate the results of the treatment by severe blast injuries to limbs.

Materials and methods: Twenty-seven patients after blast injuries were treated. There were 13 patients with tibial fractures, 7 fractures of the femur, 4 – fractures of the humerus and 3 with fractures of the forearm bones. According to Gustilo all fractures were open grade 3B and 3C. According to MESS a median value was 4,7 points (range 3 – 7). Six had on admission vascular injuries, and 12 had peripheral nerve injuries. There was other major organ trauma in 55,5% of patients.

On admission, the fractured bones are realigned and stabilized with an AO tubular external fixation frame followed by immediate thorough soft tissue debridement, vascular reconstruction. In patients with peri-articular fractures temporary trans-articular bridging was needed.

After 5 to 7 days or when wound condition permits, delayed primary sutures, the application of skin grafts or free tissue flaps are performed. At this stage, the tubular fixator is exchanged for a circular frame that allows stability, sufficient for full weight bearing by minimal invasive fixation and meticulous attention to freeing the previously bridged joints. Hybrid frames allows combination of advantages of each type of external fixators. Closed reduction of fractures was performed in most patients by ligamentotaxis and use thin wires with olives. Fixation in elastic frame combined with cyclic loading provide favorable biomechanical environment for fracture healing.

In patients with high-energy “floating elbow” injuries the hybrid circular devices of the humerus and forearm were connected by hinges to allow immediate elbow joint movements. The separate fixation of the forearm bones was performed to allow early pronation/supination motions.

Results: In all patients the external fixation was the definitive treatment. Fracture union was achieved at median time of 240 days (range 90 – 546). Throughout the period of fracture healing the patients were fully ambulatory, living at home. In three patients with bilateral highly complex blast injuries of lower extremities, where one limb had to be amputated, the Ilizarov device for severely injured contralateral limb provided the conditions necessary for early prosthetic fitting. There was one non-union and one patient developed chronic osteomyelitis treated by serial debridement and sequestrectomies.

Conclusions: Based on this experience, we suggest that the stabilization in ring frame with radical debridement and early tissue transfer provides fracture healing and good functional results in extensive compound blast injuries of the extremities even in limbs categorized as high risk.


N. Shasha E. Holtzer T. Ben-Tov S. Dekel E. Steinberg

Purpose of Study: To evaluate the results of our first consecutive cases using Fixion nail for treatment of femoral shaft fractures.

Materials and Methods: Thirty consecutive patients treated at our department with the expandable Fixion nail for femoral fractures were evaluated in a prospective study. Demographic, preoperative, operative and follow-up data was collected from admission and out-patients files. The pre- and post-operative X-rays were evaluated by two senior authors to determine fracture classification (AO/ASIF-CCF), union and healing. This data was inserted into excel file for statistics and evaluation.

Results: The average age was 36 years. Fourteen fractures were due to MVA, 10-falls, 2-crush injuries, 2-non-unions, 1-pathological and one from gunshot wound. Six fractures were open. Twenty eight were middle shaft fractures and two were distal. Three primary nail diameters were used 8.5mm, 10mm and 12mm.

All fractures healed at an average time of 9.2 weeks (5–26) and for the open fractures 19 (12–26) weeks. Hardware was removed in 8 cases with no complications. In two cases re-operation was needed. In one early case the nail was fractured and replaced. In the second case the bone was circlaged due to fragmentation around the fracture site and a bigger nail was inserted few days later (wrong smaller nail was inserted previously).

Conclusions: This preliminary clinical study demonstrates our experience treating femoral fractures with Fixion nail. We find this nail to be simple for use and with satisfactory healing and alignment results.


Z. Horesh B. Bender C. Halperin M. Haddad Y. Tytiun A. Greental M. Soudry

Introduction: There is a controversy regarding conservative or surgical treatment of calcaneal fracture. We report our experience in surgical treatment of calcaneal fractures.

Materials and Methods: Between March 1998 and May 2004, 30 patients with 32 calcaneal fractures were treated surgically in our departments. Twenty four fractures were caused after a fall from height, 4 fractures were consequence of a road accident, 2 fractures after a blast injury and one after a football injury. There were 4 females and 26 males. Two cases were bi-lateral fractures. Age range 20–66 (mean 33). Follow-up time 7 to 72 months (mean 24 months). The fractures were classified according to Sanders classification: there were 22 patients with Sanders III, 8 patients with Sanders IV and one patient with Sanders II. All patients were operated with the same procedure and the same surgeon. The surgical procedure was delayed from 10 to 14 days post trauma, until swelling subsided. Open Reduction Internal Fixation was performed using lateral approach, “L” shape with subperiosteal dissection of lateral wall, and using a calcaneal reconstruction plate.

Results: The functional outcome was evaluated according to Rowe Score. The clinical results were excellent in 3 patients (10%), good in 22 patients (70%), fair in 4 patients (14%) and poor in 2 patients (6%). The Boehler angle was reconstructed in 29 of 32 calcaneus. 3 patients returned to their previous level of activity, 9 patients returned to work, 14 patients mentioned some pain in the site of the operation. Two patients were treated successfully with oral antibiotics for superficial wound infection. Six patients suffered from peripheral nerve damage. One patient experienced subtalar pain, and underwent a subtalar arthrodesis, furthermore the patient developed Complex Regional Pain Syndrome (CRPS), finally he underwent below knee amputation (BKA). One patient had a flap necrosis and underwent sural flap coverage with excellent results. All the patients were recognized in a process to be recognized as disabled by the social security.

Conclusion: Our results were good in majority of patients according to the known classification systems. However, the recovery period from calcaneal fractures is long and the majority of patients do not achieve their previous functional level. The secondary gain might bias the results.


E. Peled E. Melamed C. Zinman

Purpose of Study: Assessing short and long term eficacy of Extracorporal Shock Wave Therapy (ESWT) as a treatment for recalcitrant plantar fasciitis (PF).

Methods: Prospective follow up of 63 heels among 50 patients with persistent PF patients, (mean age 57.2±10.5); symptoms’ duration 15.8±14.3 months, resistant to non-operative treatment modalities including steroid injections.

All patients underwent thorough physical examination and AOFAS Hindfoot score was obtained before treatment and a follow-up examination one week and one year after applicaton of ESWT course. Pain was assessed by Visual Analog Scale (VAS) relating to six parameters: pain on first step in the morning, maximum pain intensity, pain during prolonged walking, standing, at the end of the day and night pain. ESWT was applied in five consecutive courses of 1500 impulses of 0.32mj/mm² once a week in a routine previously described manner.

Results:. All the six VAS parameters decreased significantly post treatment. The Vas parameter of the first steps in the mornining was the most severe before 8.6±1.8 and after treatment 4.2±2.0 and 1.4±1.9 one year after tretment (p< 0.0001). Night pain was the less intenes before treatment 3.9±3.7 and was nearly eliminated to 0.9±1.6 and 0.2±0.8 after one week and a one year post treatment (p< 0.0001). AOFAS hind-foot Score increased from 49.7±15.8 before ESWT to 87.7±10.9 and 86.3±10.7 one week and year after the courses (p< 0.0001). Three patients couldn’t complete the ESWT course one, one of them with bilateral PF. From those patients two had tarsal tunnel syndrome and one with the tibial nerve first branch which was fassing through the plantar fascia. There were no side effects other than minimal local discomfort during the session time.

Conclusion: ESWT is a safe, efficient treatment modality for resistant PF.


G. Volpin H. Shtarker A. Kaushanski B. Grimberg M. Daniel

Purpose: We report our experience with ankle arthrodesis using Ilizarov External fixator in 18 patients with extensive damage of the ankle joint, mainly with post traumatic osteoarthrosis, during the last 7 years.

Materials and Methods: The mean age of the patients was 36 years (range 21–54 years). 14 Pts had posttraumatic arthrosis following complicated intraarticular fractures, 3 Pts had extensive osteochondritis dissecance and 1 had failure of union after RAF arthrodesis of ankle. No cases of osteomyelitis of ankle were included in this seria. All procedures were done with open arthrotomy, 6 through lateral approach and 12 through anterior approach. Bone grafting was used in 3 cases due to extensive damage of talar bone. Temporary fixation by Steinman pin was done in all cases after open alignment of ankle joint, and then Ilizarov external fixator was applied, followed by removal of the temporary fixation. Full weight bearing was allowed from the 3rd or 4th postoperative day. Time in fixator ranged from 6 to 14 weeks (average 9,5 weeks).

Results: Solid arthrodesis was achieved in all cases. 15 patients were free of pain, 2 patients continued to complain of pain due to degenerative changes in subtalar joint which presented before surgery. 1 patient developed RSD and was treated successfully by analgesics and physiotherapy. 5 cases of superficial pin tract infection were observed and treated with antibiotics. There were no cases of deep wound infection in this series.

Conclusions: This method has been proven useful for primary arthrodesis of ankle joint, mainly for complicated cases after multiple surgeries, or in patients with advanced post-taumatic changes.


Y. Tytiun S. Iordache A. Grintal S. Velkes M. Salai

Effective pre-surgical preparation is an important step in limiting surgical wound contamination and prevention of surgical site infection. The purpose of this study is to evaluate bacterial skin contamination after surgical skin preparation in foot surgery prior to surgery and at the end of surgery, in order to determine if current techniques are satisfactory in eliminating harmful pathogens, and to compare the results of the cultures obtained pre and post operatively with infection rate.

Twenty consecutive patients scheduled for Hallux Valgus procedures were studied. Each lower extremity was prepared in the regular method with a two-step technique, Septal scrub followed by a Alcohol Chlorhexidine antiseptic solution. After preparation and draping, cultures were obtained at three locations: the hallux nailfold, first, second, third and fourth web spaces, and the anterior ankle (control). Prior to surgery, positive cultures were obtained from 80% of hallux nailfolds and 5% of web spaces. At the end of surgery, positive cultures were obtained from 80% of hallux nailfolds and 25% of web spaces. None of the controls had positive culture. 5% of all cases developed post operative infection.

Based on the findings of the current study, pre-surgical skin preparation with a two-step Septal scrub followed by a Alcohol Chlorhexidine antiseptic solution is not sufficient in eliminating pathogens in foot and ankle surgery. No statistical correlation was found between the results of the cultures obtained preoperatively or post operatively with post operative infection rate. The unique environment of the foot and its resident organisms probably plays a role in the higher infection rates associated with surgery of the foot. Better methods of preparing the surgical site should be searched for.


D. Singh I. Dudkiewicz

Introduction: One of the complications of first metatatarsal osteotomies is metatarsalgia secondary to shortening of the first metatarsal. Conservative treatment with insoles is not acceptable to all patients and the traditional treatment of this condition is by shortening osteotomies of the lesser metatarsals (eg Weil, Helal)- the latter osteotomies themselves have complications of causing pain or stiffness in the lesser toes.

Purpose: The aim of this work is to report our results of step cut metatarsal lengthening of iatrogenic first brachymetatarsia.

Patients and Methods: 16 female patients had metatarsal lengthening of iatrogenic first brachymetatarsia. A typical Scarf type osteotomy was used in the first 4 cases and a simple step cut of equal thicknesses along the axis of the first metatarsal was performed in the next 12 procedures.

Results: When 10mm lengthening was done, the metatarsalgia was relieved in all of the 6 patients, in contrary to only 50% relief of symptoms in the patients when less then 8mm lengthening was achieved.

Conclusions: One stage step cut lengthening osteotomy of the iatrogenic short first metatarsal, when over 8mm length is achieved, is safe with good results and is a preferable alternative to shortening osteotomies of the lesser metarsals in the treatment of metarsalgia due to inappropriate shortening of the first metatarsal.


A. Liberson D. Angel M. Alperson

Purpose: Comparison of functional, anatomical and roenthgenological outcomes of subtalar arthrodesis technique: Ilizarov apparatus- EF and internal fixation IF.

Materials and Methods: 41 patients (31 men, 10 women) , average age of 38.8 years (12–71) with 44 symptomatic feet underwent procedures for painful arthrodeses. In 28 (30 feet) we performed subtalar arthrodeses by lateral approach, rigid internal fixation with screws.

13(14 feet) others underwent minimal invasive intervention and compression arthrodesis using Ilizarov frame. Nonweightbearing for 4–6 weeks. Removal – 8–10 weeks after the procedure.

Evaluation: subjective complaints, physical examination, postoperative radiographs. Patient suspected to have union problems underwent a CT.

Results:

In IF union rate 90% (25 patients).

Complications: Three re-arthrodeses for nonunion, entrapment of sural nerve – 2 patients, postoperative infection – 2 patients, postoperative infection – 2 patients. In one case intravenous antibiotic resolved the problem, another one needed surgical debridement. The IF overall results were excellent in 79%, good in 12%, fair in 9%.

In group EF – solid bone fusion was obtained in all patients. Pin tract infection treated in four, in one case with reinsertion of KW.

Conclusions:

Ilizarov external frame is superior for fusion.

Disadvantages: Pin tract infection and rare sensory disturbances.

Older arthritic patients have fewer complications.

Period for bone fusion was shorter in EF group


G. Mozes N. Parnes E. Maman

Introduction: The increasing use of Arthroscopic surgery for recurrent anterior shoulder dislocations (RASD) has questioned the indications and contraindications for this procedure. The ideal candidate for this kind of surgery is an overhead athlete, who participates in a noncontact sport, with traumatic unidirectional anterior instability with a well-defined Bankart lesion.

Purpose of the paper: To demonstrate that complementing the Arthroscopic Bankart Repair (ABR) with an Arthroscopic Rotator Interval Closure (ARIC) the indication for Arthroscopic management of Anterior shoulder instability can be broaden for patients who has a less defined Bankart lesion and has additional multidirectional hyperlaxity.

Patients and Methods: Between January 1, 1999 and December 31, 2002, 166 patients (175 shoulders) suffering from recurrent anterior dislocations were treated by ABR. In the first two years, only patients who had unidirectional instability with no Hyperlaxity or grade 1 Hyperlaxity were selected for this specific method of treatment. Encouraged by the results, beginning of October 2001, in addition to the first group of patients we started to operate patients suffering of recurrent dislocations having grade 2 or grade 3 Hyperlaxity. In this second group of patients we added to the ABR an ARIC procedure. In the first group 130 shoulders whereas in the second group 45 shoulders were operated on. We used Panalok-Panacryl Smith and Nephew 3.5mm x2 Ethibond sutures (OBL) suture anchors or Bioknotless (Mitek) anchors. 157 cases had one side operated whereas in 9 cases both sides were operated on. There were 150 male patients and 16 females in these two groups, 91 patients had the left shoulder, 66 patients had the right shoulder and nine patients had both shoulders operated on. The mean follow-up was 3 years ranging between 4.5 to 1.7 years.

Results: In spite of the relatively short follow-up for the second group of patients we encountered very good preliminary results. At revision of all the cases we found 9 recurrences for the ABR group (representing 6.9%) in comparation of the one reoccurrence in the ABR supplemented by ARIC procedure (2.2%).

Conclusions: The ARIC is a new technique that broadens the indications for Arthroscopic shoulder surgery as a solution for recurrent dislocations associated with joint Hyperlaxity.


M. Nyska S. Massaraw A. Stern

Purpose: To describe the first 22 cases of Total Ankle Replacement (TAA) performed by the same team. The learning curve and the complications due to technical problems or medical problems are discussed

Patients : 22 patients underwent TAA during the last two and half years in our department. There were 6 males and 7 females. The average age was 63 ranging from 22 –79 years old. 11 patients developed osteoarthritis after trauma to the ankle, 9 had primary osteoarthritis and 2 patients suffered from rheumatoid arthritis.

Results: The average time of operation was 111 minutes (range 148–90) and 12 patients were operated under general anesthesia and the rest had spinal epidural anesthesia. During the operations the medial malleolus was fractured three times and one patient had fracture of the lateral malleolus fixated with KW. In two patients Achilles lengthening was performed as well. There was fracture of the posterior lip of the tibia during insertion of the tibial component in one patient. All the patients recovered with no primary wound healing problem. There was deep infection after 6 weeks in one patient who was treated by drainage debridment of synovium and recovered uneventfully. One patient had synovitis 6 months after the operation and underwent synovectomy proved to be non infected.

One patient still had pain after a year after the operation and x ray disclosed medial talar osteophyte which had to be resected and one patient progressed to subtalar arthritis and had to be fused. The same patient had superficial nerve neuralgia as well and the nerve was resected at the same procedure.

Altogether there were five fractures during the insertion, 2 late operations and one deep infection. The average follow up was two years (ranging from 7 months to 30 months). The patients had free painless ankle range of motion of 40 degrees and could walk few hundreds meters without pain. All the patients were satisfied from the procedure except for one patient with the medial talar osteophyte.

Clinical relevance: The outcome of TAA is good and leads to high satisfaction from the patients. However it is demanding procedure and has long learning curve with high rate of technical complications which can be overcome leading to complete recovery.


S. Tenenbaum A. Segal N. Driengel A. Israeli A. Chechick

Background: 75% of Achilles tendon ruptures are related to physical activities.

The best method of treatment for acute Achilles tendon rupture is still debated. Treatment options can be classified as Nonoperative based on cast immobilization, open surgery, and percutaneous surgery based on passing sutures through several stab incisions.

Common complications include re-ruptures, infection, wound problems and sural nerve injury. Recent reports of percutaneous surgery show good functional outcome, low incidence of re-ruptures, fewer wound healing problems and prompt recovery.

Objective: Assessment of percutaneous operative treatment outcome.

Methods: 73 patients treated for acute Achilles tendon rupture with percutaneous surgery in the past eight years are followed. Evaluations were preformed at an average of 34.6 months postoperatively (range, 17 to 54 months). Outcome was evaluated by analyzing Epidemiologic, subjective and objective parameters.

Results: The patients demonstrated good functional outcome, with none – to mild limitations in recreational activities. Ankle range of motion was not statistically different between both ankles. Evaluation of strength and power with the Cybex II dynamometer revealed a difference at 240 deg/sec for plantar flexion power between the injured and healthy leg, but no difference at 30 and 90 deg/sec, or in dorsiflexion power and strength.

Complication rate was low: sural nerve injury (1 patient), superficial wound infection (2 patients), suture granuloma (4 patients) and re-rupture (1 patient).

Conclusions: In our series, percutaneous operative treatment was found to be simple, fast and can be done under local anesthesia. Our low complication rate and excellent functional results make this treatment an appealing alternative to either conservative or open surgical suture.


A. Sadun C. Milgrom R. Bloom S. Jaber

Introduction The accuracy of ultrasonography has been reported to be high in diagnosing full thickness rotator cuff tears if measurements are made in both in the coronal and sagital planes. The purpose of this study is to determine how well pre-operative shoulder ultrasound rotator tear measurements when performed only in the coronal plane, the common practice in Israel, predicts the intra-operative surgical findings.

Materials and Methods Fifty consecutive patients who underwent open rotator cuff repairs were included in the study. All patients underwent a pre-operative ultrasound by the same experienced musculoskeletal ultrasoundist. Rotator cuff tears were measured in the coronal plane only. This was compared with the tear size measured intra-operatively. Regression analysis was done between the two variables.

Results The mean size of rotator cuff tears as determined by ultrasonography was 15.56±8.07mm and the measure size of the tears intraoperatively was 27.94±9.8 mm. The result of the regression analysis of the two variables was R2= 0.268405 for the first 25 patients and R2= 0.310309 for the second 25 patients.

Discussion Using ultrasound it is easy to visualize the extent of rotator tears in the coronal plane, but more time consuming to measure the extent in the sagital plane, where the tear may have its greatest extension. Ultrasound measurements tear measurements in this study, made only in the coronal plane correlated poorly with intraoperative findings and only minimally improved over the time course of the study.

Conclusion Proper assessment of a possible candidate for a rotator cuff repair should include an ultrasound with the tear size measured specifically in both the coronal and sagital planes.


O. Safran KA Derwin K. Powell JP Iannotti

Background: Time dependent, quantitative studies of muscle atrophy or passive muscle mechanics following chronic muscle detachment have not been previously reported. We developed a chronic tear of the rotator cuff tendon in a canine model to investigate and quantify the time related changes in the passive mechanics, volume, and fat of the infraspinatus muscle. We hypothesize that infraspinatus muscle stiffness will increase, volume will decrease, and fat content will increase at 12-weeks following tendon detachment.

Methods: The right infraspinatus tendons of eight adult mongrel dogs were surgically detached from the proximal humerus. The non-operated left shoulder served as a control. Muscle volume changes were quantified using MRI scans. At 12 weeks the passive mechanical properties of the chronically detached and control muscles were determined intraoperatively using a custom device. Intramuscular fat was evaluated histologically at sacrifice.

Results: After 12 weeks of detachment, the stiffness and modulus were significantly increased in the detached infraspinatus muscles relative to controls. MRI analysis demonstrated that the detached muscle volumes decreased by 33 percent in the first 6 weeks and remained constant thereafter. Intramuscular fat increased significantly in the detached muscles, and to a greater extent in the lateral regions.

Conclusions: The chronically detached muscle is not merely a smaller version of the original muscle but rather a “different” muscle. The detached muscle becomes stiffer and the passive loads required to repair it can become excessive. A significant reduction in muscle volume occurs within days to weeks following tendon detachment. The non-uniformity of muscle fat changes suggests that fat content should be used cautiously as an indicator of muscle quality.

Clinical Relevance: Clinically, chronic, large rotator cuff tendon tears are observed to have a qualitatively shorter and stiffer muscle-tendon unit than normal. We have developed a chronic rotator cuff model to quantitatively investigate changes in the detached infraspinatus muscle. The passive mechanical properties of a chronically torn rotator cuff muscle-tendon unit may be a useful predictor of reparability and clinical outcome.


N. Rosenberg WA Wallace L. Neumann

Introduction: Inflammatory or degenerative processes of glenohumeral joint lead to pain and restriction of movements of the shoulder. As with the treatment of disabling arthritis in the other large joints, prosthetic replacement of the glenohumeral joint has gained in popularity because of its efficacy in relieving pain. Several designs for the total shoulder replacement (TSR) prostheses are currently used for the cemented and cementless implantation. The uncemented prostheses were developed in order to achieve a “biological” fixation of the implant to the adjacent bone. No survivorship data exists to compare these devices to the original TSR prostheses for cemented implantation, although this information is crucial for the decision making regarding their use. We present the long term survival rates of the Bio-Modular TSR prosthesis for uncemented implantation.

Methods:The Bio-Modular TSR prosthesis was implanted in 90 patients between 1989–1994 (15 men and 75 women, mean age 61 years, range 19–92 years). This prosthesis was the first to use an anatomical, offset humeral head, based on the study on the bony anatomy of the upper humerus. The mean follow-up period was 8.8 years. Survivorship analysis, according to the method described by Murray et al. and based on Rothman’s formula for the confidence limits determination, was used for the outcome evaluation of all the prostheses studied. The criterion for failure in this series was are-operation on the shoulder with a removal of part or all of the prosthesis.

Results: The ten-year cumulative survival rates of the Bio-Modular prosthesis was 71.7%.

The main cause for this low survivorship rate is the low survivorship of this prosthesis among patients with primary osteoarthritis, 61.4% ten years survivorship. Conversely among the patients with rheumatoid arthritis the ten years survivorship was considerably higher (86.9%). The main cause of failure of this prosthesis was related to the glenoid component and was either due to aseptic glenoid component loosening (in 54% of the failed cases) or a failure (uncoupling) of the polyethylene bearing liner in 17% of failed cases. Furthermore about 70% of the failed cases occurred during the first four postoperative years showing an overall four years cumulative survivorship rate of 80.9%.

Discussion: The survivorship data presented here indicate that the use of the Bio-Modular TSR prosthesis in patients with osteoarthritis produces less favorable results, comparing to the classical (Neer II) cemented designs. Therefore, the use of this prosthesis in patients with osteoarthritis should be reconsidered. But the higher survival of the prosthesis in the patients with rheumatoid arthritis suggests its safe use in the rheumatoid patients.


O. Levy SC Roberts SA Copeland

Introduction: Massive irreparable degenerative rotator cuff tears are amongst the most difficult conditions for treatment in shoulder surgery. These involve usually elderly patients, which present with severely painful and restricted active shoulder movement. These patients have low demand from their shoulders, mainly for pain relief and performing their simple activities of daily living. Major surgery for major tendon transfer will not be advisable in these cases in view of the morbidity involved and the questionable outcome. We suggest a simple non-surgical rehabilitation treatment consisting on anterior deltoid strengthening exercises in the supine position for re-education of the anterior deltoid to compensate for the absent rotator cuff.

Methods: 17 patients with degenerative (non traumatic) Massive irreparable rotator cuff tears were recruited. They were all greater than 70 years of age and of mixed gender. Patients were English speaking, had full mental faculties and gave informed consent. They suffered no other shoulder pathology and were not participants in any other upper limb rehabilitation. All patients complained on severe shoulder pain and severely limited active range of motion with inability to actively elevate the arm to the horizontal. They all had full passive range of motion.

The diagnosis of a Massive irreparable rotator cuff tear was confirmed by diagnostic ultrasound scan. The shoulder function was evaluated using the Constant Score. Patients’ active shoulder ranges of motion were recorded and video-recorded as well. Each participant was taught the initial 6-week of self Deltoid muscle exercise, executed in supine, at least three times a day. They were instructed that when they felt better control on their active shoulder movements to gradually recline up the head of the bed and continue with the same simple exercise. They were reviewed at 6 weeks re-assessed and re-taught the same exercise, with a 2kg weight in their hand. At the 12th week they were reassessed using the constant score, and their active range of motion was video recorded again.

Results: 90% of the participants expressed a significant improvement in their upper limb function already after 6 weeks of treatment. All components of the Constant score (beside the strength) have improved. 90% reported less pain and found general activities of daily living easier to execute and a diminished level of muscle fatigue. 10% of the patients were able to establish a recording of > 1.26kg on the myometer in 90 degrees of abduction. 10% failed to report any benefit.

Discussion and Conclusion: Anterior deltoid strengthening exercises in the supine position for re-education of the anterior deltoid seem to have a significant beneficial effect for restoration of shoulder function and pain relief in the majority of patients with Massive irreparable degenerative rotator cuff tears. Using this simple non-invasive rehabilitation technique helps to re-educate the anterior deltoid to compensate for the absent rotator cuff and restore shoulder function.


N. Parnes T. Pritsch G. Mozes

Introduction: Three and four part fractures and fracture dislocations of the proximal humerus (Neer classification) presents a technical challenge for the shoulder surgeon. The high rate of excellent and good results of shoulder hemiarthroplasty reported by Charles Neer in the past was never again achieved by other surgeons in Israel and aboard. Up to day no satiafactory method of surgical treatment was for this group of fractures.

Purpose: The intention of this study is to demonstrate that the nonsurgical conservative management of complex proximal humeral fractures gives as good results as the surgical methods if not better.

Clinical Material and Methods: Between January 1, 2003 and December 31, 2003 fifty patients with three and four part fractures and fracture dislocations of the proximal humerus was treated in our outpatient facility. 25 patients were randomly selected for nonsurgical and 25 patients for surgical treatment. Three distinct groups were separated. The first group, selected for nonsurgical management, consisted of 19 female and 6 male patients with an average age of 66 years. The second group consisted of 9 females and 3 male patients treated by closed reduction and external fixation (CREF) or by open reduction and external fixation (OREF) with an average age of 67 years. The third group consisted of 10 females and 3 males treated by shoulder hemiarthroplasty with an average age of 70 years. Constant functional assessment score with “the limited goals” correction was used to evaluate the results.

Results: No significant differences were seen among the first and second group. Slightly better results were observed at the patients treated by external fixation means, but not statistically significant. The results of the hemiartroplasty group were found worse than the two previous groups, with statistically significant differences. It is interesting to mention that in the last group a better external rotation was seen in association with significantly worse abduction and forward elevation than in the first two groups.

Conclusion: Three and four part fractures and fracture dislocations of the proximal humerus are better managed by preserving the original head of the bone, even with gross deformity, than treated by hemiarthroplasty. Conducted by the results of this study we recommend to manage complex fractures of the proximal humerus by conservative methods or as needed by minimal invasive techniques (CREF or OREF).


O. Levy B. Venkateswaran T. Zaman T. Even A. Kapila A. Bhargava S. Copeland

Introduction: Laser Doppler Flowmetry (LDF) is an established technique for the measurement of perfusion in tissues, which has been applied in animal and human studies. Despite many studies the implications of perfusion and blood flow abnormalities in the rotator cuff (RC) in vivo are not clearly understood. This study aims to assess the blood flow in the normal and diseased RC using Laser Doppler Flowmetry (LDF) technique.

Methods: With Ethics approval and informed consent patients undergoing arthroscopy for impingement or cuff tear (diseased cuff) or for shoulder instability (normal cuff) were recruited. Following diagnostic arthroscopy and bursoscopy measurements of the blood flux in the RC using the LDF were made at 6 points. Five of these were in the cuff over a 4 cm2 area from the insertion at the greater tuberosity (A,E – @ Tuberosity level, C-Muscelotendinous junction, B,D – between the two) and one (F) in the deep surface. Diseased RC were subgrouped into mild (B1), moderate (B2) and severe (B3- cuff tear) impingement grades (Copeland-Levy Classification). The arthroscopy, grading, and probe placement were made by the two senior authors. LDF flux (unit of measurement of the perfusion – LDFf) was recorded over 30 seconds at each measurement point. The mean of these readings was calculated.

Results: 56 patients were recruited. 35 Males (62.5%) and 21 Females (37.5%).

336 measurements were recorded.

The observed mean LDFf was 32.8 (27.4–38.1; 95% CI) , 25.4 (22.4–28.5) and 43.1 (37.8–48.4; 95% CI) For Normal, Impingement and Tear cases, respectively (p< 0.0001, One-way ANOVA).

The LDFf was lowest in the Impingement without tear grade (B2) with a statistically significant increase at the edges of a cuff tear.

Conclusion: Preliminary recordings of LDF show changes are in keeping with current knowledge of the pathology. LDFf decreases with advancing impingement, being least affected in the musculotendinous junction. There is a substantial increase in LDFf at the edges of RC tears. This might reflect an attempted reparative response.


H. Shtarker R. Daquar O. Popov L. Lichtenstein G. Volpin

Purpose: Biomechanical studies have shown that fixation by two lateral pins of supracondylar fractures in children provide less stability than crossed pin fixation from lateral and medial sides. However, closed percutaneous medial pin fixation may be associated with ulnar nerve injury. Soft tissue edema or excessive mobility of ulnar nerve may be predisposing factors for iatrogenic ulnar nerve injury. We present our experience with the use of nerve stimulator in preventing such complications during surgery.

Material and Methods: During the last two years 22 children with supracondylar fractures (20- extension type; 2- flexion type) underwent surgery by closed reduction and percutaneous crossed KW fixation. The average age was 5.3 years (range 3–9 years). Detection of the ulnar nerve location was made possible by continuous intraoperative use of nerve stimulator, connected to the medial pin during its insertion. In 4/22 Pts irritation of ulnar nerve during pin insertion was observed by the appearance of clear contractions of forearm and hand muscles, and therefore, the location of the medial pin was immediately changed.

Results: In all cases anatomic reduction was achieved. No cases of nerve or vascular injury were observed. No cases of secondary fracture displacement were noted.

Conclusions: Based on this study it seems that the use of intraoperative nerve stimulator, during percutaneous crossed pin fixation of supracondylar fractures in children, may assist in localizing the nerve and prevent its injury during medial pin insertion. Changes in original setting of the standard anesthesiology nerve stimulator may be performed easily in order to allow such monitoring. The use of nerve stimulator during such procedures is very simple, even in cases of emergency. Monitoring of ulnar nerve by nerve stimulator is reliable and enables safe pin placement, decreasing the risk of nerve injury.


A. Aner D. Lakstein L. Copeliovitch

This study reviews our 13-years experience with Haas’s multiple-longitudinal osteotomy technique for correction of tibial deformities in children. In this procedure multiple longitudinal bi-cortical osteotomies are made parallel in the proximal tibia. The deformity is corrected by applying moderate force in the desired plane. Fixation is achieved with either a long cast or with “pins-in-plaster”.

Sixty osteotomies were performed in 37 children. Thirty-five cases had internal tibial torsion (ITT), 11 had external tibial torsion (ETT) and 14 had a Tibia Vara deformity. Twenty-one cases had Spastic Cerebral Palsy and 15 cases were associated with Clubfeet. One boy had bilateral tibia vara associated with SMED (Spondylo-meta-epiphyseal dysplasia). Twenty-two (36/7%) of the deformities had no underlying musculoskeletal conditions.

Thigh-foot angles were corrected by a mean of 24° for ITT and −28° for ETT. Mean correction for tibia vara was 20°. Average anesthesia time for unilateral cases was 47 minutes. No neurologic or infectious complications, postoperative fractures or physeal damage occurred. There was one case of delayed union and 1 case of postoperative antecurvatum deformity. All 7 cases of postoperative recurrent deformities were associated with CP or SMED.

This technique is a simple, safe and efficient method for correcting tibial torsional and varus deformities for both healthy children and those with underlying conditions. It allows accurate alignment of different deformities with an uniform osteotomy technique, which preserves bone continuity and provides inherent stability, thus avoiding the use of internal fixation.


Full Access
E. Bar-On R. Mashiach O. Ihbar D. Weigl K. Katz I. Meizner

Purpose: To evaluate the predictive value of a prenatal ultrasound diagnosis of clubfoot, the ability to differentiate isolated clubfoot from complex clubfoot, and establish valid recommendations for follow-up and additional investigations.

Materials and Methods: Clubfoot (CF) was diagnosed by prenatal ultrasound (US) in 85 feet in 48 fetuses at a mean gestational age of 21.6 weeks (14–35.6).

All mothers were examined prenatally in a multidisciplinary clinic for fetal abnormalities. Postnatal outcome was obtained by chart review (24) or telephone interview (24) and feet were classified as Normal (N), Positional Deformity (PD), Isolated Clubfoot (ICF) and Complex Clubfoot (CCF).

Results: At initial diagnosis, 65 feet in 38 fetuses were classified as ICF and 20 feet in 10 fetuses as CCF. Diagnosis was changed during follow-up US in 12 fetuses (25%) and final US diagnosis was N in one, ICF in 29 and CCF in 18 fetuses.

Post natal clubfoot was found in 73 feet in 40 children giving a positive predictive value (PPV) of 85%. Accuracy of specific diagnosis was significantly lower – 65% initially and 75% at final US. No post natal CCF had been undiagnosed and inaccuracies were all overdiagnoses.

24 kariotypes were performed. Three were abnormal but had additional US findings and had been classified as CCF. No abnormal kariotypes were found in fetuses diagnosed as ICF.

Conclusions:

The prenatal diagnosis of clubfoot carries a positive predictive value of 87% with lower values of ICF (76%) and CCF (69%).

The diagnostic accuracy increases with follow up ultrasound examinations which should be performed periodically.

The most problematic diagnosis to rule out is arthrogryposis and further diagnostic modalities should be researched.

When Isolated Clubfoot is diagnosed, the indication for amniocentesis and kariotyping is questionable.


C. Bochang Y. Jie D. Weigl E. Bar-On K. Katz

Purpose: To determine the need for routine serial radiographs in the management of forearm fractures in children.

Material and Methods: A binational study was conducted in 202 consecutive children with closed forearm fractures. In the 91 patients with stable fractures that did not require reduction, clinical and radiographic examination was performed one week after the start of treatment and again on cast removal 4–6 weeks later. In the remaining 111 patients who underwent closed reduction, an additional X-ray was taken two weeks after cast placement. Outcome was defined as the occurrence of redisplacement.

Results: Redisplacement occurred during the first 2 weeks of cast management in 9 of the children who required reduction and in none of the children who did not.

Conclusion: Radiographs should be performed one week after cast placement for greenstick or complete fractures that do not require reduction, and repeated at 2 weeks from start of treatment for fractures that require reduction. They need not be performed on cast removal, if clinical examination does not show signs of nonunion or malalignment. The adoption of these recommendations will lead to more cost-effective management and will spare children unnecessary radiographic exposure.


WB Lehman DM Scher DS Feldman HJP van Bosse

Purpose: The purpose of this paper was to determine how to predict the need for a percutaneous tenotomy at the initiation of the Ponseti method for treatment of a clubfoot.

Methods: Fifty clubfeet in 35 patients were treated with serial casting performed at weekly intervals and were rated according to the Pirani and Dimeglio clubfoot scoring systems. Scores for each foot were obtained at each visit, prior to cast application and following removal of the final cast. The final cast was applied with the foot in 15 degrees of dorsiflextion.

A percutaneous Achilles tenotomy was performed if the foot could not be dorsiflexed to 15 prior to application of the final cast. Tenotomies were performed as an office procedure under local anesthesia in 36 to 50 feet (72%).

Results: The patients that underwent tenotomy required significantly more casts. Of 27 feet with initial Pirani scores of ≥5.0, 85.2% required a tenotomy and 14.8% did not; and 94.7% of the Dimeglio Grade IV feet required tenotomies. Following removal of the last cast, there was no significant difference between those that did and those that did not have a tenotomy.

Conclusion: Children with clubfeet who have an initial score of ≥5.0 by the Pirani system or who are rated as Grade IV feet by the Dimeglio system are very likely to need a tenotomy. At the end of casting, feet were equally well corrected whether or not they needed a tenotomy.


E. Segev S. Wientroub A. Amir E. Gur

Background: The treatment of extensive soft tissue injury with bony involvement due to orthopaedic trauma or other pathologic conditions has undergone great improvement in the last decade.

The main fields that assisted with that progress are: the ability to transfer autogenous vascularized soft and/or bony tissues to the injured areas and the possibility to apply external fixation either statistically for acute stabilization of a limb or using dynamic frames to correct late occurring contractures or deformities.

Objectives: To present our experience in treating young patients with severe, post traumatic or tumor resection soft tissue and bony injuries including bone loss and late joint contractures. That was treated by a combination of free vascularized flaps and static or dynamic circular external fixation with special emphasis on preplanning and technical issues critical for the success of such complex procedures.

Methods: Seven patients were included in the study; six post traumatic patients who received free vascularized myocutaneous latissimum dorsi or fasciocutaneous anterolateral thigh flaps to the calf and foot. All six patients had an Ilizarov frame for initial stabilization; two of them needed late dynamic correction of equines with the frame. The seventh patient had surgery for removal of osteosarcoma and received a vascularized osteocutaneous fibula flap with fixation by Ilizarov frame, this patient also needed late dynamic frame application for equines correction.

Results: The mean age at surgery was 11.6 years (range 7–14 years); mean follow up was 1.8 years (range 2 months – 3.4 years).

All microvascular flaps but one survived where the patient with the failed latissimus dorsi flap had the second muscle transferred at the next day. One patient needed 2 vascular revisions. All bone flap showed solid union at 3 months post operatively. Four patients achieved plantigrade foot initially. The three patients with dynamic correction achieved plantigrade foot at frame removal.

Complications: Equinus contracture of the ankle in three patients, injury to the vascular anastomosis in one patient. Pin tract infection in all patients that responded well to antibiotics.

Conclusions: The circular external fixator is a reliable method for initial fixation of injured limb. It is advised to apply the fixator before the transfer of the free flap. Position of the fixation pins should be discussed before hand with the plastic surgeons to allow free access to the microvascular anastomosis site. Free flaps allow the coverage of large soft tissue defects while the external fixators maintain anatomical position of the limb. Late occurring contractures after the incorporation of the flap can be safely corrected gradually with the circular frame. It is of paramount importance to include the foot in the frame and maintain neutral position of the ankle joint to prevent equines contractures.


S. Hayek M. Kfir S. Khamis R. Batt S. Wientroub Z. Yizher

Background: Ankle-foot orthoses (AFO) are frequently recommended to children with CP to improve their functional ambulatory ability, namely to increase walking velocity and stride length, and decrease cadence. Several studies examined the effectiveness of different types of AFOs based on gait analysis. AFOs however, are usually prescribed upon clinical examination alone. Based on our first year experience at the Dana Gait Lab not all AFOs improved function significantly.

Objective: To investigate the effect of prescribed AFOs on gait performance of children with cerebral palsy.

Methods: Twenty-two children with cerebral palsy (aage 5–17 y; gender: 11 males, 11 females, of them: 8 hemiplegic, 11 diplegic, 3 quadriplegic) were referred for full 3D instrumented gait analysis for different purposes. Using the Vicon 612 system they were studied walking both barefoot and with their prescribed AFOs. The two modes were compared in terms of spatio-temporal parameters and ankle-knee kinematics. Statistical analysis included paired t-test, and Pearson correlation coefficient; level of significance was set to .05.

Results: Using the prescribed AFOs, stride length was significantly increased (on average, 9.95±0.11 cm, p=0.000) while no significant changes were found in walking velocity and cadence (p= .111, p= .420, respectively). Split-by diaganosis revealed significant reduction in cadence (12.7 step/min, p=0.034) in the hemiplegic children. There was no significant improvement in the symmetry index of the stride length and step time due to the use of AFOs. Ankle and knee kinematics at initial contact and at loading response revealed non-significant changes. In the hemiplegic group knee flexion increased significantly (p=0.002) while ankle dorsiflexion at initial contact was almost significant (p=0.3).

The consistency of the results within subject and between modes was highly correlated (r=0.858–0.928) and statistically very significant (p< 0.000).

Discussion: In the current study, the only benefits of AFOs were increasing stride length and some improvement in ankle and knee kinematics. Our findings show that the use of an AFO, by itself, does not change dramatically other walking parameters. The high correlation between barefoot and AFO modes suggests that the child’s basic capability is the main factor that affects the gait pattern. Inappropriate AFO may partly be the reason for the non-significant results in this study.

We conclude that AFO’s should be given only after optimization of the child’s physical capabilities. Prescription should be made after careful evaluation using gait analysis whenever possible.


J. Bickels I. Meller JC Wittig MM Malawer Y. Kollender

Introduction: Metastatic bone disease of the humerus may be associated with disabling pain and loss of function. Surgery must provide good local tumor control, immediate mechanical stability, and a short rehabilitation period. Between 1980 and 2000, the authors operated 59 patients with metastatic disease of the humerus. The current study summarizes the principles of the surgical technique and functional and oncological outcomes.

Materials and Methods: There were 33 females and 26 males. Indications for surgery included pathological fracture (40), impending fracture (11), and intractable pain (6). Anatomic locations of humeral metastases included: around the proximal humeral metaphysic and head (Type I) – 18, humeral diaphysis (Type II) – 39, and humeral condyles (Type III) – 2. Types I and III metastases were treated with resection and endoprosthetic reconstruction. Type II metastases were treated with intralesional tumor removal and cemented nailing. Postoperatively, 31 patients were treated with radiation therapy, 35 with chemotherapy, and 14 with immunotherapy.

Follow-up of the study patients included physical examination, radiological evaluation and functional evaluation according to the American Musculoskeletal Tumor Society system.

Results: Patients who had cemented nailing had better overall function, emotional acceptance, hand positioning, and lifting ability than patients who underwent endoprosthetic reconstruction. Pain alleviation and dexterity were comparable in both groups. All patients had a stable extremity and overall function of 56 patients (95%) was > 68% of normal upper extremity function. Only two patients (3%) had a local tumor recurrence.

Conclusions: An aggressive surgical approach in patients who have humeral metastases and meet the criteria for surgical intervention is beneficial; it provides durable reconstruction and is associated with good function and local tumor control in most patients.


K. Atesok E. Sucher M. Temper A. Peyser

Background: The purpose of this retrospective study was to analyze the results of closed intramedullary fixation of pathological humeral shaft fractures with unreamed humeral nail (UHN).

Patients & Methods: Nine patients who had ten pathological fractures of the humeral shaft secondary to metastatic disease were included in the study. All fractures were stabilized with unreamed humeral nailing with use of a closed anterograde technique. The mean patient age was sixty-three (range, fifty to 78), male to female ratio 1:8 and left humerus was involved in five, right in three patients and one patient had bilateral pathological humeral shaft fracture.

Results: The blood loss was unremarkable in seven patients (8 procedures). Two patients were given totally 3 units of pack cells after the surgery and these were the only patients who had additional surgeries during the same operation due to their additional pathological fractures. The mean duration of hospitalization after the operation was 6.5 days (range, two to 16 days). All of the ten extremities had a return to nearly normal function within 6 weeks after nailing. Relief of pain was rated as good in all but one patient. Seven patients received adjuvant therapy during the 3 months period before and after the procedure. Five patients died at a mean of 3.5 months (range, one to 9 months). There were no early or late complications related to surgery except one patient who developed cellulitis after the surgery. The fracture was united in all of the extremities in patients who survived for at least 3 months and had radiographs available.

Conclusion: Unreamed humeral nailing of the pathological humeral shaft fractures provides immediate stability and pain relief, minimum morbidity and early return of function to the extremity.


E. Melamed M. Nof

Purpose: The current study assessed the post-operative long-term outcome of up to 9 years follow-up of tarsal coalition treated with resection, utilizing the American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society (AOFAS) Ankle-Hindfoot score. To the best of our knowledge this is the first study utilizing that score in regard to Tarsal coalition resection as a sole treatment.

Materials and Methods: Between 1988 and 1999, 36 patients (36 feet) with painful flatfoot and restricted range of motion attributable to talocalcaneal and calcaneonavicular coalition were treated with resection of the coalition in multiple medical centers in Israel. Thirty-one patients were male and five female. Twentyfive patients had unilateral coalition and eleven patients had bilateral coalition. Coalition types were talocalcaneal(29) and calcaneonavicular(7). The patients were interviewed and examined during a follow-up period of 12 to 108 months, with an average of 51.6 months.

Results: Outcome was based on the ankle hindfoot clinical rating system of the American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society. The clinical results were also evaluated statistically. Favorable outcome was evident in only 50% of cases. Average score was 79.2 in talocalcaneal coalition patients and 85.4 in calcaneonavicular coalition patients (not statistically significant). A multivariate statistical analysis was done and an equation was found, which elucidates the connection between age, gender and diagnosis, and AOFAS score.

Conclusions: On the basis of these results, three parameters were found to affect the operative outcome: age, type of coalition and gender. Age itself stands alone as a predictive tool to the postoperative outcome. The equation that was found to correlate age, type of coalition and gender with the score can act as a predictive tool of the outcome and aid in preoperative patient selection for tarsal coalition resection.


Y. Kollender O. Merimsky J. Isaakov A. Nirkin G. Flusser I. Meller J. Bickels

Introduction: Megaprosthetic failures around the knee and especially those who are infection-related are difficult to manage. Although most of these cases are effectively managed with a two-stage prosthetic revision, selected cases eventually require sacrifice of the knee joint. The authors present their experience with knee-arthrodesis using a vascularized fibula and allograft reinforcement.

Materials and Methods: Between 1998 and 2002, eight patients with failed knee prosthesis were referred for resection-arthrodesis; all patients had at least two previous revision attempts using a spacer or a new implant. Knee-arthrodesis included resection of the distal femur and proximal tibia and reconstruction with a free micro-vascularized fibular graft and allograft reinforcement. Fibular grafts were harvested with a large musculocutaneous flap to facilitate soft-tissue coverage and monitor flap viability. Following surgery, patients were kept non-weight-bearing for 3 months. Radiographs were performed 6 and 12 weeks postoperatively to establish fibular graft incorporation. If healing had progressed satisfactorily, weight-bearing was gradually allowed.

Results: At the most recent follow-up’ all eight patients had a stable and painless reconstruction, associated with radiological evidence of solid fibular graft union. The latter was typically observed between 6 to 12 weeks from surgery. Complications included one emergent surgery for anastamotic rupture in one patient and surgical debridement with skin grafting of musculocutaneous flap necrosis in another patient.

Conclusions: Knee-arthrodesis using microvascularized fibula and allograft reinforcement is a safe and reliable salvage procedure in end-stage failures of megaprosthetic knee implants.


J. Bickels O. Merimsky J. Isaakov A. Nirkin G. Flusser I. Meller Y. Kollender

Introduction: Cryosurgery of bone tumors using direct pour of liquid nitrogen has the advantage of joint preservation associated with good local tumor control. However, this technique does not allow accurate control of the temperature or of the overall time of freezing. Additionally, this is a gravity-dependent procedure that cannot be applied in all shapes and locations of tumor cavities. The authors report their experience with a novel cryosurgical technique that allows accurate determination of the temperature and freezing time as well as freezing of any geometry of tumor cavity.

Materials and Methods: From 1997 to 2000, 58 patients who were diagnosed with 13 malignant and 45 benign-aggressive bone tumors underwent argon-based cryoablation. This technique included tumor removal by means of curettage and burr-drilling, filling the tumor cavity with a gel medium, insertion of metal probes into this medium, and computer-controlled delivery of argon gas through the metal probes, and reconstruction of the tumor cavity with cemented hardware. All patients were followed for more than two years.

Results: None had skin necrosis, infection, thromboembolic complication, or neurapraxia. Fractures occurred in two patients (3.4%) and local tumor recurrence in two patients (3.4%), who were successfully treated with a second closed cryoablation.

Conclusions: The current study focuses on the concept and surgical technique of argon-based and computer-controlled, closed cryoablation of bone tumors. The main advantages of this system are the ability to control the freezing temperature and overall freezing time and the use of a gel medium, which evenly conducts the cold temperature throughout the tumor cavity and allows cryoablation of various cavital geometry and positions. The current technique of argon-based cryoablation is simple and easy to perform. It achieves good local tumor control and is associated with a low rate of complication. The authors recommend its use as an alternative to the traditional direct pour technique of cryosurgery.


Y. Kollender B. Bender A. Nirkin S. Shabat O. Merimsky J. Isaakov G. Flusser I. Meller J. Bickels

Introduction: Diffused pigmented villonodular synovitis (PVNS) is a locally aggressive lesion for which surgery provides only marginal resection. An adjuvant treatment modality is therefore required to prevent local tumor recurrence. The authors describe their experience with intra-articular injection of Yttrium90 (Y90), a radioisotope, as an adjuvant for tumor resection.

Materials and Methods: Between 1989 and 2002, 20 patients with diffuse PVNS were treated with post-operative, intraarticular injection of Y90. There were 15 male and 5 female patients who ranged in age from 13 to 67 years (mean, 35 years). Anatomic locations of the affected joints included: knee – 15, ankle – 4, hip – 1. Tumor resection was initially done in all patients: 13 patients required open arthrotomy, the remaining 7 underwent arthroscopic tumor resection. Ten patients were referred for treatment after having operation for a local tumor recurrence: 6 patients had one, 2 had two, 1 had three, and the remaining one had five local recurrences. Six to eight weeks after surgery, intraarticular injection of 15–25 mCi of Y90 was done. These procedures were conducted in the operating room under local anesthesia and fluoroscopic guidance. All patients were followed for a minimum of two years (range, 25–168 months; mean, 65 months).

Results: Following Y90 injection, all patients reported mild pain around the affected joint. This pain was well controlled with the use of NSAID’s and typically resolved within a few days or weeks. Three patients had superficial skin inflammation and associated blisters around the site of injection, probably the result of Y90 effect on the soft-tissues. All were treated conservatively with complete resolution of their symptoms. All patients gained their pre-injection range-of-motion within 4–6 weeks. At the most recent follow-up, five patients had transient post-radiation skin changes (discoloration of the skin and dry and scaly skin) and local recurrence occurred in only one patient (5%) with PVNS around the knee; additional Y90 injections were unsuccessful and he eventually underwent knee arthrodesis.

Conclusion: Y90 injection is a reliable adjuvant for surgery in the management of diffused PVNS. Local tumor control and good function, associated with only mild morbidity are achieved in the majority of the patients.


Y. Kollender I. Meller JC Wittig MM Malawer J. Bickels

Multiple myeloma may be associated with extensive bone destruction, impending or present pathological fracture, and intractable pain. However, surgical intervention is rarely indicated since local bone crises are effectively managed with chemotherapy and radiotherapy in the majority of the patients. The current retrospective analysis of patients who eventually required surgical intervention emphasized indications for surgery, surgical technique, and functional and oncological outcomes.

Materials and Methods: Between 1982 and 2000, the authors operated on 18 patients with multiple myeloma. There were 11 females and 7 males whose age ranged from 4 to 67 years (median, 59 years). Anatomic locations: proximal humerus – 5, proximal femur – 4, distal femur – 5, proximal tibia – 3. One patient had total femur involvement. Preoperatively, 11 patients were treated with chemotherapy and 4 received radiotherapy. Seven patients were referred with a bone lesion as their initial presentation and, therefore, did not receive pre-operative treatment.

Indications for surgery: pathological fractures – 11 patients, impending pathological fractures – 5 patients, and intractable pain in 2 patients. Surgeries included 12 marginal resections with cryosurgery and 6 wide resections with endoprosthetic reconstructions. Postoperative radiotherapy was given to three patients and chemotherapy to 11. Follow-up included physical and radiological evaluation and functional evaluation according to the American Musculoskeletal Tumor Society System.

Results: Fifteen patients (83%) survived more than 1 year and 12 patients (66%) survived more than 2 years after surgery. There were no postoperative deep wound infections, thromboembolic complications, or local tumor recurrences. Functional outcome was good to excellent in 14 patients (78%), moderate in 3 (16%), and poor in one patient (6%).

Conclusions: Multiple myeloma rarely may require surgical intervention because of impending or present pathological fracture or intractable pain. The relatively prolonged survival of patients with multiple myeloma justifies an aggressive surgical approach. Resection of these tumors was shown to be safe, reliable, and associated with good local tumor control and functional outcome.


Full Access
E. Maman J. Bickels JC Wittig MM Malawer Y. Kollender I. Meller

Introduction: Tumors of the axilla impose a surgical difficulty because they are usually large at presentation and in close proximity to the major neurovascular bundle of the upper extremity. Attempted tumor resection via the base of the axilla is difficult because of limited exposure of the axillary content and neurovascular bundle. The authors have used a safe and reliable exposure for these situations.

Methods: Between 1980 and 1997, 35 patients underwent extensile exposure of an axillary tumor. Diagnoses included 19 primary and 16 metastatic tumors of the axilla. The axillary cavity was fully exposed via the deltopectoral groove after detachment and reflection of two layers of muscles: first, the pectoralis major and, second, the coracoid origin of the pectoralis minor, cora-cobrachialis, and the short head of the biceps muscle. This surgical approach allowed full tumor visualization and determination of the exact anatomic relation of the tumor to the neurovascular bundle and as a result, tumor respectability. Following resection, the pectoralis minor and conjoined tendons were reattached to the coracoid process with a nonabsorbable suture, and the pectoralis major was reattached to its insertion site on the proximal humerus in the same manner.

Results: Exposure revealed a safe plane of dissection between the tumor and the major neurovascular bundle in 23 patients and invasion of the major neurovascular bundle in 12 patients who subsequently underwent a forequarter amputation. At the most recent follow-up, none of these patients had functional limitation, which could be attributed to the extensile approach itself. All patients gained their presurgical pectoralis major and biceps function.

Complications in the group of patients that underwent tumor resection included three (13%) superficial wound infections. Due to intended enbloc resection of an involved nerve with the tumor, two nerve palsies (8.7%) were documented. None of the remaining 21 patients had numbness, paresthesias, or nerve pain. There were three (13%) local recurrences; two were managed with wide excision and adjuvant radiation therapy and one necessitated amputation.

Conclusions: The extensile exposure of the axilla allows full visualization of axillary tumors. It allows determination of tumor respectability and safe and reliable resection, when indicated. This exposure is associated with good functional outcome and an acceptable morbidity and is recommended in the management of axillary tumors.


A. Oron Y. Mirovsky G. Agar N. Halperin

Objective: To evaluate viscosupplementation by intraarticular injection of Orthovisc® Vs. Synvisc® (Molecular Weight 1.55 and 6 Million Daltons, respectively) in the treatment of knee osteoarthritis in clinical practice in Israel.

Methods: We performed a prospective evaluation of all patients treated with either Orthovisc® or Synvisc® by the senior author during a 2 year period. All patients suitable for hyaluronic acid injections were included in the study. Patients bought either product at their own expense and preference.

A total of 1566 injections were performed involving 522 knees. Patients were divided into two groups; one consisting of 277 patients who purchased Orthovisc® and a second consisting of 245 patients who purchased Synvisc®.

A Visual Analog Scale (VAS) assessed pain. The senior author performed all injections and sterile injection protocol was strictly adhered to.

Knees were injected at weekly intervals for 3 weeks. Patients were assessed at baseline, 1, 2, 3 & 4 weeks and 3, 6 & 12 months following initial visit.

Results: Both products were found to be of clinical benefit and have an acceptable safety profile. No difference in VAS values was found between the two groups. The calculated Power of Study for detection of a one-pain unit difference was 99.9% (α=0.05). This power was maintained through the first three visits and later declined.

Conclusion Our findings question the impact of hyaluronic acid molecular weight in alleviating osteoarthritic knee pain.


B. Peskin G. Nierenberg M. Soudry S. Karkabi C. Zinman

Purpose: Midterm follow up of complete knee dislocation and clinical outcome evaluation.

Materials and Methods: Between 1990–2004, we retrospectively reviewed the records of patients with complete knee dislocation. Eighteen patients, 19 knees were followed. Twelve males and 6 females. The average age at follow up was 40.7 years. Treatment consisted of primary knee stabilization with tutor cast in 10 knees and 9 by external fixation for 6 weeks. Following rehabilitation program, further surgical treatment was according to clinical relevancy. Functional and subjective evaluation was registered by the WOMAC questionnaire.

Results: Eleven were multiple trauma patients, involved in RTA, 2 had a crush injury, one patient involved in aviation accident had bilateral dislocation and 4 patients had low energy injury. Out of 7 patients, 8 knees had isolated dislocation. One died, 3 were not available for clinical follow up. Twelve patients returned the questionnaire. The average result of the WOMAC score was 46.5, range 7–91. Four knees presented advanced osteoarthritis with painful stiffness. Eight knees presented at the end of the follow up with instability as chief compliant. Five patients underwent later reconstructive procedures. One patient underwent knee arthrodesis.

Conclusion: In patients with knee dislocation, associated polytrauma should be regarded as a bed prognostic sign. The results suggest the need to revaluate the initial treatment strategy. The overall outcome shows that nearly all patients were able to perform daily activities, no patients in our study attempted any strenuous activity.


Y. Gortzak I. Rachinski D. Plotquin

Introduction: MRI is considered to be highly effective in the diagnosis of internal derangement of the knee after acute trauma. 90–95% of meniscal and ligamentous injuries can be diagnosed by MRI and diagnostic arthroscopy can be effectively replaced with this modality. The drawbacks of MRI are its cost and availability. In recent years limited bone SPECT scan has been introduced as an alternative to MRI in the preoperative workup of patients with suspected meniscal and ligamentous injuries.

Purpose: To evaluate the diagnostic accuracy of bone SPECT in the pre-operative work up of patients with suspected meniscal tears.

Materials and Methods: 47 patients were included, average age was 41.9 years (range 18–78 years), 61.7% of the patients are male and 38.3% female. The results of limited bone SPECT scans of the knee were evaluated for accuracy as compared to the diagnosis established by knee arthroscopy, which is considered the gold standard for the diagnosis of meniscal tears.

Results: Bone SPECT scan of the knee was sensitive in 91.9% and specific in 20% of the cases compared to arthroscopy in the diagnosis of meniscal tears.

Positive predictive value calculated for SPECT is 81%, while the negative predictive value calculated is 40%. Separate calculations revealed a PPV of 90.5% in medial meniscal tears and a PPV of 86.7% in lateral meniscal tears respectively. In 13 cases additional inra-articular pathology was noted. In five cases the presumptive diagnosis of a meniscal tear on SPECT was rejected on arthroscopy, in three of these cases the anterior cruciate ligament was injured. One patient with a negative SPECT scan was operated and a meniscal tear found.

Discussion: The diagnostic accuracy of bone SPECT in suspected tears of the meniscus has not been fully validated. Our results correlate with results shown by other authors who reported a sensitivity of about 90 %. The value of the calculated specificity is difficult to interpretation, while patients with a negative SPECT scan are usually not operated. In these cases the SPECT scan should be compared to MRI results when available. In our setup bone SPECT should be included in the preoperative workup whenever the clinical diagnosis of a meniscal tear is doubtful until MRI becomes more readily available.


Full Access
G. Nierenberg D. Rothem F. Mazen M. Soudry M. Besser

Introduction: The introduction of bioabsorbable materials has improved the ability to offer a simple, fast and friendly user solution, to specific meniscal tears. The technique of meniscal suture with bioabsorbable tacks is associated with lower morbidity and lower complication rate.

Methods: Between 1997 and 2004, 14 patients underwent arthroscopic all-inside meniscus repair. We used Biofix bioabsorbable tacks fixation technique. Fourteen patients were followed-up: 11 males and 3 females. Their mean age was ~23 years (range 16–34). Follow-up average ~35 (range 6–72) months. Sport injuries were the main cause of meniscal tears (60%). Other causes included: work accidents (20%) and military accidents (20%). All the tears were located in red-on-red and red-on-white area. The mean length of tear was 9.6 mm. we used in average 2.5 tacks per meniscus tear. Furthermore, 4 patients had an associated ACL tear.

Results: The evaluation was based on Lisholm score. The results were excellent in 10 patients (71%), good in 1 patient (7%), fair in 2 patients (15%) and poor in 1 patient (7%). One patient suffered from transitory tender point on the medial aspect due to a protruded tack. One patient needed a menisectomy due to unresolved symptoms. One patient underwent ACL reconstruction.

Conclusion: This technique is an easy and reproducible procedure as compared to the classical meniscal suture techniques. It seems to be of a lower complication rate and further studies are needed to establish any associated morbidity.


B. Danino N. Shabshin ME Schweitzer N. Halperin

Introduction: MRI of the knee is routinely performed in supine position, without providing information about physiological weight bearing. Since erect knee MRIs can be performed in a double-donut MRI, we sought to compare supine and weight bearing knee MRIs of patients with and without osteoarthritis (OA).

Materials and Methods: On a 0.5T double-donut open MR 16 patients were studied in supine and erect: 10 with OA and 6 age matched asymptomatic patients.

The joint space, coronal and sagittal meniscal thickness, extrusion in 4 directions, meniscal angles, intermeniscal space and evaluation of menisci, ligaments and marrow were compared between positions in the OA and control groups. Correlation with medial knee pain was obtained.

Results: The average intermeniscal space was greater in OA and in the erect position. The joint space was narrower in OA especially in the medial compartment and in the supine position (p< 0.02). The mean meniscal thickness was similar in both positions and groups.

In OA the meniscal angle was larger when upright, without statistical significance.

The medial, lateral and anterior meniscal extrusion were greater in OA on vertical and supine, especially the anterior extrusion of medial meniscus which was significantly higher in OA (p= 0.0259, 0.0122, vertical, supine, respectively( and on vertical position (p= 0.0041).

Medial extrusion was higher in OA on both positions (p= 0.0228, 0.0184 vertical , supine).

Medial meniscal tears were seen in 6/10 OA and 2/6 controls. MCL grade 1 sprain pattern was seen in 4/10 OA, chronic ACL tear was seen in 5, and subchondral marrow edema in 8/10.

7/10 OA patients complained of knee pain which was predominantly medial.

Conclusions: Standing MRI shows relative widening of the joint, possibly due to the altered osseous alignment. Extrusion of the meniscus and intermeniscal space are more common in OA and under weight bearing. Medial meniscal extrusion correltaes with osteoarthritis and worsens under weight bearing. This may explain the common medial knee pain in osteoarthritis as seen in data from the orthopedic literature, as well as the clinical evaluation of our patients, and may be attributed to increased pressure on the capsule or MCL.


M. Soudry A. Greental G. Nierenberg M. Falah

Purpose: The purpose of this paper is to evaluate the results of One or Two-Stage revision surgery, in the treatment of infected Total Knee Arthroplasty.

Materials and Methods: Between 1978 and 2003, 43 cases of infected TKA were operated. Forty-one cases were followed more than one year. Twenty two patients were males and 19 females. Average follow-up (F-U) time was 8 years (range 1–25). Nine were diagnosed during the first six months postop and 32 cases were late infections. All patients were given intravenous antibiotics for 6 weeks according to culture.

One stage procedure was performed in 20 patients with a painful knee without purulent discharge. Of them, 9 patients were infected with Staph Aureus (45%), 2 Enterococcus, 1 Strep Viridans, 1 Brucella. Seven were clinically infected without positive cultures (35%). Average age at revision was 75.6Y, with 1.9 co-morbidities. Average time interval between primary and revision was 45.6 months. Gallium bone scan was positive in 40%, WBC was above 11000 in 20%, increased ESR in 25% and CRP values above 3 mg/L in 80%. Intra-operative loosening was found in 60% of femoral and tibial components.

Two stage procedure was performed in 21 patients, when pus was present during the operation. Interposed cement impregnated with antibiotics was left between bone ends and at least six weeks of IV antibiotics were given. Average age at revision was 68Y,with 2 co-morbidities. Average time interval between primary and revision was 20 months. Positive Gallium bone scan was in 100%, WBC above 11000 in 80%, increased ESR in 80% and CRP values above 3 in 63%. Twelve patients were infected with Staph Aureus (60%), 4 Enterococcus, 1 Strep Haemolyticus, 1 Candida and 3 clinically infected cases without positive cultures (14%). Intraoperative loosening was found in 43% and 79% of femoral and tibial components, respectively.

Objective result was graded according to HSS score. The differences between ‘one-stage’ and ‘two stage’ groups were checked by t-test of variance.

Results: Twenty four patients out of 41 (60%) were available for F-U, 11 among One Stage group and 13 among Two Stage group. Eleven patients died and 6 were lost for F-U. Subjective satisfaction was reported by 80% of patients. Overall, HSS score increased from 48.3 preoperatively to 80 postoperatively, with 30% excellent result, 48% good, 13% fair and 9% poor.

For One Stage group, postoperative subjective satisfaction was reported by 78% of patients and HSS increased from 49.9 to 81.4. Average arc of motion was 93°. There were 4 patients with recurrent infection (20%), 2 of them were treated with antibiotics and 2 needed second revision (10%).

For Two Stage group, postoperative subjective satisfaction was reported by 82% of patients and HSS increased from 47.3 to 78.6. Average arc of motion was 85°. No re-infection was recorded in this group.

No significant difference between the two groups was found in relation to postoperative HSS score and arc of motion. However, remarkable difference is reported regarding reinfection rate.

Discussion and Conclusion: In this series with an average of 8 years follow-up, HSS score in revision of infected TKR is lower (30% excellent and 48% good) than expected result in primary TKR. The ‘Two-Stage’ procedure was more effective in our hands than ‘One-Stage’ as for eradication of infection in Total Knee Arthroplasty.


A. Garti M. Weisbrot M. Yassin UA Eshkenazi D. Robinson

Purpose: Total knee arthroplasty has been established as a reliable treatment modality for advanced gonarthrosis. Satisfactory outcome depends on restoration of the neutral alignment of the leg. Our study evaluates whether computer-assisted navigated knee arthroplasty achieves a more accurate knee alignment.

Materials and Methods: In a prospective study two groups of 24 patients undergoing TKA had operations using either a computer-assisted navigation system or a conventional technique. Limb alignment and component orientation were determined on post-operative coronal and lateral X-rays.

Results: In our study the post operative axis of the thumb was significantly better in the computer-assisted group (94%, within ±3° varus/valgus) compared with the conventional group (82%, within ±3° varus/valgus). A significantly better orientation of the femoral and the tibial components was achieved in the computed-assisted navigated group.

Conclusions: Computer-assisted navigated TKA gives better correction of leg alignment and components orientation as we saw in the computer-assisted navigated group. Potential benefits in the long-term outcome and functional improvement require further investigation.


M. Yassin A. Garti M. Weisbrot D. Robinson

Purpose: Conducting a prospective study comparing the short-term results of minimally invasive total knee replacement surgery using a conventional prosthesis (i.e. not specifically designed for minimally invasive surgery – MIS, AGC Biomet) with knee arthroplasties performed via a transvastus approach.

Operative Technique: MIS knee arthroplasty is performed via a medial parapatellar skin incision from the supero-medial pole of the patella to the tibial tuberosity. The major difference is the lack of quadriceps muscle dissection and the lack of patellar inversion. The instruments fit into the incision, though some of the pins have to be inserted percutaneously. In order to reduce patello-femoral pressure and pain, an osteophytectomy is performed followed by sawing a slice of the patella and denervation using a diathermy. The wound is closed with intra-dermal sutures and a drain is not used.

Materials and Methods: Forty-five consecutive knee replacements were randomized into either a conventional trans-vastus approach (22 patients) or a minimally invasive procedure (23 patients). The patients were assessed using an HSS knee score, a VAS score and knee range of motion every day during hospitalization was recorded separately. Blood consumption and length of hospitalization were recorded as well. The patients were followed for a minimum of 3 months. Radiographic evaluation included prosthesis alignment in the AP and lateral views.

Results: Pre-op age, sex, VAS score and HSS were similar in both groups. Initial limb alignment averaged 9 degrees of varus in both groups. Pre-op range of motion was similar in both groups -5 degrees of extension and 90 degrees of flexion. Operative time was similar in both groups. Length of hospital stay was similar in both groups. Blood usage was diminished in the MIS group by an average of 0.8 units.

At the 2-weeeks and 6-weeks time-point the range of motion in the MIS group was better both in flexion and in extension by an average of 20 degrees, than in the conventional surgery group. This difference was nullified at the 3 months time-point. Radiographic alignment was similar in both groups. The limb alignment post-op averaged 3 degrees of varus.

Conclusions: MIS knee arthroplasty appears to yield similar results to conventional arthroplasty regarding prosthesis alignment and hospitalization.


K. Evensen AI Spitzer P. Goodmanson K. Suthers

Purpose: Mobile Bearing TKA has been reported to improve patellofemoral tracking due to the self-aligning impact of the mobile bearing. However, limited rotation of the mobile bearing may be insufficient to impact patellar tracking in an otherwise well-balanced TKA.

Methods: Between December 1998 and October, 2003, 445 primary TKAs were performed via transpatellar arthrotomy. The same posterior stabilized femoral component was implanted in all knees. There were 312 fixed bearings and 133 rotating platforms implanted. In order to optimize patellar tracking, a neutral mechanical axis was established, femoral components were lateralized and externally rotated, patellar buttons were medialized, tibial components were externally rotated, and gaps and ligaments were meticulously balanced. Lateral release was performed based on intraoperative assessment of patellar tracking.

Results: Lateral releases were performed in 47 of 312 (15%) fixed bearing knees, and in 14 of 133 (11%) mobile bearing knees (p=NS). Average preoperative alignment in the fixed bearing knees was –5 degrees (R-7 to 20), and in the mobile bearing knees was 0 degrees (R-10 to 20).

Conclusions: Careful surgical technique with attention to the details of optimizing patellar tracking may be the most important factor determining the rate of lateral release. The self-aligning ability of mobile bearing TKA, which has been postulated to improve patellar tracking, may not reduce the need for lateral release in the cohort of patients in whom lateral tilt and subluxation of the patella persist even after other factors affecting patellar tracking have been surgically addressed.


AI Spitzer K. Evensen P. Goodmanson K. Suthers

Purpose: Mobile bearing total knee arthroplasty (MBTKA) has been complicated by bearing spinout and dislocation. Balancing the flexion and extension gaps is a basic principle of knee reconstruction, but is often achieved in a haphazard manner. This balance is critical to prevent bearing spinout and dislocation. A surgical technique is presented which actively balances flexion and extension gaps, and avoids spinout and dislocation in MBTKA.

Methods: Between February, 2002 and May, 2004 , 180 primary MBTKAs were performed, utilizing the PFC ∑RP (DePuy, Warsaw, Indiana, USA) system with a PS femoral component. The surgical technique consisted of distal femur and proximal tibia resection, followed by ligament balancing and measurement of the extension gap utilizing laminar spreaders. With laminar spreaders placed in the knee at 90 degrees of flexion, an AP cutting block with free rotation and AP translation, attached to an intramedullary rod was positioned on the distal femur in order to create a symmetric flexion gap matching the thickness of the previously established extension gap. After AP resections, gap balance was verified using spacer blocks. Preparation of the bony surfaces to accept the prostheses was completed in a standard fashion.

Results: No bearing spinout or dislocation, or instability has occurred.

Conclusions: Meticulous surgical technique directed toward strict balance of the flexion and extension gaps prevents bearing spinout and dislocation in MBTKA, and is critical to the success of this technology which offers the potential long-term benefits of lower wear, soft tissue load sharing and improved overall knee mechanics.


E. Peleg Y. Mattan M. Liebergall R. Mosheiff

Introduction: Decreasing the length of the side plate of the dynamic hip screw (DHS) would theoretically allow a smaller surgical incision, a shorter surgical time, decreased operative blood loss and minimal periosteal stripping. A new design of a very short plate (VSP) dynamic hip screw based on two diagonal screws has been developed. The new design was compared with the four hole side plate regarding its mechanical properties and bio-mechanical outcomes.

Methods: Four pairs of fresh frozen cadaveric femora were extracted from male corpses aged 25–43 (mean 34.8), mechanical loading was applied to four pairs of cadaveric femora which were fixated using the new system on one side and the conventional design on the other. The decline during the periodical loading and the breakage load of the fixated bones were measured. In addition, mechanical performance and probability for failure was assessed by conducting a mathematical analysis using the finite element method.

Results: The average deflection under excessive cyclic loading was 33% higher in bones with the VSP-DHS device than those with regular DHS. The average load failure during the collapse loading test was 312 kg for the VSP-DHS compared to 416 kg for the regular device. The mathematical analysis performed indicated that the maximal stress in the VSP-DHS reached values 3–4 fold higher than in the regular DHS.

Conclusions: Bio-mechanical evaluation was performed both by mechanical testing and theoretically. Although the new design offers a minimally invasive approach to subtrochanteric femur fracture fixation, it was found to have insufficient biomechanical performance resulting in high probability for mechanical failure.


A. Peyser Y. Weil L. Brocke Y. Sela R. Mosheiff Y. Mattan O. Manor M. Liebergall

Introduction: Minimally invasive surgery (MIS) is associated with reduced postoperative morbidity and faster recovery of function. The PerCutaneous Compression Plate (PCCP) device was recently developed by Got-fried as a MIS technique for the fixation of osteoporotic hip fractures. PCCP provides rotational stability by means of two hip screws, and lateral cortical support by a proximal extension of the plate and by the relatively small diameter (9.3 mm) of the hip screws. The purpose of this prospective study is to compare the outcome of PCCP to the “gold standard” Compression Hip Screw (CHS) device.

Methods: 104 Patients with intertrochanteric fractures were randomized to be treated by PCCP (50 patients) or CHS (53 patients). One patient was switched from PCCP to CHS during surgery. Inclusion criteria were age above 60, close fracture reduction, no pathological fracture, and no surgical procedure in the same leg in the last year.

Results: The groups were comparable in patient age, gender, ASA, length of surgery and hospital stay. Operative blood loss was 177.8 ml in the PCCP group and 371.3 ml in the CHS group (p< 0.0001). At the 6th week clinic visit, patients in the PCCP group were able to bear more weight on the injured leg than patients in the CHS group (p< 0.03). Mortality during the first year follow-up period was 10% in the PCCP group and 24.5% in the CHS group (p~0.05). Analysis of X-ray radiographs revealed collapse in 4% of the patients in PCCP group and 19% in CHS group (p< 0.01).

Conclusions: Our results suggest that PCCP provides some of the advantages of MIS: reduced blood loss, as well as improves the stability of fracture fixation, demonstrated by improved early weight bearing and less fracture collapse. We found a trend for decreased first year mortality rate.


E. Peled C. Zinman J. Boss D. Seliktar

Introduction: The aim of the current investigation to study the inherent ability of biomaterial scaffolds to regenerate bone defects without osteoinductive growth factors. We have developed a biosynthetic hybrid scaffold that mimics the biofunctionality of the provisional fibrin matrix which regulated the initial stages of in vivo bone regeneration. The material is comprised of a fibrinogen backbone and polyethylene glycol (PEG) cross-links that regulate the strength, durability, and degradation of the matrix during the healing process. Precise control over the degradability of the hydrogel scaffold provides the ability to systematically regulate the cellular infiltration associated with fracture healing. Furthermore, improved physical strength (over purified native fibrin clots) enables superior handling properties and stable in situ fixation.

Materials & Methods: In the current study, a 7-mm critical size defect is created in the right tibia of female Sprague-Dawley rats (age 3–4 months); an external fixator is placed proximal and distal to the mid-section of the tibia. Pre-cast fibrinogen-PEG cylindrical hydro-gels (3-mm dia, 7-mm long) are placed into the site of the defect. Three different hydrogel compositions are tested: 1:1, 1:2, and 1:3 fibrinogen to PEG. Independent experiments demonstrate that higher concentrations of PEG give the hydrogels slower degradation kinetics. Radiographs, post operative and during follow-up, and histological evaluation were done.

Results & Discussion: Both radiography and histological evaluation reveals extensive and widespread periosteal new bone formation. Post-operative radiographs show the formation of a periosteal callus in the gap region of treated animals after five weeks compared to immediately following excision (Figure 1, right). Five weeks post-operatively, histological sections stained with H& E reveal a thick covering of newly formed and moderately differentiated lamellar-fibred bone alongside lengthy stretches of the original cortex. There are large amounts of closely packed trabeculae of recently deposited, woven-fibered bone wherever there are empty spaces of the hydrogel scaffold. These trabeculae join at their perimeters with the preexisting bone. We also demonstrate a clear relationship between the composition of the hydrogel and the synthesis of new bone in the defect site. In conclusion, we demonstrate the formation of newly synthesized bone in critical size defects in the rat tibia using a biomimetic hydrogel scaffold without the use of exogenous growth factors.


S. Khamis Z. Yizhar

Pronation of the foot is an essential motion of the normal function of the lower extremity. Its main contribution to the gait cycle is shock absorption and adaptation of the weight bearing foot to the surface. Hyperpronation is defined when hind foot motion is excessive, prolonged, and/or occurs in inappropriate timing of the stance phase. Hyperpronation of the foot may cause malalignment of the lower extremity and frequently leads to injuries to joints, tendons, knee pain and stress fractures. A review of the literature indicates that a correlation is found between hyperpronation of the foot and tibial rotation, patella and knww joint alignment. To our knowledge there is no evidence documented on the relationship between hyperpronation and pelvic alignment although, several researchers do suggest a possible connection. The purpose of this study is to examine the effect of hyperpronation of the feet on the lower limb and pelvic alignment.

Thirty-five healthy subjects (15 men and 20 women, age ranged from 23 to 33 years) were put into hyperpronation in standing position induced by wedges of different slopes of 10, 15 and 20 degrees. The base line for comparison was natural standing position and the sequence of trials was random. Each setting was maintained for 20 seconds and a sample of 4 seconds was processed and measured. Changes in the alignment of the lower extremity and pelvic were measured by a computerized system of motion analysis (VICON®).

Standing on the wedges induced hyperpronation with statistically significant increase in calcaneal eversion (p< .000). The results indicated that as a consequence to the usage of wedging on limb alignment, a statistically significant increase (paired t-test) in calcaneal valgus (p< .000), internal tibial rotation (p< .000), internal femoral rotation (p< .000) nd anterior pelvic tilt (p< .000) was found. A strong correlation (Pearson correlation coefficient) was found between segmental alignments in every two sequences positions (r = .612 up to .985). Five sets of mixed effects models for repeated measurement were built in all four positions. Results showed that the effect of the tibial alignment itself is responsible for the change in the pelvic position (p=.002).

These findings suggest that a correlation exists between motion at the distal segment (the foot) and the proximal segment (the pelvic) aof the body and indicate that hyperpronation and proximal postural malalignment are linked. This interaction between the foot and pelvic occurs in a chain reaction manner. Foot hyperpronation can influence pelvic alignment, only if significant change arises at the tibia.

The implication of this study advocates that when addressing pelvic and lower back dysfunction, the alignment of the foot should be examined as a contributing factor.

In addition, addressing foot malalignment is essential for treating and preventing pelvic and low back dysfunction.


M. Vigler R. Levi A. Arav M. Salai

Scientific Background: Adult articular cartilage, critical to proper joint function, has minimal self-repair ability. No adequate repair technique exists for large defects.

Cryopreservation which is a process of deep-freezing of cells and tissues, enables the preservation of a high proportion of cells when the tissue is thawed and implanted.

Aim: To evaluate a novel method for cryopreservation of articular cartilage in the form of osteochondral sheep cylinders.

Materials and Methods: Osteochondral cylinders, 9mm diameter x 15mm length, were drilled from fresh cadaver sheep knee condyles. A bank of harvested cryo-preserved osteochondral cylinders was created. 17 sheep were used for transplantation. The thawed cylinders (allografts) were transplanted into the medial femoral condyle of the knee while the lateral femoral condyle received the fresh cylinder autograft as a control. The sheep were followed up for one year, following which in-vitro studies were performed to assess for articular cartilage viability.

Results: Clinically, histologically and radiologically there was almost 100% incorporation of allogenic osteochondral cylinders involving most of the weight-bearing area of the sheep knees.

Conclusion: Osteochondral cylinders can be successfully frozen and then transplanted into sheep knees with regeneration of knee function. Successful cryopreservation of human cartilage will be a major breakthrough in the treatment of cartilage lesions.


A. Evron N. Eliaz N. Halperin D. Hendel

Bio-ferrography (BF) is a method for magnetic isolation of particles suspended in liquid on a glass slide. The objective of the current research was to evaluate the potential use of BF in determining the wear level of artificial hip and knee joints based on analysis of aspirated synovial fluids.

Synovial fluid aspirates and prosthesis compartments removed by revision surgery from 14 patients were analyzed. The synovial fluid was centrifuged to separate the wear particles from the hyaluronic acid. The failed prostheses were washed in the lab with either saline or distilled water to remove and capture unbound wear particles. An erbium chloride (ErCl3) solution was added in some cases to induce increased magnetization. The wear particles were isolated by means of a Bio-Ferrograph 2100 system, and characterized by means of several optical and scanning electron microscopy techniques as well as energy dispersive spectroscopy. The number and size of particles were quantified by image analysis. The failed prostheses were also characterized in order to determine whether BF can monitor the wear of artificial joints.

Results showed that metallic (namely, Ti-, Co- and Fe-based alloys), polymeric (namely, UHMWPE, POM and PMMA) and bone particles could be isolated on slides by BF. The isolated particles exhibited a variety of shapes and surface morphologies that were dependent on the process by which they had been formed. No other technique allows retrieval and isolation of so many tiny particles, either metallic or non-metallic, while preserving their shape for microscopic examination and chemical analysis. A correlation existed between the level of prosthesis degradation, as inspected during failure analysis, and the number and size of isolated particles; namely, an increase in number and size of particles represented increased prosthesis wear. When the prosthesis was visually in good condition, very few small particles were retrieved from the synovial fluid. The formation of metal and bone particles in several cases accelerated further wear of these prostheses.

On the basis of the good correlation between the classification of damage by BF and the level of artificial joint degradation as evaluated during failure analysis, it was concluded that BF of synovial fluids may be used in the study of artificial joints failure. In addition to monitoring the level of wear, it allows determination of the mechanism and cause of failure, thus providing feedback on problems associated with design, manufacturing and installation of artificial joints. The ability to draw samples quickly during joint aspiration with little discomfort to the patient could facilitate periodic ferrographic evaluation of specific joints. Such information may also prove invaluable in the design of improved prostheses. In these cases, the atlas of wear particles that was constructed in this project for the first time may be used as a reference.


MI Loebenberg G. Pelled A. Hoffman Y. Zilberman H. Shinar K. Keinan-Adamsky G. Navon G. Gross D. Gazit

Introduction: New biotechnologies create opportunities for gene therapy to promote rotator cuff healing. We have previously demonstrated that genetically engineered mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs) over expressing BMP-2 and SMAD8 signaling molecule differentiate to tenocytes in vitro and in vivo. Therefore, we hypothesized that rotator cuff defect could be regenerated using genetically engineered MSCs.

Method: Nonviral methods were utilized to establish genetically engineered MSCs that co-express BMP-2 and the Smad8 signaling molecule. A previously validated animal model was utilized to examine rotator cuff healing. A 2mm x2mm full thickness defect was created in the infraspinatus tendon of 8 nude rats. A collagen-I biomembrane (TissueMend) containing 3 x 106 engineered cells was sewn into the defect. An identical control procedure was repeated on the contralateral side with biomembrane containing non-engineered MSCs.

Results: 4 weeks post implantation the area of implantation was isolated and analyzed by light microscopy and histochemical staining. Analysis of the engineered implants revealed the formation of dense connective tissue with parallel-organized fibers and spindle shaped cells, unlike the control samples. Proton Double Quantum Filtered Magnetic Resonance Imaging technique of the rotator cuff tendons demonstrated an increased presence of organized collagen fibers within the engineered rotator cuff tissue when compared with either native rotator cuff or those treated with non-engineered MSCs.

Conclusion: This is the first report showing rotator cuff tendon repair using genetically engineered MSCs. Moreover these findings may have considerable importance for tendon healing and may indicate a clinical gene therapy platform to augment surgical repair.


K. Mendel N. Eliaz D. Hendel N. Halperin

Osteoarthritis (OA) is associated with biochemical and mechanical processes that release different wear particles into the synovial fluid. Unfortunately, symptoms such as pain, swelling and limited range of motion often do not correlate with the level of OA as observed by X-ray. In addition, the mechanisms of OA and the processes involved are still not clearly understood. Therefore, there is much interest in developing new diagnostic techniques that would provide means to both sensitive, objective determination of joint damage and studying the underlying mechanisms. Such a technique may also aid in evaluating the efficiency of drugs under development objectively and relatively quickly.

Bio-ferrography (BF) is a method for magnetic isolation of target cells or particles in a fluid. The current project was aimed at evaluating the applicability of BF for isolation and analysis of specific wear particles in human joints. Synovial fluid aspirates were drawn during either arthroscopy or total joint replacement from 14 patients with either OA or other types of chondropathy. Target components of bone and cartilage (collagen type I and type II, respectively) were labeled with monoclonal antibodies coupled to magnetic beads. The captured particles were isolated on microscope slides by means of BF and characterized by several optical and scanning electron microscopy techniques combined with chemical analysis. The number, size and shape of particles were quantified by image analysis.

Results showed that specific labeling of target collagens enables capture of a much higher number of particles in comparison to previous reports. A variety of particles with different morphologies and sizes were documented. The number of captured particles changed in different patients. In addition to bone and cartilage fragments, particles of repaired cartilage that contained collagen I, meniscus particles containing collagens I and II, and magnesium-rich particles that could form during biochemical dissolution of hydroxyapatite or precipitation from body fluids, were identified. Further in-depth characterization of these particles would shade more light on the mechanisms and processes involved in joint degradation. The evaluation of joint damage by BF was found to correlate with clinical observations.

It was concluded that BF has the potential of becoming a powerful tool in the study of human joint diseases. Future studies may use even more specific labeling of joint components. BF may become a routine diagnostic technique, aiding the orthopedist in determination of OA level in an objective manner. The ability to draw samples quickly during arthroscopy with little discomfort to the patient could facilitate routine serial assessment of particular joints.


M. Abu Tair N. Hiller L. Kandel S. Fields M. Liebergall Y. Mattan

Introduction. Osteolysis is a periprosthetic bone loss associated with both cemented and noncemented arthroplasties. It is believed to be caused by cellular reaction to wear particles, especially from polyethylene, and is considered to be a major source of morbidity following total hip replacement. Roentgenographycally it appears as a diffuse cortical thinning or focal cystic lesion, but major bone loss may precede this finding. In advanced osteolysis, implant stability is impaired, and component revision is mandatory. Thus early detection of osteolysis is crucial to allow minor procedure of curettage and insert revision.

Three dimensional imaging tool for early detection and follow up of the osteolytic cysts is needed. The conventional CT incorporates streak artifacts around metallic implants that make the interpretation of the images extremely unreliable. We report our preliminary experience with new 16-slice CT techniques that improve the diagnosis of osteolysis.

Materials and methods. Twenty one patients with suspected osteolysis underwent CT examination of the involved region with a new 16-slice GE Lightspeed scanner. 16 patients had a hip arthroplasty and 5 patients a knee arthroplasty. Different slice thickness was examined. Standard, soft and boneplus filters were tested for the axial images and reconstructions. MPR with 0.625mm, 1.25 and 2.5mm slice thickness, 3D-MIP and VR reconstruction methods were performed for each patient and the best technique for minimizing streak artifacts and evaluation of periprosthetic bone was determined by two radiologists and an orthopedic surgeon.

Results. The axial images in various slice thickness showed massive streak artifacts but the thinner slices of 0.625mm showed better demonstration of fine bony details around the prosthesis. Standard filter was superior compared to the soft and boneplus filters for bony changes. MPR and MIP reconstructions reduced markedly the impact of the metal artifacts but MPR using 1.25mm slice thickness was superior to MIP for appreciation of the texture of the periprosthetic bone.

Conclusions. In our study, a proper technique of 16-slice computerized tomography allows early detection and follow up of osteolytic lesions, that may significantly help in the decision making process, and may enable avoiding major surgery.


V. Goldman C. Milgrom A. Finestone V. Novack D. Pereg Y. Goldich Y. Kreiss E. Zimlichman S. Kaufman M. Liebergall D. Burr

Introduction: When subjected to strain or strain rates are higher than usual, the bone remodels to repair microdamage and to strengthen itself. During the initial resorption phase of remodeling, the bone is transitorily weakened and microdamage can accumulate leading to stress fracture.

Methods: To determine whether short –term suppression of bone turnover using bisphosphonates can prevent the initial loss of bone during the remodeling response to high bone strain and strain rates and potentially prevent stress fractures, we conducted a randomized, double blind, placebo-controlled trial of 324 new infantry recruits known to be at high risk for stress fracture. Recruits were given a loading dose of 30 mg of residronate or placebo daily for 10 doses during the first two weeks of basic training and then a once a week maintenance dose for following 12 weeks. Recruits were monitored by biweekly orthopedic examinations during 15 weeks of basic training for stress fractures. Bone scans for suspected tibial and femoral stress fractures and radiographs for suspected metatarsal stress fractures were used to verify stress fracture occurrence.

Results: By the intension to treat analysis and per protocol analysis, there was no statistically significant difference in the tibial, femoral, metatarsal, or total stress fracture incidence between the treatment group and the placebo.

Discussion: We conclude that prophylactic treatment with residronate in a training population at high risk for stress fracture using a maintenance dosage for the treatment of osteoporosis does not lower stress fracture risk.


H. Kaufman A. Reznick G. Maor H. Stein

Purpose of Study: Current knowledge links the biological cascade of fracture healing to the fracture muscle envelope and to the preservation of stable, perpetual axial micromovements. The active biological compounds in the initiation of osteoneogenesis are cytokines. The current study correlates the latter by their molecular weight to their osteoneogenetic activity.

Materials and Methods: Under GA and strict aseptic conditions, experimental fractures were produced in the mid-diaphysis of the left tibia in 60 adults Wistar rats. They were stabilized by an intramedullary no 20 needle. They were split into for equal groups:

Group A: Fractures were left to heal spontaneously. This was the control group.

Groups B,C,D: Using meticulous dissection, a sterile nitrocellulose membrane was wrapped around the fracture between the periosteum and muscle envelope.

The membranes pore sizes were: 3.5 kDa in group G; 12–14 kDa in group C; and 50 kDa in group D. The rats were euthanized at weeks 2, 5, 10 by an overdose of pentobarbital. Fracture healing was assessed by radiographies, histologic examinations and immunohistochemical localization of bone specific genes [IGF-1, IGF-1 receptor, cartilage proteoglycans, type II collagen, osteocalcin].

Results: In group A, callus formation was present at 2 weeks and progressed to full fracture healing by 5 weeks. In group B, no callus was detectable even at 10 weeks. In group C, most rats did not develop any callus, while a few started to develop calluses at 10 weeks. In group D, callus development was comparable to group A.

A good correlation was found between the radiological and morphological results.

Immunohistochemical localization of gene expression revealed a high level of PCNA [proliferating cellular nuclear antigen] with high local levels of IGF-1, and high levels of type II collagen as well as osteocalcin. In group B, this level of activity was very mild and did not reach bone healing level. In groups A and D, the results were comparable. They developed both medullary and periosteal callus, the former being persistently absent in groups B and C.

Conclusions: Extensive direct contact between fractured bone and it’s muscle envelope is essential for the biological sequence of new bone formation, i.e. fracture healing. Preventing the diffusion of cytokines with a molecular weight higher than 14 kDa from muscle to fractured bone effectively interrupts the biological cascade of osteoneogenesis.


A. Chezar N. Rosen M. Soudry

The treatment of the multi-trauma, hemodynamically unstable patient, with pelvic fractures is a major challenge for the trauma team. The use of selective embolization, in early stage when hemodynamic instability persists despite control of other sources of bleeding, is well established. In these cases bleeding from an injured artery, cannot be controlled through indirect means such as an external fixation device, and must be directly addressed, through laparotomy and retroperitoneal packing or direct embolization of the bleeding artery. This procedure is part of the C phase of the ATLS, and therefore must be carried out in an emergency setup requiring a well trained team that can be alerted 24 hours a day. We present our experience and preferred protocol for the treatment of these complex injuries.

Material and Methods: Between the years 2000 and 2004, 732 patients with pelvic fractures were treated in our center. Of these, 11 patients with complex pelvic fractures required emergency arteriography and embolization. All the cases involved high energy injuries, eight motor vehicle accidents, two falls from height and one crush injury.

The average age was 32 (range 21 to 78). The pelvic fracture type was an anterior posterior mechanism in eight cases where the artery injured was the pudendal artery. In three cases iliac wing injury in a lateral compression or sheer mechanism, caused a gluteal artery injury. Timing of treatment: in 5 cases angiography was performed directly after an initial CT, in 4 cases the embolization was performed following an emergent laparotomy. In the remaining two cases, instability was recognized later in the course of treatment, one following amputation of a mangled leg and the second after secondary deterioration in a head injured multi-trauma patient.

Five patients went through pelvic fixation by an external fixation device, applied prior to angiography of which two were surgically applied and three were treated with a pelvic belt.

In five patients no pelvic fixation was needed either initially or definitively.

Discussion: When available angiographic embolization can be used affectively in these selected cases. Pelvic fractures can present with arterial injury even with a clinically stable pelvic ring. An arterial injury must be considered in all severe pelvic injuries regardless of the pelvic ring stability. We recommend strongly to use the belt as an intermittent way of controlling the hemodynamic instability and not to delay direct means of hemorrhage control such as laparotomy or embolization – if there is a team ready in the hospital. We must consider that the delay in treatment, short as it may be, needed for application the external fixation devices, may be crucial for the survival of the patient.


S. Heinemann D. Forer M. Nyska

Purpose: The purpose of the study is to assess the prevalence of osteoporosis diagnosis and treatment in hip fracture patients, prior to fracture.

Materials and Methods: We interviewed and reviewed medical files of 127 patients (39 men and 88 women), with an average age of 81.25. All were admitted with a hip fracture caused by minor trauma between February and June 2004. Data was collected regarding previous fractures, DEXA (dual energy X-ray absorptiometry) examination and previous drug therapy.

Results: 31 patients (24.4%) were previously diagnosed as osteoporotic. 19 patients (15%) had a DEXA examination in the past, and 17 of them were positive. 20 patients (15.7%) were treated with vitamin D and calcium supplements. 11 patients (8.7%) were treated with specific antiosteoporotic drugs. 36 patients (28.3%) had a previous fracture within 10 years, including 18 hip fractures. In 19 patients information about fractures could not be obtained due to dementia. Of this 36, only 7 (19.4%) had a DEXA examination, and 14 (38.9%) were diagnosed as osteoporotic. 5 patients in this group (13.9%) were treated with an antiosteoporotic drug.

Conclusions: Investigation and treatment of osteoporosis in elderly population is insufficient. Even after suffering a fracture, most elderly people are not investigated for bone density. In patients who are diagnosed as osteoporotic, only one third are treated with specific drugs.


Full Access
S. Beyth M. Liebergall A. Peyser

Introduction: Necrotizing Fasciitis (NF) is a potentially lethal deep soft tissue infection. Correlation between prompt diagnosis and adequate surgical treatment and favorable outcome is well documented, however scarcity of specific cutaneous signs and the potential of evolution from otherwise simple infections may contribute to delay in diagnosis and treatment. Few clues may assist the physician to avoid overlooking this surgical emergency.

Patients and Methods: Sixty-eight patients were treated in our hospital for necrotizing fasciitis since 1990. In twenty-five of them the major involvement was peripheral, sparing the head, neck and torso. We reviewed these 25 cases for patterns of presentation and alarming signs for the first encountered physician, as well as for kinetics of treatment and outcome.

Results: Eight female and seventeen male patients aged 1–83 (average 53.6) years were treated. Only eight of them (32%) were free of comorbidities associated with reduced immunity. Majority of patients referred to the emergency department complaining of local pain/tenderness and erythema for few days accompanied by excruciating pain. Vital signs were often within normal limits, although leucocytosis on admission was common and gas was evident in the soft tissue by imaging. Surgical debridement was usually carried out on the day of diagnosis that was established immediately on admission in 10 cases (40%) but was delayed beyond 72 hours in seven patients (28%). CT scans showed severe edema and muscle liquefaction when taken. Thighs and gluteal region was the most common site of infection (56%) and cultures grew gram positive cocci (64%) and enteral flora (68%) in mono- and poly-microbial cultures. Only three cultures grew unaerobes, of which only one was clostridium. Accordingly, imaging studies showing gas in the soft tissue were uncommon. Eight patients (32%) have expired, and the average hospitalization period was over 38 days for the survivors.

Conclusions: NF is one of the surgical emergencies encountered by orthopedic surgeons. It is there, knocking at our door and will not go away… even a minor delay in diagnosis may be catastrophic to the patient, who often present with common signs and symptoms of mild to moderate skin infection. It should therefore be noted that pain inadequate for a minor infection was characteristic to most patients diagnosed with NF, and that CT findings may establish the diagnosis. Although considered pathognomonic, both crepitus and imaging finding of gas in the soft tissue are uncommon. Special attention to patients at risk and careful physical examination may lead to rapid diagnosis and treatment, and eventually lower the significant morbidity and mortality associated with this condition.


G. Kahn D. Plotquin P. Schliessel J. Tiran E. Isakov

Introduction: Each year millions of people are treated for hip, knee or foot surgery which require rehabilitation programs that typically involve limited or controlled weight bearing on an affected limb. Weight bearing reduces edema & facilitate rapid rehabilitation.

Current weight-bearing instruction protocols involve non-quantitative guidelines, based on the patient’s amount of discomfort while walking or subjective perception. However, the interpretation of these instructions is inaccurate and subjective, and varies among clinicians and patients.

New biofeedback technology concepts are beginning to be implemented in the rehabilitation process. The Smart-Step system is a new weight bearing monitoring system that assists clinicians and physical therapists to accurately assess, train and monitor patients’ weight bearing capabilities.

Purpose: To assess the effectiveness of the SmartStep system in guiding weight bearing restrictions, and to assess the effectiveness of the SmartStep system as a tool to reeducate full weight bearing.

Material and Methods: 8 Patients in the Orthopedic rehabilitation department & 5 patients in the orthopedic physiotherapy out-patient clinic, post orthopedic surgery with FWB instructions were randomly divided into Study & Control groups.

During treatment, the patients were trained by the PT in FWB according to the instruction of the surgeon. Data of age and body weight was collected from all patients. Patients in both study groups used the SmartStep System. This system consists of an in-shoe inflatable insole, pressure sensors and a control unit for data storage. The control unit provides also an audio signal whenever the patient was bearing body weight at a recommended and pre-calibrated level.

Results: The mean age and body weight were 62±12 years and 76±15 kg in the study group and 65±15 years and 70±13 kg in the control group.

Data obtained in both groups (in kg) during the pre-test and during the gait tests was converted into percentage of the patients BW. The means of the differences between the pre-test results and the gait test results in both groups were 9 + 6.7% and 1.5 + 6% in the study and control group, respectably (p=0.0002).

Conclusions: The new Smartstep system was proved to be a useful tool in assisting gait rehabilitation since its biofeedback system enhances and improves weight bearing over the affected limb in cases where FWB is recommended.


H. Stein N. Rozen A. Chezar M. Haddad H. Kaufman A. Lerner

Recently, secondary life-threatening inflammatory reactions have been identified with molecular biological techniques in patients with multi-system injuries who were submitted to immediate or early intramedullary fixation of their fractured femora. This phenomenon was called “The second hit”, and it caused ARDS, PE, and Renal Failure.

In a consecutive series of 135 trauma patients with high energy long bone fractures, 40 had sustained multiple-injuries. All fractures were reduced and stabilized on admission by AO-Tubular External Fixation systems. After 72–96 hours, this system was converted to an hybrid-ring-tubular system, which had three dimensional stability. They commenced partial weight bearing 24 hours later, and were followed by bony union.

One patient developed DVT, none developed ARDS, PE, Renal Failure.

Superficial pin-tract infection was common, but no-deep infection and’or osteomyelitis were encountered.

With this minimal-invasive surgical technique, life threatening complications were avoided while preserving the integrity of the soft tissue envelope, the critical contributing biological factor for fracture healing.


A. Oron D. Robinson

Purpose: Glucosamine-based massage cream has been developed by an Israeli company (Manon Pharmaceuticals). Prior literature indicates that a single study performed about 30 years ago has demonstrated a certain efficacy of a glucosamine containing topical formulation for the treatment of gonarthrosis.

Materials and Methods: Eighty patients suffering from grade 2–3 degenerative changes of the knee were randomized and received either a menthol based cream or a glucos-amine-containing formulation. The study was approved by the institutional Helsinki committee. Patients were evaluated pre treatment using the VAS pain measure as well as the KSS score. Standardized radiographs were evaluated as described by Ahlbeck to evaluate the stage of articular cartilage degeneration. Exclusion criteria were grade 1 and 4, inflammatory arthritis and Charcot arthropathy. Patients employed the massage cream on a tid basis for a minimum of one month. Patients were followed for a minimum of 6 months. Medication usage was evaluated during follow-up.

Results: Improvement was noted in 32 of 40 patients (defined as VAS improvement by 20 percent or more) of the experimental group and in 12 of 40 patients of the control group. KSS scores improved in 21 of 40 patients of the experimental group by 5 points or more at the 6 months time-point. Only 5 patients in the control group demonstrated similar improvement.

Conclusions: Some improvement is noted in symptoms by the use of topically applied glucosamine- containing massage cream in knee arthrosis. However many questions remain un-answered. What is the mechanism of action of topically applied glucosemamine? Does it penetrate skin and capsule to reach the cartilage and synovium? What is the role of the placebo effect in the treatment of joint symptoms in osteoarthritis, a disease typified by an undulating clinical course.


A. Haim T. Pritsh P. Ben-Galim S. Dekel

Introduction: Meralgia paresthetica (MP) is a mononeuropathy of the lateral femoral cutaneous nerve, mainly associated with either injury or pressure to the nerve. Although this entity is well described, most clinical series have employed numerous treatment methods; therefore, the efficacy of individual modalities is unclear.

We describe our experience of 79 patients with complaints consistent with MP, treated, by the senior author, over a 13-year period.

Materials and Methods: Patients were managed in accordant to a structured protocol:

Initial management consisted of anti inflammatory agents, rest and redaction of aggravating factors.

Diagnostic nerve block test was carried out for those who were refractory to the above treatment. All patients who responded to the local anesthetic test were treated with local infiltration of corticosteroids.

Surgical intervention was reserved for patients who responded to the lidociane test but were refractory to repeated corticosteroids injections. Patients who failed to respond to the test injection were evaluated by CT-scan of the lumbar spine and by abdominal ultrasound (for female patients only). Follow-up ranged 1–13 years.

Results: Twenty-one patients (27%) reported satisfactory results flowing initial management. Local anesthetic yielded rapid relief of symptoms in 50 patients (86%), two additional patients responded to a second nerve block test (where a wider area was infiltrated).

In forty-two out of 52 patients (81%) who responded to the nerve block test and received treatment with corticosteroid injections, Long-lasting relief was obtained.

Three patients refractory to repeated injections of corticosteroid underwent surgery (neurolysis in one patient and nerve resection in two).

CT-scan of the lumbar spine revealed significant spinal stenosis and nerve root compression at the level of L1–3 in 3 out of 6 patients.

Conclusion: Idiopathic MP usually improves with nonoperative modalities. Temporary relief of symptoms following LFCN block is a specific diagnostic test, and is a good predictor of success following local corticosteroid injection. Surgery is seldom necessary and should be considered only if intractable pain persists despite such measures.


D. Hoppenstein E. Zohar E. Ramaty S. Shabat B. Fredman

Purpose: To assess the effect of regional versus general anesthesia on transcranial cerebral oxygen saturation (rSO2) in elderly patients undergoing fractured proximal femur repair.

Materials and Methods: Prospective, randomized, open-label study. 60 geriatric patients were randomized to receive either general (Group GA) or spinal (Group S) anesthesia. In all cases frontal rSO2 (INVOS® 5100, SOMANETICS, Troy, Michigan, USA) was measured for a 10 minute pre-operative control period, throughout the surgical procedure and for 10 minutes postoperatively. If a drop in rSO2 below baseline occurred, the following were instituted in order to improve cerebral oxygenation: normotension was ensured, the neck vessels were checked and cleared of extrinsic obstruction and the FIO2 was increased.

Results: The incidence of a decrease in rSO2 below base-line preoperative levels was significantly (p < 0.0001) higher in Group S. However, the number of patients in whom at least one dip below baseline was recorded was similar between the groups. By contrast, general anesthesia was associated with a significantly higher rSO2 when compared to spinal anesthesia. This is attributed to the volatile anesthetic agent induced reduction in the cerebral metabolic rate. Logistic regression revealed no correlation between changes in blood pressure, heart rate or peripheral oxygen saturation and the incidence of rSO2 dips below baseline.

Conclusion: rSO2 is likely patient specific and independent of the anesthetic technique administered. Therefore we support the utility of cerebral oximetry in this population in order to detect cerebral desaturation and correct reversible causes such as relative hypotension and neck vessel obstruction. Choice of anesthetic technique should still be tailored to individual patient needs.


J.R. Lewis J. Monk A.P. Chandratreya J.B. Hunter

Introduction: To compare olecranon screw traction with percutaneous pinning for the treatment of Gartland III supracondylar fractures in children.

Methods: This was a retrospective study of 151 patients between 1986 and 1996 treated with olecranon screw traction and 92 patients between 1996 and 2002 treated with percutaneous pinning. Both sets of patients were followed up clinically and radiologically following their injuries until there was evidence of fracture union and the child could demonstrate a satisfactory range of movement. Data recorded included demographics, fracture information, neurovascular injury, operation details, length of stay, length of follow up and clinical outcome. Radiographs were used to measure initial and final Baumann angles to give an indication of outcomes of distal humerus alignment.

Results: Results are shown for the percutaneous pinning group with the olecranon screw traction results in brackets for comparison.

The percutaneous pinning study included 54 (88) males and 38 (63) females with 63% (63%) left and 37% (37%) right elbow fractures. 46% (29%) of fractures occurred at home, 46% (56%) sustained the injury whilst playing and 7% (7%) occurred at school/nursery. The mean age was 6.0 (6.8) years with a range of 21–165 (12–168) months. The radial pulse was absent in 12% (13%). None of the fractures were open (compared with 5%). There were neurological deficits in 20% (17%). The median time to surgery was 5 hours. The fracture needed to be opened in 12% of cases as satisfactory reduction could not be achieved closed. The median stay length was 1 day (compared to a median stay on traction of 14 days). Mean follow up was 15.2 weeks. (Compared to 38.0 weeks). 2 % (3%) had cubitus varus detectable clinically. Median time to recovery for neurological deficit was 24 weeks (18 weeks). Mean initial Baumann’s angle was 74.6 degrees (73.7degrees). Mean final Baumann’s angle was 75.3 degrees (76.0 degrees)

Discussion: Outcomes achieved from percutaneous pinning of displaced supracondylar fractures are similar to those from olecranon screw traction. The advantage of percutaneous pinning to both patient and provider is the reduced hospital stay and duration of follow up. Olecranon screw traction remains a possible treatment option for the management of this injury.


D.M. Eastwood M Ramachandran N Kato T Carlstedt R Birch

Introduction: To determine the aetiology of peripheral nerve injuries presenting to a specialist centre, identify the management strategies employed and discuss the functional outcome achieved.

Methods: Retrospective review of all children referred to this hospital between 1996–2003 with an acquired nerve injury. Obstetrical brachial plexus palsy was excluded.

Results: 100 nerve injuries (94 patients) were identified. The mean age was 9.9yrs (0.5–16yrs). 81 injuries involved the upper limb, 19 the lower limb. Most were due to low energy trauma and associated with fractures or their surgical management. 16% presented with autonomic sympathetic dysfunction, 10% with neuropathic pain. 43 patients underwent at least one surgical procedure. The operation was classified diagnostic in 5 (no surgically remediable lesion identified), therapeutic in 33 (surgical procedure could be expected to aid recovery) and reconstructive in 5 (no improvement in nerve function could be achieved; functional improvement achieved by other means). Excellent functional outcome only occurred in conservatively treated cases and in some treated by neurolysis. Nerve grafts and direct repairs were associated with good outcomes. Delayed surgery was associated with fair outcomes.

Discussion: Peripheral nerve injuries in children as in adults require careful, prompt attention to obtain the best outcome. Iatropathic injuries must be acknowledged.


PR Calder J Reidy D Crone JMH Paterson M Barry

Introduction: A review of the treatment of 33 open fractures in 29 children over the period 1997 to 2002.

Method: Intravenous antibiotics, debridement and wound irrigation was performed prior to skeletal stabilisation incorporating plaster cast immobilisation (4%), K wire fixation (13%), screw fixation (13%), flexible intramedullary nail fixation (13%) and external fixation (57%). Secondary wound closure was undertaken if appropriate at 48 hours. The tibia was involved in 49% of cases with approximately equal distribution of other long bone extremities. Fractures were classified according to Gustilo et al (22% grade I, 26% grade II, 17% grade III and 35% grade IIIb).

Results: The average age was 10 years in 22 boys and 7 girls. Tibial fracture union was an average of 9 weeks in gradeI and II compared with 20 weeks for grade III. The remaining fractures healed at an average of 10 weeks. Non union occurred in one patient (tibia). There was on case of growth arrest of the distal tibia. There were no cases of osteomyelitis.

Discussion: Open fractures in children most often result from high energy trauma. An increase in fracture and soft tissue severity is associated with a delayed union. Physeal injuries require close observation for potential growth arrest.


M. Ramachandran N Kato R Birch D. M. Eastwood

Introduction: Traumatic and iatropathic nerve injuries complicate 6–16% of paediatric supracondylar extension fractures of the humerus. The majority recover spontaneously. This retrospective review of lesions referred to our tertiary unit determined the incidence of surgical intervention.

Methods: Between 1997–2002, 37 neuropathies (32 fractures) in 19 males and 13 females (mean age 7.9yrs) were referred for further management. 8 fractures were Gartland grade 2 and 24 grade 3. All fractures were closed. Two were originally treated non-operatively, 20 by closed reduction and percutaneous pinning and 10 by open reduction and internal fixation.

Results: The ulnar nerve was most frequently injured (19, 51.4%), followed by median (10, 27%) and radial (8, 21.6%) nerve palsies. 14 (37.8%) neuropathies were fracture-related but 23 (62.2%) were treatment-related. 10 patients (31.3%) required operative exploration. Three (9.4%) were listed for surgery but cancelled due to nerve recovery. Nerve grafting using either the forearm medial cutaneous nerve or the superficial radial nerve was necessary in 4 of 10 operated cases. 26 patients (81.3%) had excellent outcomes, 5 (15.6%) good and 1 (3.1%) fair.

Discussion: In contrast to current literature suggesting that 86 to 100% of supracondylar associated neuropathies recover spontaneously within 2 to 3 months, surgical exploration was required in over 30% of cases.


T Azzopardi N Sherr N Wilson

Introduction: Forearm shaft fractures are common injuries in children (3.4% of the total of children’s fractures. The majority are treated with closed reduction (CR) and plaster cast application. Percutaneous Intramedullary (IM) wires are indicated in compound, and grossly unstable fractures, or following failed CR.

Method: In this study, we examined the complication rate associated with IM wiring of these fractures in 92 children treated in our institution over a 7-year period. K wires were usually used.

Results: Six percent of 3,446 forearm shaft fractures were treated with internal fixation. Ninety-two fractures had IM wires, 15 (16%) of which were compound. Nerve injuries were present in 3 cases. Following treatment, there were 33 complications (36%), with 9 cases of delayed union, and 5 cases of malunion. Infection occurred in 10 cases, refracture in 6, and failure to pass wires in 2. Growth arrest occurred in 1 patient.

Discussion: IM wiring is a very useful and usually straightforward technique. However it is not risk-free and therefore should only be done on selected cases. Meticulous wound and pin site care is necessary to avoid infection, and fracture healing should be carefully assessed prior to and following wire removal. Careful cast technique after wire removal, or burying and retaining wires for longer, should be carried out to prevent malunion.


N. Thompson M. Seniorou M.E. Harrington T.N. Theologis

Introduction: The purpose of this study was to quantify changes in lower limb muscle strength in children with spastic diplegic cerebral palsy 6 months after multi-level orthopaedic surgery.

Method: A consecutive sample of 20 children ( 10 girls and 10 boys, mean age 10.6) with spastic diplegia was studied prospectively. All participants had soft-tissue and bony surgical procedures performed as part of their clinical management. Physiotherapy treatment commenced following surgery. Lower limb muscle strength, pre and 6 months post-surgery, was measured, in addition to routine gait and function assessment. Maximum voluntary isometric strength of 5 muscle groups was measured bilaterally using a digital dynamometer. Paired-samples t-tests were performed.

Results: There was a marked deterioration of muscle strength (p < 0.05) in all muscle groups. Medial hamstrings and hip flexors showed the greatest decline with an average decrease of 54% and 41% respectively. Analysis of gait parameters showed a significant improvement in kinematics (p< 0.05) but a decrease in walking velocity and cadence. Motor function decreased significantly (p< 0.05). There was reduced motor power in 18 of the 20 at 6 months.

Discussion: Our results quantified objectively the magnitude of strength changes after multi-level surgery and show that weakness may be greater and persist longer than expected. This information will be useful for planning treatment after multi-level surgery and is part of a randomised trial investigating strength training. In general there is a decrease in power but an improvement in gait.


RW Paton K Hinduja CD Thomas

Introduction: The results of a 10 year prospective hip ultrasound surveillance programme of ‘at risk’ or clinically unstable hips are analysed.

Method: Between June 1992 and may 2002, there were 34723 births in the Blackburn area. Over this period 2,578 infants with unstable hips and or risk factors for developmental dysplasia of the hip were assessed with bilateral hip ultrasound scans. Clinically unstable hips were imaged within two weeks post natally and those with ‘at risk’ groups within eight weeks. All results were collected prospectively by the senior author. The degree of Dysplasia was classified using Graf’s alpha angle. Dynamic instability or irreductable dislocation was recorded.

Results: Early dislocation was present in 77 patients of which 53 (68.8%) were referred as being Ortolani-positive or unstable, only 24 were identified from the screening programme alone. The dislocation rate was 2.6 per 1000 live births. There were 21 irreducible dislocations in 19 infants, a rate of 0.54 per 1000 live births.

Only 31.2 % of the dislocated hips belonged to the major ‘at risk’ group. In infants referred for possible clinical instability one dislocation was detected for every 8.5 infants screened, whereas in the ‘at risk’ group this number rose to 1 in 88. From the ‘at risk’ groups those with breech and a positive family history were most likely to reveal a dislocation. There was a 1:45 chance of instability/irreducibility in family history, compared with a 1:70 chance in breech presentation or 1:71 chance in foot abnormality. No patients with oligohydramnios alone had evidence of hip instability or dislocation. If type III dysplasia is assessed there is a 1:22 chance in family history, a 1:43 chance in breech presentation and a 1:61 chance in foot deformity.

Discussion: Screening groups with possible risk factors such as oligohydramnios or Caesarian section cannot be justified. Selective ultrasound screening of the clinical instability, family history, breech presentation and foot abnormality groups looking for dislocation or type III dysplasia may be justified on a National basis.


MM Mullins M Sood A Hashemi-Nejad T Catteral

Introduction: Avascular necrosis (AVN) is a devastating complication of slipped capital femoral epiphysis (SCFE) and is difficult to treat. The incidence of AVN in this condition varies considerably and is reported to appear in 3–47% of patients. The aims of the treatment of AVN are to maintain range of movement of the hip whilst preventing collapse of the femoral head. Clear treatment guidelines of this condition do not currently exist and the treatment of this condition can be difficult and unrewarding.

Method: Dynamic arthrograms were used to assess of cases of AVN in order to determine the method of treatment. We present 20 sequential cases of AVN in patients presenting to our unit with SCFE and report the long-term results of treatment with a mean follow-up in excess of 10 years.

Results: In 100 consecutive cases of SUFE there were 20 cases of AVN. There were 18 cases of salvage surgery and one patient refused surgery. Of the 18, there were 2 acetabuloplasty procedures, 12 proximal valgus osteotomies and 4 arthrodeses. At a later date there were 3 proximal femoral osteotomies and 5 total hip replacements.

Discussion: There is a good functional result in the majority of cases and a logical approach delays the need of total hip replacement in the majority of cases. The management depends on the radiography, the arthogram and the EUA. If there is early AVN with no collapse the treatment is a shelf procedure. If there is hinge abduction the treatment is a valgus femoral osteotomy. If there is instable movement and the hip is not congruent the treatment is hip arthrodesis.


Mr A Milligan Mr A Acharya Mr A Bass

Introduction: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the predictors of outcome of hip reconstruction in cerebral palsy patients.

Methods: 71 hip reconstructions in 38 patients [mean age 9.7] were reviewed retrospectively. Information regarding pre- and postoperative status, and operative details were retrieved from the clinical records. Preoperative, postoperative and annual follow up radiographs were reviewed to document acetabular index, Rimmer’s migration percentage (MP) and CE angle.

Results: The mean MP improved from 84% to 43.8%. In 17 patients who underwent bilateral reconstruction the MP of the secondarily affected hips was improved from 38% to 12.2% The early follow up measurements of acetabular index, MP and CE angle had a significant correlation with the eventual postoperative outcome (p< 0.05). In a group of 22 patients hip pain was improved in 18 patients, sitting tolerance in 14, and perineal hygiene improved in 7 patients. There was no correlation between preoperative pelvic obliquity and open versus closed reduction with the eventual outcome.

Discussion: The final outcome of the reconstruction can be predicted consistently from the first postoperative radiograph (MP). The quality of reduction at the time of operation is of paramount significance in ensuring long-term survival of the reconstruction. Subluxed hips in general did better than dislocated hips. The hips showed gradual deterioration over time.


THE GRAF GRADE 2C HIP Pages 395 - 395
Full Access
I Starks J McHugo S Scott R Short P Henman

Introduction: Controversy continues over the value of routine ultrasound hip screening and the question of whether the outcome of hips with dysplasia detected by ultrasound can be improved with treatment. Graf describes a group of infants in whom ultrasound demonstrates a hip that is in joint and centred yet severely dysplastic. These are classified as Grade 2c and are important because, although they may be clinically stable on presentation, they are at risk of progressing to dislocation.

Method: Cases were identified in which failure to recognize and/or treat Grade 2c hips lead to subluxation or dislocation of the joint. They were collected from centres where neonates had ultrasound examination of the hip as part of a selected screening program.

Results: Eight cases from four UK centres, showing deterioration in untreated Grade 2c hips. All were identified on retrospective Graf grading. Five patients underwent open reduction.

Discussion: The Graf method of hip ultrasound examination has not been widely accepted in the UK. Some authors believe that stable dysplastic hips will correct with growth and that treatment confers no specific advantage. However, an advantage of Graf’s method is that it can detect the centred, frequently ‘stable’ hip that will deteriorate in time; the Grade 2c hip. These cases illustrate the importance of recognising and appropriately managing this group of patients who will account for a proportion of late presenting cases of DDH.


Mr. Ravi Trehan Mr. Senthil Kumar Mr. Martin Bircher

Introduction: Paediatric Pelvic fractures are rare and constitute only 1% to 3% of all fractures in children; they are different from other fractures in children due to concomitant injuries that occur immediately.

Method: A retrospective analysis was performed in order to review the pattern of paediatric pelvic fractures, indications for surgical treatment and outcome of pelvic fractures in children. In our study we included paediatric patients with significant pelvic fractures, who were treated surgically between 1992 and 2004. We excluded tendon-bone avulsion injuries and acetabular fractures from study.

Results: We treated 29 paediatric pelvic fractures in this duration. Mean age was 14.17 (5 to 17) years. All of these patients had procedure under general anaesthetic under care of single consultant. 10 had ORIF of pelvis, 13 had external fixator application, 5 had sacral screw fixation and 6 had examination under anaesthesia. We shall discuss the results in detail in presentation

Discussion: We concluded that although pelvic fractures in children are uncommon but require early diagnosis and management and this should not differ greatly from those in adults.


S Kamath SA Mehdi RDD Duncan NIL Wilson

Introduction: To measure the incidence of late presenting DDH following the introduction of selective ultrasound screening of neonatal hips with associated risk factors.

Method: Retrospective cohort study of children with late diagnosed DDH in a defined population of Greater Glasgow Region. A hip ultrasound program was introduced in the year 1997 for secondary screening of children with risk factors for DDH. The departmental and theatre database was used to identify children with late diagnosed DDH. (Defined as diagnosed 3 months after birth) Demographic details, age at presentation, presence of risk factors (Breech presentation, family history, clicks, caesarian section) and details of treatment were recorded. The number of live births for each year was obtained from the General Registrar Office for Scotland. The incidence of late presenting DDH was calculated taking in to account the year of child’s birth. The incidence of late DDH was then compared between the period 1992 –1996 and 1997– 2001.

Results: 78 children were identified, of which 49 babies were between 1992 – 96 and 29 between 1997 –01. The average age at diagnosis was 17 months (Median 15 months, range 5 –84 months). The average annual incidence from 1992 –6 was 0.84 per 1000 live births and from 1997 – 2001 was 0.57 per 1000 live births. This decrease in incidence of late DDH was not significant at 5% level (chi squared p = 0.088). 64 children (82%) with late diagnosed DDH had no factors that could be perceived as risk factors for the condition.

Discussion: Targeted ultrasound screening of babies with risk factors appears to have reduced the average incidence of late DDH from 0.84 to 0.57 per 1000 live births. However this reduction in incidence is not statistically significant. The vast majority of late presenters (82%) do not have risk factors. It remains unclear whether universal ultrasound screening program, practiced in some parts of United Kingdom is a cost effective alternative to eliminate the incidence of late presenting DDH.


RS Mohil P Hopgood J Grainger R Wynn JE Wraith TH Meadows

Introduction: The lower limb deformities in relation to hip dysplasia and genu valgum seen in Hurler’s Syndrome are well recognised. Bone marrow transplantation has improved the survival of patients with Hurler’s Syndrome, reversing many of the clinical features associated with it. This is of increasing importance because the musculoskeletal manifestations do not appear to be affected.

Methods: Between 1990 and 2003, 18 patients have been successfully engrafted and have been followed up for a mean of 6.8 years (range 18 months to 15 years) at Royal Manchester Children’s Hospital. We describe the lower limb problems and their management in these patients. We report on their skeletal development following successful transplant. Radiographic analysis was done using the following measurements where possible – acetabular index, centre-edge angle, migration percentage, femoral neck-shaft angle and tibio-femoral shaft angle.

Results: Of the 18 patients, one has had bilateral staged shelf acetabuloplasty and bilateral staged medial epiphyseal stapling (MES) of the upper tibia. The second patient has had bilateral upper tibial MES.

Discussion: There is very little in the literature on the long-term natural history of the orthopaedic manifestations of Hurler’s Syndrome after bone marrow transplantation. Presently there is no consensus as to the best management of the lower limb problems in this disorder. Well conducted long-term follow up is essential.


Mr. Ravi Trehan Mr. Neil Patel Miss Karen Daly

Displaced supracondylar fractures of the paediatric elbow are a serious, but well described injury. Although complications are common, avascular necrosis (AVN) of the capitellum has not been described or reported before. We describe a case with this complication. A review of the relevant literature is also presented

A three-year-old boy presented to our emergency department with a painful swollen left elbow after a fall. X-ray done in Accident and Emergency, reveal, a displaced, extension type, supracondylar fracture (Gartland Grade III1). An open reduction (medial approach) was done and the fracture reduced and stabilised with two crossed K wires.

The fracture healed in an excellent position. However, at the three-month follow up, the elbow remained stiff with flexion from only 20 to 90 degrees and with very little supination. Eight months after the injury an arthrogram was undertaken which confirmed diagnosis of avascular necrosis of capitellum. No specific treatment for AVN given. Check radiographs showed healing of capitellum with no functional limitations.


R. S. Lee S. Weitzel J. Pringle D. Higgs F. Monsell T.W.R. Briggs S.R. Cannon

Introduction: The purpose of this study is to demonstrate that definitive surgery (extraperiosteal excision) is required in patients with osteofibrous dysplasia (OFD) due to the risk of recurrence and co-existent adamantinoma. The possible link with adamantinoma is controversial with some authors believing that they are part of one histological process. This therefore provides difficulty in recommending treatment options.

Methods: Using our database 22 cases of OFD were identified. Management was diverse.

Results: Definitive (extraperiosteal) surgery, in the majority of our patients, was localized excision for small lesions (less than 50% of the bony circumference) and segmental excision followed by reconstructive surgery for more extensive ones. Seven patients had a “shark-bite” excision and a further seven were treated with fibula autografting. Of the latter group, one required further excision and bone transport due to recurrence of OFD. Five underwent bone transport & distraction osteogenesis and one had a proximal tibial replacement. Nine initially underwent curettage, but eight recurred. No recurrences occurred following localized extraperiosteal excisions and bone transport. There were three confirmed cases of adamantinoma.

Discussion: In view of the risk of association of OFD with adamantinoma, and to some extent the continuous morbidity of OFD if left untreated, we believe that radical extraperiosteal excision is indicated in most if not all cases of OFD.


Prof. H. Hefny M. Thakeb S. El-kawy H. Shalaby E. Elmoatasem

Introduction: The usual clinical presentation of fibular hemimelia is of leg discrepancy, an equinovalgus deformity of the foot, ankle instability and the absence of the lateral rays of the foot. The aim of this study is to evaluate the results of ankle joint reconstruction, using remnants of the fibula, fibular analge or contra lateral fibular graft, in conjunction with the Ilizarov Technique.

Methods: Thirteen limb segments in 12 patients with fibular hemimelia were reviewed, with an average age of 4.7 years. According to Catagni’s classification 2 limbs were type I, 1 limb was type II and 10 limbs were type III. The ankle joint was reconstructed using remnants of the fibula if present in type I, fibular analge or a contra lateral fibular graft. The Ilizarov technique was the used to correct limb length discrepancy and any concomitant deformities.

Results: The functional outcome was assessed by the ability to undertake daily activities. All cases were clinically examined and the satisfaction of the patients and family were assessed. A satisfactory stability of the ankle foot complex was achieved in all patients. The average lengthening achieved using the frame was 5.6 cm and all limbs were equalized to within 2 cm of the contralateral side.

Discussion: Reconstruction of the ankle joint brings the foot into a good position, preserves the ankle joint motion, facilitates fitting shoes and stabilizes the joint in a more normal position compared to distal tibial osteotomies. The Ilizarov technique corrects the concomitant deformity and achieves a near normal limb length. The combination of both techniques provides a better outcome compared to other treatment modalities.


C. Chadwick R.P. Betts M.B. Davies J.A. Fernandes

Introduction: Planovalgus is a clinical deformity on weightbearing. Extra-articular calcaneal lengthening osteotomy, is a recognised surgical treatment for symptomatic flat feet. The aim of this study was to assess the difference in pedal pressures and radiographic parameters in the assessment of patients undergoing lateral column lengthening for planovalgus deformity.

Methods: Operative records of one surgeon were reviewed over a 5 year period to identify those who had undergone a lateral column lengthening procedure. 10 patients, 14 feet were identified. Patients were recalled for post-operative pedobarography and pre- and post-operative X-rays were identified. Peak plantar pressures were measured at 8 sites and a line plotted to show maximum deviation of pressure progression from the anatomical axis of the foot. 5 angles on X-rays were measured by 2 observers on 2 occasions.

Results: Difference in pressure under the 3rd metatarsal head (p=0.0004), hallux (p=0.02) and medial midfoot (0.001) suggested a highly significant change. Results for the first (p=0.41) and second (p=0.91) metatarsal heads showed no change. The centre of pressure maximum deviation, plotted using a line drawn between the second toe and the rear of the heel was found to be highly significant postoperatively (p=0.00051) indicating that load bearing shifted from medial to lateral. Changes in X-ray angles of the lateral talo-1st metatarsal angle(p=0.006), calcaneal pitch(p=0.002), AP talocalcaneal angle(0.0001) and talonavicular coverage(p=0.003) were all highly significant.

Discussion: Lateral lengthening in adolescent feet changes the pedal pressures in an advantageous way.


Sanjeev S Madan Diego Boschetti Reinhold Ganz

The effects of NF-I on the hip have been underreported in literature. The bony changes in the hip can be mild to severe and are often present, but not diagnosed. Dislocation of the hip has been described but protrusio acetabulum is underdiagnosed and has only been reported from one institute. This is the first case where an open biopsy has been taken from the hip joint by surgical dislocation with preservation of the blood supply to the femoral head. Gross and microscopic pathology in the neurofibromatosis of the hip has been described for the first time in our report.

A 16-year-old girl presented with history of pain, limp and stiffness in the right hip for several years. Radiographs, CT scan showed severe protrusio acetabulum. Histological analysis from the tissue taken from the hip was a neurofibroma. There was very minimal hyaline cartilage in the acetabulum at operation. Therefore the floor of the acetabulum was grafted with the autologous cancellous bone chips obtained from her greater trochanter. The aim of this was to lateralize the hip center to a normal position. At six months follow up she was doing well. Her range of movements had increased by 20%.


MK Sayana A Udwadia B Ilango

Proximal tibial epiphyseal injuries are rare. Reported incidence varies from 0.5 – 3% of epiphyseal injuries. Proximal tibial epiphysis is well protected unlike distal femoral epiphysis. Thus, the distal femoral injuries are 7 times more frequent than proximal tibial epiphyseal injuries.

Case Report: 12-year old boy, hit a pole at the bottom of a dry ski slope and presented to A& E within 20 minutes. He had a swollen, deformed knee and leg that was immobilised in a temporary splint. He had absent posterior tibial and dorsalis pedis pulses. Emergency manipulation under GA and further stabilised with K-wires, A/K Back Slab in 450 flexion. Distal pulses returned on table. K-wires were removed after 4 weeks and physiotherapy started. At 3 months, he was back to normal activities except sports. At 2 years, he was longer by 1 cm in left tibia, valgus of 120 at the knee, full ROM, no ligament laxity and reports occasional anterior knee pain.

Discussion: Posteriorly displaced proximal tibial Salter Harris II injuries are very rare. Emergency reduction and stabilisation, absence of popliteal artery tear had prevented the immediate complications. The late complications did not warrant a surgical intervention.


Full Access
EMH Gardner K Sakthivel ED Gent NMP Clarke

A 12 year old girl presented with a history of intermittent pain in her left knee since she started walking. She was seen in the vascular clinic due to engorged veins in her left leg and was diagnosis of Klippel-Trenaunay syndrome was made. Her knee pain worsened and an orthopaedic opinion was obtained. A history of repeated knee effusion and swelling was noted.

Examination revealed partial gigantism of the left leg and reduced range of motion of the knee. There was soft tissue swelling of the knee with no effusion. Blood investigations were normal. X-rays showed an arthritic joint. MRI scans revealed synovial thickening and a vascular malformation suggesting a synovial haemangioma. She underwent Radical Open Synovectomy and excision of the haemangioma. Blood loss was minimal. Extensive haemosiderin deposition was noted along with Grade IV arthritic changes. Postoperative recovery was uneventful. Surgeons have been reluctant to excise synovial hemangiomas due to the risk of haemorrhage.

A recent paper from Switzerland suggested excision was possible with minimal blood loss. Haemosiderin deposition due to recurrent haemarthrosis may predispose to articular damage. We recommend early excision of synovial haemangiomas to minimise articular damage.


T. Hillier B. Thomas N. Dale

Introduction Sacroiliac joint pain is resistant to diagnosis by clinical methods. CT guided diagnostic blocks are the gold standard in diagnosing SI joint pathology (Maigne J.Y. et al, Spine 1996). The current blocks have various pit falls. We have devised a new functional diagnostic block which is a modification of the currently available blocks for diagnosing sacroiliac joint pain.

Methods The patient suspected of having sacroiliac joint pain undergoes a CT-guided sacroiliac joint catheterisation. The patient is subsequently admitted to the hospital for two full days. On admission patient is charted for an injection of either a local anaesthetic or normal saline (placebo) through the catheter into the joint 2–3mls every 3–4 hourly. Only one drug is administered on any given day. On day one, the nurse in charge of the patient by the flip of a coin will decide to give one of the drugs for the day, the patient or the treating doctor not aware of the drug injected. The first injection starts at 0600hrs and the last injection at 2200 hrs. The injection details and pain score are documented on a standardised form. The patient is then taken through a range of physical activity which usually provokes the sacroiliac joint pain. The next day, the patient receives the alternate drug and undergoes the same protocol. On the third morning the patient is discharged with an appropriate follow-up. The injection given, average pain score and the level of comfort with physical activity are summarised into a form.

Discussion Our modified block has the following advantages, it is a double blinded assessment, the effect of a placebo can be tested, and it is also a functional assessment which is recorded over two days and not just a one-off response. The conclusion of the block is determined by the patient’s response and not examiner depended.


FORAMINAL STEROID INJECTION Pages 398 - 398
Full Access
S. Hadlow J. Donovan

Introduction Cortisone injection for radicular leg pain may be useful in treating patients with lumbar foraminal pathology based on accurate CT/MRI diagnosis and operator-controlled biplanar fluoroscopy in an angiography suite.

Methods Patient details were collected from operative records and angiography suite records. Demographic data, diagnosis and level of injection were recorded. Low Back Outcome Scores were collected prospectively for most patients. Patients were telephoned and then posted a questionnaire including the LBOS. Taranaki Ethics Committee approval was obtained. Patients were excluded from further analysis, following a single fluoroscopically-controlled foraminal injection of 80 mg triamcinolone for radiculopathy, if further injection or surgery was required.

Results Between 1995 and 2004, 58 patients, all with CT or MRI diagnosis, underwent lumbar foraminal steroid injection. Thirty-seven had disc protrusion (64%) and twenty-one had stenosis (36%). Eighteen (31%) required further intervention (six: repeat injection, 3: discectomy, 8: decompression), in eleven patients with stenosis (52%) and seven patients with disc protrusion (19%). Forty patients had no further intervention. Thirty-two patients (80%) completed follow-up questionnaires, one patient had died, one was lost to follow-up, and six patients declined to complete the questionnaires despite being contacted. The average LBOS for the thirty-two patients who completed the questionnaires was 41.8 (±17.5). Twenty-three patients with pre-treatment LBOS improved on average from 25.1 (±13.5) to 45.9 (±16.1) following injection (p=0.050). The eight patients with stenosis improved on average 24.9 points from 28.8 (±12.3) to 41.6 (±15.9). This is not statistically significant (p=0.95). The fifteen patients with disc protrusion improved significantly from 23.2 (±14.1) to 48.1 (±16.3) at follow-up (p< 0.01). This difference in improvement between the two groups was significant (p=0.016).

Discussion Weiner and Fraser (Weiner BK, et al; J Bone Joint Surg Br. 1997) recommended foraminal steroid injection as the primary treatment for foraminal or extraforaminal disc protrusions, describing 79% patients having long term pain relief with an average follow-up LBOS score of 54 out of a possible 75 points. This present study reports 81% of patients with disc protrusions not requiring further treatment, with an overall average improvement in the follow-up LBOS score to 48. However the results in patients with foraminal stenosis were significantly less satisfactory.


Full Access
Michael D. Ryan

Introduction A frequently asked medico-legal question is whether or not an accident or injury is responsible for the onset of nerve root pain. There is virtually no information available in the scientific literature, which answers this question.

Methods

A search of the medical literature over the last 10 years was carried out. “Causes of disc protrusion” Medline

I designed and carried out a questionnaire of Members of the Spine Society of Australia, The Australian and New Zealand Orthopaedic Associations, and The Neurosurgical Society of Australasia. Each was questioned about symptoms, their quality, continuity, and time to onset after an accident. Reasons, which might lead the practitioner to conclude that there was no association, were documented, as well as the percentage of discogenic nerve root pain not caused by accident or injury,

Results 48% stated that there must be a continuity of symptoms from the time of the accident to the onset of root pain. 35% accepted that a maximum gap of 48 hours could be accepted before the onset of nerve root symptoms for a causal association to exist. The remainder said that up to 3 months of continuous ipsilateral somatic limb symptoms would be sufficient for an association between the accident and injury. Responders varied widely in their answer to the question “what % of acute discogenic nerve root pain is not caused by an accident or injury?” Responses ranged from 10 to 90%. Mean 58 %

Discussion There is a modest consensus about the circumstantial association of an accident or injury and the onset of nerve root pain. There is wide disparity about the causation of acute discogenic nerve root pain, in general.


C.R. Winer

Introduction The efficacy of traction for disc protrusion with neurological deficit, as in published trials, has been disappointing. Yet it is common for patients to experience relief of symptoms during short periods of traction. My thesis is that if traction is helpful, the patient needs to have it every day and preferably a few times a day.

Methods This is a pilot study of a simple form of traction equipment which the patient uses at home. The criteria for inclusion of patients in the study has been; (a) diagnosis of disc protrusion with nerve root involvement made on the basis of history and clinical examination (before radiography); (b) evidence of neurological deficit on examination, and (c) findings on MRI Scan consistent with the diagnosis.

Seventy one (71) were admitted to the trial, 43 males and 28 females; age range 23 to 60. Prior to referral several patients had already been advised to have surgery; two were actually booked-in for surgery (and both of these improved sufficiently to avoid surgery). Pain intensity and level of disability are detailed. Previous treatment is detailed.

Results The majority of patients had significant improvement, as gauged by pain VAS, resumption of work and resumption of recreational activities. Only one patient required surgery.

Discussion The home-traction was always supplemented by a gradually upgraded exercise program. Once the patient had been instructed in the use of the home equipment, they would be reviewed at only weekly or fortnightly consultations during the acute phase, hence as the treatment was essentially dependent upon self-help measures at home, the overall cost of this program of treatment for disc protrusion is inexpensive. This pilot study justifies a controlled clinical trial of gravity traction.


R.J. Moore J. Burke N. Anjarwalla R. Rhamat G. Brown D.J. Taylor R.D. Fraser

Introduction Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is a valid investigation for the diagnosis of intervertebral disc disease, including infection, but it is expensive and difficult to access conveniently for research studies on live animals under anaesthesia. The aim of this study was to compare the MRI signal changes in spines from living and recently deceased sheep.

Methods MRI was conducted on the lumbar spines of six adult sheep from research studies investigating bacterial discitis, chemical discitis and disc degeneration resulting from annular incision. The sheep was anaesthetised and the lumbar spines were imaged with a Siemens Magneton Vision MRI (Numaris VB33G software) using T1 SGE, T1 FSE, STIR and T2 FSE sequences. The sheep were killed with an intravenous overdose of barbiturate and identical images were obtained commencing five minutes post mortem.

Results For each of the disease processes under consideration the MRI contrast relationships were maintained between all of the anatomical structures of interest. The post-mortem images provided improved clarity, particularly in the STIR and T2-weighted sequences, due to the absence of pulsation from the CSF and aorta, as well as the absence of respiratory artefact.

Discussion The MRI appearances of spinal tissues following death correlate well with those in the live animal confirming the validity of this method of investigation. This is particularly relevant for optimisation of a busy clinical resource for research purposes.


W. B. Cunningham S. Berven H. Nianbin H.J. Beatson P. DeDeyne J.C. Sefter P.C. McAfee

Introduction Using a non-human primate model, the purpose of this in-vivo investigation was to evaluate the efficacy of porcine small intestine submucosa (PSIS) for anterior longitudinal ligament replacement and as an anti-adhesion barrier following total disc arthroplasty. Success criteria were based on post-mortem vascular adhesion tenacity scores, biomechanical, histological and immunohistochemical analyses.

Methods A total of ten mature male baboons (Papio cynocephalus) were included in the current study and followed for a period of six-months post-operatively. Each animal underwent an anterior transperitoneal approach followed by a total disc arthroplasty procedure at L5-L6 using one of the following treatments: (1) Charité Disc Prosthesis alone (n=5) or (2) Charité Disc Prosthesis + PSIS (n=5). Following anterior annular and anterior longitudinal ligament (ALL) resection, complete diskectomy and endplate decortication, the Charité Device (Size 1) was implanted according to the manufacturer’s specifications. The PSIS material (40mm x 30mm width) was secured across the operative site using surgical bone staples with the abluminal side oriented towards the bone. Post-mortem analysis included vascular adhesion tenacity scores (0–5), histopathology of the operative site ALL, non-destructive biomechanical testing and histomorphometry.

Results All animals survived the operative procedure and post-operative interval without significant intra- or peri-operative complication. Vascular adhesion tenacity scores were markedly lower for the PSIS treatments (14/25) versus the Charité alone (20/25) (p=0.057). Gross histopathological analysis demonstrated disorganized collagenous matrix anteriorly spanning the disc arthroplasty site in 4/5 (80%) of the PSIS specimens compared to 2/5 (40%) for the Charité alone treatments. Plain film radiographic analysis showed no lucencies or loosening of any prosthetic vertebral endplate. Multi-directional flexibility testing demonstrated increased range of motion for both treatment groups under axial rotation and decreased motion in lateral bending when compared to the intact spine condition (p< 0.05). The neutral zone values were significantly higher in axial rotation and flexion extension for the both treatments (p< 0.05), with no differences in lateral bending.

Discussion Using a non-human primate model, the current study investigated in-vivo response to PSIS following total disc arthroplasty. Surgical application of the PSIS appears to reduce great vessel adhesion and improve regeneration of collagenous tissues at the operative disc space. However, there were no differences in the operative segment range of motion or neutral zone when comparing the two treatments. The current study serves as a basic scientific basis for ongoing clinical investigations into the use and efficacy of PSIS material following total disc arthroplasty.


Full Access
GJ. Coldham A. Doyle P. Baber S. Faraj

Introduction Cervical cord neuropraxia (CCN) and incomplete cord injuries such as central cord syndrome (CCS) are more prevalent in patients with congenitally narrow spinal canals. At Middlemore Hospital, Polynesian and Maori males are frequent in that group of patients who have experienced a single episode of CCN or CCS. The aim of this study was determine if these racial groups were over-represented in patients with incomplete cord injuries, and if there was an ethnic variation in mid-sagittal diameter of the cervical spine in the general population.

Methods A chart review of all patients who experienced either CCS or CCN in the absence of significant fracture dislocation or disc prolapse was performed. The ethnic origin of these patients was noted. CT scan was used to measure the mid-sagittal diameter of the spinal canal from C3 to C7 in a group of 166 sequential trauma patients who had CT scans of the cervical spine at Middlemore Hospital. Patient’s race was that declared by the patient. Four different observers used computer digitisation to measure the mid-sagittal diameters and mean sagittal diameter for each level. Measurements were compared between races.

Results Between 2000 and 2004, eight patients (7 males, 1 female) were noted to have a central cord syndrome or cervical neuropraxia in the absence of fracture dislocation, acute disc prolapse or developmental spinal stenosis. Five patients were Polynesian, two Maori and one European. CT scan assessment of the 166 patients noted Maori cervical spine canals to be 1mm smaller than Europeans (P values less than .005 at all levels of the C-spine) whilst Polynesians had on average 2mm smaller mid-sagittal diameter compared to Europeans (all P values less than 0.001).

Discussion Patients with congenital reduction in spinal canal diameter have an increased risk of transient neuropraxia (Torg J. J Bone Joint Surg. 1996), neurological injury (Matsura P et al. J Bone Joint Surg. 1989) and more significant myelopathy in the presence of trauma (Eismont FJ et. al. Spine 1984). This study demonstrates that Polynesians were over-represented in the group of patients who experienced central cord syndrome or transient cervical neuropraxia. CT scan assessment demonstrated that both Maoris and Polynesians had significantly narrower canals than their European counterparts. Previous studies have demonstrated that South African blacks have significantly narrow mid-sagittal diameter than Caucasians (Taitz C. Clin Anat. 1996). The implications of this study are that Maori and Polynesians involved in high impact activities such as rugby may be at increased risk of incomplete or complete spinal cord injuries. There is however no reliable screening tool available for congenital spinal canal stenosis.


J. Govind W. King P. Giles I. Painter B. Bailey N. Bogduk

Introduction Compared to migraine and tension headache, headaches of cervical origin are better understood in terms of anatomy and physiology yet are least well accepted. What is controversial is not whether cervical headaches occur, but how often they occur and how they can be reliably distinguished from other entities. Using controlled diagnostic blocks Lord ( Lord SM et al. J Neuro Neurosurg Psychiatry 1994, Barnsley L et al. Pain 1993) implicated the C2/3 zygapophysial (Z) joint as the primary source of referred pain in 58% of patients in whom headache was the dominant symptom following whiplash injury. There are no other equivalent studies. The purpose of the study was to determine the prevalence of cervicogenic headaches arising from the Z-joints; to determine their segmental origin, and to construct an evidence-based diagnostic and therapeutic algorithm.

Method Of 241 patients referred to a tertiary pain unit, with a history of posttraumatic chronic neck pain, 133 had accompanying headache which at times was a dominant feature. All 133 consented to undergo comparative diagnostic blocks under double blind conditions and each was randomly assigned to receive either lignocaine or bupivacaine (2) An independent observer recorded pre-and post-injection pain scores for the first 24 hours and where indicated, the alternative agent was injected a week later. A block was deemed to be successful when the patient reported total abolition of the index pain (i.e. VAS=0) on two separate occasions at least a week apart . The lateral atlantoaxial (C1/2) joints were blocked by intra-articular injection. Medial branch blocks were performed for the remaining synovial joints. The atlanto-occipital (C0/C1) joints were not accessed. All blocks were executed under aseptic conditions and with fluoroscopic guidance.

Results Of 191 joints investigated, 122 (64%) were positive. The C2/3 joint contributed 36% whilst the C3/4 and C1/2 accounted for 13% and 6% respectively. The C6/7 was implicated in one instance and the remaining 8% was equally shared between the C4/5 and C5/6 levels. Segmentally, the respective positive rates at C2/3 and C1/2 were 72% and 56%. Investigating the C1/2 joint was a later development and hence it is likely that the 6% is an underestimate and a proportion may remain “hidden” in the 28% C2/3 negatives. The upper three joints accounted for 85% of all positive blocks (N=122) and this correlates with the known neuroanatomy. In patients where headache was the dominant symptom, all 68 positive blocks (100%) were obtained at the upper three joints.

Discussion Cervicogenic headache is not uncommon and unlike other primary headaches can be diagnosed with certainty. The definitive criterion is complete relief of pain after controlled diagnostic blocks. Valid treatment is available (Govind J et al. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2003). Early diagnosis and prompt treatment have considerable economic, non-economic and psychological benefits; with concomitant reduction in iatrogenesis, morbidity and mortality.


N. Aebli J. Krebs B. Goss P. Licina

Introduction Locking plates are the most used devices for achieving anterior cervical spinal fusion and offer considerable advantages such as faster and easier implantation and fewer implant-related failures than older plate systems. Recently polyaxial locking screws were introduced to make the implantation of these plates even easier by facilitating the implantation of the screw in all directions. However polyaxial screws may have the disadvantage of losing the angular stability with subsequent failure of the plate. The aim of this study was the radiological follow up of the patients with polyaxial screw and to compare them with the conventional looking plates.

Methods Patients underwent anterior cervical discectomy and fusion in which either ventral cervical locking plates or a polyaxial locking screw were used for indications including cervical spondylotic radiculopathy, disc herniation, trauma, and myelopathy. Patients underwent anterior cervical discectomy and interbody fusion and / or corpectomy. Preoperative and postoperative radiographic data included sagittal angle, translation, and settling of the graft.

Results One hundred and forty patients were investigated (mean age of 49 years) with an average follow up period of 21.5 months (range from 4 to 50 months). All underwent anterior cervical plate fusion as a component of the surgical treatment for symptomatic degenerative cervical spinal disease (55%) or for vertebral destruction caused by trauma (45%).100 (71%) of patients were treated with a conventional locking plate and 29 % with a plate with polyaxial screw fixation. Besides plate fixation, 4 of the 140 patients had a combined ventrodorsal fusion. In 46 cases (25%), one or more vertebral bodies were removed and replaced with either iliac bone graft (two levels, 21% of all cases) or fibula strutgraft (4%). In the group with conventional locking plates no patient had to be revised, 3 showed a subluxation (up to 1/3 of the vertebral body diameter) and 2 screw back out posteriorly without clinical relevance. In the group with the plate with polyaxial screw fixation two patient had to be revised (posterior stabilisation) because of subluxation due to loss of angular stability of the screws and one patient developed subluxation of 1/3 of the vertebral body also due to loss of angular stability.

Discussion The complication rate and the revision rate for anterior cervical discectomy and fusion with plates with and without polyaxial screw fixation were similarly low. Polyaxial screw may have the theoretical disadvantage of loosening with loss of the angular stability and subsequent failure necessitating revision.


H.J. Tettis J.J. Costi R.M. Stanley N.L. Fazzalari T.C. Hearn

Introduction Dynamically identifying the distribution of pressure between any two given surfaces such as articulating joints is of fundamental importance in understanding their interaction. The purpose of this laboratory study was to assess the potential of a dynamic pressure measurement system, Tekscan. ( I-Scan 5076, Tekscan Inc., MA, USA) via a study which observed the changes in the load profile through the vertebral body of harvested ovine lumbar functional spinal units (FSU’s) with a created defect in the intervertebral disc.

The system was used to determine pressure distributions in isolated vertebral bodies inferior to the disc, during axial compression of normal and injured discs of an ovine functional spinal unit.

Methods Four ovine lumbar segments L1-L3 were harvested The superior vertebral body (VB) remained complete, whilst the inferior VB was sectioned 2mm from the endplate and the surface smoothed using emery paper in order to achieve maximum contact area. The neutral axis of bending for each specimen was identified and marked. In accordance with the manufacturer guidelines, the sensor was conditioned and calibrated between 20-200N of load. Testing was carried out in a materials testing machine (Instron 8511, Instron, High Wycombe, UK), where 200N of axial load was applied through the FSU and a snapshot of the instantaneous pressure distribution was taken. A 12 x 2 mm gap defect was created in the right ventro-lateral (2 specimens) and the right lateral (2 specimens) aspect of the IVD. The specimens were returned to the Instron and 200N of load was applied axially through the NAB. A recorded image of the pressure footprint was taken.

Results Comparing the recorded colour-coded images together with their centroids of force of the pre- and post-injury pressure distributions of the vertebral bodies, it was clearly evident that there was a major shift of the load through the IVD. As predicted and as seen in the pressure footprint, the pressure shifted in the opposing direction of the injury in order to maintain a balanced system. A pressure reading validation was also carried out with the use of the Instron, where the experimental pressure of the sensor was within 3% of the NATA calibrated load cell.

Discussion The system was used to sample pressure in real time and display it as a 3D colour-coded map, allowing for visualisation of normal pressure distributions. The associated software has numerous aids and functions, allowing real-time visualisation of the dynamic forces and the balance of forces across two interacting surfaces, making the system an invaluable analytical tool.

The Tekscan system will be used to observe the effect of disc injury on the pressure distribution of the adjacent vertebral body. The relationship between the pressure distribution across the vertebral body and bone architecture will also be studied

This study illustrated that this system is a valid tool for qualitatively and quantitatively assessing dynamic pressure distributions.


J.J. Costi H.J. Tettis R.M. Stanley T.C. Hearn N.L. Fazzalari

Introduction Vertebral deformity, disc disorganisation, and change to vertebral bone architecture are morphological features that are associated with degeneration of the spine and with back pain. Observations from our earlier studies found that the BV/TV is always a maximum in the inferior third of the vertebral body (VB), and minimum in the central third. Animal model studies have reported that the strain in loaded vertebra is a minimum in the central third of the vertebra. There have been no studies investigating the direct affect of VB removal on functional spinal unit (FSU) stiffness, strain magnitude and the distribution of pressure immediately adjacent to the sectioned VB. There were a number of aims for this study. The first aim was to determine whether the strain varies between supero-inferior locations on the VB. The second aim was to determine if strain symmetry was present across the normal VB. The third aim was to determine whether transverse sectioning of the VB alters the stiffness, strains and pressure distributions of the functional spinal unit (FSU) and VB.

Methods Six ovine FSUs with isolated discs were used in this study. Eight, 1-mm strain gauge rosettes were then bonded to the inferior VB of each FSU at lateral and anterior positions and three heights. FSUs were equilibrated in a saline bath at room temperature in a materials testing machine. A real-time pressure sensor was placed under the VB. FSUs were tested in axial compression at 0.1 Hz to 1 MPa for 5 sinusoidal cycles. The inferior VB was then sectioned transversely at 1/3 of its height and placed under preload for one hour for re-equilibration and re-tested. This procedure was repeated at 2/3 of VB height and immediately adjacent to the endplate. Outcome measures were FSU stiffness, axial strain, peak pressure and average pressure. Data was statistically analysed using repeated measures ANOVA or paired t-tests.

Results The results of the first aim found no significant difference in strains within the right lateral or left lateral (P > 0.134) columns of strain gauges. However, for the anterior column of strain gauges, the superior strain was 30% higher than the inferior strain (P = 0.047). The results of the second aim found no significant differences between laterally opposing strain gauges (P > 0.139). For the third aim, transverse sectioning of the VB over three levels produced no significant differences for FSU stiffness (P = 0.275), strains for any strain gauge (P > 0.087), or peak and average pressures (P > 0.076).

Discussion This complex pilot study has shown that overall, axial cortical strain in a normal, ovine FSU did not vary with VB supero-inferior location laterally, but did vary anteriorly. Strains were symmetrical between laterally opposing VB locations at each of three levels, and was not affected by transverse sectioning of the VB at three levels. The finding that anterior column strains differ, may relate to changes in load distribution governed by VB surface second moment of area differences (laterally compared to anteroposteriorly), and the absence of a disc inferiorly. Further insight will be revealed when other modes of loading are performed in both ovine and human discs for the main study planned to be undertaken in the near future.


J.J. Costi H.J. Tettis R.M. Stanley T.C. Hearn N.L. Fazzalari

Introduction The influence of annular tears on the biomechanical inter-relationship between the disc and vertebral body has a potentially important role in the mechanism of subsequent biological changes in disc and bone. The disc is a complex structure, exhibiting visco-elastic behaviour that is highly dependent on its condition and fluid content. Studies have shown that the stiffness of the disc is altered by its water content in human, ovine and bovine discs. It has also been shown that disc stiffness or modulus can be preserved if the level of water in the disc is kept constant. The importance of maintaining a reproducible state of stress in the disc during sequential testing of the same specimen is crucial to ensuring consistency of results and minimising systematic experimental errors. The aims of this study were to assess the reliability of sequential testing of the same specimen, and to determine whether stiffness, strains and pressure distribution can be restored to pre-testing levels under a uniform hydration loading environment.

Methods Six ovine FSUs with isolated discs were used in this study. Eight, 1-mm strain gauge rosettes were then bonded to the inferior VB of each FSU at lateral and anterior positions and three heights. FSUs were equilibrated for four hours in a saline bath at room temperature in a materials testing machine. A real-time pressure sensor was placed under the VB. FSUs were tested in axial compression at 0.1 Hz to 1 MPa for 5 sinusoidal cycles. Once tested, the FSU was placed under 0.25 MPa preload for one hour in the water bath for re-equilibration and tested again. Pilot studies by this group have shown that one hour is sufficient to return the disc to its original equilibrium state in a bath after testing, with no associated change in stiffness. This sequence was repeated four times to produce a total of five tests on each FSU. Outcome measures were FSU stiffness, axial strain, peak pressure, average pressure and contact area. Data was statistically analysed using intra-class correlation coefficients (ICC), and repeated measures ANOVA or paired t-tests.

Results The ICC for the five repeated stiffness measures was 0.24 (i.e 24% of the variation in the results was due to between-specimen tests with 76% of the variation due to within-specimen tests). Repeated measures ANOVA found no significant effect on stiffness due to repeating the test five times (P = 0.445). The ICC for the eight axial strains ranged from 0.8 to 0.99. There were no significant differences within any of the eight axial strains over the five repeats (P > 0.287). ICCs, and P values (in brackets) from repeated measures ANOVA, were 0.91 (0.179) for peak pressure, 0.85 (0.44) for average pressure and 0.99 (0.077) for contact area.

Discussion The largest systematic variation was seen for stiffness and this may be due to the tissue changes over the 9 hours of testing. Axial strains showed good to excellent agreement over the five repeated tests as did all pressure parameters. We conclude that the method of allowing one hour for re-equilibration in ovine discs produces a reproducible state of stress in the disc and minimises experimental errors.


J.J. Costi H.J. Tettis R.M. Stanley T.C. Hearn N.L. Fazzalari

Introduction The influence of annular tears on the biomechanical inter-relationship between the disc and vertebral body (VB) has a potentially important role in the mechanism of subsequent biological changes in disc and bone. It is postulated that changes in the disc may result in increased or abnormal spinal segment motion, modified load distribution across the spinal joint and altered cancellous bone architecture. There have been no studies investigating the direct effect of disc injury on functional spinal unit (FSU) stiffness and the distribution of pressure immediately adjacent to the disc inferior endplate. The aim of this study was to determine whether minor and severe radial tear injuries to the disc alters FSU stiffness and VB surface pressure distribution.

Methods Six ovine FSUs were used in this study. The posterior elements were removed leaving the isolated disc in each FSU. The inferior VB was transversely cut immediately inferior to the endplate and the neutral axis of bending (NAB) identified and marked. FSUs were equilibrated in a saline bath at room temperature for four hours under a constant preload of approximately 0.25 MPa prior to testing. After equilibration, FSUs were transferred to a saline bath in a materials testing machine (Instron 8511, Instron, High Wycombe, UK) and a real-time pressure sensor (I-Scan 5076, Tekscan Inc., MA, USA) placed under the inferior VB.

While maintaining the preload, FSUs were loaded in axial compression at 0.1 Hz through the NAB to 1 MPa in a saline bath for 5 sinusoidal cycles. Once tested, a radial tear was introduced via scalpel injury into the left postero-lateral region of the annulus and tested after one hour of re-equilibration. A final, more severe injury, in the form of removal of a 5 mm x 2 mm window of annulus at the same location was performed and tested after re-equilibration.

Outcome measures were FSU stiffness, peak pressure, average pressure, contact area, and centroid of force location. Data was statistically analysed using repeated measures ANOVA or paired t-tests.

Results No significant differences in stiffness was found as a result of disc injury (P = 0.857), nor for peak and average pressure, contact area and centroid location (P > 0.179).

Discussion These results may not be surprising given that the disc has been shown to be remarkably resilient under axial compression, even with a severe annular or nuclear injury. Further insight will be revealed when other modes of loading are performed in both ovine and human discs for the main study planned to be undertaken in the near future.


H. de Visser C.J. Adam C.M. Engstrom S. Crozier M.J. Pearcy

Introduction A very specific group within the 80 percent of the population that suffers from low back pain at some stage in life are young cricket fast bowlers. Amongst them a high occurrence of unilateral L4 pars interarticularis fractures exists, which shows a strong statistical correlation to the presence of a contralateral volumetric increase in the Quadratus Lumborum (QL) muscle. However, there is no clear physical link between these two phenomena. To investigate this relationship, we have combined a mathematical model of the lumbar spine muscles with a finite element model of the fourth lumbar vertebra and analysed the stresses occurring in the L4 vertebra throughout the bowling motion.

Methods A mathematical model of the lumbar spine muscles has been developed previously at QUT. It contains 170 fascicles representing all major muscles in the lumbar region and allows for analysis of the forces and moments on the intervertebral joints caused by these muscles in any given posture. A Finite Element Model (FEM) of an L4 vertebra and intervertebral disc (IVD) was developed based on one created by Theo Smit and obtainable from the Internet through the BEL Repository of the Istituti Ortopedici Rizzoli, Bologna, Italy. Material properties were obtained from literature, while muscle forces, directions and attachment locations in the different postures came from the mathematical model. Six postures occurring in right-handed fast bowling were modelled to determine the differences in stresses between having symmetric and asymmetric QL muscles. The asymmetric condition consisted of a 30% increase in Physiological Cross-Sectional Area (PCSA) on the right side. In all cases it was assumed the left facet joints were ‘locked up’, to create a presumed worst-case scenario for the stress build-up in the pars.

Results It was found that when using muscle activation levels from literature an enlarged right-side QL did not increase the stresses in the left pars noticeably, in fact in some cases it even slightly reduced those stresses. When only the right-side QL muscle was activated, while all other muscles only provided passive muscle force, a 30% PCSA increase of this muscle produced an increase in maximum Von Mises and principal stresses in the left-side pars from typically 30 MPa to 40 MPa but only in the postures close to upright stance. In more extreme postures where the maximum stresses in the pars are higher, the increased PCSA of the right QL only led to small stress increases from typically 125 to 129 MPa.

Discussion Even in the worst-case scenario where only the right-side QL is active and the left-side facet joint is locked up, a PCSA increase of that muscle does not cause a large increase in stresses in postures where the stresses are high. Hence, this study has not demonstrated a clear physical link between asymmetric hypertrophy of QL and pars fractures. It may even suggest the hypertrophy is a response to postural overload attempting to reduce stresses in the pars. To clarify this, an improved FEM of the L3 and L4 vertebrae and IVDs, including all ligaments, is currently being developed. We believe that in the future this combination of models can be used for many more purposes where the influence of posture and musculature on the lumbar spine biomechanics needs investigation.


Full Access
T. Pitham A. Cree A. Kam M. Dexter G. Dandie C. New M. Fearnside J. Cummine K. Hitos K. Saker J. Fletcher

Introduction A prospective cohort study was conducted to assess the incidence of venous thromboembolism (VTE) in 300 patients undergoing elective spinal surgery. Although this subject has been extensively studied in patients undergoing joint replacement surgery, the true incidence of VTE related to spinal surgery remains unknown. We also sought to assess the efficacy of various forms of VTE prophylaxis, another area which has not been adequately studied.

Methods Bilateral lower extremity venous duplex scans were performed pre-operatively, within one week postoperatively and at 4 to 6 weeks post-operatively. Information was collected regarding age, gender, body mass index, type and duration of surgical procedure, intra-operative blood loss and blood transfusion, pre- and post-operative mobility and other risk factors for VTE. All patients received vigorous mechanical prophylaxis with 56% of patients receiving pharmacological prophylaxis (unfractionated or low molecular weight heparin) according to surgeon preference.

Results The overall incidence of post-operative deep vein thrombosis (DVT) was 3.4%. The incidence in those receiving pharmacological prophylaxis was 1.2% versus 6.3% in those who received mechanical prophylaxis alone (p< 0.05). Just under half of the post-operative DVTs (1.4%) occurred after hospital discharge with none of these patients receiving heparin. There were two cases of pulmonary embolism (0.7%), both occurring during hospitalization, and there were no deaths. There was no difference in blood loss or transfusion rates between patients receiving or not receiving pharmacological prophylaxis and there were no serious complications related to blood loss. There was a surprisingly high incidence of abnormalities detected on pre-operative scanning, with DVT occurring in 3.0% and superficial thrombophlebitis in 24.8%.

Discussion The incidence of DVT in patients after spinal surgery was 3.4% and was significantly lower (1.2 %) in patients who received pharmacological prophylaxis. Given that the rates of bleeding-related complications were not different between the two groups, we conclude that it is both efficacious and safe to use pharmacological prophylaxis in combination with mechanical prophylaxis routinely in patients undergoing spinal surgery. A 27.8% incidence of pre-operative venous abnormalities may reflect pre-operative immobility due to pain in this group of patients, and justifies the use of ultrasound scanning as an important pre-operative screening tool. In addition, the high incidence of late-onset DVT justifies the need for follow-up scanning several weeks after discharge. This study is the amongst the largest of its type to date, however a larger, randomized and controlled trial is now necessary to confirm these results and allow the formulation of unambiguous guidelines for spinal surgery and VTE prophylaxis.


K. Hazratwala L. Lutchman J. Earwaker R. Williams P. Licina

Introduction Charcot arthropathy is a well recognised complication in denervated synovial joints. This is a late complication of traumatic spinal cord injury that is rarely reported in the literature. Early recognition is important and can be difficult as the clinical presentation can vary from pain, deformity, autonomic dysreflexia and audible noises with motion.

Methods We present 5 cases of Charcot’s arthropathy of the spine in patients with in patients with traumatic paraplegia. All patients had spinal surgery to stabilise the spine shortly after the acute injury.

Results The average time from initial injury to presentation with Charcot’s arthropathy was 27 years (range 10–41). A combination of localised and neuropathic pain was the dominant symptom (4 patients) causing re-presentation, but other symptoms included deformity (1 patient). The level of the initial spinal cord injury was at the thoracolumbar junction patients. The Charcot joint level was usually 1 to 2 segments caudal to the spinal fusion. The features noted on plain radiology were destructive changes of the endplate in 4 patients and deformity in 1. With one exception, all patients went on to have MRI to exclude infection and subsequently all were surgically stabilised. All patients were treated surgically. One had an anterior approach, one had posterior approach and one had staged anterior and posterior approaches. The remaining two had anterior and posterior stabilisation through a lateral extra-cavitary approach.

At an average follow-up of 36 months all patients reported good relief of their symptoms, and had returned to their best function post-injury.

Discussion Surgical stabilisation in this series yielded very good results. We observed a wide variation in presenting symptoms and therefore would indicate that a high index of suspicion is required. We believe that MRI is mandatory to exclude infection and would advocate early stabilisation. The lateral extra-cavitary approach allows posterior and anterior stabilisation in a single procedure and in now the preferred method in our institution. As patients with spinal cord injuries live increasingly active lives, this problem will be seen more frequently.


J.G. Heller

Postoperative wound infections are a fact of life for patients and surgeons alike, as well as a major source of morbidity for the unlucky patient and frustration for the surgeon. Though certain risk factors may be clearly appreciated prospectively, it is not often that they can be altered. Local and systemic factors are inescapable realities of some urgent situations, which may create considerable risk for catastrophe, such as obesity, diabetes, malnutrition, immune suppression, radiotherapy, prior surgeries, etc. The risk of wound infection also correlates with the scale of the procedure undertaken. Successful treatment begins with timely recognition of a possible infection. Treatment should be decisive and aggressive, and includes surgical exploration and debridement. Adjunctive measures may include plastic flap closure to provide a sealed environment with healthy vascular tissue. The incremental risk of non-union must also be appreciated, with a low threshold for intervention in the face of failed bone graft healing.


S. Gatehouse L. Lutchman M Steel B. Goss R. Williams

Introduction The influence of timing of surgery on functional outcomes following spinal cord injury remains controversial. Animal studies suggest that the rate, degree, and duration of cord compression are the principal determinants of spinal cord injury (SCI) severity and prognosis for recovery. Delamarter et al, (J Bone Joint Surg Am 1995) have shown that when experimental cord compression in dogs is relieved within 1 hour, full motor recovery can be achieved. It is suggested by some clinically based research that definitive surgical treatment for unstable injuries results in fewer sequelae than prolonged immobilization and allows more rapid entry into rehabilitation. It is however the timing of this surgery which remains controversial. It has been suggested that early surgical management promotes neurological recovery by limiting secondary damage caused by inflammation, oedema, ischemia and instability. To date few studies have found a link between neurological recovery and timing of surgery (Fehlings, et al; Spine 2001).

Methods Data was gathered retrospectively by chart review of patients referred to the Princess Alexandra hospital with spinal cord injury. Patients were age matched into high and low velocity groups. This data was studied to assess the effects of energy of injury and timing of surgical intervention on neurological outcome. Patients either had anterior, posterior, or combined surgery, external immobilization or traction depending on the preference of the treating surgeon.

Results A cohort of 43 patients all of whom had spinal cord injury was retrospectively studied. Of these, 21 had a high energy injury (eg. MVA) and 21 had a low energy injury (eg. rugby). 28 had anterior stabilization 7 had traction, 4 had external immobilization 2 had a combined anterior / posterior fixation and 1 had posterior stabilization. The data suggest that the prognosis for recovery following a spinal cord injury is unrelated to the energy involved. The low energy group improved on average 0.6 ASIA grades (SEM 0.16) while the high energy improved 0.7 ASIA grades (SEM 0.17). The timing of definitive intervention for patients with incomplete cord lesions was shown to significantly (p=0.029) effect ultimate functional outcomes. Those with early (within 8hrs) intervention improved an average of 1.4 ASIA grades (SEM 0.21) and those with late intervention improved 0.6 ASIA grades (SEM 0.19). This effect was present in both high and low energy injury groups.

Discussion The timing of definitive intervention for spinal cord injury is still controversial. However there is Class II evidence that early surgery can be done safely in a patient with spinal cord injury (Fehlings, et al; Spine 2001). The findings from this retrospective study suggest that early surgical intervention may improve neurological recovery.


H.A. Crawford J. Ferguson M.J. Barnes

Introduction This is an outcome study of the patients with spina bifida treated for scoliosis by anterior and posterior spinal surgery by a single surgeon at one institution.

Method The clinical notes and radiographs were reviewed of all spina bifida patients with scoliosis undergoing surgery between January 1991 and January 2001. In addition all patients were sent the Spina Bifida Health Related Quality of Life Questionnaire (HRQOL) and the Spina Bifida Spine Questionnaire (SBSQ).

Results There were 19 consecutive patients with an average age at surgery of 13 years 5 months (range). The average neurologic level was T10 (range). 14 patients had staged procedures. At latest follow-up which averaged 60 months (range), there was an overall improvement in scoliosis of 61% from a mean of 83 degrees preoperatively to a mean of 34 degrees postoperatively. There was a corresponding 70% improvement in pelvic obliquity from 27 degrees preoperatively to 8 degrees postoperatively. At latest follow-up which averaged 60 months (range). The major complications included 4 deep infections and 2 pseudarthroses. The deep infections occurred in older patients with more severe curves and were always staged procedures. The patients scored an average of 68.8 on the SBSQ (what does this mean?). The average score on the HRQOL questionnaire for patients 5–12 year old was 178 and 163 for 13–20 year olds.

Discussion There are good radiological results with combined anterior/posterior surgery in this group of spina bifida patients. The outcome scores show that this group of patients enjoy a good quality of life when compared to control groups of similar children with the same condition. An early single stage anterior and posterior spinal fusion is recommended for these patients before the scoliotic curve becomes too large and stiff.


M. Schuetz L. Lutchman B. Goss R. Williams F. Kandziora

Introduction The purpose of this prospective controlled study was to define indications and analyse the clinical and radiographic results of cages in the surgical treatment of traumatic cervical spine instability.

Methods 53 patients were treated by monosegmental anterior discectomy and interbody fusion using either autologous tricortical iliac crest bone graft and cervical spine locking plate (CSLP) (bone graft group, n= 26) or Syncage-C (Synthes) filled with autologous cancellous bone grafts and CSLP (cage group n=27). Indications for surgery were traumatic cervical spine instability were classified by the cervical fracture classification of Blauth et al1 as B1, B2, B3, C2 or C3 fractures. Intraoperative parameters (operative time, blood loss radiation time and intra- and perioperative complications) were documented. Prior to surgery and at follow-up (6 and 12 months) evaluation included measurement of neck pain, shoulder/arm pain and Neck Pain Disability Index (NPDI). Neurological function was assessed using the ASIA scale. Radiographic evaluation included plain X-rays, flexion-extension views and CT-scans. Patient satisfaction was measured on a five-point Likert scale.

Results There was no statistically significant difference between the two groups in the demographic data. One patient in the bone graft group was not available for the 1-year follow-up evaluation; however, all patients were available for the 2-year follow-up. Operation time was significantly shorter (p< 0.05) in the cage group (67 +/− 6 min) than in the bone graft group (78 +/− 9 min). After 6 and 12 months there was no difference between both groups in pain or NPDI, neurological and overall outcome. The neurological improvement of the two groups was not statistically different. Although the cage group showed a trend for better maintenance of lordosis after 12 months, there was no statistically significant difference between groups in all radiographic parameters. There were no implant-related complications during the follow-up. General complications included one patient with eczema due to the stiff collar (cage group) and one patient with pneumonia (cage group). Complications associated with the harvesting of iliac crest bone grafts included 14 patients (9 patients in the bone graft group, 5 patients in the cage group) with prolonged pain (> 3 months) at the donor site, one superficial wound healing problem (bone graft group) which healed under conservative treatment and one hematoma (bone graft group) which required additional surgery.

Discussion Cages offer a valid alternative to a tricortical iliac crest bone graft in the surgical treatment of mono-segmental traumatic cervical spine instability. Although there was no significant difference between the cage and the bone graft group in the functional and radiographic outcome, less donor site morbidity and a shorter operation time make cages cost effective in this selected group of patients. Although the cages are expensive, less donor site morbidity, shorter operation time and reduced hospital stay might result in cost-effectiveness of this implant.


A. Nowitzke P. Licina J. Cochrane F. Feron T. Geraghty A. Mackay-Sim C. Perry S. Urquhart

Introduction The devastating and permanent effects of complete spinal cord injury are well documented. In animal models, olfactory ensheathing cells (OEC) transplanted into areas of complete spinal cord injury have promoted regeneration of the neural elements with reconnection of the descending motor pathways. This reproducible anatomical finding is associated with significant motor functional recovery. Accordingly, cellular transplantation therapies have been advocated for human spinal cord injury.

In a single-blind, Phase I clinical trial, we aimed to test the feasibility and safety of transplantation of autologous olfactory ensheathing cells into the spinal cord of three humans with complete spinal cord injury. This paper describes the trial and the surgical procedures and presents twelve month safety data.

Methods Six patients with paraplegia resulting from chronic (6 – 36 months post-injury) traumatic spinal cord injury (thoracic) were enrolled in the trial. Exclusion criteria included the presence of vertebral column instability, syringomyelia, an implanted spinal device or instrumentation and the presence of psychological instability. The patients were allocated to a treatment group and a control group. No intervention was undertaken to the control group.

Olfactory ensheathing cells were harvested from each subject in the surgery group, grown and purified in vitro. After exposure via laminectomy, durotomy and adhesolysis, the cells were injected into the region of injured spinal cord.

All patients are tested on enrollment and then at regular intervals up to three years by a group of assessors who are blinded to the treatment or control group status. These assessments include physical, radiological, neurophysiological and psychosocial parameters.

Results All surgery patients exhibited continuity of presumed pia through the cystic region at the site of injury. The spinal cord adjacent to the cyst appeared macroscopically normal. There were no complications of surgery evident in the peri-operative period. At twelve months there was no evidence of tumour formation, syrinx development, clinical or psychosocial deterioration.

Discussion The dictum, primum non nocere, is especially relevant to the emerging field of human spinal cord regeneration. Animal models promise such exciting potentials for therapy in this devastating condition, that the possibilities need to be fully explored. Anecdotal, non-trial based reports suggest that equivalent results may be able to be obtained in humans. However, science and care should guide the endeavours in this controversial field.

This is the first reported trial of OEC’s in human spinal cord injury. Twelve-month data in a small cohort shows that there is no evidence of adverse events that would preclude completion of the current trial and the development of efficacy trials.


H. Brisby H. Ashley A. Diwan

Introduction The mechanisms underlying chronic back pain are not well understood, however, disc degeneration and facet joint arthrosis have been suggested to be two major pain sources. Nitric oxide (NO) is an oxygen free radical which is involved in variety physiological and pathological events. Increased concentrations of NO have been demonstrated with direct or indirect methods in temporomandibular (Takahashi T et al. Oral Surg Oral Med Oral Pathol Oral Radiol Endod.1999) and knee joints (Karan A et al. Clin Rheumatol. 2003) with osteoarthrosis. The aims of the study were 1. To investigate if real-time NO concentrations can be measured in the perifacetal region and 2. To estimate perifacetal NO levels in patients with facet joint osteoarthrosis associated chronic low back pain and compare it with that of healthy controls, and 3. To investigate if perifacetal NO levels is discriminative for subsets of patients with facet joint osteoarthrosis.

Methods Patients with at least six months duration of chronic low back pain with signs of facet joint osteoarthrosis on CT and/or MRI, were included in the study (n=26). Healthy volunteers were enrolled as controls (n=7). A detailed questionnaire including visual analogue scale (VAS) was completed by the patients before and six weeks after the NO measurements. Nitric oxide was measured with a custom designed electrochemical real-time nitric oxide sensor (World Precision Instruments, Sarasota, Fl). The NO sensor has a detection limit of less than 0.3 nM, a linear response to NO concentrations up to 100 μM and can discriminate between NO and closely related substances such as nitrite (Zhang X et al; Electroanalysis 2002). The NO sensor was inserted into the facet joint through a 20 gauge needle under fluoroscopic guidance in patients and controls. All patients received corticosteroids (0.4 ml Celestone®) and local anaesthetic (0.5–1.0 ml Marcain®) in the perifacetal region following the NO measurements. Descriptive parameters are expressed as mean (± SEM) and Mann-Whitney’s test was used for statistical comparison between groups.

Results It was possible to obtain NO measurements from all participants. No adverse effects were noted. The patients with chronic low back pain demonstrated 3-fold higher concentrations of nitric oxide in the perifacetal region compared to the healthy controls (1.66±1.39 vs. 0.46±0.37 nM, p=0.007). No association between nitric oxide concentration and pain-duration or pain-level (VAS) was detected. However, patients with a positive response to local anaesthetics and corticosteroid injection (detected as a reduction of VAS at a minimum of 20 mm) at the six week follow-up visit had 25% higher concentrations of nitric oxide when compared to patients who had a less than 20 mm decrease in VAS. p=0.02

Discussion The study demonstrates that measurement of NO with a real time-sensor around the facet joints is feasible and safe. The findings of higher concentrations of NO in the perifacetal region in chronic low back patients compared to healthy controls indicate that the degenerative process of the joints may cause increased NO production. Patients that responded to corticosteroid/local anaesthetic infiltration had higher NO concentrations in the perifacetal region compared to patients without response. This observation indirectly suggests a more pronounced inflammatory process in the responding patients.


H.A. Crawford S.B. Pillai A.K. Nair V. Upadhyay

Introduction This study was conducted to quantify the incidence of gastrointestinal morbidity and identify risk factors for developing gastrointestinal morbidity following spinal surgery in children.

Method A retrospective review was conducted on 253 surgical spinal procedures performed over a 5 year period at Starship Children’s Hospital. Multivariate logistic regression analysis was used to identify significant risk factors. Co-morbidity included co-existing cardiac, respiratory, genitorurinary or central nervous system problems, or delayed development.

Results Seventy eight (77.9%) percent of the study population developed gastrointestinal morbidity and this significantly prolonged the median post-operative hospital stay (8 days vs.4 days; p< 0.0001). Emesis (50.6%), paralytic ileus (42.3%) and constipation (22.5%) were the most frequent gastrointestinal morbidities. Significant risk factors for developing gastrointestinal morbidity were fusion surgery (p< 0.01), co-morbidities (p-value) and duration of post-operative opioid use (p-value).

Discussion There is a high incidence of gastrointestinal morbidity after paediatric spinal surgery. The consequent prolonged hospital stay has clinical implications to both the patient and the institution. We have further identified risk factors for developing gastrointestinal morbidity, of which the duration of post-operative opioid use is modifiable. Awareness of those with the other significant risk factors identified by this study could assist in the timely implementation of appropriate treatment.


I.B. McPhee

Introduction Patients who have undergone total joint arthroplasty have demonstrated elevated postoperative levels of the component metal ions (cobalt, chrome, titanium) in blood and urine. The metal ion release is due to wear particles produced by fretting and corrosion of the metal surfaces and interfaces. Postoperative levels may be many-fold greater than preoperative and normal population levels. The postoperative levels depend on a number of factors including component metals, implant design, and fixation.

Fretting corrosion of spinal implants has been previously demonstrated. Elevated metal ion levels in tissue fluids might be expected, however there are significant differences in stress on the spinal implant when compared with a mobile joint bearing. The aim of this study is to determine whether component metal ions can be measured in the blood and urine of patients who have previously undergone surgery with spinal instrumentation.

Methods Patients who had undergone surgery which included spinal instrumentation were recruited to the study. All had stainless steel implants. These cohorts were subdivided into two groups: those who had retained implants and those who had spinal implants which had been removed. A cohort of volunteers who had no metal implants served as controls. All subjects provide blood for serum nickel and serum chromium assays and (random) urine for measurement of chromium and creatinine. Serum chromium and nickel and urinary chromium/creatinine ratio were compared between groups. Non-parametric statistical analysis was used to test differences (MWU) and correlations (Spearman). A p-value less than 0.05 was considered significant.

Results The study group consisted of 44 patients who had undergone surgery 5–25 years previously. The implants had been removed in 12 patients. The mean number of spinal levels at operation was 10 (range 3–18) and the mean number of couplings was 10 (range 2–18). The average age at follow-up was 36 years (range18–75).

There was no difference in levels of serum nickel and blood chromium between controls and study cohorts. A significant difference between the controls and study groups was noted with the mean urinary chromium/ creatinine ratio being in the order of 100 times greater in the implant group. The mean level in the implant-retained group was1.6 times greater than in patients in whom the implants had been removed. The random urinary chromium/creatinine ratios correlated with the length of the instrumentation and the number of couplings in the spinal instrumentation.

Conclusions A raised level of chromium excretion in patients with spinal implants suggests that metal ions are released from the implants by electrolytic and fretting-corrosion. Removal of the implant reduces the excretion levels but not to base-line levels. The blood levels of both metal ions tested were no different from controls suggesting that the kidney was able to adequately handle the release of chromium from the implant without a build-up of chromium in the blood.


S. Liew I. Torode R. Dickens M.B. Johnson

Introduction Spinal cord monitoring in posterior scoliosis surgery has become a standard of care. It has been our practice since 1999, to monitor the somato-sensory potential (SEP) and motor evoked potential (MEP) in all posterior cases. We report on and discuss the meaning of alteration in the spinal cord monitor signal that occurred in 15 cases from a total of 165 procedures.

Methods This is a retrospective review of patients from a hospital database. Over a six year period, 167 posterior scoliosis instrumented fusion procedures were performed by paired combinations of the four authors. In 13 cases we have been alerted to a change in one or both signals during the procedure. Associated with these, were two cases of intra-operative cardiac arrest, and six cases of post-operative neurological deficit. All patients remain under continued regular review.

Results In the two cases of intra-operative cardiac arrest, the SEP and MEP signals were lost approximately three minutes prior to the arrest. Both patients had neurological deficits post-operatively, one has totally recovered, and one has a residual complex regional pain syndrome of the right leg. This last patient is the only one of six who has not had complete resolution of the post-operative neurological deficit. In five of the six cases who sustained post-operative neurological deficits, the SEP and usually the MEP was lost and did not return. In the sixth case, the SEP did return. In the remaining seven cases, there were changes of decreased amplitude or increased latency in the SEP or MEP that did not appear to result in a postoperative clinical consequence, however; in two patients, signal changes were directly related to changes in blood pressure, and in two other patients, signal changes were directly related to concave hook placement.

Discussion On review of the management and outcome of these cases, we conclude that profound hypotension will alter the SEP and may herald a catastrophic cardiovascular or neurological event. Furthermore, the modality of continuous spinal cord monitoring can provide specificity in the diagnosis of an actual or impending neurological insult and allow for appropriate and timely intervention. We believe spinal cord monitoring in the posterior approach for spinal deformity is an invaluable tool, and is in fact, mandatory for all idiopathic and ambulant non-idiopathic spinal deformities.


G. Day R. Chaseling R. Cuneo I. Torode M. Sherwood I. McPhee F. Tomlinson

Introduction Delayed puberty and delayed skeletal maturation have been implicated as risk factors for the progression of idiopathic scoliosis. Genetic defects (Turner syndrome) and hypothalamic- pituitary disorders are known causes of delayed puberty. Although it is recognized that the incidence of idiopathic scoliosis is elevated in Turner syndrome, human studies regarding the incidence/severity of scoliosis in children with suprasellar, hypothalamic region and pituitary tumours/ disorders is deficient.

Methods A medical records search in five Australian states for suprasellar, hypothalamic region and pituitary tumours/disorders was performed. Identified patients underwent clinical or radiological evaluation for scoliosis. Pathology varied from suprasellar-hypothalamic region tumours, pan-hypopituitarism, pituitary tumours and growth hormone deficiency as well as a craniopharyngioma, arachnoid cyst, retinoblastoma and encephalocele.

Results Of 23 identified patients, ten are female. Mean age at presentation was 8.4 years. Three have right thoracic scoliosis with a Cobb angle less than 20 degrees. Two are males; one with pituitary hormone deficiency and the other with Cushing’s disease treated with radiotherapy. The only female is on a growth hormone treatment program for idiopathic growth hormone deficiency.

Discussion The only female with scoliosis was 12 years old. Delayed puberty could not be linked to either male with scoliosis. Although the incidence of idiopathic scoliosis in this cohort is greater than expected from Caucasian population studies (2–3%), the male preponderance is unusual. No relationship between delayed skeletal maturation and idiopathic scoliosis could be established.


J. Boyle P. Woodland K.P. Singer

Introduction A retrospective survey of the admission records of three Australian Spinal Injury Units was combined with review of the Western Australian Spinal Cord Neurotrauma database to quantify incidence and patterns of spinal trauma within the cervicothoracic junctional [CTJ] region.

Methods Cases involving fracture and/or dislocation within the C6 to T4 region from three Australian Spinal Injury Units and the WA Spinal Cord Neurotrauma database were analysed, with particular reference to C7-T1 segmental trauma. Mechanism of injury, radiological features and neurological status were recorded.

Results Four hundred and one cases from three Australian Spinal Injury Units were reviewed. Trauma at C7-T1 occurred in 32 [0.8 percent] of all spinal admissions assessed, most commonly resulting in an anterior dislocation of C7 on T1. Where permanent neurological status was recorded, 64 percent were complete and 32 percent partial lesions. Most frequently cases involved 20 to 29 year old males and injury typically resulted from motor cycle accidents (44%) followed by motor vehicle accidents (31%). Of the 596 spinal injury cases resulting in fatality recorded in a State based Neurotrauma database, fracture / dislocation of the C7/T1 junction occurred in 1.3 percent.

Discussion Fracture and / or dislocation within the cervicothoracic junctional region is rare, often involve young males who present following serious motor vehicle accidents. The injury frequently results in significant neurological compromise.


A.G. Kulkarni Wong Hee-Kit Y.C. Chan

Introduction Thoracic pedicle screws are increasingly being used for internal fixation. Surgeons and radiologists are often required to make decisions about the position of the screws in relation to the pedicle based on AP and lateral plain radiographs alone. We ventured to assess the value of orthogonal radiographs in determining the position of thoracic pedicle screws in 23 cadaveric thoracic vertebrae

Methods Disarticulated cadaveric thoracic vertebrae were used in this study. Pedicle screws were inserted in three positions: 1) within the pedicle, deliberately violating the 2) lateral cortex of the pedicle and 3) medial cortex of the pedicle. AP (antero-posterior) & lateral radiographs were obtained and presented to 6 readers (4 surgeons & 2 radiologists) in booklets consisting of AP views alone, lateral views alone and both AP & lateral views together in a sequential manner. The readers were asked to indicate the position of the screws and the results of the evaluation were compared to the actual position (axial views).

Results On AP views alone, the accuracy in detecting screws placed out of the pedicle laterally and medially were 93% and 76% respectively, while the accuracy for screws placed inside the pedicle was 85% . On LATERAL views alone, the accuracy for the same screw positions were 69%, 58% and 64% respectively. When AP + LATERAL views were considered together, the accuracy for the same screw positions were 93%, 80% and 87% respectively. Comparing the three groups, it was observed that screw positions were read more accurately in AP + LATERAL views (87%) compared to AP views alone (85%), or LATERAL views alone (64%). The sensitivity of correctly identifying screws placement is highest in AP + LATERAL (90%) views with a specificity of 94%. The specificity of detecting screws placed inside the pedicle is highest in AP (94%). The positive predictive value (PPV) of radiographs in general (AP +LATERAL) in detecting screws placed inside the pedicle, out of the pedicle laterally and medially were 73%, 92% and 86% respectively. The negative predictive value (NPV) of radiographs in general for the same screw locations were 90%, 96% and 76% respectively. On AP and AP + LATERAL views respectively, 25% and 23% of screws placed inside the pedicle were read as medially ‘out’. 10% of screws placed medially ‘out’ were read as ‘in’ on both AP and AP + LATERAL views. Inter-observer difference was substantial. In general, surgeons appeared to have consistently higher accuracy, sensitivity, specificity, PPV and NPV values compared to radiologists and fellows in determining screw position.

Discussion The positions of the screws appear to be most accurately detected when both AP and lateral x-rays are provided compared to AP or lateral alone. Screws that perforated the lateral cortex were the easiest and those that were medially out were the most difficult to identify. Screws passed inside the pedicle may create an unnecessary apprehension that they may be medial and screws passed medially may give a false sense of security that the screw is inside the pedicle. Radiographs are just one component in ensuring accurate pedicle screw placement and surgeon’s experience, in the use of tactile skills and anatomical knowledge continue to be vitally important in the safe placement of thoracic pedicle screws.


G. Day I.B. McPhee J. Tuffley F. Tomlinson R. Chaseling S. Kellie I. Torode M. Sherwood K. Cutbush A. Geddes B. Brankoff

Introduction Chicken studies implicate pinealectomy within a week of hatching as a cause of scoliosis. The nature of the scoliosis has been demonstrated to be similar to that of human idiopathic scoliosis. Scoliosis was not induced following pinealectomy in Rhesus monkeys (primate model). No human studies have been reported. The aim of this study is to determine if idiopathic scoliosis is associated with treatment for pineal lesions (presumably resulting in pinealectomy) in a human paediatric population.

Methods A medical records search was performed in five Australian States for pineal lesions. Identified patients underwent clinical or radiological evaluation for scoliosis. Pathology varied from germ cell tumour, germinoma, pineoblastoma, teratoma to a pineal cyst and an epidermoid cyst. Treatment ranged from biopsy/ extirpation to radiotherapy/chemotherapy.

Results Of 48 identified patients, thirteen are deceased. No scoliosis was present in the last imaging of the deceased. The mean age at presentation was 9.7 years (range 1–18 years). Ten are female. Two males have idiopathic scoliosis (4.2%). One has a 12° right upper thoracic curve (with 32° kyphosis) and the other has a 60° right thoracolumbar curve, requiring a two-stage arthrodesis

Discussion Although the incidence of idiopathic scoliosis in this cohort is greater than expected from Caucasian population studies (2–3%), it is not typical idiopathic-type, which has a female preponderance of larger deformities. New-born chicken studies demonstrate an incidence of between 50 and 100% scoliosis in the three months following pinealectomy. Chickens of both sexes are involved. Fundamental differences exist between chicken and human/primate models including the age at pinealectomy and the anatomical site of the pineal gland. Chickens have a naturally lordotic thoracic spinal curvature whilst humans/primates have a naturally kyphotic thoracic spine. Adolescents with idiopathic scoliosis have either thoracic hypokyphosis or a thoracic lordosis. Contrary to current beliefs, no causal link can be established between pineal lesions and the development of idiopathic scoliosis in a paediatric population.


A.M. Watling M.A. Stoodley J. Tu

Introduction Approximately one quarter of spinal cord injury patients will develop post-traumatic syringomyelia. This condition can produce devastating neurological deficits, and treatment is often not successful. The pathogenesis is unknown, however it is likely that initial cyst formation plays an important role in subsequent syrinx development. An up-regulated inflammatory process observed following contusive and transective spinal cord injury has been proposed as a contributory factor in secondary spinal cord damage. Specifically, a depletion or suppression of macrophages following injury is shown to preserve neurons and myelinated axons. This study examines the role of inflammation following excitotoxic spinal cord injury, a potent precursor to syrinx formation.

Methods Twenty-four male Sprague-Dawley rats were divided into six groups. Twenty rats received four 0.5 μL injections of 24 mg/ mL quisqualic acid and 1% Evans blue from the rostral C8 to the caudal T1 level. Ten microlitres of 250 mg/ mL kaolin were then injected into the subarachnoid space. Animals were sacrificed at 1, 5, 10, 20 or 50 days following the injections. There were four normal control animals. Spinal cord tissue was frozen and sectioned, and cytoplasmic antigen ED1 was detected immunohistochemically with anti-ED1 antibody. This antibody is specific to phagocytic macrophages and reactive microglia. The area and density of ED1 was semi-quantitated.

Results Few ED1 positive cells were observed in normal controls in the subarachnoid space (SAS) and cord vessels. Day 1 animals displayed ED1 positive cells within 50% of the subarachnoid space. ED1 positive cells within cord vessels were also slightly increased (10%). Day 5 animals showed strong staining through 50% of grey matter, predominantly on the side of injury. This was also observed in cord above and below the level of Quisqualic Acid injection. Arachnoiditis was observed by day 10 combined with strong staining through grey and white matter. ED1 positive staining area was again increased by day 20, comprising 70% grey matter on the injured and non-injured sides of the cord, which was limited to the level Quisqualic Acid injection. By day 50 moderate staining was observed in the SAS and white matter.

Discussion Cytoplasmic antigen ED1 cells were observed, reaching a peak at 20 days following excito-toxic spinal cord injury. Phagocytic macrophage proliferation might play a role in secondary spinal cord damage and initial cyst formation. The role of macrophages and the release of their inflammatory cytokines, reactive nitrogen and oxygen intermediates require further examination.


A.G. Kulkarni A. Goel

Introduction We review our experience with the use of plate and screw (C1 lateral mass and C2 pedicle) method of fixation in the treatment of 300 patients with disorders of the craniovertebral junction during a 17-year period at our center. We previously described this method of fixation in 1994.

Methods Between 1988 and 2004, 250 patients with atlantoaxial instability were treated with the use of a plate and screw method of fixation at our institution. The various aetiologies of atlantoaxial instability were congenital, trauma and rheumatoid arthritis. All patients had mobile, completely reducible atlantoaxial subluxation. The male: female ratio was 3:1. C1 lateral mass screw and C2 pedicle screw were anchored to a plate bilaterally. For 3 months postoperatively, a hard cervical collar was used. The mean follow-up period was 42 months (range, 4 mo–17 yr). Recently, we have modified the technique by distracting the lateral facet joints, placing a cage bilaterally and then performing the lateral mass fixation for a subgroup of 50 patients with either fixed atlantoaxial joint subluxation or basilar invagination.

Results Three patients died in the postoperative phase. Successful stabilization of the atlantoaxial region was documented with dynamic radiography in the other patients. In one patient, one screw was found to be broken 18 months after surgery; however, firm bony fusion was documented in this patient. There were no neurological, vascular, or infective complications.

Discussion Segmental fixation of lateral masses with plate and screw method of fixation with the use of intra-articular bone grafts in patients with atlantoaxial instability yielded a 100% fusion rate with a low incidence of complications. Direct application of screws into the thick and large cortico-cancellous lateral masses of atlas and axis provides a biomechanically strong fixation of the region.


M. Siddiqui E. Karadimas M. Nicol F. Smith M. Pope D. Wardlaw

Introduction Symptoms of neurogenic intermittent claudication in spinal stenosis are explained by the narrowing of the spinal canal in the extended (upright) position and widening in the sitting (flexed) position. The X-Stop® inter-spinous process distraction device (St. francis Medical Technologies) is a new product designed to hold the affected segments in a flexed posture. This prospective study looks at the changes in the lumbar spine in a variety of postures from pre- to post-insertion.

Method Using positional MRI (pMRI), patients were scanned before and six months after operation. Images were taken in sitting flexed, extended, neutral, and standing positions. The total range of motion of the lumbar spine and of the individual operated segments were measured, along with changes in disc height, areas of the exit foramina, and dural sac.

21 patients (11 males; 10 females) were included in the study. Age ranged from 57 – 88 years. All had symptomatic lumbar spinal stenosis- single level- 13 (L2/3-1; L3/4-3; L4/5-9); double level 8(L3/4, L4/5 – 7; L4/5, L5/ S1 – 1).

Results The mean area of the dural sac at the operated levels increased from 89.25mm2 to 108.96mm2 (p< 0.001) in the standing posture and from 103.96mm2 to 124.94mm2 (p< 0.001) in extension postoperatively. The area of the exit foramina in extension increased from 79.15mm2 to 100.41mm2 (p< 0.001) on the left side and from 80.86mm2 to 98.74mm2 (p< 0.001) on the right side. The overall changes in the range of movement of the individual segments or of the lumbar spine were statistically insignificant.

Discussion Previous, radiologic (Willen J, et al; Spine 1997) and cadaveric studies have demonstrated reduction in area of the dural sac and exit foramina as the lumbar spine moves from flexion into extension. Our study is the first to quantify these changes in symptomatic patients with lumbar spinal stenosis using postional MRI. This study supports previous studies using positional MRI scanner in patients with lumbar spinal stenosis and also demonstrates that the X-Stop device increases the cross-sectional area of the spinal canal and exit foramina by distracting the spinous processes of the operated level without significantly affecting overall posture of the lumbar spine.


B.W. Cunningham

Introduction Total disc arthroplasty serves as the next frontier in the surgical management of intervertebral discogenic pathology. As we move from an era of interbody spinal arthrodesis to one in which segmental motion is preserved, this promising new technology offers increasing clinical and research challenges in the areas of spinal kinematics, histologic osseointegration at the prosthetic-bone interface and the effects of particulate wear debris. The primary focus of this paper is to provide a methodological basis to investigate the spinal kinematics, histologic osseointegration and particulate wear debris following total disc replacement arthroplasty using in-vitro and in-vivo models.

Methods Part I: Using an in-vitro cadaveric model, multidirectional flexibility testing evaluated the functional unit kinematics under the following L4-L5 reconstruction conditions: 1) Intact Spine; 2) Charitè Disc Prosthesis; 3) BAK Cages; 4) BAK Cages + ISOLA pedicle screw/rod fixation (anteroposterior). Part II: A total of twenty-seven mature baboons (n=27, Papio cynocephalus) underwent L5-L6 total disk replacement procedures to investigate the biomechanical, histochemical, and biologic ingrowth characteristics of two different lumbar disc prostheses – AcroFlex and Charite’ – for total disc replacement arthroplasty. Functional spinal unit fusion status was assessed using radiographic analysis, biomechanical testing, undecalcified histopathologic and histomorphometric analyses. Part III: Using a total of Fifty New Zealand White rabbits, the current study served to quantify the neural and systemic tissue histopathological response, following epidural application of four different types of spinal instrumentation particulate wear debris – 1) Sham (control) (n=10), 2) Stainless Steel 316LVM (n=10), 3) Titanium Alloy Ti-6AL-4V (n=10), 4) Cobalt Chrome Alloy (n=10) and 5) Ultrahigh molecular weight polyethylene (UHMWPE) (n=10).

Results In-vitro multi-directional flexibility testing demonstrates the operative and adjacent level motion preserving properties of total disc arthroplasty versus interbody arthrodesis cages and pedicle screw spinal instrumentation. To this end, disc replacement preserves the normal centrode or locus of intervertebral rotation at the operative and adjacent intervertebral spinal levels compared to conventional stabilization implants. Based on non-human primate modeling in the current studies, porous titanium interface surfaces afforded the greatest percentage of trabecular in-growth at the prosthesis-end-plate interface. In-vivo segmental motion under multi-directional testing was preserved with the Charité device and slightly diminished with the AcroFlex implants. The porous ingrowth coverage at the bone-metal interface was more favorable for total disk replacement (range 40 to 50%) compared to that reported for cementless total joint components in the appendicular skeleton (range 10 to 30%). Direct epidural application of spinal instrumentation particulate wear debris elicits a chronic histiocytic reaction localized primarily within the epidural fibrous layers. Moreover, particles have the capacity to diffuse intrathecally, eliciting a macrophage / cytokine response within the epidural tissues, cerebrospinal fluid and spinal cord itself. Overall, based on the post-operative time periods evaluated, there was no evidence of an acute neural or systemic histopathologic response to the materials included in the current project.

Conclusions The implementation of dynamic spinal stabilization systems for fusionless correction of spinal deformity, dynamic posterior stabilization and total disc replacement arthroplasty necessitates improved understanding with regard to spinal kinematics, patterns / mechanisms of histologic osseointegration and the neurohistopathologic response to particulate wear debris. Collectively, the current studies provide a methodological basis to comprehensively evaluate these three areas.


S.A. Brau

Introduction Based on 27 years of peripheral vascular surgery practice and 21 years of experience in performing anterior lumbar spine approaches the author will make recommendations for management of the more common complications of the approach to the lumbar spine.

Methods A database of 2020 cases performed since August of 1997 has been evaluated to determine the best way to manage the complications of the approach encountered in that time period.

Results 6 patients had left iliac artery thrombosis (0.29%) and 24 had major vein lacerations (1.1%). Two patients developed compartment syndrome and two other patients required arterial reconstruction. One of the patients had ureteral injury. None of the patients had retrograde ejaculation, lymphoedema, bowel injury or neurological injury. Left iliac artery thrombosis is best managed by immediate thrombectomy using balloon catheters, either via the main incision of via a left femoral incision. The diagnosis is clinical and the patient should not be taken to the radiology department for diagnostic angiography. Avoidance of delay is important in preventing compartment syndrome. If ischemia is present for 4 hours or more a prophylactic fasciotomy may be indicated. For patients with intimal disruption or atherosclerosis, in whom thrombectomy fails, arterial reconstruction or stenting may be necessary and is best left to a vascular surgeon. Venous lacerations can be repaired using 5-0 monofilament sutures. Lacerations of 5mm or less that are not easily accessible can be treated with hemostatic agents and pressure. For major disruptions of the iliac veins or inferior vena cava ligation of these vessels is an acceptable option. Proximal and distal control of vessels during exposure is not necessary and may actually lead to a higher incidence of arterial thrombosis. Control of bleeding can usually be obtained by pressure with sponge sticks or balloon catheters. The sympathetic fibres run with the peritoneum and retrograde ejaculation can be avoided by carefully elevating the peritoneum away from the promontory with blunt dissection while exposing L5-S1. The ureter similarly runs with the peritoneum and should be lifted away with it to prevent devascularization. Lymphedema is due to the disruption of the lymphatics while mobilising the iliac vessels. It is very rare and unavoidable. Injury to the genito-femoral nerve is avoided by identifying it over the psoas muscle and preserving it from injury. Bowel injury is prevented by staying retroperitoneal.

Discussion Anterior exposure to the lumbar spine carries with it a low complication rate, but these complications can have significant negative results. Prompt recognition and management of these complications will result in lower overall morbidity.


J.G. Heller

Patient presenting with clinically significant cervical spinal cord compression have a variety of surgical strategies that may be appropriate. The common denominator for successful intervention is satisfactory decompression of the neural elements, while avoiding early or late complications. In general, one may think of situations with one or two motion segment involvement versus three or more foci of compression. As most applicable cervical pathology causes anterior cord compression, the logic of direct anterior decompression is very compelling. Thus anterior decompression and fusion procedures have been the mainstay of treatment in many quarters. On the other hand, complications with graft healing or displacement, speech and swallowing disturbance, etc. remain an issue. This is especially true for multi-level disease. Under these circumstances, indirect decompression with posterior surgery plays an important role. Laminoplasty, and to a lesser degree laminectomy and fusion, may prove every bit capable of spinal cord decompression and often with fewer complications. Each case must be evaluated on its own merits and the procedure chosen to optimize the likelihood of success.


P. McCombe

Introduction Current evidence suggests that, in the short and medium term, total disc arthroplasty (TDA) is at least as good as fusion for the management of discogenic low back pain. The optimum kinematic design of TDA, however, at this stage has not been identified. This paper compares the clinical outcomes of two TDA prostheses with different kinematic properties.

Methods A randomised comparative clinical study with prospective data collection was performed. Two groups of patients with low back pain who were treated surgically with TDA were compared. All patients had primary symptoms of low back pain without significant facet degeneration. All patients had MRI evidence of disc degeneration and positive discography at the target level. The two surgical groups were treated consecutively by the one surgeon. The first chronological group consisted of 23 cases of SB Charité (CHR) prostheses (DePuy Spine) and the second group consisted of 18 cases of Maverick (MAV) disc replacements (Medtronic Sofamor Danek). The CHR group consisted of 16 males and 7 females with an average age of 37.1 years. The MAV group consisted of 10 males and 8 females with an average age of 41.3 years. 17 (74%) of the CHR group were single level cases. 6 (24%) cases were performed at the same time as an adjacent level anterior fusion. There were no two level prostheses performed. One case in the CHR group was lost to follow-up. 10 (55%) of the MAV group were single level cases. 7 (38%) of the MAV group were double level prosthesis cases. There was 1 case performed adjacent to a fusion in this group. Patients were assessed by visual analogue pain scores (VAS), Low-Back outcome score (LBOS), and SF12 health outcomes that were collected preoperatively and at 6 months.

Results There was a mean improvement of 3.4 VAS points with the CHR group compared to a mean improvement of 5.1 points with the MAV group (p=0.039). There was a mean percentage improvement in VAS scores of 42.1% with the CHR group compared to a 70.1% improvement in the MAV group (p=0.003). The mean LBOS scores improved by 12.3 points in the CHR group, compared to an improvement of 25.6 points in the MAV group (p=0.016). Percentage improvement in LBOS score was 67.8% for the CHR group compared to 210% for the MAV group (p=0.006). The mean improvement in the PCS score of the SF12 measure was 7.3 for the CHR group compared to 15.6 for the MAV group (p=0.055). The percentage improvement in PCS scores was 23.1% for the CHR group compared to 56.0% for the MAV group (p=0.047). There was no significant difference in the improvement in MCS score of the SF12 measure (6.3 compared to 8.1 p=0.7).

Discussion On all outcome measures of pain and physical disability the MAV cases improved by a statistically greater amount than the CHR cases. This difference appears to be clinically important. There are a number of possible reasons for this difference, including the fact that the cases were not performed concurrently (learning curve affect) and that there were a number of fusions performed simultaneously in the CHR group. However one possible explanation is the difference in the kinematic behaviour of the two prostheses.


B.W. Cunningham N. Hu H.J. Beatson H. Serhan J.C. Sefter P.C. McAfee

Introduction This in-vitro biomechanical study was undertaken to compare the multi-directional flexibility kinematics of single versus multi-level lumbar Charité reconstructions and determine the optimal biomechanical method for surgical revision – posterior instrumentation alone or circumferential spinal arthrodesis.

Methods A total of seven human cadaveric lumbosacral spines (L1 to Sacrum) were utilized in this investigation and biomechanically evaluated under the following L4-L5 reconstruction conditions: 1) Intact Spine; 2) Diskectomy Alone, 3) Charité, 4) Charité + Pedicle Screws, 5) Two Level Charité (L4-S1), 6) Two Level Charité + Pedicle Screws (L4-S1), 7) Charité L4-L5 with Pedicle Screws and Femoral Ring Allograft (L5-S1) and 8) Pedicle Screws and Femoral Ring Allograft (L4-S1). Multi-directional flexibility testing utilized the Panjabi Hybrid Testing protocol, which includes pure moments for the intact condition with the overall spinal motion replicated under displacement control for subsequent reconstructions. Hence, changes in adjacent level kinematics can be obtained compared to pure moment testing strategies. Unconstrained intact moments of ±7Nm were used for axial rotation, flexion-extension and lateral bending testing, with quantification of the operative and adjacent level range of motion (ROM) and neutral zone (NZ). All data was normalized to the intact spine condition.

Results In axial rotation, single and two level Charité reconstructions produced significantly more motion than pedicle screw constructs combined with the Charité or femoral ring allograft (p< 0.05). There were no differences between the Charité augmented with pedicle screws or pedicle screws with femoral ring allograft (p> 0.05). Similar trends were observed under flexion-extension and lateral bending conditions with the Charité reconstructions demonstrating no significant differences compared to the intact spine (p> 0.05). However, the Charité combined with pedicle screws or pedicle screws with femoral ring allograft significantly reduced motion at the operative level compared to the Charité reconstruction (p< 0.05). The most pronounced changes in adjacent level kinematics were observed at the inferior level. The addition of pedicle screw fixation, in all cases, increased segmental motion at the inferior adjacent level (L5-S1) compared to the intact and Charité reconstruction groups (p< 0.05).

Discussion Single and two level total disc arthroplasty using the Charité device preserved segmental motion at the operative and adjacent levels compared to pedicle screw stabilization constructs. In terms of revision strategies, posterior pedicle screw reconstruction combined with an existing Charité is not statistically different from pedicle screws combined with femoral ring allograft. As we enter an era of total disc replacement and the impending necessity for surgical revision, the current study provides a biomechanical basis for posterior re-stabilization alone in lieu of combined anteroposterior revision.


H. Mathews

Introduction Current concepts in the treatment of degenerative disc disease include disc replacement. Disc replacement may restore height and lordosis while maintaining motion. This paper reviews the design criteria, biomechanical and biological (wear and safety) testing of the Maverick total disc arthroplasty. The surgical technique and early clinical results of the initial implantations were reviewed (Mathews HH, et al; Spine J. 2004).

Methods The Maverick total disc arthroplasty is a semi-constrained, chrome cobalt metal-on-metal, ball and socket design prosthesis designed to resist shear forces. Various prosthetic sizes allow precise end plate coverage to help prevent subsidence and selective restoration of lordosis and disc height. The posterior location of the ball-and–socket articulation approximates the normal centre of rotation.

The Maverick disc was subjected to axial compression, cadaveric motion, wear testing, and shock transmission studies. Early clinical outcomes were reviewed.

Results Biomechanical testing resulted in no failures, cracks, loss of height or other mechanical damage after subjecting the components to 10 million loading cycles. Cadaveric testing showed maintenance of a range of motion in all planes with no statistically significant (p=.05) differences between the stiffness or range-of-motion measurements in any mode except for extension. Maverick tested at 10 million repetitions of significant bends, estimated to be equivalent to 31.5 years of clinical use, generated only 12 to 14 mm3 of debris. This represents approximately 9% of the anticipated debris of a metal-on-metal hip arthroplasty. No difference in shock transmission between metal-on-metal and metal-on-polyethylene prosthesis designs was demonstrated.

Clinically at 2 years, at least three-quarters of patients obtained an Oswestry success of 15 points or more usually by 3 months after the procedure. Recovery and improvement was significantly quicker when compared to the historical arthrodesis controls. A few approach-related complications and technical failures have been reported. There have been no implant-related failures.

Discussion The most clinically relevant concept in disc replacement may be restoration of spinal balance rather than preservation of motion. Laboratory testing confirms the design rationale of the Maverick disc. Early clinical results are encouraging. Longer term results and more careful study are needed to confirm its efficacy.


H.H. Mathews

Introduction Lumbar fusion may alter the sagittal balance of the spine, including a decrease in the sacral tilt ST and lumbar lordosis. Postoperative pain following a spinal fusion has been shown to be related to changes in sagittal balance, independent of other factors including pseudarthrosis.

The goal of this radiological study was to prospectively determine the effect of a single-level, total disc replacement on the sagittal balance of the spine, especially on sacral tilt (ST), pelvic tilt (PT), and lumbar lordosis (Le Huec J, et al; Spine J. 2004).

Method 35 patients received a single level disc replacement using the Maverick Total Disc Arthroplasty system (Medtronic Sofamor Danek). The preoperative and postoperative radiographic evaluation included standing anteroposterior and lateral full spine films that included the femoral heads. The parameters studied were ST, PT, global and segmental lordosis, and global kyphosis. The average age of the 35 patients studied was 44.3 years (range 35–57). There were 18 females and 17 males. The disc arthroplasty was performed at the L4–L5 level in 19 patients and at the L5-S1 level in 16 patients. The average follow-up was 14 months (range 6–22 months).

Results The preoperative values of global lordosis, ST, PT and global lordosis were not significantly different at last follow-up. When the groups were compared according to the level operated, there was no statistical difference with regard to the overall lordosis, ST, PT or kyphosis from pre- to postoperative period or when the two groups were compared with each other. The level above the prosthesis has significantly less lordosis.

Discussion In the present study with use of a motion-preserving intervertebral disc prosthesis, it appears that the patient is able to maintain the preoperative sagittal balance. The prosthesis has enough freedom of motion to allow the patient to maintain the natural sagittal and spinopelvic balance needed to prevent potentially undue stress on the muscles and the sacroiliac joint. Although the number of patients is small, this is the first study that evaluates the sagittal balance after motion-preserving total disc arthroplasty.


S.A. Brau

Introduction There is presently great interest throughout the world for total disc arthroplasty (TDA). This paper aims to present techniques that make it safer, easier and faster for the surgeon to perform the anterior, retroperitoneal approach to the lumbar spine necessary for the implantation of these artificial discs (Brau SA, et al ; The Spine Journal, 2004).

Methods The author has performed over 200 approaches for TDA since May of 2001. In addition he has performed approaches for over 2000 arthrodesis cases since August of 1997. Analysis of these cases has revealed techniques that can make the approach faster and easier while helping to prevent complications.

Results Prevention of complications starts with the pre-operative evaluation of the patient. Individuals with a BMI of 40 or over and patients with vascular calcifications have potential for increased vascular complications. Pedal pulses must be evaluated in every patient prior to surgery. The lateral X-ray of the lumbar spine must be seen to evaluate for the presence of osteophytes and calcified vessels, both of which increase the morbidity of the operation. A pulse oxymeter should be placed on the left great toe to evaluate the status of the left iliac artery during the procedure. Disc level localization by fluoroscopy is necessary for the placement of the recommended transverse incision in optimal location. Circumferential left rectus mobilization for single level cases will help keep the incision small. The ureter and the superior hypogastric plexus should be mobilized with the peritoneum to keep them from injury. Distal mobilization of the left iliac artery will help reduce the incidence of thrombosis of this vessel and ligation of the ileo-lumbar vein will help reduce the chances of left iliac vein laceration when exposing L4-5. Reverse lip retractors blades help to keep the incision small and to protect the vessels from injury.

Discussion These techniques have helped reduce the incidence of left iliac artery thrombosis to 0.45% (6 in 1310) and of major vein laceration to 1.4% (19 in 1310) in a series of patients published in 2004. The incidence of ureteral injury and of retrograde ejaculation in these same patients was reduced to 0. The techniques should, therefore, be helpful to the access surgeon in performing the approach safely and more expeditiously.


E. Karadimas M. Siddiqui M. Nicol W. Bashi T. Muthukumar M. Pope F. Smith D. Wardlaw

Introduction The Dynesys® stabilisation system (Zimmer Spine) uses transpedicular screws linked by a cord and spacers; the advantage claimed is that it allows some motion, in all directions, in the operated levels. In vitro laboratory biomechanical studies show that the movement permitted is similar to rigid fixation systems.

This study measures the changes in the lumbar spine in different postures, pre- and after insertion of the device. Methods In our study 25 patients with dominant low back pain, with or without leg pain, were treated with Dynesys system, 14 females and 11 males with mean age 43.5 yrs. Discography was done to evaluate the symptomatic painful level. All patients had a positional magnetic resonance imaging (pMRI) scans preoperatively and nine months post-operatively in standing; sitting flexion and extension, and left and right bending postures. The patients were initially divided into two groups. The first (Group A) with 14 patients in which only Dynesys was used (disc height 40–90%) and the second (group B) with 11 patients in which Dynesys was used with fusion (disc height < 40 %).

Results The operated levels were 51, 13 of which were fused. The results of the pMRI measurements showed that the mean range of movement of the lumbosacral angle reduced by 10.3° from pre-op of 39.2° to postop. of 28.9° (p= 0.016) in group A while in group B it reduced by 13.7° from 36.2° preop. to 22.5° postoperatively (p= 0.02).

The range of movement of the end plate angle at the instrumented segments in group A reduced from 5.6° preoperatively to 2.6° with a difference of 3.0° (p=0.016) while in group B it reduced from 6.7° to 2.5° postoperatively with a difference of 4.2°(p=0.008). The range of movement of the end plate angle at adjacent level in group A changed from 8.8° preop. to 7.2° with a reduction of 1.6° (p=0.427) while in group B it increased from 6.9° to 8.6°, difference of 1.7° (p=0.149)

The mean anterior disc height in group A reduced by 1.2mm (p< 0.005) from 10.1mm to 8.9mm postoperatively, and the posterior one was increased from 6.5mm to 8.9mm with a difference of 0.6mm (p= 0.013). In group B the anterior disc height was reduced by 1.1mm (pre-op 10.4mm to post-op 9.3mm; p=0.049) and the posterior one by 0.16mm (pre-op 6.98mm to post-op 6.82mm; p=0.714)

Discussion This study shows that in the Dynesys stabilising system allows a small range of movement at the instrumented levels, with no significant increased mobility in the adjacent levels. Also the device acted to compress the anterior annulus more than to distract the posterior annulus.


M. Scott-Young

Introduction Surgical management of low back pain secondary to multilevel degenerative disc disease and internal disc disruption (DDD/IDD) remains controversial. There is little published evidence as to the success of multilevel total disc replacement (TDR). The purpose of this study is to assess two-level TDR as a treatment option for multilevel DDD/IDD, report the postoperative return to work rate, and assess the results of compensation patients and patients with prior surgery.

Methods This is a retrospective review of 79 patients with multilevel DDD/IDD who received two-level TDR with the Charité artificial disc prosthesis. One patient declined study entry. The average follow-up was 29 months (12–72). In 69 cases L4-5/L5-S1 TDR was pre-formed, in 8 cases L3-4/L4-5, and in 1 case L3-4/L5-S1. Seven patients received a fusion at an adjacent level. The outcome measures used were back and leg Visual Analogue Score (VAS), Oswestry Disability Index (ODI), and Roland-Morris Disability Questionnaire (R-MD). Data were collected preoperatively and postoperatively at 3, 6, 12, and 24 months, and annually thereafter. All patients completed preoperative and end-point outcome measures; although some of the postoperative outcome data was incomplete. Patient compensation status and postoperative return to work was documented.

Results When comparing preoperative and end-point assessments, there was a 77.9% improvement in back VAS, an 85.7% improvement in leg VAS, a 35 point (68.1%) improvement in ODI, and a 12.4 point (71.9%) improvement in R-MD. As some postoperative outcome measures were not completed, subgroups with complete data were analysed. Fifty patients completed a 12-month assessment. There was a 79.7% improvement in back VAS, an 89.7% in leg VAS, a 36.0 point (70.4%) reduction in ODI, and an 11.8% (74.7%) reduction in R-MD. Thirty-four patients completed the 24-month data. There was an 80.6% improvement in back VAS, a 91.6% in leg VAS, a 43.1 point (78.0%) reduction in ODI, and a 13.6 (77.5%) reduction in R-MD.

Nine patients had undergone prior surgery. When compared with those with no prior surgery, no statistical difference was detected. There was a trend for the ODI and back VAS scores of the patients with previous surgery improved more quickly in the early stages. Fourteen patients were involved in compensation claims at the time of surgery. Their results were compared with those patients without compensation claims. The numbers were too small to be statistically significant, but there was a trend suggesting recovery was delayed in the compensation group. However, at 24 months there was no difference in the outcome scores. In the patient sample, 87% of patients returned to work. No major intra-operative complications were documented. One neurological complication was documented. Two revision procedures were preformed. No prosthetic failure occurred.

Discussion TDR in the lumbar spine for treatment of multilevel DDD/IDD is a viable option and will become part of the armamentarium of spine surgeons and possibly the treatment of choice. The postoperative improvements in outcome measures are significant and sustained. Prior surgery and compensation does not preclude a good result.


O.D Williamson

Introduction Disc replacement surgery is being investigated as an alternative to spinal fusion surgery in the hope that maintaining segment spinal motion will not only relieve pain, but also prevent or reduce the likelihood of symptomatic adjacent segment degeneration that is believed to be a consequence of fusion surgery. The aim of this study was to identify evidence in the medical literature that indicates whether or not spinal fusion surgery increases the likelihood of symptomatic adjacent segment degeneration compared to disc replacement surgery or natural history.

Methods A search of the Cochrane Controlled Trials Register, Medline and reference lists of retrieved articles was performed. Search terms included arthroplasty replacement, spinal fusion, prognosis, controlled clinical trials and cohort studies, Studies were included if abstracts were available electronically, were published in the English language before1/3/2005 and involved humans. Levels of evidence were determined using the Oxford Centre for Evidence-Based Medicine criteria (http://www.cebm.net/levels of evidence.asp).

Discussion The majority of identified studies were case series of patients presenting with adjacent level disc degeneration following spinal fusion surgery (Level 4) and whilst indicating patients can develop adjacent level disc degeneration following fusion surgery, do not indicate the likelihood of doing so. Uncontrolled prospective cohort studies (Level 4) provide conflicting evidence. One retrospective cohort (Level 2b) studying comparing the incidence of adjacent disc degeneration following spinal fusion and discectomy or decompressive surgery alone found that the incidence of degeneration in the superior adjacent disc was increased in the fusion group, but was not associated with differences in functional outcome. No systematic reviews of inception cohort studies (Level 1) were identified.

Conclusions Only poor quality evidence has been published to support the proposition that spinal fusion surgery is associated with an increased likelihood of developing symptomatic adjacent level disc degeneration. Long term follow-up of patients enrolled in prospective randomised controlled trials comparing outcomes of spinal fusion and disc replacement surgery is necessary to determine whether or not disc replacement surgery decreases the likelihood of any symptomatic adjacent level disc degeneration that can be attributed to spinal fusion surgery.


WALLIS STABILISATION STUDY Pages 408 - 408
Full Access
R.P.L. Carey

Introduction The purpose of this paper is to evaluate Non-Fusion Stabilisation in a group of specific mechanical pathologies including degenerative spondylolisthesis, where conjecture remains as to the place and appropriateness of Spinal Fusion. Patients were provided with verbal information, a model, and written information including not only information from the company itself but a written information sheet and a copy of the article by Senegas (Eur Spine J 2002) on the Wallis Implant® (Spine Next, Bordeaux, France).

Methods 72 patients had non-fusion stabilising procedures using the Wallis PEEK and Polyester implant over a period from May 2003 until the 28th February 2005, and were prospectively followed for this review. Problems with the device, specific and non-specific postoperative complications, length of stay post-operatively and patient satisfaction were assessed.

Results 45 of the 72 patients had a follow-up of six months or more, and 21 of those 45 had a follow-up of greater than twelve months. There were no device failures and minimal complications.

Assessment by VAS and Oswestry Disability Questionnaire showed improvement across all groups. Pre-op ODQ (mean 49.35, SD 16.55) decreased at 6 months (mean 26.00, SD 25.85) and at 12 months (mean 24.18, SD 19.50). This was significant (p< .001). Pre-op VAS (mean 69.54, SD 19.80) decreased at 6 months (mean 26.00, SD 25.85) and at 12 months (mean 28.50, SD 22.00). This was significant (p< .001).

Discussion In this study it seems that non-fusion stabilisation may be a simple and relatively uncomplicated alternative to fusion surgery in the groups discussed. Whilst one long term study has shown excellent results, the patient groups were different and the implant itself was metallic rather than PEEK.¹ Anticipated longer-term problems with non-fusion stabilisation are possible loss of stabilisation, and perhaps increasing kyphosis. Obviously longer follow-up is required to assess long-term durability and problems. Non-Fusion Stabilisation seems worthy of consideration in some patient groups presented.


H. Schechtman P.A. Robertson N.D. Broom

Introduction The structure of the disc is both complex and inhomogeneous, and it functions as a successful load-bearing organ by virtue of the integration of its various structural regions. These same features also render it impossible to assess the failure strength of the disc from isolated tissue samples which at best can only yield material properties.

Methods This study investigated the intrinsic failure strength of the intact bovine caudal disc under a simple mode of internal hydrostatic pressure. Using a hydraulic actuator, coloured hydrogel was injected under monitored pressure into the nucleus through a hollow screw insert which passed longitudinally through one of the attached vertebrae.

Results Failure did not involve vertebra/endplate structures. Rather, failure of the disc annulus was indicated by the simultaneous manifestation of a sudden loss of gel pressure, a flood of gel coloration appearing in the outer annulus and audible fibrous tearing. A mean hydrostatic failure pressure of 18±3 MPa was observed which was approximated as a thick-wall hoop stress of 45±7 MPa.

Discussion The experiment provides a measurement of the intrinsic strength of the disc using a method of internal hydrostatic loading which avoids any disruption of the complex architecture of the annular wall. Although the disc is subjected to a much more complex pattern of loading than is achieved using simple hydrostatic pressurization, this mode provides a useful tool for investigating alterations in intrinsic disc strength associated with prior loading history or degeneration.


C.A. Pezowicz P.A. Robertson N.D. Broom

Introduction Compressive loads applied to the disc are translated into an internal hydrostatic pressure in the nucleus which is resisted by the annulus. The anisotropic, inhomogeneous, multiply, collagenous architecture of the annulus reflects the complex pattern of mainly tensile stresses developed in this region of the disc during normal function. While many previous investigators have analysed the tensile behaviour of the annulus there still remains much to be learned about the fundamental structural relationships within the disc wall and upon which normal function depends. There is also much to be learned about how alterations in these relationships might lead to disc malfunction. Both intra and inter-lamellar structural relationships will be fundamental to the maintenance of annular wall strength. The aim of this study was to use high resolution ‘live’ imaging to explore the fundamental structural relationships governing the elasticity, intrinsic strength and rupture behaviour of intra-lamellar sections.

Methods In-plane intra-lamellar sections of nominal thickness 70–90μm were cut from the outer lamellae of bovine discs using a sledging microtome. Using a micro-mechanical technique in combination with simultaneous high resolution differential interference contrast optical microscopy (DIC) structural responses both along and transverse to the primary direction of the mono-array of collagen fibres were studied.

Results and Discussion Stretching along the primary alignment direction revealed a biomechanical response consistent with the behaviour of an array of strong fibres whose strength is governed primarily by the strength of embedding in the vertebral endplates rather than from inter-fibre cohesion along their length. The mono-aligned array, even when lacerated, is highly resistant to any further tearing across the alignment direction. Although not visible in the relaxed mono-arrays, transverse stretching revealed a highly complex set of interconnecting structures embodying a series of hierarchical relationships not previously revealed. It is suggested that these structures might play an important role in the containment under pressure of the nuclear contents. The dramatic differences in rupture behaviour observed along versus across the primary fibre direction are consistent with known clinical consequences arising from varying degrees of annular wall damage, and might also explain various types of disc herniation. The lamellar architecture of the healthy disc revealed by this ‘live’ tissue investigation provides an important reference framework for exploring structural changes associated with disc trauma and degeneration.


B. Donaldson G. Inglis E. Shipton D. Rivett C. Frampton

Introduction Lumbar discectomy is now the operation of choice for lumbosacral radicular syndrome. Few studies of high quality have been performed on the post-surgical management of these cases (Ostelo RWJG, et al; Spine 2003). The studies that have been reported compared one exercise regime to another. This study compares an exercise group with a true control group involving no exercise or formal rehabilitation. This is a randomised controlled trial comparing post surgical lumbar discectomy management regimes.

Methods Ninety-three lumbar discectomy patients were randomised to two groups. Group A; the control group followed usual surgical advice which was to resume normal activity as soon as pain allowed. Group B; undertook a six month supervised non- aggravating gym rehab programme. Both groups were followed for a one year period using validated outcome measures and questionnaires (Roland Morris, Oswestry Low-back Score). The results are based on an intention-to-treat analysis.

Results Patients in both groups improved during the one-year follow-up period (P=0.001). However there was no statistical difference between groups at the clinical end point (Roland Morris P=0.83, Oswestry Low-back Index P=0.90). Group B patients returned to work seven days earlier than group A patients and had fewer days off work in the one year follow-up period but this difference was not statistically significant.

Discussion There was no statistical advantage gained by the patients who performed the gym rehabilitation programme after one year follow-up. These are the preliminary one-year results of a three-year follow-up study.


R. Walters R. Moore R. Fraser

Introduction Infection is a risk following surgical procedures that violate the disc. Bacteria, often from normal skin flora, can be introduced into the disc space causing inflammation with destruction of the adjacent vertebrae. The incidence of iatrogenic discitis is thought to be reduced with the use of prophylactic antibiotics. Although there is substantial evidence from animal studies that prophylactic antibiotics reduce the incidence of discitis, evidence in humans is not strong. The aim of this study was to determine if levels of cephazolin in human disc and serum reached the stated minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC > 1 mg/L) against Staphylococcus aureus following intravenous administration.

Methods Thirty patients (15 female and 15 male) with a mean age 42 years, (range 21–63 years) received 1g cephazolin prior to one or two level lumbar spinal fusion surgery. Venous blood was collected prior to intravenous administration of cephazolin and again at the time of disc removal to measure its concentration in serum and disc tissue.

Results The interval between cephazolin administration and tissue sampling ranged from 7 to 137 minutes. Cephazolin concentration in the serum (31.1 – 148 mg/L) was greater than in the disc (0 – 9.5 mg/L). The concentration of cephazolin peaked in the serum at 7 minutes and in the disc between 37 and 53 minutes. Over 70% of the disc samples had detectable levels of cephazolin at the time the disc was removed, although only half had cephazolin levels above 1 mg/L.

Discussion For a given time period the antibiotic concentration in the disc varies between patients. Only one measurement was taken from the disc using the method described when in fact if multiple measurements were taken over time there may be an antibiotic concentration peak in the disc followed by a steady decline. Variability between peak antibiotic concentration in the disc may be attributed to patient size, weight, gender, co-morbidities (diabetes, rheumatoid arthritis) and degree of disc degeneration. However the most critical variable for all patients is timing of administration of antibiotic to achieve optimal concentration in the disc when it is at greatest risk of inadvertent inoculation.


H. Brisby A. Wei S. Chung H. Tao D. Ma A. Diwan

Introduction Intervertebral disc degeneration may cause chronic low back pain. Disc degeneration is characterized by dysfunctional cells and a decrease in extra-cellular components. Bone marrow derived mononuclear cells are a heterogeneous cell population which contains mesenchymal stem cells. Transplantation of stem cells and progenitor cells may provide a new approach to treat disc degeneration, but it is unclear if transplanted cells can survive and differentiate in the non-vascularized disc.

Methods Bone marrow was collected from syngeneic Sprague-Dawley rats and mononuclear cells were isolated. The cells were labelled with a fluorescence dye (Cell Tracker Orange) and suspended in PBS. 10–20μl of the cell suspension (1–2x105 cells/disc) was transplanted into coccygeal discs in 12 syngeneic rats. For each rat two discs were cell transplanted and one disc served as control. The rats were sacrificed after 0, 7, 14 or 21 days. For each time point the discs from one animal were saved for routine histological staining. The cell transplanted discs of the other animals (n=4 discs per time point) were formalin-fixed, frozen and sectioned together with the control discs. Frozen disc sections were visualized with fluorescence microscopy and the number of transplanted cells assessed. Expression of collagen II, a marker of chondrocytes and chondrocyte-like cells in the disc, was assessed in the transplanted cells using immunofluorescence technique.

Results All cell-suspension injected discs contained transplanted bone-marrow cells. The discs within each time-group demonstrated a large variation in number of detected cells. There was a decrease in detected cells at 7, 14 and 21 days compared to day 0. Transplanted cells expressed collagen II after 21 days but not after 7 and 14 days.

Discussion The results suggest that transplanted bone marrow-derived mononuclear cells can survive and differentiate within the intervertebral disc. Further studies in models of disc degeneration are warranted to investigate the regenerative potential of the disc following cell transplantation.


Y. Xiao B. Goss W. Shi M. Forsythe A. Campbell D. Nicol R. Williams R. Crawford

Introduction Experimental heterotopic bone formation in the canine urinary bladder has been observed for more than seventy years without revealing the origin of the osteoinductive signals. In 1931, Huggins demonstrated bone formation in a fascial transplant to the urinary bladder. Through an elaborate set of experiments, it was found that proliferating canine transitional epithelial cells from the urinary system act as a source of osteoinduction.

Urist performed a similar series of experiments in guinea pigs as Huggins did in his canine model. After two weeks, mesenchymal cells condensed against the columnar epithelium and membranous bone with haversian systems and marrow began to form juxtapose the basement membrane. At no time was cartilage formation noted, only direct membranous bone formation. They also demonstrated the expression of BMP’s in migrating epithelium and suggested that BMP is the osteoinductive factor in heterotopic bone formation.

Method This study was approved by Institutional Animal Ethics Committee. Six dogs underwent a mid-line laparotomy incision followed by mobilisation of a right sided myoperitioneal vascularised flap based on an inferior epigastric artery pedicle. A sagittal cystotomy is made in the dome of the bladder and the vascularised flap was sutured in place with acryl absorbable, continuous suture. The animals were sacrificed at 6 weeks. The bladder samples were removed and assessed by histology and immunohistochemistry. Sections were incubated with optimal dilution of primary antibody for type I collagen, type III collagen, alkaline phosphatase (ALP), bone morphogenetic protein (BMP)-2 and –4, osteocalcin (OCN), osteopontin (OPN), bone sialoprotein (BSP).

Results The mechanism for bone formation induced by the epithelial-mesenchymal cell interactions is not clear. We were able to demonstrate mature lamellar bone formation 6 weeks after transplanting a portion of the abdominal smooth muscle into the bladder wall. The bone formed immediately adjacent to the proliferating transitional uroepithelium, a prerequisite for bone formation in Huggins’ model. Here we report evidence of cartilage formation and therefore endochondral ossification as well as membranous bone formation. This is very similar histologically to the process of endochondral ossification at the growth plate in the growing skeleton. We propose a mechanism for the expression of BMP by epithelial cells.

Discussion This study demonstrates transitional epithelium induced formation of chondrocytes and osteoblasts in muscle tissue. The sequential expression of bone matrix proteins was related to cell proliferation, differentiation and formation of endochondral and membranous bone. Further information regarding the molecular mechanism of bone formation induced by epithelial-mesenchymal cell interactions will improve understanding of cell differentiation during osteogenesis.


C.J. Adam M.J. Pearcy G.N. Askin

Introduction Vertebral rotation is an important aspect of spinal deformity in idiopathic scoliosis, associated with ribcage asymmetry. Although both lateral curvature and rotation appear to increase together in progressive scoliosis, the mechanisms driving vertebral rotation are not clearly established and it is not known whether lateral curvature precedes rotation, or vice versa. This paper investigates the hypothesis that intravertebral (within the bone) rotation in idiopathic scoliosis is caused by growth in the presence of gravity-induced torsions, the twisting moments generated by body weight forces acting on the scoliotic spine.

Methods Three-dimensional spinal curvature was measured for a small group of idiopathic scoliosis patients using standing radiographs and equations of static equilibrium were used to calculate gravity-induced torsion profiles along the length of each spine due to head, neck and torso weight. Intravertebral rotations were then measured for the same patients using Aaro & Dahlborn’s technique (Aaro S, et al; Spine 1982) with reformatted computed tomography images. The gravity-induced torsion curves were compared with rotation measurements to see whether gravity-induced torsion is a likely contributor to intravertebral rotation in scoliosis.

Results Gravity-induced torques as high as 7.5Nm act on the spines of idiopathic scoliosis patients due to static body weight in the standing position, and maximum intravertebral rotations (for a single vertebra) are approximately 7°. There appears to be general agreement between the measured intravertebral rotations and profiles of gravity-induced torsion along the length of the spine.

Discussion Gravity-induced torsion is a potential cause of vertebral rotation in idiopathic scoliosis. Since the spine must be curved in three-dimensions (out of plane) to produce such torques, vertebral rotation would be expected to occur subsequent to an initial lateral deviation, suggesting that lateral curvature precedes vertebral rotation in idiopathic scoliosis.


H. Beard C.G. Schultz R.J. Moore

Introduction Bone loss and increased bone fragility may occur following long-term steroid therapy resulting in painful vertebral fractures. To fully understand the mechanisms underlying steroid-induced osteoporosis and to test potential spinal implants a large animal model is needed. The sheep is appropriate since bone remodelling is similar to humans and the vertebral body dimensions permit easy surgical manipulation. This study was undertaken to fully characterise the sheep as a model of steroid-induced vertebral osteoporosis and to evaluate its suitability for testing balloon kyphoplasty.

Methods Osteoporosis was induced in ten lactating ewes (mean age 8 years) by ovariectomy, weekly injection of 54mg dexamethasone (Dexafort, Intervet, Australia) and a diet containing 0.2% calcium for up to 6 months. Baseline and endpoint iliac crest biopsies were taken to measure static histomorphometric indices of bone formation and resorption. Control animals were not ovariectomised and not treated with steroids. Dual energy X-ray absorptiometry (DXA, Hologic QDR 1000+, USA) was used to monitor bone mineral density (BMD) in the lumbar spine (L2-L5) after 0, 3 and 6 months of steroid treatment. At each time interval sheep were killed by barbiturate injection and the entire lumbar spine (L1-L6) was processed for histology, quantitative histomorphometry, mechanical testing, micro-CT (computed tomography) and ex-vivo trials to inflate kyphoplasty balloon tamps.

Results After six months of treatment, BMD in the lumbar spine decreased by 29.5% from baseline. Trabecular bone volume of L2, L3 and L4 vertebrae (pooled) decreased by 31.4% (p< 0.05) and trabecular thickness decreased by 33.9%. Cortical bone thickness decreased by 43.9% (p< 0.05). The average load at which L1 yielded decreased by 67.4%. Static measurements of bone formation decreased by 68.3% and bone resorption increased 10 fold. Kyphoplasty balloon tamps were successfully inflated ex-vivo in vertebral bodies from treated animals.

Discussion Using DXA, cancellous bone histomorphometry and mechanical testing, this study has demonstrated significant trabecular and cortical bone loss in the sheep lumbar spine up to six months after ovariectomy and continuous steroid treatment. These changes are the result of increased resorption and decreased formation of bone. The successful inflation of bone tamps in osteoporotic vertebrae ex-vivo is a prerequisite for in-vivo studies to assess the safety and efficacy of the kyphoplasty procedure.


B.W. Cunningham N. Hu J.C. Sefter A. Cappuccino L. Pimenta P.C. McAfee

Introduction The current study was undertaken to investigate the biomechanical and biologic in-growth characteristics of the Porous Coated Motion™ cervical disc prosthesis following a six and twelve-month implant duration using an in-vivo caprine model.

Methods Twelve mature Nubian goats were divided into two groups based on post-operative survival periods of six (n=6) and twelve months (n=6). Using an anterior surgical approach, a complete diskectomy was performed at the C3-C4, followed by implantation of the Porous Coated Motion™ device. Functional outcomes of the disc prosthesis were based on computed tomography (CT), multi-directional flexibility testing, undecalcifed histology, histomorphometry and immunocytochemical analyses.

Results There was no evidence of prosthesis loosening, neurologic or vascular complications. CT scans demonstrated the ability to image and assess the cervical spinal canal for the presence of compressive pathology in the area of the CoCrMo prosthesis. Multi-directional flexibility testing indicated no differences in full range of intervertebral motion between the disc prosthesis and non-operative controls (n=7) under axial rotation or lateral bending conditions (p> 0.05). Flexion-extension produced significantly more motion for the intact spine compared to the cervical disc prosthesis (p< 0.05). Based on immunohistochemical and histologic analysis, there was no evidence of particulate debris, cytokines or cellular apoptosis within the local tissues overlying the operative site or systemic tissues. Moreover, review of the spinal cord at the operative levels indicated no evidence of cord lesions, inflammatory reaction, wear particles or significant pathologic changes in any treatment. Histomorphometric analysis at the metal-bone interface indicated the mean trabecular ingrowth of 40.5±24.4% at six-months and 58.65% ± 28.04 at twelve months.

Discussion All twelve goats undergoing cervical disc replacement had no evidence of implant loosening or inflammatory reactions from particulate wear debris. Segmental intervertebral motion was preserved based on multi-directional flexibility testing. The TiCaP porous ingrowth surface provided some immediate advantages for endplate osseointegration as there was no evidence of implant subluxation, despite immediate post-operative unrestricted cervical activity. Following cervical disc replacement, histological osseointegration at the implant-bone interface is possible, while preserving segmental motion.


L.C. Tan N.J. Cochrane

Introduction The use of unconstrained artificial cervical disc replacement (specifically the Bryan ® prosthesis) allows maintenance of normal cervical motion (unlike conventional fusion techniques) with the goal of alleviating neck and arm pain associated with spondylotic radiculopathy.

As a relatively new technique, there is little in the literature regarding patient satisfaction with this device and there are no long term trials defining the most appropriate indication for this device nor benefits over alternative and more conventional procedures such as discectomy and fusion. This study aimed to quantify the degree of disability and functional limitation in patients selected for Bryan disc replacement both pre-operatively and from 3 months post-operatively.

Methods The Oswestry Disability Index (ODI) and the SF36 Index were both used, being robust and reproducible tools in this setting. Patients completed questionnaires pre-operatively and from 3 months post-operatively. From 1 to 3 Bryan disc prostheses were implanted in the cervical spine at each operation. Post-operative index scores were compared with the pre-operative scores for 45 patients who completed all questionnaires, from a total of 47 operated patients in one practice (97% response, 69 total implants).

Results Patients reported a decrease in measured disability and an increase in general functioning and wellbeing after Bryan cervical disc replacement. Where 100% represents total and complete disability, the mean ODI improved from 43.65% pre-operatively (95% confidence interval 37.9 – 49.4) to 19.4% (14.0 – 24.9) post-operatively. Where 100% represents full and limitless functioning, the mean SF36 improved from 42.7% pre-operatively (36.7 – 48.6) to 64.9% (57.7 – 72.0) post-operatively. All the results were significant (p value < 0.05).

Discussion After single and multiple level Bryan cervical disc replacements in the cervical spine, there is significant decrease in perceived disability and pain as well as improvement in functional ability when compared to the pre-operative status of these patients. It is proposed that if undertaking cervical discectomy, maintenance of normal cervical motion where possible correlates with higher patient satisfaction when compared to more conventional cervical discectomy techniques.


J.G. Heller

Historically spine surgeons have been powerless to help most patients with painful vertebral insufficiency fractures. Treatment was supportive, hoping that fractures could heal in situ, and accepting the resulting kyphosis and its consequences. Surgery was the court of last resort in instances of disabling neurologic deficits. The very same deficient skeleton that lead to the clinical issue, was simultaneously the principal limiting factor in surgical undertakings. Complications could be common and substantial.

Vertebroplasty was born out necessity in the treatment of ‘inoperable’ vertebral metastases. The technique has become a widely adopted method of managing refractory painful vertebral insufficiency fractures, especially those due to osteoporosis. In skilled hands, vertebroplasty provides a high degree of pain relief and patient satisfaction. The fracture is fixed in situ as the marrow space is embolised with PMMA. Kyphoplasty is a technical evolution that enables active fracture reduction before fixation with PMMA. Much is made about the potential differences between the two treatment methods, but no direct comparative studies are available to allow objective conclusions. In any event, as medical therapies improve the treatment of osteoporosis in general, surgeons now have the opportunity to intervene when painful vertebral fractures are a primary source of functional impairment and life quality.


B. Goss J. Krebs G. Davis J.C. Theis N. Aebli

Introduction Polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) has been widely used in orthopaedic procedures for fixation of joint replacements or enhancing the fixation of implants. However, the use of PMMA has been associated with cardiovascular deterioration and even death. More recently, PMMA has also been used for augmenting osteoporotic vertebral bodies which have fractured or are at risk of fracture. The main complication is PMMA leakage into adjacent structures. Transient hypotension and fatal fat embolism (FE) have also been reported.

The pathomechanism of cardiovascular deterioration after the injection of PMMA (i.e. FE) remains a highly controversial subject. The exact role of PMMA in the development of FE remains unclear. The aim of the present study was to elucidate the acute effects of injecting PMMA compared with bone wax into vertebral bodies on the cardiovascular system using an established animal model for vertebroplasty (VP) (Aebli, N, et al. Spine. 2002).

Methods In 8 skeletally mature mixed-bred ewes (2–4 years) 6.0ml PMMA (CMW3-Depuy) or bone wax (Bone Wax, Ethicon) were injected unilaterally, through an open approach into the L1 & L2 pedicles. Blood pressure, heart rate, and cardiac output were measured.

Results The major difference between the cardiovascular response of the PMMA and that of the bone wax group was the recovery in Pulmonary Artery Pressure (PAP) and Pulmonary Vascular Resistance (PVR). Three minutes post-injection, PAP had fully recovered to baseline values in the wax group. However in the PMMA group, PAP had only recovered by 52% after 3 min and fully recovered after 10 min.

Discussion The augmentation of vertebral bodies resulted in transient cardiovascular changes regardless of the material used. However, the recovery of PAP and PVR values took significantly longer with the PMMA group. The peak response was a result of pulmonary vasoconstriction triggered by a reflex reaction to the embolisation of bone marrow particles or by vasoactive cytokines. The peak response was therefore mainly associated with the increase in intraosseous pressure during the augmentation causing release of bone marrow contents into the and not the cement monomer. The cement monomer however plays a role in the cardiovascular complications during FE. The delayed recovery of PAP and PVR in the PMMA group may be due to a vasoconstriction effect of the cement monomer on the pulmonary vascular system.

Potentially serious cardiovascular complications may occur during VP regardless of the material used. The injection of PMMA may cause prolonged pulmonary hypertension during vertebro- and also arthroplasty. Continuous invasive cardiovascular monitoring may be required in patients with impaired cardiovascular and pulmonary function


L. Pimenta P. McAfee A. Capuccinno R. Diaz

Introduction The PCM cervical disc arthroplasty is an un-constrained system that stabilises the cervical spine after a discectomy and preserves the normal motion of the spine. The indications for cervical arthroplasty are the same as for anterior cervical decompression-radiculopathy or myelopathy caused by anterior cervical cord compression. The purpose of this study is to evaluate the clinical and radiological results after total anterior cervical disc replacement with PCM prosthesis.

Methods This is a prospective radiological and clinical study of patients who had undergone PCM total disc replacement with 27 months follow-up. Pain visual analog scale (VAS) and Oswestry disability index (ODI) were measured pre-operatively and at three monthly intervals out to 27 months post-operatively. Radiological images were also collected. All pain symptoms and the new neurological findings were noted.

Results Between December 2002 and February 2005 one hundred and fifteen patients underwent a total of 193 PCM arthroplasty to C3-C4 to C7-T1. Long-term clinical data on the PCM device are reported.

The neural decompression was a standard Smith-Robinson followed by a cervical arthroplasty. Eighteen PCM cases had been performed as complex revision procedures. Mean intra-operative blood loss was 113cc. Mean length of surgery was 80.7 minutes and the length of hospital stay ranged from out-patient to 3 days with 82% of patients discharged in less than 24 hours. Oswestry, VAS and Odom outcome showed significant improvements.

Discussion The PCM cervical arthroplasty appeared to be less invasive than alternative instrumented fusion procedures. The procedure allowed reconstruction of more unstable conditions than previously reported with disc replacement. Careful and appropriate patient selection is essential. Only after long-term follow-up will these early favorable results confirmed.


P. McCombe J. Brotchi S. Gill R. Kahler A. Lubansu R. Nelson F. Porchet

Introduction A prospective, randomised, controlled study has been conducted to compare the clinical outcomes of patients treated with a Presige® artificial cervical disc (Medtronic Sofamor Danek, Memphis, TN) to patients who receive fusion after cervical discectomy for the treatment of primary cervical disc disease. It is hypothesized that maintenance of motion after anterior cervical discectomy will prevent the high rate of adjacent level premature degeneration. The primary purposes of the study are to (1) prove equivalence (non inferiority) of outcome of the disc prosthesis in the short term compared with fusion; and (2) to asses the ability of the prosthesis to maintain motion. Enrolment has closed and this is a report of the data with 50 cases with 6 month follow-up and 9 cases having reached 24 month final follow-up.

Methods In four centres, 52 patients with primary, single level cervical disc disease producing radiculopathy and/or myelopathy were randomised prospectively to receive anterior cervical discectomy with either fusion or artificial cervical disc replacement. The patients were evaluated with pre and postoperative serial flexion-extension cervical x-rays at 6 weeks, 3, 6, 12, and 24 months. At the same intervals, the patients had pre and postoperative neck disability indexes, visual pain analogue scales, European myelopathy scores, SF-36 general health scores, and neurological status examinations assessing the patient’s reflex, motor and sensory function.

Results At 6 weeks the neck disability index reduced by 34.1 for the investigational group compared to 35.2 for the fusion group. The improvement seen in the treatment groups was statistically equivalent (p < 0.05, non-inferiority margin = 10) up to the 24-month follow-up interval. The pain score had reduced by 7.7 for the investigational group and by 9.7 for the control group. Both groups improved statistically from preoperatively though statistical equivalence could not be shown. This improvement appeared to be maintained until the 12 month follow-up. Mean arm pain scores improved in both groups with statistical equivalence being demonstrated (p < 0.05, non-inferiority margin = 10). The adverse events in both groups were similar. Analysis of range motion showed a mean preoperative range of motion in the arthroplasty group of 5.9 degrees and 6.3 degrees in the fusion group. At twelve months the arthroplasty group had a mean range of motion of 5.9 degrees and the fusion group had a mean range of motion of 1.1 degrees

Discussion Anterior cervical discectomy and fusion has a good short term outcome though there is a high incidence of failure at adjacent levels over time. It is hypothesised that the maintenance of motion of a segment will prevent adjacent premature degeneration. It will take long term follow-up studies however to prove this. In the mean time, the justification to insert artificial cervical prostheses rests on being able to prove equivalence of outcome between fusion and prosthesis in the short term. This paper shows that, in the short to medium term, the clinical outcomes appear to be equivalent to fusion. And that range of motion is maintained.


O.D. Williamson W.R. Sears

Introduction Cervical disc replacement has been advocated as a technique for retaining segmental motion following discectomy. The in vivo kinematics of the prosthesis are predicted to influence outcome, but remain poorly understood. The aim of this study was to determine whether factors that might possibly influence outcome can be reliably measured.

Methods Anteroposterior and lateral xrays were performed pre-, inter- and post-operatively on 67 patients undergoing cervical prosthetic disc replacement. The xrays were reviewed by 3 observers. Measurements were performed manually by two observers and using digital image analysis software by a third observer.

The inter-rater reliability of categorical measurements such as overall cervical alignment, degree of disc degeneration and length of spinous processes was assessed using unweighted kappa scores. Intra-class correlation coefficients (ICCs) were calculated using a two-way random effects model to assess inter-rater agreement in the observation of continuous variables such as intra-operative disc angles, post-operative shell angles and change in focal lordosis. The intra-rater reliability of measurements of disc space angulation was calculated on a subset of 17 sets of xrays measured by three observers on two occassions, five months apart.

Kappa and ICC values were interpreted as recommended by Altman.

Results The inter-rater reliability of measuring the degree of disc degeneration (κ= 0.29 p< 0.0001) was fair and the spinous process length (κ = 0.79 p< 0.0001) and overall spinal alignment (κ = 0.69 p< 0.0001) good.

The inter-rater reliability of measuring pre-operative focal lordosis (ICC 0.88 (95%CI 0.82–0.92 p< 0.0001)), intra-operative disc angle (ICC 0.86 (95%CI 0.79–0.92) p< 0.0001) and post-operative shell angle (ICC 0.99 (95%CI 0.98–1.00) p< 0.0001) were excellent.

ICCs were higher when the average of the rater scores was considered. The ICCs were substantially reduced when agreement between the observers and values obtained using digital imaging was assessed.

The intra-rater reliability of measurements of focal lordosis however revealed good agreement when measured manually (ICC 0.68 (95%CI 0.06–0.89) p=0.02) but very good agreement when measured using digital imaging software (ICC 0.82 (95%CI 0.54–0.93) p< 0.0001). The inter-rater reliability of average disc space height when measured using digital imaging software was excellent (ICC 0.83 (95%CI 0.58–0.94) p< 0.0001).

Conclusions Whilst the reliability of determining the degree of disc degeneration in the cervical spine is fair, the measurement of focal lordosis, intra-operative disc angles and post-operative shell angle is good or excellent. As these radiological measures can be reliably assessed, they may be further evaluated as predictors of outcome following cervical disc replacement.


W. Sears L. Sekhon N. Duggal P. McCombe O. Williamson

Introduction The early clinical results of cervical disc replacement surgery are encouraging but the in vivo kinematics of prostheses remains poorly understood. Two recent published reports suggest that use of a prosthesis with an unconstrained (over normal range of motion) biconvex nucleus (Bryan Cervical Disc® – Medtronic Sofamor Danek, Memphis, TN) can be associated with post-operative segmental kyphosis.

This study examines post-operative kyphosis and segmental imbalance following cervical disc replacement using the Bryan Cervical Disc prosthesis and factors which may influence this. In particular, the influence of change in disc space height as a result of surgery was studied.

Methods 67 patients underwent prosthetic disc replacement by one of three surgeons (19, 25 and 23 patients, respectively) using the Bryan prosthesis. 46 single, 20 double and 1 triple level were operated. Neutral pre- and post-op erect and intra-operative x-rays were examined manually and using digital image analysis software (Medical Metrics, Inc. Houston, TX). Possible contributing factors to segmental alignment were studied including: pre-op alignment, angle of prosthesis insertion, disc space degeneration and sacrifice of the posterior longitudinal ligament (PLL). Particular attention was given to changes in disc space height and factors which may influence this.

Inter- and intra-observer agreement was assessed. Non-parametric tests were used for assessment of categorical and skewed continuous variables. Multivariate linear regression was used to adjust significant correlation coefficients. Significance was set at p< 0.05.

Results The median pre-op focal lordosis of +0.5° (range: 21 to −14°, −ve = kyphotic) changed by −1° (+14 to −17°), to post-op: 0° (+11.5 to −16°).

There was a significant difference in the median change in focal lordosis for surgeon 1 (−3°) vs. surgeons 2 & 3 (−1°) (p< 0.005) and in the loss of disc space height. Median loss of disc space height for surgeon 1 was 22% vs. 8% for surgeons 2 & 3 (p< 0.002). Correlation co-efficient (Spearman) for change in disc space height vs. change in disc space angulation was 0.67 (p< 0.0001). No single pre- or intra-operative factor was found to clearly correlate with subsequent loss of disc space height apart from a trend towards a weak correlation with the angle of prosthesis insertion (r=0.24, p=0.06).

Discussion The median change (loss) in focal lordosis was −1.5° but there was considerable range: from +14° to −17°. Attempts to identify contributing factors suggest that a number may be involved but there did appear to be a highly significant correlation between loss of disc space height following surgery and subsequent focal kyphosis.

While the difference in outcomes between Surgeon 1 and Surgeons 2 & 3 is probably not clinically significant, it does suggest that intra-operative factors such as the angle of prosthesis insertion may be important. We are continuing to study these factors.